veneer , rer ety 
FRE G4 hods 5 . 


yet 
Nee ame Raabe Noe 7 
stat ay 


S Beara 4 onsets 
Tew Vereen s Ads 


pears 


(iehbiib roses # 


Miedy GAvw a ont 
or err. are 


See eee CGR 
meet REM RS OS NGS Fog th ote 


Prd ~ Saale mites 
¢ % serepeet bey 


° \ . . - s] tims . . . ne . . J 
\ : : : r bi = . a? of Ft - 


HANDBOUND 
AT THE 


8 


UNIVERSITY OF 
TORONTO PRESS 


Vs 
THE ANNALS ve 
pe GPRS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


— 


—_— 


/ sone 
J \ 

INCLUDING {7 AT os 

Sa 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. _ 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTIH'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) 


CONDUCTED BY 


WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., 


AND 


RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S. 


VOL. II.—NINTH SERIES. 


PRS AN ~ na 


LONDON: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 


E SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; 
_ BAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN, 


1918. 


var. 


“Omnes res create sunt divine sapienti et potenti testes, divitia felicitatis 
humane p—ex harum usu /opitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; 
ex @conomid in eonservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
eluecet. Earwimn itague indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; 
A verd eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”"—Linnaus. 


* Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir guelle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 
1767. 

eee eee ee oe ww » PO Sylvan powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But seatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rilted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They erop the lily, and each sedge and rush " 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. 


ALERE FLAMMAM, 


CONTENTS OF VOL, II. 


(NINTH SERIES, ] 


NUMBER 7. 
Page 
I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— 
No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., F.R.S., &c. 
Pes ree AV LS) ie alend oshctirs! elaishats Viole metalic. lous Moises afsls vine ees, od 1 


Il. New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. By 
Sev ELD ROMANS ve Nas eerie vdieo chosen erate eto aly 59 


III. New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descriptions 
of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distribution of 
Species resembling each other. By Colonel C. Swinnor, M.A., 
Place Ce lateseV ET XI.) .-. sc wememetetemisiniais > erst co's ne Oe 


IV. Some Mediterranean Bryozoa. By ArTHuR Wm. WATERS, 
Reyer Gremy Grantee XT... ssa oa eater menene ate ays sale apSievepate « se 96 


V. Notes on Asteroidea.—II. By Water K. Fisuer, Director, 
Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University, California. 
EE MOE aii etara po Gis 6 a's + vie a leyscte «ee 2 ios 5 AVE One oO 103 


VI. Is Dicroceelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat? A Note on 
a new Variety. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A. (Plate XIV.).......... 111 


Vii. The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish (Nauerates 
dic an oy J. DB, 'GircnRisT, MAC Dose, PhD). secic css 114 


iv CONTENTS, 
Page 
VIII. Notes upon the Sika-Deer of North China. By ArrHur 
se Oanus Sowenrsy, F.Z.S., F.R-GS. 2 ieeepee sae es tyes pene . 9 


IX. Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of South 
American Birds. By Cuarces Cuvuss, F.Z,S,, M.B.0.U...... ye 


NUMBER 8 
X. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla— 
Part I. The Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, with a Note 
on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine. By R. I. 
Pocock, F.B.8. sf. . 0:0 ose van eee REN BED Des RS + hs eee ot vss ey ee 


XI. On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen. By 


ReANLeY G1IBST. Socs . Ua ss Gee eee Stace eae ee «ss 


XII. New Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. By OLDFIELD 


PROMAS 5s cw nsS1G555l seune Th carneh as aeeer oes ode As i 
XIII. A new Duiker from Zanzibar. By OtprreLp Toomas ., 151 
XIV. Notes on Alcides, Schonh. (Cuwreulionide, Coleoptera). By é 

Guy A. K. Marsuatt, D.Se. ......... vous ove ca hee ee ae! ‘ 


XV. On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén. By 
G. A,-BoutsnGgen, IVES, oe owas 5 bs kee setae eee os 


XVI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Acanthosaura 
from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLenGER, F.RS..........0-+00:+0+ 162 


XVII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—lV, On 
new Helconine, mostly Australian. By RowLanp E. TURNER, 
F.Z.5., F.E.S “eer et ener eev eevee eoeveevevern rh yr ur es ls ee ee Oe ey Re ee estarprierre 163 


XVII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal 
Family Lygeide. By W. L. DIsTanT 4.......0006..5. er i, 173 


New Book :—Report on Cetacea stranded on the Lritish Coasts 
during 1917. By S. F. Harmer, 8c.D., F.R.S., Keeper of the 


Department of Zoology, British Museum ..........- ievenva Bae 
Proceedings of the Geological Society .......... ices Pi. eee 180 


CONTENTS. . 


NUMBER 9. 


XIX. Descriptions of New Tyralide of the Subfamily Py- 
raustine. By Sir Grorcr I, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., && ...... 


XX. New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Zvanide in 
the British Museum. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., FLEAS. .. 


XXI. A revised Classification of the Otomyine, with Descriptions 
of new Genera and Species. By OLpFirLp THOMAS ..........+ ’ 


XXII. The Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor, By Oxp- 


FEDGHHIGEN RS UELOMUAUSN ic) ca.c sere varess.n cavoasiere, nate aris: ob By eke ool OMe atic ROO ces 


XXIUI. On a new Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorehestes from 
maienday Hills, By STANLEY, HiRst iy ueacetaereare 0 cls sco) oka shel « 


XXIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.— 
Part I. The Bubaline and Oryyine. By R. 1. Pocock, F.RS... 


XXYV. Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new Species 
of Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesyeride, and Two Genera of 
memnomia. Ry Wed, WAVE, BOBS. isc tc anes estes uewngars 


XXVI. Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. By 
20BERT Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W.J.Sotuas ........ 


NUMBER 10. 


XXVIT. On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog, Rana 
espuentari, “By G. A. BoULENGUR, WEIS) oyennes svc oe ei 


XXVIII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhyn- 
enotalPamile Bygeide. By. W. L. DIStaRirin vite nee ccs. 0 us 


XXIX. The Myth of the Ship-holder: Studies in Echeneis or 
KRemora.—I. By E. W. GupeGrEr, State Normal College, Greens- 
Bomoa Oemunoke -CelatesX V.—X VIM): pacteamen es hess be «ore 


XXX, The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by Krefft, 
Spetean Animal vel Thylacoleo by Owen, and Thylacoleo by Ly- 
dekker. By R. Erureriper, Jur., Director and Curator of the 
Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Plates X VIIL- 
oa De gr aR EE PEL 2 SE a er 


197 


211 


213 


225 


241 


257 


271 


307 


vi > CONTENTS, 
Page 
XXXI. Notes on Myriapoda—XU. A Preliminary List for 
Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. 1, 
and Chordenmella scutellare bagnalli, var. n, By Tintva K. Brapr- 
Binks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.RC.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8. 
Rasa Baaps-LBirnks, M.Se,.,; «0. ses ee eee eas sh ee 319 


XXXII. Notes on various Species of the American Genus 
Astylus, Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters {Coleo- 
ptera]. By GrorGr Cuartes CHampion, 1.2.8. ........ eerie | 


XXXII. On some External Characters of Rumitant Artio- 
dactyla.—Part IV, The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and Aipycerine. 
By 1.1. Pococg, FiB.8:) -. 0 SNES eas «caidas 'c 1a ene 367 


XXXIV. Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhinolophide 
aud Megadermatide. By KNubD ANDERSEN,..........0000ce ees 374 


XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXX. By T, D. A. 
CockznsxL, University ‘of Colorado ......500s.¢.5. enue eee B84 


New Book: :—Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., 
G.C.8.1, Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady 


Hooker. By Leonarp Huxtky ............+. Ae -.-. 390 


NUMBER 11. 
XXXVI. Descriptions of New DPyralide of the Subfamily Py- 


raustine, Ly Sir GronrcE I’. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c. ..... . 393 


XXXVII. On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods (Myria- 
poda), with Special Reference to Thee Leachian Species. By 
Ricnann 8; Baenatu, F.U:8.5., fae eos ee ia ri. visas aw 


XXXVI. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection, Dy Louis 


oe SR et Ot — sip (6isv8 Fs stp os/e.ss ios ey Arle 412 
XXXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXXI1. By 
T. D, A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado ......sssceeereees 418 


XL. On some Fishes from the Shari River, with Descriptions of 
Two new Species. Dy G. A. Boutencun, FBS, .....-..+.666- 426 


CONTENTS. Vil 


XULL. Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians. By 


oT, feo a Ol AS P< So 427 


XLII. Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the 
Australian Region. By S. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects, U.S. Bureau 


Se Potomolory, Washincton, D.C. ~..... 0.7 nee e ese os “Oar pee 433 


XLII. On some Exteraal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 
——Part V. The Tragelaphine. By R. 1. Pococx, F-R.S: ........ 440 


NUMBER 12. 


XLIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 
—Part VI. The Bovine. By R. 1. Pocock, F.RS. 


XLY. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera—XXXVI. On new 
African Philanthine. By Rowtanp EK. Turner, F.Z.8., FILS. .. 459 


XLVI. A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South 
Africa. By S. H. Havueuron, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant Director, 
Scie AEE CATWNUMSOIITIN,» s.0s.5 099 ch tee cate Siews ao tes stole SE Acs 468 


XLVII. Notes on Myriapoda.— XIV. The Re-discovery of 
Cylindrotulus parisiorum (Brolemann et Verhoetf), By Hintpa K, 
Brape-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the 


Reva: GkRanam Drapre-Bimks, Mise: <. 230 heees bees toe ei Sok 470 
XLVIUI. Note on the Pectoral Fin of Lusthenopteron. By Dr. 
ERAMISCAVONCEDRONEKVICS ...... os fs > Mai Peo. anes 471 


XLIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—-LXXAXIL By T.D.A. 


Cocuumerrn, University of Colorado .... secsemriitiecs «6205233 > 476 
L. A new Species of Lligmodontia from Catamarea. By Oxp- 

MMSE CETON WU Es toes os las, ig ain ss » > see, hla See IS oS, 0 482 
LI. Two new Forms of Leyyada. By Otprietp Tuomas...... 484 


LIL. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal 


family Lygeide, By W. L. Disrant 


Index .. 


PLATES IN VOL. IL. 


Piatr I.) 
II. 


VILL. 
IX. SGenitalia of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 
X. 
=| 
XU. Mediterranean Bryozoa, 
XII. Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher). 
XIV. Dicroccelium Janceatum, var. symmetricum. 
XV. 
XVI. } Echeneis or Remora. 
XVII. 
X VILL. 
XIX. } vogu Phalanges. 
XX. 


! 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[NINTH SERIES.] 


WS 9S soos ee eeeeeeee per litora spargite museum, 
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, récurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia sueeo.” 
NV. Parthenit Giannettusi, Be). 1. 


No. 7.7) CLE es: 


I.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 
—No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., 


E.RS., ke. 
[Plates I.-VI.} 


1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide, chiefly of Bispira 


volutacornis, Montagu. 
2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide, chiefly of Pomato- 


cerus trigueter, L. 


1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide, 
chiefly of Bispira volutacornis, Montagu, 


Many authors have alluded to the structure of the Sabellids 
since Cuvier noted that they rarely form a calcareous tube, 
whilst they had the fan-like gills and the thoracic membrane 
of the Serpulids. In alluding to the branchize of the 
Sabellids he mentions “un filament charnu,” and, further, 
that in this group the two ‘filets charnus ” (fleshy filaments 
—probably the tentacles) adherent to the branchiz do not 
form an operculum. Most text-books, like those of Huxley, 
Gegenbaur, and Hayek, contain references to the “ carti- 
laginous’’ skeleton in Sabellids and Serpulids. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 1 


2 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


Amongst others, R. Wagener* (1832) describes the 
alimentary canal in Sadella ventilabrum (S. penicillus, L.) as 
having two sacs in front, such apparently, from his figure, 
representing the anterior nephridia. He pointed out the 
commissures connecting the great nerve-cords. 

Milne-Edwards (1838) considered the circulation in the 
Sabellids to be akin to that of Nephthys and the Nereide, 
a dorsal and a ventral trunk being present, and the inner 
aspect of the integument is supplied with a multitude of 
vascular filaments for the secretory organs, and, with the bases 
of the feet, present also a capillary rete which probably aids 
in respiration, though the main respiratory organs are the 
cephalic fans. He did not allude to the special vascular 
sinus around the gut. 

Grube (1838) gave a general account of the structure of 
Sabella unispira (Spiroyraphis spallanzani), especially of the 
alimentary and circulatory systems. He pointed out that 
Leuckart was wrong in attributing two vascular trunks to 
each branchial filament. He thought that the anterior 
(thoracic) nephridia were connected with reproduction. 

Kdolliker +, in his researches (1856), describes the “ carti- 
lage’ of several annelids, such as Sabella unispira (Spiro- 
graphis spallanzani), but he was uncertain as to the distine- 
tions between the blood-vessels and the nerves of the 
filaments, and his figures indicate that his “ Knorpelfaden ” 
structurally differs from that described here. He noted the 
specially thickened hypoderm (his epithelial layer). 

De Quatrefages (1850) thought that in the branchiz of 
the Sabellidz and Serpulide are venous and arterial twigs, 
which mingle in a system of vessels the walls of which 
cannot be distinguished from the surrounding tissues, and in 
which respiration is carried on through the thin covering 
tissues and their cilia. He describes in these branchiz what 
he terms acartilaginous skeleton, composed of cells surrounded 
by a tough fibrous investment like a periosteum. According 
to this author, the cephalic ganglia in Sabella flabellata, 
Savigny, form two pairs connected by a large commissure, 
and from these branches go to the branchiz and the eyes. 
The csophageal connectives are very short. The visceral 
system seems to arise from these ganglia as a small twig on 
each side furnished with two ganglia. The great ventral 
nerve-cords are separate throughout, though nearer each 
other posteriorly, and the first ganglia are close to the cephalic, 

* «Tsis,’ 1832, p. 655, Taf. x. 

+ ‘Untersuchungen z. vergl. Gewebelehre augestelt in Nizza im 
Herbste ’ (1 Sitzung. 15 Dec.). 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3 


the others following segmentally, each being joined to its 
neighbour by fine connectives and giving branches to the 
muscles and various organs. 

Dr. Thos. Wilhams* (1858) stated that the segmental 
organs both in Sabellids and Serpulids were absent from the 
anterior or thoracic region and were present only in the 
abdominal portion in the form of looped tubes, but he could 
not distinguish the part of the tube to which the ova were 
attached. He thought the ova did uot escape into the 
ceelom, but were confined in a membranous bag. He found 
a similar structure in the Amphictenide, Spionide, and 
other forms. 

In Spirographis spallanzani Claparéde (1873) describes the 
giant fibres of the nerve-cords as separate in the inter- 
ganglionic spaces from the trunk, and figures them (his pl. v. 
fig. 5)-surrounded by connective tissue. Internally is a 
medullary substance. ‘These fibres run throughout the 
abdomen without apparent anatomical connection. In the 
thorax they are repeatedly joined by anastomoses. Through- 
out the rest of the body the nervous chain is united in each 
segment by two transverse commissures. On entering the 
thorax the two tubular fibres divide into two branches, 
which pass forward reduced in diameter, and ultimately 
penetrate the cerebral ganglia, where they branch and are 
lost. Various branches are given off from the tubular fibres 
along the commissures, but he could not trace them along 
the ventral nerves of the thorax. The branchial nerves are 
greatly developed in the Sabellids and in Myaicola. He 
found in Spirographis that circular muscular fibres penetrate 
the ventral shields and that the fibres generally show nuclei 
surrounded by granular matter. Further, that in transverse 
section of the setigerous processes the bristles are arranged 
in a spiral, just as Pruvot and Racovitza showed subse- 
quently. No dorsal vessel exists anteriorly, only a plexus of 
anastomosing trunks from which the large branchial vessel 
arises on each side. A _ periuntestinal sinus surrounds the 
stomach +. ‘There is a well-developed rete in the collar, and 
the purified blood afterwards enters the ventral trunk. 

He considered that in the Sabellids the connective tissue 
of the anterior region is of importance and aids in filling up 
the coelomic cavity, which is almost suppressed, except the 
spaces for the branchial vessels. The two segmental tubes 


* Philos. Trans. 1858, p. 123, pl. vii. fig. 18. 
+ De Quatrefages first described this plexus around the gut (his lacunar 


tem). 
system) \* 


4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


in front are curved on themselves, and are highly vascular. 
He thought they secreted mucus. 

He describes and figures the “ cartilage ” of the branchial 
apparatus of Spirographis, with its “ perichondrium,” as if 
this was a separate tissue, and the same tissues occur in 
Myzxicola and Protula. In his figure this structure is shown 
as a rod with a single transverse series of septa in the 
filaments, and his description of the general structure corre- 
sponds with that in Bispira. His figures of the various 
parts in the sections of Spirographis, though small, are 
generally true to nature, for the author had equal facility 
with pen and pencil. 

Lowe * (1878-9) distinguishes in the branchiz of the 
Serpulids an ectothelium and an endothelium, the former 
coating the outer surface of the bifid region in a section of 
the filament, the latter the inner surface. He seems to agree 
witb Kowalewsky in regard to the homologies of the nervous 
system of worms and vertebrates, and concludes with a com- 
parison of the Sabellid skeleton with that of the embryo 
dog’s skull in horizontal section (his fig. 8). 

Cosmovici (1880) considered that, as in Myzicola, the 
organ of Bojanus in the Sabellids was situated at the ante- 
rior end, each organ, from a pouch which is longer than in 
Myzicola, opening by a pore, the cilia of the interior causing 
currents in this direction. The segmental organs are found, 
he states, in each segment from the middle of the body to 
the tail, and consist of a ciliated funnel behind the diaphragm 
and a tube which opens below the setigerous process of the 
foot. These organs transmit the reproductive elements, 
which are developed in glands attached to the inferior lateral 
vessel and extending to the superior lateral vessel. He thus 
considered the thoracic glands the organs of Bojanus. 


A careful account of the thoracic glandsand other segmental 


organs is given by Prof. Haswell t (1884), who, in contrast 
with the views of some later authors, could find no internal 
opening of the former. His sections of the thoracic region 
of Hupomatus, a Serpulid, agree on the whole with those of 
Pomatocerus. He points out that the true segmeutal organs 
are found in pairs in all the segments of the posterior or 
abdominal region. He figures the appendix to the thoracic 
glands in Eupomatus, but does not allude to it. The position 
of the nerve-cords in relation to the ventral longitudinal 


* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 158, Taf. ix. 
+ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. pp. 7-12 (sep. copy). 


~ 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5 


muscles needs revision, but the general structure is in accord- 
ance with nature. His account of the circulation in both 
Sabellids and Serpulids is excellent. 

Viallanes * (1885) thought the skeletogenous tissue of the 
Sabellids (e. g., Sabella jlabellata) approached that of the 
vertebrates, though Krukenberg found that chemically it 
differed. In the fentacles (his antennz) the skeleton (“ tige 
cartilagineuse ”) forms a central arc enveloped in thick peri- 
Ghidedrinin continued from the branchial lamina, and it 
seems to be absolutely homogeneous and transparent, though 
composed of a single row of cells. The perichondrium he 
compares to horn, and it and the “ cartilage” have no ground- 
or fundamental substance. This skeleton is in contact with 
a blood-vessel which passes to the tip and is surrounded by 
a lymphatic space, and he thought that the lymph, and not 
the blood, respired directly. 

Pruyot- F (1885), like many others, alluded to the branchial 
** cartilage ” ‘of the Sabellids, and described the union of the 
dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles to form two large 
cylindrical muscles which go to the branchie, a fasciculus 
‘passing to each filament. The anterior thoracic glands are 
coiled or tangled (“‘ enchevétrés’’), and open dorsally behind 
the branchiz in the median line. He did not place the same 
weight as Claparéde did on the distinctions of this organ 
in the Sabellids and Serpulids respectively, and they are 
soldered in the middle line in Saéella penicillus. The 
tentacles (his antennz) vary from the normal two to ten or 
twelve (Sabella terebelloides, S. analis, &c.). In Apomatus 
ampulliferus, Phil., there are three pairs, and they resemble- 
the branchial barbules, whilst in Potamilla reniformis two 
pairs occur, the first being well differentiated, but the 
second represents an intermediate structure with the 
branchial barbules. 

Andrews f (1891) described the structure of the compound 
eyes of annelids, his Potamilla reniformis having seven or 
eight eyes on each branchial filament instead of the three 
given by Malmgren ; and Sadella microphthalma, Verrill, 
has them on the outer side of each branchial stem, which 
likewise has transverse bars of pigment. In Dasychone con- - 
spersa, Ehlers, the eyes also occur along the outer bases of 

. 


# Ann. Sc. Nat. 6 sér. t. Xx. Bp. 1-20, 1 pl. 
7 Archiv. Zool. Expér. 2 sér. t. iii. p. ’335. 
{| Journ. Morphol. pp. 271-399, pl. xxi. 


6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


the filaments (pl. xxi. figs. 20-22); and, lastly, he gives an 
account of Sabella melanostigma (pl. xxi. figs. 17-19). 

A large memoir on the structure of the Tubicolar Polychets 
(chiefly Sabellids and Serpulids) was published by Soulier * 
(1891). Itdeals particularly with such forms as Spirographis 
spallanzani, Viviani, Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu, 
Sabella viola, Grube, Myzxicola infundibulum, Montagu, 
and M. esthetica, Claparéde; whilst amongst Serpulids 
Protula milhaci, Marion, Serpula infundibulum, D. Chiaje, 
and Hydroides pectinata, Miller, were specially studied, 
Interesting accounts are given of some of these in captivity, 
including the formation and structure of their tubes and 
other features. His interpretation of the structure of the 
anterior “nephridia” (pericesophageal glands) for the most 
part agrees with that of Ed. Meyer. The histology of the 
skin and other organs is described with great detail in 
this paper. - 

A memoir by Ed. Meyer + on the Sabellide and Serpulide 
(his Serpuliden) was published in Russian in 1893. A 
eareful account of the nephridia in Lupomatus and Psygmo- 
branchus and the structure of the body-wall is given, along 
with the structure of the nephridia in Sabellaria alveolata. 
Late stages in the development of Psygmobranchus pro- 
tensus further elucidate the subject. Like Soulier, he 
describes and figures a ciliated funnel opening into the peri- 
visceral cavity at the cephalic end of the anterior segmental 
organs or thoracic glands. Since the work of Claparéde no 
investigator except Hisig has more fully dealt with the 
structure of the Polychzts, more especially of the Sabellids 
and Serpulids, and his memoirs in the Naples ‘ Mittheil- 
ungen’ ¢ are models of patient research, skilful draughts- 
manship, and general accuracy. 

Otocysts were early described in the Sabellids by 
De Quatrefages (1844) in an Amphicora, and, amongst 
others, Claparéde, Langerhans, Meyer, Brunotte, De 
St. Joseph, Caullery and Mesnil, Soulier, and Fauvel have 
studied their occurrence in this group. The most compre- 
hensive account is given by Fauvel § (1909), who describes 
them in Branchiomma vesiculosum, in the first bristled 
segment, in two species of Potamilla, viz. Potamilla reni- 


* Thése, ‘ Etud. sur l’Anat. des Annél. Tubic. de la Cette, Secret. du 
Tube, &c.,’ Montpellier, 1891. 

+ ‘Die Organisation de Serpuliden u, Hermelliden,’ Kasan, 1893, 5 pls. 

t E.g, Bad. vii. and Bd. viii. 

§ Ann. Sc. Nat. 9 sér. t. vi. pp. 1-144, pls. i.-iii. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 7 


formis and P. forelli, in Amphiglena mediterranea, three 
species of Jasmineira, viz. J. caudata, J. oculata, and J. elegans, 
in Myzicola infundibulum and three other species of Myzi- 
cola, in three species of Chone, viz. C. duneri, C. arenicola, 
and C. collaris, in Huchone rosea, Dialychone acustica, in Oria 
armandi, and Orcopsis metchnikowii. In this family they 
occupy the first bristled segment and they are innervated 
from the esophageal collar. As in other annelids, Fauvel 
considers that these organs perform the function of stato- 
cysts, for perceiving vibrations, and are, perhaps, also organs 
of orientation. 

Numerous instances of the regeneration of both extre- 
mities have been recorded in the Sabellids. Thus, Dalyell * 
observed the reproduction of both ends in Sabella pavonia 
(his Amphitrite ventilabrum). Grube and De St. Joseph 
subsequently found a similar condition in the same species. 
C. Vaney and A. Conte } described regeneration after experi- 
ments in Spirographis spallanzant. Ivanow ¢t and Orlandi § 
respectively studied the same species in regeneration. 
Grube || found renewal of the anterior region in Potamilla 
reniformis and De St. Joseph § in P. forelli, with regenera- 
tion of the branchiz in Myzicola dinardensis and in Dasy- 
chone bombyx. Soulier**, again, describes regeneration of 
the branchiz in Branchiomma vesiculosum. 

One of the most complete accounts of the regeneration of 
the anterior and posterior ends of a sedentary annelid is 
that of P. Ivanow{ (1908) in Spirographis spallanzani. 
Both text and figures are full of interest—especially as 
regards the nervous system and segmental organs. Many 
authors, however, describe bifid posterior ends of other 
species, 

The Sabellide, like the Terebellide, are stated by 
Dr. Goodrich ++ to possess nephridia which open internally, 
and that the genital funnel becomes connected with the 
nephrostome and loses its primitive opening to the exterior. 

An account of the “cartilaginous” substance in the 
branchiz of Spirographis spallanzani, Branchiomma kollikeri, 
Sabella reniformis, and Sabella infundibulum is given by 


* ‘Powers of the Creator,’ vol. ii. p. 225 (1858). 
+ Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. xiv. appa 
¢ Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xci. p. 511, Taf. xx.-xxil. 
§ Archiv. Zool. Napoli, vol. iil. 2 tig. (1906). 
|| ‘Ein Ausflug-Triest u. Quarnero,’ 1861. 
q “‘ Annél. Dinard,” Ann. Sc. Nat. 7 sér. 
** Trans. Instit. Zoo]. Montpelier, 1891. 
Tt Quart. Journ, Micros. Se. vol. xlili. n. s. p. 740. 


8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


Nowikoff * (1912), illustrated by representations of stained 
sections, which indicate the position of muscles, nerves, and 
blood-vessels as well as the skeletogenous elements. He 
regards the supporting substance as homologous with that 
in Mollusea and Vertebrates, presenting, moreover, less 
polygonal or somewhat rounded cells, with ground-substance 
of a chondro-mucoid character, with nuclei and proto- 
plasmic contents, and having externally a layer, which he 
terms perichondrium, upon which the cuticle and its nuclei 
rest, The author does not go into the distribution of the 
skeleton in the foregoing forms, but confines his attention 
chiefly to the histology of the tissue, the so-called ‘ carti- 
lage ”-cells being filled with fluid, and almost resemble 
plant-cells from their distinctness. They possess one, rarely 
two, nuclei. The perichondrium is granular and has an 
alveolar (basement-) layer between it and the hypoderm. 


The structure of the body-wall in Sabella penicillus, L., 
is typical, though there are special developments of the 
surface. ‘Thus, on each side of the mid-ventral line a thick 
elandular layer outside the circular muscular coat occurs. 
‘This appears to be a special development beneath the hypo- 
derm, which is readily traced over it and along each side of 
the mid-ventral fissure, The circular muscular coat is well 
developed and is continuous or nearly so. The dorsal longi- 
tudinal muscles are in section thick externally, but taper to 
the mid-dorsal line, where a hiatus for the suspensory 
mesentery of the alimentary canal occurs. These muscles 
are comparatively narrow and do not reach the lateral edge. 
In the same way the ventral longitudinal muscles are compact 
or almond-shaped in section, slightly thinned internally, and 
each is separated by a wide gap from the muscle of the 
opposite side. Both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles 
have a translucent sarcolemma on the free surface and both 
show bands of sarcolemma here and there cutting the mass 
into various fasciculi. Under the inner edge of each lies 
the nerve-trunk surrounded by neurilemma and with com- 
paratively little neuroglia. On the upper and inner edge of 
each is a large neural canal, which in many sections is larger 
than the nerve-trunk and is occupied by a coagulable 
material. It appears to be unnecessary to call such a tube 
a giant nerve-fibre, and, indeed, the term neural canal was 
adopted in 1877+, and may as well comprehend the finer 


* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. ciii. p. 686, Taf. xvi. 
+ “On the Arrangement and Relations of the Great Nerve-cords in 
the Marine Annelids,” Proceed. Roy, Soc. Edin. Session 1876-77. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9 


canals, which can be traced into nerve-cells. An intricate 
series of fibres in transverse section occurs in the middle 
line between the nerve-cords and surrounds a small granular 
area above and another below. In each segment (probably 
at the junction) a very complex series of fibres—chiefly 
transverse and oblique—commingle over the nerve-area, 
whilst in the intermediate regions the ventral vessel and the 
muscular fibres and mesentery attached to the lower edge of 
the alimentary canal are more distinct. The alimentary 
canal itself is normal in section, and it has large blood-sinuses 
and vessels on its wall, besides the dorsal trunk (in its region). 
The thoracic glands occur in front, and the segmental organ 
les to the exterior of the ventral longitudinal muscle. 

Toward the posterior end, whilst little change takes place 
in the hypoderm and the ventral subhypodermic belt, or in 
the circular muscular coat, the dorsal longitudinal muscles 
are considerably extended laterally, whereas the ventral 
longitudinal muscles are diminished in transverse diameter 
and have the bristles close to their outer edge. The nerve- 
cords occupy the same position at the inneredge of the muscles 
and next the circular coat, the neural canal having about 
the same proportional size asin front. The complex crossing 
of fibres above the area occurs at intervals as in front. The 
gut in this region is filled with dark sandy mud. 

Branchial Apparatus.—One of the most interesting featur s 
in the structure of the Sabellids, such as Bispira volutacornis, 
Montagu, is the chordoid skeleton which supports the bran- 
chial apparatus, and which commences behind the brain as 
a small lateral area (PI. III. fig. 15, ch.), which soon develops 
into an arc on each side (PI. I. fig. 1, ch.). About the region 
of the brain the lateral arcs fuse in the mid-dorsal line 
(Pl. I. fig. 2, ch.) and thus form a continuous curved belt from 
side to side, not, however, of uniform breadth in a given 
section, but with indentations, as at the large celomic area 
dorsad of the brain or at the enlargements laterally. This 
chordoid tissue is finely reticulated in the adult, more 
distinctly cellular in the young, the connecting walls staining 
slightly, and nuclei are very evident, especially in young 
examples. It is bounded externally by the firm investment 
or “‘perichondrium,” the basement-tissue and muscular layers, 
hypodermic and articular, whilst internally it is bounded by 
the same homogeneous border of ‘‘ perichondrium ” to which 
muscles are attached. This “ perichondrial” boundary 
(Pi. LI. fig. 10, pr.) is not a separate layer, but processes from 
its inner edge all round pass as bridles to the reticulations 
and cells composing the interior, so that the two are modi- 
fications of the same tissue, the whole organically connected 


10 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


as a stout supporting layer externally and a central region 
of complex reticulations. There is thus a considerable 
divergence from the bone-forming periosteum or the peri- 
chondrium of vertebrate cartilage, though the structureless 
matrix of the latter with its enclosed cells comes nearest: The 
great mass of this chordoid skeleton is dorsal, as are also the 
ganglia, whilst the great nerve-cords rapidly seek a ventral 
position, the former being above the alimentary canal, the 
latter beneath it. The muscular fibres on the innerecurve of the 
chordoid skeleton about the level of the open vestibule—that 
is, before the closure to form the cesophagus—are not longi- 
tudinal, but oblique or vertical, stretching from the lower part 
of the inner concavity to the upper part of the arch, so that 
they would shorten the curve. Moreover, the “ perichondrial”’ 
border shows large reticulations on its inner edge, a feature 
of importance in the elasticity of the parts during the varied 
movements (Pl. 1]. fig. 10). The inner border of this tissue 
widens at the level of the full development of the apparatus, 
and atits broad lateral part the sides of the curve projecting 
outward are laced together by muscular fibres, so that the 
curve—acute as it is—can be shortened. At this level also 
the chordoid central area is strengthened by special processes 
of the marginal tissue (‘‘ perichondrial”’ of authors). At the 
origin, again, of the chordoid skeleton (PI. III. fig. 15, ch.) 
transverse muscles connect the two sides, and mesenterial 
fibres pass from their lower edge to the cesophagus, whilst 
the common duct of the thoracic glands is clasped by the 
strands. It forms a protective shield and support to the 
two great vascular trunks, the cclomic spaces, and to 
the cephalic ganglia, whilst stiffening the attachments of the 
muscles of the region; indeed, in extent, it exceeds the 
cephalic skeleton of the cuttlefishes, and yet it has a certain 
degree of elasticity in the varied and graceful moyements 
associated with the display of the branchiz. Passing forward 
the lateral regions of this chordoid skeleton enlarge and 
begin to present intruding pillars, cutting the outer edge 
into regular spaces with convex margins externally, the first 
indication of the bases of the branchial filaments. Then 
the chordoid tissue arranges itself in long lobes connected 
with a narrow and rapidly diminishing inner belt of the 
same tissue, and this is soon followed by the disappearance 
of the inner belt and the inner portion of each lobe, leaving 
only a rounded or ovoid chordoid area marking the origin of 
each filament (PI. JI. fig. 12). The space occupied by the 
chordoid arch is now the seat of a series of radially arranged 
muscular bands, two for each filament, a connective-tissue 
septum from each chordoid oval passing in transverse section 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 11 


between them. The cuticle and hypoderm externally hecome 
crenate and then notched, whilst spaces or slits appear 
between the chordoid ovals, by-and-by pass to the surface, 
and thus truncated fillets representing the separate filaments 
are formed all round the edge of the branchial base. The 
outer edge of each has a thick coat of hypoderm under the 
cuticle, but this diminishes internally on the sides, becoming 
thinner in its progress inward, the whole area resembling a 
narrow wedge with the broad end outside (Pl. II. fig. 12). 
Within the broad end is the basement-membrane and a 
“ perichondrial ” area surrounding the chordoid oval from 
which the median strand passes inward to support the blood- 
vessel. In this region the bases of the filaments and their 
axes are joined by a long band of the “ perichondrial ”’ 
substance, the appearance after partial maceration resem- 
bling a chain of Perophora listeri or similar series of tunicate 
stolons. 

The two bands of muscle then show signs of diminution. 
Just before the filaments separate, small clear spaces occur 
at somewhat regular intervals in the interfilamentar tissue, 
but they are not visible after separation. At this level the 
sections of the bases of the filaments have their longest 
diameter radia] (Pl. II. fig. 12), but this by-and-by shortens, 
and their inner border separates from the internal lining 
at the base, and each forms an independent filament, the 
muscular fibres, meanwhile, gradually diminishing. The 
chordoid cells in these form a double row (PI. I. fig. 12), 
sometimes with two nuclei, but generally with a single 
nucleus in each, and the number of cells diminishes in the 
distal parts of the filament (PI. I. fig. 4). When a pinna 
is cut longitudinally, a double row of cells is present in the 
sections (Pl. I. figs. 5 & 6), besides the external investment, 
or, as the knife slants superficially, the closer lines indicating 
the cells of the hypoderm intrude, as at the lower part of 
the drawing (fig. 6). The nerve occupies an area near the 
ciliated groove at the inner border. The double character 
of the slits is still preserved, for one-half of the inner joins 
that of its neighbour to the right, and the other that to the 
left. Then the diameter of each filament, now free, still 
further diminishes, and tlie blood-vessel is separated from 
the chordoid skeleton only by a narrow belt of connective 
tissue. Moreover, a double row of pinne springs from the 
inner and narrower edge, the outer having its thicker belt 
of hypoderm and its more massive connective-tissue layer and 
nerve internally. A single row of chordoid cells passes from 
the chordoid oval into each pinna as its skeletogenous rod, 
aud thus the whole system is continuous from its massive 


12 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


base to the threads in the delicate pinnz, which have a 
thick coat of hypoderm and a ciliated cuticle. In the young 
Bispira the chordoid cells are especially large and distinct. 

The branchial skeleton thus springing from a firm base 
spreads forward (or, as usually described, “upward ”) as a 
vase- or funnel-shaped sheet, binding together the bases of 
the filaments and, finally, dividing into the isolated rods for 
the filaments and pinnules. Atthe origin of the filaments the 
skeletogenous tissue forms a broad belt, continuous externally 
as a narrow rim, and having within this a small group of 
the chordoid reticulations, then a series of skeletogenous 
areas (in section) sometimes with marginal muscles, indi- 
eating the rudiments of the filaments. The chordoid 
reticulations then become more numerous, the “ perichon- 
drial” area diminishes, the soft parts increase, and by-and-by 
the separate filament is evolved. The chordoid rods to the 
pinnules appear to pierce—if such an expression can be used 
in connection with this continuous tissue—the ‘ perichon- 
drial”? investment of each filament, and come into contact 
with the reticulations at the outer part of each. The whole 
chordoid skeleton is, however, a continuous structure, and 
it is only the continuity of the areol of the pinnules with 
those of the filaments which makes the use of the term 
“ piercing the perichondrium ” intelligible. A comparison of 
the adult and young specimens of the annelid show that the 
nuclei are remarkably distinct in the latter, whilst the 
smaller number and proportional larger size of the cells are 
features of moment. Many previous authors having used, 
in connection with this skeletogenous tissue, terms which 
would imply separate tissues, it has been necessary to insist 
on the unity of the structure as a whole. 

Another feature of the chordoid. skeleton is its connection 
with the shedding of the whole branchial apparatus in the 
Sabellids, for all “the chordoid tissue appears to be thrown 
off with the branchial fans and the tentacles, the funnel- 
shaped anterior or distal portion consisting largely of this 
tissue covered by the integuments. The vessels on the 
proximal side would thus be more readily constricted, and 
an active surface for the reproduction of the apparatus 
uncovered. Whether this shedding of the branchial fans 
occurs frequently in nature is an open question, but the 
annelids in confinement sometimes do so. 

The branchial fans double inward at their ventral base as 
a thin lamina with miniature filaments, each with its chor- 
doid axis, and along the inner border of each the nerve- 
strands occur. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 13 


The tentacles (Pl. I. fig. 3, ¢.) belong to the branchial 
system, and separate in such a form as this and probably 
in all or many Sabellids, along with the branchiz, which in 
their normal line of separation show a notch between the 
symmetrically curved chordoid basal support, which unites 
the halves above the gap by a firm bar of similar tissue. 
A little beyond the outer edge of this bar on each side 
springs a tentacle, the spout-shaped external basal fold of 
which is deeply pigmented with brown in Bispira. The 
inner basal web of each runs forward on the first dorsal 
branchia, whilst the outer web forms a free flap, the important 
furrow from the base of the branchial fan lying between 
them, and it is this groove which is pigmented. The tentacle 
itself is continuous with the inner flap or base, and presents 
a somewhat thicker median rib supported by the chordoid 
skeleton, the whole tapering to.a delicate tip. Its nerve is 
of considerable size, and the organ is probably of great 
importance in regard to the nature and contents of the 
currents swept through the groove. Claparéde * applied the 
term “tentacle” to the inner lateral fold of the mouth in 
his sections, but such is a wholly different structure from 
the tentacle as here described, and performs a different 
function. 

In transverse section the tentacle, when fairly formed, 
presents a rounded axial region and two flaps or lamelle 
arranged in opposite curves (PI. I. fig. 7). The curves of 
the lateral flaps or wings are diagnostic, and indicate special 
functions, one flap curving to the left of the central region. 
and the other more or less to the right in transverse section. 
Over the whole is the cuticle, then a layer of short nucleated 
epithelium resting on a basement-tissue, and within it a 
consistent connective tissue and probably muscular fibres, 
though these are indistinct on the wings. The central region 
is more or less rounded in section, with a tough cuticle ‘and 
thinner hypoderm, but it is supported by a transparent 
skeletogenous axis containing a homogeneous substance 
surrounded by granules, whilst on one side (that furthest 
from the curved flaps) is a band of muscular fibres and on 
the other a nerve. The fact that this homogeneous substance 
does not stain would point to its solidity or coagulability. 
It is noteworthy that in the marginal line of filaments 
counected by the  perichondrial ” strand, similar appear- 
ances, without the granules, in section are found, so that 
the tinted centre may be of the same “ perichondrial ”’ 


* Annél. Sédent. pl. i. fig. 1, tt. 


14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


substance. The curve of the larger flap, which appears to 
be normal, would seem to show that the connective tissue in 
its middle is more or less elastic. Viewed in section the 
central rib presents cuticular and hypodermic coverings, 
then the transparent skeletogenous layer, which shows no 
evidence of cameration, and in the centre the tinted coagu- 
lable substance surrounded by the granules. In all proba- 
bility this is a blood-vessel, and a trunk is seen in other 
forms, such as Spirographis, running up the centre of the 
skeletogenous sheath which euds in a delicate tip; and in 
the basal region of the tentacle numerous fine twigs ramify 
in the tissues. In sections from the tip downward the 
longer curved flap lies within the outer branchial row, 
between it and the tip of the inner row, and it has a blood- 
vessel at its edge. 

Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia in section (PI. I. 
fiz. 1, cg.) form two ovoid masses, connected by a broad 
commissure, and situated about the commencement of the 
chordoid skeleton of the region. The outer and more 
cellular part of each ganglion stains slightly, whilst the 
inner region and the commissure are pale. Moreover, at 
the outer edge of each mass is a pale area in section sur- 
rounded by brown pigment apparently representing an eye 
(PL. III. fig. 14, oc.), and thus akin to the deep-seated eye of 
the ammocete stage of the lamprey, though it does not reach 
the surface in adult life. The capsule is consistent and 
stains, the centre being pale as if functioning as a lens, 
whilst the brown pigment seems to be chiefly massed on the 
inner border. Between the dorsal mass of muscle and the 
ganglia is a large vascular trunk on each side—the branchial— 
besides a closely reticulated tissue, the same tissue occurring 
laterally where the lower ends of the muscles cease; whilst 
the cesophagusis in the middle line below the commissure, and 
its sheath of muscle and connective tissue abuts inferiorly on 
a broad glandular hypodermic area ventrally, the apex of 
which is joined to the cwsophageal sheath by the same 
reticulated connective tissue mentioned previously. In front 
of the ganglia a large coelomic space and a vascular trunk 
lie at the base of the branchial apparatus before separation 
into branches for the filaments. 

The sections, at the separation of the great nerve-cords 
from the cephalic ganglia were somewhat imperfect, but 
these trunks appeared to follow a similar course to those of 
Spirographis, as described and figured by Meyer* and 
others. 

. Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiii. fig., and Bd. viii. pp. 5387- 
569. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. se 


The great cords after the disappearance of the eyes pass 
downward with their cellular sheath to the sides of the 
cesophagus (PI. III. fig. 15), having beneath them only the 
deuse mass of the ventral glandular hypoderm, the cesophagus 
being surrounded by the tissues of the region before this 
takes place, and, as those around the organ are chiefly 
muscular, firm constriction of this part can readily occur, 
the distinction between this region, imbedded as the gullet 
is in firm contractile tissues (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9), and that 
which follows—in which the canal is more or less free—is 
therefore marked. Proceeding backward the cesophagus is 
fixed by a median mesentery ventrally and by various strands 
dorsally to a transverse sheet above it and the nerve-cords, a 
space, divided into two by a median muscle, occurring above 
—that is, below the dorsal longitudinal muscles (PI. II. fig. 8). 
The nerve-cords with their investment then pass below the 
level of the alimentary canal and lie at some distance from 
each other at the inner border of the ventral longitudinal 
muscles, the ventral blood-vesse] being between them and 
the massive ventral hypoderm externally. A small neural 
canal is now visible at their upper and inner border, no trace. 
of this having been observed previously, as the great cords 
lay at the sides of the gullet. Passing gradually downward 
the cords are enclosed by fibres from the circular coat 
crossing above and below them (PI. II. fig. 8), the small 
neural canal, sometimes two, being visible—for instance, at the 
ganglia in the nerve-sheath at the upper and inner angle of 
each. The nerve-cells are confined for the most part to the 
exterior investment of the ganglia and the trunks, though 
some are in thesubstance of both. The transverse (circular) 
fibres above the cords increase in strength, and are further | 
stiffened by the fusion of strong muscular fibres from the 
sheath of the alimentary canal in the middle line. Other 
fibres pass outside the cords, and even between them in the 
intervals between the ganglia, so that in this region they are 
well supported and they are nearer each other than in 
front. The transverse (circular) fibres above the cords 
remain after the muscular band from the gut disappears and 
a median mesentery takes its place, whilst the small neural 
canal shows little change. Proceeding backward, the ventral 
blood-vessel is surrounded by a thick ring of muscular and 
connective-tissue fibres fixed ventrally between the neural 
canals and beyond them. ‘The neural canals are now con- 
siderably larger, and the gut and the ventral vessel are 
connected with the slender transverse fibres by a thin 
mesentery ; but this only lasts for a short distance, when the 
thick investment of tle trunk again appears in the progress 


16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


backward, so that an intermittent arrangement is present, a 
feature probably due to the intervals between the thicker 
mesenterial bands from the gut, these bands being composed 
of fibres studded with nuclei ; and the fibres cross each other 
on their way to those beneath the cords in the interganglionic 
areas.. The neural canal is sometimes double on one side, 
single on the other. At the thickened perivascular areas 
the gut touches or is sessile on the coat of the vessel. In 
the intermediate regions, where the vessel hangs in a thin 
mesentery, it hasa pigmented coat of clavate chloragogen- 
cells (PI. ILI. fig. 17, chd.), the broad end being external, so that 
they form an are on each side. The secretion of these, no 
doubt, is of some importance in connection with the vascular 
trunk and the celom*, Anteriorly, when the thickened 
coat occurs, the pigmented cells are placed to the exterior 
of the arch on the coelomic surface, but, by-and-by, in the 
progress backward they are grouped inside the channel of 
the tube on the blood-vessel, and this continues till it again 
is free. The great cords are now more rounded in section, 
with the neural canals at their upper border or at their outer 
and upper border, and on the right side in one case two are 
present, the larger almost extra-neural and pressing into the 
border of the ventral muscle. Comparatively few cells occur 
in the intergauglionic areas, the general surface of the cords 
in section being finely granular and somewhat reticulated 
so as to form rounded areas. The cells increase at the 
ganglionic regions, and appear chiefly in the neuroglia, only 
a few occurring in the commissural band. Posteriorly, the 
cords in section at a commissure are placed close together 
with the neural canals between them, the nuclei of the 
neuroglia scattered thinly in their area in section and more 
thickly exteriorly. 

A short distance behind the foregoing the body-wall 
assumes its normal arrangement, the ventral longitudinal 
muscles lying within the hypoderm, basement-tissue, and 
circular coat, whilst the nerve-cords and the intermediate 
ventral blood-vessel occupy the space between their inner 
ends. Each cord has the circular muscular coat, the base- 
ment-tissue, and the glandular mass of the shield externally, 
with its fibrous area inferiorly, and above it is the now large 
neural canal, which has a firm wall and usually a coagulum 


* In a large example a peculiar and symmetrical appearance was caused 
anteriorly by the intrusion of the massive ventral coat ef hypoderm on 
each side of the cords and their ganglia, so as to form an arborescent 
mass aboye and on each side over the inner ends of the ventral longitudinal 
muscles. Such probably was due to pressure in preparation. 


—_—s 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. V7 


in its lumen, the edge of which stains deeply. A reticulated 
investment (neurilemma) separates it from the ventral 
blood-vessel, and a firm layer of the same tissue roofs in the 
entire area, the fibres of which closely link it on to the 
alimentary canal immediately above. The neural canal soon 
becomes as large*as the séction of the nerve, and, as 
mentioned, it seems unnecessary to term it a * giant fibre.” 

Cunningham * (1888) is inclined to regard the neural 
canals as supporting structures, which prevent the nerve- 
cords being bent at a sharp angle, and where they are highly 
developed the cords are not separated from the epidermis. 
He states they have a position similar to that of the noto- 
chord in relation to the neurochord and aorta. He failed 
to trace a connection between these canals and any ganglion- 
cell, whilst admitting their homology with those of the 
Errant annelids. 

In a section of a young Bispira stained with Ehrlich’s 
hematoxylin, the cephalic ganglia are rather widely separated, 
for they occupy the upper and outer border of the vestibule 
leading to the mouth, and which has the outline dorsally 
of the letter M. To the exterior is a pale belt free from 
cells, then a band of muscular fibres inside the chordoid 
layer with its investment, whilst the cuticle and hypoderm 
form the superficial coverings. The chordoid cells are large, 
distinct, and transparent, each with its nucleus, and some- 
times with two, and they form at the level of the brain a 
horseshoe guard on the dorso-lateral region, the ventral 
aspect of the ganglia abutting to a large extent on the 
mucous membrane of the vestibule, the isthmus between 
them following the descending bars of the M in its progress 
from side to side. Moreover, in contact with the isthmus 
dorsally are the basement-membrane and the hypoderm of 
the cephalic cul-de-sac in free communication with the sea 
water. The organ thus is in a favourable position for 
receiving impressious from the exterior as well as by its 
nerve-trunks, whilst the elastic chordoid skeleton gives 
sufficient protection. In the transverse sections the entire 
ganglion on each side is dotted with deeply stained nerve- 
cells, which perhaps are most numerous toward the surface, 
and they extend into the nerve-trunks, leaving the organ, as 
well as being distributed on the isthmus from side to side. 
In some cases they are grouped in ares with the pale neuroglia 
between, as if pertaining to a lobule, but, as a rule, there is 
little definition in this respect. Immediately behind, the 


* Quart. Journ, Micros, Sc. n. s. vol. xxviii. p, 275. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 2 


18 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


nerve-mass bulges ventrally at the sides of the vestibule, and 
the trend of the intervening commissure is more or less 
straight—from the change in the roof of the vestibule, the 
central lines of the M being more or less obliterated. 

The eyes (PI. [11. fig. 14) do not appear in the sections 
until the protective chordoid tissue has diminished to a 
small are above the posterior region of the cephalic ganglia, 
and when a mere chink above the gullet indicates the external 
pit in communication with the sea-water. The cesophagus 
itself is now enclosed in connective tissue and circular 
muscular fibres. ‘The eyes rest on the ganglia, and the great 
trunks arise near, aud show a pale faintly granular central 
area and a thick investment of neuroglial cells. The eyes 
have dense brown pigment-cells apparently radially arranged 
round a pale region, which probably represents a lens, a 
thinner layer of the pigment occurring on one side of the 
elliptical organ according to the level of the section. In 
some sections a pale spot appears in the centre of the pale 
brownish median region, the dark pigment forming a belt 
exteriorly. These eyes appear to be similar to those Meyer * 
found in Psygmobranchus protensus (= Protula tubularia, 
Mont.) and Amphiglena mediterranea. 

In Serpula contortuplicata (= Hydroides norvegica) De 
Quatrefages describes the cephalic ganglia as large and only 
separated by a constriction in the middle line, and giving 
off from each side a large branch to the branchie. The 
cesophageal connectives are longer than in Sadella, and from 
the first widely separated pair of ganglia a considerable 
truuk passes to the “ voile palléal”’ (the thoracic membrane). 
The ventral cords remain separate, and ganglia connected 
by a slender commissure occur in every segment. The 
trunks are wider apart anteriorly than posteriorly. 

Muscular System and Body-wall.—About the level of the 
brain muscular fibres are fixed to the inner wall of the 
chordoid skeleton (Pl. IJ. fig. 10,m.), which here attains 
great development, and their general trend shows that they. 
draw the horseshoe bend of the skeleton close. Proceeding 
backward, a strong longitudinal muscle (Pl. I. fig. 1, m.) 
appears at the ventral end of the diminished chordoid area, 
and a smaller muscle above the skeleton, and the disappear- 
ance of the skeleton permits this muscle to form a con- 
tinuous curved sheet, widest below, in the area formerly 
occupied by the skeleton, and it soon approaches its fellow 
of the opposite side, separated only by a series of transverse 


* Mitt. Zool, Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiv. fig. 14. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 19 


fibres which connected the inner ends of the vanishing 
skeleton. Externally are circular fibres, which pass down- 
ward to a firm connective-tissue area at each side of the 
massive ventral hypoderm. ‘This great muscular sheet is 
most massive below, where it supports the origins of the 
great nerve-trunks. At first no differentiation of the sheet 
is observable ; then pale connective-tissue fibres appear in 
its middle opposite the upper end of the nerve-masses, and 
in this an aperture appears, its cavity being surrounded by 
stained granules, and now it is seen that there are two 
longitudinal muscles, an upper and somewhat smaller 
rounded muscle, which projects dorsally on each side of the 
median groove, and a larger ovoid muscle at the outer side 
of the nerve-trunk, the two being separated on each side by 
an increasing coelomic area. The two dorsal muscles are 
separated by a space, crossed by the circular fibres of the 
body-wall, and others passing from the inner edge of the 
muscle and from the six or more vertical bands from the 
alimentary canal. The hypoderm covering the prominence 
of these muscles dorsally is specially thickened. The second 
or ventral pair of muscles are still lateral in position, have 
the circular fibres, basement-tissue, and hypoderm externally, 
the nerve-cords and neuroglia internally, and connective- 
tissue bands and the hypoderm below. ‘The dorsal muscles 
remain more or less rounded in section (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9, 
dm.), but the ventral muscles become somewhat longer, 
more oblique in position, and the nerve-cords now lie below 
their inner edge inferiorly. ‘Their elongation and obliquity 
increase in the following sections, for they assume a spindle- 
like outline, their limiting fibres fusing across the middle 
line with each other and with those from the vertical bands 
and those surrounding the gut, whilst the nerve-cords now 
hie below this fibrous isthmus, with a small neural canal in 
the neuroglia of their upper and inner border. The dorsal 
muscles are still rounded or ovoid, separated by a consider- 
able interval in the middle line and wholly dorsal in position, 
but they by-and-by become pear-shaped in section, pointed 
mid-dorsally, and thicker externally ; moreover, they slope 
a little downward and laterally. ‘The ventral muscles 
stretch upward almost to the dorsal bristle-tuft, and are 
thus longer than the former (PI. II. fig. 8, vm.)—indeed, 
their mass exceeds that of the dorsal, a condition so different 
from that in Pomatocerus. Tle dorsal muscles do not meet 
in the middle line, though thinned like the ventral in 
expansion of the body-cavity, and they are still less in bulk 
2% 


20 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


than the ventral. ‘The oblique are long and slender, and 
are fixed over the outer part of the nerve-trunks. 

Passing backward, in the anterior region, the dorsal - 
muscles increase in bulk and pass further downward, the 
dorsal arch of the body being better developed, and thes feet 
having taken a late ‘al position somewhat below the middle 
line. A median hiatus still occurs dorsally, and the muscles 
increase in thickness from this downward until reaching the 
blunt cone inferiorly. ‘The ventral longitudinal muscles 
are sausage-shaped in section and now not half the bulk of 
the dorsal. 

In the middle of the body of Bispira the walls have 
assumed the normal arrangement, the hypoderm being thin 
dorsally, thickened laterally, especially on the processes, and 
considerably diminished (from that in the front) in the 
mid-ventral line, the ventral area in section being that of a 
asa curved spindle, massive in the middle below the 
nerves, tapering off at each side, and again having thickened 
glandular areas in the lateral region with its processes. 
The dorsal longitudinal muscles are larger, somewhat 
thinned toward the dorsal middle line, where there is no 
distinct hiatus at the attachment of the mesentery, and the 
curve on each side increases in breadth to the lateral 
processes, where it bends slightly inward, and in some a slight 
median projection or keel occurs to which the median mesen- 
tery is attached. These muscles are lined by the ccelomic 
cells with nuclei. The fasciculi in section are fibrillar, and 
they abut externally on the somewhat thin circular coat 
and internally on the ceelomic surface. The ventral longi- 
tudinal muscles are less in bulk aud more compact, but have 
similar fasciculi, each having a blunt point in section sloped 
upward and inw ‘ard at the nerve- -cord, slightly tapered and 
rounded at the external edge. In the interganglionic areas 
the nerve-cords have the support of the muscle on each side, 
the inner end often rising above them, and a deep hollow, in 
which the blood-vessel and its mesentery lie, between them. 
The neural canals are slightly larger than in front, an 
additional smaller canal in one case being within the larger 
on the right, and the investment of each is firm, with a few 
nuclei, and the usual coagulable conteuts. They occupy the 
upper and inner region of each trunk, though a small one 
occasionally is seen Sowa the lower border of the cord - 
at the ganglia. The alternation of the slender ventral 
mesentery with its pigmented cells free in the ceelom, and 
the massive tunnel of crossed fibres with the vessel and its 
cells inside, and others along the ccelomic wall adjoining 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 21 


still continues. The gut in the middle of the body is capable 
of great dilatation, and there is a slight separation of the 
dorsal longitudinal fibres in the mid-dorsal line, but the 
fasciculi are similar to those in front, and the muscles are 
broader—that is, stretch further downward. On the other 
hand, the ventral muscles are more compact, and the hypo- 
derm in the mid-ventral are has diminished and shows a 
furrow (“‘copragogue’’) in the centre, and the sides project 
a little. The area of the nerve-cords in section is smaller, 
and the neural canals are proportionally larger. The same 
alternation of the muscular arches and tunnels with the free 
mesentery and its vessel occurs, but the ventral longitudinal 
muscles are thicker, their transverse diameter less, and 
their inner ends rise much above the nerve-cords, though 
these ends are thinner than the outer in section. The dorsal 
longitudinal muscles have attained great preponderance in 
bulk. In this region muscular fibres pass downward by the 
side of tle gut and from the inner border of the lower mass 
of the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and cause, by passing 
through the fasciculi of the ventral sheet, a differentiation 
into an inner and outer belt at intervals. 

Posteriorly the chief changes are the diminution and 
flattening of the body-wall, the great lateral expansion of 
the dorsal longitudinal muscles, so that each has a clavate 
outline in section, and a median hiatus, to which the 
mesentery goes, is present. The ventral muscles have pro- 
portionally increasec in bulk and each is also clavate in 
section, the broad end being exterior, but they do not pro- 
ject above the great nerve-cords as in the middle region of 
the body. One of the most evident changes is the appear- 
ance of vertical bands of muscles which connect the dorsal 
with the ventral longitudinal muscles on. each side of the 
alimentary canal, and they penetrate the fasciculi in both 
to the basement-membrane. The nerves and the neural 
canals are likewise diminished. Toward the tip of the tail 
an increase in the hypoderm takes place all round, the 
shrunken muscles rendering this more conspicuous, the 
dorsal longitudinal thinning off in the middle line much 
more than the veutral, so that the gut occupies the dorsal 
arch, whilst a thick mass of hypoderm occurs ventrally. 

The muscles of the spines and _ bristles follow the same 
plan throughout, forming a fan-like or radiating series in 
each case. 

Bristles.—When the setigerous process in the middle of 
the body is cut at right angles to its long axis two groups 
of bristles are found, a more compact series arranged in a 


22 Prof. M‘lntosh’s Notes from the 


somewhat spiral manner, and an outer series forming a single 
curve, the larger bristles in this case being above and the 
smaller at the ventral end. 

Circulation.—1u transverse sections from the tip of the 
branchial fan backward it is found that a clear space, it 
may be with a translucent coagulum in the centre, appears 
on the inner curve of each fan dorsally and soon is sur- 
rounded by a well-defined nucleated wall. Passing back- 
ward the trunk has a curved lamina attached to it about 
the level of the fused branchial filaments, and then it 
occupies a larger internal lamella, with the curved mem- 
brane distally. Before the chordoid skeleton appears the 
two trunks are imbedded in the folds, which by-and-by lead 
to the mouth, being situated on each side of the median 
fissure (Pl. I. fig. 2, dv.), when only slight crenations mark 
the incipient filaments with their chordoid skeleton, the 
central chordoid mass having disappeared. These trunks 
would seem to arise from the division of the dorsal vessel 
anteriorly, but the sections of the region did not afford 
absolute proof. Moreover, it has to be noted that, if 
these are vessels, their contents are devoid of the minute 
corpuscles present in the trunks elsewhere. Anteriorly the 
dorsal blood-vessel splits into two great trunks for the 
branchial fan, and each of these at the level of the chordoid 
skeleton divides into a series for the filaments, the whole in 
section having the aspect of a rosette (PI. I. fig. 2, dv.). 
In the middle of the body the dorsal vessel has disappeared, 
and a plexus or blood-sinus surrounds the gut, whilst the 
ventral vessel remains as before ; and this conditions remains 
to the posterior end. 

In a series of sections of a large example in which the tho- 
racic glands were unusually spacious, but which (preparation) 
had been overheated and damaged, deeply stained granular 
masses occurred inside the membranous sheath around the 
gullet, such probably representing the blood in the large 
sinus, though it might be mistaken for masses of sperms. 

At the level of the brain in transverse section the ventral 
attachment of the collar occurs on each side of the central 
glandular area, the cuticle and hypoderm of the body-wall 
bending outward and ensheathing the collar, that part of it, 
however, covering the central glandular area being much 
more cellular and granular as well as slightly thicker than 
the rest. Between the two layers of hypoderm the collar 
has connective-tissue fibres, cells, and probably muscular 
fibres, though the latter were not differentiated. The flaps 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23 


on the sides of the dorsal furrows have the same structure 
and all are modifications of the wall of the body. 
Alimentary Canal.—The aperture of the mouth, fed by 
the grooves from the branchial fan, besides those elsewhere 
described, and with its dorsal transverse fissure and the two 
lateral folds or lappets on each side below, soon assumes in 
section the form of a transverse slit, the dorsal epithelial 
wall of which is boldly scalloped or crenate, with two pro- 
jections in the middle line, whilst the ventral is two-lobed— 
two prominent lobes or projections occurring on each side 
of the central fissure. Then, passing backward, the canal 
forms a long transverse or slightly fusiform slit, its epithelial 
surface becoming at the same time less dense, whilst various 
mesenterial strands are attached to its outer wall; but soon 
the epithelial lining diminishes in depth and the canal be- 
comes more capacious—shorter in transverse and longer in 
vertical diameter ; its walls increasing in thickness, and its 
muscular and mesenterial strands more numerous. There- 
after its inner lining is thrown into narrow longitudinal 
ridges, and strong muscular fibres are attached to its outer 
surface. The great increase of the mucous lining .and the 
diminution of the diameter of the canal cause the organ in 
section to be ovoid or even rounded, the entire area being 
occupied by the folds of the inner lining and the basement- 
tissue— circular and radiating fibres externally giving firm- 
ness to the rounded canal (Pl. I. fig. 1, d.). Then the 
mucous folds change their character, and the inner lining 
is thrown into slightly arborescent ridges in transverse 
section, somewhat after the fashion of the gizzard of certain 
Orthoptera, but it is not chitinous. Behind this, though 
still in the anterior or “thoracic” region, the canal retains 
the bold longitudinal ridges of the mucous surface, though 
they are less arborescent ; the suspeusory mesentery from 
the mid-dorsal arch is short and strong, and the walls 
of the gut are massive, since, besides the coats formerly 
mentioned, a reticulated connective-tissue layer with vascular 
spaces, as well as a chlorogogenous coat, surround it. 
Besides, it is further clasped by powerful vertical bands 
passing on each side from the dorsal longitudinal muscles to 
the area of the nerve-cords (PI. II. fig. 8). The ventral 
blood-vessel lies in the thick investment immediately beneath 
it, and a complicated plexus of muscular and connective- 
tissue fibres takes place beneath the canal and above the 
ventral vessel in various sections at intervals, Posteriorly, 
the canal considerably diminishes and its internal surface is 


24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


marked by complex folds. Dorsally and externally is the 
median mesentery, whilst inferiorly is the ventral mesentery 
enclosing the blood-vessel, and at intervals the plexus of 
muscular fibres from the oblique muscles and the gut itself, 
making the arch over the ventral vessel. 

Thoracic Glands.—The thoracic glands, or anterior seg- 
mental organs of some, have been the subject of various 
interpretations. Thus Ehrenberg * in Amphicora sabella 
and Grube in Spiregraphis spallanzani thought them re- 
productive organs. Oscar Schmidt + more or less followed 
this interpretation, though he associated them also with an 
excretory function. He describes them as two short sacs 
opposite the first bristle-bundle in Amphicora mediterranea, 
each with a duct leading obliquely forward to join its fellow 
and to open in the mid-dorsal line behind the branchie. 
Williams, again, did not allude to these organs, but located 
the segmental organs of Sabellids and Serpulids in every 
abdominal segment, each with an external and an internal 
opening. Leydig and Huxley (the latter in Filograna) 
added little more than a notice of them. De Quatrefages 
considered them in the Serpulids as blind hepatic sacs con- 
nected with the stomach. Claparéde (1870) thought them 
modified segmental organs which in the Serpulids secreted 
mucus, the ordinary segmental organs occurring in all the 
abdominal segments of such as Psyymobranchus. Cosmovici 
interpreted them as excretory organs or “Organs of Bo- 
janus”’ ; whilst the segmental organs in the posterior region 
transmitted the ova and sperms. Langerhans termed them 
head-glands in Sabella (Potamilla) stichophthalmus aud Eu- 
chone rosea, and that they opened dorsally. A. G. Bourne { 
(1883) considered these organs in Haplobranchus tubiparous 
glands or modified nephridia, and he mentions no ducts. 

In his account of the segmental organs of Branchiomma 
Brunotte § describes, after Claparéde, the thoracic glands as 
thoracic segmental organs, and situated in the first and 
second segments, thus being less developed than in Spiro- 
graphis spallanzani, and even than in Chetozone and Myzicola, 
the former species having them in all the thoracic segments, 
the latter in more than twosegmeuts. The author interprets 
their structure as glands formed by the volutions of two 
tubes, and in his figures (pl. i. fig. 31, and pl. i. fig. 40) 
shows the coelom as filled by the coils of these, yet in pl. il. 

* Mitth. Verh. Ges. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1836. 

+ Neue Beitrige Naturges, der Wiirmer-Reise nach Faror, 1848, Jena. 


t Quart. Journ. Micros. Soe. vol. xxiii. p. 168. 
§ Recherches Anat. Branchiomma, p. 59 (1888). 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. a 


fig. 38 only the section of a single tube on each side is indi- 
cated. This interpretation shows certain differences from 
the arrangement in Bispira. Brunotte’s view that the walls 
of these tubes (individual folds) are specially arranged holds 
only good in Bispira, so far as it refers to folds of the 
appendicular duct posteriorly (Pl. II. fig. 11, ¢g.).. The 
author is inclined to think that these thoracic segmental 
organs represent the series found in other forms, and are 
probably homologous with the longitudinal canal in Lanice. 

The thoracic glands (anterior nephridia) in Bispira and 
other Sabellids follow a different arrangement from those in 
the Serpulids, e.g. Pomatocerus, which have their widest part 
anteriorly and diminish in their progress backward to a 
blind end. In longitudinal section these glands fill the 
coelomic spaces of the first two segments in Bispira, which 
thus agrees with Branchiomma as described by Brunotte, 
though their convolutions would appear to be larger, such 
depending to a certain extent on the degree of contraction 
or expansion. In the serial (transverse) sections from the 
front the first trace observed is a small tube with pigmented 
walls situated about the level of the upper arch of the gullet, 
between the approximated dorsal and ventral longitudinal 
muscles, and it is imbedded in muscular fibres stretching 
from the gullet to the body-wall. Such represents the 
anterior duct of each side, thus corresponding to the arrange- 
ment in the Serpulids. The thoracic gland increases 
gradually in size and passes downward to the exterior of the 
cesophagus, resting on a plate of muscle passing outward to 
the wall and cutting off a coelomic space above it on each 
side. Here the small tube has fixed to it a loop of vesicular 
and cellulo-granular tissue which seems akin to the chlora- 
gogenous investment of the gut, the cells and vesicles 
hanging on a thin mesenterial tissue in groups (PI. II. 
fig. 11, ch/.).. The structure of the gland in section is similar 
to that in the Serpulids, but the walls are, perhaps, less 
massive than in Pomatocerus, though of considerable thick- 
ness, the tough external layer having muscular fibres within 
it and the epithelial layer being largely developed. With 
the increase of the celomic space the gland on each side 
moves downward and the cellular loop (really a tube) 
enlarges, and the sections of the gland lie within the ring 
of this tissue. Then sections of two glandular tubes 
appear, as if the organ had become bifid, both connected 
with the granular. cellular tissue, the vesicles and cells 
projecting into the ring from the limiting membrane ex- 
ternally, and they form a thicker and more definite layer. 


26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


Moreover, that part of the wall of the vesicular tunnel 
adjoining the gut-wall applies itself to it, whilst the outer 
part of the cellular structure forms loops in connection with 
the thoracic glands, which when the sides are flattened 
present in section the aspect of a tube, as shown by Brunotte 
(his pl. i. fig. 21). Masses of cells with brown pigment occur 
on various parts of this cellular membrane, and the trans- 
parent cells themselves are often grouped near the oblique 
muscles as they pass to their insertion above and to the 
exterior border of the great nerve-trunks, A conspicuous 
feature at this level is the occurrence of a comparatively 
large aperture through the body-wall just below the bristle- 
tuft, the finished nature of which shows that it is a permanent 
structure, but whether in connection with the thoracic 
glands or otherwise the imperfection of the sections does 
not enable a decision to be made. ‘The area of the thoracic 
glands is much larger than in front, the reverse of the con- 
dition in the Serpulids, and they form complex structures 
by folding or division. The complexity of these glands is 
best shown in longitudinal sections, aud they fill up the 
coelomic space in the first two segments. Brunotte de- 
scribes them as double. Further, toward the posterior part 
of the glands one tube is found in section to the outer side 
of the fibres of the oblique muscle and has considerably 
diminished. Transverse sections of the smaller tubes present 
an investing membrané lined by nucleated cells probably 
with internal cilia, all the parts, including the thoracic gland 
proper, being more delicate and trausparent than in Poma- 
tgcerus. Then the gland increases in area and shows various 
folds or pouches, and the vesicular and cellular strands 
become abundant, the main gland, to which these are 
attached, often presenting septa dividing it into two cham- 
bers. Finally, the gland and its tubular appendages 
disappear, only the trauslucent botryoidal tissue being left 
in strands connected with the mid-ventral region, and passing 
up to the dorsal longitudinal muscles. Besides the vesicles 
and cells attached to the membrane a small tube is seen in 
section, and, moreover, it is clear that this tissue is identical 
in structure with that attached to the wall of the gut, and 
nucleated strands pass beneath the canal to be attached to 
it above the ventral blood-vessel, probably separated from 
the gut-wall during preparation. Further backward the 
wall of the alimentary canal is free from this tissue, only a 
slight development of it taking place posteriorly. 

Segmental Organs.—In the middle of the body a folded 
tube with transparent nucleated cells lies in the space above 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27 


the outer ends of the ventral longitudinal muscle. The 
nuclei along the sides of the tube stain deeply, thus outlining 
the canal which curves downward and outward and opens 
below the bristle-tuft external to the outer edge of the 
ventral muscle (PI. Il. fig. 13, so.). Nothing was seen of 
its internal connections except an occasional wider section. 
Separate masses of the deeply stained cells were noticed here 
and there, as if from folding or Jobulation of the main tube, 
which in some cases appeared to form loops, and the vascular 
supply is abundant. Occasionally masses of minute cells 
were present toward the middle, attached by mesenteries to 
the other parts of the organs, and in section such were 
sometimes circular. The ducts seem to be smaller and 
longer posteriorly, and in some cases did not appear to be 
functional, especially toward the tip of the tail. Further 
investigations in this region are, however, necessary. When | 
the nephridial tubes are cut longitudinally the nuclei 
ranged along each wall are conspicuous. 

In Amphiglena mediterranea the chordoid arch supporting 
the branchiz is narrow and composed of but two large cells 
from side to side of the middle of the bar, which is boldly 
curved ventrally at each end, whilst the central bar is 
concave dorsally beneath the dorsal groove—the whole 
having the form of certain bows, especially as a blunt conical 
projection occurs at each end of the transverse bar where 
the cells also are increased. The mouth in section in this 
region forms a vertical slit, bifid dorsally—that is, leaving a 
median poiuted cone dorsally. The cephalic ganglia occupy 
a similar position to that of the typical forms. The pharynx 
soon forms a thick-walled tube rounded in section, and filled 
with granules and spicules, the mesentery holding the dorsal 
vessel above and the ventral inferiorly, the latter being close 
to the two nerve-cords which lie on the inner surface of the 
massive and continuous hypodermic glandular area of the 
region and at some distance from each other, the compara- 
tively massive ventral longitudinal muscles being as yet to 
their outer border and wide apart, whilst the ventral blood- 
vessel is placed between them. No neural canals are 
present. Proceeding backward the ventral longitudinal 
muscles, which are now extended and comparatively thin, 
send their inner edges into the median groove formed in the 
centre of the ventral hypodermic mass, the nerve-cords, 
which were very indistinct in the preparations, apparently 
lying at the sides of the fissure, in the middle of which is the 
mesentery from the alimentary canal fixed to the distal end 
of the fissure. About the level of the nerve-cords is the 


28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


ventral blood-vessel which has remarkably thick walls, so 
that at first sight the mass resembles the halves of a narrow 
elliptical ganglion or flattened cord, after the character of 
that in Arenicola, since the actual cords are difficult to 
recognize. The thickness of the walls of the vascular trunk 
would indicate special contractility in this region. The 
hypoderm is thus divided into lateral lobes with a slhght 
median ventral ridge, the whole being glandular. 

The body-wall in Dasychone dalyelli (argus) has externally 
the cuticle and a thick hypoderm, and there is a glandwar 
ventral belt of great depth as in Sabella, with a median 
notch. The circular muscular coat appears to be compara- 
tively thin, though continuous. The dorsal longitudinal 
muscles are in section rather broad and thin, the thickest 
end being external, and a hiatus occurs in the mid-dorsal 
line. A considerable gap exists between the ventral longi- 
tudinal muscles, which are about the thickness of the dorsal, 
though narrower, and without curvature, apparently from the 
feebleness of the oblique muscles. At intervals somewhat 
powerful muscular bands slope downward and inward, to be 
attached to the complex area above the nerve-cords, but the 
system is less marked than in Sabella. The alimentary 
canal has its median dorsal and median ventral mesenteries. 
The nerve-trunks lie more distinctly under the inner edge 
of each ventral longitudinal muscle, and no neural canal is 
present. The fibres of the circular and oblique appear to 
cross between them, and from the trunks fibres radiate into 
the glandular coat outside. The ventral longitudinal mus- 
cular layer is often broken up into several fasciculi. 

The structure of the body-wall in Chone infundibuliformis, 
Kroyer, introduces a new type into the series, were it only 
for the remarkably coiled arrangement of the muscular 
fasciculi of the longitudinal muscles in transverse section. 
The cuticle covers a hypoderm well developed and highly 
glandular throughout, the long cylindrical cells being 
characteristic, especially when slight softening of this coat 
occurs. In the mid-dorsal line is a deep groove, and its 
bottom and sides show a somewhat finer granular structure, 
so that it may be a more sensitive area than the general 
surface. A decided thickening of the hypoderm takes place 
in the mid-ventral line, and it tapers to the normal thickness 
in the ventro-lateral region. The circular muscular coat is 
well developed and continuous, modifications occurring at 
each foot. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are largely 
developed, and, like the ventral in section, are in two concen- 


trically arranged bands, the outer layer, however, extending — 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 29 


over the dorsum of both. ‘lhe median band is somewhat 
triangular with the pointed end internally, the outer is ovoid, 
and in the hiatus between the muscles of opposite sides the 
alimentary canal is suspeuded, and so closely that no 
mesentery is apparent—indeed, it would seem that the mus- 
cular fibres which pass from the circular coat into its walls 
form the suspensory apparatus. Veutrally the longitudinal 
muscles likewise form in transverse section two areas, in 
this case somewhat heart-shaped, the base of each being 
central, the apex external, and the outer (ventral) fillet of 
the muscle likewise extends over both areas. The inner 
edge of each muscle is separated by a considerable gap, in 
which lie the nerve-trunks which rest in a granular neuro- 
glia, with the neurilemma and the circular muscular coat 
externally, whilst to their upper edge are attached strands 
from the alimentary canal. The two cords are surrounded 
by a sheath or neurilemma, and at the upper and inner 
angle is a small neural canal. At the ganglia the neuri- 
lemma is confined to the outer surface. In the mid-ventral 
line beneath them is a granular mass (in section) of neuro- 
glia, and a trace also appears at each side, whilst in the 
region of the separate cords this inferior granular structure 
is thicker in the centre and tapers off laterally. On each 
side of the strands from the alimentary canal is a foliate 
granular mass (male elements 7), whilst between -the strands 
is the ventral blood-vessel. Large vascular trunks or 
sinuses occur along the wall of the alimentary canal. The 
fan-like arrangement of the long hooks is well shown in 
such sections. 

Somewhat behind the foregoing the mid-dorsal groove 
becomes only a slight depression, though the hypoderm 
retains the same character as in front and the cuticular 
surface appears to be ciliated. The hypoderm now forms a 
coat of nearly equal depth all over, though there is still 
a slight thickening in the mid-ventral line due apparently 
to increase in the basement-substance as well ‘as in the 
hypoderm proper. ‘The circular coat has increased in 
strength, the suspensory fibres for the alimentary canal are 
‘longer, and the canal itself shows both circular and longi- 
tudinal fibres, whilst the folds of the mucous surface are 
sometimes so arranged in the empty organ as to interlock. 
Strong fibres at intervals pass from the dorsal to the ventral 
region—grasping the alimentary canal at each side, and 
being attached to the fibres, including those of the oblique 
muscles, which form a complex around the ventral blood- 
vessel and over the nerve-cords. The latter have now, at 


30 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


their upper part, a larger neural canal which in some sections 
exceeds in bulk the main mass of each nerve, as in Allen’s 
Pecilochetus *. ‘Che neuroglia external to the trunks has 
increased. The condition of the dorsal and ventral longi- 
tudinal muscles is the same as in front, the coiled arrangement 
of the fasciculi being conspicuous in section. 

In a section about half an inch from the tip of the tail, 
no evident dorsal uotch occurs in the hypoderm, but a deep 
groove exists between the thickened hypoderm on each side 
of the mid-veutral Jine. The cireular muscular coat is still 
conspicuous, Each moiety of the dorsal longitudinal 
muscle is now separate, the outer coil dorsally leading ex- 
ternally to several folds wedged between the moieties, the 
inner being rounded and smaller than the outer moiety. A 


strong series of muscular fibres leaves the dorsum, joins the ~ 


oblique, and passes to the ventral border on the outer side 
of the nerve-trunks. The arrangement of the coils in the 
ventral longitudinal muscles in section is as in front, viz., 
the outer or ventral band envelops both moieties which are 
irregularly rounded and the inner is the smaller. The 
alimentary canal is small, firm, and rounded, highly vascular, 
and fixed by the er eS as in front, its circular mus- 
cular coat being conspicuous. ‘The nerve-cords have a 
considerable mass of neuroglia externally—that is, between 
them and the gircular muscular coat. A small neural canal 
occurs at the upper and inner border of each, the nerve- 
tissue completely surrounding it. 

In the Dialychone acustica of Claparéde +, the two stato- 
cysts (otocysts) in the first segment are well developed, but 
the chief interest, in connection with the present remarks, 
is the characteristieally coiled condition of both dorsal and 
ventral longitudinal muscles (on section) from the anterior 
end backward. The large size of the skeletogenous reti- 
culations and their numerous nuclei are also features of 
note. In a female large ova occurred in the anterior 
thoracic region. 

The body-wall in Othonia conforms to the general type 
of the family. In those having the body-cavity distended 
with comparatively large ova the muscular layers are some- 
what thinner, and the alimentary canal forms an ellipse 
held by the dorsal and ventral mesenteries, the minute 
nerve-cords apparently having no neural canals. 

In Euchone analis (about | of an inch) from the front the 


* Journ. M. B. A. vol. xviii. p. 105, 
+ Annual, Chét. Neap. p. 432, pl. xxx. fig. 3 


oan 
— 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 31 


hypoderm is greatly developed on the ventral surface, thin- 
ning off in the lateral regions, and with a slight groove mid- 
dorsally. ‘lhe circular muscular coat is fairly developed 
all round. The dorsal longitudinal muscles form a con- 
tinuous loop in transverse section, the broader end of each 
being external, and the short mesenterial attachment of the 
alimentary canal separates each muscle in the mid-dorsal 
line. The folds of the ventral longitudinal muscles are also 
apparently continuous in section, both these and the dorsal 
being somewhat lappet-shaped, the inner end being pointed, 
the internal fold of the muscles terminating before reaching 
the point in each case. The oblique muscles seem to be 
feeble and indistinct, each appearing as a thread-like process 
along the inner border of the ventral longitudinal muscle, 
and being attached over each nerve-cord. The alimentary 
canal (gullet) is large in this region, and has a firm exterior 
with circular and longitudinal muscular fibres, and a thick 
mucous coat, the nerve-cords are comparatively small and 
lie in the intervals between the ganglia in the middle line 
below the attachment of the mesentery from the gut. Ex- 
ternally are a mass of neuroglia, the circular muscular coat, 
and the much thickened hypoderm of the ventral surface, 
which shows no median groove in this region, The nerve- 
area is considerably larger when a ganglion is severed. The 
canal is ensheathed by a firm mesentery fixed on each side over 
the nerve-cords. A small canal oceurs in the median line 
above the nerve-cords, and the gonads are at each side. 
The sheath of the alimentary canal is close to the vessel, 
thus differimg from the usual condition of a free space 
between loose mesenteries. 

A little (4 in.) behind the foregoing the ventral surface is 
marked by a deep groove, so that the. thick hypoderm forms 
acrescentic mass on each side. The alimentary canal is 
much enlarged, and its lumen filled with folds of mucous 
membrane. ‘The dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles 
have the same structure in section. 

Toward the posterior region of the body, whilst at first 
the ventral muscles indicate no change, the dorsal loop 
presents a hiatus at the ventral edge on each side of the 
middle line, from which apparently the homologues of the 
oblique muscles pass, the outer i being enlarged next 
the fissure; such is the condition at } of an intch Boom the 
tip of the tail. The whole aspect of each muscle, however, 
alters at about % of an inch from the tip of the tail. Each 
dorsal muscle ee in section a continuous thick arch 
superiorly, the inner end bending downward and forming a 


32 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


coil of a turn and a half, whilst the outer and thicker end 
does the same. Each ventral muscle, on the other hand, 
makes a single coil of one turn anda half from its outer 
end, and thus forms a contrast with the double coil in each 
dorsal. The small gut hes in the centre, fixed by the 
ordinary mesenteries. The ventral groove is now open and 
the ventral hypoderm is considerably thinner. 

Euchone would thus appear to show a more primitive type 
than Chone, since anteriorly the dorsal and ventral longitu- 
dinal muscles have asimple loop, after the manner of Nereis, 
whereas posteriorly the coiled type of muscle has made its 
appearance. It is also in contrast with Dialychone of 
Claparéde, in which the coiled muscles begin at the anterior 
end. 


2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide, 
chiefly of Pomatocerus triqueter, L. 


Less was accomplished in the minute structure of the 
Serpulids than in the Sabellids until Claparéde took up 
the subject in his ‘ Recherches sur la structure des Anné- 
lides Sédentaires’*. He dealt in this group for the most 
part with Protula intestinum, in which he found the hypoderm 
greatly developed on the ventral surface and richly vascular. 
In P. infundibulum he noted the pennate arrangement of 
the longitudinal muscles in section, and pointed out that 
the intestinal sinus is lodged between the epithelial coat 
and the circular muscular fibres, and that giant fibres occur 
in its great nerve-cord and cesophageal commissures. He 
thought that in Psygmobranchus protensus the distant halves 
of the ganglionic cord denoted inferiority, especially as in 
larval annelids this condition is more marked than in the 
adult. Three pairs of ganglia occur in the thoracic region, 
the largest being the second, and they are united by trans- 
verse commissures. He stated that in the Serpulids only a 
single pair of segmental organs occured, viz., in the thorax, 
and that they gave exit to the reproductive elements. In 
his description and figures the voluminous folds of the organ 
are indicated, and he considered that, by filling up the body- 
cavity, they conduced to the solidity of the region. 

Schenk T (1874) gave a brief account of the structure of 
the body-wall in Serpula uncinata. In his transverse sections 
he appears to have overlooked the great nerve-trunks, though 
traces of these occur in his figures. 


* Posthumously published in 1873. 
+ Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss, Wien, Bd. Ixx. pp. 1, 2, pl. i. 


eee 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 33 


Eugen Lee* (1912) describes the blood-vessels and 
sinuses in Protula, Vermilia, aid other Serpulids :—The 
main channels, he states, are determined by the meta- 
merization and differentiation of mesodermic bands which 
arise from pole-cells. The gaps between the splanchno- 
pleure arid intestinal epithelium, or between the neural and 
heemal mesenteries and septa, give rise to channels for the 
nutrient fluid diffusing through the epithelium of the gut. 
The channels at first have no proper walls. The walls of 
the visceral sinus and dorsal avd ventral vessels are due to 
muscular differentiation of thesplanchnopleure The lumen 
of other blood-channels is interseptal and closed off by 
peritoneal walls from the coelom. 

As indicated in the remarks on Bispira, E. Meyer has 
devoted much attention to the structure of the Serpulids, 
which he contrasted chiefly with the Hermellide. He also 
followed the development of the thoracic nephridia in 
Psygmobranchus protensus, and went minutely into the 
processes and collar of the anterior region. His observations 
on the various organs, though somewhat diffuse, are of much 
interest. The Sabellids were included with the Eriographi- 
didze and Serpulide under his Serpulide. 

A prominent feature in the anterior body-wall of Protula 
tubularia, Mont., is the great size of the dorsal longitu- 
dinal muscles, Ges agreeing with Pomatocerus. The cuticle — 
and hy poderm are well de veloped throughout, whilst on the 
ventral region anteriorly is a thick glandular investment 
with numerous small blood-vessels at its inner edge, a 
condition probably associated with a special secretion. In 
order to follow the arrangement of the muscle it is necessary 
to examine the extreme anterior end, where the dorsal 
surface has a deep groove in the middle line, the rounded 
arts on each side indicatin ig the projecting dorsal muscles, 
which already are large. The lateral regions are formed by 
extensions of the body- -wall, and bear the bristles in each 
segment. A thin circular coat lies under the hypoderm 
external to the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and it extends 
into the lateral regions. Sections of the posterior end of 
the ganglia lie below the great muscles, and in the mid- 
ventral line is an elongated area between them. The ali- 
mentary canal is clasped by strong circular muscular fibres, 
the circular muscular coat of the “body-wall being external 
to it. In the middle line numerous vertical fibres, pass 


* Jen. Zeitsch. Natur. xlviii. pp. 432-78, with 6 plates. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 3 


34 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


from the alimentary canal to the mid-dorsal groove, and 
they by-and-by separate the nervotis masses on each side. 
A projecting process, probably glandular, occurs on each 
side of the middle line ventrally, and the hypoderm is 
specially thickened toward its exterior. At the outer edge 
of the space lying below and external to the great dorsal 
muscle on each side is a muscular band, but such is distinet 
from the ventral longitudinal museles which in section 
appear as small rounded areas on each side of the middle 
line, and with the nerve-trunks and the great neural canals 
at their inner borders, Proceeding backward the ventral 
longitudinal muscles gradually separate from each other and 
become flattened in section, thus carrying the nerve-trunks 
further from the middle line, the ventral blood-vessel lying 
in the centre with the alimentary canal above it grasped 
between the massive dorsal longitudinal muscles. In the 
long space between the ventral muscles and the nerye-cords 
are several small fascicules of longitudinal muscular fibres, 
and large processes of the alimentary canal appear above 
the inner edges of the ventral longitudinal muscles. The 
vascularity of the inner region of the hypoderm is note- 
worthy. Further backward tlecesophageal region diminishes, 
whilst a process of the gut appears above it, and the two 
processes beneath the cesopbageal chamber have moved 
inward toward the ventral blood-vessel, whilst the dorsal 
longitudinal muscles are somewhat further apart. The 
ventral longitudinal muscles are larger and are elongate- 
ovoid in transverse section with the nerve-cords at their 
inner edges. They are separated by the processes of the 
gut and the ventral blood-vessel. 

In the posterior region a change has taken place in the 
structure of the body-wall. ‘The dorsal longitudinal muscles 
have now spread out into thick plates on each side of the 
middle line, and in the lateral region end in a massive 
rounded area of folded muscular fasciculi, which in section 
show a pennate or feathered aspect. A large alimentary 
canal occupies the centre. The ventral longitudinal muscles 
are still proportionally small, forming, in section, elongated 
plates somewhat thicker externally, and with the nerve- 
cords and their large neural canals at the inner edge. They 
are separated from each other by the ventral blood-vessel, 
which is in contact with the gut superiorly. The inner 
edges of the ventral muscles have thus moved nearer the 
middle line. The ventral hypoderm now presents the same 
structure as the dorsal. 

The hypoderm in Serpula vermicularis is firmer than in 


Salty 
4 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 35 


Protula, and anteriorly the ventral hy poderm is non-vascular, 
Within is the circular coat which extends all round, and 
presents special developments at the foot. The dorsal 
longitudinal muscles form massive kidney-shaped lobes in 
transverse section, separated in the mid-dorsal line by the 
alimentary canal and its short meseutery and by a vessel at 
each side. ‘These muscles extend from the dorsal almost 
to the ventral edge, and are proportionally larger than in 
Protula. On the other hand, the ventral longitudinal are 
smaller, and in section are short spindle-shaped bands widely 
separated from each other, and with the nerve-cord and its 
large neural canal at the inner edge. Between the latter 
stretches a thin but continuous layer of longitudinal fibres, 
having the circular muscular coat externally and the ventral 
blood-vessel internally, with the muscular aponeurosis on 
each side, as well as certain fibres from the slender oblique, 


* which passes the cord and is attached over the thin muscular 


layer. The alimentary canal has a thick investment of 
circular muscular fibres with groups of inner longitudinal 
and a richly folded mucous lining. It stretches from the 
dorsal surface to the ventral blood-vessel. The dorsal fold 
arising from the foot is hollow distally. 

An interesting feature is the presence of a peri-intestinal 
sinus in the outer wall of the alimentary canal and ex- 
tending from the posterior region forward to the esophagus, 
and which takes the place of the dorsal vessel of other 
forms, and the same arrangement occurs in the Ariciide, 
Chetopteride, Ammocharide, Sabellide *, and other 
families. 

The peri-intestinal sinus surrounds the canal throughout 
the greater part of its extent, and in Hupomatus elegans 
Prof. Haswell states that the sinus ends in front of the eso- 
phageal region in a short wide dorsal sinus or cardiac sac, 
from which a pair of vessels pass to each branchial base, 
“ where it (each) unites with a smaller branch from the ventral 
vessel to form the common branchial vessel,” which makes 
a curve—giving off a branch to each branchia and the 
operculum and pseudo-operculum. ‘The ventral vessel is 
a distinct wide trunk, which is continued along the body, 
and in front communicates with the branches from the 
dorsal sinus. The capillaries of the collar and flaps receive 
blood from the ventral vessel, and, as in the branchiz, the 
circulation is to-and-fro.” The blood which enters the peri- 
intestinal sinus by the segmental vessels is carried forward 


* Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. pp. 1-27 (sep, copy). 
3% 


36 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


by peristaltic contractions to the cardiac sac, whence it is 
driven at intervals forward to the common branchial vessels 
and by the separate trunks to the tips of the branchiz, It 
returns by the same course and enters the lateral ventral 
trunks, and passes to the ventral vessel, by which it is 
distributed to the collar and the body generally ” (Haswell). 
In Pomatocerus the abdominal region possesses the peri- 
intestinal vessel and a minute ventral trunk. Anteriorly 
the former splits into a large dorsal vessel or cardiac sac 
and about 16 smaller vessels, which run on the wall of the 
alimentary canal. Further forward the peri-intestinal vessels 
join the dorsal trunk, thus making two main trunks, a large 
dorsal and a small ventral. Then the dorsal bifurcates into 
the two branchial, and so does the ventral, but Prof. Haswell 
was uncertain whether the latter communicated with the 
former as in Hupomatus. All the vessels possess a muscular 
wall, and the blood in the majority is of a light green colour, 
aud contains certain clear oval bodies probably derived from 
the epithelial lining of the vessels. 

A pair of thoracic glands exist in this group as in the 
Sabellide. In Eupomatus and Serpula each-has the form of 
a brown body with its long axis directed longitudinally, the 
posterior part with thinner clearer walls and an anterior 
dark brown folded part. No opening into the celom was 
made out by Prof. Haswell. In front the gland is continued 
into the ciliated duct, which passes almost directly inward 
to meet its fellow in the middle line, the common duct going 
straight forward to open ventrally (dorsally) between the 
bases of the branchiz. The gland is lined by large, granular, 
nucleated cells, each furnished with a flagellum at its apex. 
Haswell found the “true” segmental organs in all the 
abdominal segmeuts, viz., delicate pyriform sacs ciliated 
internally, and opening externally on the sides of the seg- 
ments by slit-like apertures having active cilia. No internal 
aperture could be made out. In Hupomatus each in the 
female contained a group of ova at various stages up to the 
fully developed .egg. These segmental orgaus alternated 
with the ovaries. In the males these sacs were always 
empty. 

No feature is more distinctive of the Serpulids in contrast 
with the Sabellids than the extreme transparency, thinness, 
and minute serrations othe hooks. Asarule, they approach 
in shape those of the Ampharetidze rather than those of the 
Sabellide. The hard, smooth, calcareous nature of the tube 
probably necessitates a special adaptation of a mobile torus 


with flexible hooks, the free edge of which is beset with a 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 37 


multitude of minute processes—probably of great use in 
fixation. Another structural characteristic is that of the 
first or collar bristles, which, for example, in the Spirorbids 
are of specific importance. ‘The absence of tentacles (two 
of which are present in the Sabellids) and the presence of a 
calcareous operculum in the Serpulids are distinctive, just as 
the long branchiz of the Sabellids are in contrast with the 
shorter organs iu the Serpulids. 

The secretion of the tube, as indicated under Pumatocerus 
triqueter, takes place with covsiderable rapidity—for instance, 
on the carapace of the shore-crab, on porcelain or stone- 
vessels and bottles thrown into the sea, and is further proved 
by observations in confinement. Mr. Arnold Watson thinks 
itis secreted by the outer side of the collar, since, as soon as 
the anterior part of the annelid emerges, the collar is folded 
over the edge of its tube, its two lobes meeting over the 
mucro. He adds, however, that the formation of a dia- 
phragm in a broken tube shows that other parts may likewise 
secrete the calcareous matter. As detailed in the structure 
of the hypoderm, the collar and the free surfaces of the 
thoracic jacket contain much glandular tissue, as likewise 
do the lameHz or elevations for the tori uncinigeri. 

Hypoderm.—In the auterior sections of the body-wall of 
Pomatocerus triqueter the dorsal is distinguished from the 
ventral hypoderm by the intensity of the stain (Ehrlich’s 
Hematoxylin and Eosin) * in the latter, viz., from the slight 
projection below the enlarged base of the dorsal flap or pro- 
cess to that of the opposite side, the glandular tissue, like 
that of the cesophageal wall, readily absorbing this stain, so 
much so as to become opaque. ‘The dorsal hypoderm, on the 
other hand, has only the nuclei tinted near its outer edge, and 
the inner part of the enlarged base of the dorsal flap shows 
likewise glandular tissue. The thoracic collar anteriorly 
(P}. IV. fig. 21) is somewhat complex in Pomatocerus tri- 
queter, having dorsally a large fan-shaped lamella on each 
side, then a gap between it and the continuous ventral 
portion of the collar, whilst a small lamella with processes 
on the edge occurs at the gap, its base having a closer con- 
nection with the ventral than the dorsal moiety. This 
condition of the ventral hypoderm continues backward to 
the end of the thoracic glands, the lateral processes bearing 
the hooks being especially glandular. Then the glandular 


* I am indebted to Miss Lamont, of the Zoological Department of 
Edinburgh University, for aid in section-making, my own trained men 
being on service. 


38 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


tissue forms a patch on each side of the middle line ventrally, 
as well as on the edges of the ventro-lateral processes, and 
thus these form a contrast with the dorsal (branchial) pro- 
cesses. Thereafter (proceeding backward) the glandular 
tissue is almost absent from the median ventral region, but 
is highly developed on the ventro-lateral processes ; soon, 
however, it again appears in the ventral plate or fillet, which 
has glands along its lower edge, a few remaining in the 
hypoderm of the ventral surface of the body-wall. 

So long as the free flap of the thoracic jacket or collar 
occurs, the glandular tissue in the hypoderm of the ventral 
edge of the flap is dotted at intervals with glands, and they. 
are also distributed along the ventral hypoderm of the 
body-wall, but in moderate numbers. As the flap diminishes 
the ventral median groove of the body-wall becomes deeper, 
but its hypoderm is thinner than that at the sides (beneath 
the ventral longitudinal muscles), the glands, however, being 
continued in it. When the jacket ends, the hypoderm 
generally is somewhat thinner, the ventral groove rather 
more shallow, and the glands are but slightly developed, the 
most conspicuous aggregations being in the lateral thickenings 
bearing the hooks, so that the region is in marked contrast 
with the anterior. This description applies to the body-wall 
as far backward as the valvular region of the alimentary 
canal. 

In the posterior division of the body the glands still occur 
in the lateral region and on the lamelle for the hooks, as 
well as a few along the ventral border, especially on each 
side of the ventral groove. Very few occur dorsally—indeed, 
in most sections they are absent form the dorsal arch, only 
nuclei occurring there. 

The hypoderm at the level of the origin of the opencai 
stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 20) often presents a fan-like arrangement 
of its long cells, as at Ape., a condition probably due to 
slight folds in the sections, but such recalls the aspect of some 
simple sense-organs, ée. g. eyes, though no pigment is present, 
only the stout basement-tissue on which the cells rest. 
That this modified hypoderm in the anterior region performs 
special functions is evident by contrasting the outer and 
inner surfaces of the thoracic collar or jacket, also by the 
massive thickness of some parts, the thinness of others, and 
the blanks in the layer only invested by cuticle (d.) in the 
same figure. The almost perfect regularity of the nuclei 
and the fibroid aspect of the long cells are other features of 
moment. ‘The blanks (A4b.) in the hypodermic coating 
consist of a reticulum of nucleated cells supported internally 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 39 


by strands of basement-tissue, whilst externally is the 
cuticle and within it a very thin extension of the hypoderm 
from each side, only of sufficient depth to contain the 
abbreviated nuclei continued in close array along it. The 
general aspect of the reticulum agrees with that found in 
the central area of the differentiating opercular stalk, and is 
in contrast with the modified hypoderm above-mentioned. 

Thoracic Glands.—In the fresh example two brownish 
bands lie on each side in front, pointed behind, and increasing 
in diameter as they go forward. A wide duct from each 
passes inward, apparently with a shght forward obliquity, to 
meet its fellow of the opposite side, and then by a common 
median duct to open dorsally between the bases of the 
branchiz. The lateral ducts show large brownish granular 
glands similar to those lining the interior of the glands 
proper, but they do not pass forward from the point of 
junction of those of opposite sides. 

The glands in the anterior region of Pomatocerus triqueter 
are first noticeable in transverse sections from the front as 
somewhat irregular spaces due to folds, for this is their 
widest region, shortly after the ventral cords leave the 
brain, and in the lateral region to the upper and outer side 
of the nerve-trunks. The early stages do not present so 
definite a cellular lining as subsequently forms, though the 
cells are present, with processes, apparently of cilia, extending 
inward from their free edges. Surrounding the cellular 
lining is a layer of connective tissue with numerous nuclei. 
The spaces soon unite (proceeding backward) into a large 
cavity lined with cubical cells, aud stretching from the 
nerve-cord obliquely upward and outward to the bristle-tuft 
(Pl. V. fig. 26, ¢g.), the processes still projecting from the 
inner surface of the cellular lining (the flagella mentioned by 
Prof. Haswell). Externally is a compact cellular mass, em., 
with distinct nuclei, and this, from the contraction of the 
lumen of the organ and its passage toward the ventral 
aspect, gets above the cavity—touching the basement- 
membrane of the body-wall. The latter in this region has 
the comparatively small dorsal muscles separated by a gap, in 
the middle of which is the mesentery holding the dorsal blood- 
vessel aud the alimentary canal below it. A considerable 
band of longitudinal muscle (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.’) lies dorsad of 
the two masses of the dorsal longitudinal, and separated from 
them by septa. A thin band of longitudinal muscular fibres 
stretches on each side a short distance to the inner side of 
the nerve-cord. As the thoracic gland diminishes, its cubical 
cells and their large nuclei become clearer, the processes still 


40 Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the 


project from their inner edges, and the duct lies to the 
ventral or inner edge of the toriand the bristles. When the 
tube has about 18 cells in its wall (and is therefore small) 
the glandular or dorso-lateral appendix, em., is fully twice 
its diameter, and soon the tube vanishes, leaving only the 
thin glandular belt within the body-wall. This dorso-lateral 
appendix appears to be somewhat akin to the multinucleated 
ceelomic bodies described by Prof. Caullery* in Eunice 
harassii,-Aud. & Ed. As already mentioned, the ducts from 
the anterior end show flask-shaped brown granular glands, 
but the single duct formed by their union is quite pale. 
Toward the termination of the thoracic glands, and behind 
tlem, the coelomic cavity contains vessels and chloragogenous 
tissue covered with opaque granular masses, often enveloped 
in the chloragogenous sheaths. These continue for some 
distance backward and by-and-by disappear. 
Whilst the thoracic glands are still of moderate size—that 
s, toward their posterior third,—it is noticeable that they 
are bounded externally by a firm layer of the body-wall 
ending inferiorly in a free process, which in transverse 
section is clavate (Pl. V.. fig. 28, p.). This layer, ad., has 
rather regularly arranged fibres at right angles to the axis 


of the body, which stain like the muscles in their neigh- - 


bourhood, and do not resemble the hypodermic nucleated 
cells. It has externally the pad or process bearing the 
hooks, and it terminates ventrally, rather past the middle of 
the section of the thoracic gland with its appendix, in the 


free process, the ventral end being pale. The narrow bar, 


however, proceeding forward; soon enlarges into a thicker 
layer of prism-like cells with the nuclei at their free surface, 
thus giving the aspect of a series of punctures at tlie en- 
larged outer ends, for the cells, ce., are clavate and minutely 
granular (Pl. V. fig. 29).. This peculiar cellular layer runs 
upward on the external border of the branchial stalk, the 
inner layer, continuous with the dorsal hypoderm, pre- 
senting quite a different structure, and the nuclei are 
within their superficial ends (Pl. V. fig. 29). The function 
of this special cellular development would seem to be in 
connection with the well-developed hook-pads of the region 
rather than with the thoracic glands, probably acting as an 
elastic cushion. The muscular fibres seen in Pl. V. fig. 28, m., 
are those which move the hook-pad, whilst that structure 
itself is largely composed of the modified hypodermic cells 
just described. Hence the appearances of the parts vary 


* Compt. rend. Soc. Biol. t. xxviii. p. 598 (1915) 


‘ 
: 
7 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 4] 


according to the line of section. ‘Thereafter, the tissue 
gradually merges iuto the hook-pad with its superficially 
arranged glands, and so on throughout the region, the inner 
or secondary ridge appearing and disappearing in each 
segment. : 
The supporting tissue in the anterior region of Pomato- 
cerus triqueter differs from that in the Sabellids. Just as 
the nerve-cords leave the cephalic ganglia, and whilst still 
connected by a long and strong commissure, no special 
supporting tissue is visible. The long, narrow, hypodermic 
cells of the dorsal wall (P|. IV. fig. 20, Ape.) are indeed of 
great depth, especially in the middle line, so that when torn 
they resemble fibres, whilst within the basement-membrane 
are only the thin circular muscular fibres and the dorsal 
longitudinal muscles—as yet little developed. As tlie 
opercular stalk leaves the body-wall of the region (Pl. IV. 
fig. 20, op.) its central areolar mass joins the other tissues 
and may stiffen the parts, for as yet the fibres of the dorsal 
longitudinal muscles are few. Through this mass a bifid 
nerve-trunk from the cephalic ganglia passes. The remark- 
able thickness and the appearances of the hypoderm of the 
region in this species would suggest the view that it may 
more or less be connected with the function of the special 
chordoid skeleton of other forms. In this respect the dorsal 
differs essentially from the ventral hypoderm of the region, 
which is richly glandular. The muscular tissue at the base 
of the stalk is reticulated in longitudinal section, as if the 
sarcolemma formed a network ; indeed, reticulation of the 
muscular fibres themselves would appear to occur, though 
the trend of most at the base of the stalk is longitudinal. 
The projection of the opercular stalk causes asymmetry 
of the body-wall and of the incipient dorsal longitudinal 
muscles, for the muscle of the same side considerably in- 
creases in size, probably in relation to the movements of the 
stalk. ‘The body-wall remains asymmetrical after the stalk 
separates, that side being less than the opposite one, in 
which, moreover, the slits separating the branchie first 
appear. This asymmetry subsequently disappears in front 
when the filaments approach separation, but it is a marked 
feature. Connective-tissue cells fill up the lateral space 
within the body-wall beyond the region of the .cephalic 
ganglia, but these do not show special chordoid structure. 
Deeply staimed nerve-cells surround the cords and the 
transverse fibres between them. ‘The enlarged base of each 
ventral flap of the thoracic jacket has connective-tissue cells 
similar to those in the lateral region of the body, the flap 


42 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


being joined to the body-wall by a firm isthmus in the 
middle line, its two surfaces beyond being structurally 
differentiated, the inner (that is, next the body-wall) being 
coated by a thick layer of the long hypodermic cells with 
the nuclei near the surface, whilst the outer has much 
shorter cells, the inner ends of which seem to run into the 
reticulated connective-tissue of the central region. Masses 
of gland-cells, moreover, occur along the convex margin of 


the jacket. In the area of the cephalic ganglia the modified — 


hypoderm is thickened in the mid-dorsal line and also 
laterally so as to form a protection to the organs. Then 
on the side (generally the left) from which the opercular 
stalk springs this modified hypoderm bulges out and envelops 
it (P]. IV. fig. 20). Further, the glandular nature of the 
ventral wall diminishes, and a split separating the jacket or 
collar appears and joins the folded lateral and dorsal flaps, 
both the inner surface of the collar and the outer of the 
body-wall being invested by layers of the hypoderm. As soon 
as the collar becomes free (in section) the entire body-wall, 
with the exception of a narrow lateral belt on each side, is 
invested by this modified hypoderm, the thickest parts being 
the dorso-lateral and mid-dorsal regions ; and the origin of 
the opercular stalk has the same investment, special support 
being afforded by the adjoining mid-dorsal and lateral en- 
largements of this modified hypoderm. Proceeding forward 
the ventro-lateral regions of this coat are considerably 
thickened, and a deep furrow now cuts off the opercular 
stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 22). he diminished area of the anterior 
region is specially stiffened, for in section the greater part 
of its surface is composed of this modified hypoderm, the 
only gaps being those of the mouth, the branchial trunks, 
and a ceelomic space. The shape in section is that of a 
curved dumb-bell (Pl. LV. fig. 23), the narrow median region 
with the oval slit corresponding to the handle and the 
enlarged lateral regions to the bells. Instead of the dorsal 
region having the thick layer of modified hypoderm, it is 
now the ventral surface, and the band is dilated at each side, 
after which is a connective-tissue belt, then a band of the 
modified hypoderm round the bulbous ends, in which 
by-and-by appear the slits indicating the separation of the 
branchial filaments. These slits have a regularly arranged 
cellular investment with distinct nuclei, and they increase 
in size and number from behind forward. The intermediate 
region, between the dilated ends of the dumb-bell, has only a 
thin coating of ordinary hypoderm, and is thus in contrast 
with the lateral regions. Advancing forward a slit appears 


, 


. 
} 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 43 


on each side of the vestibule, and thus the enlarged ends of 
the dumb-bell are more distinctly differentiated from the 
curved médian region with its widening vestibule (Pl. IV. 
fig. 23). At this level there are four intermediate branchial 
slits, and the inner on each side is the more elongated, whilst 
the conical ventral edge of the lateral enlargement is 
stiffened by a cap of the modified hypodermic tissue. ‘he 
ventral collar (jacket) has now much diminished in size, but 
the dorsal edge of the organ still shows a coating of the 
modified hypoderm. Further forward the collar forms but a 
small U, the thick layer of its hypoderm being, as formerly, 
dorsal; the median lamella containing the vestibule is longer, 
whilst the dilated ends are somewhat crescentic and show 
six intermediate slits. The ventral edge still has the thickest 
cap of modified hypoderm. The vestibule has now expanded 
laterally into a wide space at the base of the branchie, and 
there are seven intermediate slits, the largest being dorsal and 
the smallest ventral in position. Advancing forward, or 
distally, the slits increase to nine, and the outer margin of the 
dilated ends becomes frilled as the filaments differentiate, 
the dorsal, where the largest slits are, soon presenting fila- 
meuts connected only as their outer border, the free inner 
edge being deeply grooved (bifid in section) (P1. II. fig. 12). 
The outer border of each filament has the tough cuticle 
with the hypoderm beneath, in which is a nerve, and joining 
in the centre a connective-tissue area which runs inward to 
the free grooved edge, whilst the sides are strengthened by 
the modified hypoderm, especially externally, for it tapers 
internally. Each of the lamine forming the groove has a 
blood-vessel in its centre (Pl. III. figs. 18 & 19), and 
branches by-and-by enter the pinnules. Proceeding still 
further distally, the curve in each fan is larger, and the 
dorsal filaments, which have become rounder and their 
hypoderm more glandular, show longer connecting bands, 
and finally separate, the isolated ones having slightly 
shallower grooves than the fixed, whilst their radial diameter 
diminishes and their transverse increases proportionally. 
The filaments gradually taper distally, the edges of the 
groove break into pinne (Pl. IV. fig. 25), and the 
modified hypoderm forms three distinct external divisions, 
whilst in the centre is the connective-tissue area with its 
blood-vessel, a vessel occurring also in each pinna. Besides 
the central blood-vessel there are two conspicuous channels 
slightly to the exterior on each side, and these probably 
commuuicate with the ceelom. In longitudinal sections of 
the filaments the centre shows a distinctly chordoid structure 


44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


not always easily observed, and this is apparently due to 
the cells of the hypoderm or to a supporting tissue within 
it, the former interpretation being the more likely, as no 
differentiation is observed in transverse section. 

Diverse views have been held with regard to the structure 
of the filaments and pinnules; thus Meyer described a 
diverticulum of the coelom in each filament and pinnule, 
whilst Orley insisted that only connective tissue occupied 
the centre. It is by no means easy to decide, since in the 
case of sections the parts are considerably altered even in 
good preparations. A coelomic space occurs on both sides 
at the level of the dumbbell-shaped region in front of the 
brain (PI. IV. figs. 20 & 21, c@.), and their walls are defined 
by connective-tissue, and probably muscular, fibres, the 
area surrounding them consisting of nucleated connective- 
tissue cells. About this level the thoracic jacket or collar 
has just become free or is only counected by a narrow 
isthinus. As a rule, also, the two sides are asymmetrical in 
section, the opercular half having no slits, but a considerable 
ceelomie space, whilst the other side has only small apertures, 
so that the area within (that is, ventral] to) the slits is reticu- 
lated, these reticulations in the succeeding sections becoming 
less and less until only the branchial vessel is evident. The 
epithelium surrounding the slits becomes regularly arranged 
and forms the hypoderm and cuticle of the filaments, each 
side being attached to a separate filament. The elongated 
centre of each filament in formation is almost wholly occupied 
by nucleated connective tissue with the blood-vessel in the 
centre, but two splits, one on each side of the mesentery, are 
often seen at the distal end of the central area, occasional 
strands of tissue crossing the spaces in some sections. The 
definite median mesentery with its central blood-vessel. and 
the definite coelomic spaces at each side, and from end to 
end in transverse section of a pmnule, as shown by Soulier 
in Protula milhaci, ave not been observed either in 
filament or pinnule. In longitudinal sections of a filament, 
the sides are formed of cylindrical nucleated epithelium, 
whilst the centre is almost filled with nucleated connective- 
tissue cells, a narrow split at one or other side being present, 
and even thts has a few strands with nuclei. ‘The pinnules 
of this form (Pomatocerus) show only a central cavity in 
which the blood-vessel is (Pl. LV. fig. 24), but the coelomic 
fluid could readily rush to aud fro in the space around it, 
whether a special mesentery fixes it or not. On the whole, 
therefore, the view that the coelomic spaces—carried forward 
to the splits for the commencing branchial filaments—do not 
blindly end there, but communicate with the filaments and 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 45 


pinnules, would seem to correspond with the appearances. 
The branchial apparatus of such forms would thus in 
their movements appear to have not cnly muscular aid, but 
the important influence of the coelomic fluid, so that the 
ciliary action of the pinnules and filaments would materially 
aid respiration as well as conduce to alimentation. 

Opercular Stalk.—The opercular stalk arises as a process 
of the basal region of the branchial apparatus immediately 
in front of the brain, the tissues of one side gradually 
projecting (Pl. IV. fie. 20), then being nipped off as an 
independent process surrounded by the cuticle, the modified 
hypoderm as a considerable coat all round, and a central 
area more or less muscular at first, with numerous nuclei. 
The base of the organ occupies at first more than half the 
dorsal outline, but, as it separates and the median fissure 
deepens, the other side increases in bulk. The external 
fold of the cuticle bends inward, the hypodermic cells 
curving round the central area (P]. LV. fig. 22) and soon 
the stalk is free. Its outline in section is somewhat rhom- 
boidal, and much smaller than itis distally. Atthis level the 
thoracic jacket or collar is fixed by a broad isthmus to the 
region below the gullet. Then the stalk becomes conical in 
section, and the blood-vessel in the centre of the muscular 
tissue more distinct, whilst_the modified hypoderm, which is 
almost fibroid in section, maintains nearly an equal thickness 
allround. The base of the cone—that is, the dorsal edge— 
by-and-by lengthens by a transverse projection at each side, 
so that it resembles a cocked hat in section (Pl. VI. fig. 82), 
the projecting edges having the thickest hypoderm from the 
approximation of the two layers separated: by a line, the 
central pseudo-chordoid and muscular areas with the vessel 
remaining as before. ‘The opercular stalk at this level is 
flattened externally or dorsally, convex ventrally, and its 
cuticle is dense. A differentiation of the central region now 
takes place, for the outer or dorsal edge of the hypoderm be- 
comes thinner,and anclongate-ovoid aia apparently muscular 
area stretches ‘from lateral projection to lateral projection, a 
groove in which the blood vessel lies (PL. V. fig. 30) occurring 
ventrally. The muscular fibres seem to pass to the caleareous 
region of the opcere ely, to the tip of the stalk. 
They are well developed in the region of the lateral ridgis, 
The appearance of the parts seems te vary considerably in 
sections of different examples, a feature due perhaps to 
recently reproduced organs (cf. Pl. V1. figs. 32 & 33) and 
to obliquity in section, for in some cases *(Pl. VI. fig. 33) 
muscle and pseudo-chordoid tissue are both present. The 
reticulations of the next (more distal) area are larger and 


46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


better defined than the pseudo-chordoid tissue which occupies 
the convex region ventrally (Pl. VI. fig. 33). The chordoid 
axis soon increases in bulk, and fills the stalk except the 
thin hypodermic region and a stripe of pseudo-chordoid 
tissue, still with its blood-vessel ventrally, the cuticle 
enveloping all. The basement-tissue is slightly developed 
in the ventral arch, but forms a well-marked layer dorsally, 
fusing with the tough issue in the middle of the stalk, but 
being better differentiated at the base of each external ridge, 
a thin line of it running almost to the tip of the latter. 
The section of a nerve (Pl. VI. fig. 32, n.) occurs at each 
outer angle and in the middle of the dorsal arch, the former 
being outside the basement-tissue, the latter within it, In 
the basal (proximal) or incipient condition of the stalk this 
basement-tissue is less developed than distally, and the 
relationships of the nerve therefore undergo changes. The 
groove for the larger blood-vessel in some preparations 
sinks more deeply into the chordoid tissue. The projecting 
ends of the ovoid area of the opercular stalk assume’ a 
clavate outline and then disappear—that is to say, the ridge 
on each side of the stalk ceases after the lateral filaments 
of the stalk have separated. With the disappearance of the 
lateral ridges the chordoid tissue occupies in section the 
entire area of the ovoid stalk, only a thin, barely visible, 
belt of hypoderm occurring under the cuticle. In some of 
the sections the strands of the chordoid tissue are arranged 
in a somewhat radiate manner with the nuclei and cut ends 
of fibres at the circumference, so that, when the hypoderm 
and the cuticle are shed, such might be mistaken for 
the modified hypoderm. further, the blood-vessel is now 
enveloped by the chordoid tissue. Soon a differentiation in 
the midst of this area appears as a smooth central region 
from which lines radiate to the external margin. This 
ceutral region gradually increases distally, and the differ- 
entiation of the radiating cells with the nuclei externally 
gives it, In some preparations, the appearance of a hypo- 
derm within a hypoderm as just mentioned ; and, moreover, 
a ridge or papilla appears on one side of the actual cuticle 
or hypoderm. The blood-channel is enclosed in the inner 
area, and is large. The ventral hypoderm and cuticle 
diminish and disappear, leaving what was the chordoid area 
and its central region, with the addition of a small patch, 
isolated in cuticle, to represent the former envelope of the 
stalk, and that soon vanishes: Thus tle enlarged opercular 
stalk now consists of the tough cuticle, the modified coating 
of the chordoid area representing the hypoderm, with its 


_ 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 47 


nuclei externally and a large pale area, probably chordoid, 
with a well-defined ovoid outline, in the centre of which is 
the blood-vessel. Muscular fibres would thus act on the 
base and up the stalk of the operculum, whilst its rigid 
tissues distally are fitted to perform the part of a plug to 
the calcareous tube. Beyond the lateral subulate processes 
the distal region of the decalcified operculum presents 
externally a tough cuticular investment, then a layer of long 
hypodermic cells with the nuclei near the external border, 
the central area being occupied by a tough nucleated plasma 
with small spaces near the external margin, where a thin 
basemeut-tissue bounds the hypoderm. 

In vertical section the decalcified operculum has on its 
convex side the thick cuticle very dense at the rim, then a 
deep layer of long narrow granular cells, a thin connective- 
tissue or chordoid centre, and on the concave surface 
(anterior) a narrow belt of reticuiated tissue, and externally a 
cuticular coat about twice the thickness of that on the convex 
side. When viewed externally the distal (calcareous) 
region of the operculum preseuts a minutely reticulated 
condition all over (after decalcification). 

It has generally been held that the operculum is developed 
on a modified branchial filament, and hence the occasional 
occurrence of one on each side, or the facility with which a 
new organ is produced on the right when the other is lost. 
Without calling this view in question, the foregoing account 
shows that about half the area of the body-wall behind the 
branchial base is concerned in the production of the oper- 
culum with its special differentiation of tissues, and that 
the development of the branchial filaments occurs in front 
under different conditions, and rather in association with 
the vestibule and mouth than with the protective, or it may 
be in certain cases the reproductive, functions of the oper- 
culum. The appearance of the inter-filamentar slits after 
the formation and separation of the opereular stalk point 
to a wide divergence both of structure and function, though 
it may be argued that these radical differences may have 
been evolved slowly in the history of the race. Yet eye- 
specks or more complex visual organs are never found on 
the opercula, while they are not infrequent on the branchial 
filaments ; just as calcareous or other hard structures belong 
to the opercula, for the soft cellular thickenings of the tips 
of the branchial filaments, which characterize certain varieties 
of Filograna, and which some have supposed to perform 
opercular functions, can scarcely be placed in this category. 
Moreover, in some groups the opercula are very variable, 


48 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


and may be present or absent, as in Filograna, with per- 
plexing indifference, whilst in other forms their stability 
and characteristic shape have made them of specific im- 
portance. It is interesting in connection with the 
branchial view of the opercular stalk that transverse bars 
of bluish pigment are occasionally seen on it. 

Muscular System.—Immediately behind the brain muscular 
bands pass from the sides of the ventral to the dorsal wall 
(or vice versd), some of the same side being attached to the 
hase of the opercular stalk dorsally—indeed, they seem to be 
strongest and best developed at first on that side. Ventrally 
they are inserted on each side of the nerve-cord, and 
by-and-by they bound the thoracie glandular organ on its 
inner border. 

Behind the ganglia and the opercular stalk the body-wall 
assumes a more symmetrical outline, and the dorsal longi- 
tudinal muscles become more distinct and quite separate 
from each other, but the ventral longitudinal muscles are 
indistinguishable. In the median ventral region, however, a 
special thin longitudinal muscular band occurs on each side, 
and continues backward a short distance—disappearing as 
the actual ventral longitudinal muscles become distinct. 
These ventral longitudinal muscles are formed by fibres on 
the lateral region of the body-wall outside the anterior 
glandular organ and its appendix, and not im contact with 
the nerve-cords, which are separated from them by a con- 
siderable interval. Their outline in transverse section is 
elliptical, and, as the glandular organ in its progress back- 
ward diminishes, the fibres seem to pass externally ; then, as 
the glandular tube disappears they form a thin stratum to 
the outer side of the nerve-trunks and in contact with 
them, the anterior median ventral fibres being still visible 
between the nerve-trunks. By-and-by the median, or pseudo- 
ventral, or anterior ventral, fibres (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.”) dis- 
appear from the middle line, and the ventral longitudinal 
form a spindle-shaped layer in section, separated by an 
interval from the dorsal, which bend inward at their lower 
ends, whereas the veut ral pass outward below and beyond 
them. The dorsal and the ventral longitudinal muscles, 
however, by-and-by fall into line and the body-wall becomes 
more compact, the dorsal. muscles retaining the great 
preponderance in bulk, and closely approximated to the 
ventral, only a slight imcurvation of the inner surface and 
traces of the oblique muscle indicating the line of separation ; 
yet the distinctiy pennate arrangement of the fasciculi 
of the dorsal is characteristic. The nerve-cords are more 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 49 


closely approximated than in front, but are still separated 
by a considerable interval. The body behind the foregoing 
region of the thorax becomes rounded in transverse section, 
a large area being occupied by the dorsal longitudinal 
muscles, which cover nearly two-thirds of the circumference 
(Pl. V. fig. 27), and form a broad belt in section, only 
slightly narrowed as it approaches the mid-dorsal line, where 
no distinct hiatus occurs, the whole forming a hoof-shaped 
belt. The ventral longitudinal muscles, on the other hand, 
form two spindle-shaped areas, now also with pennate 
fasciculi, separated by the median space containing the 
ventral blood-vessel. This disproportion of the dorsal 
longitudinal muscles continues to the posterior end, though 
in relation to the diminished area of the body-wall both sets 
of muscles are more bulky; whilst the thinning of the dorsal 
muscles toward the middle line is scarcely evident. 

The dorsal longitudinal muscles, though comparatively 
small, are formed in front of the cephalic ganglia, and at the 
ganglia they show two lateral enlargements connected by a 
median band of fibres to which the dorsal vessel is attached. 
Behind the ganglia the connecting band of fibres is shorter 
(in transverse section), whilst the lateral enlargements are 
gradually increasing. These muscles do not at this part 
reach the lateral regions of the body, but lie in a special 
cavity invested by membrane on each side of the median 
dorsal vessel, the direction of the lateral masses being nearly 
vertical, since to their exterior is the dilated anterior end of 
the thoracic glands. Proceeding backward, the first change 
noticeable is an increase of the nucleated connective tissue 
in the median belt and its continuation between it and the 
enlarged lateral regions until each of the latter is separated, 
so that it lies in a membranous chamber of its own, the 
spindle-shaped median belt being characterized by its nume- 
rous connective-tissue nuclei. Moreover, the direction of 
the muscular fibres of this median band seem to differ, since 
they are obliquely cut in the sections. Each dorsal longi- 
tudinal lies in its sheath in this region, with the vertical 
bands of muscle and the dilated cavity of the thoracic gland 
to its exterior, the long diameter of the mass being still 
nearly vertical. Then, instead of being spindle-shaped, the 
median band of muscle is divided into two by a central 
dimple to which the mesentery from the dorsal vessei is 
attached. This separation of the two halves increases until 
there is a clear space between them, the median mesentery 
now being fixed to the basement-tissue inside the hypoderm, 
the separated portions of the muscles lying closely over 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 4 


50 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


the larger masses beneath them, and they soon fuse with 
them, meanwhile this wide space dorsally intervening. The 
diminution of the cavity of the thoracic gland on each side 
permits the muscles to assume a more oblique position, so 
that their axis in section is directed downward and outward. 
On the disappearance of the thoracie glands (in the progress 
backward) the muscles more closely approach each other in 
the mid-dorsal line, the upper as well as the lower ends 
being pointed in section. ‘Then a tendency for the lower 
ends to bend inward is noticeable, the investing mesentery 
being still visible externally, whilst the muscles have like- 
wise considerably increased in bulk. ‘This divided condition 
of the dorsal longitudinal muscles characterizes the anterior 
region of the body, for toward the middle there is complete 
union of the halves (PI. V, fig. 27), and the entire muscle 
has greatly increased in size, forming a broad crescent which 
reaches by its expanded inferior edges almost to the ventral 
surface. No distinct trace of a mid-dorsal fissure is seen, 
the median mesentery being attached to a slight muscular 
ridge at its inner surface. 

Alimentary Canal.—The various ciliated grooves from the 
branchial apparatus to the mouth converge to the double 
isthmus connecting the two fans, and which in the sections 
is usually V-shaped, the apex being directed ventrally 
(Pl. 1V. fig. 23), the upper layer being pierced by a 
blood-vessel at each end. ‘Then, proceeding backward, the 
V expands into a curve, the ventral isthmus receives a 
coating of hypoderm, both isthmuses becoming shorter and 
thicker, with a slit at either end opening by-and-by 
to the dorsal surface. Further, the cellular walls of the 
central chamber of the isthnaus (the vestibule) have a more 
finely granular structure than the hypoderm covering the 
ventral surface, and the dorsal border is soon modified, by 
a median furrow, into two thick ridges—about the level of 
the origin of the staik of the operculum. The dorsal wall 
of the vestibule or mouth increases in thickness, and the 
opereular stalk sends out a process which fuses with the 
opposite side, so that two apertures now exist, viz., the mouth 
and that dorsad of the groove and ridges and formed by the 
external pit. Processes fuse with the point of junction, and 
others from the dorsal region of the now irregularly quad- 
rangular part soon fill up the extended area (P1. 1V. fig. 21), 
leaving a small space dorsad of the mouth with its ventral 
edge marked by the groove before-mentioned, and showing a 

slight differentiation of its hypodermic wall. The vestibule, 
on the other hand, has glandular walls which stain deeply 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. dl 


all round. This dorsal pit, still retaining the dorsal groove 
with modified cells on each side, then disappears, but it comes 
near the central nervous system, and perhaps performs a 
sensory function. Immediately thereafter the central 
nervous system occupies the region above the gullet—sepa- 
rated therefrom by strands of connective tissue with several 
apertures. The gullet has an internal lining of columnar 
nucleated cells which stain deeply, surrounded by a circular 
muscular coat and an external investment of reticulated 
tissue and nucleated cells. It is slung by several bands to 
the cceelomic wall around it, and instead of its cavity, now 
diminished, having its long axis transversely placed, it is 
vertical. Below it is the commissure between the cesopha- 
geal ganglia, above it is a large transverse space in which 
the dorsal vessel] by-and-by appears, and the common duct of 
the thoracic glands occurs below the hypoderm above it, and 
blood-vessels lie internally. The investing cells and tissue 
increase in bulk, and the cut ends of numerous vessels are 
intermingled, whilst median furrows give a cruciform aspect 
to the central cavity in section, and longitudinal muscular 
fibres are more distinct within the circular coat. Below it 
is the ventral blood-vessel in the median line. The nuclei 
of the cceelomic cells are distinct and correspond with those 
investing the alimentary canal. In this region (thoracic) 
the dorsal and ventral blood-vessels are of large size, and the 
rete around the alimentary canal well developed as a ring of 
longitudinal vessels in section (Pi. VI. fig. 35). The alimen- 
tary canal now increases in size, and, in the preparations, 
shows a tendency to split into layers, the entire lumen being 
filled up by the various coats. Instead of the firm circular 
coat with a few longitudinal fibres between it and the 
columnar epithelial layer characteristic of the smaller 
cesophagus, the area in section enlarges, the circular coat be- 
comes thinner, the longitudinal investment within it thickens, 
as also does the cellular mucous layer, and there is a ten- 
dency to separation of these coats in the sections—indeed, 
it is clear that a change is taking place in the structure of 
the walls of the gut, probably representing a differentiated 
stomach, the central part in the sections representing the 
invaginated gullet and the larger separated external region 
the stomachal wall. The latter consists internally of a 
clesely arranged, almost fibroid, cylindrical epithelium of 
uniform thickness, then of the longitudinal fibres, followed 
by the thin circular coat. The foregoing coats are invested 
by the cellular and a vascular coat, which presents two 


variations, for the smaller region in front shows the cut ends 
4* 


52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


of numerous longitudinal blood-vessels and a large dorsal 
vessel, whereas the larger stomachal area, with its firm and 
thick walls and its central vertical slit, has externally a 
blood-sinus all round, and no separate dorsal vessel is now 
apparent. The narrower anterior region, therefore, with its 
numerous longitudinal vessels, may differ in function from 
the wider posterior region surrounded by a blood-sinus, 

The enlarged region, with its thick walls, continues beyond 
the posterior termination of the thoracic glands—that is, 
after the formation of the ventral longitudinal muscles—and 
behind this where the body-wall is wider and more flattened. 
Food is more frequently present in the anterior part than 
in the wider posterior region. In the narrower part of the 
body, behind the foregoing, where the muscles become pro- 
portionally massive, the walls of the intestine are much 
folded and the area is large, but the structure of the wall is 
the same, though little cellular tissue surrounds the vascular 
sinus externally. Still further back the gut dilates into a 
wide chamber without folds and having the vascular sinus 
externally. Then it thickens laterally, apparently from a 
septum-like fold with a vertical V-shaped slit in. the centre, 
the upper and lower arches being thin. Thereafter the firm 
and rather thick-walled canal shows a median pair of plates 
in section, as if from a fold or valve (Pl. V. fig. 31), and 
then, proceeding backward, enlarges so as to form the two 
halves of a pear which fill up the entire central area, a slit 
soon appearing in the middle of each half, and finally 
broadening out into a T-shaped fold, which runs from the 
transverse dorsal folds by a long median one to the ventral 
wall (Pl. V. fig. 27, d.). Such appears to be a valvular 
structure, and it is interesting that the lateral walls are thin, 
the ventral arch thick, and the dorsal somewhat thin in the 
median line, whilst the double stalk of the T is thick. The 
double stalk of the T, indeed, widens, has the structure of 
the gut, even to the vessels, on its walls, and gradually takes 
the place of the wall in front, for it is apparently a valvular 
invagination. If the serial sections can be relied on, it 
would seem that in this region the sinus breaks up into 
longitudinal vessels, the ventral remaining as before. The 
gut is of various shades of brown or reddish brown, the 
glands of its walls usually being brown by transmitted light. 

Toward the tail (Pl. VI. fig. 34) the chief feature is the 
diminution of the canal and the larger size of the cells of the 
cylindrical epithelium, which is richly ciliated, lining it. 
The wall of the gut is sometimes folded, but no distinct 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 53 


evidence of a typhlosole in this region occurs. Moreover, 
whilst the ventral vessel remains in position, the vascular 
branches on the walls are inconspicuous, though they seem 
to form a reticulate series. This part of the gut is often 
loaded with sandy débris, surrounded by the dilated but 
tough investment of the gut-wall, which appears to contain 
inner longitudinal and circular muscular fibres, though these 
are only visible in some sections, the tough investment 
in dilatation being apparently homogeneous, as observed in 
cases where the cylindrical epithelium has disappeared by 
maceration. 

Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia occur behind the 
bases of the branchie, their anterior border appearing about 
the level of the base of the opercular stalk as it begins to 
project from the somewhat quadrangular outline of the body 
in section. They form a fused mass above the cesophagus, 
supported in front by a dense group of nucleated cells with 
slight differentiations at each side, probably indicating the 
issue of nerves. Then a somewhat narrow band appears, 
chiefly of transverse fibres with two large nerves passing off 
at each end, one entering the base of the operculum on the 
left and the other entering the lateral tissues, whilst those 
on the right go to corresponding parts. The central part of 
the ganglia behind increases in bulk, the organ forming a 
broad band with an enlargement at each end, the whole 
- surrounded by a coating of the nucleated cells, and many 
transverse commissural nerve-fibres appearing in the centre. 
The outer enlargement then bends downward and elongates 
ventrally, the transverse commissural fibres still persisting 
between the sides, but finally these are gradually replaced 
by the nucleated cells, and the great nerve-cords, widely 
separated, lie on each side of the cesophagus. Before this 
occurs, however, long commissural fibres pass between 
the trunks over the esophagus. There is thus a variation 
from the ordinary arrangement in typical forms, in which 
these cords slant below the cesophagus and meet more or 
less closely in the first ganglion of the chain. The nerve- 
cords are wide apart in the region of the muciparous 
glands, and it is just after these have been passed in the 
backward progress that a small neural canal is observed at 
the inner end of each trunk—still at a considerable distance 
from its fellow, and with the fibres of the special interneural 
bands of longitudinal muscular fibres still present. The 
nerve-trunks lie at the inner edge of each ventral longi- 
tudinal muscle, which forms a comparatively thin plate on 


54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


each side. Inthe middle of the body the nerve-cords are 
still separated by a considerable interval, the median mesen- 
tery with the ventral vessel being attached to the basement- 
tissue between them, and each has a large neural canal filled 
with coagulable substance superiorly—occupying fully half 
the area. Instead of the more or less complete fusion of 
the ganglia at intervals, all that occurs in this type is aslight 
increase of the nerve-cells in the separate trunks and the 
passage of commissural fibres between them, with an increase 
of the neuroglia and its nuclei, the large neural canals under- 
going no change. The interganglionic regions are recog- 
nized by the absence of the transverse or commissural fibres 
and of the increased neuroglia, and by the conspicuous 
condition of the median ventral mesentery with its blood- 
vessel, the strands of the mesentery passing directly to the 
basement-tissue. 

Posteriorly the great nerve-cords are nearer each other, 
yet separated by a considerable interval. In section they 
have the same granular and streaked appearance, with a 
small neural canal at the upper and outer border, which lies 
against the inner margin of the ventral muscle. Numerous 
neuroglial nuclei occur at the commissural regions, which 
occur as in front. In longitudinal sections of the tail the 
nerve-cords follow every fold of the body-wall, dipping with 
a sharp angle into each pit, so that the neural canals have no | 
noteworthy influence in this connection. The main direction 
of the nerve-fibres is longitudinal, and lateral branches leave 
at each dissepiment even to the tip of the tail. 

Various authors have dealt with the general topography 
of the nervous system of the Serpulids : the earlier, such as 
De Quatrefages, described a smaller and a larger pair of 
cephalic ganglia which lie over the csophagus, with the 
various nerves which proceed from them. Pruvot also held 
that there were two pairs of ganglia. E. Meyer, again, 
found that in Psygmobranchus protensus and Eupomatus 
lunuliferus, Clap., there were, in addition to the smaller 
central and the larger lateral lobes from which the great 
trunks to the branchial system arise, two accessory lobes to 
the latter; and his minute account of the branches from 
the cephalic ganglia and of those from the great nerve-cords 
(termed by him “ spinal nerves ”’) is excellent and his figures 
carefully drawn. 

Reproduction—In the ripe female, longitudinal sections 
of the tip of the tail show that the larger ova in the celomic 
spaces do not, as a rule, extend quite to the tip, about eight 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 55 


segments presenting only small ova. As the sections pass 
downward from the dorsum toward the ventral aspect a 
process appears at the posterior edge of the rounded projec- 
tion formed by each segment. This is the first indication of 
the segmental organ, and, in accordance with the structure 
of the parts, it appears earliest in the terminal segments, the 
process surrounding the cavity of the segmental organ. 
These processes, as well as the hypoderm of the segment, are 
outside the basement-membrane, which, with the circular 
fibres, separates them from the longitudinal muscles in the 
preparations. In transverse sections of the caudal region it 
is seen that these segmental cavities pass inward and down- 
ward, to open by a wide aperture on the ventral surface 
(Pl. VI. fig. 34, ao.) on each side of the ventral groove, and 
the ripe ova can be followed from their inner (ccelomic) 
aperture to the wide external one. These wide tubes might 
aptly be called, after Dr. Goodrich, ceelomoducts, since they 
transmit only the reproductive elements, which enter at the 
space above and to the exterior of the outer ends of the 
ventral longitudinal muscles. Besides the conspicuous 
larger ripe ova, smaller ova occasionally occurred in the 
canal. These segmettal organs seem to be simple wide 
passages for transmitting the ova to the exterior without the 
complexity of structure observed in other forms. The inner 
opening is above and to the outside of the ventral longitu- 
dinal muscles, the canal curving round the latter to open on 
the ventral surface below it. ‘The ovaries are situated over 
the ventral longitudinal muscles, the products being shed 
into the celom, in which further growth takes place. The 
females, from November onward for some months, have a 
bright pinkish coloration posteriorly, so that the breeding- 
season is prolonged. 

In passing from behind forward the size of the body-wall 
and its muscles increases, but the general arrangement of the 
segmental organs and of the ovarian tufts is the same, the 
external apertures being outside the shallow ventral groove 
of the region and of the nerve-cord on each side. 

_ So far as could be observed, no atrophy in the wall of the 
alimentary canal takes place in the ripe forms, and the 
muscles of the body-wall likewise are normal. 

The Serpulids proper, in the separation of the sexes, are 
in contrast with such as Spirorbis and Amphicora (a Sa- 
bellid), in which Meyer observes that the anterior abdominal 
segments are female, the posterior male; whereas in Salma- 
cina Giard held that this condition is reversed, 


56 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fi 


9. 


8. 


9. 


. Transverse section through the region of the cephalic ganglia, 


Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *. 


Prats I, 


cg., of alarge Bispira volutacornis, Montagu. ‘The chordoid 
skeleton, ch., is at this level divided into lateral halves, whereas 
a little in front it forms a continuous arch from side to side. 
em., ganglionic commissure; d., cesophagus; cd., dorsal pro- 
cesses; ct., thoracic collar or jacket; m., anterior single mass 
of longitudinal muscles; ¢yo., median or common duct of 
thoracic glands. Enlarged. 


. Similar section anterior to the former, the chordoid arch being 


now complete. 4v., branchial blood-vessel, which is dividing 
into branches; ch., chordoid skeleton; vc., ventral region of 
the collar; ”., nerve. Enlarged. 


. Transverse section of the cephalic region of a young example 


(partly macerated) at the origin of the branchial filaments 
indicating the tentacles, ¢. From its macerated condition the 
margins and posterior region are only diagrammatic. Slightly 
reduced from Zeiss oc. 4, obj. A. 


. Transverse section of the distal region of a macerated branchial 


filament.  X oc. 4, obj. A. 


. Longitudinal section of a branchial filament in a similar con- 


dition, to show the arrangement of the chordoid skeleton. 
x oc. 2, obj. D. 


. Longitudinal section of another filament, indicating the appear- 


ance of the cellular hypoderm covering the chordoid skeleton. 
Young example. x oc. 4, obj. D, with 2 inches of draw-tube. 


. Transverse section of a tentacle, with its peculiarly curved 


lamelle and its central skeleton and vessel. 


Prats II. 


Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira volutacornis, 
Mont. The dorsal muscles are proportionally small and some- 
what rounded, the bristles are still at the dorsal edge, and the 
ventral longitudinal muscles are somewhat pointed externally, 
though little weight is to be placed on this feature. A complex 
series of muscular fibres passes from the dorsal longitudinal 
muscles downward to the inner border of the nerve-area, and 
above the point of meeting is the ventral blood-vessel, vv. 
s., blood-sinus around the cesophagus. Enlarged. 

Transverse section a little behind the former. The dorsal and 
ventral longitudinal muscles are larger, whilst the absence of 
the sheets of muscle passing from the dorsal to the ventral 
aspect permits the oblique muscles, om., to be seen passing to 
the edge of the nerve-cords. The commissure between the 
ganglia is marked, the ventral vessel being above it. The 
hypoderm in the mid-ventral line remains massive. Enlarged. 


Fig. 10. Portion of the chordoid skeleton. The passage of processes 


* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for the artists’ aid with these 
Plates. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fg. 


Fig. 


Fy. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


ry 


18. 


14. 


16, 


a7; 


18. 


19. 


20. 


Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 57 


from the external mass, pr., throughout the reticulated central 
region and their fusion with the inner edge are indicated. 
m., muscle. X 650 diam. 

Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira. d., ceso- 
phagus surrounded by firm muscular bands; ¢g., thoracic 
glands with pale membranous tubes of chloragogenous tissue, 
chl., attached ; ne., great nerve-cords.  X oc. 4, obj. A. . 


. Transverse section of two branchial filaments with their chordoid 


axes before separation. X oc. 4, obj. D. 

Transverse section of a ventral longitudinal muscle in the poste- 
rior region of the annelid, with portions of a segmental organ, 
so. X oc. 4, obj. A. 


Puate III. 


Transverse section of the ganglionic region of Bispira voluta- 
cornis, showing the eyes, oc. cp., last trace of the external 
cephalic pit ; vf, ventral fimbriz. x oc. 4, obj. A. 


. Transverse section of the ganglionic region with the great nerve- 


cords, ne., at the sides of the cesophagus and about the level of 
the chordoid skeleton, c#., the external margin of which is not 
smooth, but has processes. Cells and fibres intervene between 
the dorsal muscles, dm., and strong transverse fibres below 
them, whilst under these are vertical fibres, more or legs 
mesenterial, in which the common duct of the thoracic glands, 
tgo., lie. The massive ventral hypoderm, hp., occurs inferiorly. 
The dorsal region is only partially represented, and the lower 
division of the great muscular mass is only indicated at m., 
The preparation is somewhat stretched inferiorly. Enlarged. 

Transverse section toward the termination of the thoracic 
glands, tg., which are represented by two tubes. om., con- 
nective tissue with nuclei and muscular fibres, probably part 
of the oblique muscle of the side. x oe. 4, obj. A. 

Transverse section of the region of the nerve-cords in the middle 
of the body. fp., hypoderm; xec., nerve-cords; vv., ventral 
blood-vessel with a coating of chloragogenous cells, chi. 
X oc. 4, obj. A. 

Slightly oblique section of a branchial filament of Pomatocerus 
triqueter. _bv., blood-vessel ; cw., coelomic space; 7., nerve. 
X oc. 2, obj. D. 

Transverse section of a branchial filament toward the base and 
where its inner edge is produced into a groove with ciliated 
sides. x oc. 2, obj. D. 


PLATE IV. 


Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri- 
queter, L., near the origin of the opercular stalk (op.). d., the 
vestibule ; ds., dorsal pit; Apt., modified hypoderm coyering 
the inner surface of the thoracic collar or jacket and the outer 
side of the body-wall. The dorsal surface is to the right. 
x about 35 diam. 


. Transverse section of the body-wall in front of the foregoing. 


The opercular stalk (op.) projects much further, the dorsal pit 
(ds.) is larger, and the slits (of) indicating the spaces between 
the branchial filaments are present. Spaces (cw.), apparently 
coelomic, occur on each side. X about 35 diam, 


58 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 


Fig. 22. Transverse section of the region in front of fig. 21, in which the 

opercular stalk is separating and the slits (2f.) for the forma- 

tion of the branchial filaments making rapid progress on the 

other side. On the ventral surface (left in the figure) the 

thoracic collar is free. Similarly magnified. 

Fig. 23. ‘Transverse section after the separation of the opercular stalk 

. and when slits are $2 Sen on the left or opercular side 

(upper in the figure). The great expanse of the vestibule, d., 
is noteworthy; 2., branchial nerve, the others lie toward the 
inner ends of the slits. Only the inner branchial nerve, %., is 
indicated in this figure. 

Fig. 24. Transverse section of the tip of a branchial filament of the fore- 
going. The blood-vessel occupies the centre. It is richly 
ciliated in life. xX oc. 2, obj. D. 

Fig. 25. Longitudinal section of a filament of Pomatocerus triqueter, L., 
with portions of pinnules.  X oc. 2, obj. D. 


PLATE V. 


Fig. 26. Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri- 
queter, L., with the thoracic glands, ty., in full development, 
that on the left showing the origin of the duct which joins 
that of the opposite side at the median outlet (¢go. in Pl. IIL. 
fig. 15 for Bispura). em., cellular appendix of the thoracic gland; 
d., esophagus with its chloragogenous coat; dm., dorsal longi- 
tudinal muscles; hyp., modified hypoderm ; m.‘, special anterior 
median muscular layer on the dorsum; m.*, special ventral 
layer of muscle; nc., nerve-cords. Above the gullet is the 
dorsal blood-vessel in the median mesentery, and a space 
occurs above it between folds of mesentery, but soon disappears, 
x about 35 diam. 

Fig. 27, Transverse section of the body-wall toward the posterior region. 
The dorsal muscles, dm., are of great size, with scarcely a 
trace of separation in the mid-dorsal line; wm., ventral 
muscles; vy., ventral vessel with chloragogenous cells ex- 
ternally. The outline of the gut is T-shaped. x about 35 
diam. 

Fig. 28. Transverse section of an anterior foot with the hook-pad about 
the level of the diminishing thoracic gland, ¢g.; ad., incipient 
muscular fibres of the process opposite the external papilla, p. 
In this section none of the peculiar clavate nucleated cells are 
visible. x oc. 2, obj. A. 

Fig. 29. Section behind the foregoing cutting the superficial part of the 
hook-pad, and showing the greatly developed hypodermic 
cells with the nuclei situated externally, and forming an elastic 
cushion in connection with the dense row of minute hooks, 
tg., thoracic gland. X oc. 2, obj. A. 

Fig. 50. Transverse section of the opercular stalk in another example, in ~ 
which the central area is chordoid or areolar in aspect. The 
nerves are not entered. xX oc. 4, obj. A. _. 

Fig. 51, Transverse section of the alimentary canal, showing lateral folds 
of the mucous membrane, almost valvular in appearance. 
x 350 diam. 


On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, éc. 59 


Prate VI. 


Fig. 32. Transverse section of the opercular stalk (now shaped like a 
cocked hat) after the lateral ridges have appeared. The great 
development of the modified hypoderm (Api.) is conspicuous, 
n., nerves; b¢., basement-tissue, which is highly developed. 
X oc. 4, obj. A. 

Fig. 33, Oblique section of the distal end of the operculum, showing on 
the right the presence of the ridge and on the left a reticulated 
oe of the region beyond after decalcification, x oc. 2, 
ob}. A. 

Fig. 34. Oblique section of the tip of the tail of a mature female speci- 
men. ov., ova; vm., ventral longitudinal muscles ; ao., external 
aperture of the modified segmental organ; d., anus. The 
canal is richly ciliated in this region.  X oc. 2, obj. A. 

Fig. 35, Transverse section of the cesophageal region, with its thick 
mucous lining internally, its chloragogenous coat (chl.) exter- 
nally, with its plexus of blood-vessels (bv.). dv., dorsal blood- 
vessel, x 280 diam. 


I1.—New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 
By OLpFieLp THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) . 


Dendromus (Poemys) exoneratus, sp. n. 


Closely allied to D. nigrifrons of Hast Africa and Uganda, 
but larger and with whitish ear-patches. 

General colour as in nigrifrons, but the blackish frontal 
patch and the dorsal line less developed. At the anterior 
base of the ears, just in front of the base of the proectote, 
there is a pair of whitish patches, each about 3 mm. in 
diameter, which throw up by contrast the blackish frontal 
patch. These whitish patches are found in all the six 
specimens from Nigeria available, and in none of those from 
Uganda and British East Africa. 

Skull decidedly larger than that of nigrifrons. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :— 

Head and body 61 mm.; tail 71; hind foot 18; 
ear 13. . 

Skull: greatest length 21°3 ; condylo-incisive length 19; 
zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; interorbital breadth 3; breadth of 
brain-case 9°7 ; palatal length 8°7 ; upper molar series 3°2, 


60 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of 


Hab. Panyam, Bauchi Province, Northern Nigeria. 
Alt. 4000’. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 12.1.16.19. Original 
number 83, Collected 16th September, 1911, and presented 
by the Rev. G. T. Fox. Six specimens. 

Distinguished from its ally D. ntgrifrons—near zoologically, 
but very distant geographically—by its longer skull, the 
whitish pre-aural patches, and the reduced black markings. 


Dipodillus jordani, sp. n. 


A very small gerbil, apparently representing in Algeria 
the little D. marie and D. henley of Lower Egypt. 

Size less than in D. s’moni, greater than in marie and 
henleyi. General colour dull sandy, very much as in the 
first-named, the dorsal hairs prominently tipped with 
dark brown, so that the general tone is much darker and 
duller than the bright clear buffy of D. henleyi. Supraorbital 
light patches not very white, but extended backwards nearly 
to the ear, where they almost join the snowy white post- 
auricular patches. Kars small, their edges brownish. Soles 
naked, with the usual six pads. ‘ail longer than the head 
and body, greyish white below, pale brownish above and at 
the end, which is inconspicuously pencilled, its hairs about 
5 mm. in length. 

Skull with the broad brain-ease and small muzzle charac- 
teristic of simoni, henley?, and other allied species. In size 
it is markedly less than in s¢mont, larger than in marie and 
henleyt. Supraorbital edges with fine sharp and slightly 
overhanging ledges, about as in D. henleyi, Bulle large, 
exceeding those of the larger D. stmoni, about equalling 
those of D. henleyi. Molars small. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 67 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 19°5; 
ear 9. 

Skull: greatest length 22°4; greatest diagonal length to 
back of bulla 22°3 ; condylo-incisive length 20°2; nasals 7°7 ; 
breadth of brain-case 11° 6; palatal foramina 3°83 ; diagonal 
horizontal diameter of bulla 8°5 ; upper molar series 3°0. 

Hab. (of type). Guelt-es- Stel, Central Plateau of Algeria. 
Alt. 900 m. 

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12. 6. 12.100. © Original 
number 111. Collected 22nd April, 1912, by Dr. K. Jordan. 
Presented by Lord Rothschild. 

I have hitherto hesitated to describe this little gerbil on 


Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 61 


account of its general resemblance to D. simoni, Lataste, 
from near the same region. But I now see that its longer 
tail, smaller skull, smaller teeth, and proportionally larger 
bull indicate that it is not really related to that animal, but 
is an Algerian ally of the Lower Egyptian D. marie, Bonh., 
and D. henleyi, de Wint., from both of which it differs by its 
larger size. I have named it in honour of its captor, 
Dr. Jordan, of Tring, to whose efforts in collecting Algerian 
small mammals the National Museum is so largely indebted. 


Dipodillus arabium, sp. n. 


Allied to D. famulus, but with less heavily tufted tail and 
even larger bullae. Sides not completely naked. 

Size rather smaller than in famulus. General colour of 
the same soft drabby fawn, darker on the back, paler and 
clearer on the sides. Top of nose with scarcely a trace of 
a dark nose-patch. White patches over eyes and behind 
ears well marked. Lars rather short, their proectote coloured 
like the head, not darkened. Hands and feet white as usual. 
Soles essentially naked, but there are a number (twenty to 
thirty) of small hairs on the terminal third, upon and between 
the pads, thus showing an approximation to the condition in 
Gerbillus; pads six in number, the proximal ones small. 
‘Tail rather shorter than in famu/us, well-haired and tufted as 
compared with most members of the group, but with nothing 
like the remarkable tuft found in famulus; whitish below 
and on the sides, its upper surface mixed brown and fawn, 
the terminal tuft brown, but perhaps like that of famulus 
black when unbleached. 

Skull with narrow interorbital region, low and broad 
brain-case, and bullee even larger, though very slightly so, 
than in JD. famulus. 

Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 86 mm.; tail 140; hind foot 24; 
ear 13°5. 

Skull: greatest median length 28°7; greatest diagonal 
length 29°5; condylo-incisive length 25°6; zygomatic 
breadth 15; nasals 10°8; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth 
on lip of meatus 15°8; palatal foramina 4°6; greatest 
diagonal horizontal diameter of bullae 11:2; upper molar 
series 3°7. 

Hab. 'Vebuk, on the Hedjaz Railway, Arabia. Alt. 2000’. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10, 3.12.1. Original 
number 7. Collected 3rd January, 1909, by Douglas 
Carruthers. Two specimens. 


62 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of 


This pretty species seems only nearly related to the 
D. famulus of Aden, the other species of this region all 
having comparatively small bulle. Its partially hairy soles 
seem peculiar to itself and to the species next described. 

On the same expedition Mr, Carruthers also collected, at a 
place about 200 miles east of the Dead Sea, an example 
almost topotypical of, and certainly referable to, D. dasyuroides, 
Nehring *. But I fail to see any reason for its distinction 
from 1). dasyurus, Wagn., from the neighbouring coast of 
the Red Sea, of which we have two examples from Sinai, 
presented by the Giza Zoological Gardens. Nehring himself 
gives no valid reasons for the distinction, merely saying that 
the species “ appears to be new, although allied to D. dasyurus, 
which is so insufficiently described that nothing can be done 
without examination of the type.” Both dasyurus and 
dasyuroides have bullee of the comparatively small size usual 
in the genus. 


Dipodillus hilda, sp. n. 


A Moroccan species with partially hairy soles. 

Size and general appearance very much as in the browner 
forms of D. campestris, to which the type has been hitherto 
referred. General colour above russet- or cinnamon-brown, 
not unlike the deepest and richest specimens of Apodemus 
sylvaticus. Sides clearer and lighter, approaching ‘ sayal- 
brown.” Under surface, as usual, pure white. Face with 
scarcely perceptible supraorbital light patches ; post-auricular 
white patches present. Ears with their proectote pro- 
minently blackish, contrasting markedly with the general 
colour of the head; hairs on metentote white. Hands and 
feet white. Soles with six pads; the region between the 
second and-posterior pairs thinly clothed with fine hairs, very 
much as in D. arabium. Tail buffy brown above, darkening 
terminally, whitish below; the tip probably not heavily 
tufted, but this part is imperfect in the type. 

Skull considerably smaller and narrower than that of 
D. campestris, apparently like that of D. arabium, but the 
bullz have been lost in the type. 

Measurements of the type :— 

Tail (imperfect) more than 100 mm.; hind foot (wet) 
22°5; ear 15. 

Skull: greatest length 28; zygomatic breadth 15; nasals 


* SB, Ges, Nat. Berl. 1901, p. 173. 


Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 63 


11:2); interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth of brain-case 13°5 ; 
palatilar length 12°5; palatal foramina 5:1; upper molar 
series 3°5. 

Hab. Northern Morocco. Type from the sea-coast 70 
miles (122 kilometres) south-west of ‘l'angiers. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 86.9.10.1. Collected and 
presented by Capt. Savile Reid. 

The specimen on which this species is founded has lain for 
30 years among the series of D. campestris, to which it has a 
strong superficial resemblance. But examination of its feet 
and skull shows that it has really nothing to do with that 
animal, but represents in Morocco the same type of gerbil as 
that just described-as D. arabium; it is therefore a form 
entirely new to the fauna of Barbary. 

Dr. Cabrera has noted that there is a gap in the distribution 
of D. campestris just in the region where Capt. Savile Reid 
captured this gerbil. 


Gerbillus calidus, sp. n. 


A pale desert-coloured species allied to G. paeba. 

Size about as in paeba. General colour above pale sandy 
fawn, not or scarcely darkened on the back. Under surface 
wholly snowy white, the white rather high up on the sides, 
and wholly enclosing the fore limbs, on to which the darker 
body-colour does not encroach, Area round eyes whitish, 
not sharply defined ; a small white patch behind ears. Ears 
pale fawn, like the head, their edges not darkened. Feet 
wholly white; soles hairy throughout except for a round 
patch on the heels, and at the bases of the digits just distal 
to the large compound sole-pad. Tail whitish, the upper 
surface a little darker ; the slight terminal crest browner, 

Skull more slender than that of G. paeda, the bulle 
smaller. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 99 ; hind foot 24 ; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 28°3 ; condylo-incisive length 24°8 ; 
zygomatic breadth 14; nasals 11:2; interorbital breadth 5 ; 
breadth of brain-case 13:3; palatal foramina 5:3; diagonal 
horizontal diameter of bulla 8:2; upper molar series 4°0. 

An older specimen has a tail 115 mm.; hind foot 25:5; 
greatest length of skull 30; bulla 8-8. 

Hab. (of type). Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Bechuana-land. 
Other examples trom Otjimbingue, Damara-land (Andersson). 

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 4.10.1.72. Original 


64 On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, &e. 
number 76. Collected 11th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam. 


Five specimens examined. 

This is the species quoted as Gerbillus paeba schinzi, Noack, 
by Schwann *, who rightly identified it with Andersson’s 
Damara specimens so named by me some years before. But 
in making that earlier determination I was clearly in error, 
us Noack’s animal was much larger, had naked metatarsals, 
and was probably some form of Taterona., 

From G. paeba this gerbil is readily distinguishable by its 
much paler colour, the complete inclusion of the fore-limbs 
in the white body area, and its smaller bulls, 


Gerbillus paeba broomi, subsp. n. 


Paler than true paeba, the foot longer. 

Colour dark sandy fawn, intermediate between that of 
G. calidus and of true paeba; the hairs of the back pinkish 
buff, heavily darkened by their brown or blackish tips ; the 
sides clearer pinkish buff. Under surface as usual white, 
but this does not pass across the fore limbs, as on the front 
of these the body-colour runs down to the wrists. Face 
rather greyer than body. Postorbital and postauricular light 
patches present, but inconspicuous. Kars greyish with a 
narrow brown edging. Hands and feet white; soles hairy 
to the same extent as described above in calidus. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :— 

Head and body 100 mm. ; tail 109 ; hind foot (wet) 28:5. 

Hab. Port Nolloth, Namaqualand. 

Type. B.M. no. 98.9.3.2. Collected September 1897 
and presented to the National Museum by Dr. R. Broom. 

A paler form of Smith’s G. preba. There isin the Museum 
collection an example of this group from Deelfontein, Central 
Cape Colony, so closely matching Smith’s type (which was 
said to come from north of Latakoo) that I am disposed to 
think some mistake was made by Smith as to the region 
where his type was got. For north of Latakoo would have 
been in the desert area, where the desert form G. calidus 
occurs, while the type of paeba (which is also that of tenuis) 
is of strong non-desert cinnamon-colour, very like the Deel- 
fontein specimen. Possibly it was obtained on the way out 
or home, as Smith’ passed, and that then it was wrongly 
supposed to have been got at his farthest north. 


* P.Z.S. 1906, i. p. 106. 


On new Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 65 


IIT.—New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descrip- 
tions of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distri- 
bution of Species resembling each other. By Colonel C. 
SwInHog, M.A., F.L.S., &c. 


[Plates VII.-XI.] 


THE geological distribution of species has always been the 
weak point of all lepidopterists ; the superficial resemblance 
of specimens from widely different parts of the globe has 
sufficed to declare them as of identically the same species. 
I have endeavoured in this paper to show that this is easily 
disproved by the examination of the genitalia. When the 
genitalia are so different as to make it impossible for breeding 
with each other, it is positive proof of the difference of 
species. Classification based upon eye-judgment alone is 
bound to be faulty. There are, of course, many problems 
before us still: species which appear to the eye abundantly 
distinct have a habit of presenting similar genitalia ; on the 
other hand, species which to the eye appear to be identical 
possess genitalia which are very distinct from each other. 

I am much indebted to the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows for the 
great pains he has taken in dissecting the moths I have sent 
him, and to Mr. F. N. Pierce of Liverpool, to whom all 
Mr. Burrows’s drawings were submitted by him, and to them 
both for their joint report. All the Plates were drawn by 
Mr. Burrows and the text-figures by Mr. Pierce, and the 
remarks on the genitalia of the different species are extracts 
from their joint reports. 


Family Agrotide. 


Chloridea marmada, nov. 


3g. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing whitish flesh- 
colour, nearly white, without any markings whatever except 
black dots on the vein and on the outer margin of the wing ; 
hind wing pure white, with a black outer marginal band, cilia 
white. Underside: both wings white, fore wing with a dis- 
coidal black spot and a short medial subterminal black band, 
hind wing with a similar black band; abdomen with the 
basal segments white above, the two middle segments red- 
brown, the anal segments shading paler; anal tuft with pale 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. a 


66 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


red-brown hairs. On the underside the body and legs are 
white. 

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1)% inch. 

Hab. Roebourne, Australia. 

The shape of the wings is similar to that of C. obsoleta, 
Fabr., but the fore wing is narrower. 


Euxoa cabara, nov. 


9. Head, thorax, and fore wing ochreous brown: fore 
wing with the costa yellowish, with black and pale yellow 
spots; a black spot in the cell and another at the end; sub- 
basal, antemedial, medial, and postmedial outwardly curved 
transverse lines of black dots, the first two more or less 
obsolete hindwards, the last outwardly edged by a pale 
yellowish line ; between this and the margin there is a pale 
brown band composed of a double line of spots, the margin 
with black lunules ; cilia brownish yellow, with basal black 
minute lunules, a yellowish line between the two rows of 
Junules: abdomen and hind wing pale brown, the cilia yellow, 
with minute black lunules. Underside: fore wing with black 
and yellow dots on the costa towards the apex; a double 
discal row of brown spots, the outer row with a black spot on 
the costa; the whole inner surface of the wing from these 
rows to tle base of the wing is brown, the outer portion 
whitish grey: hind wing whitish grey, irrorated with brown 
atoms ; a black discoidal spot, an outwardly curved brown 
macular band in continuation of the inner macular row of the 
fore wing; cilia of both wings whitish grey, with black 
basal points. 

Expanse of wings, 2, 14% inch. 

flab. Padang, W. Sumatra ; three specimens. 


Family Acronyctide, 


Genus AMPHIPYRA, Ochs. 


I have long been in doubt that A. surnia, Felder, from 
Japan, was the same as A. pyramidea, Linn., from Europe; 
and, moreover, I have always been of opinion that there were 
two species in Japan, and therefore sent examples of both to 
Mr. Burrows, and also an example of A. magna, Walker, 
from the Punjab, and his and Mr. Pierce’s joint report, com- 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 67 


paring their genitalia with that of the European species 
A. pyramidea from Mucking in Essex, is as follows: — 


“These mounts show four distinct species closely allied. 

Plate no. IX. fig. 12. swrnia (Yokoliama, Japan) (mounted 
dorsal uppermost). Valve squared, 
uncus large, cornuti long and fine, 
no pips on £ vessica.’ 

is =A 13a. pyramidea (England). Valve 
pointed upwards, many hairy cor- 
nuti, many pips. 

o " 14. magna (Punjab). Valve pointed 
but not upturned, enormous cornuti, 
pips large and few. 

S f 13. yama (Asama Yama, Japan). 
Valve square, the uncus agrees with 
the other forms but much smaller, 
there are a large number of cor- 
nuti.”’ 


Amphipyra yama, nov. 


3b @. Palpi, head, and body ochreous brown; collar and 
thorax pricked with grey and white: fore wing with a short 
longitudinal black streak inside the end of the cell ; subbasal 
line indicated by a black mark on the costa; antemedial line 
consisting of obscure black lunules pricked with white ; 
a postmedial sinuous line of black lunules outwardly edged 
with white ; some black streaks on the veins between this 
and the outer margin, which contains black lunules at the 
vein-ends inwardly edged with white; cilia ochreous brown: 
hind wing pale dull red, without markings. Underside: both 
wings brownish grey; a pale, outwardly curved, brownish 
discal band, and on the hind wing a discoidal spot; face, 
pectus, thorax, and legs dark greyish brown; tarsi black. 

Expanse of wings 27% inches. 

Hab. Asama Yama, Japan. 

Allied to A. surnia, Felder; fore wing narrower, and the 
apex subacute; genitalia different (PI. IX. fig. 13). 


Family Erastriida. 
Lophoruza cretonia, nov. 


o ?. Headand body ochreous brown ; wings dull ochreous, 
irrorated with brown, markings red-brown: fore wing with 
the costa brown, with some darker spots; faint transverse 

8 


68 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


somewhat sinuous lines, subbasal and antemedial, the outer 
third of the wing brown, paling towards the costa ; a large 
yellowish-white patch near the hinder angle, consisting of 
three conjoined spots, decreasing in size from the hinder 
margin upwards, the patch with broad dark brown sides 
containing small pale dots on the margins: hind wing darker 
in colour, with a central yellowish space. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Hab. Coomoo, Sherlock River, Australia. 


Cerynea sumatrana, nov. 


¢d. Head-and body dark chocolate-brown ; thorax with a 
yellow spot on each side ; abdomen with yellow bands, most 
prominent on the first two segments: wings with the basal 
half ochreous, thickly irrorated with brown on the basal two- 
thirds, the outer portion of the ochreous space with the 
minute irrorations leaving an ochreous band across the middle 
of the wings, not reaching the costa on the fore wing, its 
outer edge outwardly angled above the middle and below the 
middle on the hind wing ;. the costal space and outer marginal 
space dark chocolate-brown ; the outer margin of both wings 
with black spots ; cilia dull ochreous, with brown spots and 
brown tips. Underside: fore wing blackish brown, an 
ochreous spot at the end of the cell, hinder margin with the 
basal half ochreous ; hind wing blackish brown, an ochreous 
middle band and a black spot in the cell. 

Expanse of wings 3%, inch. 

Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra. i 


Family Stictopteride. 
Stictoptera talagi, nom. nov. 


Stictoptera tongluana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix. 
p. 338 (1917). 

Hlab. Talagi (Everett). 

I made a mistake in reading the label on this species. 
Talagi is a small island off Isabel Island in the Solomon 
group; Tonglu is in Sikkim. It is therefore necessary to 

ter the name of the species. 


Family Sarrothripide. 


Characoma sumatrana, nov. 


d. Resembles Characoma curiosa *, Swinhoe, from Burma. 
* Trans, Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 285, 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 69 


Head, body, and fore wing grey, irrorated with minute 
chocolate-brown atoms ; markings chocolate-brown ; a band 
behind the head: fore wing with a duplex, outwardly and 
evenly curved band across the wing at the basal third (curiosa 
also has this band, but it is sharply angled inwards below its 
middle) ; some brown marks at the base, costa and hinder 
margin of the wing, a patch on the costa extending from 
near the band to near the apex ; a fine medial, waved, trans- 
verse line, which does not reach the hinder margin; a small 
ringlet in the interno-median interspace beyond the middle, 
some spots in a row above it; a sinuous subterminal line ; a 
double marginal line with its upper half filled in with brown ; 
cilia grey, with some pale brown marks: hind wing white, 
with some slight grey suffusion on the outer margin. 
Expanse of wings, ¢, 38; inch. 


Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra. 


Blenina alena, nov. 


3S ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform dark grey ; a 
brown line behind the head and a brown line down each side 
of the thorax ; abdomen pale grey: fore wing irrorated with 
minute brown atoms ; subbasal line represented by a black 
spot on the costa and another below it ; antemedial line very 
sinuous, commencing with a spot on the costa, then out- 
wardly curved, bent inwards at the cell, then outwards into a 
long acute angle, and runs down to the hinder margin ; post- 
medial line also very sinuous and more or less dentate in 
parts, outwardly highly curved, some marginal black points 
and pale grey cilia: hind wing greyish white, the costal and 
outer marginal spaces suffused with brownish grey, the veins 
dark grey on the outer half of the wing. Underside: fore 
wing blackish brown, a small space at the base and the 
hinder margin white: hind wing much as it is on the upper- 
side. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 1,%5 inch. 


Hab. Mackay, Queensland. 


Selepa oranga, nov. 


2. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing blackish brown ; the 
ground-colour of the fore wing is really pale pinkish, but it 
is most thickly covered with blackish irrorations, leaving a 
pale streak below the costa and a broader pale streak from 
the costa near the apex to the middle of the hinder margin ; 
reniform and orbicular represented by white dots, the latter 


70 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


surrounded by blackish and again by pale pinkish ; a duplex, 
oblique, and highly curved line, centred with white from the 
median vein near the base to the middle of the wing above 
the hinder margin ; above this is a similar circular duplex 
line outside the space round the orbicular, these lines more or 
less indistinct ; an obscure pale pinkish space on the hinder 
margin beyond the middle; marginal line black, inwardly 
edged with pale pinkish on both sides; cilia brown: hind 
wing dark grey, the outer margin brownish; outer marginal 
line black, somewhat sinuous, outwardly edged with a pale 
line ; cilia brown. 

Expanse of wings, ?, 1 inch. 

Hab, Sarawak, Borneo. 


Gadirtha guineana, nov. 


3 2. Palpi greyish white, second joint black on the sides; 
head and thorax mixed grey and white; a black stripe 
behind the collar and one on each side of the thorax; abdo- 
men dark grey, with darker segmental bands: fore wing with 
the ground-clour white, densely irrorated with pale choco- 
late-brown ; costa with a large black antemedial patch and a 
smaller curved subapical patch, and two black spots between 
them ; orbicular and reniform round black rings, pale inside 
and dull ochreous spot in their centres, the former small, the 
latter very large ; black marks below the first patch, some 
black spots in an oblique row in the disc, black marginal 
lunules at the vein-ends, and a number of black spots close 
together on the outer half of the hinder margin, above which 
there is some whitish suffusion : hind wing pale grey, outer 
margin broadly blackish ; cilia of both wings pinkish grey. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ ? , 2y'9-2,%, inches. 

Hab. Dinawa, 4000’, Mt. Kebea, 6000’, New Guinea 
(A. E. Pratt). 

Several examples. Some of the specimens have a dark 
central suffusion, somewhat resembling G. tmpingens, Walker ; 
genitalia different (Pl. LX. figs. 10 & 11) ; note the differ. 
ence in the valvule, costa, uncus, and the extraordinary 
development of the gnathos, which is new to us ; the tegumen 
is also utterly different. 


Family Acontiide. 
Genus MAurRILIA, Méschiler. 
M, teonica, Walker, is quite different from MM. cervina, 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 71 


Walker—two cornuti in the latter, three in the former, one 
short and two gementate, besides other differences shown in 
the figures. J. undatra, mili, and MM, tunicata, mili, are 
also distinct species; besides the enlargement of tlie costa, 
the cornuti are absent, the rugose patch on the vesicais much 
more prominent, and there are many other features which 
the figures will show (note arm on costa and cornuti). I 
have undatra from New Guineaand tunicata from New York, 
N. Queensland, and had specimens from both localities 


examined (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, & 4). 


Maurilia instabilis. 
Anomis instabilis, Butler, Ill, Het. B.M. vii. p. 72, pl. cxxxi. fig. 3 
(1889). 

Maurilia iconica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xi. p. 373 (1912), 

The prominent black discoidal lunule on the fore wing 
differentiates it from dconica ; the genitalia is also somewhat 
different ; note the thickening of patch on costa and the two 
cornuti instead of three. 

In my collection from Kurseyong and the Khasia Hills. 

Pl. VII. fig. 1 instabilis, fig. 2 iconiea. 


Maurilia tunicata, nov. 


3. Palpi brown, first joint white beneath ; head, thorax, 
and fore wing of the type-specimen pale rufous tinged with 
ochreous ; in the other examples the colour is darker, markings 
indistinct, but apparently similar to those of MJ. undaira ; 
hind wing pale black, veins dark black; abdominal area 
somewhat paler. Underside blackish, the costa and hinder 
margin of the fore wing and the costa and abdominal margin 
of the hind wing whitish ; pectus, body, and legs white, legs 
with brown stripes ; tarsi black, with white rings. 

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,3, inch. 

Hab. Cape York, N. Queensland, Australia ; two examples. 

Pl. VII. fig. 3. Note the difference of arm on costa and 
cornuti. 


Maurilia undaira, nov. 


3g. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing purplish brown ; two 
antemedial lines, a large round whitish reniform, with a 
minute yellow centre ringed with brown, this large spot 
interrupting the medial line, all erect and sinuous, the sub- 
basal line not distinguishable ; two oblique, smuous, post- 


72 Colonel |. Swinhoe on new 


medial lines from the costa beyond the middle to the hinder 
margin near the angle; a submarginal sinuous series of 
black points, all these lines somewhat indistinct: hind wing 
blackish brown, becoming pale towards the abdominal 
margin; no markings; cilia of both wings concolorous with 
the wings. Underside rather pale purplish black ; fore wing 
with centre suffused with black, the hinder marginal space 
whitish grey, and the costa grey: hind wing with some (but 
less) black suffusion in the middle ; a discoidal black lunule ; 
the abdominal marginal space pale: body and legs of the 
colour of the wings, legs with white stripes, tarsi with white 
rings. 

9. Paler, with a rufous tinge ; markings similar. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 17%5, 2? 1,4 inch. 

Hab. Ekeikei, 1600’, New Guinea. 

Genitalia distinct, note arm on costa, no cornuti (PI. VII. 
figs. 3a & 4). 


Maurilia fortis, vov. 


9. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark rufous, with 
a curved dark brown patch below the middle of the costa, 
containing a dull scarlet patch against the costa and a curved 
similarly coloured spot on its lower outward side; a white 
dot ringed with brown in its centre, two grey large spots or 
patches inside the outer part of the brown space, and a white 
dot ; lines a little darker than the ground-colour ; subbasal 
lines short ; two oblique sinuous antemedial lines, two similar 
postmedial lines, a submarginal series of black dots; cilia 
brown, with white tips: hind wing pale brown, costal space 
grey, no markings ; cilia ochreous, with white tips. Under- 
side: body white ; legs white, with a brown stripe on the upper 
side ; tarsi dark brown, with white rings: wings grey, fore 
wing with some brownish suffusion in the cell region ; cilia 
of both wings brown. 

Expanse of wings, ? , 14% inch. 

Hab. Kkeikei, 1500’, New Guinea. 


Maurilia dalama, nov. 


?. Palpi pale red, the last joint brownish; thorax dark 
pinkish brown ; collar ands fore wing pinkish red; abdomen 
pinkish grey, with brown segmental lines: fore wing uniform 
pinkish red, lines slightly darker ; indistinct subbasal line 
short, autemedial line slightly sinuous, erect ; a faint lunular 


Spectes of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 73 


discoidal mark, a short sinuous mark above it, another sinuous 
line inwardly below it; a postmedial highly curved and 
recurved line; a row of submarginal black dots; cilia con- 
colorous with the wing: hind wing white, without markings. 
Underside: body, legs, and wings white, somewhat shining, 
without any markings. 

Expanse of wings, 2, 1,2, inch. 

Hab. Queensland, Australia. 


Carea intermedia, nov. 


¢. Head and thorax dark flesh-pink ; a dark line down 
each side; abdomen white, with some flesh-pink suffusion 
and segmental lines: fore wing clear, pale flesh-pink; a 
darker line from the costal third to a little beyond the middle 
of the hinder margin, nearly straight, slightly bent inwards 
below the costa; a dark inwardly and evenly curved line 
from the costa one-fourth from the apex to the hinder angle, 
some slight darker shading on the upper half; on the inner 
side of this line a faint line runs close to it ; outer marginal 
line and cilia dark brown: hind wing pure white, without 
markings ; cilia brown. 

?. More pink than the male; the fore wing is very 
uniform in shade of colour, with very faint traces of the 
transverse lines. 

Expanse.of wings, ¢ ?, 1;45 inch. 

Hab. Kandy, Ceylon, and Palni Hills, 8. India. 

The lines are disposed like those in C. subtilis, but it is 
altogether a different-looking insect. I have subéilis of both 
sexes from different parts of India and also from Ceylon. 

Pl. VIII. fig. 6 subtilis, fig. 7 intermedia; the genitalia 
varies but little. 


Carea innocens, nov. 


9. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing bright pinkish red ; 
palpi white beneath, the colour of the wing very uniform and 
bright; the only lines at all distinguishable are two, and 
these are very indistinct—the first a slightly curved line a 
little darker than the ground-colour from the costa before the 
middle to the hinder margin near the angle, the other an 
erect whitish line from the costa one-fifth from the apex to 
the hinder angle; the cilia is brown, the outer margin of the 
wing angled as in C. subtilis: hind wing white, the outer. 
margin narrowly suffused with pale pinkish red ; cilia simi- 
larly coloured, with pale basal line: abdomen white, with 


74 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


dorsal black dots. Underside: both wings pale pinkish red, 

hinder marginal space of fore wing glistening white, the base 

and abdominal half of hind wing whitish ; body and legs 

white ; upperside of legs pinkish red. , 
Expanse of wings, 9, 1} inch. 


Hab, Palhi Hills, Bandora, near Bombay. 


Aecontia dohertyi, nov. 

9. Palpi yellow, its upperside dark brown ; head, thorax, 
and fore wing bright clear yellow, very uniform in colour: fore 
wing with the markings dark chocolate-brown, costal line 
chocolate-brown, subbasal line hardly visible, antemedial line 
inwardly curved obliquely from the costa, one-third from the 
apex, then inwardly curved to the hinder margin one-third 
from the hinder angle, forming a very acute angle above its 
middle, its point continued to the outer margin below the apex; 
a curved line from the costa before the apex to the end of the 
other line below the apex; postmedial line similar in shape, its 
point with a line connecting it with the antemedial line at its 
middle; a spot at the upper end of the cell, a fine anteciliary 
line, and dark chocolate-brown cilia: hind wing yellowish 
white, without markings ; cilia pale chocolate-brown. Under- 
side: both wings yellowish white, without markings. 

Expanse of wings 1,4; inch. 

Hab. Sambawa Island, west of Java (Doherty). 


Aecontia talauta, nov. 


3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark chrome- 
yellow: fore wing with the lines rufous, antemedial line very 
acutely outwardly angled to a point on the median vein, then 
inwardly oblique to the hinder margin at the basal third ; 
postmedial line similarly shaped, commencing on the costa 
near the apex and ending on the hinder margin a little beyond 
the middle; a slightly curved short line from the costa one- 
fourth from the apex, almost parallel with the upper part of 
the postmedial line; a black dot close to the apex of the 
wing, the outer marginal space broadly suffused with dark 
red-brown, its inner side irregular and highly curved; much 
as in A, transversa, Guen.; outer margin of the wing with a 
line of yellow lunules, cilia dark brown: hind wing yellowish 
white, nearly white, no markings, marginal line yellow and 
sinuous, cilia brown. Underside pale yellowish grey, the 
hinder marginal space of the fore wing and inner portion of 


Spectes 0) Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 75 


the hind wing paler; pectus dark brown, body and legs 
greyish brown. 
Expanse of wings, @, 1,/5 inch. 
» Hab. Talaut Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty). 
The genitalia is somewhat similar to that of A. migrator, 
Walker, from Australia (type from Moreton Bay, Queensland, 
in B.M.). I have it from Rockhampton, Queensland, but 
the colour of the insect is very different. A. mdgrator is 
quite distinct from A. transversa, Guen., from India, of 
which Hampson makes it a synonym. 


Pl. VILI. fig. 8 talauta, fig. 9 migrator. 


Family Catocalide. 


Enmonodia padanga, nov. 


3. Purple-brown tinged with pink, head and collar dark 
brown; thorax purplish grey witha brown stripe down each 
side; abdomen with the basal half grey with brown seg- 
mental bands, the anal half crimson with brown segmental 
lines: fore wing with the costal and basal spaces anda smear 
in the disk purplish grey, the rest of the wing dark purplish 
brown; a dark brown stripe from the apex to vein 5; an 
angulated black line down the disk to the hinder margin, 
outwardly lined with purple-grey (somewhat obscure); asub- 
terminal row of black lunules; an inverted comma-shaped 
discoidal mark composed of fine black rings, its inner end 
with an oval black spot attached to its outer side: hind wing 
uniform purple-brown, a postmedian pinkish-grey transverse 
line composed of conjoined acute angles. Underside uni- 
formly ochreous-scarlet: fore wing with the costa brown; a 
large round brown spot in the middle of the cell, two brown 
bars closing the end; three angulated thick brown outwardly- 
curved lines close together across the middle; a broad brown 
trausverse band on a pale brown space in the outer marginal 
space: hind wing with a brown lunule in the cell; the three 
centre thick lines as in the fore wing, but more widely separ- 
ated from each other, tle marginal space as in the fore wing. 

?. Brownish ochreous, minutely irrorated with brown 
atoms; two round black spots encircled with brownish 
ochreous opposite the end of the cell; a straight double thin 
dark brown band from the apex, broadening hindwards and 
extending to near the abdominal margin of the hind wing, the 
marginal space outside these lines thickly smeared with 


76 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


brown; a subterminal series of acutely angled white conjoined 
marks on both wings from the double line hindwards ; on the 
hind wing between “the medial band and the white ‘angular 
series is a brownish shaded band, the outer margin OF the 
wing dark brown. Underside with the ground- -colour as in 
the male, but densely irrorated throughout with brown atoms, 
two brown bars closing the cell of the fore wing; a medial 
blackish-brown line across both wings, bent inwards on to the 
costa on the fore wing; asimilarly shaped but angulated post- 
medial line, a double submarginal line, the inner one 
thickened towards the costa of fore wing, and a thin row of 
black lunules close to the margin ; cilia of both wings black. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 2 3% inches. 

Hab, Padang, Sumatra. 


Anua clementi, nov. 


9. Head, thorax, and fore wing clear ochreous grey: fore 
wing not irrorated as in most of the species of this group, but 
striated with grey over the entire wing, the fine striations 
quite clear throughout and more numerous towards the outer 
margin; a hardly visible ear-shaped mark at the end of the 
cell, an angulated black spot on the costa beyond the middle, 
from its point an outwardly curved, waved, faint grey line runs 
to near the middle of the hinder margin, where it is bluntly 
angled and runs up to the costa one-fourth from the base; a 
broad brown diffused band down the wing one-fifth from the 
outer margin, angled outwards below the costa, where: it is 
darkest, then somewhat acutely angled inwards and again 
outwards ; cilia brown: hind wing bright ochreous yellow, a 
broad black discal band, not reaching the hinder angle and 
suddenly narrowing before reaching the costa near the apex. 
Underside greyish ochreous: fore wing with a very large 
lower discal black patch: hind wing witha pale discal brown 
band, blackish on the costa, and enlarged aud black at its 
lower extremity, which does not reach the hinder angle. 

Expanse of wings, ? ,3 inches, 

Hab. Roebourne, Sherlock River, Australia (Clement). 

The black band of the hind wing in the type-specimen is 
much broader than in the others. I have three examples, all 
females; I can find no striations on the fore wing of any of 
the long series in my collection of this group. I have seven 
species, “there is no black spot, angulated or otherwise, in the 
centre of any of them. 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 77 


Ercheia anvira, nov. 


$. Head, body, and fore wing pinkish brown: fore wing 
with a pale brown stripe below the middle running from base 
to outer margin ; transverse lines brown, subbasal ; short ante- 
medial and medial; the postmedial line bends outwards from 
the costa in a circle, is bent abruptly inwards below and then 
straight to the hinder margin; all these lines are sinuous and 
double ; a brown subapical patch in the costa, reniform, ear- 
shaped, pale, and on a small brown patch; terminal line 
erenulate; cilia pale with brown tips: hind wing black, 
greyish towards the base and abdominal margin; a white 
spot at the end of the cell, one close to the hinder angle, one 
near the outer margin below the middle ; an elongated white 
spot on the margin below the apex and another above thie 
hinder angle. Underside pale greyish yellow: fore win 
with the costa brown; a brown stripe below the middle from 
the base to the postmedial brown band, which is straight ; 
a broad discal band: hind wing with a small round spot at 
the end of the cell; a highly sinuous thin median band, a 
broad irregular-shaped discal band ; both wings with small 
black Junules on the outer margin. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,5, 2 2 inches. 

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo. 


Seven males, 


Erecheta careona, nov. 


& ?. Head, collar, and thorax pinkish grey; thorax with 
a brown patch in the middle: fore wing dark pinkish black, 
pinkish-grey irrorations towards the base; the hinder margin 
broadly pinkish grey, irrorated with pinkish-brown atoms, 
this feature less strongly defined in some of the females; a 
submarginal pinkish-grey line and some pinkish-grey irrora- 
tions on the margin: hind wing black, paling somewhat 
towards the base and abdominal margin ; a large white spot 
at the end of the cell, connected with another near the hinder 
margin ; a long white mark on the outer margin below the 
apexy and another behind the hinder angle. Underside 
much as in anvira, but the bands are broader. 

Expanse of wings, f 14, ? 14% inch. 

Hab. Kalao Island, near Celebes. 


One male and five females. 


78 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Ercheia enganica, nov. 


3 2. Head and body greyish brown: fore wing with the 
ground-colour brownish pink, irrorated with brown; a trian- 
gular black basal patch, edged with white, its lower side 
limited by vein 1, containing three ochreous costal dots and 
a subbasal ochreous basal line, the outer lower portion of the 
wing more densely irrorated ; a short white line on the disco- 
cellulars, a white dot above it, another outwardly below it; 
a thick black lunular spot, outwardly pale-edged, in the 
middle of the first interspace, another beyond it with a black 
sinuous line, outwardly edged with white, connecting it with 
the hinder margin; a large black patch on the costa extend- 
ing to the apex, a white submarginal line running through 
it and continued with an outward curve to the hinder margin ; 
an indistinct series of black lunules on the margin; cilia 
brown: hind wing black, slightly paling towards the base ; a 
large white spot at the end of the cell, a smaller one near the 
middle of the outer margin, and a still smaller one near the 
hinder angle ; a long white streak on the outer margin below 
the apex. Underside pale yellowish on basal half, then black 
to the outer margin ; a broad white postiedial band narrowing 
hindwards, a white patch at the apex and halfway down the 
margin: hind wing with a black spot at the end of the cell ; 
an antemedial outwardly curved thin black band, followed by 
a white band ; the outer half of the wing black, with a thin 
white band running through it ; a white streak on the margin 
below the apex ; a spot on the middle and another near the 
hinder angle. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, 2? 2 inches. 

Hab. Engano Island, near Sumatra. 

Two males and one female. 


Genus BASTILLA, nov. 


Belongs to Hampson’s first section of his genus Parallelia ; 
mid-tibiz of male dilated, with a groove containing a fringe 
of large scales ; hind tarsi of male with the first joint fringed 
with hair above at base; fore wing with the costa lobed before 
middle, 

Type, Bastilla redunca, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. 
p. 141 (fig.) (1900). 


Dysgonia manillana, nov. 
gd ¢. Head and thorax greenish brown; abdomen greenish 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 79 


grey with thin segmental brown lines: fore wing with the 
basal third greenish brown, blackish towards the antemedial 
line, where it gradually becomes nearly pure black and is 
outwardly edged with white; a broad white medial band 
minutely irrorated with grey; a black discal band, its inner 
side suffused and thickly joined along the costa to the ante- 
medial line, its outer side angled outwards below the costa 
and again at its middle, then curving and narrowing inwards 


5 
to the hinder margin and edged with white ; the outer por- 
tion of the wing pale brown with a darker shade running 
through it vending i in an apical black patch with its inner side 
suffused, Je outer side dentated, some dark suffusion at the 
outer margin: hind wing with the basal third pale brown, a 
medial white band, darker brown outside it, some white suffu- 
sion at the middle of the outer margin; a thin brown marginal 
line on both wings ; cilia of fore wing pale brown, of hind 
wing white with some pale brown on its lower part. Under- 
side brownish grey ; a broad, diffused, discal, brownish band 
on both wings with the outer margin whitish. 
Expanse of wings, 6, 1;% inch. 


Hab. Manilla, Philippines. 


Dysgonia fruhstorfert, nov. 


3. Head and body grey-brown: fore wing with the basal 
third grey-brown; a broad medial white band rather thickly 
irrorated with minute grey atoms, especially on the upper and 
lower ends, the band evenly inwardly curved on both sides, 
edged ati black on the inner side and with a large tri- 
angular black patch on the outer side, its outer edge from 
the costa a little a apart from its inner edge, curved ‘into an 
acute point, then slightly curved inwards and narrowing to a 
point on the hinder margin, slightly edged with white “from 
the costa to the point, four white éostal dots between it and 
the apex, a brown shade from the apex running down the 
outer side of the black patch followed by a whitish shade, the 
outer margin brownish and two black angular spots at the 
apex, the upper one encircled with white, the lower one edged 
with white at its outer side; small Black marginal spots and 
cilia ; altogether more or Jess of the stwposa pattern: hind 
wing grey-brown, faint indications of a thin greyish band 
down the middle and greyish on the middle of the outer 
margin. 

Expanse of wings, ¢, 275 inches. 


Hab. Fergusson Tsland, Papua (fruhstorfer). 


80 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Chalciope saina, nov. 


@. Antenne and palpi grey-brown, the latter black at the 
sides; face and pectus greyish ochreous, the latter with a 
black stripe on each side ; legs ochreous grey marked with 
black ; head, body, and wings ochreous btown: fore win 
with the inner portion filled in by a very large black elongated 
triangular patch, edged with whitish, its upper and lower 
sides almost straight, its outer edge slightly evenly inwardly 
curved, leaving the margins narrow, its‘upper point very acute 
and nearer the apex than it is even in C. cephise of Cramer ; 
an oblique narrow white band through its middle, open at 
both ends, the ends slightly irrorated with brown, some black 
points on the outer white lining of the black patch, the outer 
margin brown ; the cilia brown with a pale inner line; some 
whitish suffusion on the hinder margin: hind wing dark 
brown ; a faint, narrow, grey band not nearly reaching either 
the costa or the hinder angle, where there is a little pale 
suffusion ; cilia grey. 

Expanse of wings, ¢, 2,2; inches. 

Hab, Nias. 

Allied to nothing I know of; the largest species of the 
genus I have yet seen. 


Hypetra minima, nov. 


@. Palpi dark brown at the sides, whitish beneath, the 
tips of last joints white ; head, body, and fore wing uniform 
chocolate-brown: fore wing with a deep black subbasal 
quadrate patch with pale edgings close to the hinder margin, 
excavated on its upper and lower sides, a brownish patch 
between it and the costa; a curious hook-shaped deep black 
mark at the end of the cell, its upper part thickened and 
quadrate, a brownish patch between it and the costa, another 
brownish patch on the costa before the apex, and a small one 
at the apex; a series of minute black dots on the outer 
margin: hind wing chocolate-grey, a little paler basally, no 
markings; cilia ot fore wing pale chocolate-brown, of the 
hind wing slightly paler than the wing-colour, two whitish 
subapical spots on it and another at the hinder angle. Un- 
derside: fore wing greyish brown, hinder margin white, 
cilia grey: hind wing pale greyish brown, the outer margin 
broadly darker, cilia white, greyish at the tips. 

Expanse of wings, ?, 1,’ inch. 

Hab. Luzon, Philippines. 


Species of Indo-Malayan [Heterocera. 81 


Family Erebiide. 


We cannot believe that the genus Argiva and its allies can 
belong to the family Catocalide. It seems to us that Argiva 
has no relation whatever to the genus Catocala; their struc- 
ture is completely different; they have enormous black 
densely hairy extensile organs (“‘ coremata”’) upon the dorsal 
surface of the tegumen, almost hiding the armature of the 
delicate valves. These alone confirm, by the absence of the 
large scaptilum of Catoca/a, that the relationship is mistaken, 
Pl. X. fig. 20 shows the genitalia of Argiva hieroglyphica 
(the type of Argiva), fig. 21 that of fraaini, Linn. (the type 
of Catocala), copied from Pierce’s ‘Genitalia of British 
Noctuide,’ fig. 23 that of the common European species, 
nupta, Linn. ; note the entire absence of the coremata and 
the asymmetry of nupta, which is usual in Catocala and its 
relatives. 

The habits of life of such of the species as are known to 
me are entirely different to those of the Catocalide ; they are 
crepuscular and mostly cave-dwellers, very quick and sharp 
in their short flights, the males darting forwards and attack- 
ing those that pass, much after the manner of some of the 
butterflies of the family Nymphalidae. This is particularly 
the case with Patula macrops; I have watched them in the 
caves of the Island of Elephanta in the Bombay Harbour. 


Genus ArGiva, Hiibner. 


The genitalia of the different forms of Argiva are very 
similar ; the differences are so slight, they may arise from 
mounting. I give the figure of the costa of A. hiero- 
glyphica, the type of the genus (text-fig. 15). There appears 
to be no difference in any of the mounts except the “ costa,” 
which varies slightly under different names. 


Argiva lunaris. 


Bocana lunaris 9, Walker, xxxi. 57 (1864). 
Nyctipas hieroglyphica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xii, p. 275 (1918), 


Hab. Celebes, Gilolo. ' 
A perfectly distinct species, sexes alike. I have both 
sexes from N. Celebes and Gilolo (text-fig. 18). - 


Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 6 


82 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Argiva sumbana, nov. 


3. Much like the male of lunaris, but the subapical yel- 
lowish-white bar is not continuous, but is shorter even than 
in Ateroglyphica and is broken into two pieces. Underside 
paler; two large subapical spots, well separated, another in 
the middle of the disk. 

g. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown, 
the outer third black-brown, the comma-shaped discoidal 
mark as in the male; the subapical bar white and short, 


Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. 


* 


Fig. 18. 


Fig. 15.—hieroglyphica. “ Costa” more parallel sides. 
Fig. 16.—sumbana. “Costa” perhaps running narrower. 
Fig. 17.—luzonica, “ Costa ” perhaps more curved. 


Fig. 18.—lunaris. ‘ Costa ” appears narrower, but hardly in the same 
plane. — : 
Fig. 19.—ceramica, ‘ Costa” somewhat differently shaped. 


consisting of three attached spots, the two lower ones large, 
the upper ones small; no other markings ; hind wing simi- 
larly coloured, and with a large white upper discal spot. 
Underside paler and more ochreous, the spots ochreous white; 
the subapical spots as aboVe, but not connected ; a discal row 
of large spots acress both wings ; the middle spot in the fore 
wing and the second upper spot in the hind wing pushed 
outwards. 
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 2 dy inches. 


Hab, Sumba Island (Doherty) (text-fig. 16). 


Species of Indo-Malayan_ Heterocera. 83 


Argiva luzonica, nov. 


3. Brown-black, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal 
mark very indistinct, without any distinguishing blue or 
white scales ; the subapical streak very narrow, little more 
than a thick sinuous line, the colour dark chrome-yellow: 
hind wing unmarked. Underside paler, the subapical streak 
thicker and ochreous white, separated into two pieces; a faint 
small ochreous-white spot in the middle of the disk; hinder 
marginal spot suffused greyish. 

Expanse of wings, 3,3 inches. 


Hab. Luzon, Philippines (text-fig. 17). 


Argiva ceramica, nov. 


3. Black-brown, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal 
mark very obscure, hardly traceable ; the subapical streak 
more curved than in the other forms, slightly thickened on 
the costa, but otherwise of fairly even width, ending in a 
point quite close to the outer margin; colour ochreous white; 
no other markings. Underside paler, the subapical streak 
similar ; the hinder marginal space of the fore wing slightly 
suffused with grey. 

?. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown, 
the ring of the discoidal mark the only distinct part of this 
mark, its tail well separated from its beginning and connected 
with a highly curved black line to the hinder margin; the 
outer third of the wing dark brown ; the subapical streak 
broad, narrowing hindwards, its end blunt and not reaching 
the outer margin; a large white spot in the middle of the 
disk: hind wing with the basal half dark brown, the outer 
half ochreous brown, divided by a series of indistinct whitish 
marks. Underside paler; both wings uniformly coloured, 
except that the hinder margin of the fore wing is slightly 
greyish ; the subapical streak and discal spot as above; a 
minute whitish spot in the upper disk of the hind wing. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, ¢ 3% inches (text-fig. 19). 

Hab. Ceram Island. 


Genus CARIONA, nov. 


Differs from the genus Patula in having the hind wing 
normal, the neuration normal. In Patula the costal half is 
aborted, and forms a fold turned over on the upper surface 
containing a large glandular patch, making the veins aborted. 
Section III.B. of Hampson’s genus Vyetipao, Phal. xii. p. 286 
(1913). 

Type, albicineta, Kallar. 

6 


ea 


84 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Genus EREBUS. 

Erebus variegata. 
Nyctipao variegata, §, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiv. p. 482 
(1887); Hampson (part.), Phal. xii, p, 296, pl. 206. fig. 6, ¢ (1913). 

Hab. Solomons. 

N. caliginosa, Butler, 7. ¢. p. 433, which Hampson makes 
the female of variegata, is a distinct species; it is not the 
female of variegata. I have the true female of variegata, 
also from the Solomons (from Shortland Island) ; it is very 


similar to the male, has more white suffusion in the wings, 
and is much larger. 


Erebus ephesphoris. 
Phalena noctua crepuscularis, Cram. Pap, Exot. ii. p. 99, pl. 160, fig. A 
(1779) (nec Linn.). 
Nyctipao ephesphoris, Wiibner, Verz. Schmett. 272, 2675 (1827). 
Nyctipao ephesphoris, Walker, xiy. 1805 (1858). 
Nyctipao leucotenia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 184 (1852); Hampson, Phal. 
xii, p. 298, pl. 207. figs. 7 ¢, 8 2 (1918). 
Hab. Amboina. 


Ihave one male and three females from Amboina which 
are undoubtedly identical with lewcotenia and with Hamp- 
son’s excellent figures. The type came from Amboina. 


Erebus saparea, nov. 


?. Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing 
with indications of a subbasal band ; a rather broad sinuous 
antemedial brown band from costa to hinder margin, followed 
by a similar band a little before the middle, outwardly edged 
with greyish ochreous from the hinder margin to the whorl- 
shaped discoidal mark, which is very large; its black ring 
strongly outwardly edged with white, which thickens on the 
costa and has a billhook-shaped large centre filled in with 
brownish ochreous, ringed with deep black, and edged in- 
wardly and outwardly with white; a brown thin even diseal 
band with a slight outward curve from the costa to the outer 
margin, followed by a pale and more ochreous space; the ~ 
other third of the wing as dark as its basal portion; a large 
subcostal white spot before the apex, oval and excavated on 
its outer side, a small white lunule immediately below it, 
followed by five white Iunular marks inwardly edged with 
black down the disk—the first minute, the fourth well out- 
wards, the row ending in an outwardly-curved white line 
close to the hinder margin ; cilia brown with white spots at 


Species of Indo-Malayan LHeterocera. 85 


the interspaces in the lower two-thirds of the wing: hind 
wing with two bands in continuation of the third and fourth 
bands of the fore wing, the pale ochreous-tinged space extend- 
ing almost to the outer margin; a large oval subapical white 
spot and a row of six white lunules, three and three in 
echelon. Underside paler and more ochreous; a black and 
white discoidal lunule on each wing; the subapical and 
discal spots as above. 
Expanse of wings, 2 , 4; inches. 


Hab. Sapareea, Celebes. 


Erebus nNiaSana, nov. 


6. Chocolate-brown; head and thorax dark brown ; abdo- 
men brownish grey, the first two segments filled in with 
black-brown, nearly pure black, the next pale grey, the rest 
of the abdomen darker grey: fore wing with a thick white 
line, a thin band from the hinder margin one-fourth from 
the base obliquely towards the apex curling round the discoidal 
whegl-shaped mark, its outer side before it begins the curl, 
broadly pale grey, extending in a subdued form to the apex 
of the wing, with some pure white patches outside the band; 
the ground-colour of the wing above this band very dark 
chocolate-brown ; the black ring round the discoidal mark 
sinuous, the inner portion is black and confused, outwardly 
ringed with dull brownish ochreous ; a large triangular white 
subapical spot ; some indistinct blackish discal lunuies, one 
or two of them pricked-with white: hind wing with the pale 
grey band of the fore wing continued subbasally, followed by 
a thin dark brown band; a medial band, an ochreous-grey 
discal shade with black spear-shaped marks on its outer side ; 
a subapical white-lunule and an indistinct submarginal lunular 
line. Underside with the basal two-thirds pale and ochreous- 
tinged ; fore wing with a subapical white spot and three in 
the disk; hind wing with a subapical small spot. 

@. Paler than the male; the medial pale grey band. ob- 
secure ; a whitish slightly sinuous line across the disk of the 
fore wing edged with brown, and continued across the middle 
of the hind wing ; a large subapical spot on the fore wing, 
With five discal white lunules, outwardly edged with black, 
the third and fifth with the white only indicated on the hind 
wing ; there is an antemedial band, a white subapical lunule, 
and a discal row of black lunules inwardly edged with white. 
Underside asin the male. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3355, 2 475 inches. 

Hab. Sitoli, Nias. 


86 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Erebus malanga, nov. 


go. Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen grey with 
whitish and dark grey segmental bands, the first two segments 
black-brown: fore wing with the central band broad through- 
out, slightly curved, and ochreous white until it is sharply 
angled round the discoidal whorl-shaped mark, the upper 
part from the angle to the costa quite white; the black ring 
of the whorl is correspondingly sharply angled, its inner side 
inwardly edged with white, the centre portion very obscure ; 
the bill-hook is greyish pink ringed with black, and this colour 
runs right round the centre portion; all the upper portion of 
the wing is very dark, the subapical spot is fairly large, 
triangular, its lower point blunt, a small white dot outwards 
below it, followed by an irregular row of five white lunules 
outwardly edged with black, the first a double lunule, the 
lower lunules in a black suffusion, and a black angular patch 
outwardly edged with white on the hinder margin against 
the middle of the central band: hind wing with antegggdial 
and medial blackish bands outwardly edged with ochreous 
grey ; a subapical white lunule; a much curved and recurved 
black lunular discal line inwardly edged with whitish ochreous, 
greatly protruded outwards in its middle, with a blunt square 
and ochreous suffusion on each side and a blackish suffused 
patch below the subapical lunule. Underside pale brownish 
ochreous, the outer marginal space suffused with brown : 
fore wing with a whorl of whitish spots round the outside of 
the cell; a subapical spot, seven discal spots, the fifth well 
outside: hind wing with a black spot in the cell, two indis- 
tinct outwardly curved brownish lines in the middle; a sub- 
apical white lunule, a small white dot below it; a discal black 
lunular line, disposed as on the upperside. 

?. Very similar to the male. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 475, 2 44% inches. 

Hab. Malang, Java. 


Erebus philippensis, nov. 


3. Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing with 
a thin obscure whitish line from the basal fourth of the hind 
wing running towards the apex, but not continued beyond 
the whorl-shaped discoidal mark, which it curves round and 
thickens somewhat towards the costa; the space above this 
line dark brown to the apex, but the portion beyond the 
whorl is without the white line; the whorl line is black as 


Species of Indo-Malayan H:terocera. 87 


usual; on the inner side inside the- black line is a narrow 
pinkish-ochreous stripe, its lower end curved and broadened, 
and joining a large black patch; a thin greyish-ochreous 
middle line edged with black across the wing, with a small 
outward angle at its middle; a blackish suffusion on the 
lower disk ; a subapical white rather large spot and four discal 
white spots in an irregular row, outwardly edged with black : 
hind wing with the base dark brown; an antemedial brown 
line with a pale outer edging ; a medial somewhat crenulate 
greyish-ochreous line in continuation of the middle line of 
the fore wing; a subapical white spot; a discal indistinct 
greyish-oclireous line, more or less lunular, the hollows of the 
lunules filled in with black, the row deeply curved above its 
middle and then deeply and bluntly outwardly angled below 
its middle; body concolorous with the wings; the first two. 
segments of the abdomen black, the third pale grey. Under- 
side ochreous brown, the outer half dark, limited by a brownish 
thin band across both wings; the discal markings disposed 
as on the upperside, the white spots larger. 

2. Brown with a lilac tinge ; abdomen with the first two 
segments black ; wings of a uniform colour, the upper dark 
portion of the male only slightly indicated except towards 
the apex, which is dark; the whorl-shaped discoidal mark as 
in the male ; a broad white band across both wings, broadest 
on the hind wing, its outer side with points like a fringe; the 
discal markings as in the male. Underside pale ochreous 
brown; the medial white band macular on the fore wing, 
broad on the hind wing; the discal markings as on the 
upperside. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 4, 2 4;%5 inches. 

Hab. Cape Engano, Luzon, Philippines. 


Genus PATULA, Guen. 


Patula does not possess the two curious chitinous plates in 
the connection between the 8th and 9th abdominal segments 
found in Argiva; Pl. XI. figs. 24, 25, 26, & 27 show thie 
genitalia of the true P. macrops, drawn on the same plane as 
in the figure of the genitalia of Argiva. In the development 
of the coremata it agrees with Argiva; the structure of the 
valve and the shape of the penis are the chief points. ‘The 
hind wing of the male has the costal half aborted, forming 
a fold turned over on the upper surface, containing a large 
glandular patch of flocculent hair; vein 4 runs to the 
functional apex, 5 from the middle of discocellulars, 6 to 
the fold, 7 and 8 very minute to near base of centre. 


88 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Patula moriola, nov. 


9. More or less similar in pattern to the common Indian 
species P. macrops, Linn., but the antemedial line ends 
hindwards in two conjoined rings, the lower one touching the 
hinder margin; it is a smaller “insect, much paler in colour, 
without the yurplish glow of patula, the brown colour having 
a distinct ochreous tinge ; it certainly cannot be the female 
of P. macfarlanei, which Llampson says is also to be found 
in Amboina, though the type came from Cape York in 
Australia, the markings being very different. 

Expanse of wings, 2 , 57> ‘inches. 


Hab. Amboina Isl. 


Patula ovdowia, nov. 


g ¢. Also very similar in pattern to P. macrops, but the 
outer (ransverse sinuous lines are farther apart on the fore 
wing and the submarginal line of the hind wing is not nearly 
so sharply doubled ; it is a very large Patula, larger even 
than macrops, and the colour is quite different, being paler 
and more ochreous even than mortola. The ‘genitalia, as 
might be expected, also differs from that of macrops; the 
valves of P. macrops are much broader, the penis is also 
different, there are larger bunches of cornuti and chitinous 
red, and the sacculus of the valves is much more developed 
(Pl. XI. figs. 26 & 27). 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 6%, 2 535 inches. 

Hab. Alu Island, Solomons, a small island close to Short- 
land Island. 


Two males, four females. 


Patula tpsa, nov. : 


g¢ ?. Very similar in pattern to macrops, but paler in 
colour and is a smaller insect ; the genitalia is also different; 
the penis agrees somewhat with that of macrops, but the 
valves are much narrower ; the difference is shown in the 
Pl. XI. fig. 25. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 5, 2? 5-54 inches. 


Hab, Kandy, Ceylon. 


Family Noctuidae. 
Brevipecten promona, nov. 
g. Palpi white beneath, dark brown above; antenne 


Species of Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 8Y 


grey; head, body, and fore wing dark grey, the ground- 
colour being white, thickly irrorated with dark grey atoms; 
thorax with a brown stripe down each side: fore wing 
with the lines darker grey, subbasal, from the costa to 
vein 1 indistinct; antemedial line slightly oblique from costa 
to hinder margin ; medial line similar, its upper part lost in 
a large jet-black patch from the costa, its inner side deeply 
excavated and edged with white, a grey line closing the cell ; 
postmedial line outwardly oblique from the costa, acutely 
angled and inwardly oblique to the hinder margin close to 
the termination of the medial line; marginal line crenulate, 
some brownish suffusion on the margin ; cilia greyish brown : 
hind wing pale grey, whitish towards the base and abdominal 
margin ; ‘terminal line dark grey ; cilia white on the lower 
half, grey upwards, intersected by a grey line. Underside: 
both wings evenly pale grey ; a white subapical small patch 
on the fore wing, with a black spot on its inner side, which 
is in continuation of an indistinct grey discal transverse line. 

Expanse of wings 1, inch. 

Hab. Cape York, N. Queensland (Déme/). 

Has some resemblance to B. captatus, Butler, from India, 
of which I have both sexes. 


Capnodes asulea, nov. 


?. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish brown, very 
uniform in colour throughout : fore wing with a black spot 
in the cell and four in a cluster at the end; a curved dark 
mark on the costa near the apex, with a disjointed white 
streak on its inner half; a discai transverse sinuous row of 
white dots from the inner end of the streak across the wing, 
each dot with a black dot on its inner side; a row of cal 
terminal black dots: hind wing with a « liscal row of similar 
white and black dots and subterminal black dots. Underside 
paler ; a discal indistinct thin band and subterminal black 
dots on both wings; cilia brown. 

Expanse of wings, 2, 175 inch. 


Hab. Khasia Hills. 


Diomea nasea, nov. 


3. Very dark olive-brown, nearly black, very uniform in 
colour ; palpi white on the inner sides, a white stripe on each 
shoulder ; thorax and both wings with numerous round white 
spots : fore Wing with costal spots at equal distances apart, 
with minute dots immediately below them; transverse rows 


90 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


of basal, antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal spots and 
some medial white specks, the postmedial row consisting of 
three rows, the others of two rows and a marginal series : 
hind wing with indications of a medial white line and many 
white spots covering the outer half of the wing: legs with 
white bands. 

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1;%¢ inch. 

Hab. Kuching, W. Borneo. 


Oresia camaguina, nov. 


g. Palpi brown ; head and collar orange ; thorax and fore 
wing dark ochreous brown; very dark and uniform in colour on 
the fore wing, making the markings very obscure and difficult 
to trace ; a darker streak on the median vein; an oblique 
straight double line from apex to hinder margin, its upper 
half filled in with pale dull ochreous, a narrow brown shade 
from its middle to the iower end of the cell, then in a straight 
line to the middle of the hinder margin ; two white ochreous 
patches on the outer margin, in its middle and at the hinder 
angle touching each other; cilia dark brown: hind wing 
white, the veins and streaks in the interspaces pale grey. 

@. Much as in O. emarginata, Fabr., from the Indian 
region, but all the markings on the fore wing more or less 
obscure. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,%, 2 1, inch. 

Hab. Camaguin Island, near Manilla, Philippines 
(Semper). 


Genus SERICIA. 


Sericia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 172 (1852), type speetans, Guen., from 
Australia. 
Spiredonia, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 457 (1894) (nee Hiibner). 


Sericia sumbana, nov. 


3 2. Fore wing narrow, much narrower than in any other 
species of this genus; upperside with the ground-colour 
pinkish grey, suffused in parts with pinkish brown; mark- 
ings much as in the common Indian species, S. zamis, of 
Cramer; the discal ocellus filling the lower curve of a figure 
of €, small: hind wing of the same pinkish-grey ground- 
colour, with the usual familiar markings. Underside much 
paler and brownish grey. 

Expanse of wings, g ¢ , 2;%5 inches. 


Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 91 


Hab. Samba Island, south of Flores Island in the Timor 
Sea (Doherty). 

I have four males and one female of this very distinet 
form. 


Family Hypenide. 
Genus GLOBOSUSA, nov. 


6. Antennz unipectinated, palpi long and somewhat up- 
turned, the first two joints thickened and with stiff paired 
bristles, the last joint very slender, with bristles before its 
end ; top of head with short thick hairs which protrude some- 
what in front; all the legs naked, with very long spurs ; 
both wings rounded in a circular form: fore wing broad, 
costa and hinder margin straight, cell broad, discocellulars 
nearly straight; vein 2 froma little beyond the middle of the 
cell, 3 from about halfway from it and the cell-end, 4 and 
5 from the end ; 6, 7, 8, and 9 deeply curved, 6 from upper 
end, 7, 8, and 9 stalked: hind wing with vein 2 from the 
middle of the cell, 3 and 4 on a short stalk, 5 from the cell- 
end, 6 and 7 from the upper end, 8 free, recurved, touches 7 
near its base. 

Type, G. curtosa, mihi. 

A very curious-looking moth. 


(rlobosusa curiosa, nov. 


3g. Antenne grey, palpi blackish brown, legs yellow striped 
with black on the upperside ; head, thorax, and fore wing 
saffron-yellow : fore wing with faint indications of subbasal, 
antemedial, and postmedial grey lines ; a blackish postmedial 
patch on the costa and black dots on the outer margin: hind 
wing yellowish white, indications of a recurved medial grey 
line, its lower part with black spots on veins 8 and 2 and two 
near the abdominal margin; indications of a postmedial 
outwardly curved grey line and black lunular spots on the 
outer margin. Underside uniform yellowish white; fore 
wing With a linear black spot in the cell, a smaller one at the 
end, small postmedial and subapical brownish marks ; hind 
wing with a small lunular discoidal black spot. 

Iixpanse of wings, @, 1 inch. 


Hab. Saugir Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty). 


92 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


Bertula adra, nov. 


3. Upperside : head, thorax, and fore wing dark olive- 
brown ; traces of antemedial, medial, and postmedial out- 
wardly “curved, somewhat sinuous brown lines; a submarginal 
straight white line inwé ardly edged with dark brown from the 
costa near the apex to the hinder margin close to the angle: 
hind wing brownish grey, a faint brown lunule at.the end of 
the cell ; traces of a medial outwardly curved brownish line; 
a white submarginal line from close to the hinder angle, 
angled outwards, ‘then crenulate upwards, and becomes obsolete 
before reaching the costa. Underside grey: fore wing with 
some brownish suffusion on the upper part, whitish along the 
hinder marginal space ; a postmedial, outwardly curved, 
crenulate brown line ; a straight brow nish submarginal line ; 
the outer portion of "the wing whitish: hind wing white, 
thickly irrorated with brown atoms ; a brown lunule at the 
end of the cell; two outwardly curved crenulate brown lines, 
outwardly edged with white, corresponding to the two lines 
on the fore wing. 

Expanse of wings, g¢, 1 inch. 


Hab. Jaiutia Hills, Assam. 


Genus WILKARA, nov. 


¢. Antenne simple; palpi upturned, very long, second 
joint very long, rising much above the head, densely hairy, 
third joint concealed by the hairs; hind legs ‘with the tibiee 
densely hairy, the tufts of hairs extending, reaching halfway 
down the naked tarsi; thorax crested; abdomen smooth : 
fore wing narrow, costa nearly straight, apex somewhat 
rounded, outer margin convex, hinder angle somewhat rounder, 
hinder margin slightly convex: hind wing with the costa 
straight, apex and hinder angle rounded, outer margin nearly 
straight : fore wing with vein 2 from the middle of the cell, 
3, 4, “and 5 from the lower angle, 6 and 7 from upper angle ; 
a long brush of stiff straight hairs from the subcostal vein 
crossing the upper end of the cell, with some shorter similar 
hairs beyond it: hind wing with vein 2 from before the 
middle of cell, 3, 4, and 5 from the lower end, 6 and 7 from 
upper end, 8 ree. 

Type, W. nigerrima, nov. 


Species of Indo- Malayan Feterocera. 93 


Walkara nigerrima, nov. 


3. Upperside dark uniform black, with a slight lilac tinge : 
fore wing with a small white dot in the middle of the cell, a 
white spot at the end ; a brown, nearly ereet, antemedial line, 
a white subapical costal dot, a black ¢ apical spot ; an oblique, 
straight, brown, tlick line from this spot right across both 
wings, outw ardly edged with whitish, to the abdominal 

margin of the hind wing beyond the middle. Underside: 
fore wing coloured like the upperside, the costal space above 
the subcostal vein pinkish grey, the outer veins streaked with 
pinkish grey; the brush of hairs grey: hind wing black, the 
abdominal space pale. 

Expanse of wings 1,4 inch. 


flab, Kalim Bungo, Central Nias (Kannegieter). 


Bomolocha olypea, nov. 


S. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish grey: fore wing 
with the costal line black ; a large medial black patch across 
the wing, its inner edge upright ‘but bent inwards a little on 
the costa, its outer edge from one-sixth from the apex with 
many paty ard are are to vein 3, then with a slight inward 
curve obliquely to the hinder margin a little beyond the 
middle ; no other markings on either wing. Underside pale 
uniform brownish grey, fore wing with some blackish suffu- 
sion on tle basal half. 

Expanse of wings, g, 1 inch. 

Hab. Mahableshwar, Bombay Presidency. 


Bomolocha commiztura, nov. 


3. Upperside olive-brown; the ground-colour is really 
whitish, but the whole surface of ‘both wings is densely 
irrorated with olive-brown atoms: fore wing with a black 
discoidal spot; traces of a whitish, outwardly curved, ante- 
medial line ; a postmedial white line, inwardly edged with 
black, outwardly oblique and incurved below the costa, then 
slightly sinuous, straight down with a slight incurve to 
vein 2, then with smooth inward curve to the hinder margin 
beyond the middle; traces of a white sinuous submarginal 
line; a white marginal lunular line outwardly black-edged ; 
cilia with indistinct white inner line: hind wing paler; an 
indistinet, whitish, outwardly curved, postmedial, sinuous 


94 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new 


line, the outer margin marked like it is on the fore wing. 
Underside brownish grey, with some greyish-white streaks in 
the interspaces. 

Expanse of wings, @, 175 incl. 

Hab. Lombok Island, between Bali and Sumatra. 


Bomolocha variegata, nov. 


¢. Palpi and head greyish ochreous, thorax greenish 
brown, wings greyish ochreous: fore wing with the costal 
line ereenish brown, a patch of that colour in a triangular 
form. filling the cell and the basal part of the next lower 
interspace ; the outer part of the wing similarly coloured, an 
apical curved ochreous-grey streak in it which joins the 
ochreous-grey space between, the hinder portion of the wings 
ochreous grey ; marginal line brown, crenulate, and with 
white points; cilia ochreous grey: hind wing without 
markings, the margins as on the fore wing. Underside 
ochreous grey, as also are the body and the legs : : fore wing 
with a white spot at the end of the cell and ‘two subapical 
white spots, the latter nearly obsolete in the type-specimen. 

Expanse of wings, 9 , 3% inch. 


Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo 


Bomolocha uniformis, nov. 


3S. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark greyish 
ochreous ; a blackish discoidal spot, no other markings : hind 
wing grey, also without markings. Underside : body, legs, 
and wings uniformly grey, no “markings except for an in- 
distinct darker grey discoidal spot on each wing. 

Expanse of wings 1,;% inch. 

Hab. Jaintia Hills, Astacn: 


Family Nymphnulide. 
Dracenura arfakalis, nov. 


3 %. Palpi brown, white beneath; collar grey ; head, 
thorax, and fore wing dark purplish brown: : fore wing witli 
the veins blackish ; a black spot in the cell and another at 
the end, no other markings: hind wing pure white ; a brown 
marginal band with irregular inner margin, thickened some- 


Speeies of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 95 


what at the apex: abdomen with the basal half grey, with 
some white on the segments; anal half black, tuft white. 
Underside: fore wing paler, a black discoidal spot; hind 
wing as on the upperside ; body and legs white. 

Expanse of wings, g ?, 1-1, inch. 

flab. Arfak Mts., N. New Guinea, 4000’ ( Pratt). 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PuatE VII. 
Fiy. 1. Maurilia instabilis, p. 71. 


Fig. 2. —— tconica, p. 71. 

Fig. 3. tunicata, p. 71. 

Figs. 3a, 4. —— undaira, p. 71. 
PuaTE VIII. 

Fig. 6. Carea subtilis, p. 73. 

dig. 7. intermedia, p. 73. 

Fig. 8. Acontia talauta, p. 74. 

Fig. 9. migrator, p. 74. 


PrArE EX 


Fig. 10. Gadirtha impingens, p. 70. 
Fig. 11. guineana, p. 70. 
Fig. 12. Amphipyra surnia (Yokohama, Japan), p. 67. 


Fig. 15. yama (Asama Yama, Japan), p. 67. 
Fig. 15. a. pyramidea (England), p. 67. 
Fig. 14. —— magna (Punjab, India), p. 67. 


Prank, 


Fig. 20. Argiva hieroglyphica, p. 81. 
Tg. 21. Catocala fraxini, p. 81. 
Fig. 23. nupta, p. 81. 


PLatE XI. 


Fig. 24. Patula macrops, p. 87. 
ig. 25. ipsa, p. 88. 
Figs. 26, 27, ordoaia, p. 88. 


96 Mr. A. W. Waters on 


LV.—Some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 
By Artaur Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S 


(Plate XII.] 


In my collection there are many specimens which I have 
intended to describe or revise, but the description of various 
large collections has prevented, and I am glad now to make 
a beginning by dealing with five interesting forms from 
Naples and Oran:— 


Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien. 
Lepralia bifurcata, spon. 
Lepralia cireumetneta, Neviani. 
Lepralia oranensis, sp. 0. 
Lagenipora ignota, Norman. 


Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, (PI. XII. figs. 1, 5.) 


Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, ‘ Bryozoaires, Mission” du Cap Horn,’ 
p- 13, 1888, 


The small specimen from Naples seems to correspond with 
Julliew’s description, and has large recurved spines all over 
the zocecium, curved and pointed at the base, and their form 
suggests that they were movable. ‘The peduncle is large 
and is also covered with spines, while the stolon is much 
narrower than the peduncle. 

In my specimen [am not able to see clearly the base of 
the peduncle or the adjoining stolon, but believe it is correctly 
drawn. The contraction near the base has no appearance of 
being accidental, though more complete material is desirable. 

This specimen was referred to in my description of the 
Red Sea Bryozoa*. It will be noticed that the zocecium 
and peduncle are very exceptionally large (calyx about 
0°38 mm., peduncle about 0-11 mm.). 

Loc. Ile Hoste, Orange Bay, 26 met.; Naples. 


Lepralia bifurcata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.) 


In specimens from Capri the zoaria have two branches 
bifurcating at a very wide angle (fig. 2 a). 

Round the zoarium there are but few zooscia, from four 
to eight, either surrounding an imaginary axis or slightly 
flattened. The zocecia are irregularly quadrate, granular, 


* Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xxxi, p. 252 (1910), 


——_ 


some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 97 


having the oral aperture contracted at the side, with the part 
below the contraction narrower than the part above. At each 
side of the oral aperture there is a small, raised, rounded avi- 
eularium, and any of these may be replaced by a large 
spathulate one, in one case both avicularia being thus re- 
placed. Usually the spathulate avicularia are directed 
distally, but one is diagonal, or it may be directed proxi- 
mally. The bar to the avicularium has a small central 
denticle. 

The granular ovicell is globular, widely open, so that the 
operculum cannot close tle ovicell aperture. At the bifur- 
cation there is a large round opening with a raised border 
(fig. 3), the object of the opening is not clear. It might 
have been for a large avicularium, or for a radicle, but the 
position does not make this probable. 

It is much like the fossil Characodoma halli, Maplestone*, 
from Mornington and Mitchell River, Victoria, Australia, 
which, however, has the quadrate zoarium articulated, and 
the ovicelligerous zocecia are surrounded by irregular nodules ; 
however, the shape of the zocecia is the same with the ovicell 
in the same position, but in C. halli there are small triangular 
or spathulate avicularia replacing the semicircular or spathu- 
late ones of L. bifurcata. 

Loe. Capri, 50 fathoms. 


Lepralia circumeincta, Neviani. (Pl. XII. figs. 6-10.) 


Hippoporina circumeincta, Neviani, “Bri. neoz. di alcune Loe. 
d'Italia,” pt. 8, Bull. Soc. Rom. per gli Stud. Zool. vol. v. p. 118, 
fig. 7 (1896); Bri. postpl. di Spilinga, p. 28, fig. 11 (1896); “ Bri. 
neog. delle Calabrie,” Pal. Ital. vol. vi. p. 187 (73), pl. xvii. figs. 10, 


11 (1900). 
Lepralia grimaldi, Jull. et Calyet, Bry. de l’Hirondelle, p. 70, pl. ix. 


fig. 5 (1908). 
Cheilopora circumeincta, Leyinsen, Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 353 


(1909). 
This does not appear to be uncommon at Naples, and 
Kirchenpauer left a manuscript description in the Zoological 
Station, calling it Lepralia dohrni. When the manuscript 
was shown to me, it was my intention to describe and figure 
the species, using the name given by Kirchenpauer, and I 
have sent away some specimens explaining that Kirchenpauer 
had given it this manuscript name. 
When my paper on the Naples Bryozoa was written it had 


* “Further Desc. of Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria,’ Proc. Roy. Soe, 
Vict. vol, xiii, n.s., p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 17 (1900). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. z 
— 


98 Mr. A. W. Waters on 


not come before me, nor had the specimens first met with any 
ovicells, but they occur from Oran and from Capri. Neviani 
evidently had very sma!] pieces fossil, and did not describe 
any ovicell. He speaks of it as inerusting, though with frag- 
ments it might be difficult to be certain of this; from Naples 
and Capri it is unilaminate, whereas from Oran all except 
one piece are bilaminate, back to back. Jullien and Calvet, 
in describing ZL. grimaldi, do not say whether it is uni- or 
bilaminate. 

Neviani described the surface as rugose, Jullien and Calvet 
say with small perforations, and both are correct as regards 


Capri and Oran specimens, which are covered by large 


granules and in between there are small pores. The nature 
of the granules varies in different™parts and in some con- 
ditions they are the most noticeable, while in others the pores 
are the most distinct, but none could be described as smooth. 
The piece figured is very regular, but this is not always the 
case. 

There is a small triangular avicularium at one or both of 
the upper corners of the zocecium. 

There are about 27 tentacles in the Naples specimens. 

There are usually 4 distal multiporous rosette-plates near 
to the basal wall and 4-6 lateral ones. 

The ovice]l is coarsely granular, but the granules are not 
so large as those figured by Jullien and Calvet. It is 
not raised, but shows beyond the oral aperture buried in the 
distal zocecium. The ovicelligerous zocecia have a much 
wider oral aperture than the ordinary zoecia, with the 
proximal edge straight, while the distal border forms 
the curve of a wide are (see fig. 8). The ovicell has much 
the same shape as that of Flustra foliacea, L., passing to the 
basal wall, the wall between the distal end of the zocecium 
and the ovice!l does not appear to be calcareous. 

It is very difficult to know in which genus this should be 
placed. Neviani* made the genus Hippoporina for all species 
indicated by modern authors as Lepralia—that is to say, all 
that have a horseshoe-shaped oral aperture; he then men- 
tions H. pertusa, Exper, which should therefore be the type 
of Hippoporina. In Part II. of the same paper, also 1895, 
he mentions H, foliacea, Ell. & Sol., and then £. integra, 
sp. n., Which he figures. Canu calls this the type, but it is 
not the first mentioned. In Part IIL., 1896, Neviani men- 
tions #7. imbellis, Busk, and H. adpressa, Busk; then, further 


* “Bri, neoz. di aleune Localita d'Italia,” 1895, p. 109, and Waters, 
“ Bry. from Zanzibar,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1913, p. 515, 


; 
| 


some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 99 


on in the same paper, he describes and figures 7. circum- 
cincta, nov., and H. spilinge, nov. At one time, through an 
error in binding, I was misled into thinking H. cireumeincta 
was the first mentioned and therefore the type of Hippo- 
porina. Neviani also includes H. edax, Busk; H. tessulata, 
Rss.; H. depressa, B.; H. complanata, Norm.; H. foliacea, 
BE. & 8.; H. pallasiana, Moll. Neviani also described the 
genus as new in “ Bri. foss. della Farnesina,” Pal. Ital. 
vol. i. p. 107 (1895), where he mentions first A. foltacea, 
Kk. & §.—that is to say, in 1895 he described it as new in two 
places, in one mentioning first foliacea, in the other H, per- 
tusa. Which of the papers was first published is not indi- 
cated, though in Neviani’s ‘ Publicazione Diverse’ the 
“ Bri. neoz.”” comes first. 

Canu *, in his “ Bryozoaires des Terrains Tertiaires,” in- 
cludes under Hippoporina several fossil species, describing 
or mentioning the ovicells in all but two, but unfortunately 
his photographs only show them in three cases. A. angi- 
stoma, Rss., is included, but with its small roundish oral 
aperture it does not seem closely related to many of the 
species mentioned by Neviani. 

Levinsen f places ezreumeincta in his genus Cheilopora, in 
which. some of the species have the ordinary and ovicel- 
ligerous zocecia similar, but in circumcineta and preelucida 
the ovicelligerous zocecia have different and larger oral aper- 
tures than the ordinary zocecia. One of my specimens of 
prelucida with an ovicell is from Tartary f, and an ovicell 
has not been referred to by anyone else. It is globular, 
raised, perforated, and granular, about as wide as the 
zoecium, and is not directly closed by the operculum, for, 
as the ovicell is at a lower level than the operculum, connec. 
tion with the ovicell is cut off when the operculum closes the 
oral aperture. The operculum of ZL. sincera has a nearly 
straight proximal edge with a thickened border parallel to 
the distal edge, and the operculum of Cyelicopora prelonga, 
Hincks, is very similar, so that it is unfortunate he gave the 
name prelonga to two species which may have to come into 
the same genus. 

At one time the dimorphism, as seen in e¢rcumeincta, would 
have been thought sufficient reason for separating it gene- 


* Ann. de Paléontologie, vols. ii—iy. p. 77. 

+ Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 353. 

t The Tartary specimen has avicularia, as figured by Hincks, who, 
however, says no avicularia; so perhaps he did not recognise that they 
were avicularia, and in my specimens “from Singapore or the Philip- 
pines ” there are none. 


100 Mr. A. W. Waters on 


rically from forms in which it does not occur; but this 
cannot now be maintained. In Adeonellidge this difference 
was made a generic character, but we now see that it only 
oceurs in about half * the species. In Lepralia dimorphism 
is known in depressa, B.; bistata, Waters ; cincta, Hincks ; 
cleidostoma, Sm.3; circumeincta, Nev. In Hippothoa it is 
sometimes found, as also in many Catenicellidge ; also in 
Caleschara and Mcnoporella waipukerensis, Waters, in Cri- 
brilina clithridiata, Waters, and in Schizoporella subimmersa, 
MacG., Ke. 

In describing Lepralia grimaldi, Jullien says that the 
dimorphism of the zocecia in this species is enough to shake 
our confidence in the characteristic value of the oral aperture, 
but the reason for this is not clear, for the operculagofsthg, 
ordinary zocecia will have the shape of the species both 
in colonies with or without ovicelligerous zocecia, and it is 
therefore a character of the greatest use—besides, in some 
cases the relationship may also be shown by the ovicelligerous 
zocecia. 

I am not sure that Hipporina will stand as containing the 
present somewhat heterogeneous collection, nor do I feel at 
all satisfied with the family Hippopodinide, Lev., for eircum- 
cincta has not a thin-walled zocecium, the nature and shape 
of the ovicell is very different in cicumeineta and prélucida, 
and then the slight difference in the distal wall in Chetlopora 
and Hippopodina is a trifling character, the difference in the 
rosette-plates may or may not be of importance. Under 
the circumstances I, provisionally, at least, adhere to Lepraha 
of Hincks, and to me it seems that the wisest and simplest 
thing would have been to have done so generally, and to 
have gradually removed species to other or new genera when 
there was sufficient reason for so doing; for as time has gone 
on it has become clear that many things were incorrectly 
grouped together under Lepralia. 

Loc. Naples, 45 fath.; Capri, 30 fath.; Oran, 54 fath. 
(specimens given by Canu); Bay of Biscay, 240 metres 
Oy 3. 

Fossil, Spilinga, Calabria, post-Pliocene (N.); Monteleone, 
Calabria, Pliocene (N.); var., Carrubare, Calabria, Upper 
Pliocene (1V.). 


* “A Structure in Adeonella,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 8, vol. ix. 
p- 497 (1912). 


ee SO eee eee 


some Mediterranean Bryozods 101 


Lepralia oranensis, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 11-13.) 


The zoarium grows as a hollow cylinder (2-3 mm. diam.), 
or irregularly, in places forming more than one layer. 

The oral aperture is exceedingly long with a marked con- 
traction about the middle, the lower edge being nearly straight 
or slightly curved upwards, and the distal half of the oper- 
culum is very thick, almost semiglobular. On each side of 
the zocecium there is a long narrow avicularium, directed 
distally and extending beyond the line of the aperture. 
Although there are several specimens, no ovicells have been 
found. ‘The surface of the zocecium is irregular, but cannot 
be called granular, and in the Oran specimens pores are 
seldom visible, whereas in the Liberia specimens they are 
more easily followed, there being three or four on the front 
and some by the avicularium. 

There are two distal rosette-plates near the basal wall. 

When only some of the tubular specimens had been seen 
there was thought to be some similarity to Fedora excelsa, 
Jull., but this idea was abandoned on finding more material. 
There is often a groove-like mark on the dorsal surface. 

In a box in Jullien’s collection from Petit Tahou, Liberia, 
there were a considerable number of specimens, together with 
Cupularia canariensis and an erect Porella, and specimens 
therefrom of ZL. oranensis were given to me in the Musée 
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. 

Loe. Oran, “ zone coralligene,” 54 fathoms ; Petit Tahou, 


Liberia. 
Lagenipora tgnota, Norman. (PI. XII. figs. 15-17.) 


Layenipora ignota, Norman, “ Polyzoa of Madeira,” Journ. Linn. Soc., 
Zool. vo]. xxx. p. 309, pl. xlii. figs. 10-13 (1909) ; Osburn, “ Bry. of 
the Tortugas Islands,” Pub. Carnegie Inst. of Washington, No. 182, 
p- 214 (1914). 

The zocecia are small, and there are very narrow vicarious 
avicularia placed upon a kind of mound. No zoecia have 
been found with two peristomial avicularia, whereas the 
central peristomial avicularium is well-marked, having a 
chamber much the same shape as that figured by Savigny 
for his Cellepora lancreti, in which the ovicells are different. 

The ovicells have a row of pores within the ridge, as is 
usual in Lagenipora, whereas L. socialis, Uincks, to which I 
have frequently referred *, has a pore at each corner, and as 

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxx. p. 174 (1907); Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1913, p. 51]; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914, p. 856. 


102 On some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 


this has not been figured a somewhat diagrammatic figure is 
given (fig. 14). In various species besides the usual row of 
pores there may be one or two near the centre of the area, 
and in a specimen from Glenelg, South Australia, the whole 
of the ovicell area has numerous pores. ‘This last is very 
closely allied to my J. caminata, in which a few pores may 
be seen between the rows. In L. costazii, Aud., besides the 
usual row of pores at the distal edge of the area, there is 
frequently another row at the proximal edge, as is also the 
case in L. lacinosa, Calvet, which may be costazii, Aud. 

Tle two straight sclerites of the mandible (fig. 16) are 
quite similar to those of Z. lucida, and I only know them in 
these two species and LZ. caminata. Something of the kind 
occurs in Thalamoporella roziert, Aud. 

The oblique peristomial avicularium, figured by MacGilli- 
vray in his Lagenipora nitens, occurs also in the ‘ Challenger’ 
L. bilabiata, B.; in what has been called C. granum; in the 
L. lucida, H.; in L. diadema, MacG. 

I. ignota, may be only an erect form of L. lucida, and 
there are many cases of Cellepora in which the young and the 
adult forms have received different names. Both have the 
diagonal peristomial avicularium and the long narrow 
avicularium. 

Loc. Madeira, 70 fath. (V.) ; Tortugas, 12 fath. (O.) ; 
Oran, 54 fath. From material given by Mons. Canu. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig. 1. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, x 85. a, spines, xX 250. From 
Naples. 
Fig. 2. Lepralia bifurcata, sp. n., X 25. a, natural size. From Capri. 
Fig. 3. Ditto. x 25, Showing the bifurcation and large round 
opening. 
Fig. 4, Ditto. x 50, Showing an ovicell and two spathulate 
avicularia. i 
Fig. 5. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien. x 12. 
f 


Fig. 6. Lepralia circumeimcta, Neviani. Xx 12. From Oran. 
Fig. 7. Ditto. x 85, Operculum. 
Fig. 8. Ditto. X 85. Operculum of ovicelligerous zocecia. 


7 

na 

Fig. 9. Ditto, Lateral wall, showing rosette-plates. 

10. Ditto. Distal wall, 4 5 

Fig. 11. Lepralia oranensis, sp.n. X 25. From Oran. 

Fig. 12. Ditto. x 85. Operculum. 

Fig. 13. Ditto. x 85. Mandible. 

fig. 14. Lagenipora socialis, Hincks. Showing ovicell, somewhat 
diagrammatic. . 

Fig. 15. Lagenipora ignota, Norman, x 50. From Oran. 

Fig. 16. Ditto. x 85. Mandible. 

Fig. 17. Ditto. x 85. Operculum. 


Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 103 


V.—WNotes on Asteroideaa—Il. By Watrer K. FIsuer, 
Director, Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University, 
California. 


[Plate XIII. ] 


The Genus Freyella—In a revision of the Brisingide * 
recently published in this Magazine, I divided the old genus 
Freyella into two groups, Freyella and Freyellidea. I made 
Freyella spinosa, Perrier, the type of Freyella, since no type 
was designated originally. ‘he old generic name was 
retained for those species which are distinguished by having 
united first adambulacral plates, a syzygial joint between the 
first and second adambulacral plates, conspicuous proximal 
marginals, the first of which is closely joined with its vzs-d-vis 
to form a pair directly above the united first adambulacral 
plates, and by having, instead of two gonads to a ray, a 
considerable series along either side of each ray. Untortu- 
tunately none of these points except the first is brought out 
in Perrier’s figures or mentioned in the description, since 
such details have generally been omitted as of no particular 
importance. In part they furnish a key for a natural generic 
analysis. 

Through the courtesy of Dr. H. L. Clark, of the Museum 
of Comparative Zoology, I recently examined an authentic 
example of Freyella spinosa received trom the Muséum 
d’Histoire Naturelle. It belongs to the group which I called 
Freyellidea. This specimen, no. 1447, has two gonads to 
each ray, each gonad consisting of a good-sized clump of 
tubules with a single aperture to the exterior. There is no 
syzygy between the first and second adambulacral plates ; no 
syzygial joint between tle upper end of the second and third 
amnbulacral ossicles, although the interval is very narrow ; 
there are no supero-marginals directly above the first adambu- 
lacrals. ‘The first and second, and in one interbrachium also 
the third, adambulacral plates are joined to tle corresponding 
adjacent plates of the next ray, although not so closely as 
in the other generic group, there being considerable tissue 
between the supposed plates. It was tiis feature, figured by 
Perrier, which led me to suppose that F. spinosa belonged 
with the group containing J. fecunda, F. spatulifera, and 
others, in which the first adambulacrals are always tightly 
joined. For the present it is best to consider this character 


* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. p. 418, 


104 Mr. W. K. Fisher's Notes on Asterordea. 


as of secondary importance in true Freyella, which is really 
not very closely related to the genus containing F. fecunda. 
The latter is distinguished by a syzygy, well-developed 
marginals for the interbrachium, and serial gonads. 

For the genus, which I called Freyella, I propose the name 
Freyellaster, with Freyellaster fecundus (Fisher) as type. In 
this group belong Freyellaster spatulifer (Fisher), Macassar 
Strait, 901 fathoms; Freyellaster scalaris (A. H. Clark), 
Galapagos Islands, 812 fathoms ; and probably also Freyella 
polycnema, Verrier. 

The group which I termed Freyi/lidea will therefore become 
Freyella, with Freyella spinosa as. type, and Freyellidea will 
drop out as a synonym. 


The Genus Hymenodiscus, Perrier.—In the paper on the 
Brisingide above referred to, this genus was not placed in 
the synoptical key owing to lack of data. I have since 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2, 


Fig. 1.— Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from above first 
marginal plates, dotted. 

Fig. 2.—Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from actinal side. 
a, adambulacral plates; am, ambulacral plates; 7, interradial ; 
m, marginals; 0, mouth-plates. 


examined Perrier’s type in the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology (no. 1448) *. The type of Hymenodiseus agassiz 
is almost certainly a very immature specimen, as it is small, 
and there are no gonads. ‘here are no skeletal arches on 
the rays and the greater part of the thin abactinal integument 


* For description see Perrier, 1884, ‘ Mémoire sur les étoiles de mer 
recueillies dans la mer des Antilles,’ p. 189, pls. i. & ii, 


Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 105 


has been removed. The fine spinulation of the disk extends 
upon the base of the ray. The abactinal integument of the 
ray, although very delicate, contains a single layer of lattice- 
work holothuroid plates, some of which at the very base of 
the ray bear minute spinelets. From this it would seem 
that the abactinal wall of the ray is destined to be similar to 
that of Freyed/a, unless in the fully adult animals the plates 
retain their embryonic character. 

The interbrachium resembles that of Brisingella, but 
differs in having the first marginals (those which bound the 
apex of the interbrachial angle) unequal in size, as shown in 
the accompanying figures (figs. 1 and 2). In Brisingella 
these plates are equal, and the suture between the interradial 
ends is on a line with the interradial, or median oral, suture. 
There is a distinct syzygy- between the first and second 
adambulacral plates. The interbrachia are not so open as in 
Brisingella, as the inner ends of the first adambulacral plates 
are normally in contact, or very nearly so. In an adult 
specimen we would expect to find these plates still closer 
together. It is worth noting that in Freyel/aster and in 
Brisinga, s. s., the first marginal plates are of unequal size 
(see figs. 1 and 2, m, of “New Genera and Species of 
Brisingide ”). Yet in its present juvenile form the inter- 
brachial angle is different from that of either Wreyellaster or 
Brisinga, while the entire absence of costal arches, as well 
as of gonads, may reasonably be attributed to immaturity. 
It does not seem possible to identify this problematical form 
with any other genus, except the even less known Gymno- 
brisinga of Studer. 

Gymnobrisinga sarsii (Abhand]l, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 
Anhaug, Abth. 2, 1884, p. 13, pl. iii., fig. 5) is based upon a 
brisingoid ray only. Thus lacks a dorsal skeleton, and while 
the large pedicellaria figured by Studer is different from those 
of Hymenodiscus agassizi, I am quite unprepared to offer an 
opinion as to the generic distinctness of the two species. 


The Relationships of Labidiaster.—Aithough Labidiaster 
is very generally considered to be a member of the Brisingide, 
I would suggest that it has few esseutial characters in common 
with that family. The genus to which it exhibits greatest 
structural similarity is Coronaster*, Perrier. Coronaster 


* See Fisher, “The Asteroid Genus Covonaster, Perrier,’ Proc. Biol. 
Soc. Washington, vol. xxx. pp. 28-26, Feb. 21,1917. Coronaster includes 
the following nominal species:—C. parfartz, Perrier, type, C. antonit, 
Perrier, C. driareus (Verrill), C. volsellatus (Sladen), C. octoradiatus 
(Studer), C. disprnosus, Ives, C. halicepus, Fisher. I have examined 


106 Mr. W. K. Fisher's Noles on Asteroidea. 


seems to be more nearly allied to Pedicellaster than to either 
Heliaster or to any of the recently proposed genera of 
Asteriidee. I would therefore place Labidiaster in the Pedi- 
cellasterida. I have dissected a large example of Labidi- 
aster radiosus, Liitken, from the Straits of Magellan. 

Labidiaster differs from Brisinga, Odinia, Freyella, and 
similar genera in the following important particulars :— 
(1) Its abactinal skeleton is not duplicated in the Brisingidee ; 
(2) forficiform, or straight, pedicellaria are present ; (3) the 
adambulacral plates are crowded, very short in proportion to 
width, and entirely unlike in form and armature the same 
highly peculiar plates of all Brisingide ; (4) the ambula- 
cralia are shorter, especially the dorsal ends, which overlap, 
or imbricate with, the next adoral ambulacral plate, while in 
the Brisingide there is no sign of imbrication, the ambula- 
cralia resembling the centra of chordate vertebra, with vertical 
articulating adoral and aboral facets. 

In the Brisingide (in the narrower sense) the abactinal 
skeleton of the rays is variable, being in the form of trans- 
verse, independent, parallel ridges or coste, separated by 
areas of integument without plates ; or the intervals may be 
partially or completely filled in with more or less imperfectly 
developed plates immersed in the body-wall ; or the arches 
may be absent and a tessellation of thin plates may cover 
the genital region of the ray ; or there may be thin plates, 
more or less spiniferous, together with differentiated transverse 
coste. 

In Labidiaster the skeleton of the ray is closely similar to 


volsellatus, briareus, and halicepus. Cvoronaster includes Heterasterias,’ 


Verrill, type Asterias volsellata, Sladen. In the above paper the following 
remarks occur :—“ The family affiliations of Coronaster are not easy to 
determine, its lineage being somewhat involved. The tendency to 
crewding in the arrangement of pedicels partakes of the Asteriidz, while 
its mouth-plates are quite as ‘ brisingoid ° as those of Odinia, and perhaps 
more so than the oral angles of Labidiaster, two groups placed in the 
Brisingide. Its skeleton is more like that of a simplitied Pedicellaster 
than like that of Asterias or allies. Parenthetically, the mouth-plates of 
Pedicellaster are more ‘prominently ‘adambulacral’ than those of any 
genus of the Asteriide, even of Coscinas/erias, and are nearly or quite as 
prominent, relatively, as the oral angles of Brisinga. In Pedicellaster 
and Coronaster the ambulacral plates are more ‘ brisingoid,’ uncrowded, 
and the pedicel-pores are in two series, even if later the feet themselves 
lie in four ranks. In very large specimens of Coronaster the pedicel- 
pores form two slightly zigzag rows, much less pronounced than in small 
specimens of Coscinasterias (in the broader sense), and the ambulacralia 
are less crowded. My own feeling is that, until we arrive at a more 
satisfastory basis for the subdivision of the Asteriidz than is now current, 
it will be much better to leave Coronaster in the Pedicellasteride.” 


ee ee ee a ee a ae 


Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 107 


that of Coronaster. There is a longitudinal series of tri- 
lobate infero-marginal plates, one of quadrilobate or cruci- 
form supero-marginal plates, and one of cruciform median 
radial plates. ‘The marginals and radials form regular 
_transverse series. On the basal portion of the ray there is a 
more or less irregular zigzag series of trilobate dorso-lateral 
plates. The primary plates either connect directly by their 
slender lobes, or these are joined by one or two overlapping, 
oblong, intermediate ossicles. There results an open, fairly 
regular, reticulate skeleton having large tetragonal meshes 
(except where the dorso-lateral plates frame pentagonal 
openings). On the outer part of the ray the longitudinal, 
intermediate, connecting plates and the longitudinally oriented 
lobes of the marginals and radials gradually disappear, so 
that there remains only a series of independent, transverse, 
slender skeletal bands, simulating those of Brisinga, but 
having a very different history*. The skelefal meshes 
contain numerous papule. The form and armature of the 
adambulacral plates are as in Coronaster, ‘The arrangement 
of the pedicellarie either in retractile wreaths surrounding 
the spines or in retractile transverse cushions is not unlike 
that found in Coronaster+. Vhe mouth-plates of the Bri- 
singide, of Coronaster, Pedicellaster, aud of Labidiaster are 
similar in general form, those of Labidiaster being relatively 
the smallest. 

The features which are chiefly relied upon to distinguish 
the Brisingide, and to which the family in part owes its 
characteristic appearance, are conspicuous by thei different 
form in Labidiaster. Such, in the Brisingide, are the 
elongate and peculiarly formed adambulacral plates; the 
long needle-like subambulacral and marginal spines, with 
their characteristic sacculate sheaths; the variable but always 
non-reticulate abactinal skeleton of the rays; the presence 
of only crossed or forcipiform pedicellarie. 

The genus Rathbunaster (type Rathbunaster californicus, 


* VerrilJ, in his ‘ Monograph of the Shallow-water Starfishes of the 
North Pacific Coast,’ 1914, p. 352, proposes a new genus, Labidastrella, 
for Lubidiaster annulvtus, Sladen. ‘‘It differs considerably in structure 
from ZL, radiosus, especially in haying the dorsal and superomarginal 
plates nearly abortive distally, on the rays, beyond the genital regions.” 
It is evident that this tendency to lose the dorsal skeleton of the distal 
part of the ray manifests itself in Z. radiosus, and is carried further in 
L. annulatus, I agree with Koehler that it does not form a safe basis 
for a generic division between two otherwise similar species (Kxcehler, 
Ann. de l’institut océanographique, vol. vil., fase. 8, May 1917, p. 8). 

+ See Sladen’s figures of Asterias (= Coronaster) volsellata, ‘ Challen- 
ger’ Asteroidea, pl. evii. 


108 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 


from off California, deep water) was described by me as a 
neighbour of the curious polybrachiate Pycnopodia of Stimp- 
son. I think the genus is related, instead, to Coronaster. 
It is notable for the suppression of the alternate supero- 


marginal plates and the reduction of the abactinal skeleton to ~ 


spaced circular plates without trace of connectives. The 
marginal and abactinal plates bear an acicular spine surrounded 
by a retractile sheath with an expanded distal crown covered 
with numerous pedicellaria. ‘Uhe ambulacral, adambulacral, 
and oral plates are similar to those of Coronaster. 

In Labidiaster, Coronaster, Rathbunaster, and certain 
genera of the Brisingide there are two gonads to each ray ; 
each gonad opens upon the side of the ray at some distance 
from the base. All three genera, as well as the Brisingide, 
have a single ampulla to each tube-foot. 

The family Pedicellasteride, if these views are correct, 
would consist of the subfamily Pedicellasterina with Pedi- 
cellaster, Lytaster, and Gastraster, and of the Labidiasterinz 
with Labidiaster, Coronaster, and Rathbunaster. 


Asterina coronata and Asterina cristata.—In the ‘ Archiv 
fiir Naturgeschichte,’ vol. xxxti., 1866, p. 73, von Martens 
describes Asterina coronata from Batjan, Molucca Islands, 
and from Larentuka, Flores Island, and records its occurrence 
at Amboina. His description states that the relation of the 
minor to the major radius is as 1 to 2 or 24, that the abactinal 
plates are so arranged that the dorsal surface has a honey- 
combed appearance, the plates bearing five or more spinelets, 
and that scattered over the dorsal surface are groups of two 
to four heavy spinelets with a common base, such groups 
being found on the sides and radial regions of the ray, but 
not close to the border. On the disk these special spinelets 
outline an irregular pentagon. 

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing- 
ton,’ vol. xxix., p. 27, Feb. 1916, I described Asterina cristata 
from the Caroline Islands, the special peculiarity of which is 
the presence of a variable number of abactinal plates (upward 
of fifty to a ray), elevated and tubercular in form, and sur- 
mounted by one to five unequal, robust, pointed spines, the 
largest being four or five times as long as the spinelets of the 
other plates, and many times greater in diameter. These 
elevated plates, with their tuft of enlarged spines, 1 take to 
be the same as von Martens’s “ Biischel von 2-4 starken 
Stacheln mit gemeinsamer Basis,” which he says, “ stehen 
auf den Armen ziemlich zerstreut, sowohl auf dem Riicken 
als an den Seiten, aber nie ganz nahe am Rance.” Thus 


Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asterotdea. 109 


the chief character of the two species is the same. As 
Dr. H. L. Clark has suggested in a letter, the two species 
are probably the same, although there exist certain discre- 
pancies. Von Martens does not mention subambulacral 
spines, but states that the furrow-spines are “in einer Reihe, 
4 oder 5 fast gleich Grosse auf jeder Platte,” and that the 
actinal intermediate plates have two relatively long sharp 
spines. The type of Asterina cristata has two to four, 
mostly three, actinal intermediate spinelets, usually six 
furrow-spinelets webbed for about half their length, the 
three or four median conspicuously longer than the laterals, 
and usually four subambulacral spinelets, of which the two 
median are much longer than the laterals. I think it is 
possible that von Martens overlooked the small lateral 
furrow-spinelets, although not likely ; but certainly in no 
specimens seen by me are the furrow-spinelets ever subequal. 

The case is somewhat complicated by two specimens of a 
race of coronata which I saw some years ago in the British 
Museum. One was contained in a box witli Wepanthia macu- 
lata, labelled “* Migupou, 7 to 12 fathoms, fine sand and coral 
—Cuming.” The other was labelled ‘ Port Essington, 
Australia.” In the first specimen there are twenty or 
twenty-five of the prominent plates to each fifth of the body. 
‘The actinal intermediate plates have, in the neighbourhood 
of the furrow, about five or six spines in a rude circle, one 
spine being longer than the others; near the ambitus there 
are three spinelets, with often one or two standing mesad 
from the principal comb. The furrow-spinelets are five or 
six, webbed, the laterals shorter than the mesial spinelets ; 
the subambulacral spinelets are four or five, shorter and 
stouter than the furrow-spinelets, and also graduated in size, 
the mesial spinelets being longest*. I made no notes on the 
Australian specimen, but my impression is that it does not 
materially differ from the other. 

Thus the actinal intermediate spinelets are more numerous 
than in the types of coronata and cristata, while the adambu- 
Jacral armature is about the same as that of cristata. The 
prominent abactinal plates are fewer than in er/stata, and 
more like the condition in Japanese specimens, 

Dr. Seitaro Goto, in his work on Japanese Asteroidea, 
earefully figures and describes a species from the southern 
parts of Kyushu and adjacent islands which he calls Asterina 
nove-zelandie, Perrier, but which I believe is a form of 


* For the privilege of examining these and many other specimens of 
Asteroidea in the British Museum (Natural History) I am indebted to 
Professor F, Jeffrey Bell, 


110 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asterotdea. 


coronata, as it possesses the prominent abactinal plates so 
characteristic of coronata. Thus there are records from 
southern Japan to northern Australia. 

As a beginning towards straightening the tangle of appa- 
rent races, I would suggest the subjoined scheme. Any 
further evidence for or against it, or in any way bearing upon 
the status of As/erina coronata, will be most welcome :— 


a’, Abactinal spiniform pedicellarize present ; 
8 adambulacral furrow-spinelets ; 8 or 9 
marginal mouth-spinelets; 12 to 14 en- 
larged abactinal plates ..............+. Asterina coronata eu- 
erces* (Fisher). (Palawan.) 
a*. No spiniform pedicellarie present ; furrow- 
spinelets 4 to6; marginal mouth-spinelets 
5 or 6, 
b‘. Actinal intermediate spinelets usually 
more than 3; near the furrow 5 or 6, 
forming a circle or group (not a straight 
comb); furrow-spinelets 5 or 6; 20 to 
25 prominent abactinal plates to each 
fifths of body) 2 Peo 6 Gs ed Asterina coronata fasci- 
cularis*, subsp.n. (Migupou; Port Essington?) 
b*, Actinal intermediate spinelets 2 or 3, but . 
not often 4, 
c'. Furrow-spinelets 4 or 5; actinal inter- 
mediate spinelets usually 2; promi- 
nent abactinal plates moderate in 
number (up to 25 to each fifth of 
body) and with as many as 25 spinelets 
to BIRSS Fey os olen cis pee epee Asterina coronata coro- 
nata, yon Martens. (Southern Japan, Batjan, Larentuka.) 


* Fisher, Proc. Biological Society of Washington, vol. xxx., May 23, 
1917, p. 91. Ulugan Bay (near mouth of Baheli River), Palawan Island, 
Philippine Islands, 2 to 5 feet, mud, sand, sea-weeds. 

+ This new race is certainly different as regards the actinal inter- 
mediate armature. Von Martens states that there are two spinelets in 
coronata, Of course, specimens may prove to be variable. 

M. Alvin Seale, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, who has 
lived many years in the Philippine Islands, tells me he has sailed past a 
fairly well-known Migupou Point ; but I have not been able to locate it, 
with available maps, on Mindanao or on Luzon. Mr. Seale does not 
recall upon which of the two islands the point isfound- It is quite 
possible that this is the locality from which so many of Gray’s types 
were derived. ’ 

t So far as true coronata is concerned, the remarks concerning the. 
number of prominent plates and the number of spinelets on these plates — 
are conjectural. These ebservations refer to the Japanese form, described 
and figured by Dr. 8. Goto (‘A Descriptive Monograph of Japanese 
Asteroidea,’ 1914, p. 650, pl. xix., figs. 279-281), which may, of course, 
be quite distinct from typical coronata of the Moluccan region, 


- 


Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum. Tit 


ce’, Furrow-spinelets 6; actinal interme- 
diate spinelets usually 3 (2 to 4); 
prominent abactinal plates numerous 
(more than 30 and as many as 50 to 
each fifth of body) and with not more 
than 15 spinelets to a plate, frequently 
DOME MORE snc 0a hs a Lon ah gat eee Asterina coronata cris- 
} tata (Fisher) *. (Caroline Islands.) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 
Type of Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher). 


VI.—Is Dicroceelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat? 
A Note on a new Variety. By H. A. Bayuis, B.A. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 
[Plate XIV. ] 


REFERENCES have occasionally been made in helminthological 
literature + to the occurrence of “ Distomum lanceolatum ” t 
in the cat. These cases have, however, in recent years been 
generally discredited, and it has been suspected that the 
arasites recorded belonged to one or other of the species of 
Opisthorchis or Clonorchis (O. felineus and C. sinensis) known 
to occur in cats, these forms being more or less similar to 
Dicrocelium lanceatum in size and superficial appearance, 
though differing widely from it in their internal structure. 
The typical D, /anecatum is a well-known parasite of sheep 
and cattle, and of variougother herbivorous mammals; it is 
also an occasional, and probably accidental, parasite of man, 
having been met with some six times. Its occurrence in a 
carnivore, however, is a point with regard to which some 
scepticism is not unnatural. Whien, therefore, I received 
some time ago some ‘l'rematodes taken from the liver of a 
eat, I was greatly interested to find that they belonged un- 
doubtedly to the genus Dicrocelium, and differed from the 
typical D. lanceatum only in certain very small anatomical 


* This form is probably distributed over western Oceania. It seems 
to be readily separable from the Japanese form, which has been classed 
as true coronata, although it probably is not. 

+ See, e.g., Leuckart, ‘Die Parasiten des Menschen,’ I., Abth. 2, 
p- 860; von Linstow, ‘ Compendium der Helminthologie,’ p. 30. 

$¢ Synonymy: Fasciola lanceolata Rudolphi, 1803; Distomum lan- 
ceolatum Meblis, 1825; Dicrocelium lanceolatum Dujardin, 1845 ; 
Dicrocelium lanceatum Stiles & Hassall, 1897, 


112 Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum. 


details. These specimens, of which there is a considerable 
number, were collected at Georgetown, British Guiana, by 
Mr. G. E. Bodkin, Government Biologist, during November, 
1915. ‘They were kindly handed to me for determination by 
the Imperial Bureau of Entomology. 

On a consideration of the many resemblances between 
these examples and the typical D. lanceatum, and of the minor 
points in which they differ from it, I am inclined to regard 
them as belonging to a well-marked variety of that species, 
rather than a distinct form. The one salient feature is 
the position of the testes, which in the specimens under 
consideration invariably lie symmetrically opposite to each 
other in the same transverse plane. All authorities are 
agreed in describing the testes of D. lanceatum as being 
placed nearly “tandem,” 7.e. one behind the other, but 
somewhat diagonally, near the longitudinal axis of the body *, 
The exact position of the testes is, as a rule, a very constant 
specific character in Trematodes; but in this case the almost 
complete correspondence between the rest of the anatomy and 
that of the typical form seems to outweigh such a considera- 
tion. ‘The only other differences that I have been able to 
find are in the somewhat smaller size of the cirrus-sac and 
the slightly larger average size of the eggs. Even the coils 
of the uterus show complete agreement, as far as they can be 
traced. Forthe sake of comparison, however, with the type, 
it may be worth while to give a fairly full description of the 
new variety. 

The length of the worms varies between 5 and 7 mm., and 
the maximum widths for these lengths respectively are 
1:62 mm. and 2mm. The body is flattened dorso-ventrally, 
narrowing considerably from side g side in front, and less 
so behind. The posterior end is frequently somewhat 
rounded; sometimes, however, it is more pointed than in 
the example figured. ‘lo the naked eye the body is whitish 
and semi-transparent (in spirit), the masses of fully-formed 
eggs in the uterus being visible as blackish or brownish 
patches. The skin is smooth. 

The oral sucker is subterminal, and has a diameter of 


* Neveu-Lemaire (‘Précis de Parasitologie humaine’) gives a figure 
of D. lanceatum (reproduced in Brumpt’s ‘Précis de Parasitologie,’ 
2nd ed. 1915, p. 335), in which the testes are symmetrically arranged ; 
but there is no reference to the source of the specimen from which the 
original figure was drawn, and no description of the internal anatomy is 
given in Neveu-Lemaire’s work, The figure is, in other respects, very 
rough and inaccurate. 


Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium Janceatum. 113 


0°37 mm.*. The ventral sucker is situated 0°7 mm. behind 
it, and measures 0°4 mm. across. The month is followed 
immediately by a small, almost globular pharynx, measuring 
0°15 mm. in length, and this is succeeded by an cesophagus 
0°2 mm. long. ‘The two simple intestinal diverticula extend 
backwards to within a little more than 1 mm. from the 
posterior end. They lie, for the greater part of their length, 
near the lateral margins of the body. ; 

The excretory vesicle is small and inconspicuous. Its 
pore is terminal. 

The genital pore is median, situated between the two 
suckers and at about the level of the bifurcation of the intes- 
tine. The testes are large compact bodies, slightly lobulated, 
especially on their lateral margins. They lie, as has been 
noted already, symmetrically opposite to each other, imme- 
diately behind and at the sides of the ventral sucker, and 
between the intestinal diverticula. Hach testis. measures 
about 0°8 mm. in length and 0°6 mm. in width. The ovary 
is a body of variable shape, but usually somewhat lobate; 
it is situated close behind the testes, but its position shows 
considerable variation. It appears to be rather more com- 
monly situated on the right side than on the left, but in 
three out of eight stained examples the ovary was placed 
behind the left testis. There is a rather large rounded 
receptaculum seminis, situated just dorsally to the posterior 
edge of the ovary. Laurer’s canal is present, and a shell- 
gland, not differing from that of the typical D. lanceatum. 
The cirrus-sac is about 0-4 mm. long and 0°15 mm. wide. It 
contains a coiled vesicula seminalis. The cirrus-sac partici- 
pates in the variability of position shown by the ovary and 
its associated organs. ‘Thus, when the ovary is on the right, 
the cirrus-sac lies to the right of the terminal portion of the 
uterus; when the ovary is on thie left, the positions of the 
genital ducts are generally reversed. 

The vitelline glands lie within the middle third of the 
body, and extend along the sides as a series of lobes of 
various sizes. The two vitelline ducts are given off somewhat 
in front of the middle of the glands, and cross the body to 
unite into a much wider single duct just behind the ovary. 

The ‘uterus fills almost the whole of the middie and 
posterior portions of the body, from the level of the anterior 
end of the vitelline glands to the tail. Its coils, for the most 


* This and the following measurements are taken from an example 
5 mm. long, and are therefore to be regarded as somewhat below the 
mean. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 8 


114 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eggs and 


part, take the form of transverse folds and lateral loops. In 
the middle region these are confined to the space between 
the vitelline glands, but more posteriorly they sometimes 
extend laterally beyond the intestinal diverticula. The 
ascending limb of the uterus passes forward between, and 
ventrally to, the testes. The eggs are roundish-oval in 
shape, and when fully formed have a rather thick brown 
shell, usually showing an indentation on one side, so thatin 
profile one side is convex, the other concave. ‘he eggs 
measure 42°5-50 uw X 30-35 mw. 
The variety described above I propose to call 


Dicrocelium lanceatum St. & Hass., var. symmetricum, 


in allusion to the arrangement of the testes. te 

This variety being at present known only from specimens 
collected from a single host, a cat, it is doubtful whether it 
should be regarded as a ‘‘ local” variety or asa form peculiar 
to cats. An examination of examples of D. lanceatum from 
sheep or other herbivorous animals in the same locality would 
be of great interest from this point of view, as well as a 
further investigation of the parasites of cats. In any case, 
it would appear that the older helminthologists may have 
been correct in reckoning the cat among the hosts of 
“ Distomum lanceolatum.” 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Dicrocelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum. Ventral view of a stained 
specimen. C.S., cirrus-sac; Int., intestinal diverticulum; Ov., 
ovary; R., receptaculum seminis; 7’, left testis; V., vitelline 
glands; V.S., ventral sucker. 


VII. — The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish 


(Naucrates ductor). By J. D. F. Giicurist, M.A., 
D.Sc., Ph.D. 


In the course of a general enquiry into the spawning- 
habits of Cape fishes, a mature female of the pilot fish was 
found. The eggs and larve of about thirty Cape fishes 
have been described in local publications, but, as the pilot 
and its peculiar habits are so well known, and have attracted 
attention in all parts of the world, a description of the 
mature eggs of this fish, hitherto unrecorded, may be 
worthy of a special note, and interest a wider circle of 
readers, more especially as the nature of the eggs seems to 


Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish, 15 


throw light on some peculiarities in the behaviour of the 
fish. 

The pilot fish is not uncommon in the Cape seas. The 
young are frequently abundant in the summer months, 
being found in company with the young of Lichia amia, 
which they somewhat resemble in the characteristic markings 
of the body. The adults are well known, under the name 
*Lootsman,” to Cape fishermen, who state that they are 
always found accompanying a large shark, called the “ Tor- 
nijn Haai”’ or porpoise-shark (Charcharias melanopterus). 
They take up a more or less constant position near the body 
of the shark, and remain within a few inches of the base of 
the pectoral fin. The fishermen have also noted that they 
have the habit of darting away from the shark towards any 
strange object, and then returning to their former position. 
This well-known behaviour, interpreted in other parts of 
the world as a guiding or piloting of the shark to its food, 
the Cape fishermen believe, is for the purpose of a preliminary 
tasting or testing of the food on behalf of the shark. 

On one occasion, in the month of December, a specially 
large pilot fish was caught on the hook by some fishermen 
fishing off Cape Point. It was in the company of a porpoise- 
shark. By placing the fish in a bucket of water, it was 
possible to keep it alive, and convey it to the Marine 
Laboratory at St. James, where it was placed in a large 
tank, and seemed none the worse for its capture. It proved 
to be a mature female with ripe eggs, which were extruded 
on slight pressure. 

These extruded eggs were readily seen, being large, though 
quite transparent. When placed in water, however, they 
became almost invisible. They did not float, and they 
adhered to each other and to objects with which they came 
in contact. The shape of the eggs was distinctly oval, 
though a few were more rounded, <A typical example, shown 
in the accompanying figure (p. 116), measured 1°74 mm. in 
length and 1°3 mm. in greatest breadth. In another case 
the measurements were 1°65 1°39 mm. There were very 
minute dots on the surface of the egg, and from one pole 
originated a single fine filament. This was of considerable 
length, being in one case six times the length of the 
ege, or about 10 mm. In most cases it was shorter, 
and in some it appeared to have broken off close to the egg. 
The filaments readily became entangled with each other, so 
that it was difficult to separate out any particular one with- 
out breaking it. At its base the filament had a broad 
attachment to the outer membrane, of which it is apparently 


116 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eqgs and 


a modification. At this point it was about ‘04 mm. in dia- 
meter, but soon diminished to about ‘O16 mm. ‘The filament 
appears to be homogeneous throughout, but, if treated with 
hot caustic potash, it has the appearance of a thick-walled 
tube. 

At the distal pole of the egg, opposite that from which 
the filament arises, there is a marked differentiatioa of the 
surface of the egg, on a small terminal area about ‘2 mm. 
in diameter. This area is covered with clear polygonal 
markings, which vary in size, being large towards the 
periphery, where they fade off into the surrounding surface. 
Near the centre they become smaller and less distinct, and 


\F 


Egg and filament of Nauerates ductor. 


pass into a small thickened ring, in the centre of which the 
micropyle may be clearly seen. 

There is a large perivitelline space, about a fourth of the 
diameter of the whole egg in breadth at the middle of the 
egg. In the specimen figured this breadth was ‘32 mm. 

The egg proper or yolk is an ovoid mass, somewhat more 
oblong in shape than the outer shell of the egg. Itis clear, 
but granular, and no traces of vesiculations nor oil-globules — 
were seen. In preserved material several cases were ob- 
served in which the yolk had shrunk away from its 
surrounding perivitelline substance, and, in such cases, at 
the distal end opposite the micropyle, a small funnel-like 


Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish. 117 


projection appeared, which in the normal condition would 
penetrate the yolk-mass to a slight’extent. It doubtless 
has some function in the mechanism of fertilisation, though 
no canal connecting it with the microphyle was detected 
in the perivitelline substance. . 

The mode of origin of the filament of the egg is different 
from what is found in some other filamentous eggs of Teleosts. 
Thus, in the egg of the South African species of Hemz- 
rhamphus and Atherina, I have noticed that, in the immature 
and even fairly small ovarian eggs, the filaments occur as 
irregular streaks on the surface of the zona radiata, but, in 
those of Nawerates, the filament is already free, and serves 
to attach the egg to the wall of the ovary. A number of 
such filaments are inserted at one spot, so that the ovarian 
eggs are often grouped in grape-like clusters, or the fila- 
ments become twisted on each other to form a rope-like 
structure, round which the eggs are grouped. 

The presence of filaments on fish-eggs, as a rule, has been 
found to be associated with the fact that they are anchored 
to each other or to foreign objects, floating or lying at the 
bottom of thesea. Thusthe eggs of Henurhamphus, Belone, 
and Exocetus have been found attached to each other and 
to sea-weed in this way, though Scombresox, another member 
of the same family, is said to have pelagic eggs provided 
with filaments. Another family, the Atherinide, all the 
members of which have eggs provided with filaments, so far 
as is known, have demersal attached eggs. 

There is thus a reasonable presumption that the possession 
of filaments indicates that the eggs are, ultimately at least, 
attached to some object fixed or floating in the sea, and, if 
we suppose that the filamentous eggs of the pilot fish are 
attached to the shark, with which the fish is so intimately 
associated, it may explain some peculiarities in its habits 
which have received a variety of explanations. These are 
not entirely convincing, partly on account of this variety, 
but chiefly on account of conflicting facts or of lack of 
confirmation. 

Thus the explanation that the pilot feeds on the fragments 
of the food of the shark is not in accordance with the fact 

that small fish have beev found in its stomach. The same 
* objection applies to another conjecture that it feeds on the 
excrements of the shark, and still another that it feeds on 
the parasites on the skin of the shark. An explanation of a 
different nature, that the pilot keeps close to the larger fish 
for the purpose of protection from its enemies, is a more 
plausible one, but is somewhat strained when its very close 


118 On the Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish. 


proximity is explained as a precaution against the attack of 
the shark itself. It is not in accordance with the supposed 
amicable arrangement whereby the pilot is allowed to have 
a share of food or excrement, in return for its piloting 
services. According to actual observation, the shark is not 
at all disconcerted by the absence of the pilot, but the pilot 
is said to be greatly agitated by the loss of the shark. It 
has even been observed “clinging to the side of a shark,” 
and, on one occasion, it is stated that it was seen to leap 
out of the water in an endeavour to follow a shark which 
had been caught by hook and was being hauled on board 
a ship. 

Another peculiarity in the behaviour of the fish, which 
seems to be of some significance in this enquiry, is the well- 
known fact that it sometimes accompanies large sailing-ships, 
which it follows so persistently that it is drawn far away 
from its natural habitat. It even follows the ship into the 
harbour, where it is easily caught. 

Most of these peculiarities would be sufficiently explained 
if we suppose the pilot’s eggs to be attached to the rough 
skin of the shark, or to the bottom of the ship, which is 
so persistently followed. We may recall in this connection 
the solicitude of such fishes as the Blennies for the safety of 
their eggs, how they keep close guard over them, driving 
off any approaching intruder. The close proximity of the 
pilot to the shark, the darting forward towards any strange 
object (which seems to be an undoubted fact), the persistence 
in following the shark or the ship in circumstances which 
are unfavourable to its own welfare, would seem to indicate 
a very powerful motive, not dissimilar to that of the fishes 
which guard their eggs. 

The fact that the young stages of Naucrates are frequently 
got, but that no pelagic eggs such as those above described 
have, so far as 1 can ascertain, been procured in tow-nets, 
seems to have some further significance in this-enquiry and 
to indicate that the eggs of Naucrates are not floating. 

The only sufficient proof of the suggestion here offered 
would, of course, be the finding of such eggs attached to 
the body of a large shark or ship, which had been accom- 


panied by a pilot fish, and it may be that, with the above-— 


mentioned facts in view, the opportunity may arise for the 
solution of the long-standing mystery of the pilot fish. 


- 
e — = . 
a iS eS ee eee eS ee ee ee ee ee) a 


| 
5 


On the Cee. Dear of North China. 119 


VIIL.—Notes upon the Sika- Deer of North China. 
By ARTHUR DE CARLE Sowersy, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. 


THE opportunity has recently been afforded me of examining 
a fully adult Sika stag, shot by Mr. J. Holmberg, of ‘Tien- 
tsin, in the Fen-chou Fu district of West Shansi, during 
December 1916. ‘ 

Previous to this, I believe, no complete specimen of this 
animal has ever been secured by a Kuropean ; while, as far 
as I know, the only reference to it in any publication is that 
by Pere Heude in his ‘ Mémoires concernant | Histoire 
Naturelle de ?VEmpire Chinois’ (tome iv. p. 210, pl. xxxvil. 
fig. 13), wherein he names the species Cervus grassianus, 
from a single-pair of antlers from '['ching-lo-hsien (‘T'sing-lo 
Hsien), Shansi. In a paper written by me on Pére Heude’s 
collection of pigs, sika, serows, and gorals in the Sikawei 
Museum, Shanghai, and published in the ‘ Proceedings of 
the Zoological Society of London,’ April 1917, pp. 7-26, I 
suggested that the Shansi sika should be classed for the time 
being with Milne-Edwards’s Cervus mandarinus, though 1 
stated then that winter skins that I had seen were lighter in 
colour than the figure given by Milne-Hdwards. 

The stag which Mr. Holmberg so kindly allowed me to 
examine is, however, fully as dark as Milne-Edwards’s winter 
figure, though in this connection it is interesting to note that 
Mr. Holmberg states that the hinds and young that he saw 
with the stag were very much lighter. This agrees with my 
own observations. I have had no opportunity of determining 
whether or not the hinds and young of the Chihli sika are 
lighter than the stags; but as a result of my examination of 
Mr. Holmberg’s specimen I do not hesitate to confirm Pére 
Heude’s separation of the Shansi sika from the other Chinese 
forms, and, although he gave no description, the fact that he 
gives a figure of a pair of antlers from T'sing-lo Hsien, West 
Shansi, makes his name hold good. Following is a diagnosis 
and description of the species :— 


Cervus grassianus, Heude. 
Cervus grassianus Heude, ‘ Mémoires concernant l’Histoire Naturelle 
de Empire Chinois,’ tome iv. p, 210, pl. xxxvil. fig. 18, 

A single fully adult male in winter pelage examined, also 
two winter skins of fully adult females, and a summer skin 
of a male, as well as two fully developed pairs of antlers, all 
from West Shansi. 

g complete, from mountains 100 miles 8.W. of Fen-chou 


Fu, Shansi, N. China. 


120 Mr. A. de Carle Sowerby on the 


Measurements in the flesh :—Head and body 60”, height 
at shoulders 42”, tail 8”, hind foot 163", ear 7”. Weight 
165 catties=220 lbs. (about). 

Colour. A general greyish brown on the head, going into 
brown on the forehead and a pale buff at the base of the 
horns and the base and backs of the ears, the inside of 
the ears being white. Nose dark brown ; chin dark brown, 
almost black, with a small white patch on either side. Area 
round the eye buffy-grey. The general colour gets darker 
on the neck, but it still retains a wash of buff or ochre. The 
body is dark greyish brown, with a slight indication of a 
darker median dorsal line. The spots are almost invisible, 
showing up in certain lights and quite invisible in others. 
The dark greyish brown of the body shades into a rich brown 
on the back and lower portions of the legs, getting lighter 
and more ochraceous on the fetlocks. There is a peculiar 
patch of long white hairs surrounded by black on the outer 
surface of the hind leg about 6 inches below the heel. The 
tail is black above, white beneath, the hairs being long and 
making the tail somewhat bushy. The croup disk is white, . 
edged with black on its upper half, the black joining up with 
that of the upper tail surface, so that there is no white 
between the tail and the back. The under surface of the 
belly and inner surface of thighs are white; the chest is a 
dark brownish grey. 

The hairs of the neck are considerably longer than on the 
rest of the body. 

Horns. The horns in this specimen are not very well 
developed, being past their prime. They measure :— 

Right, 193” in length. 

Left, 193” 5 

Right, above the brow-tine 33” in circumference, below 
54”. 

Hight points, 4+ 4. . 

Other horns examined are large, graceful, and heavy, but 
not so large as is usual in C. mandarinus. | 

Skull. Condylo-basal length 322 mm.; zygomatic width 
136 mm.; interorbital space 100 mm.; length of nasals 
125 mm.; greatest width of palate (at post-molar) 54 mm. ; 
greatest width of cranium 84 mm.; length of upper tooth- 
row 99 mm.; length of lower tooth-row 103 mm. Teeth 
well worn. 

Type. A pair of antlers in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai, 
no number, from Tching-lo-hsien (Tsing-lo Hsien), Shansi. 

The habitat of this species may be considered as confined 
to the forested and mountainous areas of that part of Shansi 


Sika-Deer of North China. 121 


that lies west of the Fen Ho. Even here it occurs only in a 
few isolated districts, namely :— 

1. The forest to the south of Ning-wu Fu, west of Tsing- 
lo Hsien and north of Ko-lan Chou, where Heude’s specimen 
was doubtless secured. 

2. In the forested area 90 miles west of Tai-yuan Fu, 
known as the Chiao-ch’éng Shan, 

3. In the forested area 100 miles south-west of Fen-chou 
Fu, known as the Ning-hsiang Hsien mountains. 

Formerly its range extended throughout the whole of the 
mountainous area of West Shansi,as well as in the moun- 
tains that extend in a north and south line between Shansi 
and Chilli; but it has been almost exterminated by native 
hunters for the sake of its horns, which are highly valued 
as medicine. Only a few isolated herds occur in the districts 
above mentioned, where they keep to the densest parts of the 
forest. Even so, they are being steadily exterminated. 

This sika ruts in November and December, sheds its horns 
about March, the new growth commencing about the end of 
July. Itis during August and September that this species 
is most sedulously hunted by the natives, for then the horns 
are considered to be in their prime. 

Following is a diagnosis of the sika occurring in the 
Chibli forests :— 

Cervus mandarinus, Milne-Edwards. 
Cervus mandarinus Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherches pour servir a l’His- 
toire Naturelle de Mammifeéres,’ vol. i. (text), pp. 184-186, vol. ii. 
pls. xxii. et xxii.a. 

This sika differs from C. mantchuricus, Sw., in having the 
white spots larger and fewer in number, in being generally 
lighter in colour, with less white on the croup disk, and in 
having tle parts below the belly the same colour as the 
flanks, instead of white. The differences in the winter pelage 
are not so marked. 

Milne-Edwards states that the spots in C. mantchuricus in 
the winter pelage are so invisible as not to have been given 
in Sclater’s figures. (In this it resembles the Shansi stag.) 

In C. mandarinus, in spite of the general darkening of 
the pelage, the spots remain plainly visible. 

In a letter published in the P. Z.S. 1865, No. 1, p. 142, 
Swinhoe retains the name mantchuricus for the Manchurian 
sika, having examined a living specimen at New-chwang in 
South Manchuria. He makes the statement that he suspects 
it to be the same as the deer, skins of which he secured in 
the Summer Palace, and which Blyth called mantchuricus 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 9 


122 Mr. C. Chubb on new 


(P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 109), but which Swinhoe himself subse- 
quently called hortulorum (P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 1). 

As there is no telling where the deer confined in the Summer 
Palace came from originally, it being just as likely that they 
were brought from Manchuria as from the Imperial Hunting 
Grounds, owing to the fact that part of the tribute annually 
paid to the Imperial Manchu household from Manchuria con- 
sisted of game of various kinds, and since Milne-Edwards 
finds the Chihli species so distinct from the Manchurian 
form, it seems more than likely that Swinhoe’s surmise as 
regards the common identity of his skins from the Summer 
Palace and his New-chwang specimen was correct ; in which 
case his name hortulorum applying to the Manchurian sika 
is later than his name mantchuricus, and so becomes a 
synonym, thus leaving Milne-Edwards’s name mandarinus 
clear for the Chihli specimen. 

This species occurs in a wild state only in the Imperial 
Hunting Grounds, north of the famous Tung Ling (Hastern 
Tombs), and in the Wei-ch’ang to the north of Jehol, both in 
Chilli province, to the north and north-east of Peking. It 
occurs in a semi-domesticated state in the magnificent park 
at Jehol. 

Up to recent times this deer has been strictly preserved, 
but in 1911-12 the Manchu soldiers that were sent out of 
Peking and were camped in the Eastern Tombs and Imperial 
Hunting Grounds were allowed to kill as many as they liked, 
while since that date native hunters have been allowed to 
hunt in these districts, with the result that in the wild state 
the species is practically extinct. 

It may here be stated that unless immediate and very 
stringent steps are taken for their protection, both C. gras- 
sianus and C. mandarinus will become extinct, and the sika 
no longer remain on the list of North China mammals. 


IX.—Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of 
South American Birds. By Cuartes Cuuss, F.Z.8., 


M.B.O.U. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


PSEUDOCONOPOPHAGA, gen. Noy. 

The proposed new genus, which is based on Conopophaga 
melanogaster, Meuetr., is distinguished from Conopophaga, 
founded on Turdus auritus, Gmel., by its long and narrow bill, 
the long tarsi and toes, the larger size, and different coloration. 

Type, P. melanogaster (Menetr.). 


South American Birds. 123 


MACKENZILENA, gen. nov. 


Reichenbach, in 1850, proposed the generic name JVisius, 
and gave a figure in his Av. Syst. Nat. Vég. pl. Ixxi., which 
has been associated by previous authors with Thamnophtlus 
leachi, Such, as the type; but, when that bird is compared 
with the figure, it will be easily seen that Reichenbach could 
not have founded it on that species, as it is not anything like 
it. The species was originally, and has for many years been, 
placed in the genus Zhamnophilus, Vieillot, where it was 
equally out of place, as it is so entirely different from that 
genus, which was founded on Laniwus doliatus, Linn. I 
propose, therefore, the new generic title Mackenzicena, with 
the following characters:—Head not crested, no concealed 
white dorsal patch, tail much longer than the wing. Bill 
short and stout, the depth about two-thirds the length of the 
exposed culmen. ‘The wing, which is rounded, has the fifth 
primary longest. The tail is also rounded and much gradu- 
ated, the two middle teathers longest. Coloration: the male 
is black, with ovate white spots and bars to the feathers, and 
the female is brown marked with buff. 

Type, J. leachit (Such). 


FREDERICKENA, gen. nov. 


The species which I propose to separate as a new genus 
under the above title has also been previously placed in the 
genus Thamnophilus, Vieillot, with which it has no near 
affinity ; it may be characterized by the absence of a concealed 
white dorsal patch. The nuchal crest is composed of rather 
broad feathers with rounded tips. The bill is short and stout, 
the depth being equal to about one-half the length of the 
exposed culmen. ‘lhe wing is rounded, the fourth, fifth, and 
sixth primaries longest and subequal; the seventh is longer 
than the third, but shorter than the fourth. The tail, which is 
rounded and graduated, is about two-thirds the length of the 
wing. The male is almost uniform in colour, but the female 
has the tail and entire under surface barred. 

Type, Thamnophilus viridis, V ieillot. 


PICROTES, nom. noy., pro Lochites, Cab. & Hein. 1859 
(nec Gistel, 1848). 
Type, Lanius severus, Licht. 


SAKESPHORUS, nom. nov., pro Hypolophus, Cab. & Hein. 
1859 (nec Miiller & Henle, 1837). 


Type, Lantus canadensis, Linn. 


124 On new South Americin Birds. 


POLIOLZMA, gen. nov. 


This form is readily distinguished in having the throat 
uniform with the rest of the under surface. The bill, which 
is long compared with the other genera of this group, has the 
exposed culmen about equal in length to the hind toe and 
claw. The wing is rounded, the third, fourth, and fifth quills 
longest, the second about equal to the seventh. The tail 
is short and nearly square, the outer feather on each side is 
only very slightly shorter than the rest. The feet are small 
and weak, ‘he male and female are entirely different in 
colour. I propose, therefore, that this form be separated 
generically under the name of Poliolema. 

Type, Myrmotherula cineretventris, Sclater & Salvin. 


DIcHROPOGON, gen. nov. 


The species which I propose to separate generically have 
hitherto been associated with Hypocnemis of Cabanis, but 
it differs altogether in colour as well as in its proportionate 
measurements. The bill is small and narrow. ‘The wing, 
which is slightly pointed, has the third, fourth, fifth, and 
sixth primaries longest, the second about equal to the eighth. 
The tail, which is nearly square at the tip, is about two-thirds 
the length of the wing. The legs and feet are proportion- 
ately strong, the tarsus exceeds the length of the exposed. 
culmen by about two-fifths. Male and female quite different 
in colour of plumage. 

This genus is based on Hypocnemis pacilonota, Cabanis. 


Rhopias fulviventris salmoni, subsp. n. 


Adult male. Differs from the adult male of PR. f. fulvi- 
ventris (Lawr.) in being uniform olive on the top of the head, 
back, and sides of face, instead of greyish brown ; upper 
ving-coverts pale brown, not blackish ; tail paler; the white 
on the throat more extensive; breast buff instead of slate- 
grey ; abdomen and under tail-coverts paler and inclining to 
buff; under surface of quills pale brown, not blackish brown. 

Total length 110 min.; exposed culmen 12; wing 50; 
tail 37; tarsus 17. 

Adult female. Differs from the adult female of R. f. fulvi- 
rentris in being paler both on the upper and under surface. 
Wing 50 mm. 

Hlab. Colombia and Ecuador. 

The type, which is in the British Museum, was collkeeted 
by T. K. Salmon at Remedios, Northern Colombia. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[NINTH SERIES.] 


No. 8. AUGUST 1918. 


X.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 
—Part If. The Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, 


124 


with a Note on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neo- 


tragine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. 


Tue first part of this series of papers, supplementary to the 
account of the “ Cutaneous Glands of Ruminants” published 
in 1910 (Proc. Zool. Soc. pp. 840-986), was issued in the 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June of this year, pp. 426-435. 
It dealt with the Cephalophine, Neotraginz, Oreotraginz, 
and Madoquine. ‘The present communication comprises 
the Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, the most inter- 
esting forms described being the two Rupicaprine genera 
Capricornis and Budorcas, of which 1 had only defective 
material for examination in 1910. 


As in the previous paper, the pagination inserted after - 


generic and specific names refers to the original treatise 
published in 1910. 


Subfamily 4 wrrzoprya. 


Genus Gazeua, Licht. 


In 1910 (P. Z. 8S. pp. 887-893) I described the preorbital, 
inguinal, pedal, and carpal or knee-glands in the following 
species of this genus :—G. bennettii, subgutturosa, marica, 
muscatensis, dorcas, pelzelni, cuvieri, rufifrons, and saemme- 
ringit. My descriptions were based upon fresh examples of all 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 10 


126 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


the species except G. semmeringii, for which I was dependent 
upon a dried skin. Since that date I have been able to 
confirm my observations upon additional and fresh material 
of G. bennetti, subgutturosa, rufifrons, dorcas, pelzelni, and 
semmeringii, and can now add to the list one previously 
unexamined species—namely, G. dama. 

Some notes upon the examples of G. se@mmeringii and 
G. dama may be of interest. 

Gazella semmeringii berberana.—Specimens from Somali- 
land (R. E. Drake Brockman). The preorbital gland is of 
moderate size or small. The pedal glands are quite normal. 
The inguinal glands are shallow wide-mouthed pouches 
external to the mamme. The carpal glands are thick pads 
of skin, covered with a mat of convergent hairs. 

In a male example the secretion from the inguinal glands 
smelt like sour milk. In a female the secretion from the 
same glands, like that from the knees, had a strong ovine 
scent, like that of a pen of domestic sheep, whereas the 
waxy secretion from the pedal glands resembled dogs’ dung 
in odour. 

The rhinarium (fig. 1, I) is a little less reduced than in 
typical gazelles, in which it consists of hardly more than a 
small irregularly pentagonal area of naked skin restricted to 
the septum between the nostrils (fig. 1, G, H). But in 
G. semmeringii its upper edge is slightly expanded and 
spreads a little to the right and left, partly hanging over the 
nostrils above. 

In the penis (fig. 1, B) the tubular prolongation of the 
urethra is short, barely projecting beyond the tip of the 
slightly swollen termination of the glans. It is shorter than 
in ordinary gazelles—e. g., G. bennettii (fig. 1, D) and 
G. rujina, figured by Lonnberg in 1904. 

Gazella dama ruficollis.—Examples (g ? ) from the Soudan 
(G. Blaine). The preorbital gland is a shallow pit, quite 
small as compared with that of the typical gazelles. The 
pedal glands are quite normal. The inguinal glands consist 
of a pair of very shallow wide-mouthed pouches, one on each 
side just external to the corresponding mamma. The carpal 
or knee-glands, on the contrary, are rather exceptionally 
well developed, consisting of a pad of thick skin, overgrown 
with a mat of mesially convergent hairs covered with scurfy 
secretion. 

The end of the penis in this species is slightly enlarged 
and the urethra is prolonged as a thin tube a little beyond 
the tip of the glans (fig. 1, C). 

It has been suggested that the three large white-rumped 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 127 


SSA 
"2 . 
Zee < 
° 


Ny 


we 


SUN 
wa 


Wy) 


—~ 


A. Extremity of penis of Antilope cervicapra. 

B. The same of Gazella semmeringit. 

C. ‘The same of G. dama. 

D. The same of G. bennettiz. 

E. The same of Antidorcas marsupialis. 

F. Section of the fore foot of Lithocranius walleri. 

G. Rhinarium of Gazella rujifrons from the front, x 2, 
H. The same from the side. 

I, The same of Gazella semmeringii from the front, x 3, 
K. The same of Antilope cervicapra from the front, x 3, 
L. The same from the side. 


t 10* 


128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


African gazelles—G. granti, semmeringii, and dama—connect 
the smaller typical African and Asiatic gazelles with the 
springbuck Antidorcas; and Lydekker and Blaine (Cat. Ung. 
Mamm. iii. p. 85, 1914) adopt for them the subgenerie title 
Nanger, remarking that the group is replaced in South Africa 
by Antidorcas. Although I am only acquainted with the 
normal pedal glands of G. granti, I am unable to find in 
G. semmeringii and G. dama any justification for the view 
that they lessen the differences between the typical gazelles 
and Antidorcas, or that they represent the latter in north 
and east Africa more nearly than the other gazelles of that 
area represent it. 

In the same Catalogue another subgenus of gazelles is 
admitted under the name Procapra, comprising the three 
central Asiatie gazelles picticaudata, przewalskii, and guttu- 
rosa, none of which is known to me apart from dried skins 
and skulls. 

Procapra was established by Hodgson for the reeeption 
of picticaudata, which, according to his description, differs 
from other gazelles in having no preorbital, inguinal, or 
carpal glands ; no trace of moist rhinarium, and the inter- 
digital fossz, described in one place as “ pores,” small. 
Moreover, on the positive side it possesses a large postcornual 
sinus, by which is meant apparently a gland behind the 
horns analogous to that of Rupicapra and Oreamnos. Ad- 
mitting the truth of these observations, and I do not see on 
what grounds they are to be disputed, picticaudata must be 
recognized as generically distinct from Gazella, and prze- 
walskii, which at least resembles it in the absence of pre- 
orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, must be associated with 
it—at all events, provisionally. Thespecies named gutturosa, 
on the other hand, resembles the typical gazelles in having 
preorbital, carpal, and inguinal glands, the first two being 
small and the last-mentioned large. Clearly, therefore, it 
must be severed from picticaudata and przewalskii, for which 
the name Procapra must be retained. But, according to 
Pallas, gutturosa possesses a preputial glandular sack, re- 
calling that of Moschus, Nototragus, and Sus. In this respect 
it differs, so far as is known, from all the species of Gazella. 
~ I propose, therefore, to dismember guélurosa from Gazella 
under the generic title Prodorcas. 


Genus Antiporcas, Sund. 


Antidorcas marsupialis, Zimm. (p. 893). 
Several fresh examples of this species confirm in every 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 129 


respect the constancy of the characters established in 1910, 
showing that, so far as the cutaneous glands are concerned, 
the genus Aniidorcas differs from Gazella in the absence of 
inguinal and carpal glands and the presence of the great 
dorsal gland. 

I may add that the rhinarium resembles that of Gazella 
in consisting of a small irregularly pentagonal area on the 
narial septum, and that the penis is also like that of Gazeda, 
the urethral canal projecting a short way beyond the tip of 
the slightly swollen glans (fig. 1, E). 


Genus AntTILoPE, Pall. 
Antilope cervicapra, Linn. (p. 894). 

My observations upon the cutaneous glands of this antelope 
were based in 1910 upon two dried skins. Since that date 
I have seen several fresh specimens, confirming in all respects 
the characters previously established as distinguishing the 
genus Antilope from Gazella. Two other differences are, 
however, supplied by the rhinarium and the penis. The 
rhinarium (fig. 1, K, L) is considerably better developed, 
and therefore less specialised than in Gazella and Antidorcas. 
Not only is it broader between the nostrils, but it is extended 
along their upper border nearly as far back as their posterior 
notch. 

In the penis, figured by Lénuberg in 1904, the urethral 
prolongation is longer and thicker than in Gazella and 
Antidorcas (fig. 1, A). 


Genus Lituocranivs, Kohl. 
Lithocranius walleri, Brooke (p. 896). 


I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore 
and hind feet and the skin of the inguinal area of this 
species from British East Africa. These show that the 
foot I examined and described in 1910 was, as suggested, 
distorted with respect to the glandular interdigital space. 
This space (fig. 1, F) differs from that of Gazella, Anti- 
dorcas, and Antilope im that it gradually deepens from its 
upper (or proximal) to its lower (or distal) end, where 
the thick interungual fold curves forward. In other words, 
the skin of the front of the pastern above the depression 
passes imperceptibly into the latter by a gradual inclination, 
without showing a sign of the abrupt descent seen in the 
other genera. ‘lhe pedal gland recalls that of Rupicapra. 

There are two pairs of mammz, but no inguinal glands. 


130 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


By their external characters, dealt with in this paper, and 
by their horns the genera of Antiloping here admitted may 
be briefly diagnosed as follows :— 


Genus Gazeuxa, Licht. 


Preorbital, inguinal, carpal, and pedal glands present, the 
pedal glands in the form of long and deep interdigital clefts 
of even depth throughout ; rhinarium a small irregularly 
pentagonal moist area on the narial septum, and not, or 
only to a very small extent, bordering the nostrils above ; 
urethral canal usually only surpassing the glans penis to 
a small extent; horns in males with concavo-convex, usually 
sigmoid, curvature. 

Type, G. subgutturosa. 

Distribution. From Central and South-western Asia into 
India and North and East Africa. 

Far too many species of this genus appear to me to be 
admitted by Lydekker in the British Museum Catalogue. 


Genus Proporcas, nov. 


Distinguishable from Gazella by the presence of a preputial 
gland and a shorter tail, the structure of the pedal glands 
being unknown. 

Type, P. gutturosa, Pall. 

Distribution. Mongolia and Northern China. 


Genus AnTILOPE, Pallas. 


Distinguishable from Gazella by the nakedness of the 
integumental web tying the hoofs together, by the larger 
rhinarium which borders the nostrils above, by the much 
longer and thicker elongation of the urethral canal of the 
glans penis, and by the spirally twisted horns. 

Type, A. cervicapra. 

Distribution. India. 


Genus Anriporcas, Sund. 


Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of inguinal 
and carpal glands and by the presence of a large distensible 
glandular area on the back, which is peculiar to the genus. 

Type, A. marsupialis, Zimm. 

Distribution. Africa south of the Zambesi. 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 131 


Genus Lirnocrantus, Kohl. 


Distinguishable from Gazella by the structure of the pedal 
glands, the floor of which gradually slopes downwards from 
the front of the fetlock, the cleft beimg deepest at its lower 
end, where it is walled in by the heel-tie; also by the 
absence of inguinal glands and the presence of four mamme. 

Type, L. walleri. 

Distribution. British East Africa and Somaliland. 


Genus Procarra, Hodgson. 


Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of the pre- 
orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, the presence of a gland 
behind the horns, the reduced size of the pedal glands 
which apparently have a pore-like orifice, as in Ovis and 
Nemorhedus, and, it is stated, by the rhinarium being over- 
grown with hair. 

Type, P. picticaudata, Hodgs. 

Distribution. Mongolia, China, Tibet. 


Subfamily Rurrcaprivz. 
Genus Rupicarra, Blainv. 
Rupicapra rupicapra, Linn. (p. 848). 


Several examples of the typical race of this species from 
the Tyrol have enabled me to verify, and in the case of some 
characters to extend, my observations, which in 1910 were 
based upon the carcases of two newly born kids and upon 
adult specimens living in the Zoological Gardens. 

Preorbiial and inguinal glands are absent and the structure 
of the pedal glands is constant, the floor of the depression 
slopes gradually downwards from the front of the fetlock to 
the heel-tie, where the integument is folded forwards and 
upwards to form a ridge constituting the distal well of the 
depression. The walls of the depression are covered with 
soft, short, silky hair. Elsewhere the hair of the foot is long 
and coarse, and it is noticeable that the space between the 
hoofs and the heel-tie itself are covered with long hair. In 
this character the feet of Rupicapra differ from those of 
other genera of Rupicaprines. Even in Oreamnos, where 
the greater part of the interdigital cleft is hairy, the heel- 
tie at least is naked *. 


* My figure of the foot of the newly born chamois shows the point of 
the heel-tie to be naked. I am, unfortunately, unable to verify the 
accuracy of the drawing in that respect. 


132 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


In 1910 I figured and described the postcornual gland of 
the male example then living in the Zoological Gardens 
when at their maximum of development, and a figure of the 
head of a female sketched on the same day was added to 
show the absence of the swelling. But in an adult female 
that died on Dec. 4th, 1912, I discovered the gland to be 
much better developed than would be expected from looking 
at the living animal, in which it is covered with the hair of 
the parietal region. The glandular area is superficially 
like that of the male, consisting of a subcircular area of skin 
marked with grooves. In section it is seen to be composed 
of thickened skin thrown from front to back into four folds, 
making ridges separated by valleys, the ridges gradually 
increasing in height from the base of the horn posteriorly. 

It may be remembered that I described this gland in the 
adult female in 1910 as consisting of a crescentic groove 
behind the horn on each side, this description being taken 
from the historic preparation in the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons. J have no doubt that this preparation 
was made from a female that died during the period of 
inactivity of the gland, and that the difference between this 
specimen and the one I examined, which died in December, 
is purely a question of seasonal development*. 

The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) is small. It borders the 
nostril above as a narrow band, and it reaches inferiorly to 
the edge of the upper lip as a narrow vertically grooved 
philtrum ; but beneath the nostrils it only extends a short 
distance on each side of the middle line, the rest of the 
lower rim of the nostril being formed by hairy skin. 

The extremity of the penis (fig. 2, F) is slightly depressed, 
and the urethral canal is prolonged beyond the extremity as 
a pointed process which is a little longer than that of Nemo- 
rhedus, but shorter than that of Budorcas described below. 
But in the sketch published by Gerhardt in 1906 the process 
is at least as long as in Budorcas, 


Genus Capricornis, Ogilb. 


Capricornis sumatraensis jamrachi, Poc. (p. 855). 


In 1910 I gave a brief account of the superficial appearance 
of the pedal and preorbital glands of an example of this 


* It appears to me to be probable that the “postcornual sinus” — 
described by Hodgson as present in Procapra picticaudata resembles in 
structure the postcornual gland of the female Rupicapra when it is in the 
stage of a crescentic groove. It is detectable in the newly born young of 
Rupicapra in this condition. 


Eater nal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 133 
Fig. 2. 


TP} 


Lary. 
Bo ihas AB 


A. Rhinarium of Rxpicapra rupicapra from the front, x 3. 

B. The same from the side. 

C. The same of Nemorhedus goral from the front, x 3. 

D. The same from the side. 

E. The eye and preorbital gland of Nemerhedus goral, the gland in sec- 
tion showing the thickened integument overgrown with hairs, 
holding secretion at their bases. 

F. Extremity of penis of Rupicapra ruptcapra. 

G. The same of Nemorhedus goral. 

H. The same of Budorcas taxicolor. 

I. Section of preorbital gland of Capricornis thar. 

K. Section of fore foot of the same, showing the large interdigital gland 

with its small orifice. 


134 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


race, named C. thar jamrachi, which was then living in the 
Society’s Gardens. The death of the animal in July 1913 
enabled me to make a detailed examination of these glands, 

The preorbital gland (fig. 2, 1) consists of a comparatively 
deep, thick-walled, nearly spherical sack, the cavity of which 
is absolutely packed with long hairs, growing nearly verti- 
cally from its walls and protruding as a tuft from the small, 
circular, non-valvular orifice. 

The pedal glands (fig. 2, K), alike on the front and hind 
legs, open by a small circular orifice on the front of the 
pastern at the summit of the interdigital cleft exactly as in 
Ovis and Nemorhedus, and, as in these genera, the orifice 
leads into a well-defined cylindrical tube or duct. But, 
whereas in Ovis and Nemorhedus this duct gradually passes 
into a comparatively small saccular portion of the gland 
bent upon the duct at an acute angle, in Capricornis the 
duct communicates abruptly with an immense saccular 
gland which occupies the entire space, bounded laterally by 
the bones of the feet and above and below by the anterior 
and posterior integument of the pastern. Inferiorly the 
sack reaches into the angle formed by the fold of integument 
constituting the heel-tie, and above it extends almost up to 
a point on a level with the upper edge of the false hoofs. 
The cavity of the sack was sparsely hairy and filled with 
brownish-yellow secretion. 

So closely are the walls of the glandular sack applied to 
the integument of the pastern, that I am convinced the 
explanation of my failure to detect the gland in the dried 
skin of C. argyrochetes, mentioned on p. 855 of my previous 
paper, lies in the occurrence of a similar condition in that 
species. Hence the idea I then provisionally entertained, 
that possibly that species has no pedal glands, may be finally 
dismissed. 

I am unable to find any justification for Lydekker’s 
opinion that the various forms of Capricornis should be 
referred to two species, C. sumatraensis, comprising nine 
subspecies ranging from Kashmir to Sumatra and an un- 
known number from China, and C. argyrochetes from 
Kansu and Szechuan in China. The latter does not differ 
so much from some of the subspecies of C. sumatraensis as 
some of the Jatter differ from each other. In the present 
state of our knowledge it appears to me that the only 
courses open to us are to regard these forms as local races 
of one species, the course I adopted, or as so many distinct 
species—a course which I prefer to leave to him who has 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 135 


the time and leisure to discover and define the characters to 
which specific rank may be assigned. 


Genus Carricornutus, Heude. 


Capricornulus crispus, Temm. (p. 855). 


Heude separated this species of serow from Capricornis 
as a distinct genus Capricornulus, which Lydekker and I 
adopted as a subgenus. But it appears to me that the 
discovery of the structure of the pedal glands in Capricornis 
throws a different complexion on the question. 

In 1910 I figured and described the pedal glands of 
Capricornulus crispus, and pointed out that they resemble 
in all respects those of Nemorhedus. Moreover, the 
discovery of the presence of preorbital glands in Nemo- 
rhedus (cf. infra) lessens the differences between that genus 
and Capricornis, and results in the occupation by C. crispus 
of a position intermediate between the two so far as 
cutaneous glands are concerned, the pedal glands resembling 
those of Nemorhedus and the preorbital glands those of 
Capricornis. 


Genus Namoruenus, H. Smith. 


In 1910 my examination of material of this genus was 
limited to dried skins of WV. goral and N. raddeanus. Since 
that date I have seen a fresh adult male example of the 
former species, which enables me to amplify and, in one 
particular, to correct my previous observations. 


Nemorhedus goral, Hard. (p. 853). 


A male example from Chamba, presented by Major Rodon 
in 1904, which died Nov. 4th, 1915. 

The preorbital gland was declared to be absent in this 
genus by Owen, Hodgson, and Ogilby. That statement, 
which I accepted, proves to be untrue, strictly speaking, 
although the gland is so small as to account for its being 
overlooked on dried skins or even on fresh material. 
Externally the gland is marked by a very small patch of 
nearly naked skin covered with dry scurf-like secretion. 
There is no invagination of the integument, but beneath 
the patch of bare epidermis, the dermis is thickened and 
glandular (fig. 2, E). The gland, although relatively 
smaller, may be compared in its development to that of 


136 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


Adenota kob or Hippotragus niger ; but whether it repre- 
sents a rudimentary or vestigial condition of the pouch-like 
preorbital gland of Capricornis must be left an open 
question. 

The pedal glands and the structure of the feet resemble in 
every respect those of N. raddeanus, described and_ figured on 
p- 854 of my previous paper. Inguinal glands, as noticed in 
1910, are absent. 

The rhinarium (fig. 2, C,D) is large and naked on its 
upper surface almost as far back as the posterior angle of 
the nostril, but in the middle line above, the hair grows 
forwards, foiming an angular point, Beneath the nostril 
laterally there is a comparatively wide area of smooth naked 
skin. In front the rhinarium extends to the edge of the 
upper lip as a narrow grooved strip of corrugated integu- 
ment which expands above to right and left beneath the 
inner angle of the nostrils, and the expanded portion is 
flanked on each side by an area of smooth naked skin, 

The penis (fig. 2, G) is cylindrical, slightly expanded 
distally, then gradually narrowed to the apex, beyond which 
the end of the urethral canal is prolonged as a tube for a 
short distance. 

Two points of special interest may be noticed in con- 
nection with these observations: namely, the similarity of 
the penis to that of Budorcas, described below, and the 
presence of the preorbital gland, which serves to link Nemo- 
rhedus closer with Capricornis than was previously supposed 
to be the case. 


Genus Buporcas, Hodgson. 


Budorcas taxicolor, Hodgson (p. 856). 


The death of a male example of this species from N.W. 
Bhotan enables me to verify and extend my account of the 
external characters of this genus published in 1910, and 
based partly on this example when alive and partly upon 
a dried skin of B. tazicolor tibetanus lent to me by 
Mr. Gerrard. 

The rhinarium (fig. 3, A, B) is continued inferiorly to 
the edge of the upper lip as a narrow mesially grooved strip, 
which is longer than in Nemorhedus owing to the 
greater depth of the upper lip. Laterally an area of naked 
skin, narrower than in Nemorhedus, is continued with a bold 
curve beneath the widely expanded nostrils, and curving 
round their posterior extremities passes into the dorsal 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 


137 
portion of the rhinarium, which is much shorter from before 
backwards than in Nemorhedus, being considerably more 
overgrown with hair. 


Fig. 3. 


ee NA Des 
& , on i ies J 


Be =a: gS 
1 I: 
Mp iisiinn: C5 
MWA yy \ y OWite, via 
BE: Yd YS Yh 


‘Ss 
— 
SS 
ae 

—_ 


S 
<3 
= 
xs 
BSS 
yes m = 
“ig 3 
ZZ | 
.o 


A. Muzzle of Budorcas tazicolor from the front, x 
B. The same from the side. 
C, Genital area of Budorcas taxicolor. 


p., pendulous extremity of penis ; 
t., long tuft of hair protruding from the prepuce ; m., mamme 
arising from glandular elevation ; s., scrotum. 


The feet resemble in essential particulars those of the dried 


example figured in 1910 (p. 852) and described (p. 856), 
except that on the fore foot there is no trace of the 


138 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


transverse ridge of integument just where the hair of the 
pastern ceases in the interungual space. There is no 
trace of definite pedal gland, although the hair at the 
bottom of the interdigital depression in front is stuck 
together with secretion, indicating activity of the skin at 
that spot. The hind foot is like the front foot. 

There is no trace of preorbital gland or of inguinal glands 
in the ordinary sense of that term ; but the two mamme 
(fig. 3,C, m.) on each side, set as far out from the middle 
line as the outer edge of the scrotum, are close together, 
one in front of the other, in the centre of a distinct swelling 
like a small udder. When the skin is cut away, this 
swelling is seen to be caused by a blackish glandular mass 
like a small bunch of grapes, and blackish secretion could be 
squeezed through a single pore on the posterior teat with 
the use of considerable pressure. This unusual condition of 
the mammary gland in the male is worth putting on record, 
although, pending the examination of other specimens of 
Budorcas, it must be regarded, I think, as pathological in 
one individual. 

The penis (fig. 3, C, p.) is provided with a pendulous 
prepuce, three inches long, rising trom the abdomen six inches 
in front of the scrotum. Just within the orifice of the pre- 
puce the skin is highly glandular and overgrown with long 
hairs, which protrude from the aperture to form a tuft 
three or four inches long. The glans penis (fig. 2, H) is 
apically attenuated and provided with a straight, moderately 
stout, urethral prolongation projecting some little way beyond 
the tip of the glans. Except for the greater elongation of 
the free portion of the urethral canal, the glans penis is very 
like that of Nemorhedus. 

One of the chief interests connected with Budorcas is 
involved in the claim that the genus is related to Ovibos, 
whose uncertain position in the Bovidee was expressed by 
Liéunberg’s ascription of it to a special subfamily Ovibovinze 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, pp. 142-167). Judging from the 
characters dealt with in this paper it does not appear to me 
that the claim of close relationship between the two forms 
can be maintained, and I am disposed to regard the resem- 
blances between them in horn-growth, robustness of build, 
etc., as independently acquired. The differences between 
them may be tabulated as follows. For most of the 
characters relating to Ovibos I am indebted to Lénnberg’s 
paper :— 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 


Budorcas, ad. 3. 


Rhinarium well developed, about 
14 mm. deep above the nostrils, 
26 mm. wide between them, and 
extended beneath them as a naked 
strip of skin and passing inferiorly 
to the edge of the upper lip asa 
mesially grooved band (philtrum) 
about 7 mm, wide. 

Preorbital gland absent. 


Hoofs narrower, more pointed in 
front, integument between them 
naked. 

Mamme 4, the anterior and 
posterior on each side almost in 
contact, but very widely separated 
from those of the opposite side, 
the four together arranged in a 
transverse oblong about five times 
as wide as long. 

Prepuce distally pendulous, distal 
portion of its cavity not provided 
with longitudinal ridges, but 
thickly beset with coarse long hairs 
protruding at all seasons some 
4 inches from the orifice as a long 
tuft. 

Glans penis markedly attenuated 
at the apex, the urethral canal pro- 
longed for a considerable distance 
beyond the tip. 


139 
Ovibos, ad. ¢. 


Rhinariumgreatly reduced, about 
8 mm. deep above the nostrils and 
only a little more between them, 
not extending beneath them and 
not continued inferiorly to the edge 
of the upper lip. 


Preobital gland present, invagi- 
nated, 

Hoofs broad, wide in front, in- 
tegument between them thickly 
hairy except for the naked heel-tie. 

Mamme 4, arranged so as to 
form the normal four-sided figure, 
which is only a little wider than 
long, the anterior being separated 
from the posterior on each side by 
a considerable space. 


Prepuce distally pendulous, distal 
portion of its cavity provided with 
longitudinal folds and clothed with 
fine hairs only in the winter, but 
these do not form a long protruding 
tuft. 


Glans penis blunt at the end, the 
urethral canal not extending be- 
yond its tip. 


But although the differences above tabulated exclude the 
idea of relationship between Budorcas and Ovibos, sufficiently 
intimate to warrant the removal of Budorcas from the 
Rupicaprinz, as now understood, and its association with 
Ovibos in a special subfarhily, they by no means justify the 
conviction that Ovibos is not a specialised Rupicaprine. 
The description, for example, of the preorbital gland applies 
to that of Capricornis or Capricornulus, and the termination 
of the urethral canal in Nemorhedus is nearly intermediate 
in development between those of Budorcas and Ovibos ; the 
arrangement of the mamme is normal for the Ruminantia, 
as a whole, including the typical Rupicaprines ; the 
structure of the feet may be easily derived in imagination 
from that of Oreamnos or even of Nemorhedus,in which the 
gland has reached the retort-like stage, which in the Caprinze 
precedes its total suppression, as attested by Ovis and Capra, 
and the reduction of the rhinarium in Ovidvs is foreshadowed 


140 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some 


in Rupicapra, except for the total suppression of the phil- 
trum. In this respect Ovibos is highly specialised and 
unique, so far as its possible allies are concerned. 

On the evidence before me, I consider that if the Ovi- 
bovinee be maintained as a special subfamily of Bovidee, the 
Rupicaprinz, as at present understood, should be split up 
into three subfamilies, the Rupicaprine for Rupicapra and 
Oreamnos, the Neemorhedine for Nemorhedus, Capricornulus, 
and Capricornis, and the Budorcine for Budorcas. But if 
the conservative course of maintaining the Rupicaprine in 
its recognised comprehensive sense be followed, then OQvibos 
should, I think, be one of the genera of this somewhat 
heterogeneous assemblage. 


Subfamily Carrivz. 
Genus Ovis, Linn. 


Ovis musimon, Schr., and O. vignei, Blyth (pp. 859-861). 


Since 1910 I have examined representatives of the two 
species previously recorded, namely Ovis vignei and OU. musi- 
mon, without finding anything to add or alterations to make 
to my previous description of the cutaneous glands, except 
to remark that in the case of O. musimon the naked 
condition of the interungual integument noticed in one 
specimen is quite exceptional, and that as a very general 
rule that species and O. vignei are alike with respect to 
the hairiness of the areain question. Possibly the variation 
noticed is seasonal, as appears to be the case in Ammotragus 
lervia. 

The rhinarium of O. vignei is quite characteristic of the 
genus. It extends as a narrow bar above the nostrils 
almost back to their posterior termination, the internarial 
septum is narrow, the area beneath the septum is a little. 
expauded, and a narrow philtrum cleaves the upper lip, but 
there is no naked area of skin bordering the nostrils below. 

The penis of O. vignei (fig. 4, D), as in O. aries, ends in 
a blunt gland-like enlargement, bent downwards distally. 
From its underside the very long filiform termination of 
the urethral canal arises, aud passes forward on the left side 
of the glandular thickening. 


Genus Pszupois, Hodgson. 


Pseudois nayaur, Hodgs. (p. 863). 
Specimens examined since 1910 confirm in every respect 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 141 


the constancy of the characters upon which I separated 
this species from Ovis—namely, the suppression of the 
preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands. 

The rhinarium (fig. 4, F, G) resembles in a general way 
that of Ovis vignei, but the nostr ls are more dilatable and 
the “philtrun” less well defined, hardly a trace of it 
remaining. In one specimen the hairs.of the upper lip are 
only separated by a very narrow parting, which is com- 
pletely overlapped and concealed by the hairs to the right 
and left of it. 

The naked underside of the tail (fig. 4, H) is marked on 
each side above the anus with a wide and moderately deep 
glandular depression, corresponding with the subcaudal gland 
of Capra, but smaller. 

The glandular portion of the end of the penis (fig. 4, B) 
is longer and straighter than in Ovis vignei, but the filiform 
termination of the urethra is approximately as long as in 
that species, and much longer than in the following genera. 
The length of this tube and the absence of strong “ Caprine” 
smell in the male are two points in which Pseudois comes 
nearer Ovis than Capra. In the suppression of the specialised 
cutaneous glands Pseudois is Caprine and not Ovine. 


Genus Ammorracus, Blyth. 


Ammotragus lervia, Pall. (p. 862). 


My notes upon this species, published in 1910, were taken 
from the examination of a living specimen. Several dead 
examples that have passed through my hands since that 
date confirm in every respect the statement then made as to 
the absence of the preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands. 

A peculiarity I drew attention to in 1910—namely, the 
smoothness of the interdigital depression in the example 
examived—proves to be inconstant, although the hairs of 
this area when developed are not so long as in Ovis and 
Pseudois. Possibly the variation is seasonal. For instance, 
in a specimen ( ¢) that died on Nov. 11th, the interdigital 
cleft was clothed with short hairs down to the heel-tie, as is 
normal in the Caprine series. In a second that died on 
March 5th, the interdigital cleft was naked. A third, 
which died on Feb. 10th, exhibited a condition intermediate 
between those of the other two. In the newly born young 
_ the space is covered with hair. 

The rhinarium (fig. 4, M) presents no features of special 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, 11. ae hk 


142 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


Fig. 4. 


A, Extremity of penis of Hemitragus jemlaicus. 
B. The same of Pseudois nayaur. 
C. The same of Ammotragqus lervia. 
D. The same of Ovis vignet. 
E. The same of Capra egagrus. 
F. Rhinarium of Pseudois nayaur, showing absence of philtrum, x 2. 
G. The same from the side. 
H. Lower side of base of tail of Pseudois nayaur, showing the pair of 
glandular depressions above the anus. 
J. Rhinarium of Hemitragus jemlaicus from the side, x 3. 
K. The same from the front. 
L. The same of Capra egagrus, X 3. 
M. The same of Ammotragus lervia, X 3 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 143 


interest, being typically Ovine or Caprine in structure, with 
the narrow “ philtrum ” well developed. 

There is a well-marked subcaudal gland above the anus as 
in Pseudois. 

The gland-like termination of the penis (fig. 4, C) is very 
like that of Ovis vignei in shape and curvature, but the 
filiform termination of the urethra is a little shorter than 
in that species. 

According to Lydekker, the males of this animal are not 
malodorous (Cat. Ungulates, i. p. 123). That is quite 
untrue. The males have a very decidedly goaty odour in 
the breeding season. It is also untrue that the typical race 
of this species is distinguished by “an indistinct median 
face stripe.” A pair imported from Morocco and exhibited 
in the Gardens a few years ago showed no trace of such a 


stripe. 


Genus Capra, Linn. (p. 864). 


I have nothing to add to what I said in 1910 regarding 
the suppression of the preorbital, pedal, and inguinal glands 
in various species of this genus. 

The rhinarium conforms in type to that of Ovis and 
Ammotragus, the “ philtrum” being better defined than in 
Pseudois. In an example of C. egagrus from Crete, I found 
the supranarial extension of the rhinarium (fig. 4, L) larger 
than in most examples of domesticated goats; but this 
varies to a certain degree in the Jatter, as also does the 
width of the naked area of skin beneath the nostrils laterally 

The subcaudal gland was a deeper pocket than those 
observed in Ammotragus and Pseudvis. 

The penis (fig. 4, E) also is constructed very much as in 
those genera, and has a well-defined, but rather short, glan- 
dular termination, which, on the riglit side, as in the other 
genera, curls beneath the tubular filiform termination of 
the urethra, which is shorter than in Ovis, Ammotragus, and 


Pseudois. 
Genus Hemitracus, Hodgson. 


Hemitragus jemlaicus, Hodgs. (p. 866). 


Additional specimens confirm my previous statements 
with regard to the suppression of the preorbital, inguinal, 
and pedal glands. 

Hodgson’s assertion that the rhinarium (fig. 4, I, K) is 
larger in Hemitragus than in Capra is perfectly true. The 


supranarial extension is considerably deeper, and, similarly, 
Eee 


144 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 


the extension beneath the inner angles of the nostrils in 
front is wider. 

In the penis (fig. 4, A) the glandular termination is more 
elongate and less bulbous than in Capra and the filiform 
termination of the urethra is shorter. It is the shortest, 
indeed, that is found within the limits of the Caprine. 

The subcaudal gland is represented externally by a shallow 
depression above and at the sides of the anus. 


Note on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine. 


In my paper published in the issue of this Journal for 
June 1918, L regret that I overlooked at the time Lénnberg’s 
descriptions and figures of the penis of Cephalophus natal- 
ensis and of Sylvicapragrimmia (Ark. Zool. Stockholm, (5) v. 
no. 10, pp. 2-3, figs. 1-2, 1909). He shows that in C, natal- 
ensis the urethral canal has a very long filiform prolongation 
resembling that of Guevei mazxwelli figured by Garrod 
(P. Z. S. 1877, p. 10, fig. 20), whereas in S. grimmia the 
tubular prolongation is quite short, only overlapping the 
glans to a small extent. Now, C. natalensis is so closely 
related to C. dorsalis as hardly to admit of a doubt as to 
identity in the structure of the penis in the two species. In 
that case the penis of C. dorsalis I described as being without 
the tubular urethral prolongation must have been defective, 
owing to mutilation. Ldénnberg’s observations show that 
Cephalophus differs from Sylvicapra not by the suppression 
of the urethral prolongation, as I stated, but by its develop- 
ment and length, which affiliate the former genus with 
Guevei. . 

In the case of the Neotraginz, it may be recalled that 
Garrod (op. cit. p. 11, fig. 21) described the penis of 
Ourebia nigricaudata as possessing a long slender urethral 
prolongation considerably overlapping the slender tip of the 
glans penis, whereas, according to Lonnberg’s observations 
(op. cit. p. 4, figs. 3-4), the urethra does not surpass the tip 
of the glans in Raphicerus campestris and Neotragus living- 
stonianus. The penis of the example of Nototragus mela- 
notis in which [ found the preputial gland agrees with that of 
Raphicerus campestris. 


hi 
*, 
7 


On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex. 145 


XI.—On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen. 
By Sranuey Hirst. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Demodex soricinus, sp. n. 


9. A small species, the cephalothorax being fairly wide. 
Body a little more than three times the width of the cephalo- 
thorax. Abdomen pointed posteriorly and somewhat longer 
than cephalothorax+capitulum. Capitulum much wider 
than long. (The spines on the capitulum cannot be seen in 
the unique specimen, which lies ventral side uppermost.) 

‘Total length 119 yp. 

Host: Sorex vulgaris. 


Demodex apodemi, sp. n. 


?. A very minute but fairly elongated species. Body 
about 44 times as long as the greatest width of the cephalo- 
thorax. Abdomen a little less than twice the combined 
length of cephalothorax and capitulum. Capitulum (at base) 
wider than the length. Spines on dorsal surface of capitulum 
well developed, being pointed at the end as in D. musculi 
etc. 

Total length 139 p. 

36. Body from a iittle more than 4 up to about 5 times as 
long as width of cephalothorax. Capitulum when fully 
extended about as long as wide. 

Male sexual aperture situated above interval between 
second and third pairs of legs. Penis fairly long and 
slender, 

Host: Apodemus sylvaticus. 


Demodex longior, sp. n. 


9. An elongated species of comparatively large size, 
resembling J). canis in many respects.. Body sometimes 
nearly nine times as long as the width of the cephalothorax. 
Abdomen about 22 times the combined length of cephalo- 
thorax and capitulum. Capitulum wider than long; the 
spines on its dorsal surface are short and somewhat curved. 

Total length 280 p. 

3g. Abdomen about twice as long as the cephalothorax+ 
capitulum. Body more than 6 times as long as the cephalo- 


146 Mr. O. Thomas on 


thoracic width. Male sexual orifice situated above the 

interval between the legs of the first and second pairs. 
Note—In one male specimen the tracheal tubes leading 

from the capitulum are quite distinct; each is at first double, 

but afterwards fuses to form asingle wide lateral main trunk. 
Host: Apodemus sylvaticus. 


Demodex nanus, sp. n. 


¢. A minute species very like that present in Sorex vul- 
garis casteaneus. Length varying from less than 3 up to 
slightly more than 3} times the width of the cephalothorax. 
Abdomen considerably shorter than combined length of 
cephalothorax and capitulum. Capitulum usually much wider 
than long ; the spines on its surface apparently obsolete or 
absent. 

Total length 87-102 yp. 

Host: the black rat (Rattus rattus), a number of specimens 
collected by the author from a freshly killed rat. 

Note.—Hahn has already described a species of Demodex 
(D. rattc) from a house-rat said to be Mus rattus. I have 
not been able to consult his original description, which is 
referred to by Gmeiner. ‘The latter says the species is like 
that of the dog. From this one would infer that it was an 
elongated form of comparatively considerable size, similar to 
that found in Rattus norvegicus. 

It is probable, indeed, that the rat from which Halhn’s 
specimens were taken was really Rattus norvegicus, the brown 
or Norwegian rat (syn. Mus decumanus). It is, of course, 
possible that two species occur in Lattus rattus, as is certainly 
the case in Apodemus sylvaticus. 


XII.—New Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum, ) 


Gerlillus allenbyi, sp. n. 


A small species, with short feet and tail; probably allied to 
G. agag. 

General colour much more mouse-grey than the usual tone 
of gerbils, markedly greyer than G. gerbillus; head, shoulders, 
and most of the upper surface near “ cinnamon-buff,” but 


“ 


new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 147 


the middle dorsal area greyer, though this difference may be 
less marked in older specimens. Under surface less absolutely 
pure white than usual, the hairs, especially in the inguinal 
region, with a slight tinge of buffy. Postorbital light patches 
present, but not very sharply defined ; below them on each 
side, between eye and ear, there is a distinct patch of grey 
hairs. Kars with proectote buffy, the rest whitish ; post- 
auricular white patch sharply defined. Hands and feet 
white, but a slight tendency to buffy appears on the wrists ; 
soles all hairy except for a small round patch on the heel. 
Tail not proportionally long; dull buffy, little lighter below ; 
its terminal dark crest inconspicuous. 

Skull of the general build of that of G. gerbillus, but the 
bullee smaller. Supraorbital beads little developed. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 70 mm. ; tail 95; hind foot 24; ear 9. 

Skull: greatest length 26:2 ; condylo-incisive length 23 ; 
zygomatic breadth 14°5 ; nasals9°6 ; interorbital breadth 5:2 ; 
breadth of brain-case 13°3 ; zygomatic plate 3°9; palatal 
foramina, anterior 4°4, posterior 2°2; greatest horizontal 
diagonal diameter of bulla 9:2; breadth of bulla at right 
angles to last, exclusive of meatus, 5-7 ; upper molar series 4, 

Hab, Coast region of Palestine. Type from Rehobot, near 
Jaffa. 

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 14.5.29.5. Original 
number 8. Collected 3rd February, 1914, by T. Aharoni. 
Presented by the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild. 

This is evidently the species which Nehring * assigned to 
G. longicaudus, Wagn. But Wagnuer’s animal, which I have 
seen in Munich, was from Egypt, and was clearly referable 
to G. gerbillus, as has been shown by Anderson and de Winton. 

The Palestine gerbil seems to be related to G. agag, Thos., 
but is readily distinguishable by its less bright colour, greyer 
back, and the greyish patches between eye and ear. 

I have named it in honour of the general to whose forces 
the country where it occurs owes release from the barbarian 
domination under which it has suffered for so many centuries, 


Gerbillus acticola, sp. n. 


Near G@. pygargus, but the bullze larger. 
Size and colour as in G. pygargus, of the same light 
desert-colour—quite unlike that of G. dunni of Central 


* SB. Ges. Fr. Berl. 1901, p. 173. 


148 Mr. O. Thomas on 


Somaliland. Compared with a series from Shendy, the 
ground-colour is warmer, being near ‘‘ warm buff” in py- 
gargus, while it is “ pinkish cinnamon” in actécola; but the 
variation in the colour of these desert-animals is so great that 
not much stress can be laid upon it. Sides lighter, line of 
demarcation high up. Postorbital and postauricular white 
patches well marked. Fore limbs wholly, hind limbs mostly 
white. Hind soles with a nearly naked stripe running along 
the inner side almost to the base of the hallux. Tail buffy 
above, white below; the terminal crest inconspicuous, 
brown. 

Skull of the same stoutly built elongated form as in 
pygargus, the supraorbital beads similarly strongly developed. 
Bulle of similar shape, but decidedly larger than in any of 
the considerable series available of pygargus and pyramidum. 

Dimensious of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 118 mm.; tail 144; hind foot 29; 
ear 15. 

Skull: greatest median length 32°53; greatest diagonal 
length 32 ; condylo-incisive length 28°5 ; zygomatic breadth 
17-4; nasals 12°7; interorbital breadth 6°6; breadth of 
brain-case 14°5; breadth between meatal edges 16°3 ; zygo- 
matic plate 4°7 ; palatal foramina, anterior 5°4, posterior 3 ; 
bull, horizontal diagonal length 12 ; breadth at right angles 
to last, excluding meatus, 7; greatest diameter in any 
direction 12-7; upper molar series 4°1. 

Hab. Coast region of N. Somali. Type from Berbera, 
other specimens from Bulhar. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.11.5.4. Original 
number 32. Collected 30th July, 1905, and presented by 
Dr, R. E. Drake Brockman. Nine specimens. 

‘his Somali representative of G. pygargus, distinguished 
by its larger bull, is the species mentioned on p. 119 of 
Dr. Drake Brockman’s ‘Mammals of Somaliland’ (1910) as 
the Coast Gerbil, a title I have Latinized as above. 


Gerbillus vallinus, sp, n. 


A Gerbillus with an unusual amount of the soles naked and 
with very large bulle. 

Size about as in G. peba. Fur long and loose. General 
colour strong sandy buffy, near “ cinnamon-buff,” not so 
inclined to russet as in G. pela. Line of demarcation on 
sides not very sharply defined. Lighter postorbital and post- 
auricular markings scarcely perceptible. Ears short, their 


new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus, 149 


proectote buffy like the general colour. Fore limbs wholly 
in the white area, without any darker colour on their front 
surface. Soles less haired than in other members of Gerbillus, 
the naked area extending from the heel along the middle 
of the sole to the level of the base of the hallux, but the 
region of the pads is closely and profusely hairy, as usual 
in the genus. ‘'ail at base pale buffy above, whitish below— 
its terminal portion lost in the type. 

Skull remarkable for the great size of the bulle, which 
tend to recall those of Desmodillus and far exceed those of any 
other member of this genus. ‘I'he posterior breadth of the 
skull is therefore unusually great. Muzzle slender. Supra- 
orbital beads present. Zygomatie plate more projected 
forward than in most species of Gerbillus, and almost 
approaching the projection characteristic of Zaterillus; the 
same is the case in G. peda. Palatal foramina, both anterior 
and posterior, large and well open. Bulle greatly swollen, 
the anterior edge of the meatus also inflated; a well-marked 
vacuity just beneath the opening of the meatus. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 92 mm.; tail (60+); hind foot 30; 
ear 15. 

Skull: greatest median. length 29; greatest diagonal 
length 30; condylo-incisive length 27 ; zygomatic breadth 
16; nasals 11°2; interorbital breadth 6; breadth of brain- 
case 14:3; breadth between outer edges of meatal inflations 
16°8; zygomatic plate 4°8; palatal foramina, anterior 5°2, 
posterior 2°53; greatest horizontal diagonal diameter of 
bulla 10°7 ; greatest diameter in any direction 12°2 ; upper 
molar series 4°2. 

Hab, Bushman-land. Type from Tuin, near Kenhart, 
Hartebeest River, near 29° 8., 21° E. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 12. 1. 11. 2. Presented 
alive by Maj. H. A. P. Littledale to the Zoological Society, 
by whom it was transferred on death to the National 
Collection. 

This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its 
greatly enlarged bulla, which tend to approach in size those 
of Desmodillus auricularis, obtained in the same region by 
Major Littledale. The hind feet of this animal are also 
more naked than in other members of Gerbillus, but- have, 
however, the characteristic distal cushion which distinguishes 
the genus from Dipodillus. 


150 On new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 


Taterillus gyas, sp. n. 

A Tateri/lus with decidediy larger skull than any other, 

Size rather, but not conspicuously, larger than in 7’. eminé. 
General colour above strong and dark, near “cinnamon,” or 
even approaching “tawny”; sides cinnamon-buff. Ears 
rather large. Hands and feet white; soles quite without 
any trace of the usual transverse band of fur. ‘Tail long, its 
basal half brownish above, dull buffy below; terminal tuft 
well developed. 

Skull conspicuously larger and more heavily built than in 
any known Taterillus. Interorbital region rather more 
parallel-sided than usual, the supraorbital ridges strongly 
developed. Posterior palatal foramina extending from the 
level of the front root of m! to the middle of m?. Bulle of 
average proportional size. 

Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 127 mm.; tail (damaged in type, 175 mm. 
in another specimen of about the same size) ; hind foot 34; 
ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 39; condylo-incisive length 35; 
zygomatic breadth 19°5; nasals 15:6; interorbital breadth 7°3; 
breadth of brain-case 158; zygomatic plate 7:3; palatal 
foramina, anterior 7:2, posterior 4°6; horizontal diagonal 
diameter of bulla 10°2; upper molar series 5°5. 

Hab. Kamisa, Dinder R., Sudan. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 3. 8. 24. Original 
number 55. Collected 26th December, 1913, by Willoughby 
P. Lowe, and presented by Abel Chapman. Two adult and 
six young specimens examined. 

This Zaterillus is remarkable for its large size and the 
complete absence of the hairy band across the soles. It thus 
considerably resembles the members of the genus Taterona. 
But its elongate posterior palatine foramina show that ifs 
place really is in this genus, all the more that 7. gracilis 
proves to be variable in the development of the same hairy 
band. In that species the band is commonly absent, fairly 
often slightly or partially developed, and occasionally fully 
developed, all extremes occurring in any one locality. 
This species ranges eastwards from the Gambia to Upper 
Nigeria, where it occurs side by side with 7. nigeri@ on the 
Bauchi Plateau. ‘The latter was first described from a 
single specimen, but about a score of gerbils have been more 
recently sent by Mr. Fox, and were all supposed to be of 
the same species as the first. I now find, however, that they 


On a new Duiker from Zanzibar. 151 


are mostly referable to 7. gracilis, only four belonging 
to JT. nigerie, which may be distinguished by its larger 
size, longer anterior palatine foramina, and uniformly longer 
feet, and these in all four examples have well-developed 
sole-bands. 


XUL—A new Duiker from Zanzibar. 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tue British Museum has received from Dr. W. M. Aders, 
Government Biologist at Zanzibar, native skins of three local 
Ungulates, two antelopes and a Potamochwrus. One of the 
former is that of a Nesotragus moschatus, but the other repre- 
sents a duiker quite distinct from any species hitherto 
described. 

In honour of its donor, to whom the Museum is indebted 
for many Zanzibar mammals, it may be called 


Cephalophus adersi, sp. n. 


Allied to C. weynst*, but with whitish bands across thighs 
and a white tufted tail. 

Size and general characters about as in C. weynsi of the 
Congo. Line along nape with reversed fur, as in that 
species. General colour of withers and nape dark brown 
(near mummy-brown), which gradually becomes more rufous 
(darker than ‘‘ avellaneous ”) on the shoulders and flanks, and 
posteriorly on the rump passes into deep rich chestnut-rufous 
(“ mahogany-red” where richest), Under surface whitish, 
not sharply defined laterally, the hairs pale drabby at base, 
whiter terminally ; a mesial rufous patch on the chest. Fore 
limbs with the avellaneous rufous of the shoulders passing 
down without interruption, but on the hind-quarters there is 
a broad whitish band running across the outer side of the 
hips and separating the chestnut-red of the rump from the 
rather paler red of the legs ; this band is more or less rufous 
white where it commences on the sides above the inguinal 
glands, but becomes nearly pure white posteriorly, where it 


* Figured and described, Ann. Mus. Congo, ii. p. 14, pl. vi. (1901). 


152 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schinh. 


contrasts prominently with the mahogany-red rump. Fore 
and hind feet deep rufous speckled with white, but how far 
these white specklings may be an individual abnormality I 
have no means of judging. Tail, without tuft, about 2 inches 
in length, the tuft well marked, its hairs rather more than an 
inch long, wholly white, though there is a narrow rufous line 
running along the top of the tail basally. 

Middle of neck to rump about 24 inches. 

Hab. Zanzibar. 

Type. Native skin. B.M. no. 18, 5.25.1. Presented 
and collected by Dr. W. M. Aders. 

By its reversed nape-hairs and general type of coloration, 
with brown fore back and rufous rump, this striking duiker 
shows relationship to C. weynsi, but it is at once distinguished 
by the whitish bands which run across the thighs and show 
up the brilliant rufous of the rump, and by the wholly white 
tail-tuft, that of C. weynsi being prominently blackish above. 

These characters are so marked that, although the specimen 
is a native skin, without head or hoofs, I feel justified in 
describing it, but hope Dr. Aders may soon be able to obtain 
a complete example of so striking an animal, on whose 
discovery he is to be congratulated. 


XIV.—WNotes on Alcides, Schénh. (Curculionide, Coleoptera). 
By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, D.Sc. 


ConsIDERABLE confusion exists in collections with reference 
to the strikingly marked species of Alcides related to 
A. delta, Pase. Pascoe’s original description (Journ. Linn. 
Soc. Lond., Zool. x. 1870, p. 460) was based on three speci- 
mens, from Ceylon, Ceram, and Amboyna respectively ; of 
these he selected the Ceylon specimen as his type, and the 
other two examples now prove to belong to a quite distinct 
species. Subsequently he gave a figure of A. delta (ibid. xi. 
1871, pl. ix. fig. 10), but instead of illustrating his type he 
unfortunately selected a so-called ‘variety,’ which turns 
out to be yet a third species, and was later described by 
Kirsch under the name of triangulifer (Mitt. Mus. Dresd. i. 
1875, p. 40). Probably misled by Pascoe’s figure, Aurivil- 
lius in 1891 (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (3) iii. p. 218) sunk 
triangulifer as a synonym of delfa, and thus it stands in 
Bovie’s ‘ Catalogue of Alcidine ’? (Wytsman, fase. 71). 


Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh. 153 


As a matter of fact, A. delta differs from both the other 
forms mentioned above in a very striking character ; nor- 
mally in Alcides each tarsal claw is deeply cleft, but in 
A, delta the claws are simple and soldered together at the. 
base. This character is also found in yet another new and 
allied species, likewise from Ceylon. I have not so far 
observed it elsewhere in the genus, though Lacordaire men- 
tions its occurrence without citing any species. A. triangu- 
lifer presents a somewhat intermediate condition, the inner 
division of the claw being very much reduced. 

The following table will serve to discriminate the mem- 
bers of this group, all of which possess a similarly-shaped 
large patch of silvery-white scales on the side of the meso- 
and metasternum, and this also occurs in the very differently 
marked A. kirschi, Pasc., from Labuan :— 


1 ( 4). Tarsal claws simple, connate at the base ; 
sides of prothorax not constricted in 
front; genze of g not produced down- 
wards at the apex. 

2 ( 8). Transverse impression at base of elytra 
shallow, base of prothorax not lower 
than the apex; apical edge of rostrum 
produced into a short ‘point in the 
MENU oe ee ee ten hae eae estes se delta, Pase. 

8 ( 2). Transverse impression on elytra very 
deep, base of prothorax distinctly lower 
than the apex; apical edge of rostrum 
shallowly emarginate in the middle.. ephippiatus, sp. n. 

4 (1). Tarsal claws cleft; sides of prothorax 
markedly constricted in front; gen 
of ¢ with a tusk-like downward pro- 
cess at the apex. 

5 (14). Elytra with a large common triangle 
formed of broad pale stripes enclosing 
a black triangle ; front tibize with an 
internal tooth placed nearly in the 
middle. 

6( 9). Peduncle of submentum narrowly ob- 
long (2X1) and shallowly constricted 
at the extreme base only; anterior 
pale stripe on prothorax running trans- 
versely upwards along the edge of the 
granulate area, not covering the post- 
ocular lobe. 

7( 8). Apical margin of rostrum rounded; 
scutellum pointed at apex; post-hume- 
ral stripe on elytra not uniting behind 
with posterior angle of the pale tri- 
Pers evies sb eet ur 6 > we ceramodelta, sp. n. 


154 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schinh. 


rounded at apex ; post-humeral stripe 
on elytra uniting broadly with the 
osterior angle of the triangle ...... muirt, Sp. D. 
9 ( 6). Petitincle of submentum subtriangular, 
broad at apex and very strongly nar- 
rowed behind; prothorax with an ill- 
defined pale stripe covering the whole 
ostocular lobe and running obliquely 
Backend on to the disk. 
10 (11). Shoulders of elytra produced outwardly 
into a sharp angle; setz at apex of 
tibia blaokish. yu. kinsyiears wuss stamodelta, sp. n. 
11 (10). Shoulders of elytra obtuse; sete at apex 
of tibize reddish. 
12 (13). Elytra broader, broadest at the shoulders 
and narrowing gradually behind; 
edeagus of g with the median lobe 
narrowed to a point at the apex ; pro- 
thorax with an oblique blackish stripe 
running from the eye almost to the 
BABA 2 e pawaig ad Monn tina en ahr triangulifer, Kirsch. 
13 (12). Elytra narrower, almost parallel-sided 
from the shoulders to beyond the 
middle; edeagus of g with the me- 
dian lobe dilated at the apex, its 
apical margin very broad and sinuate ; 
prothorax with the black mark behind 
the eye contined to the non-granulate 
BYRCRL ALOR pvp ssh ols sep ko bomen Javanodelta, sp. 2. 
14 ( 5), Elytra without any distinct triangular 
markings, the oblique discal pale 
stripes diverging from the middle to 
the shoulders instead of converging 
towards the scutellum; the internal 
tooth on the front tibize much nearer 
to the base than to the apex ........ magicus, Pase. 


Alcides delta, Pasc. 


So far as is known at present the true A. delta is confined 
to the lowlands of Ceylon. 


Alcides ephippiatus, sp. n. 


3 ¢. This species has the same general facies and pat- 
tern as A. delta, as well as the simple and connate claws, but 
differs as follows:—The pale markings are usually covered 
with a dark pink or pinkish-brown powdering, and the stripes 
on the elytra are generally narrower, so that the enclosed 
black triangle is larger; the infra-humeral stripe is reduced 
to one-half the length or less; in the V-shaped apical patch 
the outer arm (on interval 7) is only half as long as the 


WL. BEE: MarshallontAleides, @ehonh. 185 


inner (on interval 3), whereas in delta they are equal or 
nearly so. The rostrum is proportionately much shorter, 
and the apical edge is shallowly emarginate in the middle. 
The dorsal outline of the prothorax is much more convex, so 
that the basal margin is well below the plane of the apical. 
The elytra are proportionately shorter, the basal transverse 
impression being much deeper, so that the dorsal outline is 
strongly convex; intervals 3 and 4 are not so markedly 
costate at the base, and the scales that form the pale 
markings are much smaller, most of them being very deeply 
fringed at the apex. 

Length 10-134 mm., breadth 43-55 mm. 

Cryton: Dikoya, 4000 ft. (type), and Bogawantalawa, 
5000 ft. (G. Lewis) ; Kandy (E. E. Green). 

The deeply sinuous dorsal outline of this species renders 
it easily recognizable. It appears to be the mountain 
representative of A. delta in Ceylon. 


Alcides siamodelta, sp. n. 


2. Closely resembling Pascoe’s figure of A. triangulifer 
(i. c.), except that the shoulders of the elytra are produced 
outwardly into a sharp angle. Other distinctions are :—In 
triangulifer the 7th joint of the funicle is elongate and equal 
to or longer than the club (4: 3-4), in the transverse pale 
band forming the base of the triangle on the elytra the 
intervals are distinctly granulate, the apical sete on the 
tibiz are reddish, and the tarsal claws have the inner divi- 
sion unusually short and slender; in siamodelta the 7th 
joint of the funicle is transverse and distinctly shorter than 
the club (24:4), the intervals are not granulate in the 
transverse band of the elytra, the apical sete on the tibiz 
are blackish, and the tarsal claws are normal, the inner 
division being about three-fourths the length of the outer. 

Length 93-103, breadth (at shoulders) 54-6 mm. 

Frencu Inpo-Cuina: Laos (type) ; Sram. 


Alcides triangulifer, Kirsch. 


So far as I know at present this insect is confined to 
the Malay Peninsula, Burma, and the Nicobars. Insects 
recorded from Borneo under the name of A. delta will 
probably be found to belong to a distinct species. 


Alcides javanodelta, sp. n. 
3 ¢. Apart from its narrower form and shorter rostrum, 


156 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh. 


extremely similar to A. ¢triangulifer. In addition to the 
characters given in the key, the following distinctions have 
been noted:—The mentum is quite flat (in ¢riangulifer it 
bears a shallow longitudinal impression); the proportions 
of the 7th funicular joint to the club are 2-23: 34-4 (in 
triangulifer 4: 3-4), and the intermediate tibiz are simply 
angulate in the middle internally (in ¢riangulifer there is a 
sharp tooth). But its most striking character is the broad 
dilatation at the apex of the median lobe of the wedeagus, 
for in all other species of the group this organ is pointed at 
its tip, as is usual in the genus, 

Length 84-124 mm., breadth 33-53} mm. 

JAVA. 

All the specimens of this group that I have seen from . 
Java belong to this species. There isin the British Museum 
a single specimen labelled Singapore (Coll. Atkinsun), but 
it seems possible that the locality may be erroneous. 


Alcides ceramodelta, sp. n. 


3 2. While this species agrees with triangulifer, as com- 
pared with delta, in the structural characters mentioned in 
the key, it differs from it in the pattern of the prothorax, 
which quite resembles that of delta and ephippiatus, the 
general colour being blackish brown, with the usual oblique 
lateral pale stripe above the cox, a transverse subapical 
pale band running along the anterior edge of the granulate 
area, and a pale central stripe. 

The general form is broader in proportion to its length 
than in any of the other species. The rostrum is propor- 
tionately short and stout, and its apical margin is rounded, 
with traces of very feeble undulations ; the peduncle of the 
submentum differs from that of all other members of 
the group (except A. muiri) in its more narrowly oblong 
form. In the antenne the 7th joint of the funicle is shorter 
than the club (3:4)*. The prothorax is very similar in 
shape to that of triangulifer, but the granules are slightly 
smaller and there is no trace of the shallow median stria. 
The scutellum is bluntly pointed at its apex, whereas in 
all the other species it is broadly rounded. ‘The intervals 
on the elytra are more distinctly granulate than in delta 
and rather less carinate than in triangulifer, thus giving the 


* By actual measurement; owing to the club being pointed, it appears 
relatively shorter than it really is. 


Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Aleides, Schénh. «157 


elytra a somewhat smoother appearance. The legs are 
markedly shorter than in ¢riangulifer, but the tarsal claws 
are similar, the inner division being much reduced; the 
median tooth on the middle tibiz is almost as long as that 
on the front pair. 

Length 123-13; breadth 63-6? mm. 

Ceram (type); AmsBorna (A. R. Wallace). 


Alcides muiri, sp. n. 


6. Pattern similar to that of A. delta and A. ceramodelta, 
except that the post-humeral stripe on the elytra unites 
broadly with the posterior angle of the pale triangle on each 
side; the edges of the pale markings rather ill-defined. 

Very similar in structure to A. ceramodelta, but the 
elytra distinctly narrower. The rostrum proportionately 
longer and its dorsal outline less convex than in that 
species, the length equal to that of the middle dorsal line of 
the prothorax (4 mm.), whereas in the latter the rostrum is 
4mm. and the prothorax 5 mm.; the apical margin of the 
rostrum with a short sharp central projection, and the genz 
produced downwards. The prothorax with comparatively 
fine and close granulation, its dorsal front margin rather 
strongly rounded. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex. 
The intervals of the elytra with low granules throughout. 
The tooth on the middle tibize only slightly smaller than that 
on the front pair, the hind pair distinctly angulate internally, 
the apical fringe of a chestnut colour; tarsal claws cleft, the 
inner division very small. 

ABdeagus about half the width of that of A. ceramodelta ; 
the spiculum fine and hair-like, more slender than in any 
of the other species, its median width one-third of that of 
A, ceramodelta. 

Length 13, breadth 6 mm. 

Timor-Lavut Is.: Larat (F. Muir). 


The following corrections must be made in Bovie’s 
‘ Catalogue of the Alcidinz’ (Wytsman, fase. 71) :— 


(A. wahlbergi, Chev. 1881=humerosus, Ancey, 1881, nec 
Har. 1880 = anceyi, Bovie, 1908) = A. olivaceus, 
Gerst. 1862. 

(A. curialis, Pase. 1883) = A. transversus, Walk. 1859. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. 11. 12 


158 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties 


(A, parilis, Pasc. 1882) is the g of A. indigaceus, Pase. 
1882. 


(A, rubrirostris, Pape, 1907) = A. lameerei, Faust, 1899. 
(A. trilineatus, Faust, 1891)= A. segnatus, Boh. 1836. 


A. signatus, Boh., is cited by Bovie (on the authority of 
Faust) as an African species, but in reality it is 
Indian; and all the specimens identified by Faust 
under this name (cf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899, 
p. 415) will almost certainly prove to be A. arcuatus, 
Boh. 


A. roelofsi, Lewis, is omitted from Bovie’s Catalogue ; it 
was proposed (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, p. 465) 
as a new name for A. albolineatus, Roel. 1875 (nee 
Boh. 1836), and A. sexvittatus, Faust, 1894, falls as a 
synonym of it. 


The genus Acerus, Pasc., should not be included in the 
Alcidinz ; it belongs to the Hylobiine, being nearly 
related to Paipalesomus, Schh. 


XV.—On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén. 
By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tus lizard, the type of the remarkable genus Ophiops 
established by Ménétriés in 1882, the distinguishing feature 
of which resides in the apparent absence of eyelids *, varies 


* “Palpebra inferior nulla, superioris tantummodo rudimenta,” 
Ménétriés.—“ Oculi palpebris destituti, capsula oculari instructi,” 
Wiegmann.—“ Pas de paupiéres,” Duméril & Bibron.—“ Eyelids none,” 
Ginther. I have long ago set right this misconception. The only 
character distinguishing this genus from Cabrita, Gray, is the fusion of 
the lower eyelid with the upper, a state of things conveying the appear- 
ance of an absence of the eyelids. What was supposed to be the cernea 
of the eye in Ophiops is the transparent disc of the lower lid, neither 
more nor less developed than in Cabrita. Although united with the 
upper, the lower eyelid is, however, not absolutely immovable. On 
touching the transparent disc in an Ophiops occidentalis which I had 
alive, I observed this to be at once lowered, the upper haif of the eye 
being then covered by the granular portion of the lid. 


of the Lizard Opliops elegans, Mén. 159 


considerably in the lepidosis, more or less according to the 
districts it inhabits, and has, in consequence, given rise to 
the establishment of a certain number of species, untenable as 
such. However, with a large material (I have carefully 
examined about 350 specimens) it is just possible to draw up 
definitions justifying the retention of some of these forms, 
whilst degrading them to a subordinate rank. 

The typical Ophiops elegans was founded on specimens 
from Transcaucasia, in which, according to Boettger, the 
number of scales and plates round the body varies between 
34 and 40*. Those examined by me are from Asia Minor 
(Angora, Kaisarieh, Albistan, Giaour Dagh). 

The varieties which I recognize are four in number. 
Their characters are contrasted with those of the typical form 
in the following synopsis, inteuded to apply to series of 
specimens :— 


382 to 41 (usually 34 to 40) scales and plates round 

middle of body; 7 to 13 (usually 9 to 12) 

femoral pores oa each side; collar distinct only 

ou the sides ; occipital small or very small .... Forma typica. 
28 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body ; 8 to 

12 (usually 9 to 11) femoral pores on each side ; 

collar distinct only on the sides; oczipital small 

MERELY S003, choc iso's, « won tin were meen hela Var. ehrenbergii. 
30 to 37 (usually 31 to 36) scales and plates round 

middle of body; 8 to 11 (rarely 12) femoral 

pores on each side; collar often distinct, some- 

times free across the throat; occipital rather 

large, sometimes 2 to 24 times the width of the 

SOGOU PORIOGEL ste cteul asta viy y's Wied ees a ti4G ds a's Var. persicus, 
30 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body; 11 

or 12 femoral pores on each side; nostril be- 

tween 8 shields, a single postnasal being present. Var. mizolepis. 
38 to 49 (usually 40 to 46) scales and plates 

round middle of body; 10 to 16 (usually 11 to 

15) femoral pores qn each side ; collar and gular 

fold often distinct ; occipital small or very small. Var. schlueter. 


Var. ehrenbergit. 
Amystes ehrenbergii, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, ii. p. 1. 


As has'been pointed out by Boettger, the specimens from 
Western Asia Minor and the Southern Sporades differ from 


* Having counted them in 70 specimens from Angora, I find 16 speci- 
mens with 36 scales and plates, 12 with 37, 11 with 38,8 with 40,7 with 
39, 6 with 35, 6 with 34, 2 with 33, 1 with 32,1 with 41. 10 femoral 
pores in 58, 11 in 46, 9 in 22, 12 in 9, 13 in 4, 8 in 1, is 

12 


160 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties 


the typical form in having larger scales on an average. The 
same form occurs also in Syria (Amystes ehrenbergii, Wiegm.), 
together with the small-scaled O. schlueteri, Boettg. 

I count 28 to 34 scales and plates round the middle of the 
body ; the posterior dorsals are sometimes nearly as large as 
the upper caudals, forming 7 to 10 longitudinal series between 
the hind limbs. The lower border of the subocular is usually 
longer than in the typical form, } to 3 the length of the 
upper border, rarely 3. 

The specimens examined by me are from Constantinople, 
Smyrna, Xanthus, Meander Valley, Zebil Bulgar Dagh 
(Cilician Taurus), Lebanon, Mt. Hermon, Mt. Tabor, Samaria, 
Galilee, Jerusalem. 


Var. persicus, nov. 


The specimens from Persia (Superghan, L. Urmi, Ispahan, 
Shiraz, Karman) are distinguished by the larger occipital, 
which may be twice or twice and a half the width of the 
interparietal, and the more extensive share taken by the sub- 
ocular in the border of the mouth, agreeing with the var. 
ehrenbergii in the latter respect. The collar is often more 
distinct, sometimes free across the throat. 30 to 37 scales 
round the middle of the body, usually 31 to 36. 8 to 11, 
rarely 12, femora] pores on each side. ) 


Var. mizolepis. 


Gymnops meizolepis, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 124. 
Ophiops meizolepis, Blanf. E. Persia, p. 369, pl. xxv. fig. 2. 


A single specimen from the low country S. W. of Kalabagh, 
on the Indus, has been made the type of a distinct species, 
and even referred to a distinct genus, on account of the 
presence of a single postnasal instead of two. I have not 
seen the specimen, stated to have 34 scales and plates round 
the body and 12 femoral pores on each side, but there is 
nothing in the description to warrant a separation from 
V. elegans, and I should have felt inclined to regard the 
presence of one postnasal instead of two as an individual 
peculiarity, such as I have noticed in the var. schluetert and 
in O, occidentalis, were it not that Blanford has rediscovered 
the same form at Basra, Mesopotamia, where it is said to 
occur in abundance, aud where the character appears to be 
fixed*, It is also noteworthy that the only two specimens 


* According to Blanford, it occurs as a rare exception in S. Persia: 


of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mdén. 161 


from Haifa in Palestine examined by Boettger are distin- 
guished from all other Syrian individuals by the same 
character. In view of the constancy of the single postnasal 
in individuals from certain localities, [ retain O. mizolepis 
under a varietal name, but provisionally only and with some 
doubts as to its validity. 

I have examined two of Blanford’s Basra specimens, as 
well as two recently obtained at tle same place by Col. Wall * 
and one from Amara, Mesopotamia, received from Capt. P. A. 
Buxton. 


Var. schlueteri. 


a schlueteri, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 176, pl. iii. 
g. 3. 

This is the most distinct of the various forms grouped 
under O. elegans, and one might feel inclined to regard it as 
a valid species. There is, however, an overlap in the 
numerical character of the scales as compared with the 
typical form, and no constancy in the other characters 
pointed out in the original description ; so that it is better to 
treat O. schluetert as a variety, completely connected with 
the typical form and the var. ehrenbergii. 

The dorsal scales are small, the posterior always much 
smaller than the basal caudals; they form 10 to 14 longitu- 
dinal series between the hind limbs ; 38 to 49 scales and 
plates round the middle of the body, usually 40 to 46. The 
femoral pores number 10 to 16 on each side, usually 11 to 15. 
The temporal scales are usually smaller than in the typical 
form (50 to 90 instead of 34 to 63, 27 to 50 in the var. 
ehrenbergti). A more or less distinet gular fold ; collar 
usually distinct, but very rarely quite free. The subocular 
borders the mouth very narrowly, its lower border is rarely 
more than one-fourth the length of the upper. One specimen 
has a single postnasal instead of two. 

This variety is confined to Palestine (I have examined 
specimens from Mt. Hermon and Baalbeck) and Cyprus. It 
should be regarded as, on the whole, the most primitive of the 
forms included under O. elegans. 


“In two specimens... . the lower nasal is joined to the lower postnasal, 
so that the nasal shields resemble those in Chondrophiops { = Gymnops | 
or Eremias.” 

* Preserved in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society. 


162 On a new Lizard from Yunnan, 


XVI.—Deseription of a new Lizard of the Genus Acantho- 
saura from Yunnan. By G,. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Acanthosaura varcoe. 


Head once and one-third as long as broad ; snout a little 
longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis and 
superciliary edge sharp ; tympanum nearly as large as the 
eye-opening ; upper head-scales unequal, granulate and 
keeled, a few, near the ear, raised and spine-like ; 14 or 15 
scales in a transverse series between the superciliary edges ; 
8 upper and as many lower labials ; gular scales smaller than 
largest ventrals. A strong oblique fold in front of the 
shoulder. Body neither compressed nor depressed; dorsal 
scales very unequal in size, imbricate, strongly keeled ; 
nuchal crest very low, continued on the body as a series 
of enlarged, strongly keeled scales; two interrupted series of 
strongly enlarged, strongly keeled scales along each side of 
the back ; ventral scales strongly keeled and mucronate, the 
median smaller than the laterals. Fourth finger a little 
longer than third. Hind limb reaching the ear in the-male, 
the shoulder in the female. Tail cylindrical, not crested. 
Yellowish or reddish brown above, male with a cream- 
coloured dorso-lateral band ; 5 chevron-shaped blackish bars 
across the back; sides with a wide-meshed black network ; 
an oblique black streak from the lower eyelid to the com- 
missure of the jaws; upper lip cream-colour; limbs with 
black cross-bars ; lower parts white. 


3 9. 

mm. mm, 
Total length... ..i0s)4.is0sps as} sek LOS 187 
Head, 2.5202 oa eran ace eae 19 19 
Width af head! 057 eee ee 14 14 
Boy 3 , od Fan MES sy wee eee 44 53 
Bore limb. 02s 340 vite RA AS Fe 31 31 
SA 6d Teas 5:0. «-Vie ba ripe i ee 43 43 
Bil eae wae. aiken. sate er robe Ce 105 115 


Two specimens, preserved in the British Museum—a male 
from Yunnan Fou and a female from Wuting Chu,—received 
from Mr. J. Graham in 1914. 

The species is named after Mrs. Graham (maiden name, 
Varcoe). 


On the Braconidex in the British Museum. 163 


XVII.—Notes on the Biaconidee in the British Museum.— 


IV. On new Helconine, mostly Australian. By RowLanp 
KE. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 


Key to the Australian Genera of Helconine. 


1. Recurrent nervure received by second cubital 


ROR pee ee fed 2 $9) iss Hae ie aptels . Megalohelcon, gen. n, 
Recurrent nervure received by first cubita 
RP eies i 31.5 5. = shh a ea, o/s’ <1 6 = Gina seat 2, 
2. Median lobe of mesonotum depressed below 
mis tatetel loos... 2c. Sdn tod as . Paraheleon, Kokuj. 
Median lobe of mesonotum not depressed ., 3. 


3. Anal cell of fore wing with two fully deve- 
loped transverse neryures; first tergite 
large, constricted at one-third from the 
base, the basal portion bilobed and mas- 
sively subtuberculate on each side of the 
MeORVOn TISTPTH! «2's 92.2 ek wraceieie« soe .. Calohelcon, gen. n. 
Anal cell of fore wing with one transverse 
nervure, rarely with indications of the 


second; first tergite not abnormal...,., 4. 
4. Frontal excavation present...........+.00+ ; 
Frontal excavation absent ............055. Aspidocolpus, Wesm. 
5. Anal cell of fore wing with indications of a 
second transverse nervure ............ Gymnoscelus, Forst. 
Anal cell of fore wing without any indication 
of a second transverse nervure ........ 6. 


6. Median segment and two basal tergites clothed 
with dense grey pubescence ; second ter- 

gite with a median longitudinal carina.. Trichiohelcon, gen. n. 
Median segment and abdomen without dense 
pubescence; second tergite without a 

PAEUR! sO. ike Bad) seit & der bls ne ».... - Austroheleon, gen, n. 


Typical Gymnoscelus has the second transverse vein of the 
anal cell fully developed. 


MEGALOHELCON, gen. nov. 


Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth much 
longer than the outer; anterior margin of the clypeus straight. 
Face produced into a spine above the base of the clypeus, 
with a curved carina on each side near the inner margin of 
the eyes; cheeks as long as the third joint of the flagellum. 
Head large, transverse, as broad as the thorax ; eyes broadly 
oval, ocelli very large ; frontal depression not well defined. 
Antenne about 77-jointed. Median lobe of the mesonotum 


164 Mr. R. E.-Lurner on the 


broad, slightly depressed in the middle, the parapsidal furrows 
very broad and deep. Median segment areolated. Abdomen 
elongate-fusiform, slender at the base; the apical dorsal 
segment narrow, with short cerei, terebra very short. Radial 
cell not quite extending to the apex of the fore wing ; first 
cubital cell only divided from the discoidal on the apical 
half, the cubital nervure obsolete on the basal half of the 
cell ; second cubital cell long and narrow, about half as long 
again on the cubitus as on the radius; second transverse 
cubital nervure oblique, sloping outwards from the cubitus 
to the radius, less than half as long as the second abscissa of 
the radius ; recurrent nervure received near the base of the 
second cubital cell; anal cell with only one transverse 
nervure, nervulus slightly postfureal. 


Megalohelcon torresensis, sp. n. 


Q. Testacea; mandibulis apice nigris; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis ; 
cellula radiali margine costali anguste infuscata. 
Long. 22 mm. 


9. Antenne as long as the thorax and abdomen combined, 
second joint of the flagellum a little longer than the third, 
twice as long as the first. Face rugulose, mesonotum finely 
and closely punctured ; pleurze almost smooth, the grooves 
very coarsely crenulated. Dorsal surface of the median 
segment about equal to the scutellum in length; with a 
median carina and a slightly oblique lateral carina on each 
side, all meeting the strong apical transverse carina ; on each 
side of the segment is a strong carina reaching from the base 
to the very large elongate spiracle ; the apical slope of the 
segment has a small oval area at the base, with a median 
longitudinal carina beyond it; near the lateral margins are 
two longitudinal caring on each side. First tergite more 
than three times as long as its apical breadth, the spiracles 
just beyond one-third from the base, subtuberculate. Apical 
ventral segment strongly compressed laterally, the terebra 


very short, only slightly exserted, probably usually with- 
drawn. 


Hab. Islands in Torres Straits. 
In the position of the recurrent nervure this resembles th 
genus Brulleia, Szépl., but is very distinct otherwise. 
Doubtless the large ocelli, the long antenne, and the pale 
colouring indicate nocturnal habits. All other Helconing 
recorded from Australia are from §.E. Australia and Tas- 
mania, and I never saw any species of the group during my 

long residence in North Queensland. 


Or 


Braconidae tn the British Museum. 16 


Genus PARAHELCON, Kokuj. 
Parahelcon, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent, i. p. 14 (1901). 


Parahelcon konowi, Kokuj. 


Paraheleon konowi, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent. i. p. 15 (1901). °. 
Opius euthyrrhini, Cum. Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S5.W. xxxvii. p. 19 
(1912). 2. 

Hab. Gosford, N.S.W. 

This genus is easily distinguished by the strongly depressed 
median lobe of the mesonotum. The neuration is as in 
Gymnoscelus ; the anal cell has two cross-nervures, but the 
second is incomplete. The second transverse cubital nervure 
meets the cubitus at right angles, not oblique as in typical 
Gymnoscelus. 


CALOHELCON, gen. nov. 


Anal cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures ; 
nervulus interstitial or very slightly postfureal ; second trans- 
verse cubital nervure slightly oblique, not quite at right 
angles to the cubitus ; first discoidal cell with a very short 
petiole, almost sessile. Frontal excavation fairly deep ; 
median lobe of the mesonotum normal ; parapsidal furrows 
not very deep, not crenulated. Median segment smooth, not 
areolated. First tergite as broad at the apex as the second, 
narrowed at about one-third from the base, the basal portion 
bilobed on the anterior margin and swollen on each side, at 
least as long as the apical breadth, twice as broad at the apex 
as at the base. Terebra at least as long as the whole insect. 

‘Type of the genus, C. obscuripennis, ‘Turn. 


Calohelcon obscuripennis, sp. n. 


2. Nigra; capite rufo, antennis nigris; segmento mediano dimidio 
apicali, segmentoque abdominali primo, macula mediana dorsali 
subapicali nigra, albidulis ; alis fusco-hyalinis. 

3. Femine similis. 

Long., 9, 15 mm., terebre long. 17 mm.; ¢, 14 mm. 


?. Clypeus narrowly depressed at the apex, the apical 
margin straight, not reaching the mandibles in the middle. 
Head massive, broader than the thorax, vertex and front 
smooth and shining, a short longitudinal carina between the 
antenne; face finely punctured, with an impressed longi- 
tudinal line on each side from the base of the antenne to the 


166 Mr. R. E. Turner on the 


clypeus; posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from 
each other. Antenne about 50-jointed, second joint of the 
flagellum fully three times as long as the first. A large 
curved depression, longitudinally striated, at the base of the 
scutellum. Thorax and median segment smooth and shining. 
Abdomen smooth and shining, the valvule clothed with 
short hairs. Spiracle of the median segment small and 
round. 

Hab. Victoria (French), ex coll. Turner. 

A variety in the British Museum collection without data 
has the prothorax and mesonotum red and measures 18 mm, 
in length. This may prove to be distinct or a local race. 
The length of the second abscissa of the radius seems to be 
variable in this species. 


AUSTROHELCON, gen. nov. 


Very near the genus Gymnoscelus, Forst., differing in 
having only one transverse nervure in the anal cell of the 
fore wing instead of two, and the second transverse cubital 
nervure straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus, not 
oblique. The genus Edyia,Cam., from Borneo, is somewhat 
intermediate between the two genera, having the second 
cubital cell as in Gymmnoscelus, but the second transverse’ 
vein of the anal cell almost obsolete. The frontal excavation 
is shallower and less sharply defined than in Gymnoscelus and 
Edyia. The nervulus in Ldyiaand Austrohelcon is distinctly 
postfurcal, not interstitial as in Gymnoscelus. 

Type of genus, A. meridionalis, Turn. 


Key to the Species of Austrohelcon. 
1 Head black; thorax almost entirely rufo- 


WESLACOOUS 02 seis tip cc's ole 6's Bini ol e's : 
Thorax almost entirely black .......... 4, 
2, Joints 2-4 of the hind tarsi yellowish 
Wess sae eS ooo eae ae 
Third and fourth joints of the hind tarsi 
ONLY Wine 7 Ss Soke cvs sos bebe A. australianus, Kokuj. 
3. Pronotum, base of scutellum, and the 
middle of the mesosternum black.... A. indultor, Erichs. 
Thorax entirely rufo-testaceous ........ A. inornatus, Kokuj. 
4, Head, except the ocellar region, red ..., A. erythrocephalus, Tome 


Head Diack, 5.5 s4« Suen ees cots A. meridionalis, Turn. 


s 


Braconidie in the British Museum. 167 


Austrohelcon meridionalis, sp. n. 


@. Nigra; clypeo apice mandibulisque basi fusco-ferrugineis ; 
abdomine rufo-ferrugineo, valvulis terebre nigris; antennis 
43-articulatis, articulis 14-22 albido-flavis; pedibus rufo-testa- 
ceis, tibiis posticis tertio apicali, tarsis posticis articulo apicali, 
unguiculisque nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; tegulis testaceis. 

Long. 9-11 mm.; terebre long. 13-14 mm. 


9. Clypeus short, the apical margin deflexed and straight, 
not reaching to the mandibles, leaving a space in which the 
ciliated labrum is exposed. Face closely punctured, with 
more or less developed strize, and a low but distinct longi- 
tudinal carina, Front and vertex smooth and shining, the 
frontal depression large but not very deep, the lower portion 
distinctly margined laterally. Pronotum rugose ; the median 
lobe of the mesonotum rather prominent, shining in front, 
coarsely and irregularly reticulate posteriorly, the parapsidal 
furrows very coarsely crenulated ; lateral lobes of the meso- 
notum smooth and shining ; pleura rugulose, the mesopleuree 
smooth and shining in the middle; scutellum finely punctured, 
with a longitudinally striated depression at the base. Median 
segment coarsely and irregularly rugose reticulate. Abdomen 
smooth and shining ; the first tergite with two longitudinal 
caring from the base to beyond the middle, the basal half 
finely punctured, about three times as long as its apical 
breadth. Hind metatarsus not quite as long as the three 
following joints combined. Radius not quite reaching the 
apex of the fore wing; second abscissa of the radius distinctly 
longer than the first, about equal to the second transverse 
cubital nervure ; first discoidal cell distinctly petiolate. 

Hab, Victoria (French). 

The colour varies considerably, some specimens having the 
hind tarsi whitish yellow except at the extreme apex and 
some having the upper portion of the propleurz fusco- 
ferruginous. A specimen from Hobart differs in having the 
hind metatarsus black and the second abscissa of the radius 


nearly half.as long again as the second transverse cubital 
nervure. 


Austrohelcon erythrocephalus, sp. 0. 


@. Rufo-testacea; thorace nigro, propleuris supra ferrugineis ; 
segmento mediano nigro-suffuso ; tibiis posticis tertio apicali, 
metatarso postico dimidio basali, unguiculisque nigris ; antennis 


168 Mr. R. E. Turner on the 


43-articulatis, articulis 15-25 albido-flavis; terebre valvulis 
nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, tegulis testaceis. 
Long. 9 mm. ; terebre long. 10 mm. 


Q?. Differs from A. meridionalis in having the face very 
finely punctured, without a carina; the median lobe of the 
mesonotum finely punctured, not reticulate posteriorly ; the 
first tergite transversely rugulose, the two longitudinal carinee 
stronger than in meridionalis and reaching almost to the apex, 
and the second cubital cell longer, somewhat narrowed to the 
apex, the second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long 
as the second transverse cubital nervure, and about two- 
thirds of the length of the cubital margin of the cell. 

Hab. Victoria (C. French). 

A specimen from Franklin, Tasmania, has the hind tarsi 
whitish yellow except at the base and apex, but in the type 
also they are much paler than the other tarsi, and would 
probably be whitish yellow in life. 

I have not seen either A. indultor, Erichs., or A. australi- 
anus, Kokuj. A specimen of A. inornatus, ’Kokuj. . differs 
from the type in having joints 15-21 of the antenne whitish 
instead of 15-24 as in the type, and the antenne only 39- 
jointed instead of 45; but another specimen has 41 joints 
with joints 15-22 whitish. The female of inornatus has the 
terebra equal in length to the whole insect. Probably, as 
Kokouyew suggests, inornatus will prove to be a variety of 
indultor. he three species of Austrohelcon known to me all 
have the clypeus short and the labrum exposed. 


TRICHIOHELCON, gen. nov. 


9. Closely allied to Austrohelcon, differing in the deeper 
frontal excavation, in the strong longitudinal median carina 
of the second tergite, and in the dense hairy covering of the 
median segment and of the first and second tergites. 

‘Type of the genus, [phiaular phoracanthe, Frogg. 


Trichiohelcon phoracanthe, Frogg. 


Iphiaulax phoracanthe, Frogg. Agricult. Gazette of New South Wales, 
xxvii. p. 565 (1916). 9. 
2. Nigra; capite rufo; segmento mediano, tergitisque primo 
secundoque albo-cinereo- hirsutis ; ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris. 
Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 11 mm. 


¢. Antenne 48-jointed; head shining, the face finely 


Braconidse in the British Museum. 169 


punctured ; clypeus short, the anterior margin straight, not 
reaching the mandibles, labrum exposed. Mesonotum and 
pleuree shining, smooth, tle median lobe of the mesonotum 
prominent, parapsidal furrows deep. First tergite less than 
twice as long as its apical breadth. 

Hab. S.K. Australia and Tasmania. 

A parasite on Phoracantha larve. Placed in Iphiaulax by 
Froggatt on the determination of C. Morley. 


Genus GYMNOSCELUS, Forst. 


Gymnoscelus rufoniger, sp. n. 


9. Nigra, capite thoraceque rutis ; antennis, postscutelloque nigris ; 
segmento mediano nigro, dense albido-piloso ; coxis anticis rufis ; 
alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis ; autennis 45-articulatis. 

Long. 10 mm.; terebre long. 8 mm. 


?. Head broader than the thorax, smooth and shining, 
the face very minutely punctured. Clypeus truncate at the 
apex, the labrum slightly exposed; cheeks long, only a little 
shorter than the eyes; frontal excavation deep. Thorax 
smooth and shining, the median lobe of the mesonotumn 
rather prominent; parapsidal furrows well marked, very 
finely crenulated in the middle, the extremities smooth ; a 
curved and strongly longitudinally striated depression at the 
base of the scutellum. Median segment densely covered 
with whitish hairs, not areolate. Abdomen smooth and 
shining, not quite as long as the head, thorax, and median 
segment combined, fusiform ; the first tergite about half as 
Jong again as its apical breadth, covered with close-lying 
white hairs, not carinated. Hind coxe subopaque, closely 
and minutely punctured, sparsely covered with white hairs. 
First discoidal cell sessile, nervulus slightly postfureal, anal 
cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures, the second 
partly obsolete. First abscissa of the radius very shoit, 
second half as long again as the second transverse cubital 
nervure, the latter straight, forming a right angle with the 
cubitus. 

Hab, Hobart, Tasmania (J. J. Walker) ; Victoria (French). 

In the Victorian specimen the white hairs spread on to 
the sides of the second tergite. The species is not a typical 
Gynmoscelus, differing in the shape of the second cubital cell 
and in the partial effacement of the second transverse vein of 
the anal cell. It forms a link between Gymmnoscelus and 
Lrichivhelcon, differing from the latter in the absence of a 


170 Mr. R. E. Turner on the 


carina on the second tergite and the partial development of 
the second transverse vein of the anal cell. 


Gymnoscelus rufithorax, sp. n. 


¢é. Gracilis, niger; thorace rufo ; segmento mediano nigro, rugoso ; 
alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; antennis 32-articulatis; tarsis inter- 
mediis articulis tertio quartoque pallide brunneis. 

Long. 6 mm. 


6. Head broader than the thorax, finely and closely punc- 
tured, the face more closely punctured than the vertex and 
clothed with short white pubescence ; clypeus truncate at the 
apex; cheeks about half as long as the eyes; frontal excava- 
tion very shallow and ill-defined, a low carina from between 
the antenne to the anterior ocellus. Thorax finely and closely 
punctured ; the median lobe of the mesonotum not prominent ; 
parapsidal furrows clearly defined, finely crenulated. Basal 
half of the scutellum depressed and strongly longitudinally 
striated ; median segment very coarsely rugose, not areolate. 
Abdomen very slender, as long as the head, thorax, and 
median segment combined ; the first tergite nearly as long as 
the remainder of the abdomen, gradually broadened from the 
base, three times as long as its apical breadth, transversely 
rugulose, with two longitudinal carine from the base ex- 
tending for fully three-quarters of the length of the tergite, 
the extreme apex smooth and shining. Hind coxee closely 
and finely punctured and sparsely clothed with white hairs, 
hind calcaria very short. First discoidal cell sessile, anal 
cell with two transverse nervures; second abscissa of the 
radius nearly twice as long as the first, equal in length to the 
second transverse cubital nervure, only half as long as the 
cubital margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure 
straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus. 

Hab. Melbourne, Victoria (French). 

This differs from typical Gymnoscelus in the very shal!ow 
and almost obsolete frontal excavation, in which point it 
approaches Aspidocolpus. But the second transverse vein in 
the anal cell is present as in Gymuoscelus. 


Genus ASPIDOCOLPUS, Wesm. 


Aspidocolpus penetrator, Sm. 
Rhogas penetrator, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 5 (1878). 9°. 


This was erroneously placed in Rhogas by Smith. The 


Braconide in the British Museum. Pe 


head is smaller and more transverse than is usual in the 
Helconine, and the abdomen is placed lower on the median 
segment, almost as low as in the Diospiline, to which sub- 
family the species shows some approach ; but the abdomen is 
long and slender, and I think it is best placed here. 


Hab. New Zealand. 


Genus BruLueta, Szépl. 


Brulleia chinensis, sp. 0. 


3. Rufo-ochraceus; flagello, articulo basali excepto, mandibulis 
apice, abdomine segmentis tertio, basi excepto, sequentibusque, 
tibiis posticis dimidio apicali, tarsisque posticis, articulo apicali 
excepto, nigris ; alis flayo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis, stigmate 
costaque nigris. 

Long. 20 mm. 


3d. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the upper tooth 
distinctly longer than the lower ; clypeus short, truncate at 
the apex, the labrum exposed. Head transverse, broader 
than the thorax, the whole, including the labrum, very finely 
aud closely punctured; frontal excavation not very deep, but 
well defined ; eyes about three times as long as the cheeks. 
Antenne long, broken at the apex beyond the thirty-sixth 
joint. ‘Thorax finely and closely punctured ; middle lobe of 
the mesonotum not prominent ; parapsidal furrows deep, 
crenulated ; postscutellum distantly longitudinally striated. 
Median segment rugose, with an indistinct semicircular basal 
area and two indistinct longitudinal carine very close together 
near the middle; these carinz diverge on the apical slope, 
enclosing a small semicircular area ; the lateral margins of 
the segment with strong carine, the spiracles large and oval ; 
a longitudinal striated groove below the spiracles. First 
tergite rugose, broadened from the base, three times as long 
as its apical breadth, with a longitudinal carina running 
from each of the basal angles nearly to the middle ; second 
tergite finely punctured-rugulose in the middle, the remainder 
of the abdomen very finely and closely punctured. Hind 
metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints combined. 
Anal cell with two transverse nervures. First discoidal cell 
sessile; recurrent nervure received by the second cubital cell 
near the base ; second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as 
long as the first, fully as long as the second transverse 
cubital nervure, which is oblique, but not bent; nervulus 
interstitial. 


172 On the Braconidee in the British Museum. 


_ Hab. North China. 
The type of the genus is from New Guinea, but this appears 
to be congeneric. 


Genus HeEtcon, Nees. 
Helcon unicornis, sp. n. 


@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, coxis trochanteribusque posticis, 
femoribusque posticis, apice nigro excepto, ferrugineis; tegulis, 
palpis, segmento abdominali primo, pedibusque anticis inter- 
mediisque testaceo-ferrugineis ; tarsis posticis, articulo apicali 
excepto, albidis; antennis 37-articulatis, articulis 10 basalibus 
fusco-brunneis, 11-18 albis, apicalibus nigris; alis hyalinis, 
venis fuscis, 

Long. 9 mm. ; terebre long. 6 mm. 


@?. Face rugose, with a few oblique stria on each side ; 
vertex and front smooth and shining ; the frontal depression. 
not very deep, but strongly margined laterally, from the 
anterior portion of the depression rises a strong blunt horn, 
which rises higher than the raised lateral margins of the 
depression. Cheeks more than half as long as the eyes. 
Thorax closely and rather finely punctured ; median lobe of 
the mesonotum not prominent; parapsidal furrows crenu- 
lated ; mesopleuree smooth and shining; the mesonotum 
behind with distinct transverse strie in the middle; basal 
half of the scutellum occupied by a deep longitudinally 
striated depression. Median segment transversely rugulose, 
with four strong longitudinal carinze on the dorsal surface, 
the sides of the segment rugose-reticulate. First tergite 
rather coarsely punctured-rugulose, a little more than twice 
as long as its apical breadth; second tergite indistinctly 
punctured-rugulose at the base, shining at the apex; the 
apical tergites smooth and shining. Hind femora very finely 
serrate in the middle beneath, with a stout spine beneath 
before the apex. The second transverse nervure in the anal 
cell of the fore wing is only faintly indicated. First discoidal 
cell distinctly petiolate; second abscissa of the radius less 
than twice as long as the first, as long as the second trans- 
verse cubital nervure, less than half as long as the cubital 
margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure oblique ; 
nervulus slightly postfurcal. 

Hab. French Indo-China (received from A. Vuillet). 

The frontal excavation is smaller than is usual in the genus, 
and does not extend as high as the anterior ocellus, differing 
in this respect from the Japanese H. cornutus, Cam., in which 
the excavation is very large and deep. | 


On the Rthynchotal Family Ly geide. 173 


Genus C@LosTePHANUS, Kieff. 
Celostephanus, Kieff. Ann, Soc. Entom. France, p. 232 (1911). 


This genus, created by Kieffer for the Mexican C. rufus, 
Kieff., must sink asa synonym of Gymnoscelus. ‘The hind 
femora are missing in the type. The first tergite is smooth, 
and the second transverse cubital nervure is not oblique ; 
otherwise it does not differ appreciably from Gymnoscelus. 
Kieffer placed his genus in the Stephanidee, quite erroneously. 


XVIII.— Contributions to a further Knowledge of the 
_Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant. 


[Continued from vol. i. (ser. 9) p, 424. ] 


Atthalotus apicimaculatus, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium black, finely, more 
palely pilose; bases of the pedunculated eyes and narrow 
base of head, an obscure narrow central line to pronotum, an 
apical spot to scutellum, connexivum, lateral areas of head 
beneath, broad lateral margins to sternum, and body beneath 
more or less dark ochraceous; legs, rostrum, and antennz 
black ; antenne with the second joint longer than the third, 
which is almost subequal in length to fourth joint ; eyes 
strongly pedunculate ; the pale apex to the scutellum some- 
what globose; pronotum finely, obscurely punctate; mem- 
brane slaty grey, the veins black, not reaching abdominal 
apex. 

Long. 5 mm. 

Hab. East Africa [German]; Lulanguru (G. O. ZZ. 
Carpenter). 


Lygeus moniislune. 
Spilostethus montislune, Bergr. Rev. Zool. Afric. iii. p. 456 (1914). 
This species originally described from Uganda has also 
been received by the British Museum from Abyssinia ; 
Managasha (P. C. Zaphiro). 


Lygeus fimbriatus. f 

Lygeus fimbriatus, Dall. List. Hem. ii. p. 646 (1852); Dist. Faun, 
Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 7 (1904). 

This species has now been received from Ceylon; Pera- 


deniya. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 13 


174 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


Lygeus negts, 8). 1. 


Sanguineous; apex of head and a spot at inner margins 
of eyes, anterior margin of pronotum and two large sub- 
quadrate spots on disk not quite reaching posterior margin 
and anteriorly, outwardly, narrowly connected with lateral 
margins, scutellum (excluding apex), posterior half of clavus, 
lateral margins, and a central rounded spot connected with 
the same black ; body beneath sanguineous, posterior sternal 
areas greyish white and laterally spotted with black ; 
antenne, legs, and lateral margins of abdomen black ; 
antennz with the second joint longest, third and fourth 
almost subequal in length ; pronotum centrally longitudinally 
earinate; scutellum robustly carinate on apical half; mem- 
brane passing abdominal apex, fuliginous, the veins on 
extreme basal area black. 

Long. 8 mm. 

Hab. Abyssinia; Higo Samula (R. J. Stordy). 

Allied to L, bettoni, Dist., from Brit. E. Africa. 


Lygeus dives, sp. n. 


Ochraceous ; apex of head and a large spot at inner 
margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal 
area and two large. subquadrate spots (anteriorly nearly 
united to each other centrally and to the lateral margins 
perfectly), scutellum (excluding apex), corium with the outer 
claval margin and a darker spot at inner claval apex, lateral 
margin (not extending to apex), a darker spot near middle 
of lateral area, membrane, rostrum, and legs black; head 
beneath and sternum black, margins of the sternal segments 
greyish white, a prominent ochraceous spot near lateral 
margins of each segment, and a few darker black spots; 
abdomen beneath dull testaceous with a broad central fascia 
and narrow lateral margins black; antenne mutilated ; 
biack markings above more or less obscurely punctate; an 
oblique incision on each side of the anterior pronotal area 


between the black markings ; rostrum reaching the posterior 
coxee. 


Long. 7 mm. 
Hab. Uganda; Mutanda (C. H. Marshall). 
Allied to the preceding species, L. negus, Dist. 


Graptostethus pictus, Dist. (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. 
p- 538, 1901). 


This species, formerly only known from Natal and Trans- 
vaal, can now be also recorded from N.E. Rhodesia; Upper 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 175 


Luangwa R. (S.A. Neave). East Africa [German] Rd. to 
Kilossa, Usagara Dist. (S. A. Neave). 


Graptostethus carpenteri, sp. n. 


Head and antenne black; pronotum testaceous with a 
large basal black spot at each posterior angle; scutellum 
black; corium greyish ochraceous, an elongate black spot 
on apical half of clavus and a central rounded black spot 
abutting on middle of costal margin; membrane black with 
a transverse spot attenuated interiorly and a somewhat large 
apical spot greyish white ; connexivum ochraceous with 
black spots; body beneath pale purplish red, coxa] areas 
paler and more greyish in hue ; head beneath, rostrum, legs, 
two sternal spots on each lateral. margin, small lateral 
abdominal segmental spots, and the apical abdominal seg- 
ment black ; antenne with the second, third, and fourth 
joints almost subequal in length; scutellum longitudinally 
carinate on apical half; membrane passing abdominal 
apex. 

Long. 45-5 mm. 

Hab. East Africa [German], Lulanguru (G. D. H. 
Carpenter). 
Allied to G. pictus, Dist. - 


Graptostethus flammatus, sp. n. 


Testaceous red ; apex of head and a small spot at inner 
margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal 
area and a large spot on each side of disk, scutellum (ex- 
cluding apical central carination), corium with the clavus, 
internal area and a sublateral marginal spot beyond middle, 
membrane, body beneath, rostrum, antenne, and legs black ; 
lateral margins of sternum and abdomen and abdominal 
disk more or less testaceous ; sternal and coxal margins 
greyish white ; antenne with the second joint about three 
times as long as the first ; head and pronotum more or less 
obscurely punctate ; basal angles of pronotum moderately 
rounded, the lateral margins moderately thickened and 
slightly recurved ; scutellum prominently centrally carinate. 

Long. 12 mm. 

Hab. Uganda; Kampala (C. C. Gowdey and S. A. Neave). 

A species somewhat superficially resembling above the 
well-known palearctic Lygeus familiaris, Fabr. 


Graptostethus swynnertoni. 


Lygeus swynnertuni, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 504 
(1915). 


The typical specimen described did not afford me a good 


176 Mr. W. L. Distant on the © 


opportunity of detecting the posteriorly obliquely truncate 
metapleure, I have now had the opportunity of examining 
a good series of specimens. 

Hab. South Rhodesia (C. F. M. Swynnerton). Gaza Land; 
nr. Chirindi Forest (G. A. K. Marshall). Nyasaland; 
Mlanje (S. A. Neave). 

The British Museum also now possesses & specimen 
labelled ‘‘ near Sfax, ‘Tunis (de Boerio),” a locality which I 
consider doubtful. 


Pyrrhobaphus guttaticollis, sp. n. 


Dull purplish red, more or less pale ochraceously or 
greyishly pilose ; eyes black; pronotum with the anterior 
marginal area piceous and containing two dark black spots, 
two somewhat similar spots in transverse series on pronotal 
disk, and two larger and somewhat subquadrate spots at 
base, scutellum and membrane black, the latter with its 
basal angle and apical margin greyish white ; body beneath 
thickly greyishly pilose, sternal and abdominal segments 
with prominent lateral black spots; legs black, greyishly 
pilose; antenne with the basal joint ochraceous and its 
extreme base sanguineous, remaining joints black, extreme 
base of second joint ochraceous, second joint a little longest, 
third and fourth almost subequal : anterior marginal area of 
pronotum posteriorly defined by a waved, obliquely rounded 
incised black line ; scutellum more thickly pilose, with a 
T-shaped discal carination ; rostrum black. 

Long. 14 mm. 

Hab. Malay Archipelago; Damma Isld. (J. J. Walker). 


Cenocoris torridus, sp. 0. 


Above dull testaceots red; antennz, eyes, anterior area 
of pronotum (excluding extreme anterior margin), seutellum 
(excluding apex), and membrane black or blackish ; sternum 
pale sanguineous with large coxal blackish spots ; abdomen 
beneath dull ochraceous, “the discal posterior areas of the 

segments black; rostrum, legs, and antenne black ; fourth 

joint of antenn considerably longest, second and third 
almost equal in length; head above discally convex; pro- 
notum coarsely punctate ; scutellum centrally longitudinally 
carinate, the carination not reaching base, its apex san- 
guineous; Clavus rather more very dull greyish than 
remainder of corium ; membrane with the basal angle dark 
indigo-blue, its apical margin hyaline ; rostrum reaching 
apical margin of second abdominal segment. 


Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 177 


Long. 11-13 mm. 
Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (7. P. Dodd). Cooktown 
(Philip de la Garde). 


Cenocoris floridulus, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium bright san- 
guineous; membrane, antennze, rostrum, and legs (including 
cox) black; head beneath, lateral areas of sternum, and 
the abdomen beneath sanguineous, the stigmatal spots more 
or less black ; basal joint of antenne reddish ochraceous, 
apical joint about as long as second and third joints together ; 
pronotum very coarsely punctate ; scutellum strongly, 
centrally, longitudinally carinate, the carination not reach- 
ing base; membrane somewhat bluish black, its extreme 
basal angle testaceous, its apical margin subhyaline ; rostrum 


very long, almost or quite reaching the apical abdominal 
segment. 


Long. 18-20 mm. 

Hab. Indo-China ; Tonkin, Laos, Vientiane (R. V. de 
Salvaza). 

Allied to C. augur, Stal, from Queensland. 


Macropes albosignatus, sp. n. 


Black ; a large subquadrate spot on each lateral margin 
of corium, a subbasal transverse arcuated fasia and a broad 
apical fascia to membrane greyish white; basal joint of 
antennze ochraceous (remainder mutilated) ; anterior lobe 
and base of posterior lobe of pronotum shining black, and 
sparsely punctate, the intermediate area opaque and thickly 
coarsely punctate, on the anterior lobe are two discal foveate 
impressions, posterior pronotal margin concavely sinuate 
before base of scutellum which is longitudinally carinate ; 
membrane almost reaching base of penultimate abdominal 
segment. 

Long. 95 mm. 

Hab. N.E. Rhodesia; near Petauke, 200-400 feet (8. A. 
Neave). 

This fine species is represented by a somewhat strongly 
carded specimen, so that it is not possible to describe the 


under surface. It is allied to M. sultanus, Dist., from 
~ Zanzibar, 


178 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 


Macropes nigrolineatus, sp. 0. 


Ochraceous ; three lineate, longitudinal spots between 
eyes, narrow anterior margin, and two large spots at basal 
margin of pronotum, inner claval margin, a_ transverse 
macular fascia near middle of clavus, a submarginal nar- 
row longitudinal fascia, and an apical central line to 
abdomen above—visible through the transparent tegmina— 
black; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type; 
antenne ochraceous, apical joint claviform, scarcely longer 
than the preceding joint; head and pronotum coarsely 
punctate ; scutellum finely centrally longitudinally carinate ; 
corium somewhat finely punctate; anterior femora incras- 
sated and spined beneath. 

Long. 5 mm. 

Hab. East Africa [German]; Lulanguru, 17 miles W. of 
Tabora—on bushes (G. D. H. Carpenter). 


Germalus humeralis, sp. u. 


Ochraceous; pronotum (excluding anterior marginal area), 
clavus, outer claval area, and pale suffusion at base of 
membrane pale bluish-grey ; eyes castaneous, inclining to 
sanguineous; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, 
abdomen beneath with a sublateral, sanguineous, linear 
fascia; antenne ochraceous, the first and fourth joints . 
darker, second joint longer than either third or fourth; 
head above with an oblique dark line from ocelli to eyes and 
in some specimens a cruciform dark spot on its apical area ; 
pronotum with an anterior submarginal transverse series 
of punctures, the bluish-grey area coarsely punctate, the 
posterior angles distinctly black and subnodulose ; scutellum 
coarsely and prominently carinate, obliquely from each 
basal angle to before middle and thence longitudinally to 
apex, the uon-carinate portion punctate, and sometimes 
more or less testaceous; corium with the lateral margin 
pale and impunctate; membrane hyaline reflecting the 
testaceous abdomen beneath which has also a central longi- 
tudinal dark fascia. 

Long. 44-5 mm. 

Hab. Queensland; Townsville (Ff. D. Dodd). 


Germalus coloratus, sp. n. 


Head ochraceous with three black spots—one near apex, 
and one before each eye; eyes purplish red; pronotum 


Bibliographical Notice. ye, 


bluish-grey, coarsely darkly punctate, two slightly oblique, 
impunctate, ochraceous spots in transverse series on apical 
area, the posterior angles prominently black ; scutellum 
bluish-grey, prominently, cruciately, ochraceously carinate ; 
corium subhyaline with its apical margin black, reflecting 
the dark abdomen beneath which is black, and with the lateral 
margins and some central spots dark ochraceous; body 
beneath and legs ochraceous ; antenne pale ochraceous, the 
apical joint darkest, shorter than the second, but longer than 
the third. 

Long. 5 mm. ’ 

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (T. P. Dodd). 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Report on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during 1917. 
With 3 text-figures andl map. ByS. F. Harmer, S8c.D., F.R.S., 
Keeper of the Department of Zoology. London: printed by 
Order of the Trustees of the British Museum. 1918. 


Tus Report, the fifth in succession, records the stranding during 
the year 1917 of 31 Cetaceans, belonging to at least 12 species, on 
the coasts of the British Islands, Several of these are of quite 
exceptional interest, and the male cachalot (Physeter catodon), 
nearly 60 feet in length, which was found floating dead in the 
Moray Firth and towed to the Caithness coast by a patrol boat, 
heads the list in point of size. Other noteworthy records are those 
of the rare northern white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus acutus) 
from Skegness, Lincs, observed for the first time in English 
waters ; the equally rare Risso’s grampus (G. griseus) and Cuvier’s 
beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris) from the coasts of South Devon 
and Clare respectively ; and the large rorqual, probably Baleno- 
ptera physalus, from the Scilly Islands. An interesting summary 
of the occurrence and distribution of the commercially valuable 
bottle-nosed whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) in British waters appears 
on p. 16. Although some of the animals were, when found, in 
very bad condition, it is satisfactory to learn that in many cases 
it was found possible to preserve the jaws and other hard parts for 
identification and future reference; and due acknowledgment is 
given to the assistance of the coastguard and other authorities in 
these observations, in the midst of more exacting duties. 


180 Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


June 5th, 1918.—Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘The Kelestomine, a Sub-Family of Cretaceous Cribrimorph 
Polyzoa.’ By William Dickson Lang, M.A., F.G.S. 


The Kelestomine are a sub-family of Pelmatoporide. The 
latter are a family of Cretaceous cribrimorph Polyzoa, whose cost 
are prolonged upwards as hollow spines from the median area of 
fusion of the intraterminal front-wall. The broken ends of these 
spines form a row of pelmata (or, if small, pelmatidia) on the 
intraterminal front-wall. 

The Kelestominz are Pelmatoporide with an apertural bar each 
half of which is bifid; and the proximal and distal forks of each 
half are fused with the corresponding forks of the other half. 
The fused distal forks are also fused with the proximal pair of 
apertural spines, which are greatly enlarged. 

The simplest known form of this arrangement is seen in the 
genus Kelestoma Marsson. Kelestoma is characterized among the 
Kelestomine by its great cecial length, and by the great number 
of cost. Kelestoma has the following three species, which form 
a single lineage:—(1) Kelestoma elongatum Marsson, with an 
incrusting asty; (2) a new species, with a bilaminar, erect asty ; 
(3) K. scalare Lang, with an erect, cylindrical asty. There is, in 
this series, a slight catagenetic decrease in the number of coste, 
and the avicularian aperture becomes somewhat more pointed. The 
genus occurs in the Senonian, zone of Belemnitella mucronata, in 
the island of Riigen. 

Morphasmopora, unlike Kelestoma, retains a small number of 
cost and a short ecium; but the thickness of the proximal 
apertural spines, which are hardly recognizable as such, is enormously 
increased; the thickness of the bifid apertural bar is also increased. 
In Morphasmopora brydonei Lang, there are four circum-apertural 
avicularia; and the proximal apertural spines and the apertural bar, 
though enormously developed, are not so large as in IL. jukes-brownet 
(Brydone). The latter species has fewer costx than the former, 
and but one pair of cireum-apertural avicularia. There are also 
differences in the interccial and interstitial secondary tissue of 
the two species. I. brydonei occurs in the island of Riigen and 
M. jukes-brownei at Trimingham ; both from the Senonian, zone 
of Belemnitella mucronata. 


re 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(NINTH SERIES.] 


No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1918. 


XIX.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily 
Pyraustine. By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., 
&e. 


[Continued from vol. i. p. 280. ] 


(3) Megastes erythrostolalis, sp. n. 


2. Head yellow suffused with red; thorax and abdomen pale 
red with a crimson tinge or sometimes with a red-brown tinge ; 
palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
silvery white. Fore wing pale red with a crimson tinge, more or 
less strongly suffused with silvery grey, the costa yellow from 
before the antemedial line to the postmedial line; antemedial line 
hardly traceable except at costa, red, oblique to discal fold and 
with slight yellowish-white spots on its outer side in upper part of 
cell, below the cell, and above inner margin; a bar-shaped yel- 
lowish white spot in end of cell with its lower extremity rather 
angled inwards and a large lunulate spot below end of cell, both 
defined by crimson-red ; postmedial line formed by slight brown 
lunules tinged with red, oblique to vein 6 and slightly incurved 
at discal fold, a small yellow spot beyond it above vein 7 and 
larger white spot above vein 6, then defined on each side by slight 
yellow marks to vein 2; the terminal area yellow irrorated with 
red, its inner edge waved; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish 
white. Hind wing pale red with a crimson tinge and more or less 
suffused with leaden grey especially just beyond the postmedial 
line; a large yellowish white patch beyond the cell before the 
postmedial line narrowing to a point at vein 1, defined on inner 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 14 


182 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


side by an oblique crimson-red line and with some crimson-red 
scales on it between veins 5 and 3; postmedial line crimson-red 
defined on outer side by narrow yellow marks in the interspaces, 
slightly waved, excurved to vein 3 then incurved and ending at 
tornus; the terminal area yellow irrorated with red, its inner edge 
waved; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish white. Underside 
silvery white, the terminal half of fore wing and the hind wing 
except the cell and costal and terminal areas faintly tinged with 
brown; the fore wing with slight brown discoidal bar, waved 
postmedial line bent inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell, and 
wedge-shaped red-brown postmedial patch from costa to vein 5; 
the hind wing with waved red-brown postmedial line, indistinet 
_ except between veins 6 and 5. 

Hab. VexezvueEta, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 2 2 
type. Exp. 36-38 mm. 


(6) Omphisa leucostolalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax white mixed with some red-brown ; abdo- 
men white with red-brown segmental lines except on terminal 
segments and oblique blackish subdorsal streaks on segments 3 
to 5, the anal tuft-with some red-brown at base; palpi with black 
marks on the 1st and 2nd joints at sides and the 3rd joint black ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged 
with brown. Fore wing white irrorated with a few cupreous- 
brown scales, especially on basal area; antemedial line cupreous 
brown, oblique ; a minute cupreous brown spot in middle of cell 
and discoidal bar with white striga on it, a point beyond lower 
angle of cell above base of vein 3; postmedial line cupreous brown, 
forming a semicircular mark at costa, slightly angled outwards 
below costa, then incurved, excurved between veins 5 and 4, then 
oblique to vein 2 where it is retracted upwards to lower angle of 
cell, then oblique to inner margin at the antemedial line; sub- 
terminal line cupreous brown, slightly angled inwards at vein 6, 
then obliquely excurved to vein 4, then oblique and sinuous to the 
sinus of the postmedial line at vein 2 and excurved above inner 
margin ; a slight cupreous brown terminal line. Hind wing white ; 
an oblique dark cupreous brown discoidal bar with an oblique ~ 
slightly sinuous line from it to above tornus; postmedial line 
cupreous brown, arising below costa and oblique to tornus, slightly 
excurved between veins 5 and 4; subterminal line cupreous brown, 
excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique to just beyond the post- 
medial line at vein 2 where it terminates; a dark cupreous brown 
terminal line and line near base of cilia. 


Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 d type. Exp. 
34 mm. 
(5a) Evergestis dognini, n. n. 


Evergestis obliqualis, Dogn. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1905, p. 75 (nec Grote, 
1883). 


PERv. 


Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 183 


(56) Evergestis inglorialis, sp. n. 

3. Head, thorax, andabdomen reddish brown mixed with grey ; 
antenne dark brown; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing grey strongly 
suffused with reddish brown ; faint obliquely placed dark subbasal 
spots in and below the cell; antemedial line indistinct, dark, 
faintly defined on inner side by whitish, sinuous, oblique to median 
nervure, then inwardly oblique; a slight dark spot in middle of 
cell and diffused discoidal patch; postmedial line dark brown 
defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from below costa, where 
it is met by an oblique whitish shade from apex, to vein 6, then 
oblique; a rather triangular patch of dark suffusion on terminal 
area from below apex to vein 4 with a faint dark subterminal line 
from it to inner margin; a series of small dark spots before termen 
in the interspaces and a series of terminal black points on the veins. 
Hind wing semihvaline whitish tinged with brown, the terminal 
area rather narrowly suffused with dark brown; a terminal series 
of black points; cilia with a fine white line at base. 

Hab. Peru, El Porvenir, 1 $ type, Chanchamayo, La Mercede 


(Watkins),1 3. Exp. 36 mm. 


(la) Azochis trichotarsalis, sp. n. 


Hind tarsi of male fringed with hair above to extremity. 

¢. Head and thorax white faintly tinged with brown, the frons 
dark brown, the neck and shoulders red-brown; abdomen red- 
brown with some white at base and a series of slight white dorsal 
spots, the anal tuft black tinged with grey; palpi dark brown 
above, white below; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
white, the fore tibize tinged with brown and black at extremity, 
the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing white, the costa suffused 
with bronze-brown, the basal area with some dark brown suffusion ; 
antemedial line black-brown, curved and slightly waved; a small 
elliptical black-brown spot in upper part of cell towards extremity 
with white striga in centre; a black-brown discoidal bar with 
brownish white striga in centre and brown suffusion beyond and 
below it, defined by the black-brown medial line, which arises 
below the costa, slightly waved to vein 3, then retracted to below 
the discoidal bar and angled outwards above vein 1; postmedial 
line black-brown, waved, ending on termen at vein 1, with small 
black-brown spots on it below veins 3 and 2; black-brown striz 
before termen above veins 7, 6 and a line between veins 6 and 4; 
cilia with a series of small dark brown spots. Hind wing semi- 
hyaline white ; a faint sinuous brown line from lower angle of cell 
and a rather diffused black-brown patch at inner margin; post- 
medial line indistinct, brown, arising at vein 6, excurved from 
vein 5 to below 3 where it terminates; black-brown striz before 
termen above and below vein 7 anda line from below vein 6 to 
above 4; cilia with a series of small black-brown spots at base to 
vein 2. 

14* 


184 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


Hab. Venezveta, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1 3 
type. Exp. 42 mm. 


(6) Azochis cymographalis, sp. n. 


Hind tibie of male at extremity and 1st joint of tarsi without 
fringes of hair. 

¢. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey ; abdomen rufous 
mixed with some grey, some white at base and slight dorsal white 
spots on 2nd and 8rd segments, the anal tuft white tinged with 
brown; frons and palpi deep rufous, the latter white at base ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore and 
mid legs rufous above. Fore wing white with a faint rufous tinge, 
the costa rufous; the base suffused with rufous and with a waved 
blackish line near base; a slightly curved rufous antemedial line ; 
a rufous spot in upper part of cell near its extremity and rufous 
discoidal bar angled inwards on median nervure, some pale rufous 
suffusion beyond it and a waved rufous line from vein 2 below end 
of cell to inner margin ; postmedial line rufous, crenulate, erect to 
below vein 3, then rather oblique to tornus; a rufous terminal 
line expanding into a slight spot at discal fold and a line near base 
of cilia. Hind wing semihyaline white with a faint rufous tinge ; 
postmedial line rufous, arising at vein 7 and waved to vein 2, 
slightly bent outwards at vein 5, at vein 2 bent inwards and 
almost obsolete to below end of cell, then fuscous and forming a 
slight diffused patch at inner margin; a rufous terminal line to 
vein 2 and slight line near base of cilia. 

Hab. Ecvavor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 1 3 type, El 
Rozario (Palmer),1 ¢. Exp. 42-44 mm. 


(20 a) Cocidophora ruficostalis, sp. n. 


Fore wing of male with the retinaculum formed by a fan of 
seales, but without fan at upper angle of cell or postmedial costal 
swelling. 

3g. Head and thorax yellow suffused with rufous; abdomen 
yellow tinged with rufous; palpi rufous with some white at base ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow, the fore 
tibie with rufous band at extremity. Fore wing yellowish suffused 
with rufous, the base, costal and terminal areas deeper rufous; an 
indistinct diffused rufous antemedial line ; a brown discoidal striga ; 
postmedial line rather diffused rufous, obliquely curved to vein 2, 
then erect. Hind wing pale yellow tinged with rufous; an oblique 
rather diffused rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a 
rufous terminal band from apex to vein 2; cilia rufous except 
towards tornus. 

2. Fore wing clearer yellow except the costal and terminal 
areas, the postmedial line more curved between veins 5 and 2; 
hind wing clear yellow except the terminal band, the postmedial 
line excurved between veins 5 and 2. 


Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustines. 185 


Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 2 ; Port. E. 
Arnica, Ruo Valley (Neave), 4 3,1 9, Mt. Chiperone (eave), 
35,3 2 type. Hep. 30-34 mm. 


(206) Crocidophora megaptyona, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous ; 
palpi rufous, narrowly white in front to extremity of 2nd joint; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing 
yellowish suffused with rufous, the costal area deeper rufous; an 
indistinct rather diffused rufous postmedial line, incurved below 
vein 3; a fine rufous terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white 
tinged with rufous; an indistinct diffused rufous postmedial line 
from costa to vein 2; the terminal area rufous to submedian fold; 
cilia tinged with rufous and with a slight rufous line near base to 
submedian fold. Underside of fore wing with the fan of scales 
very large and silvery leaden grey. 

Q. Fore wing with dark discoidal striga. 

Hab. “Gero. E. Arrica,” Dar-es-salaam, 1 ¢ ; Br. C. AFRICA, 
Mt. Mlanje (eave), 1 9; Porv. HE. Arrica, Mt. Chiperone 
(Weave), 45,12 type. Hap. 22-26 mm. 


(28 a) Crocidophora rufitinctalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax pale rufous ; abdomen whitish tinged with 
rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen white. Fore wing pale rufous; an indistinct brownish 
postmedial line, excurved to vein 38, then retracted to median 
nervure before end of cell and erect to inner margin; cilia white at 
tips. Hind wing pale rufous, the cell and inner margin whitish ; 
an indistinct brownish postmedial line from discal to submedian 
fold ; cilia whitish at tips. ; 

Hab. Formosa, Tainan (Wileman),1 3 type. Exp. 24 mm. 


(18 a) Polygrammodes purpureorufalis, sp. n. 


9. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale purplish red; palpi white 
below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral surface 
of abdomen white, the fore cox purplish red; (legs wanting). 
Fore wing pale purplish red; a faint brownish spot in upper part of 
cell towards extremity and discoidal bar; a faint obliquely curved 
brownish line beyond the cell with another line beyond it, erect to 
vein 5, then oblique. Hind wing pale purplish red, the costal area 
to near apex and the inner margin white. 

Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 2? type. Hap. 52 mm. 


(23 a) Polygrammodes junctilinealis, sp. n. 


Q. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous; abdomen 
white tinged with yellow and with rufous towards extremity, 


186 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


oblique black subdorsal streaks on 2nd to 5th segments ; antennz 
rufous; sides of frons, the 2nd joint of palpi above towards base, 
and the 3rd joint black; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous, the tibiz with 
dark band at extremity, and the tarsi ringed with rufous. Fore 
wing yellowish white, the basal area, costal area to end of cell, 
the cell, and the veins of terminal half tinged with rufous; a red- 
brown streak below basal half of costa and diffused red-brown 
subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a red-brown spot in cell 
towards its extremity with elliptical red-brown spot below it in sub- 
median interspace, and a quadrate discoidal patch with yellowish 
striga in centre; postmedial line strong, red-brown, waved, bent 
outwards between veins 8 and 7,then incurved, angled outwards at 
vein 5, then again incurved to vein 2 on which it is retracted to 
lower angle of cell, then oblique and from inner margin curved 
upwards to the spot below the cell; subterminal line red-brown, 
waved, excurved at vein 5, then oblique and joined above inner 
margin by an oblique bar from the angle of the postmedial line 
at vein 2, bent inwards on inner margin for a short distance; 
a red-brown terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white; a black- 
brown discoidal bar with strong slightly curved line from it to 
above inner margin; postmedial line strong, dark red brown, 
rather oblique to vein 6, angled outwards at vein 5, then slightly 
curved to inner margin. near tornus, joined at vein 2 by a waved 
red-brown subterminal line, excurved at vein 5; a dark red-brown 
terminal line. 

Hab. Sierra Leone, Kennema (Mrs. Addison), 1 9 ; UGanpa, 
Lake George (eave), 1 2 type. Exp. 38-50 mm. 


(25e) Polygrammodes flavescens, sp. n. 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow tinged with rufous ; 
palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen ochreous white, the fore femora dark brown above and the 
tibie with dark band at extremity, the tarsi ringed with brown. 
Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous, the terminal area more 
suffused with rufous; a faint curved rufous antemedial line; a 
faint rufous point in middle of cell and discvidal bar; postmedial 
line pale rufous, slightly waved to vein 5, then excurved and crenu- 
late to vein 2 on which it is retracted to below end of cell, then 
sinuous to inner margin; the inner edge of the rufous terminal 
area dentate ; some yellow on termen in the interspaces ; cilia white 
with a pale brown line at base. Hind wing pale yellow; a faint 
waved rufous line from beyond lower angle of cell to inner margin ; 
postmedial line rufous, waved, arising at vein 6, excurved between 
veins 5 and 3, then oblique to termen above tornus; a slightly 
waved rufous subterminal line from costa to vein 2, the veins 
beyond it streaked with rufous ; cilia white with a pale brownish 
line near base. 

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 2 9 type. Eup. 


42 mm. 


Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 187 


Genus PacnyzaNctma, insert Type 
Psara, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p.239 (1875) vcecsccceceesseveesev eee periusalis, 


which has priority. 


(la) Psara palpalis, sp. n. 


Palpi of male curved outwards and widely separated to near tips, 
where they almost meet, fringed with hair above and below. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown tinged with grey, the 
last with white segmental lines; frons and palpi black-brown, the 
latter fringed with white hair below to middle of 2nd joint; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown, 
the fore tibie with black band at extremity. Fore wing white 
suffused with fuscous brown, the costal area and terminal area 
broadly fuscous brown tinged with grey; antemedial line blackish, 
oblique to median nervure; a small blackish spot in middle of 
cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish defined on outer 
side by white, erect to vein 5, then excurved to below vein 3, where 
it is retracted to below end of cell, then oblique to inner margin ; 
a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing fuscous brown 
tinged with grey; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial 
line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, bent outwards and 
slightly waved between veins 5 and 2; a slight blackish terminal 
line and white line at base of cilia. 

Hab, Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 2 36, 492; Br. C. 
Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 1 ¢ type. Exp. 26-32 mm. 


(1b) Psara barbipalpalis, sp. n. 


Palpi of male with the second joint fringed with very long hair 
in front. 

6. Head and thorax pale glossy grey-brown; abdomen whitish 
tinged with pale red-brown and with slight dark segmental lines, 
the extremity tinged with fuscous, the genital tufts white; palpi 
darker brown, white at base, the hair in front of 2nd joint reddish 
brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the 
fore tibize with black band at extremity. Fore wing pale glossy 
grey-brown; a rather oblique dark antemedial line; a slight dark 
discoidal lunule ; postmedial line dark, shghtly excurved to below 
vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner 
margin. Hind wing pale glossy grey-brown; an oblique dark 
discoidal bar ; postmedial slight, dark, curved, incurved at vein 2; 
cilia white with a brown line near base; the underside white faintly 
tinged with brown. 

Hab. Cotompia, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type. Exp. 
22 mm. 


(206) Psara normalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown with a faint 
reddish tinge, the last with whitish segmental lines; palpi darker 


188 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, 
and ventral surface of abdomen white with a faint red-brown tinge, 
the fore tibi brown. Fore wing grey-brown with a faint reddish 
tinge; antemedial line blackish, oblique to median nervure; a 
slight blackish spot in middle of cell and elliptical black discoidal 
spot ; postmedial line blackish, erect to discal fold, then excurved 
to below vein 3 where it is retracted to below end of cell and ex- 
curved below submedian fold; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. 
Hind wing grey-brown with a faint reddish tinge; an oblique 
black discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, dark, rather 
diffused, excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then retracted 
to below end of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia with a 
fine white line at base, the tips whitish towards tornus. 

Hab. Ecvavor, Loja (4bbé Gaujon), 1 3 type. Exp. 36 mm. 


(20c) Psara retrorsalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very pale reddish brown, the 
anal tuft white faintly tinged with red-brown; palpi brown, white 
in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface 
of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale red-brown, 
the marginal areas pale reddish brown; antemedial line pale brown, 
oblique; an oblique black discoidal striga; postmedial line pale 
brown defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from vein 5 to 
below 3, then retracted to just below angle of cell and slightly 
excurved above inner margin; cilia white tinged with brown. 
Hind wing very pale reddish brown; a faint oblique dark discoidal 
bar ; postmedial line pale brown slightly defined on outer side by 
whitish, excurved and very slightly waved between veins 5 and 2, 
then retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to above tornus ; 
cilia white with a pale brown line near base ; the underside white 
with a faint brownish tinge, a blackish discoidal point. 

Hab. Ecvapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 2 3b type; Perv, 
Carabaya, Huacamayo (Ockenden),1d. Exp. 26 mm. 


(31) Psara melanosoma, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax orange-yellow ; abdomen orange-yellow 
suffused with blackish brown except the three basal segments 
dorsally ; antennz blackish ; frons with white lines at sides; palpi 
grey-brown, the basal joint and the 2nd joint in front at base 
white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale grey- 
brown. Fore and hind wings uniform orange-yellow, the cilia 
white tinged with brown. 

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 25 type. Ezp. 
26-30 mm. 


(6) Rhectosomia vau-signalis, sp. n. 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with pale red- 
brown and slightly irrorated with black, the last with white 


‘ 


Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 189 


segmental lines; antenne tinged with red-brown; palpi pale 
reddish brown with some white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white mixed with pale reddish brown. Fore 
wing white mostly suffused with pale reddish brown and irrorated 
with a few black scales; a diffused band of black scales near base ; 
an antemedial band of black scales, indistinct to submedian fold 
where it is angled outwards, then more distinctly black ; a blackish 
striga in middle of cell and V-shaped white discoidal mark defined 
by diffused black; a pale reddish brown medial band, erect to 
median nervure before the discoidal mark, then very oblique and 
defined on outer side by a waved blackish line; elongate white 
marks below end of cell above and below vein 2 ; a faint dark post- 
medial line, oblique to vein 6, then erect, waved, and with some 
black scales on it to tornus, a rather triangular pale red-brown 
patch on terminal area between veins 7 and 3, Hind wing white ; 
a terminal series of dark points to vein 2, a small black patch below 
vein 2 with a line from it to tornus ; cilia with dark brown mixed 
towards tornus. 

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 5 type. Exp. 
38 mm. 


Genus PHiycT®NODES will stand as Type 


Pomosrege, Hubn.iVerz.p,co2 (1827) ...aeiiedtescccssrsssessccs. zruginalis, 


(51a) Loxostege obliquivialis, sp. n. 


g. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow, the patagia with red- 
brown patches at base, the dorsum of thorax red-brown ; abdomen 
reddish brown, the basal segment ochreous, rufous behind, the anal 
tuft ochreous ; antenne brown; palpi with some blackish at tips ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white. Fore 
wing pale ochreous ; the cell and fascia below it to middle reddish 
brown ; three obliquely placed reddish brown antemedial spots from 
below the cell to inner margin ; a very oblique reddish brown post- 
medial band from below the costa to inner margin, conjoined to 
spots beyond the cell and below base of vein 2; an oblique sub- 
terminal series of reddish brown spots in the interspaces; a 
terminal series of small brown spots. Hind wing white, the costal 
area broadly and terminal area to submedian fold tinged with red- 
brown. Underside white, the fore wing and costal area of hind 
wing tinged with red-brown. 

Hab. 'Transvaat, Waterberg Distr. (Zutrencka), 1 3 type. 
Exp. 30 mm. 


(53 a) Loxostege aureodiscalis, sp. n. 


@. Head whitish ; thorax rufous mixed with whitish; abdomen 
black with white segmental bands and some rufous at base; an- 
tenn blackish ; sides of frons and palpi black, the latter white in 


190 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface 
of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with black-brown, the 
mid and hind legs with red-brown. Fore wing whitish thickly 
irrorated with rufous and dark brown, the costal area darker 
towards base; a dark antemedial shade; a whitish medial band 
thickly irrorated with rufous from subcostal nervure to inner 
margin; dark bars before and beyond the discocellulars ; a whitish 
band thickly irrorated with rufous before the postmedial line from 
costa to below vein 3; postmedial line rather diffused black, 
slightly inecurved at discal fold, below vein 3 retracted to lower 
angle of cell, then erect; cilia white with dark line at middle, the 
tips with brown mixed. Hind wing deep orange, the inner margin 
and terminal area black, the latter very broad at costa with its 
inner edge oblique to vein 4; a round black discoidal spot; cilia 
white with a dark line at middle. Underside of fore wing black 
irrorated with white,‘ the basal inner area and bands orange-yellow ; 
hind wing orange-yellow, the black discoidal spot and terminal 
band irrorated with white. 

Hab. W. Avsrratia, Yallingup (R. W. Turner), 1 Q type. 
Exp. 20 mm. 


Genus CALLIPHLYCTA, nov. 
Type, C. metarantha. 


Proboscis fully developed; palpi slightly fringed with hair 
above and below, in male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned ; 
the 3rd porrect and long, in female downcurved and extending 
about three times length of head; maxillary palpi minute; frons 
smooth, rounded ; antenne of male ciliated and minutely serrate ; 
hind tibie with the outer spurs nearly as long as the inner. Fore 
wing with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3 
from just before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly 
stalked; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell, 11 anastomosing with 12; 
the retinaculum of male bar-shaped. Hind wing with the cell 
long; vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 
from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. 

In key differs from Calamochrous in the fore wing having veins 
6, 7 stalked and 11 anastomosing with 12. 


Calliphlycta metaxantha, sp. n. 


Head yellow, the frons white, the antenne brown ringed with 
white, the palpi white tinged with yellow and slightly irrorated 
with brown; thorax white, the tegule with their terminal half 
black, the patagia black at tips and with black spot behind them ; 
abdomen yellow banded with black; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with dark brown, 
the mid tibie with black band at extremity, the abdomen with 
blackish segmental bands. Fore wing silvery white; the costal 
area dark cupreous brown to the postmedial band; a black-brown 


Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 191 


band near base; a cupreous brown antemedial band with darker 
edges and line of silvery scales at middle, incurved just below the 
cell ; a cupreous brown postmedial band with darker edges and line 
of silvery scales at middle, incurved to vein 4, then bent inwards to 
below end of cell and incurved to inner margin; a cupreous brown 
subterminal band, arising from apex, its inner edge angled inwards 
at discal fold and its outer edge dentate to vein 4, confluent with 
the postmedial band below vein 4, then strongly incurved ; cilia 
with series of black spots to vein 4, then a black line interrupted at 
submedian fold, the tips with brown mixed. Hind wing yellow 
with black terminal band to below vein 2; cilia white chequered 
with black to vein 2, then yellow. Underside of fore wing brown, 
the inner area white to near tornus; an oblique white subterminal 
band from costa to vein 6, the termen with the interspaces indented 
by white marks; hind wing yellow, the costal area white except 
towards base, a black-brown subterminal band from below costa to 
below vein 2, its outer edge slightly waved and with the termen 
white beyond it. 

Hab. W. Avusrratta, Yallingup (R. W. Turner), 15, 5 3 
type. Exp. 26-28 mm. 


(la) Liopasia apicenotata, sp. n. 


Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with some yellowish ; 
abdomen with the two basal segments yellow mixed with fiery red 
and with subdorsal silvery white spots on basal segment, then 
grey-brown with dorsal silvery white bar on 38rd segment and the 
anal segment silvery white, the anal tuft fiery red and yellow; 
antenne brown ringed with white; palpi red-brown, white at base ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface a abdomen white, the fore cbEs 
with some red-brown at base and a band at extremity. Fore wing 
red-brown tinged with grey and irrorated with blackish; some. 
white at base of inner margin; antemedial line black, oblique to. 
submedian fold, then incurved and slightly defined on inner side by 
yellowish ; a small annulus in middle of cell and oblique discoidal 
lunule defined by blackish ; postmedial line dark, oblique to the 


_ subterminal line at vein 5, then rather inwardly oblique and 


slightly waved to vein 2 where it is bent inwards and oblique to 
inner margin, with small yellow spots beyond it above and below 
vein 7 and from below vein 3 to inner margin and sometimes slight 
yellow and red-brown marks before it between veins 5 and 3; 
subterminal line red-brown, waved, with yellowish-white spots 
beyond it in the interspaces between veins 8 and 5, separated by 
red streaks on the veins, and a spot beyond it above vein 2; a red- 
brown line before termen; cilia yellowish white intersected with 
brown at the veins and with red-brown line through them, wholly 
brown between veins 5 and 38. Hind wing semihyaline white, the 
termen suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a terminal series of 
dark points except towards tornus, 


192 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


Ab. 1. Head and thorax with more yellow, abdomen deep fiery 
red from 3rd to 7th and base of 8th segment; fore wing yellow 
mixed with some fiery red, the costal area rufous to the postmedial 
line, no yellow and white spots beyond the postmedial and sub- 
terminal lines, the postmedial line more crenulate between veins 
5 and 2. 

Hab. Trrxtpan (Jackson), 23,1 9 type; VENEZUELA, Palma 
Sol, 1 ¢, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1d, 19. 
Exp. 22-30 mm. 


(16) Liopasia leucoperalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax rufous, the latter with some whitish at 
extremity of patagia and on dorsum; abdomen with the three 
basal segments silvery white with dorsal rufous streak and ‘seg- 
mental lines, then rufous with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white 
spots on drd segment and some white on terminal segments, the 
anal segment with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white spots and the 
anal tuft white and rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and 
ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore tibia with red-brown 
band at extremity. Fore wing rufous, the costal edge white to 
end of cell, some white at base of inner margin; antemedial line 
black, oblique to submedian fold, then incurved and with white 
patch before it on inner margin; a slight black bar in middle of 
cell, a small round spot at upper angle of cell and minute spot at 
lower angle ; an indistinct waved red-brown postmedial line, oblique 
to vein 5 at the subterminal line, then inwardly oblique, with 
silvery white spots beyond it from costa to vein 5 and from vein 3 
to inner margin; a waved red-brown subterminal line with rather 
quadrate silvery white spots beyond it above and below vein 7 and 
a triangular spot below vein 6, separated by rufous streaks on the 
veins, a rather bidentate spot beyond it above vein 2; a rufous 
terminal line ; cilia silvery white intersected by rufous streaks on 
the veins, wholly rufous between veins 5 and 3. Hind wing semi- 
hyaline white, the termen suffused with rufous to vein 3; a faint 
curved rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a rufous 
terminal line except towards tornus; cilia white, intersected by 
rufous at the veins to vein 2. 


Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. wp. 32 mm. 


(5) Liopasia incoloralis, sp. n. 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous and 
faintly with rufous, the last with diffused blackish bands on 4th to 
anal segments, the anal tuft with some blackish at extremity ; 
palpi pale rufous, white towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale 
olive-ochreous, the costal area white to the postmedial line; an 
oblique olive-ochreous band from below costa before the postmedial 
line to middle of inner margin; postmedial line rather diffused 


Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 193 


olive-ochreous, oblique to vein 6, then rather inwardly oblique. 
Hind wing pure silvery white. 

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., [ala 
(Weave), 7 3 type. Exp. 28 mm. 


(8a) Anarmodia glaucescens, sp. n. 


3d. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown with a greyish 
tinge; palpi white in front to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with some red- 
brown, the fore and mid tibize red-brown, the tibiz with blackish 
band at extremity, the tarsi with red-brown bands. Fore wing 
red-brown glossed with grey; a minute faint blackish spot in 
middle of cell and two slight blackish discoidal points; an in- 
distinct curved red-brown postmedial line; cilia silvery white, red- 
brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; two slight blackish 
marks in the cell and a slight black discoidal lunule; the median 
nervure and veins beyond lower angle of cell streaked with red- 
brown ; postmedial line dark brown, curved and slightly waved, 
ending at submedian fold; the termen suffused with dark reddish 
brown, narrowing to tornus ; the cilia silvery white with a series 
of small dark spots at base to vein 2; the inner margin fringed 
with black-brown hair; the underside with short black streak 
followed bya point in the cell and small black discoidal lunule, the 
postmedial line dentate to vein 5, then with blackish points in the 
interspaces, the termen irrorated with dark brown. 
Hab. Ecvapor, R. Pastaza, El Rosario (Palmer), 3 ¢ type. 
Exp. 50 mm. 


(11) Anarmodia tesselliferalis, sp. n. 


do. Head and thorax rufous, the™latter with some whitish 
behind ; abdomen red-brown mixed with some whitish and with 
red-brown segmental lines ; antennz with the basal joint white in 
front; frons with white lines at sides; palpi deep rufous, white 
below to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface 
of abdomen white, the fore and mid tibie rufous, the abdomen 
urorated with brown. Fore wing rufous, the costal area tinged 
with whitish, the medial area with the submedian interspace and 
the interspaces beyond the cell white tessellated with black spots, 
the terminal area tinged with grey; antemedial line indistinct, 
dark, oblique ; the terminal part of cell with a white fascia with a 
black spot on it at middle of cell with some rufous scales in centre ; 
a quadrate grey-brown discoidal spot, defined at sides by black ; 
postmedial line formed by blackish scales, slightly sinuous, oblique 
to vein 7 and incurved below vein 3; the terminal area with some 
blackish irroration in the interspaces; cilia silvery white, dark 
brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; a slight brown streak 
on median nervure and oblique black discoidal striga ; postmedial 
line dark, very slightly dentate, indistinct to vein 5, then blackish 


194 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


and ending at vein 2; the termen narrowly red-brown except at 
apex; cilia white with slight blackish spots at the veins to vein 2. 
Underside of fore wing white, the costal and terminal areas grey- 
brown, the spots in the cell black, the postmedial line black and 
dentate ; hind wing with the medial area irrorated with some black 
scales except towards inner margin, especially above end of cell, the 
postmedial line produced to minute black streaks on the veins, the 
termen irrorated with blackish except towards apex. 
Hab. Peru, Acopampa (Watkins), 2 3 type. Hap. 52 mm. 


(1a) Beotarcha microselene, sp. n. 

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a cupreous 
gloss; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen silvery white. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous 
gloss; a faint dark line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin; a 
slight white discoidal lunule defined by blackish ; cilia whitish at 
tips. Hind wing dark brown with a greyish gloss; a faint dark 
postmedial line from costa to vein 2; cilia white at tips and the 
hair on inner margin white ; the underside white, the terminal area 
tinged with brown, a dark postmedial line from costa to discal 
fold. 

Hab. Cotometa, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 2 type. 
Exp. 22 mm. 

(4c) Beotarcha ceruleotincta, sp. n. 

3. Frons grey-brown with white lines at sides, the vertex of 
head white mixed with rufous, the antenne dark brown with white 
points in front towards base and the basal joint white on outer side, 
the palpi rufous, white above defined below by blackish; thorax 
pale red-brown glossed with silvery blue; abdomen pale rufous 
with some white towards extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white, the fore and mid femora suffused with 
rufous, the fore tibiz banded with black, the mid tibie irrorated 
with black, the tarsi banded with black. Fore wing semihyaline 
whitish suffused with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue, the 
‘costa and terminal area dark cupreous brown; antemedial line dark 
brown, oblique ; a dark brown discoidal bar; postmedial line brown 
with minute blackish streaks on the veins, defined on each side by 
white marks at costa and incurved below vein 3; a white mark on 
termen at submedian fold; cilia cupreous brown with a fine white 
line at base to vein 2, then white. Hind wing semihyaline white ; 
a series of black points on termen to vein 3. 

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 ¢ type, Snow 
Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1 6. Exp. 28 mm. 


(2a) Calamochrous fulvitinctalis, sp. n. 

Head and thorax fulvous with a yellowish tinge; abdomen with 
the three basal segments fulvous, white at sides, the 3rd with 
silvery white band behind expanding rather triangularly on dorsum, 
the 4th with small dorsal silvery white spot, the 4th to anal seg- 
ments pale red-brown, the anal tuft white tinged with rufous; 


Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 195 


palpi white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface 
of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with brown band at extre- 
mity. Fore wing yellow suffused with fulvous, the costal edge 
pure white, red-brown towards base; antemedial line fulvous 
brown, very oblique to median nervure, then erect and with clearer 
yellow before it; a minute fulvous brown spot in the cell towards 
extremity and small discoidal lunule; a fulvous brown shade 
beyond the cell between veins 8 and 8; postmedial line rather 
diffused fulvous brown, slightly incurved from below costa to 
vein 5, then excurved and waved to vein 8 where it is retracted to 
the lower edge of the shade and erect to inner margin; a series of 
minute fulvous spots before termen. Hind wing pure white with 
a faint yellowish tinge on terminal area except towards tornus. 

Hab. Apmirarry Is. (Meek), 2 8, 3 2 type; Sonomon Is., 
Choiseul I. (Meek), 4 g. Exp. 32-38 mm. 


(14d) Metasia roseocilialis, sp. n. 


@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white with a faint brownish 
tinge, the last with the terminal segments tinged with pink; palpi 
red-brown, white below except at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white slightly mixed with brown. Fore wing 
whitish tinged with pale red-brown, the costa black towards base 
with some pinkish below it; an indistinet curved red-brown ante- 
medial line; a slight red-brown discoidal striga; postmedial line 
indistinct, pale red-brown, rather oblique to vein 5, bent outwards 
between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and 
slightly excurved to inner margin ; a terminal series of slight pale 
red-brown striz; cilia tinged with pink. Hind wing whitish 
tinged with pale red-brown; a dark brown discoidal bar ; post- 
medial line dark brown, slightly excurved to discal fold, bent out- 
wards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell 
and oblique to inner margin near tornus ; a terminal series of slight 
brown striz ; cilia tinged with pink. Underside tinged with pink, 
the discoidal lunule with white striga in centre, the postmedial 
line dark brown. 

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap. 
26 mm. 


(1a) Gonopionea biconicalis, sp. n. 


Head and thorax rufous, the latter with a silvery gloss except on 
tegule; abdomen whitish suffused with rufous and with dark 
brown towards extremity, the genital tufts yellowish white; an- 
tenne ringed with black; sides of frons and maxillary palpi dark 
red-brown ; palpi rufous, white below towards base ; pectus, legs, 
and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with 
brown band at extremity. Fore wing rufous glossed with silvery 
blue; a conical yellow antemedial patch from costa to median 
nervure, its inner edge angled inwards at costa, defined on inner 
side by the blackish antemedial line which is obliquely excurved to 
median nervure and ineurved just below the cell, defined on outer 
side by a blackish line except at costa; a conical yellow postmedial 


196: On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 


patch from costa to vein 4, defined at sides by sinuous blackish 
lines, the blackish postmedial line arising from its apex and strongly 
incurved ; the termen with slight yellow spots from below apex to 
vein 4 and with some yellow towards tornus; cilia yellow, red- 
brown at apex and between veins 4 and 3. Hind wing white, the 
terminal area tinged with red-brown to submedian fold. 

Hab. Cotomata, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 3 3, 19 
type: Exp. 22 mm. 


(8a) Gonopionea flavidalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with pale rufous ; 
palpi rufous, white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen pure white, the fore femora and tibize brown on 
inner side, the anal tuft brown below. Fore wing yellow tinged 
with rufous, the inner half clear yellow to the medial line; ante- 
medial line brown, oblique, from cell to inner margin; a brown 
medial line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin, angled outwards 
below submedian fold; a rather lunulate white patch just beyond 
the cell with clear yellow above it on costa, the yellow on outer 
side and the white patch except above defined by a dark brown line ; 
a red-brown terminal line ; cilia yellowish white, with some dark 
brown at apex and dark brown between veins 4 and 2. Hind wing 
white with a dark red-brown terminal line to submedian fold, above 
which it forms a diffused wedge-shaped patch on vein 2, then a 
faint red-brown terminal line to tornus ; the underside white with 
postmedial red-brown line between veins 6 and 5. 

@. Hind wing with the red-brown on termen rather diffused. 

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 6,12 
type. Exp. 26 mm. 


(5) Gonopionea coniferalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown ; palpi white at 
base; proboscis white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
pure white, the fore tibie with black-brown band at extremity. 
Fore wing glossy grey-brown; antemedial line brown, oblique to 
submedian fold, then erect; a white bar in upper part of cell 
towards extremity defined at sides by blackish ; a conical yellowish 
white postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by black and 
somewhat constricted below costa; a sinuous blackish line from 
lower angle of cell to inner margin ; cilia dark brown, white from 
below apex to vein 4 and at submedian interspace. Hind wing 
pale glossy grey-brown, the cilia white at discal fold and towards 
tornus ; the underside white slightly tinged with brown, a brown 
discoidal bar, the postmedial line brown, excurved to vein 5, then 
oblique to submedian fold. 

Hab. Cotomepta, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 & type, Choko, 
Juntas del R. Tamana and R. San Juan (Palmer), 19. zp. 
16 mm. 


[To be continued. ] 


On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 197 


XX.—New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide 
in the British Museum. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., 
FES, 


Evania sericans, Westw. 
Lvania sericans, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc, London, (2) i. p. 215 (1851), 


Kieffer places this species in the section of the genus 
without spines on the hind tibie, probably because West- 
wood makes no mention of such spines ; but the spines are 
really well developed. Though widely spread, the species 
seems to be uncommon. 

Hab. Kuranda, Queensland (Turner), May 1913; Mackay, 
Queensland (Turner), March 1892; Victoria (Mrench) ; 
Yallingup, S.W. Australia (Turner), December; Kala- 
munda, S.W. Australia (Turner), February 1914. 


Evania perfida, Westw. 
Evania perfida, W estw.Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) i. p. 216 (1851). 3. 


This is also erroneously placed by Kieffer in the section 
without spines on the hind tibiz. Westwood states that his 
type came from Tasmania, but the specimen marked by him 
as perfida in the British Museum, which is undoubtedly the 
type, is from S.W. Australia. | have taken it at Yallingup, 
and it also occurs at Adelaide. 


Pseudofcenus cylindricus, sp. n. 


2. Nigra, gracillima; mandibulis, apice excepto, testaceis ; tibiis 
macula basali, tarsisque anticis intermediisque pallide flavo- 
brunneis ; terebra, valvulisque apice pallide flavis; alis hyaliuis, 
iridescentibus, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo. 

Long. 9 mm.; terebre long. 1:5 mm. 


?. Second joint of the flagellum short, distinctly shorter 
than the first, the third half as long again as the second, the 
flagellum clothed with very short black hairs. Head very 
‘long and narrow, about four times as long as broad; the 
eyes elongate-ovate, separated from the hind margin of 
the head by a distance about half as great as their length; 
the anterior ocellus situated well behind a line joining the 
summit of the eyes ; the hind margin of the head not cari- 
nate. Neck as long as the distance between the tegulz 
and the anterior angle of the mesonotum. Thorax long and 
narrow, subcylindrical, the mesonotum rounded anteriorly ; 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 15 


198 Mr. R. E. Turner on new 


parapsidal furrows very shallow and narrow, almost obsolete; 
scutum much longer than the scutellum; median segment 
with a longitudinal groove. Head and thorax opaque, 
without sculpture, the face below the antennz finely pune- 
tured. Petiole 2-jointed, the basal portion formed by the 
first sternite very slender throughout, the apical portion 
fully half as long again as the basal, gradually widened 
towards the apex ; second segment about equal in length to 
the basal portion of the petiole; tergites 2-5 much longer 
than broad. Terebra scarcely longer than the basal portion 
of the petiole, slender. Hind tibiz strongly swollen ; hind 
metatarsus nearly equal in length to the four apical tarsal 
joints ; tarsal ungues small. Wings small and short, not 
reaching beyond the apex of the second tergite. 

The male has the second and first joints of the flagellum 
equal, the third as long as the first and second combined. 

Hab. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia (Turner), February 
1914. Three females and one male. Easily distinguished 
by the long narrow head and thorax and short terebra. 
Not nearly related to the New Zealand group typical of the 
genus, but nearer to American species such as angustatus, 
Kieff. The species included in Pseudofenus by Kieffer 
seem to fall into two groups, one, including the type of the 
genus, approaching Hyptiogaster, the other much nearer to 
Foenus. The first group is confined to New Zealand. 


Pseudofoenus fluvialis, sp. n. 


9. Nigra; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis macula basali, 
tibiis anticis apice, tarsis anticis, metatarsisque intermediis 
posticisque albidis ; terebra valvulisque nigris, apice albidis ; alis 
hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris, stigmate brunneo; terebra 
abdomine paullo breviore. 

Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 6 mm. 


2. First joint of the flagellum very little longer than the 
second, the two combined distinctly shorter than the third. 
Head long and narrow; cheeks very short, almost obsolete ; 
head feebly margined posteriorly, narrowed behind the eyes, ~ 
which are separated from the hind margin of the head by a 
distance equal to about one-third of their own length. An- 
terior ocellus situated just in front of the line joining the 
summits of the eyes. Head and thorax opaque, without 
sculpture, clypeus finely and closely punctured. Neck as 
long as the distance between the tegule and the front of — 
the mesonotum; parapsidal furrows narrow, but distinct, 
finely crenulate ; mesonotum rounded anteriorly, scutum as 


r 


Iymenoptera of the Fumily Evaniide. 199 


long as the scutellum. Median segment very delicately 
rugulose, with a low longitudinal carina, hind cox finely 
granulate. Abdomen long and slender, the first tergite 
twice as long as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the 
four apical tarsal joints ; tarsal ungues small. 

Hab. Perth, W. Australia (Turner), February. Two 
ag taken on blossom of Eucalyptus calophylia in King’s 
Park. 

This is much nearer to the Mexican species, P. angustatus, 
Kieff., than to P. cylindricus, but differs in the sculpture 
of the thorax, the shape of the head, and other details. 
Kieffer gives two species of Psewdofenus as Australian, but 
P. unguiculatus, Westw., is from New Zealand, and darwinii, 
Westw., belongs to Hyptiogaster. 


Pseudofenus isthmalis, sp. un. 


2. Nigra; mandibulis fuscis; palpis pallidis; tibiis anticis inter- 
mediisque supra, metatarsis anticis intermediisque, tarsis anticis 
articulo secundo, tarsis posticis, basi extrema articuloque apicali 
nigris, valvulisque terebre tertio apicali albidis; pleuris sternoque 
hie illic nigro suffusis, coxis, trochanteribus, femoribusque an- 
ticis ferrugineis; tibiis posticis basi infra albo-maculatis; alis 
hyalinis, leviter suffusis, iridescentibus, stigmate venisque nigris ; 
terebra corpore vix breviore. 

Long. 10 mm.; terebree long. 9 mm. 


2. First joint of the flagellum as broad as long, half as 
long as the second, third fully as long as the first and second 
combined. Head long and narrow, feebly margined and 
rather strongly emarginate on the hind margin; front 
convex, subcarinate longitudinally in the middle; cheeks 
almost obsolete. Anterior ocellus almost on a level with 
the summit of the eyes, which are separated from the hind 
margin of the head by a distance equal to slightly more than 
one-third of their own length. Head opaque, finely coriaceous. 
Neck nearly as long as the distance between the tegula and 
the front of the mesonotum; thorax opaque, very deli- 
cately rugulose, mesonotum with the anterior margin straight, 
only rounded at the angles, wit two short impressed longi- 
tudinal lines from near the middle of the anterior margin ; 
parapsidal furrows distinct, crenulated ; scutum longer than 
the scutellum, prescutum much longer than the scutum. 
Median segment with a distinct longitudinal carina, trans- 
versely rugulose. First abdominal segment twice as long 
as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the four apical 


tarsal joints; tarsal ungues small. 
15* 


200 Mr. R. EB. Turner on new 


Hab. Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania (Turner), February 
1913. One female. 
Differs from fluvialis in the proportion of the antennal 
joints, the shape of the head, the sculpture of the thorax 
and median segment, the length of the terebra, in colour, 
and other details. 


Foenus autumnalis, sp. n. 


Q. Nigra; mandibulis apice excepto, tegulis, pedibusque anticis — 
intermediisque ferrugineis; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, — 
tibiis posticis macula basali, tarsis anticis, tarsis intermediis — 
artieulis tribus basalibus, tarsisque posticis, basi apiceque ex- 
ceptis, albis; terebra, petiolo multo breviore, testacea ; valvulis 
apice albidis, incrassatis; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; stigmate 
“pallido, fusco-marginato. 

Long. 14 mm.; terebre long. 2°5 mm. 


9. Head opaque, somewhat elongate, slightly swollen 
behind the eyes, the hind margin distinctly carinate. Eyes 
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance 
equal to about one-third of their own length ; posterior 
ocelli level with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from 
each other as from the eyes ; cheeks very short, not half as 
long as the first joint of the fagellum ; a longitudinal carina 
between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum more 
than half as long again as the first, the third joint distinctly 
longer than the first and second combined. Neck short; 
pronotum with a very short and small spine at each angle ; 
mesonotum opaque, coriaceous, with two very short longi- 
tudinal impressed lines from the anterior margin; scutellum 
with well-defined marginal carine ; median segment rather 
coarsely rugose-reticulate, with a rather indistinct median — 
carina ; hind coxe coriaceous. Hind metatarsus no longer 
than the four apical tarsal joints combined, the basal third 
black, the apical half of the fifth tarsal joint also black. 
Terebra scarcely half as long as the petiole. 

Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia (Turner), March 1914. 
Four females. 

Closely allied to valvularis, Schlett., but differs in the 
lesser development of the angles of the pronotum, in the 
sculpture of the median segment, and in the shorter cheeks. 
F. fuscimanus, Kieff., has the terebra distinctly longer, the 
cheeks longer, and the sculpture of the thorax rather 
stronger; and F. valens, Kieff., is a much larger insect, 
more robust, with the sculpture of the median segment 
tending to transverse striz and the coxe black. } 


Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 201 


Fenus exilis, sp. a. 


Q. Nigra, minuta; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis anticis 
intermediisque, tibiis posticis basi, tarsis anticis intermediisque, 
tarsisque posticis subtus pallide brunneis; terebra, petiolo multo 
breviore, testacea ; valvulis apice albidis; alis hyalinis, iridescen- 
tibus, venis fuscis, stigmate fusco-ferrugineo. 

Long. 7 mm.; terebre long. 1°5 mm. 


¢. Head elongate, opaque, the hind margin very feebly 
carinate. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the head 
by a distance equal to half their own length ; anterior ocellus 
situated a little behind a line joining the summit of the 
eyes ; cheeks very short, not as long as the first joint of the 
flagellum; a Jow carina running from between the antenne 
nearly halfway to the anterior ocellus. First joint of the 
flagellum scarcely longer than broad, second scarcely half 
as long again as the first, third distinctly longer than the 
first and second combined. Neck rather short, angles of 
the pronotum unarmed; mesonotum opaque, very finely 
coriaceous, with two short, obscure, longitudinal raised lines 
from the anterior margin, the curved line separating the 
preescutum and scutum very shallow and not crenulate. 
Seutellum without marginal carinze; median segment irre- 
gularly transversely rugulose; hind coxa very finely coria- 
ceous. Terebra more than half as long as the petiole; 
hind metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints 
combined. 

Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner), 
January 1913. One female. 

This is not nearly allied to the group of valwularis, Schlett., 
having the head slightly narrowed behind the eyes, the 
scutellum without carine, and the groove between the scutum 
and prescutum narrow and not crenulate. 


Fenus steindachneri, Schlett. 
Gasteruption steindachneri, Schlett. Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvy. 
p- 300 (1885). 9. 
Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner). 


March. 
F. leptotrachelus, Kieff., is very near this, but cannot be 


the male of this species, having the head much more strongly 
narrowed behind the eyes. 
Fenus macrocephalus, sp. 0. 


Q. Maxima, nigra; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis 


202 On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 


anticis intermediisque apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, meta- 
tarso tertio basali articuloque quinto exceptis, albidis; terebra, 
corpore sesqui longiore, testacea, valvulis apice extremo albidis ; 
alis hyalinis. 

Long. 30 mm.; terebre long. 45 mm. 


?. Head opaque, finely coriaceous, massive, slightly 
swollen behind the eyes, the hind margin rather feebly 
carinated. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the 
head by a distance equal to fully half their own length; 
posterior ocelli in a line with the summit of the eyes, fully 
half as far again from each other as from the eyes. Cheeks 
as long as the first joint of the flagellum; a longitudinal — 
carina between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum 
twice as long as the first, third nearly half as long again as 
the first and second combined. Neck very short; angles 
of the pronotum unarmed. Thorax opaque, coriaceous, the — 
sides of the preescutum with fine transverse strie; preescutum — 
nearly twice as long as the scutum, with two short slightly — 
raised lines converging from the anterior margin; the curved 
line dividing the seutum and prescutum broad and crenu- 
lated. Median segment irregularly transversely rugose- 
striate, with an indistinct median carina; hind coxe shining, 
punctured at the base, finely transversely striated at the © 
apex; hind metatarsus about equal in length to the four 
apical tarsal joints; the fifth joint long, about equal to the 
second. Pleurz finely rugose; mesosternum coarsely trans- 
versely striated, the sides of the median segment also coarsely 
striated. . 

Hab. Victoria (ex coll. Turner, received through C. 
French). 

This is the largest species of the genus known to me. 
The head and thorax, especially on the sides, are clothed 
with very short white pubescence, as in F. breviscutum, 
Kieff. The radius is bent into a sharp angle at about two-— 
thirds from its base, as in all the group of breviscutum. 


Fonus calothecus, Kieff. 


Gasteruption calothecus, Kieff. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxxx. p. 198 
(1911). 9. | 
Specimens of this species from Yallingup, 8.W. Australia, 
are larger than the type, measuring up to 22 mm., with the 
terebra 60 mm., but do not seem to differ appreciably in: 
colour or structure. The type is from Queensland; the 
cotype has been labelled Mexico, evidently by mistake. 


A revised Classification of the Otomyine. 203 


Fenus bicarinatus, sp. n. 

Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, pedibusque anticis fusco-ferrugineis ; 
tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis anticis intermediisque 
apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, metatarsi tertio basali arti- 
culoque quinto exceptis, albidis ; terebra rufo-testacea abdomine 
paullo longiore, valvulis apice flavidulis et dilatatis. 

Long. 22 mm.; terebre long. 15 mm. 


9. Head not very strongly narrowed behind the eyes, 
slightly swollen transversely behind the ocelli, opaque and 
coriaceous, the hind margin distinctly carinated. Eyes 
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance 
equal to nearly half their own length; posterior ocelli in a 
line with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from each 
other as from the eyes. Cheeks half as long again as the 
first joint of the flagellum, a longitudinal carina between the 
antenne, the front depressed on each side above the base of 
the antenne; second joint of the flagellum twice as long 
as the first, third more than half as long again as the first 
and second combined. Neck rather short; angles of the 
pronotum almost unarmed. Mesonotum irregularly trans- 
versely rugose-striate ; with two longitudinal carinze from 
near the middle of the anterior margin not reaching the 
middle of the prescutum, the space between the carinze 
transversely striated and deeply depressed. Pleure rugose ; 
median segment rather coarsely rugose, convex, with a 
longitudinal carina, the sides of the segment above the hind 
coxz with a few coarse strie. Hind coxe shining, rather 
indistinctly transversely striated. Hind metatarsus as long 
as the four apical tarsal joints combined. Radius sharply 
bent upwards towards the costa at about two-thirds from 
the base, as in breviscutum and other allied species. 

Hab. Swan River, Western Australia. 

Easily distinguished by the strong carine on the 
mesonotum. ‘ 


XXI.—A revised Classification of the Otomyine, with 
Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Oupririp 
THOMas. 

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THE very striking cranial and dental characters found 
among the different species of what has hitherto been con- 
sidered the single genus Otomys, have long seemed to indicate 
that some subdivision of the genus would be advisable. 


204 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised 


In Mr. Wroughton’s admirable monograph of Otomys*, 
the characters used are almost entirely dental, little attention — 
being paid to the skull. Now, however, taking cranial 
characters into full consideration, I find that the group 
appears to be divisable into three genera, as shown below. 

Although not easily defined in a key, the general shape — 
of the skull is quite distinetive of the three genera, and is, 
I consider, the best indication of their relationships. On 
the other hand, the grooves on the incisors, and the numbers 
of the molar laminz, used so effectively by Wroughton and — 
Dollman for the sorting of the species, are so plastic, and 
show so wide a range of variation, that, however useful for — 
specific distinction, they have to be used with great caution 
when generic divisions are in question. 

On this account, while distinguishing as full genera the 
obviously natural groups typified by O. brantsii and O. uni- — 
sulcatus, I have thought it better only to consider those 
represented by O. anchiete and laminatus as subgenera of — 
Otomys, their distinction being almost entirely based on the 
plastic dental characters. And the same with Parotomys 
brantsii and littledalei. 


A. Nasals not excessively expanded ante- 
riorly. ‘Tendency to grooving of incisors 
and extra lamination of molars less; 
lower incisors not or very faintly grooved; 
m® with 4 or, at most, 5 lamine. 

a. Bulle very large. No special nasal 
broadening. .M@% composed of two com- 
plete laminze and a modified posterior 


i os a |e 1. Parotomys, g. n. 
a’, Upper incisors grooved .......... la. Parotomys, s. s. 
b*. Upper incisors smooth ............ 1b, Liotomys, subg. n. 


b. Bullz normal. A slight nasal broaden- 

ing. M®° composed of three complete 
laminz and a posterior trefoil ...... 2. Myotomys, g. n. 

B. Nasals excessively broadened anteriorly, 

the premaxille outside them not or 

scarcely visible from above. Tendency 

to grooving of incisors and extra lamina- 

tion of molars at a maximum; lower 

incisors, as well as upper, deeply grooved ; 


m?* with 6 lamingz or moret...... ees. 3. Otomys. 

c. M, composed of 4lamine .......... 3a, Otomys, 8. 8. 

d. M, with more than 4 lamine. z 
c?, M, with 5 lamineg, m? with7...... 3b. Anchotomys, subg. n. 


d?, M, with 6-7 laminz, m’ with 9-10. 8c. Lamotomys, subg. n. 


* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. p. 264 (1906). See also Dollman’s 
paper on the East African forms, op. cit. (8) xv. p. 149 (1915). i 
+ Five in O. denti. 


Classification of the Otomyine. 205 


1. Paroromys*, gen, nov. 


Genotype. B. brantsii (Otomys brantsii, Smith). 

Skull short, high, considerably bowed. Its general shape 
showing no trace of the characteristic form found in typical 
Otomys. . Muzzle narrow, the nasals not particularly 
broadened anteriorly. Interorbital region not specially 
contracted, its edges with well-marked thickened beads 
and postorbital projections. Interparietal nearly as long 
as broad. Bulle very large; meatus with a strongly 
projecting thickened collar on its anterior edge prominently 
visible from above ; the meatal greater than the zygomatic 
breadth of the skull. 

Teeth. Upper incisors with either one distinct and one 
indistinct groove (Parotomys, s. s.), or with none at all 
(subgenus Liotomys). Lower incisors without any trace of 
grooves. 

Third upper molar with four laminal elements, the 
posterior ones somewhat modified. Front lower molar also 
with four, the two anterior partially coalesced. . 

This genus is most distinct from the other Otomyine, no 
forms being known at all intermediate in either skull or 


tooth characters. It may again be subdivided into two, as 
follows :— 


la. PAROTOMYS, 8. 8. 


Upper incisors with one distinet outer and one indistinct © 
inner groove. Zygomatic plate evenly convex anteriorly. 
Palatal foramina short. Bullze nearly spherical. 

Genotype as above. 


1%. Lioromys +, subgen. nov. 
3 


Upper incisors quite without grooves, like the lower. 
Zygomatic plate more or less cut back anteriorly. Palatal! 
foramina of medium length. DBulle more or less oval. 

Genotype :— 


Parotomys (Liotomys) littledalei, sp. n. 


Size and general appearance asin P. brantsii. Colour very 
much as in the typical (Namaqualand) race of that species, 
though slightly darker, and so verging towards that of 
P. b. luteolus. The back rather darker than “ cinnamon- 
buff,” the sides and belly paler buff, the hairs very broadly 


* apa, beside+ Otomys. 
tT Aetos + Otomys, 


206 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised 


slaty basally. Hands and feet buffy white. Tail apparently 
longer than in dranésii, though satisfactory measurements 
are not available ; well haired, dark buffy above, paler 
below, a variable portion of the upper side of the end of 
the tail brown or blackish, but this is sometimes scarcely 
perceptible. 

Skull and teeth as indicated in the synopsis and subgenerie 
diagnoses above. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 97 ; hind foot 26. 

Skull: greatest length 37°6 ; condylo-incisive length 36 ; 
zygomatic breadth 20; nasals 12°8x4°2;  interorbital 
breadth 6; meatal breadth 21:5; palatilar length 17; 
palatal foramina 7; bulle 12°3x8; upper molar series 
(crowns) 7°2. 

Hab. Bushmanland. Type from Tuin, Kenhart. 

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12.4.25.9. Original num- 
ber 7. Collected 16th July, 1911, by Maj. H. A. P. Little- 
dale. Five specimens. 

The specimens of this remarkable animal were placed with 
the collection of Ofomys brantsii without examination of the 
skulls, which were cleaned and put away later. Now, how- — 
ever, study of the skulls shows that Major Littledale’s — 
animal is wholly different, and represents a really interesting 
discovery. 


2. Myoromys *, gen. nov. 


Genotype. M. unisulcatus (Otomys unisulcatus, Bts.). 

Skull with more indication of an approach to that of — 
Otomys. But the muzzle is not modified in the peculiar 
way characteristic of that genus, the nasals being but little 
broadened anteriorly, so that the premaxille are always 
clearly visible from above outside them. Interorbital region — 
not specially contracted ; its edges with distinct beads, which 
evenly diverge backwards instead of abruptly curving out-— 
wards to form postorbital projections, as is the case in — 
Otomys. These beads scarcely run any distance on ‘to the — 
parietals. Other skull-characters much as in Otomys. 

Teeth not very highly specialized. Upper incisors gene- 
rally with one narrow groove, which is, however, occasionally — 
obsolescent. Lower incisors not or very faintly grooved. | 
Third upper molar not greatly laminated, the usual condition — 
being three complete lamine and a posterior trefoil, which — 


“ 


* nvs+ Otomys. 


Classification of the Otomyinz. 207 


may in some cases represent two laminal elements; the 
total therefore usually four and never more than five. First 
lower molar composed of four lamine or their equivalents, 
as in Otomys. 

This genus, although clearly worthy of being distinguished 
as such, shows more relationship to Ofomys than is the case 
with Parotomys. One species, indeed, M. turneri, both has 
more expanded nasals than is normal and has clearly five 
laminz in its m’ ; but even then there is no equality with 
the specialized condition found in true Otomys, and the 
frontal ridges are quite as in Parotomys, not as in Otomys. 

The following forms belong to this genus :— 


broom, Thos. 
yranti, Thos. 
sloggetti, Thos. 
turnert, Wrought. 
unisulcatus, Bts. 


3. Otomys, F. Cuv. 


Genotype. O. irroratus, Bts.  _ 

Skull highly specialized. Muzzle with an exaggerated 
expansion of the nasals in their anterior half, where they 
are bent down laterally, and quite hide the premaxille from 
above. Interorbital region contracted, its edges with high 
ridges, which posteriorly turn abruptly outward to form 
postorbital processes, and then run backwards across the 
parietals. 

Teeth. Incisors much grooved, the upper with one well- 
defined groove just outside the middle, the lower with one 
broad and deep outer groove and on the inner side either 
the faint indication of a second groove, a shallow but distinct 
groove, or a deep and distinct second groove, all stages 
between the three being present. 

Molars with great tendency to extra lamination, the 
third upper molar with from six to ten lamine (five in 
O. denti only) and the first lower with from four to seven. 

It does not appear possible to separate satisfactorily the 
species with two grooves on the lower incisors (typus and 
its allies *) from the ordinary Utomys with only one, as the 
intergradation in the depth and conspicuousness of the 
grooves is too complete. On the other hand, two species, 
anchiete and laminatus, show such differences in the number 
of the molar lamine that I have thought they should be 


* Representing Orveinomys, Trouess. 


208 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised 


subgenerically separated, thus making three subgenera, as 
follows :— 


3a. Oromys, s. s. 


Genotype. O. irroratus, Bts. 
First lower molar with four laminz ; last upper with 
5 to 8. 


36. ANCHOTOMYS *, subgen. nov. 


Genotype and only species. O. anchieta, Boc. 
First lower molar with five lamin ; last upper with seven. 


3c. Lamortomys t, subgen. nov. 


Genotype and only species. O. laminatus, Thos. & Schw. 

First lower molar with 6-7 lamine; last upper with 9-10. 

Otomys contains the great mass of the species of the 
group, and has by far the largest range, extending from the 
Cape to Abyssinia, while the other two genera are both 
confined to South Africa. 

The following new forms of this genus appear to need 
description :— 


Otomys irroratus cenosus, subsp. n. 


Size averaging very large, the skull-length of large speci- 
mens greater than in any other Ofomys. 

Colour a dark muddy greyish, darker than in O. 7, auratus, 
greyer, especially on the sides and rump, than in true 
arroralus. ! 

Skull as in true irroratus, but averaging larger. Laminze 
of m°® always 6 in number. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 201 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 32:7; — 
ear 23°95. - 

Skull: greatest length 46°3 ; condylo-incisive length 43°5 ; 
zygomatic breadth 23:2; nasals 20°5x9-2; imterorbital — 
breadth 4; upper molar series 9°2. 

Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland. Alt. 4000’. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 4. 8. 13. Original 
number 20. Collected 14th February, 1904, by R. B. — 
Woosnam. Seven specimens. 

By their great average size and muddy-grey colour these 
Otomys seem distinguishable from the ordinary 0. irroratus, — 


* ayxt, near+ Otomys. 
+ Adpos, the maw (also voraciousness) + Otomys. 


Classification of the Otomyinz. 209 


although isolated individuals from elsewhere may be nearly 
as large. The skull of the type even exceeds in length, 
though not in bulk, that of the large O. (Anchotomys) 
anchiete of Augola. 


Otomys rowleyi, sp. 0. 

Like O. irroratus superficially, but apparently really a 
representative in Portuguese S.E. Africa of the 7-laminated 
forms of the Zambesi and northwards. 

General appearance and colour quite as in (. irroratus 
cupreus, but the fur shorter and coarser. Lars and tail not 
very heavily furred. 

Skull of medium size, about equalling that of O. irroratus. 
Nasals differing from those of other 8. African forms by 
their even expansion anteriorly, and the absence of a definite 
angle at the point where the narrow part passes into the 
broad—this character quite uniform in the one adult and 
four young specimens before me. All the other S. African 
forms have a marked angle at the point referred to. 

Teeth. Third upper molar with seven lamine in every 
specimen, this number being that characteristic of the 
Zambesi and more northward Otomys, only rarely and 
exceptionally occurring in OQ. irroratus. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 167 mm. ; tail 92; hind foot 27 ; ear 20. 

Skull : greatest length 40 ; condylo-incisive length 37-7 ; 
zygomatic breadth 19°7; nasals 18x74; upper molar 
' series 9°1. 

Hab. Coguno, Inhambane, Portuguese S.E. Africa. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6.11.8.77. Original 
number 1585. Collected 3lst July, 1906, by C. H. B. 
Grant. Presented by Mr. C. D. Rudd. 

Accidentally overlooking the fact that one of the series 
was fully adult, Mr. Wroughton and I provisionally referred 
this animal in 1906 to O. irroratus cupreus, but I now con- 
sider that its constant possession of seven lamine in m! 
indicates that it is a southern representative in the low hot 
coast-lands of the more northern terms characterised by that 
number of laminz, while only six is usual in zrroratus. The 
absence of an angular corner halfway along the lateral nasal 
sutures is also a character which affines it to some of the 
more northern forms and distinguishes it from O. irroratus. 

It is named in honour of Mr. F, R. Rowley, Curator of 
the Royal Albert Memorial Museum at Exeter, to whom 
both officially and privately the Mammal Department of the 
National Museum is greatly indebted for assistance. 


210 A revised Classification of the Otomy ine. 


Otomys mashona, sp. n. 


Most nearly allied to O. angoniensis, but greyer and with 
differently shaped nasals. 

Size about as in angoniensis or a little smaller. Fur 
decidedly finer and softer than in that species. General 
colour very much as in QO. irroratus auratus or a shade 
darker, greyer and less brownish than in angoniensis ; sides 
and hips distinctly greyer. 

Skull with the nasals shorter and proportionately broader 
than in angoniensis, the broad anterior part shorter and the 
posterior part more rapidly narrowing backwards; lateral 
sutures without a marked angle, this character distinguish- 
ing the species from trroratus. 

Third upper molar normally with seven lamine. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 171 mm.; tail 108 ; hind feet 30. 

Skull: greatest length 41; condylo-incisive length 39 ; 
zygomatic breadth 20°3; nasals 17x89; interorbital 
breadth 4°3; height from supraorbital edge to alveolus of 
m* 13°7; palatilar length 19; upper molar series 9:2. 

Hab. Mazoe, Mashonaland, Southern Rhodesia. Alt. 
4000’. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 95.11.3.18. Original 
number 44 B. Collected 5th August, 1895, and presented 
by J. tfolliott Darling. 

This Otomys was identified by Mr. Wroughton with . 
O. irroratus auratus of Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony, 
a locality very much farther south, but I venture to think 
it is more related to angoniensis and rowleyi, with which it 
agrees in the number of its molar lamin and its non- 
angular nasal sutures. 


Otomys burtoni, sp. n. 


A small species, isolated in the Cameroons. 

Size comparatively small. Fur very long and soft, woolly 
hairs of back about 20 mm. in length. General colour dull 
grizzled brown with a slight coppery tint, very much as in 
O. irroratus cupreus. Hands and feet dark brown. 

Skull not strongly bowed, with rather short muzzle. 
Nasals of medium broadening auteriorly, the lateral sutures 
not strongly angular. Interorbital region not heavily 
ridged. 

Upper incisors more pointed backwards than is usual even 
in this opisthodont genus, the angle (50°) lower than in any © 


On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. 211 


other rodent I have measured ; their face with the usual 
deep outer and obsolescent inner groove. Lower incisors 
with one broad and partially doubled external groove and 
the usual obsolescent inner one. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the dry skin) :— 

Head and body 158 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 26; ear 20. 

Skull: tip of nasals to back of frontals 27°5 ; zygomatic 
breadth 18°5; nasals 16°5 x 7:5; interorbital breadth 4:1; 
breadth of brain-case 14°5 ; height of supraorbital edge 
from alveolus of m? 11°6; palatilar length 16°3; diastema 
8°5; upper molar series 8:2. 

Hab. Cameroons Mountains. Alt. 7000’. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 7.1.1.196. Collected 
by “Capt. Burton, H.M. Consul of Fernando Po,” later 
Sir Richard Burton. Received with the collection of 
Mr. R. F. Tomes. 

This Cameroons Otomys, widely isolated as it is geographi- 
cally from all other members of the genus, seems to be most 
nearly allied to certain of the Central African species, 
among which, by Dollman’s synopsis, it comes closest to 
O. tropicalis nubilus of the Mount Kenya region. It is, 
however, conspicuously smaller than that animal, nor can I 
find any other to which it could be assigned. 

I have named it in honour of its famous collector, 
Sir Richard Burton, te whose ability and energies as a 
naturalist too little credit has been generally given. 


XXI.—The Hedyehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. 
By OLpFIELD THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


WHEN writing his paper on the subspecies of Hrinaceus 
europeus * Barrett Hamilton referred five specimens in the 
British Museum from Mount Lebanon to Erinaceus concolor, 
Martin, described from Trebizond. The type of the latter 
* being wholly black it seemed abnormal, and on this account 
Barrett Hamilton could not distinguish the Mt. Lebanon 
specimens from it. 

Since that date, however, further knowledge and further 
material bearing on the question of H. concolor has accrued, 
Miller has shown the definite distinction of FE. roumanicus 


* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) y. p. 360 (1900). 


212 = On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. 


and the forms related to it from Z. europaeus and its allies, 
This distinction rests mainly in the greater extension in the 
former of the maxillary bones, which reach further back, so 
as to coincide almost exactly with the muscular fossa * of 
this region. In ewropeus, on the other hand, the fronto- 
maxillary suture traverses the fossa a marked distance in 
front of its hinder limit. 

Examination of the typical skull of 2. concolor now shows 
that its structure is as in 2. europeus, not as in LZ. roumani- 
cus, and it therefore agrees with certain other forms of this 
character which Satunin has shown to occur in Trans- 
caucasia, so that it cannot be looked upon in any way as 
abnormal. Moreover, the same author has described a dark 
* #. ponticus” and a black “ #. ponticus abasgicus” from 
the eastern shores of the Black Sea, which would show that 
a naturally black hedgehog does occur in this region. Pro- 
bably Satunin’s animals are, one or both, referable to 
E. concolor. 

This being the case, it is evident that the Palestine and 
Asia Minor hedgehog, which belongs to the roumanicus type, 
only needs comparison with the last-named species, of which 
it may be considered a subspecies, as follows :— 


Erinaceus roumanicus sacer, subsp. n. 


General colour brown, about as in L. europaeus, the head 
not blackened. Spines with one subterminal dark band. 
Fur of face, chest, and fore-limbs with a considerable mixture 
of white hairs, that of the sides and belly uniformly brown. 

Skull, on the whole, like that of rowmanicus, but distin- 
guished by the much greater length and development of the 
lacrymal crests, which in that animal are reduced to a mere 
projecting knob above the lacrymal foramen, but in the new 
form are as long as in J. europaeus, running back quite to 
the hinder corner of the muscular fossa above referred to, 
and being traceable further back still as a ridge across the 
frontals. Transverse occipital crest relatively higher, pro- 
jecting above the level of the brain-case. 

Dimensions of type :— 

Hind foot (c.) 39 mm. ; 

Skull: condylo-basal length 60 ; zygomatic breadth 37°5 5 — 
nasals 19°5 x 4; premaxillo-nasal suture 11; maxillo-nasal — 
suture 2°5; distance from posterior end of premaxille to — 
upper hinder corner of maxillze 11°5 ; interorbital breadth 175 


* Apparently, judging from Dobson, that of the upper half of the — 
levator labtt superworis proprius. 


On a new Jumping Mite from the Mendip Hills. 213 


intertemporal breadth 14°7; palatal length 33:3; upper 
tooth-row 31. 

Hab. Palestine and Asia Minor. Type from near 
Jerusalem. 

Type. Adult female with worn teeth. B.M. no. 18.8.1. 2. 
Collected May 1918 during the British campaign, and pre- 
sented by Capt. Guy C. Shortridge. 

Of this hedgehog the Museum contains five specimens, 
with imperfect skulls, from Mt. Lebanon, presented by 
Saleem Baroody, a fine old female from Tortoum near 
Erzeroum, collected by R. B. Woosnam, and another from 
Kara Dagh near Konia, presented by L. Ramsay, in addition 
to the present specimen (the type). Ihave thought it wise 
to select as type a specimen from the farthest southern 
known extension of the group—that is, of the restricted genus 
Erinaceus,—the hedgehogs from further south and east being 
referable to Hemiechinus. 


XXIM.—On anew Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorchestes 
from the Mendip Hills. By StaAntey Hirsrv. 


THE mite dealt with in the present note is of interest, owing 
to the fact that the only species of the genus hitherto 
described (viz. Nanorchestes amphibius, Topsent & Troues- 
sart) lives on the sea-shore, between the tide limits or 
slightly above them. This littoral species was discovered by 
M. Topsent at Luc-sur-Mer (Calvados), France, and after- 
wards found by the author at St. Catherine’s Point, Isle of 
Wight. The new species described below has a very 
different habitat, for it lives on the summit of the Mendip 
Hills at an altitude of over 800 feet and more than eight 
miles from the sea-coast. 

’ 


Nanorchestes collinus, sp. n. 


General appearance very like N, amphibius, Tops. & 


Trouess., but smaller in size. Hairs on dorsal surface of © 


cephalothorax also very similar. The. curious unpaired 
median structure between the clhieliceree is present and 
strongly curved. This new species differs from NV. amphibius 
in the following details of structure :—Dorsal hair on cheli- 
cera slender and dividing close to the base into two plumose 
branches, the outer one being considerably longer than the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 16 


214 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


other (whereas in NV. amphibius the dorsal hair is rather — 
stout, stiff, rod-like, and not divided). Hairs on abdomen — 
very similar to those of NW. amphibius, being short and — 
branched in the same way, but they are finer. ‘The sac-like — 
structure placed immediately behind the eye is almost 
circular (instead of being rather elongate-oval). 

Length (slightly pressed by accident) 240 p. 

Material. A single specimen collected by the author on — 
the summit of the Mendip Hills, near Axebridge, Somerset, — 
July 1918. 


XXIV.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio- 
dactyla—Part II]. The Bubaline and Orygine. By 
®. 1. Potock, F.R.S. } 


Parts I. and II. of this series, supplementing my paper — 
published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910, appeared in the 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June and August of this year. 
As in those papers, the reference numbers inserted after the — 
genera and species in the following pages apply to the — 
treatise issued in 1910, ; 


Subfamily Bozazrrmz. 


Genus Damatiscus, Scl. & Thos. © 


In 1910 I described the preorbital and pedal glands of — 
this genus from dried skins of D. korrigum. I am now able 
to supplement that account from fresh material of two 
South African species, J). albifrons and D. pygargus. 


Damaliscus albifrons, Burch. 


The muzzle (fig. 1, A, B,C) is long, broad, and depressed, 
with mobile upper lip and fleshy, valvular, narrow, and 
elongate nostrils, lined for some distance inside, both above 
and below, with hair. The rhinarium is much reduced, but 
is broad between the narrowed inner ends of the nostrils ; 
beneath the septum it is continued down the upper lip as 
a short mesially grooved philtrum, which rapidly narrow 
from its wide base to its pointed lower end which reaches 
the inferior edge of the upper lip. Dorsally it extends as 
a moist band along the upper lid of the nostril, but falls 
short of the posterior angle of the nostril by some distance; 
on the lower lid of the nostril there is no rhinarial extension 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 215 


of moist skin. From the dorsal aspect the rhinarium 
appears as a crescentic band, thicker mesially in front than 
posteriorly at the sides, the hairs on the upper side of the 
muzzle spreading far forwards between the nostrils, forming 
a well-defined field with an evenly convex antero-lateral 
edge. The surface of the rhinarium is covered with a 
reticulation of grooves defining low rounded eminences. 

The preorbital gland is marked extervally by a slightly 


Fig. 1. 
- Oa oe 
eK wT AVY i Ve 
ores © sy Wy, SHY 
ase Beat. Mi), ) eee 
SASQ * 41 Sie 
ope 


ae 
(Yaya Sra 
a3 LG SSe 

. Lee 


<7 


A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Damaliscus albifrons from the front. x 4. 
Bb. The same from above. 

C. The same from the side. 

D. Extremity of the penis of D. pygargus from below. 

i. The same from the right side. 


aised circular naked area, with a central orifice leading 
into a short cylindrical tube penetrating about halfway into 
the substance of the thick gland. 

Inguinal glands are absent, and there is a single pair of 
mamme. 

The pedal glands, like those of other Bubalines I have 
already described, are well developed only on the fore feet, 
where they consist of a deep and long interdigital pouch 
overlapped to a great extent above by the folded integumen‘ 

16” 


216 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some 


of the pastern, but with a comparatively long slit-like orifice, ‘ 
On the hind foot the gland is represented merely by a 
shallow naked depression. 


Damaliseus pygargus, Pall. 


Differs in none of the particulars described above from 
D. albifrons, except that the philtrum fails to reach the edge q 
of the upper lip. ; 

In the male the penis (fig. 1, D, E) ends in a well- defined r 
cordate thickening, broad at the base, narrowed at the apex. — 
The urethral canal is not produced beyond the extremity of — 
the glans, but terminates in a groove in the middle of its — 
under side. 4 

The figure of the penis of D. albifrons, published by 
Garrod (P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 11, fig. 22), and apparently copied 
by Gerhardt, represents this organ as apically attenuated — 
and provided with a short tubular urethral process lying 
along the left side of the end of the glans and free from it 
to a very limited extent, but not projecting beyond it. if 

It seems to me to be very unlikely that two species” 
so closely allied as D. albifrons and D. pygargus differ in’ 
reality in the structure of the penis to the extent indicated 
by Garrod’s observations and my own; and since Garrod’s © 
figure shows close agreement between the penis of D. albi- 
frons and that of Connochates, I am disposed to think it 
likely that the penis of D. pygargus I examined must have 
been abnormal or, perhaps, mutilated with respect to the 
end of the urethra. 

There the matter must rest until the opportunity of 
examining this organ in other examples of D. pygargus 
occurs. Considering the rarity of the species we may have. 
to wait long for such a chance to verify or disprove the 
point at issue. 


Genus Connocuares, Licht. 
Connochetes gnou, Zimm. (p. 904). 


I have very little to add to my original account of this 
species except some facts regarding the rhinarium and pe nis 
which were not described in 1910*. z 

The muzzle (fig. 2, A, B, C) is a gross exaggeration of 
the type seen in Damaliscus, being wider and having the 
valvular lids of the nostrils more ‘protuberant and fleshy. 


* Tn one specimen the surface of the preorbital gland showed a centra 
saucer-like depression. Hence this surface is not always flat, as 
described in 1910, F . 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 217 


A further important and very interesting difference is the 
presence of a well-developed pouch, lined with short hair, 
penetrating the internarial septum on each side and opening 
by a circular orifice within the anterior angle of the nostril, 
nearly midway between the latter and the anterior end of 
entrance to the narial passages. The orifice of this pouch, 


A, Muzzle and rhinarium of Connochetes gnou from the front. x 2, 
(The vibrissze shorter than in nature.) 

B. The same from the side. 

C. The same with the upper lid of the nostril raised to show the orifice 
of the sack penetrating the septum. 

D. Extremity of penis of the same from below. 

E. The same of Gorgon taurinus from the left side. 


like the entrance to the chamber itself, is revealed when 


the upper lid of the nostril is raised and concealed when it 
is in its normal depressed position (fig. 2, B, C). 

Owing to the scanty clothing of hair on the dorsal side of 
the muzzle, the rhingrium is not so well defined above and 
behind as in Damaliscus; it extends less than halfway 


218 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


round the upper lid of the nostril. Viewed from the front 
it is exceedingly wide and laterally attenuated, with a 
concayo-convex, sinuous upper edge. The philtrum, which 
is broad, angular, and ungrooved, is inferiorly abbreviated, 
ending in a point a little above the middle of the upper lip, 
the lower portion of which is continuously hairy across the 
middle line. The surface of the rhinarium is transversely 
striated, not roughened and tessellated. 

In his paper on the anatomy of the Gnu, Liénnberg 
(K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv. no. 8, p. 48, 1901) paid no 
special attention to the rhinarium, contenting himself with 
a reference to the descriptions published by others, notably 
by Sclater and Thomas in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ vol. i. 
This brief description, however, contains no mention of the 
pouches in the internarial septum, because they are com- 
pletely concealed in dried skins. No doubt this fact 
accounts for their having hitherto apparently escaped 
detection. At all events I have not come across any record 
of their occurrence. 

J am unable to suggest any explanation of the function 
of these pouches, unless they act as traps for the maggots of 
parasitic dipterous insects (@strus) whose usual habit it 
is to pass up the true nostril into the narial passages, where 
they frequently set up serious disorders in Ruminants. At 
all events, these parasites would be innocuous in the pouches. 

The penis (fig. 2, D) differs from that of Damaliscus py- 
gargus in being apically attenuated, without trace of the 
cordate thickening at the end, and in the termination of 
the urethral canal in a short process on the left side of the 
apex, beyond which it projects for a very short distance. 


Genus Goreon, Gray. 
Gorgon taurinus, Burch. (p. 906). 


An example of G. taurinus albojubatus, four and a half 
months old, had the muzzle constructed as in Connochetes 
gnou, except that the peculiarities were less exaggerated ; 
it was less depressed and narrower and the rhinarium seen 
from the front was deeper from above downwards and the 
shortened philtrum showed a nairow groove. 

The preorbital gland was scantily clothed with long hair 
and its surface was mesially depressed and saucer-like. 

The pents (fig. 2, E) of an adult male of the typical race 
was less attenuated apically than in that of Connochetes 
gnou and the urethral canal was not prolonged beyond the 
end of the glans. 


From evidence supplied mainly by the digestive tract, 


‘47 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 219 


Léunherg (K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxy. no. 3 (1901) ; 
Arkiv. Zool. v. no. 10, p. 21 (1909)) was of opinion that the 
Guus are phylogenetically related to the Bovinz, the latter 
being the descendants of antelopes closely akin to Conno- 
chetes and Gorgon. It appears to me, however, to be certain 
that the Gnus must be regarded as highly specialised forms 
of Bubalis; but I cannot admit that the latter are in any 
way nearly affiliated to any form of Buhalinez. The evidence, 
on the other hand, that the Bovine are specialised Tragela- 
phine is, in my opinion, complete. 

e The usually recorded differences between the Gnus and 
Hartebeests in cranial and cornual characters are well known. 
Using the muzzle as a basis the two groups may be distin- 
guished as follows :— 


a. Muzzle comparatively narrow; rhinarium 

cleaving the upper lip approximately to its 

inferior edge, its depth about half its width, 

its surface roughened and reticulated ; no 

pouches in the internarial septum within the 

PURE 2s oa osha corte a5 wile wai an: Bubalis, Damaliscus. 
a’, Muzzle comparatively very broad; rhina- 

rium not extending to inferior edge of 

upper lip, its depth less than half its width, 

its surface transversely striated; a pair of 

pouches penetrating the internarial septum 

meathin the viostrils .............30 a0 Connochetes, Gorgon 


The Bubaline constitute a compact group of Bovidee 
showing comparatively slight range of variation so far as the 
external features dealt with in this paper areconcerned. The 
muzzle is expanded, the rhinarium is reduced, the nostrils 
are valvular and lined within the orifice with longish hair 
for the exclusion of foreign bodies. The preorbital gland 
is large and is either provided with a narrow duct-like in- 
vagination (Damaliscus, Bubalis) or has a flat, slightly convex 
or slightly concave surface (Connochetes, Gorgon). Inguinal 
glands are absent, and there is normally, at all events, a 
single pair of mammz. Pedal glands are well developed 
only on the fore feet, where they consist of a long deep 
interdigital pouch with a long orifice, but not so long as in 
the Antilopine, on the front of the pastern. In the hind 
feet this gland is aborted and represented merely by a 
shallow depression. The penis at most has a short tubular 
urethral prolongation. 


Subfamily Orrervz. 
Genus Oryx, Blainville. 


My account of the cutaneous glands of this genus pub- 
lished in 1910 was based upon an examination of dried skins 


220 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some . % 


and living animals only. Since that date I have had the — 
opportunity of seeing fresh carcases of two very distinct 
species, namely O. gazella, the type of the genus, and ~ 
VU. leucoryx, which should rank, I think, as a distinct genus 


Oryx gazella, Linn. : = 
The muzzle (fig. 3, A, B, and 4, F) is broad and depressed, ~ 


Fig. 3. 


pe ee 
w ee Be : 
Phra in Mee s 
, 
;/ ” ae 3. 
/ *< 
wh ‘al a rh “uy lit 


See 
we al 


7, 


! 
is att Ware 
SSA nh: rhe yr LLL, 

“3 Brave wm USD 14) Y) 


+ 
a 


A. Muzzle of rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the front. x 3, 
B. The same from above. : 


with the nostrils narrow, elongated, valvular, and hairy 
right up to their lower rim. The smooth rhinarium is ~ 
reduced in size, moderately broad between the nostrils, and — 
extending laterally as a comparatively narrow strip all along | 
the upper rim of the nostrils. From the dorsal aspect it is 

crescentic, the hairs of the dorsal side of the face extending — 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 221 


far forwards between the nostrils, more than halfway along 
their length, forming a field with an evenly convex antero- 
lateral border. From the front the upper edge has a sinuous 
curvature, and the depth of the rhinari1um down the middle 
line is about equal to the width of the internarial septum ; 
the inferior edge is slightly angled, but is not continued as 
a philtrum down the upper lip, which is continuously hairy 
across the middle line *. 

Preorbital and inguinal glands are absent, as Owen and 
Ogilby correctly recorded. 

The pedal glands ou all four feet consist of dilated hair- 
lined pouches, opening by a narrow passage and a small 
orifice on the front of the pastern just above the summit of 
the folded interungual web. They resemble those of O. beisa 
described in 1910, except that the orifice is small and sub- 
circular (cf. infra). 


Oryx beisa, Rupp. (p. 907). 


I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore 
and hind foot of an adult example of this species from 
British East Africa. In these the glands were moderately 
large and saccular, with a narrow cylindrical exit passage 
and circular orifice. In 1910 I described the orifice of the 
gland observed on the dried feet of an immature specimen 
as consisting of an elongated slit. The shape assumed by 
the orifice in this case was probably due to shrinkage of the 
skin when drying. At all events, the glands of the specimen 
brought for me by Mr. Selous resembled those of the fresh 
specimen of O. gazella described above. 


Genus Alcoryx, nov. 


Differs from Oryx in possessing a preorbital gland, a 
more reduced rhinarium, and curved horns. 
Type, Aigoryx alyazel, Oken. 


Aigoryx algazel, Oken (p. 909). 


In 1910 my notes on this species were restricted to the 
statement that an example living in the Gardens showed 
the presence of preorbital glands by patches of secretion on 
the face about one inch in front of the eye, thus disproving 
the assertions of Owen and Ogilby that the preorbital gland 
is absent. 


* In the figures illustrating the muzzle of the antelopes described in 
this paper, no attempt has been made to indicate by shading the trans- 


ee and vertical convexity of the rhinaria, which thus appear to be 
too flat. 


229 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


In an example of the typical race of this species from 
Northern Nigeria, the gland (fig. 4, B) consists of a 
thickened area of skin concealed and overgrown by hair 
basally adherent with secretion, The glandis about 30mm, 
long and 6 mm, thick and slightly elevated, resembling the 


on wo. 
ery 

Ro 7) 
syed Ny 1 


Gi IN 
Hig) i ZB My, My 
YC eee As 


4 
lle 
A 
OLA <a 


4 


RGN 
¥ by 
[Are 


A. Muzzle and rhinarium of A%goryx algazel from the front. x 4, 

B. Preorbital gland of the same in longitudinal section. 

C. Extremity of the penis of the same from the left side. 

D. The same from the right side with urethral process pulled down. 

E. Extremity of a of Hippotragus niger with urethral process 
straightened. ‘ 

F. Muzzle and rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the side. 


corresponding gland of Hippotragus, although shorter as 
compared with its thickness. 

The muzzle (fig. 4, A) in its general features is like that 
of Oryx gazella, but the rhinarium is considerably more | 
reduced. When viewed from the front it is much wider as _ 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 223 


compared with its height, the height in the middle line 
being slightly less than that of the upper lip and much less 
than the width of the internarial septum. 

As in other members of this subfamily the inguinal 
glands are absent, there are two pairs of mamme, and the 
pedal glands are present and constructed as in Oryz. 

The penis (fig. 4, C, D) is remarkable for the thickness 
and length of the tubular prolongation of the urethral canal, 
which projects some distance, beyond the ovate termination 
of the glans and is nowhere adherent to it. It rises from 
the underside of the cylindrical portion of the penis, and, 
although normally closely applied to the left side of the well- 
defined terminal portion, is in reality separable from it. It 
is thick at the base and gradually attenuated apically. 

The penis closely resembles that of Addax as described 
and figured by Garrod (P.Z.S.1877, p. 10, fig. 18) ; but 
Gerhardt’s figure of the penis in Adda has a much shorter 
urethral prolongation, not overlapping the tip of the glans 
(Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi. p. 153, 1906). 


Genus Hrrporraeus, Sund. 
EMippotragus niger, Ham. (p. 909). 

Specimens examined since 1910 confirm in every parti- 
cular the facts stated in that year as to the structure and 
incidence of the cutaneous glands. The new facts here 
recorded relate to the rhinarium and the penis. 

The muzzle (fig. 5, A, B) is less depressed than that of Oryz, 
and the sculptured rhinarium is relatively larger and more 
normal, with a better defined naked tract below the nostrils, 
a well-developed philtrum mesially grooved, broad at the 
base, and narrowed below where it reaches the inferior edge 
of the upper lip; the nostrils are more expanded with the 
upper lid more swollen, so that from the anterior aspect the 
upper edge of the rhinarium appears to be biconvex with an 
angular median depression and from the dorsal aspect the 
anterior edge is seen to be transversely truncated. The hairs 
of the upper side of the nose extend some distance between 
the nostrils, although not so far as in Oryz, so that the 
posterior border of the rhinarium is strongly concave. 

The penis (fig. 4, E) resembles that of Aigoryx, described 
above, in the thickness, length, and freedom of the tubular 
prolongation of the urethral canal, but the termination of 
the glans is less markedly bulbous. 

The Orygine, apart from Addax which requires examina- 
tion, are a remarkably uniform group with respect to the 


224 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 


structure of the penis, the presence of four mamma, the 
absence of inguinal glands, and the presence on all four 
feet of flask-shaped pedal glands with narrow exit passage = | 
and small circular orifice just behind the summit of the \ 
interungual web. 


+ 
Fig. 5. y 
Pree 
hy 
i} 
hye 


1 


S247 


280 Pee, 


A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Hippotragus niger from the front. X 3. 
B. The same from above. 


Setting Addaz aside, the genera discussed in this paper 
may be distinguished as follows :— 


a. Rhinarium sculptured, with distinct philtrum reach- 
ing lower edge of upper lip; upper rim of dilated 
nostrils swollen; horns rising erect from head .. Hippotragus. 
a’. Rhinarium smooth, without philtrum, upper lip 
entire ; upper rim of narrow nostrils not swollen ; 
horns inclined backwards in the plane of the 
forehead. 
5. Preorbital gland present as a thickened pad of skin 
like that of Hippotragus; rhinarium shallow; 
horns curved ......, ee 7, oer coe MGOrYyx, 
b'. Preorbital gland absent; rhinarium deeper; 
horns straight .,...... jevie ey Sea ctasgu eas. Se 


On new Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, de. 225 


Addax differs from the three above enumerated genera in 
having broad rounded hoofs, the interdigital web exceedingly 
thick above, the pedal glands represented by a short narrow 
cylindrical tube, corresponding to the duct of the gland in 
Hippotragus and Oryx, and the horas spirally twisted (Proc. 
Zool. Soc. 1910, pp. 910-911). 


XXV.— Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new 
Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesperide, and 
Two Genera of Syntomide. By W. J. Kays, F.E.S. 


ALL the new species herein described will be figured after 
the war. The striking new Chlorippe from Haiti is so far 
unique. It is a 2 and could scarcely be a 2? ab. of 
cherubina, the species it doubtless comes closest to. In 
Cuba Chlorippe laure occurs, but the present insect is 
certainly not a ¢ of that species, although it is highly 
possible that /aure occurs in Haiti. 

The new race of Anwa xenocrates from French Guiana, 
although different in the g from the typical species, has a ? 
(only a single specimen) that is exceedingly like the 9 at 
Tring of the type-form from Bolivia. The female of this 

species appears to be exceedingly rare, and it was rather 
- surprising to get a single pair from quite a new locality. 


Syntomide. 
TIGRIDANIA, gen. nov. 


Proboscis well developed, Palpi long, upturned, reaching 
well above head, and separated widely at base, but meeting 
above thehead. Antenne bipectinate in both sexes, longer 
ing. Legs fairly long. Hind tibie with two pairs of 
spurs of nearly equal lengtli and strong spines on the tarsal 
joints. Fore wing with vein 3 a long way before end of cell 
and distance between veins 2, 3 less than that between 3 and 4. 
Veins 4,5 from angle of cell ; a fold between 5,6, extending 
across cell; 11 from cell; 7, 8, 9,10 stalked. Costa greatly 
bulged at base. Hind wing with the lower discocellular 
very short and oblique; veins 2 and 4 on a long stalk, 
3 absent, 5 present, 6 and 7 from upper angle. 

Type, guadricincta, Kaye. 

The genus comes nearest to Sarosa, from which it differs 
markedly in the position of veins 2 and 3 of the fore wing. 


226 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new 


Tigridania quadricincta, sp. n. 

Fore wing smoky transparent, with the costa broadly 
black from before discocellular to apex, which is very 
broadly black, Discoidal spot black ; outer margin with an 
extension inwards along vein 2, and inner margin with an 
extension along vein 16 heavy black. Hind wing bluish 
transparent with hardly any smoky appearance; outer and 
inner margins heavily black and costa clothed with pale 
yellowish hair. Abdomen with four yellowish segmental 
rings. The last four segments black. Fore cox whitish 
beneath. Frons’ white; gule pale yellowish ; tegule with 
two pale yellowish spots. Mesothorax with a long central 
pale spot and patagia with a pale area at base and a pale 
stripe beyond middle. Metathorax witli two pale spots. 

Expanse 66 mm. | 

Hab. Upper Amazons, Rio Ucayali. 

Type in Coll. Joicey. 


Autochloris crinopoda, sp. n. 


Head black with blue scaling at vertex ; tegule black 
with blue patches ; shoulders with white spots. Thorax and 
patagia black. Abdomen black with indistinct sublateral 
blue patches; last four segments crimson. Hind tibize with 
dense orange tufts of hair. Fore wing hyaline with heavy - 
black margins; a heavy black discoidal blotch and a similar 
blotch between cell and inner margin. Hind wing hyaline, 
with the outer margin broadly black and a small black 
discoidal mark. Abdomen below with only, the last two 
segments crimson. Fore coxe with exterior patches of 
white scales. 

Expanse 41 mm. 

Hab. Cayenne. 

1. 


Ab. lutea, nov. 


Abdomen with the last three segments yellow, the fourth 
only yellow laterally. 


Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (C. Buckley). 


Saurita pebasa, sp. n. 


Head black, tegule black ; patagia with large red patches ; 
shoulders with red patches. Abdomen black. Fore wing 
smoky black, darker about the discocellulars and with a pale 


og 


Species of Syntomidee, Nymphalide, dc. 227 


transverse area across the disc. Hind wing smoky black, 
darker at apical area and inuer margin. 
Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab. Peru, Pebas Loreto, 1913. 


Chrostosoma guianensis, sp. Nn. 


Head black with some blue scaling behind the eyes. 
Thorax black; patagia with red spots and a red spot on the 
shoulder. Metathorax with a blue spot. Abdomen black, 
legs and palpi black. Fore wing hyaline, smoky, with dark 
scaling at base, along inner margin, and at apex. Hind 
wing smoky hyaline, with apex and inner margin narrowly 
darker. 

Expanse 28 mm. 


Hab. British Guiana. 


Chrostosoma halli, sp. n. 


Head and thorax black. Shoulders with red patches. 
First abdominal segment with a pair of subdorsal red spots. 
Abdomen black with some metallic-green scaling, especially 
on last three segments. Abdomen beneath white on first 
three segments and with orange sublateral patclies on fifth 
and sixth segments. Fore wing yellowish hyaline, with the 
costa narrowly black beyond the cell and with the apex black. 
Outer margin very narrowly black. Hind wing yellow 
hyaline; outer margins narrowly black, becoming broader at 
anal angle. 

Expanse 33 mm. 


Hab. Guatemala, Barrios, 22. xii. 12 (A. Hail). 


Pheta serpensis, sp. n. 


Head black ; frons metallic green. Tegule orange with a 
few blue-green scales. Patagia orange. Coxe vermilion- 
red. Abdomen above orange witha broad expanding median 
stripe of blackish brown. Abdomen beneath with a large 
white valve covering the basal segments. Last five seg- 
ments black-brown. Fore wing with costa as far as discoidal 
cell orange, and inner margin for half the distance orange. 
Wings hyaline. Discoidal spot black, rather rectangular. 
Outer margin broadly black; apex broad, black. Hind wing 
transparent, the margins black. Antennee with the tips white. 

Expanse 26 mm. 


Hab. Lower Amazon, Serpa, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall). 


228 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new 


Pheia nanata, sp. n. 


Head black with vertex of head, tegule, frons, and shoulders 
with metallic-green spots. Abdomen with first segment with 
sublateral red spots and a series of faint dorsal green spots. 
Fore coxe brilliant vermilion-red. A large white valve 
covering basal segments beneath. Fore wing transparent 
with costa, discoidal spot and outer margin black, the last 
broad at apex and expanding inwards at vein 2. Hind wing 
with the costa and cell filled up with dark scaling. Apex 
rather broadly black. 

Expanse 26 mm. 

Hab. Peru, Rio Pacaya, Lower Ucayali, Aug.—Sept., 
1912. 

Related to Pheta hemapera, Schs. 


Rhyncopyga discalba, sp. n. 


Frons black, vertex of head black. Collar orange, tegule 
orange. Thorax and abdomen black. First two joints of 
palpi orange. Coxe and valve covering basal segments 
white. Underside of last five abdominal segments orange. 
Fore wing with the basal half transparent. Discal half of 
wing dull black, containing a large white discoidal spot. 
Median vein heavily scaled with blackish. Hind wing 
transparent with a broad black apex. 

Expanse 19 mm. 

Hab. Panama, Bugaba. 

Related to 2. flavicollis, Druce. 


Cosmosoma ochreipennis, sp. n. 

Palpi orange ; frons yellowish. Blue spots behind antenne. 
Tegule black with metallic-blue spots. Patagia black with 
a central orange streak. Hind tarsus black above, orange 
beneath. Thorax black. Abdomen black, segmented with 
orange and with subdorsal metallic-blue spots, the last five 
segments with a subsidiary second row of blue spots, Fore 
wing transparent yellowish, the costa yellow, apex broadly 
black, and outer margin narrowly black, wider at tornus. 
Hind wing transparent yellowish with a narrow black outer 
margin. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Hab. Peru, Contamana, Rio Ucayali, xi.—xii, 1912. 


Gymnelia semicincta, sp. n. 


Frons black, between antenne bluish black. Tegule 
with brilliant blue patches. Patagia black. Thorax black. 


Species of Syntomidie, Nymphalide, &e. 229 


Abdomen with first segment above orange, becoming paler 
at sides. A broad black dorsal fascia running down the 
yemaining segments, edged on the sides with orange seg- 
mental bands and interspaces of bluish seales, especially on the 
sixth and seventh segments. Fore wing with a small bunch 
of white scales at base. Costa yellowish, becoming orange 
beyond the cel]. Inner margin orange on basal half. Outer 
margin black, the apex very broad, the remainder very 
narrow. Wing-membrane yellow. Hind wing slightly less 
yellow than fore wing. Inner margin rather broadly black, 
outer margin narrow. 
Expanse 25 mm. 


Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso. 


Mesothen demicostata, sp. n. 


Palpi black; vertex of head metallic blue-green; legs 
orange. Tegule and patagia edged orange. Metathorax 
and first five segments of abdomen with orange segmental 
bands. Fore wing yellowish transparent. Costa on the 
central area bright orange; basally and on apical third black. 
Apex rather narrowly black and outer margin very narrowly 
black. Inner margin narrowly orange, except at base, which 
is black. Hind wing yellowish transparent, with outer 
margin narrowly black. 

KExpanse 28 mm. 

Hah. W. Colombia (San Antonio), 5800 ft., Nov. 1907 
(M. G. Palmer). 


Rhyncopyga semirufa subochrea, subsp. n. 


Fore wing lighter, more ochreous than in semirufa. No 
dark discoidal mark and with the dark marginal band greatly 
narrowed at tornus. Between discocellulars and marginal 
band a broad ochreous shade. Hind wing paler than semd- 
rufa and with a slightly narrower marginal band. Fore 
wing below with distinct ochreous postdiseal band. 

Expaise 26 mm. 

Hab. N. Peru, River Tabaconas, 6000 ft. (A. L. & F. 
Pratt), 1912. 


PSEUDODIPTERA, gen. nov. 


Proboscis absent; pzlpi slightly downcurved ;  anterne 
bipectinate, with long bianches. Vhorax and second seg- 
ment of abdomen clothed with hair. Fore wing jong ; vein 3 
long before end of cell; 4, 5 on a short stalk ; 6 from middle 
of discocellulars, curving down greatly towards vein 5; 7,8, 
9, 10, and 11 stalked. Hind wing small, greatly cut away 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 17 


230 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new 


at apex; veins 3 and 5 widely separated, 4 absent, 6 absent. 
A short veinlet in the cell. 

‘Type, muszforme. 

Pseudodiptera comes nearest to Apisa, from which it differs 
in having veins 3 and 5 of hind wing widely separated at 


origin and in having vein 6 of fore wing from middle of 
discocellulars. 


Pseudodiptera musiforme, sp. n. 


Palpi black; frons with large white spot. Head black 
with metallic-blue spot between antenne. Tegule with 
white patches, Patagia black with white spot at base of 
wing. Below, fore coxze white and white patches at base 
of tibiz. A broad orange stripe on underside of abdomen. 
Abdomen above black with dark green metallic segmental 
bands. Fore wing transparent, tlhe margins narrowly black. 
Discoidal spot narrowly black, connected with outer margin 
by a short black streak along vein 5. Inner margin with a 
black extension inwards midway. Hind wing transparent, 
with the costa and cell filled up with blackish. 

Expanse 24 mm, 

i ere 

Hab, Congo, Oubangui-chari, Tschad. 

‘T'ype in Coll. Joicey, 


Family Hesperida. 
Subfamily Paweurztrz. 
Pseudosarbia camptcola, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brownish black. Fore 
wing above dull brownish black, with a broad, macular, 
creamy-whitish, transparent, median band, commencing on 
costa as a small whitish dot succeeded by a rather square 
spot within the cell; a much larger and more transparent 
spot between veins 2, 3, and a creamish-white, more opaque 
spot lying beneath, but not reaching the inner margin by 
about 1-2 millimetres. Cilia same as the ground-colour, 
except for a large white area at tornus. Just beyond cell is 
a broad regular white band from costa to vein 4, with the 
veins showing through brownish. Between veins 3, 4 near 
ce}] is a small white comma-like mark. Fore wing below as 
above, except that instead of a small white dot on costa at 
commencement of band there is a pale yellow streak. 

Hind wing above dull brownish black with a broad white 
band from vein 8 to vein 2 divided up into sections by the 
dark brewn veins. Cilia at apex brown, becoming white 
tleuce to tornus, where it is considerably longer. Hind wing 


Species of Syntomide, Nymphalidee, &e. 231 


below as above, except for a straight yellow streak within 
the cell which runs beyond the discocellulars along the fold 
in place of vein 5. 

Abdomen beneath with paired white spots on sternites 4, 
a, 0,-7, and 8, 

?. Like the male, except that all the white markings are 
broader. 

Expanse, f 52 mm., 2 58 mm. 

Hab. 8. Brazil, Parana, Ponta Grossa, 1 ¢, 30. 3.1910 
(W. J. Kaye). Uruguay (EL. Trimen). 

3 type in Coll. Kaye. @ type in Coll. Joicey. 

The habitat of this striking “ skipper”’ is open grassy 
campo in 8. Brazil at 3000 ft. elevation, Hardly another 
butterfly was to be seen where the ¢ was caught, although a 
close search was made at the time for further specimens of 
what I recognized at the time as a rarity. 

On the label of the 9 specimen labelled Uruguay it is 
stated “* Mr. W. C. Hewitson had this Hesperid from me 
[Rowland Trimen] to describe and figure together with the 
specimen of Papilio hellanichus (also from Uruguay); but 
although he attached to it the label ‘ Apheka’? I have not 
found that he published any description or figure of it—— 
R. Trimen.” 

The type of Papilio hellanichus, once in the Trimen col- 
lection, was acquired with the whole collection by Mr. Joicey, 


Family Nymphalidae. 
Chlorippe speciosissima, sp. 0. 

9. Fore wing ochre-yellow with two black transverse 
marks, the one within the cell flat V-shaped, the other lying 
along discocellulars, A pale transverse band across disc, 
straight to vein 3, then set back and broken; a conspicuous 
blackish spot surrounded with reddish ochreous near tornus 
between veins 2 and 3. A dark shade in subapical area 
containing two pale round spots. Subterminal black line 
regular preceded by a crenulated black band which merges 
in the dark subapical area. Hind wing ochre-yellow with a 
small round black spot within thie cell, lying close to origin 
of vein 7. Costal area brownish black with a square whitish 
patch in middle, which represents the end of a transverse 
band which is almost obliterated. A large black spot sur- 
rounded with reddish ochreous between veins 2, 3. Sub- 
terminal line black, regular to vein 2, where it is strongly 
toothed and edged externally with grey. A heavy black 
inner crenulated band also strongly toothed at vein 2. Outer 
margin crenulated. Underside of hind wing pinkish silvery 


232 Mr. R. Broom on the 


with the upperside markings showing through, and with a 
well-defined central whitish band becoming more or less 
merged with the ground-colour at anal angle. 

Expanse 82 mm. 

Hab, Haiti, no precise locality. 

Type in Coll. Joicey. 


Anca wxenocrates punctimarginale, subsp. n. 


3. Differs from xenocrates wenocrates from Bolivia in the 
fore wing by having no blue scaling at tornus and in the 
blue subapical spots being widely separated and showing no 
tendency to unite inwards. Hind wing with a series of 
rather small triangular blue marginal spots, not a band as in 
the Bolivian form. 

@. Shows much less difference from type-form. The 
margin of hind wing is yellow banded as in the 2 from 
Bolivia. There is an extra yellow spot between veins 3, 4, 
smaller than that between veins 2, 3. 

Expanse 82 mm. 

Hab, French Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni. 

ioe? . 

Type in Coll. Joicey. 

The oceurrence in French Guiana of a species only known 
hitherto from Bolivia and the Upper Amazons (Pebas) is 
strange, and at first suggests specific difference and not sub- 
specific. But the species is rare, the 2 exceedingly so, and 
its range may lie across the interior of Brazil where it could 
easily remain undetected. The species has been chiefly 
known from Eastern Bolivia, but the few specimens known 
from Pebas belong to the same form with a blue marginal 
hind-wing band in the ¢. 


XX VI.— Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 
By Rozsertr Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W. J. Sous. 


So much has already been written about this little vertebrate 
by Broili, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, Finney, and Williston 
that it might seem doubtful wisdom to add another paper 
to the already extensive literature, and more especially as 
my observations are on specimens already carefully examined 
by Case and v. Huene; but when one considers that 
Lysorophus is the most remarkable land vertebrate that has 
been discovered for many years, and that opinions not only 
differ as to its affinities but also as to the interpretation of a 
number of the cranial elements, a further review of even the 
present evidences seems justifiable. 


ae 


Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 233 


There is no lack of material. The Chicago Museum has 
200 nodules, each containing much of the skeleton of a 
specimen: the American Museum, New York, also has 
many nodules, and in the American Museum nine skulls 
have been chiselled out, one or two in very good condition. 
In Tiibingen there are 24 skulls, and at Munich a consider- 
able number more. 

As the extensive literature has been reviewed by Williston 
aud others, it will be unnecessary to enter into this in detail. 
To Broili we owe the first really good figures of the skull, 
but there are one or two points in his interpretation that I, 
in common with all later writers, do not accept, and from 
his conclusion as to the affinities of the genus I also differ. 

Case gives a brief description of the more conspicuous 
elements of the skull, and reproduces Broili’s and Williston’s 
figures. As these two figures differ in a number of points, 
one could have wished that Case had given an original 
figure of his own interpretation, and his description, while 
pointing out the different views, does little to clear up the 
matter. 

Williston gives us clear definite views as to the structure 
of the skull and skeleton, and equally clear opinions as to 
the affinities of the genus. 

Von Huene, the latest worker on the genus, has just issued 
a paper on Lysorophus in the ‘ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ and 
another paper is in the press describing the specimens in 
the American Museum. ‘Though these two papers are 
appearing in the same year, I believe that the one in the 
‘Anatomischer Anzeiger’ to be the later. On one or two 
points the opinions expressed differ in the two, and it is 
therefore well to know which is the latest. Von Huene has 
figured a number of the better skulls in the American 
Museum, and gives us clear opinions not only on the 
structure, but also on the affinites of the genus. 

The skulls in the American Museum, though comparatively 

‘few in number, are mostly well preserved, and there is 
scarcely a point in the structure that cannot be made out 
in one or other. 

The best figures published of the top of the skull are those 
of Broili and Williston, and they differ, apart from inter- 
pretations, only in the relative width of the nasal region. 
While neither is altogether correct, a composite of the two 
would give the truth. The difference arises from the 
peculiar state of affairs in front of the prefrontal. Broili 
correctly recognises a round opening here which he regards 
as the nostril. It is also shown in Williston’s specimen. 
The most natural conclusion would seem to be that this is 


234 Mr. R. Broom on‘the 


the nostril, but two of the American Museum specimens seem 
to indicate that the opening extends somewhat inwards and 
forwards, and one would like to see a specimen showing 
the perfect snout to feel quite sure that this opening is 
the nasal opening and not perhaps also an opeuing for some 
sensory organ, 

There is a small premaxilla—possibly toothed. It is 
figured by v. Huene. The maxilla is slender and carries 
about ten teeth. Its posterior end articulates, I believe, 
with the palatine. It forms the floor of the nasal opening 


Fig. 1. 


a 


Sev 
SS 
S S 


Ss 
\ 


Parasp. 


|; 
My, 


Restoration of the underside of skull of Lysorophus tricarinatus, 
Cope, x 5 


and perhaps its posterior border. The doubt lies in the fact 
that in the specimens it is impossible to be quite sure 
whether the bridge of bone which connects the prefrontal 
with the maxilla is a part of the prefrontal or a part of the 
maxilla or a small independent bone. 

One specimen shows most of the palate. The bones area 
little crushed and fractured, and the interpretation I give is 
made with some hesitation (fig. 1). Von Huene figures the 
specimen, but his interpretation differs somewhat from mine, 


Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 235 


which agrees pretty closely with Broili’s. I consider 
v. Huene in error in regarding that there are “ two large, 
elongate internal nares, separated by a narrow bridge.” The 
large supposed left choana of vy. Huene I regard as the 
median vacuity between the prevomers, and the narrow 
bridge as the right prevomer. The figure I give will show 
how I interpret the palatal structures. The prevomers form 
a horseshoe-like arrangement with posterior processes passing 
back to the parasphenoid and apparently articulating with 
the pterygoids. The teeth on the prevomers are well shown 
in this specimen. In front there are about 6 and about 
8 on each side. ‘The paiatines are delicate bones extending 
from the maxille to the pterygoids. Between the palatines 
and prevomers are, I believe, the internal nares. The ptery- 
goids extend back as rather delicate bones to meet the 
quadrates. The parasphenoid is a very large bone, which 
forms nearly the whole of the base of the posterior two- 
thirds of the skull. The supposed suture figured by 
v. Huene between the parasphenoid and the basisphenoid 
is, I think, a fracture merely. 

The figure I give of a transverse section of the skull 
(fig. 3) shows the relations of the pterygoid to the para- 
sphenoid, and also the elements of the back of the mandible. 

In Broili’s figure A of the side view of the skull, there are 
seen in the orbital region some deep-seated elements. These 
are also shown in two of the American Museum specimens. 
In what might be regarded as the sphenethmoid region 
there appear to be three elements with a deep posterior 
notch. In one of the New York specimens an almost 
exactly similar appearance is shown, and further back an 
elongated element very like an epipterygoid in appearance. 
Though these elements have been seen by Broili, neither he 
nor anyone else appears to have expressed any opinion as 
to what they were. After considering many possibilities I 
have come to the conclusion that they are ossifications or 
calcifications in the cartilaginous brain-case. The anterior 
elements look as if separated by sutures, but, whereas all 
true sutures in the skull and even cracks are filled with the 
red clayey matrix, these divisions are formed of clear calcite 
which probably indicates that they were originally formed 
by hyaline cartilage. Further, in a second specimen the 
ossification appears to be entire. The posterior narrow 
vertical element is also, in my opinion, an ossification of 
the cranial cartilage. It certainly has much superficial 
resemblance to a reptilian epipterygoid. It articulates with 
the parietal above and passes down to at least near to the 
pterygoid. It thus answers in position to the epipterygoid. 


236 Mr. R. Broom on the 


But though in front it has a smooth edge the posterior edge 
is irregular, asif indicating an ossification in cartilage. The 
anterior ossification or ossifications probably correspond to 
the sphenethmoid of Siredon or the frog, and the posterior 
to the ossification seen in Dinosaurs, Crocodiles, and birds, 
and usually, but I think wrongly, called alispbenoid. 

The quadrate is Jarge and its upper half is largely hidden 
by the squamosal. ‘There need not, I think, be the slightest 


Fig. 2. 


5. Ang. 


ean(( Jj : 


Ange. 
A 


~ Lower jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, X 5. A represents a 
section at aa. 


Ang., angular; D, dentary; P.Art., prearticular ; S.Ang., surangular, 


Fig. 3. 


ee ee 4 
‘i a 
f fa.Sp. ~ \ 
Fe. Pe. (\ 
2 Art. 
P Art. SJ 
= Ang. 


Section across skull and jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, x 5. The 
section of the lower jaw is near the point indicated by 66 in the 
figure of the jaw. The outer corners of the parasphenoid are sepa- 
yated by cracks or sutures. They are believed to be parts of the 


parasphenoid. 
Ang., angular; Pa., parietal ; Pa.Sp., parasphenoid ; P.Art., prearticular ; 
Pt., pterygoid ; S.Any., surangular, 


doubt about this bone being the squamosal—the view also 
held by Williston and v. Huene, 

The occiput has recently been figured by v. Huene from 
one of the American Museum specimens and also from one 
of the Tiibingen specimens. His drawing of the American 
Museum specimen is not in my opinion quite accurate, the 
American specimen agreeing closely with his figure of the 
Tiibingen specimen. ‘The main difference between the two 


Genus Lysoroplus, Cope. 237 


is that in the drawing of the American specimen the ex- 
occipital is represented as very small, ‘This is, I think, wrong, 
the exoccipital being large, as represented in the drawing 
of the Tiibingen specimen. The drawing v. Huene gives 
of the occipital condyle is thoroughly satisfactory, showing 
that the articulation is as much basi- as _ exoccipital. 
Von Huene’s identifications of the fenestra ovalis and fora- 
men for the vagus are probally correct. 

The large bone situated by the sides of the supraoccipital 
has been very variously identified. By Broili and Case 
they have been called squamosals, by Williston epiotics, and 
by v. Huene supratemporals. That they cannot be squa- 
mosais requires no argument, the undoubted squamosals 
lying in front. Nor can they, I think, be regarded as 
supratemporals. From their being quite behind the parie- 
tals, and at the sides of the supraoccipital and far behind 
the jaw, it is very doubtful if they m any way roof the 
temporal region. They may be epiotics, but we do not 
know any forms in which epiotics take up this position. 
They further appear to overlap the supraoccipital, and to 
be thus membrane bones. It seems to me that they, how- 
ever, answer all the requirements of the tabulares. They 
lie on the outer part of the paroccipitals, are behind thie 
parietals, and articulate with both the parietals and squa- 
mosals, and to form the upper lateral parts of the occiput. 

The lower jaw has never been fully described. Von Huene 
figures one of the specimens in the American Museum, but 
with one or two of his interpretations I do not agree. He 
has also examined some jaws in the Tiibingen Museum, but 
they have apparently not yielded any fresh light. The 
American Museum specimen, no. 4761, shows something of 
the jaw, but not nearly so much as two other specimens not 
numbered. Between these tliree specimens practically all 
details can be made out (fig. 2). 

The dentary forms about two-thirds of the jaw. It comes 
to a sharp point in front and forms with its neighbour a 
short feeble symphysis. It articulates on the outer side 
behind with the surangular and angular. The splenial is a 
small bone lying on the inside of the lower part of the 
dentary just behind the symphysis. It forms the lower 
margin of the jaw in this region. The angular forms nearly 
the whole of the lower border of the jaw, passing in front 
between the dentary and the splenial. From two of the 
American Museum specimens I incline to differ from 
v. Huene, and believe that the splenial does not form part 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 18 


238 Mr. R. Broom on the 


of the symphysis. The surangular forms the upper half of 
the back of the jaw as indicated in the figure. Von Hueneis, 
I think, in error in regarding the large opening in the side 
of the jaw in specimen 4716 as natural. Only a small part 
is, | believe, a natural opening, the rest due to faulty pre- 
paration. In other specimens the lateral opening is quite 
small, as indicated in the figure. I find no evidence of a 
coronoid element. Inside the jaw is a large prearticular. 
The articular is evidently quite small, and possibly carti- 
laginous. 

Though the structure of the skull of Lysorophus may now 
-be said to be pretty well known, there is still some little 
doubt as to the affinities. Lysorcphus agrees closely with 
no known animal, recent or extinct. With Williston ] agree 
in holding that Lysorophus is not a reptile. All known 
reptiles are either Cotylosaurs or are manifestly derived from 
Cotylosaurian ancestors, but Lysorophus is neither a Cotylo- 
saur nor can it have been derived from a Cotylosaur. The 
supposed reptilian resemblances are entirely fallacious. 
Von Huene in his recent paper, though correctly figuring 
and describing the occipital condyle, says: “ tlis condyle is 
intermediate between the true reptilian condyle and the 
true amphibian condyle .... The structure of the condyle 
shows a great resemblance to that of the Theromorphs and 
of Turtles.”” In Theromorphs and Turtles the condyle is a 
tripartite condyle, of which the upper two-thirds are formed 
by the exoccipitals and the lower third by the basioccipital. 
Tu most Chelonians and Theromorphs the exoccipitals come 
close together, and the basicecipital is squeezed out from 
the foramen magnum. Inall generalised forms the condyle 
is a projecting rounded structure which articulates with the 
arches of the atlas and with the intercentrum. In Lyso- 
rophus the whole articulation is with the centrum of the 
atlas, which fits close into the broad hollowed out surface 
formed by the basi- and exoccipitals. ‘The presence of a 
large articular surface on the basioccipital seems at first 
sight to be a nou-Amphibian character, but, as Watson has 
recently pointed out, this is the primitive Amphibian 
condition. The early Stegocephalians of the Lower Car- 
boniferous, such as Pteroplax, have the basicccipital forming 
practically the whole of the articulation, the exoccipitals 
only very gradually in later forms taking the place of the 
basioccipital. So that, so far from the occipital condyle of 
Lysorophus indicating any reptilian affinities, it is really in a 
more primitive condition than is found in any other Permian 
or later Amphibian. 


Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 239 


Doubtless Williston is right in regarding Lysorophus as‘a 
mud-borrowing animal, and many of its specialisations are 
due to this habit, such as the greatly elongated snake-like 
body with very numerous vertebrae, great reduction of the 
limbs, relatively small size of skull, loss of the arches, and 
advanced position of the quadrate. And the somewhat 
similar characters, acquired by convergence in other groups 
which have similar habits, have given rise to some striking 
superficial resemblances to Lysorophus in the Gymnophiona, 
the Amphisbenans, and the ''yphlopide. 

But, apart from all modifications in Lysorophus due to a 
burrowing habit, the skull is undoubtedly fundamentally an 
Amphibian skull, and the only known Amphibia, recent or 
extinct, with which it seems at all allied are the Urodela, 
and, more remotely, the Anura and the Gymnophiona. 


Note by Prof. W. J. Souas. 


Some years ago Dr. Broom obtained, through the kindness 
of Dr. Matthew, two specimens of Lysorophus, and these he 
. presented to me for investigation by serial sections; at the 
same time he made a most generous a ldition to this gift by 
placing in my hands, to dispose of as I thought fit, a paper 
embodying the important conclusions to which he had been 
led from his study of the specimens in American museums. 

My own study is now completed, and I hope soon te give 
a full and exact account of the structure of the skull in all 
its details. This will confirm all the more important con- 
clusions of Dr. Broom, and in justice to him I can no longer 
withhold from publication the paper which he entrusted to 
me in 1914. 

One or two minow emendations ought, perhaps, to be 
made. ‘Thus, the vacuity between the vomers, as it is repre- 
sented in fig. 1, does not really exist; these bones are 
without thickened margins and meet in the middle line; 
and, again, the articulare of the lower jaw is a comparatively 
large and important bone. : 

On the other hand, there can be no doubt that the cranial 
walls include, as Dr. Broom suggests, a large “sphen- 
ethmoid” and “alisphenoids.” These are shown in section 
in the accompanying figures (figs. 4 & 5). 

The whole anatomy of the skull recalls im a striking 
manner that of Siren or Menopomus, and to my mind Lyso- 
rophus is without doubt an ancestral Urodele. It presents 
some remarkably interesting primitive characters, 


240 On the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 
Fig. 4. 
P Fr. Fr. 2Fr: Pa. ’ 
A ARE n a 
LIQ) i i 
ff ‘ 
-A.S." 
Sp. E.-- 


Transverse sections of skull of Zysorophus, to show the sphenethmoid and 
“ alisphenoid ” bones, ; 


A. Sphenethmoid: /'r., frontal; Pa.S., parasphenoid; P./r., prefrontal ; 
Ht., pterygoid ; Sp.£., sphenethmoid. B. ‘ Alisphenoid ” (44.8.7): 
Art., articulare of lower jaw; Pa., parietal ; Qu., quadrate. 

Fig. 5. 


ey i 


E.o. Aa i ‘ 
‘Pr. At. 


Three horizontal sections superposed. | 
4 
| 
; 
? 


Vo., vomers; Pr.Ot., pro-otie ; Sq., squamosal; S.o., supra-occipital ; 
E.o., exoccipital ; Tab., tabulare; Pr.At., pro-atlas. 


THE ANNALS 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[NINTH SERINS.] 


No. 10. OCTOBER 1918. 


XXVIT.—On the Ruces and Variation of the Edible Frog, 
Rana esculenta, L. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.R.S. 
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


AFTeR all I have written in the past on this common 
Batrachian, it may seem surprising that I should think it 
worth while to revert to the subject. The reason is that it 
is far from exhausted ; that [ have never ceased accumu- 
lating material *, in the course of recently reviewing which 
I perceived characters hitherto overlooked; that it was 
desirable to test the value of certain differences appealed to 
within the last few years by advocates of the extreme multi- 
plication of species ; and that it is always useful to deal with 
individual variations, when large series of specimens are 
available, in order, by. showing the instability of certain 
characters, to ensure a more correct appreciation of their 
inportance when treating of allied species represented by less 
extensive material. Not that I think inconstancy in one 
case invariably follows in another, but such examples teach 
caution, and should be a warning to the inexperienced. 
Considering modern tendencies in zoography, it cannot be 
too often repeated that the method of describing so-called 
Species and subspecies from single specimens f or from at 
* About 800 specimens are now before me, selected from at least 


twice as many that have passed through my hands. 

f¥ “On aura beau multiplier les espéces, on arrivera toujours ace 
résultat que la description exacte d’un sujet pris au hasard, parmi 
soixante récoltés sur des points divers dun meme rivage, ne pourra 
conyenir & aucun des cinquante neuf autres.” Duvyal-Jouve, Mém, Ac, 
Montpell, vii. 1871, p. 511. 


Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 19 


242 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


most a very few, when large series can be examined, or 
without reference to the data available through the labours 
of other investigators, is unfair to those who make use of 
works written on such lines. Systematics, if scientific, must 
take into full consideration the exceptional, aberrant, or 
annectant specimens, so often passed over without a word, 
though of so great an importance from the taxonomic an 
evolutionary points of view. It does not matter if thereby 
our definitions are obscured, the object to be attained is to 
depict the true state of things in Nature. 

To the four forms which 1 have previously * distinguished, 
as forma typica, var. ridibunda, Pall., var. lessonw, Camer., 
var. chinensis, Osb., I have recently added a fifth, var. 
saharica T, founded on specimens obtained by Dr. E. Hartert 
in the far interior of the Algerian Sahara (El Golea, Tedikel 
oases), a small race nearly related to the var. ridibuvile of 
the northern parts of Algeria but differing in the shorter 
tibize, constantly less than half the length of head and body 
and not overlapping when the limbs are folded at right 
angles to the body ; the membrane between the toes is very 
deeply notched, so much so that many specimens may be 
described as having the foot only three-fourths webbed. 


The Vomerine Teeth. 


I have never seen these teeth in two series on the round 
or elliptic bony bases that bear them, as described and 


figured by Fatiot. They form a single series, composed of 


3 to 8; in exceptional cases I find only 1 or 2 teeth (speci- 
mens of the typical form from St. Malo, Brussels, and Basle). 
Leydig § gives the number 3 as normal, but he cannot have 
oxaniined many specimens, those on wien he drew up his 
description being probably mostly of the var. lessonar, as the 
figure of the foot given in his book indicates, and this number 
is very frequent in the variety in question, although it may 
rise to 5. In 8 frogsci the typical form from Basle I find 
only 2 to 4 teeth, whilst in 35 from other pa:ts of Switzer- 
land, from France, ard from Germany I count 3 to 7, 4 to 6 
being the usual number; I have also seen a_ toothless 
specimen from Vienna. In about 30 specimens of the var. 
ridibunda from Germany and Austria I count usually 4 to 6 
teeth ; 3 specimens have only 3, one has 7 on one side and 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 374, and Taill. Batr. Eur, p. 270 (1898). 
t+ Nov. Zool. xx. 1918, p. 84. 

{ Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 313, pl. v. fig. 7 7 (1872). 

§ An. Batr. Deutsehil. p- 112, pl. iii. tig. 20 (1877). 


or ROR aaa em Ae! ne a 
. - - ain ed EEE EEE 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 243 


8 on the other, and one (from Vienna) has but a single tooth, 
3 to 5 is the usual number in the var. chinensis. The 
series of teeth are usually nearer to each other than to the 
choanze, but thev are sometimes equidistant in the typical form 
and the var. ridibunda and usually so in the var. saharica ; 
an arrangement such as is represented on the figures in 
Schreiber’s book * [ am sure never occurs. In a female 
from Cadillac, Gironde (var, ridibunda) the teeth form long, 
slightly curved series, extending almost right across the 
space between the choane. The series are sometimes hori- 
zontal, sometimes more or less oblique though seldom very 


Fig. 1 
a b Cc 
® sea ®@ ee’ @ NY bead 
d e £ 


Vomerine teeth in specimens fro.n St. Malo (a, b), Cadillae (c), 
Basle (d), Oporto (e), and Dead Sea (f). 


much so; a male from St. Malo has the series oblique on 
the right side, horizontal on the left. ‘The teeth are usually 
exactly between the choanz, but they may extend backwards 
beyond a line connecting the posterior borders of the latter, 
or, more exceptionally, they may be ona line with their 
anterior borders (specimens from Oporto and Pekin). There 
is no difference whatever in the disposition of the vomerine 
teeth that could help in the definition of the various forms 
of R. esculenta, 


The Tongue. 


The tongue varies much in size: it may nearly cover the 
floor of the mouth or its width may be only about one-third 
that of the latter. Bedriaga Thas already mentioned that 
the posterior processes .aiso vary much in length according 


* ‘Herpetologia Europza,’ 2nd ed. (1912).—So much in this book is 
merely careless compilation that I need not further allude to it except 
to express amazement at the suggestion there made that the Spanish- 
Portuguese frogs named vars. h*spanica and perezi may be the same as 
the var. /essone; also at reading that the males of 2. grecu and 
R. tberica are distinguished from those of allied species in having 
external vocal sacs. 

+ Lurchfauna Europa’s, i. p._36 (1891). 


194 


244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


to individuals; this is well shown by two specimens from 
Florenee, representing the two extremes. A more or less 
distinct process between the two horns is sometimes present, 


as in a specimen of the var. lessone from Noville, Switzer- 
land *, 


c da e 


Showing the shape of the tongue in specimens from Berlin, var. ridi- 
bunda (a, b), Florence, f. typrea (ce, d), and Noville, var. lessone (e). 


The Head. 
According to Bolkay f, the three forms distinguished by 


him as species differ in the following points :— 

R. esculenta. Head comparatively narrow, tip of snout 
ending in a blunt point ; interorbital space equal to half, or 
frequently to three-quarters, the breadth of the upper eyelid. 

R. ridibunda. Head broad, short, tip of snout bluntl 
rounded ; interorbital space equal to one-third the breadth of 
the upper eyelid. 

_R. chinensis. Head narrow, long, and very pointed at the 
end ; interorbital space equal to half the breadth of the upper 
eyelid. 

“Wen is no constant difference in the shape of the head 
between the two first, and although it is a fact that R. chi- 
nensis usually has a narrower head and a more pointed snout, 


* This process is usually distinct in the Indian R. hevadactyla, Less. 
It has been regarded as a specific character in a Central American frog 
(R. trilobuta, Mocquard), which may be merely a young &. halecina, L. 

+ Proc. Washingt. Ac. Se. xiii. 1911, p. 75. 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 245 


this is by no means always so, and specimens are to be found 
in which the snout is much more rounded than in some 
R. ridibunda. I have selected three specimens, of which 
outline figures are here given, to show that the above 
definition of the three forms cannot be relied upon. 


Upper views of heads of typical form, ¢, St. Malo (a); var. ridibunda, 
Q, Capljina, Herzegovina (b); and var. chinensis, 2, Broughton 
Bay, Corea (c), 3 nat. size, 


The width of the head varies between 1 and 1} times its 
length in the typical form (28: 32 in ? from Havre), be- 
tween 1 and 1} times in the var. ridibunda (=in some 
specimens from Herzegovina, France, Portugal, Algeria, 
Asia Minor, Persia, 36 : 43 in 2 from Kiev), between 1 and 
1,4, in the var. chinensis. The width of the interorbital space 
is 4 to $ that of the upper eyelid in specimens of the typical 
form from St. Malo and Paris, 4 to 2 in others from Poitiers, 
In the var. ridibunda, taking only specimens from Germany 
and Austria-Hungary into consideration, it is between dand 3, 
but it may be exceptionally 4 (¢ from Laaerberg near 
Vienna) ; 3 (in a large ¢ from Damascus) is another excep- 
tion. In the var. chinensis it varies between ? and 2. 

The head varies much in shape, and exceptionally may 
even be not unlike that of a typical &. temporaria (2, var. 
ridibunda, from Crete). The canthus rostralis is always 
very obtuse ; I have never seen a specimen in which it may 
be said to be “strongly marked,”’ as stated by Bolkay in his 
description of R. chinensis. 


The Hind Limb. 


That there are very considerable differences in the pro- 
portions of the hind limb, [ was the first to point out, and 
Ihave proposed to make use of these for defining varieties, 
with the necessary restrictions in the diagnoses imposed by 


246 Mr. G. A, Boulenger on the Races and 


the many exceptions. The following figure shows how 
striking these differences between the extremes are :— 


Hind limbs of var. ridilunda, 2 from Astrakhan (a), and var. lessone, | 
2 from Stow Bedon, Norfolk (b). 4 nat. size, 


These differences reside in the length of the tibia compared 
to that of the head and body, to that of the thigh (causing 
the heels to overlap, to meet, or to fail to meet when the 
limb is folded at right angles to the body), and to that of the 
foot ; also in the size and shape of the inner metatarsal 
tubercle, its basal length being compared to the length of 
the inner toe (measured from the base of the tubercle). 
There is another character, not made use of before, derived 
from the thickness of the crural or tibial part of the limb ; 
this varies, like other characters, within certain limits, accord- 
ing to the actual length of the bone and the degree of plump- — 
ness of the individual, but, comparing extreme forms, it 
will be found that the length of the tibia is usually over 
3 times its width in the var. rédibunda and under 3 times 
in the var. lessone. 

When a large material is carefully examined, it is found, — 
however, that these differences break down for the sharp — 
definition of the various forms; there is considerable over-— 
lap between one form and the one next to it in the series, 


When the measurements are tabulated, thus precluding rigid 
definitions :— 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 247 


1. 2 3. 4. 5 
V. ridibunda .. 3-4 14-31 1-14 9-l4 *24-4 
V. saharica .... 23-3 21-22 1-1} 9-13 23-44 
F. typica. ..... 3- 13-25 14-14 7-10 2-3 
V. lessone...... 23-3 2,4,-22 142 5-8 ] -2 
V. chinensis .... 23-33 2-23 11-15 5-8 1-1? 
1, Width of tibia in length,—2. Length of tibia in length from snout 


to vent.—3. Length of tibia in length of foot (measured from 
tarso-metatarsal articulation).—4. Length of metatarsal tubercle 
in length of tibia.—5. Length of metatarsal tubercle in length of 
inner toe. 


Bolkay gives the following characters for distinguishing 
his three species :— 

R. esculenta. Heels never meet; tibio-tarsal articulation 
reaches space between tympanum and posterior corner of 
eye (2), or, at the utmost, space between anterior corner 
ot eye and nostril ( g) ; inner metatarsal tubercle large, com- 
pressed, projecting, always longer than distance between it 
and subarticular tubercle of first toe. 

Lt. ridibunda. Heels always overlap ; tibio-tarsal joint just 
reaches back corner of eye (2), or end of snout (¢); inner 
metatarsal tubercle small, of fiattish cylindrical form, not 
very projecting, always shorter than space between it and 
subarticular tubercle of first toe. 

It. chinensis, Heels never meet ; tibio-tarsal joint reaches 
posterior corner of eye or as far as space between anterior 
corner of eye and nostril; inner metatarsal tubercle very 
large, projecting, compressed, liard and sharp, always a good 
deal longer than its distance from subarticular tubercle of 
first toe, frequently equal to length of first toe. 

The proportion of the tibia to the thigh, expressed by the 
meeting or otherwise of the heels, is most useful for dis- 
tinguishing the races, but it varies like most other characters, 
aud we must not shut our eyes to exceptions to the rule. 
To take &. ridibunda as an example, I now find that the 
overlapping of the tibize is not so constant as I ges 
believed. Mxceptions have already been noticed by Méhely * 
in specimens from Southern Hungary, and I find the 
character to break down in + out of 13 examples from 
Angora and in 3 from Damascus which have lately been 
submitted to me by M. H. Gadeau de Kerville; besides, 
Tam now convinced that the var. susana, proposed by me 
for specimens from Persia {, in which the tibize simply meet, 


# Zichy’s Zool. Forschungsr. p. 61 (1901), 
+ Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. 1906, p. 552. 


248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


does not deserve to stand. ‘hese exceptions, occurring in 
Asia, cannot be disposed of by an appeal to hybridity, as in 
the case of critical specimens from Germany and Austria- 
Hungary, where the var. ridibunda occurs side by side with 
the typical form, which fact would render such an assumption 
legitimate. From what I have myself observed in the Spree 
lakes near Berlin, I have no doubt the two forms cross in 
exceptional cases, notwithstanding the asyngamy which 
maintains their segregation when living together, but we 
have no practical means of discriminating between such 
mongrels and truly annectant specimens. 

I may mention that the tibie feebly overlap in one 
specimen of the typical form from Warsaw and in another 
from Mestre. As regards the 2. chinensis, 1 am greatly 
surprised at Bolkay’s statement, which is contrary to the 
descriptions by myself and by Wolterstarff*, although 
supported by the description of one specimen by Stejneger T; 
the two first authors agree as to the heels meeting, W olter- 
storff even adding that they sometimes slightly overlap ; 
the only specimens in which I find the heels not to meet are 
from Kobe, Japan (two), and Pekin (6 out of 26), and they 
must be regarded as exceptions to the rule, 

Although the hind limb is often shorter in the female than 
in the male, this is by no means generally the case; I can 
show no end of female specimens of the var. ridibunda from 
Central and Eastern Europe and Asia in which the tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, and even one, 
from Alemtejo, Portugal, in which it extends to the tip of 
the snout—that is, farther than in most males ; in a male 
from Corunna it reaches the eye, whilst in a female of 
identical size and locality it reaches between the eye and 
the nostril. ; 

Bolkay’s way of expressing tle length of the inner meta- 
tarsal tubercle as compared to the inner toe originates from 
me, with certain reservations, however ft, but I have aban- 
doned it long ago, having found many specimens of the 
typical form in which the tubercle is not longer than its 
distance from the subarticular tubercle of the first toe, whilst, 
on the other hand, it may be as long in specimens of the 
var, ridibunda. 

It has been pointed out by Bedriaga §, Wolterstorff, and 
Bolkay that the usually highly developed, shovel-shaped 


* Abh. Mus. Magdeb. i. 1906, p. 140. 
+ Herp. Japan, p. 97 (1907). 

t Proce. Zool. Soc, 1885, p. 668. 

§ Wiss, Res. Przewals ki E xped., Zool, iii. i, p. 15 (1899), 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 249 


inner metatarsal tubercle of the var. chinensis is remarkable 
for a certain mobility, the distal part of its base being more 

less detached from the metatarsal of the inner toe with 
which it is connected by a web-like membrane. = ‘This 
character is not only inconstant in this variety, as I was able 
to demonstrate to the second author by sending him for 
identification a cut-off foot of a specimen from Broughton 
Bay, Corea, which he returned to me named var. lessona, 
but it is also found in some specimens of the latter (from 
Cambridgeshire and Norfolk) when the tubercle is very 
strongly developed, a fact also observed by Fejervary * in 
the case of his var. bol/kayi from Switzerland (=lessone). 
This character is correlative of the transformation of the 
tubercle into a fossorial organ, as already recognised by 
Wolterstorff, who fully admits the true state of things in the 
var. chinensis, from a diagnostic point of view, although 
unfortunately not acquainted with the amount of variation 
in the var. /essone. It lias also been observed that tie base 
of the tubercle of the var. chinensis does not run parallel 
to the axis of the longest toe, but is oblique to it ; this is- 
however only more or less so in the Chinese-Japanese frog, 
again in relation with the degree of development of the 
tubercle, and a similar disposition, varying in degree, is like- 
wise to be observed in the var. lessone. 

Although the metatarsal tubercle may be identical in the 
two varieties, I quite agree with Wolterstorff, and have 
always held the view that the var. chtnensis cannot have 
been derived from the var. lessone, the two forms repre- 
seuting independent extremes in the parallel evolution of the 
same adaptive character; but the var. /essone is there to 
illustrate the steps through which the character has been 
evolved out of a type such as the var. ridibunda, now so 
completely separated from the easternmost form of J?. escu- 
lenta. Wolterstorff seems to look upon the typical form, or 
rather its hypothetical direct ancestor, as the origin of the 
races in question; Bolkay, in my opinion, is nearer the 
truth when he suggests 2. ridibunda being nearer to 
Rt. chinensis, but at the same time he inverts the drift of 
evolution in regarding the former as derived from thie latter, 


owing to theoretical considerations based on the now ex- 
ploded “ preepollex ” and ‘ prehallux”’ theory. 

In his description of R. nigromaculata (chinensis), Stej- 
neger says the toes are about 3 webbed. It is so in some 


eases, but rather the exception than the rule, and similar 


* Beitr. Herp. Rhoénetal, p. 20 (1909). 


250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


exceptions occasionally occur in the typical form (Poitiers, 
Bologna) and in the var. ridibunda (Alemtejo, Majorca, 
Rahamna in Morocco). The outer metatarsals are separated 
nearly to the base in R. escu/enta, only in their distal half in 
R. temporaria and R. arvalis, the other European species 
filling up the gap between the two extremes, 


Integument and Markings. 


The elongate glandules or interrupted longitudinal glan- 
dular folds on the back *, afford, generally speaking, a good 
distinctive character for the var. chinensis, but they may be 
very feebly marked or almost obsolete in some specimens 
(Kin Kiang, Yokohama), and they are occasionally fore- 
shadowed in the var, rédibunda (Beit Jenn, near Damascus), 
so that the two formsare completely connected in this respect, 

I may point out another character, hitherto overlo>ked, 
which affords an absolutely constant distinction between the 
typical form and the var. chinensis. 


Posterior extremities of dorso-lateral folds in specimens from Berlin, 
var. ridibunda (a), Cadillac, var. ridibunda (b), and Vienna, 
f. typica (C). 


In the former, and also in the var. lessona, the glandular 
dorso-lateral fold ends abruptly at some distance in front of 
the thigh, and it is often followed by a detached portion 
parallel with it but nearer to the mid-dorsal line and extend- 
ing on the base of the thigh. In the var. chinensis the fold 
extends uninterrupted to the hip, or, if broken up posteriorly, 
without any deviation from the straight line. Now, this 
striking difference is completely bridged over when we take 
the var. ridibunda,as well as the var. saharica, into con- 
sideration. Some specimens have the fold continuous and 


* A very variable feature in the American representative of 2. escu- 
lenta, It. haleeina, L. 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 251 


extending to the hip (fig. 5, a), others have a detached posterior 
part as in the typical form (c), whilst others again (b) con- 
nect the two conditions, the posterior part of the “told, though 
deviating, being confluent with the anterior and forming a 
bend before reaching the thigh. 

Bolkay mentions among the specific differences between 
R. esculenta, R. ridibunda, and R. chinensis, that the dorso- 
lateral fold is wider (as wide as the upper eyelid) in the 
second than in the two others. This character is absolutely 
worthless, for in specimens of the typical form from France 
and Switzerland its width usually measures $ to 2 that of 
the upper eyelid, but may be equal to it (St. Malo, Havre, 
Basle, Zofingen), and in German and Austro-Hungarian 
specimens of the var. rédibunda 4 to 2? that width is by no 
means unfrequent. The fold is always narrower than the 
upper eyelid in the vars. chinensis and (essone. 

In my previous descriptions of the var. ridibunda I have 
drawn attention to the fact that the dorso-lateral fold, though 
usually broader than in the other forms, is less prominent : 
I should add that it is sometimes so flat that it cannot be 
traced without the use of a lens, when the pores with which 
it is studded indicate its course. It has not been pointed out 
however that these folds are rendered more inconspicuous 
still owing to the spots on the body being disposed quite 
irrespective of them, whilst in the typical form and the vars. 
lessone and chinensis they stand out on account of their 
lighter colour, hardly ever encroached upon by the spots, 
which may be arranged more or less in relation to them, 
especially when forming longitudinal bands. Whien a 
speciinen of the var. ridibunda is seen at a short distance 
there is usually nothing to reveal the presence of the dorso- 
lateral folds, which strike the eye in the typical form and 
the vars. lesson and chinensis, 

These facts have a bearing on the question of the derivation 
of the forms which constitute the species 2. esculenta, and 
contirm the view I have held ever since I took up the study 
of the subject that the var. r7débunda is the most primitive 
form, out of which the others have been evolved, In a paper 
recently published * on the derivation of characters in the 
genus Lana as a whiole, tlie absence of the dorso-lateral fold 
is considered by me as the primitive condition, and the 
North American 2. catesbiana, in which it is totally absent, 
is, for this and other reasons, regarded as nearest the hypo- 
thetical prototype among all the species of Wurasia and 


* Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1918, p, 111. 


252 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


America. Close to J. catesbiana, there is another North 
American species, 2. septentrionalis, in my opinion derived 
from it,in which the fold is either present or absent, according 
to individuals, but when present is short and very flat, with 
the spots and marblings irregularly distributed over the body. 
Such a type leads to the state of things in FR. esculenta, 
var, vidibunda. . 

Bolkay alludes to the transverse expansion of the dark 
spots on the back as an important character of 2. chinensis, 
but such transverse markings are by no means the rule in 
this variety, some specimens of which are, on the contrary, 
longitudinally streaked, as is often the case in the typical 
form and the var. lessone, but never in the vars. ridi- 
bunda and saharica, I may here mention that specimens’ 
with the black markings forming cross-bars on the back 
are exceptionally met with, not only in the var. ridibunda, 
lut also in the typical form (females from Rivoli and 
Verona). : 

The light vertebral streak or band is very frequent in the 
typical form and the vars. /essone and chinensis, less s> in 
the var. ridibunda, in which it is generally broader, and 
usually absent in the var. saharica. I do not think this light 
vertebral streak, which occurs in so many species, is to be 
looked upon as a primitive character ; the frequent cases of 
deviation of its course from the straight line (most strongly 
inarked in specimens from Calcinaro and Cadillac) suggest 
a different interpretation, and, in the present state of our 
knowledge, its signification is highly problematic, as is that 
of a light line along the inner side of the upper surface of 
the leg which, in many Oriental and African species, often 
accompanies the vertebral streak, and exceptionally occurs 
in R. esculenta, var. chinensis (¢ from Japan). Both streaks 
are absent in all American species, with the single excep- 
tion of R. cantabrigensis, Baird, the representative of the 
Kuropean &. arvalis, Nilss. 


, 


The Skull. 


The osteological characters appealed to by Bolkay are 
evidently derived from an examination of a very smail 
number of specimens; put to the test of a larger material 
they prove to be worthless for defining species, 

I am especially surprised at his statements concerning the 
nasal and fronto-parictal bones. Although usually in con- 
tact with each other in full-grown specimens of the typical 
form, as described and figured by Ecker, Fatio, and others, 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 258 


the nasal bones are not always so; there are frequent ex- 
ceptions, as my own description implies *, but such exceptions 
occur as well in the var. ridibunda, even in large specimens 
(? from Vienna, 90 mm. from snout to vent, ? from 
Prague, 120 mm.), and I have come across adults of the 
var. chinensis in which the nasal bones are completely 
separated from each other, as is usually the case in immature 
or small specimens of all the forms. As to the presence or 
absence of the anterior notch between the frontoparietals, this 
is a mere individual peculiarity, usually dependent on the 
size of the specimen; yet I wish to draw attention to the 
figures given by Camerano + of small specimens of the var. 
lessone from Italy in which the anterior extremity of the 
frontoparietals answers to Bolkay’s definition of R. chinensis. 


The Size. 


I append-the measurements, from snout to vent, of the 
largest specimens of the different forms in the British 
Museum. According to Werner, the var. ridibunda may 
reach a length of nearly 150 mm. in Austria. 


3 Ge 
War, T2diDU2de -. +. «vate oe 95 mm 125 mm, 
Wearel SACI CH <<t 5 st ee 58 80 
CT, oes nse ss 2 wees 78 95 
Warsless0ne@~<s.4).5) 0.2 Ree 64. 78 
Wir CAIMENSIS!) oeaia » fins, «cc sole 70 85 


The Tadpole. 


I have examined large series of tadpoles of the vars. 
ridibunda and chinensis without succeeding in finding any 
characters by which to distinguish them from those of the 
typical form. ‘The characters pointed out by Annandale§ 
for the var. chinensis are not confirmed as regards the mouth- 
disc, the position of the spiraculum, or the length of the tail 
compared to that of the body. 


Conclusions. 


When dealing with polymorphic species, botanists often 
distinguish between forms (species, some term them) of first, 
second, third, and fourth rank. Applying this concept to 
Rana esculenta, the typical form representing of course the 


* Taill. Batr. Eur. p. 279. 

t Mem. Acc. Torin. (2) xxxv. 1883, p. 60. 
} Rept. Amph., Oesterr.-Ung. p. 88 (1897). 
§ Mem. As. Soc. Beng. vi. 1917, p. 147. 


254 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and 


first grade, we may place the var. chinensis in the second, 
the var. ridivunda in the third, and the vars. sahariea 
and fessone in the fourth. Looking at things from a 
practical standpoint, we must-regard the var. saharica as 
but a slight modification, a geographical race distinguishable 
from its nearest neighbour but impossible to define if 
specimens from the whole range of distribution of the 
var. ridibunda are taken into consideration. ‘I'he typical form 
is completely connected with the var, ridibunda, and where 
the two co-exist in a locality, annectant individuals may be 
regarded as the result of crossing, such as undoubtedly 
must take place ; but this explanation fails when we have 
to deal with specimens from France, S8.E. Europe, aud 
Asia, where individuals of uneertain identification like- 
wise occur, although the discrimination of the two forms is 
in most cases quite easy. It is no longer so when we come 
to the typical form compared with the var. lesson@, and in 
this case the naming of certain specimens is_ perfectly 
arbitrary, as those who have had to deal with a considerable 
material from places where the two forms co-exist fully 
admit *; yet, the extreme, what some would call the “ pure 
lessone,” such as it occurred in the Cambridge fens and is 
still found in a very few loealities in Norfolk, is well entitled 
to varietal rank, its structural characters being fixed and so 
considerable in degree when compared with the typical form 
that it would undoubtedly be looked upon by many as a 
species were we not acquainted with the annectant examples 
from the Continent. ‘These extreme specimens of the var, 
lessone represent the terminus of an uninterrupted series 
starting from the var. r¢dibunda and passing through what 
is called the typical form. 

Another terminus form, in which the principal characters 
of the var. lessone are repeated, is the var. chinensis, which 
in all probability is also derived from the var. ridibunda, 
but the connecting-links of which have disappeared or are. 
still unknown. If we appeal to the existence of a hiatus 
between forms as a sole criterion for deciding on what 
is a species, then J’. chinensis is entitled to stand as such ; 
however, considering the many points of agreement, and 
preferring to keep an eye on resemblances rather than 
on differences, the rank of variety or subspecies appears to 
me the more appropriate for this form, as it did to Lataste 
many years agot. Owing to the state of things in the 


* Cf. Wolterstorff, Schr. Nat. Ges, Danzig, (2) xi. 1904, p. 46. 
+ Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1880, p. 61. “ Cette forme, que quelques 
auteurs regardent comme une espece distincte, d'autres comme une 


no 


Variation of the Edible Frog. 255 


European forms, the course I have follewed is surely the 
better from a philosophical point of view, whilst the use of a 
varietal designation precludes all fear of the distinction being 
overlooked, ‘ 

The following diagram expresses the relationship between 
the five forms, as I conceive them :— 


Vay. lessone. Var. chinensis. 
I’, typica. 
Var. saharica. | 
—, 


Pa : 
Var. ridibunda. 


We cannot yet apply the test of crossing experiments 
in justification of the subordinate position assigned to 
PR. chinensis, as Pfliiger was able to do in the case of 
RR. esculenta and its var. ridibunda, but another physiological 
argument has been put forward by Wolterstorff: the large 
and often sharp-edged metatarsal tubercle of J. chinensis is 
an adaptation to burrowing habits unlike those of R. esculenta. 
We are told that Dr. Kreyenberg observed the Chinese frog 
to dig and retire deep into the ground of dried-up rice-fields, 
and this habit is regarded as an important ethological 
differentiation from its European representatives. Curiously, 
however, Féjervary very shortly after redescribed the var. 
lessone wider the name of var. bolkayi, from specimens living 
in marshes at the mouth of the Rhéne in Switzerland, and 
observed the behaviour of this frog on land to be different 
from that of the typical /?. esculenta, the large and somewhat 
movable metatarsal tubercle being used to burrow in the 
ground after the manner of Pelobates. It is interesting to 
note, in this connection, that Wolterstorff, who (1906) 
seemed to attach so great an importance to this peculiarity 
in the case of the Chinese frog, had (1904) only reluctantly 
recognised J?, lessone’s rank as a variety, a term which for 
him expresses mere individual variations, such as his colour- 


simple variété de Rana esculenta, L., a des caractéres propres et con- 
stants qui lui méritent une description particuliére et un nom spécial ; 
elle me semble cependant assez voisine de Rana esculenta pour que je 
crois utile de ne l’en point séparer spécifiquement ..... Lt si, aprés 
quelques hésitations, je me décide a classer [ 2. chinensis] comme sous- 
espéce de 2. esculenta, cest par cette seule considération qu’elle me 


parait beaucoup plus voisine de cette derniére que de toutes les autres 
vrenouilles,” 


256 On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog. 


varieties siréata and nigromaculata in R. arvalis *, and 
refused to admit it as a subspecies. 

These observations on the fossorial habits of the vars. 
chinensis and lessone should be borne in mind by those 
who appeal to the behaviour of the Indian 2. erassa, 
compared to that of the typical 2. t¢g7/na, as an argument in 
favour of its specific distinction +. These supposed species 
offer a perfect parallel to the lines of evolution which can be 
traced in R. esculenta, as I have recently pointed out ¢. 

Although we must not expect to find among the species of 
the present day the actual types out of which their allies 
have been evolved, yet I think it legitimate speculation to 
look upon certain species, or certain small groups of species, 
as a sufficiently near approximation to help us towards an 
elucidation of the phylogenetic relationships, the expression 
of which should be the aim of taxonomy. In this sense, and 
with this reservation, I consider R. catesbiana, Shaw, and 
LR. grylio, Stejn., as representing the most primitive forms of 
America and Kurasia; the species that cluster round them, 
R. septentrionalis, Baird, R. clamitans, Daud., R. onca, Cope, 
R. virgatipes, Cope, R. montezume, Baird, would be derived 
from the same stock; they constitute a distinct section, which 
is perfectly natural, though not susceptible of a very strict 
definition, From this section we may imagine the one of which 
Rk. esculenta is the type to have been derived, and there is 
little doubt in my mind that the Chinese &. plancy?, Lataste, 
is a connecting form, nearly allied to, but in most respects 
less modified than, R. esculenta, both having been evolved 
out of the same ancestor, possibly related to the Oligocene- 
Miocene R&R. meriant, H. von Mey. The chief distinctive 
features of AR. esculenta compared to &. plancy? reside ina 
reduction of the nasal bones, the more obtuse fingers, and the 
very peculiar external vocal sacs. By what steps this last 


* Such modifications represent varieties only in the sense taken by 
horticulturists, and should not be given names in scientific nomenclature. 
Eliminating these cases, I apply the term varietas to every division of 
the system subordinate to the species, without any further consideration 
of hierarchy, in order to avoid complicating nomenclature by the use of 
tri-, quadri-, or even quinquenomials. In so doing, I simply adhere to 
the Linnean method which has so long been followed, and is still used 
by most of the botanists for whose work I have the greatest respect. 
“ Les variétés des systématistes sérieux sont les espéces de M. Jordan, 
au moins du Jordan des Observationes et du Pugillus..... Le mot 
variété employé par les botanistes pour désigner une race sauvage laisse 
peut-étre 4 désirer, mats i jouit de la priorité.” J. Briguet, Questions 
de Nomenclature, Bull. Herb. Boissier, ii. 1894, p. 84. 

+t Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. xv. 1918, p. 63. 

t Ree. Ind. Mus, xv. 1918, p. 51, 


On the Rhynchotal Family Lygzeide. 257 


character was reached, 7. halecina, L., is there to show us, 
for within the limits of this highly variable species, tle vocal 
sacs may be said to be still in process of evolution ; situated 
behind the commissure of the jaws, asin RP. esculenta, R. monte- 
zume, FR. areolata, B. & G., and R. capito, Leconte, but unlike 
those of all other frogs, they are either internal or external, 
showing every degree of development, and when external 
they form folds which, in certain individuals, have a tendency 
towards the invagination characteristic of the sacs in 
R. esculenta. We may well assume the direct ancestors 
of A. esculenta to have passed through such stages in the 
course of parallel evolution. 


XXVIII.— Contributions to a further Knowledge of the 
Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant. 


[Continued from p. 179.] 


Lygeus degeni, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, corium, and body beneath 
griseo-fuscous, two small central spots on pronotum, two 
larger spots on clavus, and two still larger spots on corium— 
one on each side of claval apex—black; basal third of 
lateral margin to corium, connexivum beneath, and legs pale 
testaceous or ochraceous ; membrane pale fuscous, narrow 
base, lateral margins, and an irregular discal, transverse, 
angulated spot greyish white; antennz ochraceous, the 
apical joint fuscous, second joint a little longest, third. and 
fourth joints subequal in length; pronotum and scutellum 
centrally longitudinally carinate ; the upper surface is more 
or less finely and obscurely very shortly pilose. 

Long. 8 nm. 


Hab. Abyssinia ; Taddecha, Mullka (Degen). 


IxoPpaMERA, gen. nov. 


Head robust, about as long as broad; eyes projecting 
beyond the anterior angle of pronotum but not reaching its 
anterior margin ; antennze with the basal joint stoutest and 
considerably passing apex of head, second joint longest; 
rostrum with the basal joint not quite reaching base of 
head, its apex scarcely passing the anterior coxe ; pronotum 

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 20 


258 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


elongate but very little longer than broad at base, lateral 
margins narrowly laminately carinate, anterior collar very 
narrow, subobsolete, anterior much longer than posterior 
lobe, convex, its lateral margins rounded, lateral margins of 
the posterior lobe obliquely straight ; scutellum longer than 
broad, subtriangular ; anterior femora thickened, spined 
beneath, anterior tibiz distinctly curved, their apices dilated 
and inwardly a little angulate, intermediate and posterior 
tibiz moderately spinulose. 

Type, EL. ethiopica, Dist. 

Allied to Psewdopamera, Dist., from Central America. 


Exopamera ethiopica, sp. n. 


Head black, moderately shortly palely pilose; eyes darker 
black ; ocelli purplish red ; pronotum ochraceous, the lateral 
and anterior margins and the posterior lobe paler in hue, 
punctate, especially the posterior lobe, the basal margin and 
lateral basal angles more or less shining black ; scutellum 
ochraceous, basal and apical areas black, more or less 
coarsely punctate ; corium ochraceous, clavus more or less 
closely blackly punctate, two prominent spots before claval 
area, an irregular transverse subapical spot, and the apical 
angle shining black, the whole corium more or less coarsely 
punctate ; membrane black, its apical margin ‘pale fuligi- 
nous ; head and abdomen beneath opaque black; sternum 
shining black and coarsely punctate ; coxee, trochanters and 
legs, narrow lateral sternal margins and posterior sternal 
segmental margins ochraceous ; rostrum ochraceous ; mem- 
brane moderately passing the abdominal apex; antennz 
with the first, second, and third joints ochraceous, their 
apices black, fourth joint greyish white, it apical half black, 
second joint longest, third and fourth joints almost subequal 
in length. 

Long. 9-10 mm. 

Hab. Brit. E. Africa; Kibwesi (S. A. Neave). 


Exopamera mirabilis. 


Aphanis mirabilis, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 471 
(1903). 


Hab. Fernando Po. 


ALBANYARIA, gen. nov. 


Body elongate; head subtriangular, apical area distinctly 
narrowed aud apex of central lobe distinctly prominent ; 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 259 


eyes moderately prominent and slightly passing the anterior 
augles of the pronotum; antennz moderately robust, basal 
joint only a little passing apex of head; rostrum with the 
basal joint almost reaching base of head ; pronotum a little 
longer than broad at base, and transversely constricted near 
base ; corium extending only to about three-fourths of the 
abdomen ; membrane absent; anterior femora incrassated 
and finely spined beneath; anterior tibie a little curved but 
not centrally spined; scutellum elongate, longer than 
broad. 

Allied to Fontejus, Stal, but the pronotum much shorter, 
anterior tibiz not centrally spined, &c. 


Albanyaria multicolorata, sp. n. 


Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, a:d the scutellum black ; 
the narrow posterior pronotal lobe and the extreme apex of 
seutellum greyish white ; antenne ochraceous, apex of third 
joint and more than apical half of fourth black ; corium 
ochraceous, the lateral marginal areas with three prominent 
black spots, the smaller near base, the largest near middle, 
and the third at apex, the exposed apical area of the abdo- 
men black; body beneath black ; posterior sternal segmental 
margins very pale ochraceous ; legs reddish ochraceous, 
apical halves of the anterior femora and apices of the tibize 
and tarsi black; antennze with the second joint slightly 
longer than the third and about subequal with the fourth ; 
scutellum more or less rugosely punctate ; clavus linearly 
somewhat coarsely punctate ; rostrum ochraceous, the basal 
joint black, remaining joints imperfectly seen in carded 
type. 

Long. 54 mm. 

Hab. W. Australia; Albany (J. J. Walker). 


Genus Laryneopus. 
Laryngodus, Herr.-Scheeff. Wanz. Ins. ix. pp. 191, 212 (1853). 


The short description given by Herrich-Schzffer and 
some imperfections in the figure given of the type of the 
genus render a fuller description of both necessary. 


Laryngodus australie, Herr.-Scheff. Wanz. Ins. ix. p. 212, 
fig. 967 (1853). 
Head fuscous brown; eyes black ; antennz dark casta- 


neous, apices of the first, second, and third joints very 
20* 


260 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


narrowly black, fourth joint ochraceous with nearly apical 
third black; head and anterior lobe of pronotum fuscous 
brown, posterior pronotal lobe black, with two central spots 
and the lateral margins creamy white or very pale ochra- 
ceous; eyes black ; scutellum fuscous brown; corium dull 
ochraceous, darkly punctate, inner area of clavus more 
densely darkly punctate, disk of corium with an oblique 
longitudinal fascia—neither reaching base nor apex, a sub- 
central, transverse, very irregular fascia, and the apical angle, 
black ; membrane fuscous, the veins, and some irregular 
suffusions and spots, pale dull ochraceous ; body beneath 
and legs dark castaneous, basal spine to antenne beneath, 
anterior margin of prosternum, cox, posterior angles of 
meso- and metasterna, and the greater part of basal joints of 
intermediate and posterior tarsi pale ochraceous. 

Head elongate, longer than basal breadth including eyes, 
narrowed on apical area, and with a short spine at base of 
antenn ; eyes prominent, almost reaching base of head ; 
antennee with the basal joint shortest and stoutest, second 
joint a little longer than third, which is again longer than 
fourth; pronotum punctate, with anterior lobe much nar- 
rower, more globose, and about twice as long as the posterior 
lobe which is more strongly punctate, anterior lobe with a 
central, longitudinal, fasciate, flat impression ; scutellum 
about as broad as long, subtriangular, thickly punctate, 
extreme apex ochraceous ; corium broadened on apical area ; 
membrane with the venation very prominent; anterior 
femora strongly thickened, narrowed at base and apex, 
distinctly spined beneath ; anterior tibiz flattened and sub- 
spinosely dilated at apices; rostrum about reaching the 
intermediate coxz. ; 

Long. 10 mm. 

Hab. 8.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. £. Turner). 


Bosbequius australis, sp. n. 


Head, anterior area of pronotum, scutellum and sternum, 
black or blackish; anterior margin and posterior ‘area of 
pronotum and corium brownish ochraceous ; lateral pronotal 
margins and a spot near inner angle of apical margin to 
corium very pale Juteous; abdomen beneath brownish 
ochraceous ; femora castaneous, their apices and the tibiz 
and tarsi ochraceous ; antennze dull ochraceous, second joint 


longest, first joint slightly passing apex of head*; head — 


* In the typical Oriental species the basal antennal joint did not 
reach the apex of head, 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 261 


(including eyes) narrower than anterior margin of pronotum ; 
first joint of rostrum extending beyond base of head ; 
posterior area of pronotum, scutellum and corium coarsely 
punctate ; anterior femora strongly incrassate. 

Long. 8 mm. 

Hab. Australia; Adelaide River (J. J. Walker). 

The type of the genus Bosbequius was from Tenasserim 
(Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 65, fig. 1). 


Thebanus nigrinus, sp. n. 


Dull ochraceous; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and 
anterior area of scutellum black ; head beneath and sternum 
black ; legs ochraceous ; abdomen beneath dark slaty-grey ; 
antennz ochraceous, second joint a little longest, third and 
fourth almost subequal in length; pronotum thickly, some- 
what coarsely punctate; scutellum punctate, black before 
the anterior branches of the cruciform carination, and dull 
ochraceous behind them; posterior margin of pronotum 
concave before scutellum ; corium (excluding lateral mar- 
ginal areas) darkly punctate ; membrane slaty-grey, slightly 
passing the abdominal apex. 

Long. 34 mm. 

Hab. Burma; Karennee. 


Genus LacHNOPHOROIDES. 
Lachnophoroides, Dist. ‘ Nova Caledonia,’ Zool. i. p. 381 (1914). 
Type, L. ornatipennis, from New Caledonia (ibid. pl. xi. 
fig. 9 9). 
I am now able to amplify the description of this genus by 
sexual characters, having only seen a single ? specimen 


previously. 
g. Pronotum distinctly longer than breadth at base ; 


anterior tibize strongly sinuately curved and armed 
with a short robust spine near middle of under 
surface. 

2. Pronotum about as long as broad at base; anterior 
tibize unarmed. 


Lachnophoroides crudelis. 

Pachymerus crudelis, Hagl. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1895, p. 462. 

Hab. W. Africa; Gaboon (fide Haglund). Lagos; Ondo 
(A. B. S. Powell). N.E. Rhodesia; Upper Luangwa R. 
(S. A. Neave). Uganda Protect. between Junja and 
Busia, E. Busoga (S. A. Neave). Abyssinia (Lake Rudolph 
Exped.—Ph. C. Zaphiro). 


bho 
oe 
nN 


Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


Lachnophoroides rudolfianus, sp. n. 


Head and anterior lobe of pronotum dull, dark ochraceous, 
posterior pronotal lobe paler ochraceous with darker pune- 
tures in somewhat transverse series and with three central 
longitudinal darker series, lateral margins broadly and basal 
margin narrowly pale ochraceous, a black spot near each 
basal angle ; scutellum ochraceous, darkly punctate, a large 
castaneous spot at base and two linear black spots on apical 
area; corium very pale ochraceous, more or less darkly 
punctate, clavus with a black and greyish spot at base, — 
beyond middle of corium a broad transverse dark castaneous 
fascia and the apical margin narrowly and irregularly of the 
same colour; membrane pale shining ochraceous; head 
beneath and sternum piceous ; abdomen beneath dull dark 
testaceous ; legs and rostrum ochraceous ; antenne ochra- 
ceous, apices of the second and third joints and apical half 
of the fourth black, second joint a little longest, third and 
fourth joints subequal in length; anterior femora robust, 
strongly spined beneath near apex, anterior tibiz in g strongly 
curved, and with a prominent spine beneath near middle. 

Long. 8 mm. 

Hab. Soudan; Kaig (Lake Rudolph Exped.—C. Singer). — 


Aphanus littoralis, sp. n. 


Head black or very dark castaneous, eyes griseo-fuscous ; 
antenne dull ochraceous, apices of first, second, and third 
joints more or less fuscous, fourth jomt dark fuscous with a. 
broad subbasal greyish annulation ; pronotum ochraceous, — 
prominently brownly punctate, the lateral margins almost 
impunctate, anterior half (excluding margins) dark casta- 
neous and almost impunctate, with a small central pale 
ochraceous spot at anterior margin; scutellum ochraceous, 
prominently brownly punctate, the basal area black; corium 
ochraceous, rather finely brownly punctate, extreme lateral 
margins almost impunctate ; membrane brownish ochra-— 
ceous with somewhat paler mottlings ; body beneath casta-— 
neous, the lateral margins, posterior sternal segmental 
margins, rostrum, and legs ochraceous, the lateral abdominal — 
margin with large castaneous spots; second, third, and 
fourth joints of antenne gradually decreasing in length, 
the second a little longest; first jomt of rostrum about 
reaching base of head; membrane about reaching abdo- 
minal apex ; pronotum with a more or less distinct-central 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 263 


longitudinal narrow carination ; scutellum a little foveately 
depressed at base. 

Long. 84-10 mm. 

Hab. Blue Nile (EZ. S. Crespin), nr. mouth of Dinder R. 
and Roseires (S. S. Flower). N.W. shore of L. Nyasa, from 


Florence Bay to Karonga (S. A. Neave). 


Aphanus ferrugineus, sp. 0. 


Head black; antennze with the basal joint black, second 
and third joints ferruginous ; pronotum pale ferruginous, 
coarsely darkly punctate, the anterior area (excluding 
margins) black ; scutellum black, coarsely darkly punctate, 
becoming paler and more ferruginous on apical area, and 
with an ochraceous spot on each lateral margin near base ; 
corium brownish ochraceous, darkly punctate, with two 
small obscure black spots in oblique series on apical half, 
the lateral margins narrowly impunctate; body beneath 
black, the posterior sternal segmental margins, rostrum, 
and legs ferruginous; second joint of antenne considerably 
longer than third; apex of central lobe of head distinctly 
prominent ; in some specimens the femora are distinctly 
darker—almost black —than the tibie ; basal joint of rostrum 


‘passing base of head ; membrane, a little paler than corium, 


reaching abdominal apex. 

Long. 8-8} mm. 

Hab. Nyasaland (Cotterell) ; W. shore of L. Nyasa between 
Domira Bay and Kotakota (S. A. Neave). N.E. Rhodesia ; 
Mid-Luangwa Valley (S. A. Neave). 


Aphanus apicalis. 
Rhyparochromus apicalis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 562 (1852). 
Rhyparochromus turgidifemur, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 32. 1. 
Ethyparochromus nigromaculatus, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1856, 
p- 32. 2. 
Beosus apicalis, Stél,em. Afr. ii. p. 165 (1865). 
Aphanus erosus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 501 (1901). 


In deseribing my A. erosus I wrote, “ Allied to A. apicalis, 
Dall., differing by the exceedingly coarse punctuation on 
the lateral margins of the pronotum and corium, &c.” 
Compared with the type of Dallas, that held good at the 
time of writing, but since then a large number of species 
have reached the British Museum, and intermediate varieties 
occur. 

Hab. 8. Africa (Brit. Mus.). Ovampo L. (Lriksson). 


264 Mr. W. LL. Distant on the 
Transvaal; Pretoria (Distant), Lydenburg (Krantz). N.E. 


Rhodesia ; Mid-Luangwa Valley (Neave). Blue Nile; 
Roseires (Flower). Congo (Richardson). 


Aphanus albigera, sp. n. 


Head and anterior area of pronotum black, posterior 


pronotal area ochraceous, brownly punctate, and at the 
lateral marginal junctions of these two areas a somewhat 
large pale ochraceous spot; scutellum black; corium 
ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, extreme lateral margin 
impunctate, inner claval margin for about half its length 
from base pale ochraceous and impunctate, from thence to 
apex very thickly blackly punctate, a short elongate black 
line near outer claval margin, followed by a large black spot 
near and outside claval apex, the apical margin of corium 
narrowly black, the two last markings separated by a small 
pale impunctate spot ; membrane brownish with the venation 
somewhat paler in hue; body beneath, rostrum, and legs 
black, coxal spots and narrow, irregular posterior margins 
to sternal segments pale ochraceous; antennze with the 
third joint shortest, second and fourth subequal in length. 
Long. 6-63 mm. 


Hab. South Africa; Grahamstown. Natal; Durban > 


(F. Muir). 

Allied to A. apicalis, Dall., but a smaller and narrower 
species, maikings of the pronotum and short third joint of 
antenne different. 


Aphanus nigrellus, sp. n. 


Head, antenne, pronotum, and scutellum black, lateral 
pronotal margins ochraceous ; corium dull] ochraceous, two 
short claval lies and the apical area black, the latter con- 
taining a prominent, central, transverse greyish-white spot, 
and the extreme apical angle also of that, colour ; membrane 
griseo-fuscous, with an apical white spot; body beneath, 
rostrum, and legs black; antennz somewhat robust, third 
joint a little shorter than second or fourth joints ; pronotal 
Jateral margins distinctly, somewhat longly pilose. 

Long. 6 mm. 

Hab. Nyasaland; between Ft. Mangoche and Chikala 
Boma (S. A. Neave). 


Allied to both A. apicalis, Dall. and the preceding species ; 


here described—A. albigera, but differing by the colour of 
the pronotum and its longly pilose lateral margins, &ce, 


‘ 
, 


Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 265 


MAXAPHANUS, gen. noy. 


Allied to Aphanus, Lap., from which it differs by the 
longer and more elongate body; the longer and more robust 
basal joint of the antenme, which is as long as the head and 
projects considerably beyond its apex; anterior femora 
shortly spined beneath, with a long and very distinct spine 
before apex, anterior tibiz also shortly spined beneath 
beyond base. 


Maxaphanus africanus, sp. n. 


Dark castaneous, in some specimens almost piceous ; 
lateral margins (excluding basal areas) of pronotum and 
sometimes a small central spot to same, corium with about 
basal half of lateral margin, a small lateral spot beyond it 
and nearer apex, a small discal spot outside the apical 
claval area and a minute spot before posterior margin, 
extreme apex of scutellum, rostrum and legs, ochraceous ; 
apical areas of femora and the tibiz and tarsi darker and 
more brunescent ; antenne dark castaneous, fourth joint 
(excluding apical area) pale ochraceous, second and third 
joints almost subequal in length and longest, fourth longer 
than first which considerably passes the apex of head ; 
pronotum distinctly, broadly, transversely impressed near 
middle, the anterior area smooth, the posterior area finely 
wrinkled, lateral margins distinctly laminate ; corium dis- 
tinctly punctate ; ; membrane pitchy-brown, the veins pro- 
minent, the two inner veins strongly curved at base. 

Long. 13-14 mm. 

Hab. Nyasaland ; Mlanje (S. A. Neave). N.E. Rhodesia; 
Upper Luangwa R. (S. A. Neave). Uganda; Tero Forest 
(C. C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins). 


Metochus holsti, sp. n. 


Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum black, 
posterior pronotal lobe piceous, darkly punctate, and with a 
pale central longitudinal line ; corium ochraceous, clavus, a 
broad irregular transverse fascia connecting apex of clavus 
with lateral margin, and the apical margin black, the 
anterior area between the clavus and lateral margin is 
ochraceous, brownly punctate, the area between the trans- 
verse fascia and apex creamy-white; membrane fuscous 
with obscure paler mottlings; head beneath and sternum 
black ; abdomen beneath dark castaneous, with some lateral 


266 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


marginal ochraceous macular markings ; rostrum ochraceous, 
basal and apical joints piceous; femora black, their bases 
and the whole of the tibize and tarsi more or less ochraceous ; 
antenne piceous, basal half of apical joint ochraceous, 
second joint longest, third and fourth almost subequal in 
length ; anterior femora robust, shortly spinose beneath. 

Long. 10 mm. 

Hab. Japanese Archipelago ; Tsushima Island (P. Holst). 


Dieuches \relatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. 
p. 505 (1901). 


Hab. Mashonaland; Umfili River (G. A. K. Marshall). 
Nyasaland; Valley of N. Rukuru, Karonga District (S. A. 
Neave). Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Abyssinia ; 
Gibe River (Ph. C. Zaphiro). 

The type was from Mashonaland. 


Dieuches parvipictus, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; anterior half of 
lateral margins and some small spots (usually two but some- 
times four) on disk of pronotum, two spots near base and — 
extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous ; antennez ochraceous, 
apex of third joint black, more or less mutilated in the 
twelve specimens now before me; corium ochraceous, 
brownly punctate, extreme lateral margins pale and im- 
punctate, a spot at base of clavus, a large spot near inner 


posterior angle, a very small spot in a line with it on lateral 


margin, and the apical margin black; body beneath black : 
rostrum and legs ochraceous, apex of rostrum and usually 
apical areas of the femora—more or less—black ; antennz 
with the second and third joints almost subequal in length ; 
scutellum with a more or less distinct, central, longitudinal 
carinate line. 

Long. 7-8 mm. 

Hab. Katanga; Kamboveand Luffra River (S. A. Neave). 

Allied to D. patruelis, Stal, but a smaller species with 
both the pronotal lobes black. 


Dieuches consimilis, sp. D. 


Allied to the preceding species in general markings and 
coloration, but a larger species with the basal joint and 
apices of the remaining antennal joints black; posterior 
pronotal lobe more strongly and coarsely punctate ; scutellum 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 267 


without the central carinate longitudinal line which is 
always more or less pronounced in D. parvipictus. 

Long. 9-10 mm. 

Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Katanga; 
Kambove (S. 4. Neave). Abyssinia (C. Singer). 


Dieuches smithi, sp. n.. 


Head and anterior lobe of pronotum testaceous, posterior 
pronotal lobe ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, lateral 
pronotal margins pale, impunctate; scutellum testaceous, 
‘extreme apex pale ochraceous ; corium dark ochraceous or 
brownish ochraceous, lateral margins and a large irregular 
spot before apex pale ochraceous; membrane brownish 
ochraceous; body beneath testaceous ; lateral margins of 
sternum, posterior margin of metasternum, and lateral 
abdominal margins ochraceous; rostrum and legs ochra- 
ceous, apical areas of femora and apices of the tibiz piceous ; 
antennze ochraceous, the basal joint and apices of remaining 
joints dark testaceous or piceous, second and fourth joints 
jongest and subequal in length; pronotum with a central 
longitudinal carinate line on posterior lobe ; first joint of 
rostrum about reaching base of head ; membrane not quite 
reaching abdominal apex in 4, distinctly shorter in ?. 

Long. 10-11 mm. 

Hab. S. Africa (Dr. Smith’s Coll.). Gyraham’s Town 
(F. Pym). 

Allied to D. umbrifer, Stal. 


Dieuches sloggetti, sp. n. 


Black ; lateral margins of pronotum and corium, second 
joint and base of third joint of antenne (fourth joint muti- 
lated), tibize and tarsi stramineous or pale ochraceous ; 
second joint of antenne much longer than third ; pronotum 
somewhat narrow and elongate, posterior lobe thickly punc- 
tate ; corium and clavus more or less thickly punctate; 
first joint of rostrum about reaching base of head. 

Long. 9 mm. 

fiab. 8. Africa; Deelfontein (Col. Sloggett). 


METADIEUCHES, gen. noy. 


Head robust, about as long as breadth between eyes, which 
almost reach anterior margin of pronotum or are not far 
removed from same, in front of eyes laterally strongly 
obliquely sinuate, the apex of the central lobe prominent ; 


268 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


antenne with the basal joint moderately stoutest, slightly - 
apically curved, shorter than second joint which again is a 
little shorter than third, fourth almost subequal in length 
to first ; rostrum reaching the anterior cox; pronotum 
elongate, longer than breadth at base, lateral margins of 
anterior lobe slightly oblique, those of the posterior lobe 
more prominently oblique, the posterior angles subnodulose, 
basal margin almost truncate, very slightly concave, anterior 
margin truncate ; scutellum moderately long and slender, 
slightly longer than broad at base, lateral margins straightly 
oblique; legs elongate, anterior femora finely spined beneath, 
anterior tibiz slightly dilated at apex; membrane passing 
abdominal apex. 
Type, M. dispar, Hag). 


Metadieuches dispar. 
Dieuches dispar, Hagl. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1895, p. 460. 


Hab. Gaboon (Sjéstedt). Cameroons (/scalera). Uganda; 
Entebbe (Dr. C. A. Wiggins and C.C. Gowdey), Mwera, 
Kyanja, Mabira Forest, Katanga River (C. C. Gowdey), 
shores of L. Isolt or Wamala, 3800 ft., and S. of L. George 


(S. A. Neave). 


Poeantius variegatus, sp. n. 


Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black ; posterior lobe 
of pronotum dark castaneous and coarsely punctate, the 
anterior and posterior lobes separated by a transverse ochra- 
ceous fascia; scutellum black ; corium ochraceous, a longi- 
tudinal fascia in clavus, and nearly the apical half of corium 
black, the latter containing a narrow transverse pale ochra- 
ceous fascia a little beyond its middle; membrane dull 
greyish; head beneath and rostrum dull, dark castaneous, 
posterior margin of metasternum more or less greyish white ; 
abdomen beneath black; legs black, apices of anterior and 
intermediate femora and the anterior tibiz ochraceous ; 
(posterior legs mutilated in type) ; antennz with the basal 
joint ochraceous, second and third joints black, second a 
little longer than third (fourth joint mutilated in type) ; 
head deflected, immersed to eyes, a little longer than broad ; 
pronotum with a central longitudinal, ill-defined carimate 
line; scutellum a little longer than broad ; rostrum about 
reaching the intermediate coxe. 

Long. 64 mm. 

Hab. Gaza Land; near Chirinda Forest (G. A. K, Mar- 
shall). 


Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 269 


Letheus longirostris. 
Letheus longirostris, Reut. Ent. Tidsky. viii. p. 102 (1887). 


Hab. Madagascar (fide Reut.). Rodriguez ((rullion). 
Natal (Bell-Marley). N.E. Rhodesia; Lower Luangwa 
River, near Petauke, N.W. shore of L. Nyasa (S. A. Neave). 

This species is warabie; in size; specimens now before me 
in length range between 9 and 12 mm. 


Letheus descriptus. 


Rhyparochromus descriptus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 103 (1872). 
Rhyparochromus alienus, Walk. tom. cit. p. 105. 

Letheus signatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 506 (1901). 
Letheus descriptus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904). 


Hab. N. India. Ceylon. Tenasserim. North Borneo. 
Sula Island. Natal; Durban (Bedl-Marley). N.E. Rho- 
desia; Upper Luangwa River (S. A. Neave). 

We are now able to record the distribution of this species 
(previously only known from the Indian and Malayan 
regions) to the southern Ethiopian habitats of Natal and 
Rhodesia. 

Bergroth (Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 95 (1918)) has devoted 
nearly three large octavo pages to the description of a species 
from the Philippine Islands (Z. robustus) which is apparently 
to be separated by the longer rostrum, ‘‘ reaching middle of 
third ventral segment.” In descriptus the rostrum only 
extends to about the posterior coxz as described by Walker. 


Genus ABANUs. 
Abanus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. v. p. 81 (1910). 


In describing the type of this genus from specimens 
received from Bengal, I wrote “pronotum elongate, about 
as long as bréad at base.” This character from an examina- 
tion of a series of specimens of another species received 
from tropical Africa appears to be of a sexual (female) 
character only, while in the male the pronotum is consider- 
ably longer than broad at base. 


Abanus ugandensis, sp. n. 


Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black, basal area of 
pronotum brownish ochraceous, blackly punctate, and witha 
central ill-defined pale Jevigate longitudinal line, lateral 
pronotal margins pale ochraceous ; scutellum black, punctate, 
elongate, with two small discal spots and the extreme apex 


270 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 


ochraceous ; corium very obseure ochraceous, thickly black 
punctate, the lateral margins pale ochraceous, apical margin 
more distinctly black ; membrane dark fuliginous, some- 
times with small ochraceous suffusions ; apical area of 
abdomen aboye—as seen beyond membrane—black, the 
apical margin dull ochraceous ; body beneath black, narrow 
lateral sternal and abdominal margins, very narrow posterior 
margin of prosternum, coxal margins, rostrum and legs, 
ochraceous ; antennz ochraceous, extreme apices of first 
and second joints, apical third of third joint, and fourth 
joint, excluding broad basal annulation, black, first joint 
passing apex of head, second longest, third and ‘fourth’ sub- 
equal in length; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe, 
first joint about reaching or slightly passing base of head ; 
prosternum thickly, coarsely punctate at base. 

Long. 9-10 mm. 

Fah: Uganda; Mabira Forest, Chagwe, Tero Forest (C. 
C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins), Mpumu (Miss M. 
Robertson). Katanga (S. A. Neave). 


Genus GonatTAs. 


Gonatas, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch, i, p. 219 (1882); Faun. 
Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904), 
This genus, originally described from entra America ~ 
and subsequently received from the Oriental Region, is now 
also represented by a species from Natal. 


Gonatas natalensis, sp. n. 


Head black ; antenne with the first and second joints 
stramineous, remaining joints mutilated in type; pronotum 
with the anterior area black, posterior area ochraceous ; 
scutellum black; corium dull greyish white, clavus pale 
ochraceous ; membrane dull greyish white ; body beneath 
black ; rostrum and legs pale ochraceous, apical abdominal 
segment castaneous ; head including eyes scarcely narrower 
than anterior margin of pronotum, which is distinctly 
strongly darkly punctate on the pale posterior area, its 
lateral margins moderately ampliated and slightly sinuate 
at the junction of the anterior and posterior areas, its 
posterior margin distinctly moderately concave ; scutellum 
longer than broad, moderately elevated, and distinctly foveate 
on the basal area, basal and lateral margins punctate ; 
membrane reaching the abdominal apex. 

Long. 53 mm. 

Hab. Natal; Durban (Bell-Marley). 


The Myth of the Ship-holder. 271 


XXIX.—The Myth of the Ship-holder*: Studies in Echeneis 
or Remora.—l. By E. W. Gupeer, State Normal College, 
Greensboro, N.C., U.S.A. 


[Plates XV.-XVIL] 


ConTENTS. 
Introduction. 
The Myth of the Ship-holder. 
The Myth explained. 
First Explanation: Foul Bottoms. 
Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a Rudder, 
Third Explanation: Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras. 
Fourth Explanation: “ Dead-Water.” 
Bibliography. 
Explanation of the Plates. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Ever since the time of Aristotle, the ship-holder or 
sucking-fish, because of its peculiar structure and habits, 
has greatly interested men both scientific and unscientific. 
Possessed of a suctorial disk on the head and the shoulder 
region, it is able to attach itself to whales, porpoises, turtles, 
rays, and sharks, or to large fishes of any kind, and thus 
secure transportation and opportunity to obtain food without 
exertion. It likewise attaches itself to boats, ships, floating 
wrecks, or even logs in the same way and for the same 
purpose. From this it is an easy transition to the belief of 
the ancients that attaching itself thus to a vessel it might 
retard or even hold it back. Hence the name Echeneis, one 
that holds back a ship, and Remora, a holding back. 

“There is scarcely a fish of the existence of which the 
-ancients have been equally certain, and which has so much 
occupied their imagination—from a power thought to be 
inherent in the creature to counteract the strongest physical 
agencies,—as the Echencis of the Greeks or the Remora of 
the Latins.” f 

* In gathering the material for this paper, I am under much obligation 
to Dr. C. R, Eastman of the American Museum of Natural History, New 
York City, and to Dr. H. M. Lydenberg, Reference Librarian of the New 
York Public Library. In his work for the American Museum on the 
great bibliography of fishes, Dr. Eastman ran across and kindly trans- 
mitted to mea large number of the references made use of in this paper. 
Dr. Lydenberg has, as heretofore, been a court of last resort for obscure 
and seemingly unintelligible references, every one of which he has, by 
reason of his large knowledge of matters bibliographical, been able to 
clear up. My best thanks are hereby rendered to him and to Dr. East- 


man for their many kindnesses. 
+ Gunther, ‘On the History of Echeneis,’ 1860. 


272 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


The earliest references to this interesting fish are to be 
found in Aristotle’s ‘ History of Animals.’ A fish having 
such an extraordinary structure as the sucking-disk and 
having such unusual habits could hardly be expected to 
have escaped the keen observation of the Father of Natural 
History. Yet there is nothing in Aristotle’s writings 
to indicate that he ever saw or at any rate that he ever 
examined the Echeneis with the care which he bestowed on 
the other animals of which he wrote. In Prof. D’Arey 
W. Thompson’s scholarly translation (Oxford, 1910), one 
may read (Book II. 14, 505 6, 19-22): ‘Of fishes whose 
habitat is in the vicinity of rocks there is a tiny one, which 
some call the Echeneis or ‘ship-holder’.... Some people 
assert that it has feet, but this is not the case: it appears, 
however, to be furnished with feet from the fact that its 
fins resemble these organs.” Again (Book V. 31, 5574, 
30-31): “In the seas between Cyrene and Egypt there 
is a fish that attends on the dolphin which is called the 
‘dolphin’s louse.” This fish gets exceedingly fat from 
enjoying an abundance of food while the dolphin is out in 
pursuit of its prey.” 

In a footnote, Prof. Thompson identifies this fish as 
Naucrates ductor, a pilot-fish found in the Mediterranean. 
Now the term pilot-fish is applied rather indefinitely to a 
number of different fishes. The Echeneis or Remora is 
possibly the one best known, from its habit of sticking to 
dolphins, sharks, or any large fishes and swimming before 
their snouts. In our waters Seriola zonata and S. carolinensis, 
amber-fishes of the family Carangide, are found associated 
with sharks and are called pilot-fishes. They are likewise 
found around the rudders of vessels and hence are also called 
rudder-fishes. The Naucrates ductor of Prof. Thompson 
is a pilot-fish of the same family but of a different genus. 
Jt is found in warm waters throughout the world and has 
the same habits as the other pilot-fishes. 

Thompson’s footnote thus leads one away from the idea 
that the “ dolphin’s louse” is a sucking-fish, but it should 
be noted that this last reference comes in a section devoted 
to sucking insect parasites, lice, ticks, and fleas, and con- 
cludes with those crustaceans, “ sea-lice”’ so called, which 
live parasitically on fishes. So from this internal evidence 
it seems probable that the fish referred to is an Echeueid, a 
sucking-fish, which attaches itself in a louse fashion to the 
dolphin as these fish are known to do*, 

* In a short note published in ‘ Science’ for September 1, 1916, the 
present writer endeavoured to show that Prof. Thompson’s identification 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 273 


In corroboration of the foregoing, Hasselquist may be 
quoted, In his ‘Journey to Palestine’ (1757) he notes 
that the Arabs at Alexandria called the sucking-fish 
(Echeneis neucrates) “Chamel | Ferrhun.” Dr. Frank R. Blake 
of the Johns Hopkins University has been good enough to 
pass on this Arabic name. He writes that Chamel means 
louse, and that ferrhun is probably—or, at any rate, possibly 
—an erroneous transliteration for theArabic ferihun, meaning 
agile or nimble. And that this meaning fits the actions of 
the fish, anyone knows who has ever tried to catch with a dip-. 
net a shark-sucker from off its selachian host--it dodges as 
expertly as a squirrel around a tree. However, Dr. Blake 
says that there is an Ethiopic word ferihun, meaning terrible, 
and that Hasselquist’s name may mean “ the louse of the 
terrible ove,’ and since this fish is found most frequently 
adhering to the shark, this translation seems the most logical 
one. 

-In further corroboration of the contention that the 
“‘dolphin’s louse” is the Hcheneis, another eastern traveller, 
Forskal (1775), may also be quoted. At Djidda, a town on 
the eastern side of the Red Sea about milway between Suez 
and Aden, Forskal collected Echeneis neucrates, and was at 
especial pains to note that the Arab fishermen there called 
it‘ Keide ” or “ Kaml el Kersh,” which he translates “ the 
lonse of the shark ”; while at Loheia, a town on the same 
side of the sea, but further towards the south-east, it is called 
“Keda.” Dr. Blake has further obliged me by passing on 
these terms also. He finds that “ Kaml el Kersh” means 
“ the-louse of the fish of prey,” which fish Forskal tells us 
in the context was a shark belonging to the genus Carcharias. 
Keda, he thinks, is probably a trausliteration of the Arabic 
Keide, a fetter or band, hence ‘‘ the attached one.’ Still 
other testimony may be adduced as to the even more recent 
use of this name. ‘he German traveller Riippell in his 
‘Fische des Rothen Meeres’ (1835), published only some 
eighty years ago, says of Echeneis: ‘In the northern part 
of the Red Sea it is called Delka or else Gammel el Kersh, 


of the dolphin’s louse as Naucrates ductor is erroneous as is Aristotle’s 
calling the little fish which lives among rocks Echeneis. The latter 
was identified as a goby and the “ dolphin’s louse” was shown to be a 
sucker-fish. Prof, Thompson on receiving this short paper very kindly 
wrote me that, while there might be still some uncertainty about the 
rock-dweller, he agreed as to the identity of the ‘ dolphin’s louse.” 
And now it seems well to incorporate this note in these introductory 
paragraphs and to add certain other data which have come to hand since 
the above article was published. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 21 


274 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


in the southern part Ated.” The latter names are, of course, 
variations of those noted above. Dr. Blake has not been 
able to throw any light on the word Delka. 

From all this we see that, in the near East where changes 
take place slowly, Echeneis was still called ‘louse’? some 
two thousand years after Aristotle. While to-day in our 
own waters, as well as in most tropical seas, there is a certain 
small Echeneid fish which Gill (1862) has named Phthier- 
ichthys lineatus, the striped louse-fish. 

To return now to Prof. Thompson’s ‘tiny fish whose 
habitat is in the vicinity of rocks.” It seems to me that 
this fish cannot possibly be an Echeneis. The Echeneis is 
not a tiny” fish, since the adult forms generally range 
in length from ten inches to three feet ; likewise, so far as 
is known to naturalists, it does not dwell among rocks. In 
fish hterature of the medieval and renaissance times, how- 
ever, we (o frequently run across references to Echeneis as 
a dweller among rocks, but I take these accounts to be 
merely echoes of Aristotle, since they are in other respects 
mere copies of preceding writers. Furthermore, this fish is 
said to have feet or, at any rate, fins resembling such organs. 
To the present writer there is no doubt that the fish here 
referred to is a goby, for gobies are small fish, are found in 
or near rocks, and have their forwardly-placed pelvie fins 
transformed into hand-like or sucker-like prehensile organs*, 


Tue Myrnu or tHe SH1P-HOLDER. 


It will be remembered that Aristotle (384-322 B.c.) calls 
our fish Echeneis, ship-holder, but that he nowhere refers 
to the miraculous power alluded to by other but later writers, 
So it is doubtful whether he knew of these alleged powers, 
but if that be true why should he have named it ship-holder ? 
His words are “ which some call the Echeneis or ‘ ship- 
holder,’ and he is evidently quoting some previous writer, 
or giving the name in common or everyday use. One thing 
is clear, 7. e. he is not the originator of the term, nor is it 
very evident that he knew the fish by personal observation. 

Before bringing to the attention of the reader the 
various stories ascribing miraculous powers to our fishes, 


* Since writing the above I have found that Lowe, so long ago as 
1843, expressed the belief that Aristotle’s Echeneis was a blenny ora 
goby or a Chironectes and that the dolphin’s louse was an Tcheneis. 
On both of these points Giinther (1860, 1880) likewise is in agreement 
with the author of the ‘ History of the Fishes of Madeira,’ Day — 
(1830-84) also has briefly expressed his belief in this identification. 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 275 


figures of the fishes themselves are presented. PI. XV. 
of this paper shows Leptecheneis naucrates (fig. 2) and 
Remora brachyptera (fig. 3), which are commonly found 
in our Atlantic waters. The essential external differences 
between tlie fishes are readily seen from the figures. Fig. 1 
shows the sucking-disk of the Remora. Consideration of 
the structures of these fishes is reserved for a later paper. 

The first definite reference to the ship-retarding power of 
the Echeneis is in a poem on fishing, “ Halieutica,” by the 
Latin poet, Ovid (43 B.c.-17 or 18 a.p.). Verse 99 reads : 
“Parva Echeneis adest, mirum, mora puppibus ingens” ; 
which may be translated, “ The small Eclheneis is present, 
wonderful to say, a great hindrance to ships.” 

Pliny the Elder (23-79 a.p.) twice refers to the Echeneis. 
In Book 1X. Chapter 41 of his ‘ History of Animals’ he 
says: “It is believed that when it (Echeneis) has attached 
itself to the keel of a ship its progress is impeded, and that 
it is from this circumstance that it takes its name.” This 
(together with other data extraneous to our subject) is taken 
from Aristotle. Then Pliny quotes one Mucianus (about 
whom nothing has heen obtained) that a murex, a kind of 
gasteropod mollusk, has a similar ship-retarding power, and 
gives from this writer an alleged instance of a ship being 
held by it. Pliny in the same chapter quotes one ‘Trebius 
Niger that the fish is about one foot in length and that it 
ean retard ships. [have been unable to find out anything 
about this writer; this reference, like the one to Mucianus, 
is entirely obscure *. 

In Book XXXII. Chapter 1, Pliny gives what is the first 
detailed account of the ship-holding power possessed by the 
Echeneis, and it seems well to quote him in extenso as given 
in Bostock and Riley’s translation (1857). 

“And yet all these forces [winds, tides, &c.] ..... a 
single fish, and that of a very diminutive size... . the fish 
known as the ‘ Echeneis’.... possesses the power of 
counteracting ..... A fish bridles the impetuous violence 


* Pliny also gives two other uses of the Echeneis, which though 
outside the scope of this paper, are of enough interest to appear in a 
footnote. The first (which he seems to have had from the Greeks) is 
its use in love philters, and for the purpose of delaying judgments and 
legal proceedings ; all of which he justly says are evil properties, compen- 
sated for, however, by its use to stay the flow of blood in pregnancy and 
for the preservation of the foetus 7m utero. The second use, quoted from 
Trebius Niger, is that when preserved in salt it is able to draw up gold 
from the bottom of the deepest well. These fictions are gravely 
repeated by many writers down to the middle of the seventeenth 
century .... at least as late as the time of Rabelais (1553). 


21* 


276 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


of the deep, and subdues the frantic rage of the universe— 
and all this by no effort of its own, no act of resistance on 
its part, no act at all, in fact, but that of adhering to the 
park ./.'. 05 

“At the battle of Actium, it is said, a fish of this kind 
stopped the praetorian ship of Antonius in its course, at the 
moment he was hastening from ship to ship to encourage 
and exhort his men, and so compelled him to leave it and 
go aboard another. Hence it was, that the fleet of Caesar 
gained the advantage in the onset, and charged with re- 
doubled impetuosity. In our own time too, one of these 
fish arrested the ship of the Emperor Caius (Caligula) in its 
course when he was returning from Astura to Antium: and 
thus, as the result proved, did an insignificant fish give 
presage of great events; for no sooner had the emperor 
returned to Rome than he was pierced by the weapons of 
his own soldiers. Nor did this sudden stoppage of the ship 
long remain a mystery; the cause being perceived upon 
finding that, out of the whole fleet, the emperor’s five-banked 
galley was the only one that was making no way. The 
momeut this was discovered some of the sailors plunged 
into the sea, and on making a search about the ship’s sides, 
they found an Echeneis adhering to the rudder. Upon its 
being shown to the emperor, he strongly expressed his 
indignation that such an obstacle as this should have im- 
peded his progress, and have rendered powerless the hearty 
endeavours of some four hundred men. One thing too, it is 
well known, more particularly surprised him, how it was 
possible that the fish, while adhering to the ship, should 
arrest its progress, and yet have no such power when brought 
on board ” *. 

This full and circumstantial account by Pliny is of great 
value, and the more so since everything leads one to believe 
in Phiny’s full credence in the wonderful power of the ship- 
stayer. In the paragraph following the above, our old 
Roman naturalist thus refers to its Latin name: “ Some of 
our own authors have given this fish the Latin name of 
‘mora’ [delay], another reading gives “ remora.” 

The next of the ancients to write of our fish is the famous 
historian, Plutarch (46 a.p.). In his ‘ Symposiaes,’ Book II. 


* Bostock and Riley say in a footnote, “ And well might it surprise 
him. If there was any foundation at all for the story, there can be 
little doubt that a trick was played for the purpose of imposing on 
Caligula’s superstitious credulity and the rowers as well as the diving 
sailors were privy to it.” Later it will be shown how entirely erroneous 
is this conjectural explanation of Pliny’s translators. 


RNS 


ecw $ 
—s OPPS Pe ine we eters cee, 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 274 


question 7, he says: “ Cheremonianus the Thrallian, when 
we were at a very noble fish dinner, pointing to a little, 
long, sharp-headed fish, said the Hcheneis (ship-stopper) was 
like that, for he had often seen it as he sailed in the Sicilian 
sea, and wondered at its strange force ; for it stopped the 
ship when under full sail, till one of the seamen perceived 
it sticking to the outside of the ship and took it off’ But 
there was incredulity even in that day for Plutarch adds, 
“Some laughed at Chaeremonianus for believing such an 
incredible and unlikely story.” Then Plutarch offers for 
this phenomenon an exp!anation of his own which will be 
given later. 

Next we come to Oppian, who flourished late in 200 a.p. 
In his poem Halieutica—‘ On the Nature of Fishes and the 
Fishing of the Ancients’’—as translated by John Jones, 
there are some 38 lines in which in very poetical and effusive 
fashion the action of the “ sucking-fish”’ is described. In 
short, he tells how the fish clings to the keel of the swift 
ship and retards it, though the wind causes the sails to belly 
out. He seems, however, to have confused with the 
Kcheneis the lamprey eel which has a round suctorial 
mouth. 

The last of the ancients to catalogue the myth of the 
ship-detainer was Aelian, a Roman author contemporary 
with Oppian in the latter part of the third century a.p. 
In his ‘De Natura Animalium,’ Book I. Chapter 36, he 
refers to “that fish which all men call remora because it 
holds back and delays ships.” And, again, in Book III. 
Chapter 17, he tells us in very interesting fashion that: 
* cheneis is a pelagic fish, black in appearance, equal in 
length to an average-sized eel, and named for the thing it 
does. For adhering with its teeth to the extreme stern of a 
ship driven by a following wind and full sails, just as an 
unmastered and unbridled horse is held in with a strong 
rein, so the fish overcomes the most violent onset of the winds 
and holds the ship as if tied fast to her wharf. In vain the 
middle sails belly out, in vain the winds rush forth, it 
holds steady the thing to which it adheres. The sailors 
know this indeed for the cause of this matter. Hence the 
name given to this fish, which, hecause of their experience 
with it, they call Echeneida (Remora).” 

We next hear of the ship-holder in the writings of the 
early Christian Fathers, and I am able, thanks to the kind 
help of Dr. Eastman, to quote herein from two. The first 
of these seems to have been Saint Basil, sometimes called 
the Great, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia. In _ his 


278 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


Hexameron *, Homily VII. paragraph 56, he writes: “If 
now you hear say that the greatest vessels sailing with full 

sails are easily stopped by a very small fish, by the Remora, 
and so forcibly that the ship remains motionless for a long 
time, as if it had taken root in the middle of the sea, do you 
not see in this little creature a like proof of the por of the 
creator ?”’ 

St. Ambrose (840-397) in his ‘ Hexameron, i the first 
edition of which bears the imprint Basilez, 1566, describes 
Jchinus (probably a misspelling of Echeneis) as a foreteller 
of storms. “ At the approach of a tempest the fish lays hold 
of a rock and sticks fast to it until calm weather returns. 
The sailors, noting this, govern themselves accordingly.” 
This is probably an echo of Aristotle’s little fish found 
among rocks, and seems to be the first of a long succession 
of similar stories, ascribing to this fish weather-forecasting 
powers. St. Ambrose, however, does not seem to give the 
ship-holding story. 

Jorath, who was probably an Oriental Christian of the 
twelfth century, speaks of a fish called Achandes which 
sticks fast to ships in the sea, thus making them to stand 
stock still T. 

About the year 1250, Bartholomew Anglicus wrote his 
encyclopedic work ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus,’ which was 
translated by John Trevisa in 1397, and printed at Win- 
chester in 1491. The following is his interesting account 
of the ship-holder, for which also I am indebted to the 
kindness of Dr. Eastman :— 

“ Enchirius is a little fish unneth [only] half a foot long ; 
for though he be full little of body, nathless he is most of 
virtue, For he cleaveth to the ship, and holdeth it stil] 
steadfastly in the sea, as though the ship were on ground 
therein. ‘Tho’ winds blow, and waves rise strongly, and 
wood [violent] storms, that ship may not move nother 
[neither] pass. And that fish holdeth not still the ship by 
no craft but only by cleaving to the ship.” 

In 1475, Johann von Cuba (or Cube) published at Metz 
his * Hortus Sanitatis.’ In the edition of 1536 on page 78 
of chapter 34 he discourses of Echeneis or Echinus. This, 


* “ Hexameron is the title of nine homilies delivered by St. Basil on 
the cosmogony of the opening chapters of Genesis...... Basil read 
the book of Genesis in the light of scientific knowledge of his day.” 
He was born in 329 and died in his fiftieth year. 

+ For this reference I am indebted to Dr. Eastman, who ran across it 
on page 71 of Von Cuba’s ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’ to which reference will be 
made later. 


Myth of the Ship-holder, 279 


he says, is a little foot and a half long fish which lays hold 
of ships and causes them to stand still as if rooted in the 
sea, being held by nothing save the little fish. His story 
adds nothing to what we already know, but he does one 
thing which is of great interest, he gives us a quaint 
figure, which so far as I have been able to find, is the first 
and only effort to illustrate the myth. It is reproduced as 
fig. 4.(P]. XV.). And in this connection one is led to wonder 
why this story, so interesting to these old-time writers, was 
not also a favourite theme for illustrators, why it has come 
down to us with but one picture. 

In the ‘ Annotationes’ of Francisco Massari, published at 
Basiliz in 1537, there are in chapter 35 some three or four 
pages of data on tle Hcheneis, but careful perusal shows 
that this is but a revamping of the ancients with not a single 
new legend added, so Massari may be passed without further 
comment. 

In the year 1550 there was published at Lugduni ‘ Liber I. 
De Sympathia et Antipathia Rerum’ by Hieronymous 
Frascatorius, on page 24 of which is the statement tliat, 
“ Furthermore it seems to be beyond all doubt that Echeneis 
is that little fish which we call Remora, which causes to 
stand still in mid-ocean the ship moved by the force and 
impetus of the wind ” *. 

According to both Gesner and Aldrovandi, there is to be 
found an account of the ship-holding power of Echeneis in 
Adam Lonicer’s ‘ Naturalis Historia Opus Novum in Quo 
Tractatur de Natura,’ etc., Frankfurt, 1551. The only 
edition found in New York is the German translation, which 
appeared as ‘ Kreuterbuch’ in 1560. Dr. Lydenberg kindly 
looked through the 1682 edition of this in the New York 
Public Library, but could not find any reference to Echeneis. 
I have not been able to locate another copy. However, in 
Gesner’s ‘Historia Animalium,’ IV. (1558), and also in 
Aldrovandi, there is a considerable quotation from Louicer 
with reference to Echeneis. Careful study of this, however, 
shows that no new data are given. 

The account of Edward Wotton (1552) is but a rehash of 
Aristotle, Pliny, and the other Greek aud Romau writers. 
His one statement worthy of repetition reads ‘ Let the 
winds rush and tle tempests rage, the Remora dominates 
the furor, overcomes these great forces, and compels the 
vessels to stand still, which no chain and anchor have been 

* For a transcript of Frascatorius | am indebted to the courtesy of 


Mr, Charles Perry Fisher, Librarian of the College of Physicians, 
Philadelphia, 


280 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


made heavy enough to do.” This, however, seems to be 
taken from Pliny. 

In the sayings of Pantagruel, Rabelais (1553), in Book IV. 
Chapter 62, has the following:—‘....an Echeneis or | 
Remora, a silly, weakly fish, in spite of all the winds that ) 
blow from the thirty-two points of the compass, willin the — 
midst of a hurricane make you the biggest first-rate remain 
stuck still, as if she were becalmed, or the blustering tribe 
had blown their last.’ And again, in Book V. Chapter 26: 
**.,... there (in the country of Satin) I saw a Remora, a 
little fish called by the Greeks Echeneis, near a big ship 
which was motionless although under full sail, on the high 
sea.” 

We now come to Rondelet (1558), who attempts to show 
that the retardation of ships might have been effected by the 
Echeneis of Pliny, the great shell-fish of Mucian, or the eel 
of Oppian. Indeed, he asseverates (page 313) that he has 
known a lamprey to thus hold back a boat: ‘*.. .1t [Oppian’s 
eel] stops it and holds it [a boat] back ; a thing which 
corresponds to our lamprey, and which T have kuown 
through experience, for if it puts its mouth against a boat it 
stops it, aud I have seen it thus.” ‘Then he adds, ‘* There is 
no need to marvel that various fishes are called by different 
authors by the same name, nor that the same fish be called 
by many and divers names, for that often happens.” For 
the rest, Rondelet quotes and comments on the accounts of 
Pliny and others on the true Echeneis (pp. 334-5), but adds 
nothing of himself. More might be expected of this great 
ichthyologist ; but it seems that he never saw the fish (he 
gives 10 figure of it) aud knew nothing of it at first-hand. 

Conrad Gesner was the greatest of the encyclopedic 
writers of natural history, and his ‘ Historia Animalium,’ 
Books I.—L1II., was published Basel, 1551-1558*. In 
Book IILl. he discourses at considerable length “Con- 
cerning Echeneis or Remora,” but there is nothing in his 
writings to indicate that he ever saw the fish. He adds no 
new data; but this section of his book is of value because 
in it he quotes a large number of the writers previously 
cited in this paper. However, even here his value to the 
student of ichthyological archzology is crippled by the fact 


———eE———— 


* [t will be noted that the works cited of both Gesner and Rondelet 
are dated 1558, and yet Gesner quotes Rondelet at considerable length. 
However, the apparent discrepancy disappears when it is remembered 
that Rondelet’s ‘ L’Histoire Entiére des Poissons’ is but a translation 
ae his native French of his original work first published in Latin in 

oo4. i: Is tale 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 281 


that he quotes his predecessors by name only, rarely by book 
or chapter. He adds nothing to our knowledge ‘of the 
Myth. 

Gesner, however, is the first writer since the ancients to 
attem pt a description of Echeneis. This description, which 
‘is found in the last paragraph of his section on the Echeneis, 
is evidently that of a coby, aud is quoted here that the 
reader may judge for himself, and not be led into the error 
of crediting Gesner with the first description. 

“There is a little fish found in the ocean at Emda in 
Frisia (so a certain fricud has related tome) four digits long, 
of very slimy skin, without scales, having a head large in 
proportion to its body, eyes small, the rest of the body cone- 
shaped. Under its chin it had the form of a sucker by 
which it probably adheres to rocks, for when he pressed this 
cavity with his finger (so my friend narrated it) it adhered 
to it so that it could be carried about.” 

In Chapter XXX VII. of Liber X. of his ‘Operum,’ pub- 
‘lished at Lugduni in 1564, Jerome Cardan writes of the 
action of the Remora as if it were a settled fact, but adds 
nothing of value to detain us here. He will be referred to 
later as offering ai explanation of the ship-staying powers 
of the fish. 

Departing trom the beaten track of repeating what some 
previous writer had copied, the Dutchman, Jan Huygen van 
Linschoten, or, as his name is Latinized, Joannes Hugo 
Linscotanus (1596), gives the following interesting and 
detailed account of the ship-holding power of the Remora :— 

** And because I am now in hand with the Fishes of India, 
‘I will here declare a short and true Historie of a Fish, 
although to some it may seeme incredible, but it standeth 
painted; in the Viceroyes Pallace in India, and was set downe 
by true and credible witnesses that it was so, and therefore 
it standeth there for memorie of a wonderful thing ; ; together 
with the names and surnamés of the ship, Captaine, day, & 
yere when it was done, and as yet there are men living at 
this day, that were in the same shippe and adventure, for 
that it not long since, and it was thus. That a ship sayling 
from Mosambique into India, and they having faire weather, 
a good fore winde, as much as the Sayles might brave before 
the winde, for the space of fourteene dayes together, directing 
their course towards the Equinoctiall line, every day as they 
tooke the height of the Sunne, in stead of diminishing or 
lessening their degrees, according to the Winde and course 
they had and held, they found themselves still contrarie, 
and every day further backwards then they were, to the 


282 Mr. KE, W. Gudger on the 


great admiration and wondering of them all, and contrarie 
to all reason and man’s understanding, so that they did not 
ouly wonder thereat, but were much abasht beeing stead- 
fastly perswaded that they were bewitched, for they knew 
very well by experience that the streame or course of the 
water in these countries did not drive them back, nor with- 
holde them coutrarie to all Art of Navigation, whereupon 
they were all in great perplexity and feare, standing still and 
beholding each other, not once knowing the cause thereof. 

** At ye last the chiefe Boteson, whom they call the masters 
mate, looking by chance overbord towards the beakhead of 
the ship, he espied a great broad taile of a Fish that had 
winded itselfe as it were about the beakehead, the body 
thereof beeing under the keele, and the heade under the 
Ruther, swimming in that manner, and drawing the shippe 
with her against the wind and their right course: whereby 
presently they knewe the cause of their so going backe- 
wards: so that having at last stricken long with staves and 
other weapons uppon the fishes taile, in the ende they stroke 
it off, and thereby the fish left the ship, after it had layne 
14 dayes under the same, drawing the ship with it against 
wiud and weather: for which cause the Viceroy in Goa 
caused it to be painted in his pallace for a _perpetuall 
memory, where | have often read it, with the day and the 
time, and the name of both shippe and Captaine, which I 
cannot well remember, although it bee no great matter” *, 

Ferrante Imperato, a pharmacist of Naples, having a taste 
for natural history, formed a collection of such objects, and 
made the description of these the basis of his book ‘ Historia 
Naturale, published at Venetia, 1599. In this he writes ; 
“Although the Remora of the ancients has by many been 
described under the forms of different fishes, there is, how- 
ever, no description that fits except the one proposed by us. 
It has on the upperpart of the head tentacles similar to the 
vibratile combs {cirri, literally ringlets] of the polyps by 
which it attaches itself to ships or the bodies of large whales 
and other fishes.” 

With the above description Imperato published a figure of 


* Linschoten’s book was first published in Dutch at Amsterdam in 
1596, but was translated into English and published in London in 1598, 
while in the following year (1599) a Latin version appeared at Amsterdam. 
The above account is taken literally from the English edition, For 
photostats of it and of the original Dutch edition I am indebted to the 
kindness of Dr, Lydenberg, who not only sent these, but who had pre- 
viously in a most skilful manner run down Linschoten from an exceed- 
ingly indefinite and obscure reference in Nieremberg to the “ Pro-Rex of 
Joannes Hugo,” 


(Php 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 283 


Echeneis or Remora which, so far as I have been able to 
find, is the earliest portrayal of the sucking-fish. This is 
reproduced herein as fig. 5 (Pl. XVI.). It correctly shows 
the projecting lower jaw, the position and general make-up 
of the sucking-disk, and the position of all fins, especially 
the long dorsal and ventral ones. ‘The tail is not good. It 
is probably a Remora, since there is no effort to portray the 
lateral stripe of Echencis. The crudity of the figure is, of 
course, apparent, but it is the first, and it is a fair portrayal. 
The disk is clearly shown, and in the description its function 
is definitely indicated for the first time in history *. 

We come now to another original story of the wonderful 
power of the Remora. It is quoted from Kkman (who will 
be referred to later), who says that it was told by Bartolomeo 
Crescentio Rowano in his book ‘ Nautica Mediterranea’ 
published at Rome in 1607. ‘his book | have nci seen. 

“.,...and I must tell you about another deed of the 
devil, because you must know in how many ways this enemy 
of mankind works against poor seamen. 

“On a voyage from Gaeta to Napoli, the galley ‘S. Lucia,’ 
wheu sailing before a fresh wind and being two miles from 
port, stopped quite immovable in spite of her sail being 
stramed. The steersman examined the rudder to see 
whether there was some rope or net fastened to it, and as 
nothing was found, he commanded the oars to be got out 
and the gailey slaves to be forced on with hard blows. But 
the galley did not move from the spot, and when she had 
been lying motionless for a quarter of a hour er more, the 
other gallevs, which had sailed on, shortened sails, waiting. 
Then a man named Catelano told the captain .... to have 
three monks removed from the deck of tle. galley, and 
averred that the galley would then immediately begin to 
move ; and when the captain had them removed, the galley 
certainly did begin to speed like an arrow. 

“Then all the men were about to throw these three poor 
fellows into the sea, saying that they were excommuni- 
cated; but the same man Catelano helped them saying, that 
this was a strategem of the devil to the detriment of the 
monks ; and he obtained permission that they should only 
be taken from the vessel. 

“This occurrence would have caused scientific men to 
suppose that a very small fish, resisting the progress of the 


* The above figure and description are taken from the 1599 edition of 
Imperato’s book found in the library of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia. Vor it I am indebted to the kindness of Dr. Edward J, 
Nolan, Librarian. 


284 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


vessel, had got the better of the force of the sails and oars 
and made the vessel stop.” 

We next come to another great ichthyological encyclo- 
pedist of the Renaissance, Ulyssis Aldrovandi, whose huge 
folio, * De Piscibus et de Cetis,’ was published in 1613 at 
Bononie. This author devotes to the Remora some five 
pages, which are taken chiefly from Gesner. He discourses 
at considerable length of the ship-holding power of the 
Remora, and quotes Aristotle, Pliny, Rondelet, and several 
others of the authors previously considered in the present 
paper. However, it seems probable that he never saw the 
fish—at any rate, a careful translation of his very difficult 
Latin nowhere reveals any definite statement that he had 
seen it. However, he does the one good thing of giving us 
a figure and description which adds materially to our know- 
ledge. A photographic reproduction of his drawing is given 
here as fig. 6 (Pl. XVI). Note that it is labelled the 
“Remora of Imperato and the author.’ Aldrovandi ex- 
pressly says “... my drawing corresponds with that one’s,” 
but his figure looks like an Echeneis, and his description 
below confirms this idea.. He says :— 

“The color of the whole body almost inclines to violet, its 
sides are glistening, the body is cut into two in the middle 
by a sub-green line, and its tail verges to blue. There are 
six fins to the body, three on the belly, two each in the 
region of the stomach and one at the anus. Likewise there 
is one on the back, and the tail ends in another.... Its 
mouth is not unlike a dog’s except that the lower jaw projects 
beyond the upper jaw contrary to that which we see in the 
shark. I think that this is a truer figure [than Im- 
perato’s]”*. 

This description seems to have been made from the fish 
rather than from the drawing, since the latter does not show 
the median line. it is to be regretted that Aldrovandi does 
not give us a definite statement on this point. 

Aldrovandi, in his discussion of the Remora, gives this 
interesting incident :—“ Within the memory of our parents, 
it is said that the ship of Franciscus Turonensis, the 
Cardinal, when he was once upon a time going from Gaul 
by maritime journey into Italy, according to the narrative 
of Peter Melara of Bologna, a very brave knight and at the 


* For the scholarly translation of Aldrovandi, I am indebted to Mrs. 
S. P. Ravenel, and to Miss Julia Dameron, associate professor of Latin in 
the College. Miss Dameron has also been so kind as to help me with a 
number of the other Latin articles herein referred to, 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 285 


same time a very learned man, was delayed by a very small 
fish in the midst of its course” *, 

The refereuce made to this same incident by John John- 
ston, in his book ‘A History of the Wonderful Things in 
Nature, London, 1657, on page 301, is probably taken from 
Aldrovandi. 

At Geneva, in 1614, Bartholomew Keckermann published 
his works, and in his ‘ Disputationes Physice’ he discusses 
the ship-staying power of the Remora. He adds nothing to 
our knowledge of the myth, but does offer an interesting 
explanation, which will be considered later. 

We next come to Rochefort, whose interesting and in- 
structive book on the Antilles was published at Rotterdam 
in 1665, who says that certain fish bear the name Remora 
“« because they adhere to vessels as if they wished to arrest 
them in their course.” Note the clause “as if they wished.” 
The old order is passing away, men are beginning to seek a 
rational explanation of the retardation of ships, and doubt is 
being cast on the efficacy of the Remora as the agent. 

So more explicitly writes Du ‘lertre, whose valuable 
natural history of the Antilles was published but two years 
(1667) after Rochefort’s work. In the course of his descrip- 
tion of the Remora and explanation .of its activity, he 
writes :— 

“For myself I hesitate to submit my judgment to that 
which some authors assure us concerning the Remora, 
saying that it brings to a full stop a ship which sails before 
the wind with canvas stretched on a full sea. Since there is 
so great a quantity of Remoras around the Western Isles, 
one could scarcely find a ship that would not have several 
attached to her, yet nevertheless during the century or more 
that these islands have been frequented, it has never been 
noted that a single ship has been thus arrested by the 
Remoras. ‘his has caused me to think that the two or three 
vessels, which have been said to have been arrested by the 
Remoras, have been detained by some miracle or charm, and 
since at the time some Remoras have been attached to them 


* Being unable to do anything whatever with this reference, I referred 
it to Dr. Lydenberg, who very kindly went into the matter fully. He 
finds that there was a Peter Melara of Bologna who left certain MSS. 
which are or were to be found in the “ Biblioteca dell’ Instituto” of that 
city. He suggests that Aldrovandi had access to this particular MS, 
This conjecture is strengthened when one remembers that Aldrovandj 
lived, wrote, and published his book in Bologna. Note, further, that he 
prefaces his statement by saying “ within the memory of our parents,” 


286 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


in their usual fashion, to these have been falsely attributed 
the cause of their detention.” 

It will be shown later how closely Du Tertre came to a 
true explanation, and it is to be regretted that in substituting 
one mythical explanation for another he uarrowly missed 
the truth. Therein he was better churchman than natu- 
ralist. 

Le Maire (1695) writes ‘ Le Sucez [Echeneis] is so called 
because it attaches itself by sucking. It is in size about 
equal to a sole. When it attaches itself to the rudder, it 
retards the vessel, but does not stop it as the Remora is 
falsely said to do.” 

In the face of what has just been quoted there is now to 
be presented from one of the most remote corners of the 
world another and much later story of the Myth. Faber, in ~ 
his ‘Natural History of the Fishes of Iceland’ (1829), gives 
the following circumstantial account :— 

“In Jan Olsen’s MS. it may be read [that]: ‘ In the year 
1720, by chance it happened on the strand before Hunevand’s- 
Harde (in Nordisland) with a boat which had been rowed 
out for the autumn fishery, that when the fishermen wished 
to return they could not move the boat, although they rowed 
with all their might... Then there was noticed behind on the 
rudder a short stumpy fish, blackish-gray in color, which 
moved itself a little and adhered so solidly to the boat that 
one could scarcely pull it loose with the hand. It left 
behind on the boat a mark of its body, and when it was 
pulled loose the boat went forward. The fishermen burned 
it on the shore whereby a great stench was produced. This 
animal appears to have been a Remora, and through this 
account the matter seems to be confirmed that there are 
really such living fish which can bring a ship to a standstill.’ ” 
Faber then concludes: “The exaggeration of the account 
being allowed for, it is not to be doubted this was a sucking - 
fish.” 

There is now to be given the latest and most modern 
account of retardation by the Remora that has come to light. 
In 1778 there was published in London, “ Translated under 
the author’s inspection,” the ‘Travels in Dalmatia’ of the 
Abbé Alberto Fortis. The locality, it should be noted in 
passing, is not very far removed from the countries Greece 
and Rome, in which the legend originated. In a letter to 
Signior Marsili, Professor of. Botany in the University of 
Padua, Fortis writes :—‘‘ I will finish this letter by relating 
a fact, to which you may give that degree of faith which 
you think it merits, You have often read in ancient natu- 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 287 


ralists, of wonderful things done by the Remora, or Echeneis 
and not without some surprise will have learnt Pliny’s story, 
who after having told us, on the faith of another, how 
Anthony was retarded on bis voyage by means of this fish, 
asserts positively, that a ship with Caligula on board and 
four hundred rowers, was actually stopped by one of these 
fishes, while the rest of the fleet went on at a great rate. 
When I read this, I contented myself to shrug my shoulders, 
without perplexing my brain to find out by what natural 
processes, or matter of fact, such an opinion could become 
so generally received, that a man of sense as Pliny certainly 
was, should affirm it in positive terms. But chance led me 
to the discovery. We were sailing in a small bark between 
Vruillia and Almissa with a fresh equal gale, in the afternoon. 
The mariners were all at rest, and the steersman only was 
awake, and attended alone in silence to the direction of the 
bark ; when, on a sudden, we heard him call aloud to one 
of his companions, ordering him to come and kill the 
Paklara. Our learned friend Signior Guilio Bajamonti was 
with me, and understanding what the man meant, desired 
him to show him the fish that he wanted killed, but the fish 
was gone, Having interrogated the steersman, who did not 
want sense, and was a fisherman by profession, why he had 
ordered the Paklara killed, and what harm it had done; he 
answered, without hesitation, that the Paklara used to take 
hold of the rudder with his teeth, and retarded the course of 
the bark so sensibly, that not only he, but every man who 
sat at the helm felt it there without seeing it. He added, 
that many a time he himself had catched the Paklara in the 
act and had frequently killed and eat it. That it was often 
met with in the waters of Lissa. ‘That in shape it resembled 
a conger eel, and in length did not usually exceed a foot and 
a half. ‘That if I had a mind to see, and catch one of them 
I needed only to go in a fishing boat, in the warm season, 
between the islands of Lessina and Lissa, where he had 
never failed to meet with them every year. I will not desire 
you to believe everything my pilot said; but confess that I 
should be very glad to see the Paklara when it had taken 
hold of the rudder of the bark under sail. ‘the wonderful 
strength of the muscles of some little marime animals, such 
as the Lepades, that so obstinately resist any attempts to 
disengage them from their rocks, the stroke proceeding with 
such rapidity from the Torpedo, known at Venice by the 
name of pesce tremolo aud in the sea of Daliatia by that of 
Trnak; the vigor shewn by the Dentici in their convulsive 
motions even when out of their own element, not to mention 


288. Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


the larger fish, such as, Tunny, Dolphins, etc., give me 
ground to suspect, that if all that the ancients wrote con-. 
cerning the Remora be not just literally true, it is not alto- 
gether ‘false. It certainly is a thing worthy of some reflection, 
that Pliny speaks so diffusely concerning this phenomenon, 
as a known fact that could not be called in question. The 
Greeks adopted the notion of this extravagant faculty, by 
superstitiously hanging the Remora about women with child, 
to prevent abortion. I am not, however, so ready to credit. 
these extravagauces or in the least persuaded of the wonderful . 
retarding force of this little fish ; and think it sufficient to 
believe that the force of the Paklara may be felt at the 
rudder of a small bark, without troubling myself further 
about the Remora. ; 

* The Remora of the ancients, and the Paklara of our. 
days, have this remarkable difference, that the first is almost . 
always of the testaceous kind, and the second is of rhe.) 
genus Murena.”’ 

From this we see that the Abbé was half convinced of the 
correctness of the sailor’s belief as to the power of the. 
Paklara. However, he thinks this fish to be a lamprey eel, — 
while the Remora of Pliny is in his opinion a shellfish. This_ 
is confirmed by a further reference on page 325, which reads | 
as follows :—‘* Among the curious fishes found in those 
waters [of Lissa] the Paklarais the most remarkable: I did _ 
not see it, but the description given me by the fishermen, 
agrees with the Echeneis of Artedi, and Gouan, though, in. 
my opinion, not with the Echeneis or Remora of the 
ancieuts.’ 

Before going into an explanation of the Myth of ‘ie 
Ship-holder, it may be of interest to show that the ‘term _ 
Remora has attained a place in literature. Among the - 
Romans we find Lucilius saying “ A certain voice sounding . 
forth made for you a Remora in your progress.” Again, » 
Plautus says ‘Those things are distasteful which obstruct — 
many undertakings and they make for a Remora both in. 
public and private affairs.” However, since the word Remora 
is a common Latin term for a delayer or retarder, we cannot 
be sure that its use above is a reference to the fish; more 
probably it is a use of the term in its original and ordinary 
sense, . . 

Probably not such, however, is the use of the term by | 
St. Basil (329-379). He affirms that “ Life is a voyage and — 
in our life’ S ways, countries, courts, towns, and rocks are 
remoras.’ . 

In English literature, however, more direct aliasionn are 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 289 


to be found. Thus Spenser, in his ‘ Visions of the World’s 
‘Vanity,’ 1. p. 108, writes :— 
“ Looking far forth into the ocean wide, 
A goodly ship, with banners bravely dight, 


Through the main sea making her merrie flight. 


All suddenly there clave unto her keel 

A little fish that men call Remora, 

Which stopt her course, and held her by the heel, 
That wind nor tide could move her thence away.” 


And Ben Jonson says (‘ Poetaster, III. 1) :— 


** T say a remora, 
For it will stay a ship that’s under sail.” 


And again, in his Act IIT. Scene 1, he makes Horace say to 
Fuscus Aristius of Crispinus, a great bore, who had nearly 
talked him to death :— 


* Aristius. What ails’t thou man ? 
Horace. *Death, I am seized on here, 
By a land remora: I cannot stir, 
Nor move but as he pleases.” 


Maundrell, in his ‘ Aleppo to Jerusalem’ (p. 46) writes :— 
“We had his promise to stay for us, but the remoras and 
disappointments we met with in the Road had put us back- 
ward in our journey.” 

And again, Jeremy-'l'aylor quaintly says :—‘‘ A gentle 
answer is an excellent remora to the progresses of anger, 
whether in thyself or others.” 

Before leaving this part of the subject, the following story 
may be added as of interest. In David Livingstone’s 
‘Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa’ (New 
York, 1858), on page 556, in writing of the Barotse valley 

on the Leeba River, one of the headwaters of the Zambesi, 
‘he says :—“The Barotse [people or tribe] believe that at 
certain parts of the river a tremendous monster les hid and 
that it will catch a canoe, and hold it fast and motionless, in 
spite of the utmost exertions of the paddlers.” 

1n the Indian Ocean around Zanzibar the Remora abounds 
in great numbers, and is used, as I shall show in another 

_ paper, for the purpose of catching turtles by virtue of its 
propensity for clamping itself fast to any floating object. 
At first 1 was inclined to think that the Barotse myth was a 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 22 


290 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


far distant echo of the Zanzibar stories; but Livingstone 
shows very conclusively that the inhabitants of the upper 
Zambesi in his day had no communication whatever with 
the coast. Such communication may have existed at an 
earlier day, and at that time the story may have been 
brought inland, or it may have arisen spontaneously. At 
any rate, it is very curious and is worth repeating in this 
connection. 


Tue MytH EXPLAINED. 


First Explanation: Foul Bottoms. 


In giving the explanations of the Myth of the Ship-holder, 
it seems best to take them up chronologically, for, as might 
be expected, even in ancient days there were men whose 
minds sought a rational explanation. 

The first person who attempted to clear up this matter 
seems, so far as can be found, to have been Plutarch 
(46 a.p.). On page 277 his account of the statement of 
Cheeremonianus the Thrallian has been given, and it will be 
recalled that the latter was laughed at for believing such an 
extraordinary thing. However, Plutarch, entering into the 
conversation, said :— 

“Therefore as those things mentioned are but conse- 
quences to the effect, though proceeding from one and the 
same cause, so one and the same cause stops the ship, and 
joins the Echeneis to it; for the ship continuing dry, not 
yet made heavy by the moisture soaking into the wood it is 
probably that it glides lightly, and as long as it is clean, 
easily cuts the waves ; but when it is thoroughly soaked, 
when weeds, ooze, and filth stick to its sides, the stroke of 
the ship is obtuse and weak; and the water coming upon 
this clammy matter, doth not so easily part from it; and 
this is the reason why they usually scrape the sides of their 
ships. Now it is likely that the Echeneis in this case, 
sticking upon the clammy matter, is not thought an acci- 
dental consequence to this cause, but the very cause itself.” 

Now it must be couceded that this is a reasonable explana- 
tion, and we will find that until the middle of the sixteenth 
century it was repeated as explanatory of ship-retardation. 

Gesner (1558) quotes Piutarch at length, insists on the 
retarding effect of mosses and alge (‘‘ multa alga & musco 
innascete”), and plainly shows that he regards these 
(among which the Echeneis is found) as an efficient cause 
in the slowing up of the speed of ships rather than the action 


, 


i 


: 


— +... 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 291 


of the fish itself, although nowhere he expresses a disbelief 
in this power of the Echeneis. 

Levinus Lemnius * (1559), in discoursing of ‘‘ Sea-weed 
and Sea Fucus,” apparentiy only amplifies Plutarch when he 
says :— 

** But Mosse must be held to be a thing different from 
these: one kind whereof grows not only on the shores, but 
upon the sterns of the ships, when they come home from 
long voyages, to which not only Mosse aud Sea-weeds, but 
shell-fish and a little fish called Echeneis stick so ae that 
they will stop Ships, and hinder their courses, therefore our 
men use to rub them off with sharp brushes, and scrape 
them away with irons that are crooked for the purpose, that 
the ship being tallowed and careened well and smoothly may 
sail the faster.” 

Aldrovandi, Gesner’s great successor and copier (1613), 
devotes several pages of his huge folio to ‘“ Occultane an 
Manifesta Vi Naves Kemoretur,” most of his data being 
taken from Gesner. He gives at iength Plutarch’s explana- 
tion of the retardation as due to growths of marine alge 
among which the Echeneis clings, thus being “ not the cause 
of the retardation of the ship but an accident of the effecting 
cause.’ 

Miiroxaidi is the Jast of those who allege the growth of 
sea-weeds as a cause of the retardation. It began to be 
seen that, while such marine growths would slow up a ship, 
they did not explain the remarkable instances of retarda- 
tion in which the speed of the vessel was checked for a 
while but which was presently regained. However, another 
attempt had been made to explain these erratic movements 
of vessels, and this will now be given. 


Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a 
Rudder. 


This seems to have been first advanced by Rondelet (1558) 
in these words :— 

“Pliny and others are greatly astonished that it is possible 
for this fish to have the power to stop a moving vessel 
propelled by sails and oars; but, as Aristotle says, one 
wonders at many things of which one does not understand 
the cause .... which we will give concerning the effect of 


* Lemnius’s book ‘ De Occultis Nature Miraculis’ was first published 
at Antwerp in 1559. The above quotation is from the English edition, 
‘ Concerning the Secret Miracles of Nature,’ Book ILI. Chapter 9, pp. 218- 
219, published at London, 1658. iu 

22 


292 Mr. I. W. Gudger on the 


this fish taken by itself in the place it requires. Because 
the rudder is small and placed at one end of the boat it is 
managed by one man who does not exert himself greatly. 
In the same way it is easy for that which moves one end to 
move the whole, for as the force and swiftness of those 
things which are thrown or moved finally ceases, so at the 
end of a continuous thing in motion the movement is weak 
and feeble, and because it is weak it is easily disturbed and 
overcome. As a boat, which is a continuous thing, goes 
very swiftly when driven by the winds, the first end called 
the prow goes. more rapidly, and the rear end called the 
stern goes not so rapidly for in this latter place is the rudder 
which, moved here and there, makes the prow move easily 
also, for the reason above mentioned, and consequently the 
vessel as a whole moves. In this way, if a vessel is lightly 
driven straight ahead, and if the Echeneis or Remora, 
having put its month against the rudder, moves it here and 
there, it is necessary that this movement through the con- 
tinuity of the vessel he communicated also to the prow and 
that it stop in its first course to waver in this direction or 
that according as the fish moves it ; for it is a thing proved 
by reason, and certified by experience, that however little 
one of the ends is moved, the other also and indeed the 
whole of any continuous body is moved in the same way.” 

In this Rondelet seems to have taken from Aristotle’s 
treatise on Mechanics the latter’s explanation of how a rudder 
causes a ship to change her course, and to have adapted it 
as seen above to try to show how the Echeneis causes a ship . 
to change her course and be delayed. 

The above is a good translation of Rondelet’s old and very 
difficult French *. In another place, speaking of Oppian’s 
Remora, which he identifies as the lamprey eel, and which is 
said to stop and hold back vessels, Rondelet affirms that 
this is “‘a thing which corresponds to our lamprey and 
which I have known through experience, for if it puts its 
mouth against a boat it stops it, and I have seen it thus.” 
Here for the first time we have an eye-witness account of 
the ship-retarding power of a fish. ‘The lamprey has around 
suctorial mouth by which it transports stones to make its 
“nest” at the breeding-season, and by which it fastens 
itself to fishes. That it should tiius fasten on to a vessel is 
by no means improbable, nor is it improbable that by violent — 
motions it could slow up the speed of a small boat. 

The ‘ De Subtilitate Rerum, Liber X.’ of Jerome Cardan 


* For this translation I am indebted to Miss Hinda Hill, head of the 
Department of French in this College. ; 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 293 


seems to have been first published in 1550; however, it was 
included in his complete works published in 1564 at 
Lugduni. On page 117 of this edition he has a column 
devoted to the Remora and its activities. He describes at 
some length and in bad Latin how the Remora by adhering 
to the rudder and waving its tail to right and left, turns the 
ship in first one and then the other direction, thus causing 
it to waver and lose speed. He compares its action to that 
of the steersman of a boat, who, using an oar over the stern, 
influences her course more than all the rowers who are 
pulling hard. _ 

Gesuer (1558) quotes Rondelet at length, but somewhat 
simplifies the explanation of the latter, saying that when the 
Echeneis affixes itself to the stern or rudder, and when it 
moves body or tail it causes the vessel to stand still, or, at 
any rate, to waver in its course, “just as when in a calm 
the helmsman turns the ship in her prosperous and swift 
course over to a more inexperienced steersman who is not 
able to hold the tiller straight,’ and hence the ship has a 
wavering movement and does not make good progress. 

Imperato (1599), who, as previously noted, was the first 
to explain how the Remora fastens itself to vessels or fishes, 
says :—‘“It has on the upper part of the head tentacles, 
similar to the vibratile combs [cirri, literally ringlets] of the 
polyps, by which it attaches itself to ships or to the bodies 
of whales and other large fishes and retards their course and 
restrains them at will; not otherwise than the rudder, 
while projecting but little from the vessel, has the power of 
directing its course.” 

The next writer to proffer the explanation we are discussing 
is Aldrovandi (1613). However, he starts by quoting 
Aristotle on the use of the rudder in changing the motion of 
a ship. He then advances tiie same arguments which we 
have found in Gesner and which the latter expanded from 
Rondelet. However, Aldrovandi argues at considerable 
length and somewhat ingeniously, but the gist of his argu- 
ment is that the Remora sticking fast to the stern or rudder 
by moving its tail or body moves this continuous thing, the 
ship, causing it to hesitate or even pause in its course. It 
must be said, however, that Aldrovandi’s Latin is so im- 
perfect, and hence so hard to translate, that it is hard to say 
how much of this is Gesner and how much Aldrovandi. 

With the rise of the Renaissance, and the freeing of men’s 
minds from many old-time superstitions, it began to be seen 
that it was an absurd impossibility any longer to think that 
one small fish could retard, much less cause to come to a 


a 


294 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


standstill, a large vessel. And so we find Rochefort (1665) 
remarking (as noted heretofore) that Remoras “ adhere to 
vessels as ae they wished to arrest them in their course.’ 

Du Tertre, who was a contemporary of Rochefort, and 
whose book was published but two years later (1667), had 
seen a number of Remoras attached to ships in the West 
Indies, but had never known of a vessel which had been 
brought to a standstill by them. So he preferred to think 
that ‘such vessels “had been detained by some miracle or 
charm.” 


Third Explanation - Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras. 


Dampier, whose ‘ Voyages’ was published in 1697, tells 
us that he found great numbers of Remoras in the Caribbean 
Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, and goes on to say with regard 
to their retarding power :— 

“ Any knobs or inequalities at a Ships bottom are a great 
hindrance to the swiftness of its sailing; and 10 or 12 of 
these [Remoras| sticking to it, must needs retard it, as much 
in a manner as if its bottom were foul.” And in this con- 
clusion Catesby (1754) fully agrees. 

Le Maire (1695) remarks that “ Le Sucez,” if it attaches 
itself to the rudder, may retard the vessel but cannot stop it, 
as the old legend falsely had it concerning the Remora. 
While Leguat (1721) emphatically says that “It is very 
certain that these fish attach themselves often to vessels in 
the water, and when the number is sufficiently great, one. 
cannot doubt that they are an obstacle to the course of these 
floating edifices, since they prevent their easy movement 
over the waves.” 

John Barbot (1782) is also very emphatic on this point. 
Referring to the common notion that the Remora by sticking 
to a ship can retard it, he says, “....some part whereof 
might be possible, if a sloop or small vessel had a thousand 
or more sticking to its sides and stern, they being commonly, 
at full length, about 3 foot long or better, for then they 
might considerably retard the sailing of such a vessel; but 
it is ridiculous to say that they can have any power over 
great ships under full sail, as is pretended.” 

In close agreement with Barbot is the great French 
naturalist Lacépéde (1829), who in turn is probably quoting 
from the naturalist Commerson, from whose manuscripts 
most of Lacépéde’s information with regard to foreign fishes 
seems to have been obtained. After discussing the various 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 295 


myths concerning the “ ship-holder,” the French ichthyolo- 
gist goes on to say :-— 

“In the midst of these ridiculous suppositions, one truth 
however stands out; that is that on the instant when the 
keel of the vessel has adhere to it, so to speak, a great | 
number of echeneises, it would experience in moving through 
the water a resistance comparable to that which a great 
number of shelled animals [barnacles?] would make if 
attached equally on its surface, when it glides with less speed 
through a fluid which grating on the asperities brings it 
about that the vessel does not possess the same ‘ liveliness.’ 
But one does not fail to think that tne circumstances under 
which the echeneises would find themselves thus accumulated 
[in such numbers] against the timbers and exterior of a ship 
would be extremely rare in all latitudes.’ 

On this matter Lowe, in his ‘ Fishes of Madeira’ (1843), 
after reviewing many of the Greek aud Roman legends, 
makes the following conservative statement :— 

“*....there is much doubtless of mere fiction or exag- 
gerated fancy ; yet, on the other land, it would be rash 
altogether to deny the truth. Like most popular accounts 
or vulgar errors, they may probably be founded on some 
real circumstances, or natural occurrence, distorted by 
exaggeration into the wonderful. There would be nothing 
marvelous, that a Lamprey, of even ordinary size, fixed to 
the keel or rudder of a boat, suspended by one end and 
struggling in the water should, as related by Rondelet upon 
his own experience, greatly retard such vessel’s progress, 
render its course unsteady, and baffle the exertions of the 
rowers. 

‘“« Again it is remarkable that the Dalmatians at this day, 
as Sclineider in his note on Aelian, I]. 17, mentions on the 
authority of the Abbé Fortis, possess the same idea regarding 
a fish they call Paklara, which the ancients held regarding 
their Echeneis or Remora. So strange a notion is not likely 
to have originated from communication with others amongst 
a wild and illiterate population; or, again, to have sprung 
up spontaneously and independently without some real 
ground. Without recourse, therefore, to the marvelous or 
extraordinary on the one hand, or to mere fiction on the 
other, it does not seem unreasonable to suppose that the 
accidental attachment to the rudder of a smail sized vessel 
of some fish like Rondelet’s Lamprey may have originated an 
impression, which has subsequently been generalized and 
transferred to other sucking-fishes, in themselves incapable 
of producing like effects.” 


296 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


The soundness, the reasonableness of the conclusions 
reached by the various writers in the immediately preceding 
pages will appeal.to every reader, but it must be remarked 
that these are all conjectures, not facts observed and recorded 
by scientific men. However, just here I am fortunate in 
being able to give the following quotation from one of the 
most eminent ichthyologists of the present day, Mr. David G. 
Stead. In his ‘ Fishes of Australia’ (1906), pages 190, 191, 
we read :— 

“Now, though it would be altogether impossible and out 
of all reason to suppose that one individual [Echeneis] 
could exert sufficient power to delay or retard a vessel’s 
progress, still an instance has actually come under my 
notice, in which a sailing-vessel was considerably delayed 
while in tropical seas through a shoal of ‘ Suckers’ attaching 
themselves all round its sides and bottom.” 

Unfortunately, I have had no experience of my own as to 
the retarding powers of this fish, but in the summer of 1915 
I carefully questioned (avoiding all leading queries) one of 
the most experienced fishermen at Key West, Fla. We had 
just caught a large shark, and were vainly attempting to hook 
its sucking-fish attendant, when I related the story of the 
ship-holder, cast some doubts on it, and asked Griffin what 
he thought of it. He replied about as follows :—‘ They 
sure will hold a boat. I have seen ten or twelve under a 
boat at one time. This was while king-fish fishing at Bahia 
Honda. ‘The king-fish were in big schools and were followed 
by huadreds of sharks. The ‘suckers’ on the boat came 
from the sharks. My brother and me had boats just like 
each other in size and build, but his was a little better sailer 


than mine. The first day he beat me, both sailing before — 


the wind, but the second day I beat him. He said, ‘No 
wonder | am josing, too many “suckers”? hangimg on her 
bottom.’ All the Key West fishermen know that ‘ suckers’ 
will sure hold a boat.’ 

This was corroborated from his own experience by my 
captain, an educated young Englishman from the Bahamas. 
And both men agreed that of two fishing-boats of equal size 
and speed, the one having behind it a “trolling squid” for 
mackerel will be retarded and will lose in a close race. 

In order that the reader may get a clear idea of the 
“brake” which a good-sized sucking-fish may put on the 
movements of its host, figure 7 (P]. XVI.) is introduced just 
here. ‘This is {rom a photograph of a model in the United 
States National Museum of a shark with its adhering 
Echeueis. ‘The fish is about half the size of the shark—say, 


, 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 297 


3 feet to the shark’s 6. Argument is not needed to establish 
the idea of a “ brake.” ‘The figure is from a note by R. I. 
Geare in ‘Scientific American’ for 1902. Mr. Geare 
remarks that tle shark often becomes ‘emaciated from the 
strain of pulling these uniuvited guests around.” However, 
it should be stated that in the figure here given the Echeneis 
is much larger in proportion to the size of the shark, so far 
as my experience goes, than is the case ordinarily. Echeneis 
is known to attain a ler igth of 3 feet. A Remora half that 
size would be extraordinarily large. On the other hand, 
however, mention should be made of the fact that, while 
these semi-parasites are small, not infrequently several may 
be found on one shark. Ou ashark taken at Tortugas I 
found three, while one at Key West was infested with four, 
the largest about 30 inches long. 

Scattered throughout ancient and medizval literature are 
a number of more or less isolated explanations of submarine 
cliffs, of magnetic rocks, aud of supernatural aid inexplicable 
forces whicli held vessels as if anchored. ‘These are widely 
scattered and little emphasized, and it does not seem worth 
while to go into them. A fair example is that of Kecker- 
mann (1614), who alleges that the Remora sticking to the 
stern of the vessel pours out a very viscid and cold humour 
which causes the water around the rudder to be congealed, 
making the vessel to lose steerage. Again, Johnston (1657) 
notes that the lodestoue has the power of attracting things, 
and thinks that the Remora has some such non-understand- 
able power. 


Fourth Explanation : “ Dead-Water.” 


From the foregoing accounts no one can doubt that a 
school of Remoras attaching themselves to a small vessel 
can seriously arrest it in its course, but that they could 
noticeably retard a large sailing-vessel or a steamer is absurd. 
However, there is not lacking evidence from the days of Pliny 
to the present time that large sailing-craft and in our times 
even steamboats have been mysteriously checked in their 
courses and even stopped almost or quite still. These being 
facts, it is necessary to find an explanation for them. This 
is to be found in the “ Dead-Water” of sailors. 

The phenomenon of “ Dead-Water,” in which a sailing- 
vessel loses velocity and in a light wind may even come to a 
stop, and in which even a steamer may be retarded, has long 
been known to seamen. Probably the earliest notice of this is 
to be found in Chapter X. of the ‘Agricola’ of Tacitus, where, 


298 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


in speaking of the geography of Britain, he says :—‘‘ Thule 
| Norway ?] was also seen, previously hidden by snow and 
winter; but the seais said to be tough and hard for the 
rowers and to be little stirred by winds.” 

Nansen, in his Norwegian North Polar Expedition (1893- 
1896), repeatedly noticed this phenomenon. On his return 
he turned over this problem to V. Walfrid Ekman for 
explanation. Ekman’s paper may be found in the ‘ Scientific 
Results’ of the expedition, volume v. (1904), and from it 
the following interesting data are taken. 

In order to ascertain the prevalence of this phenomenon, 
Ekman published appeals for information in thirty-six 
foreign and in all available Scandinavian newspapers. From 
the former he received nine answers citing the appearance of 
** dead-water ”’ in ten different localities, while from Seandi- 
navian waters uo less than thirty-two regions are reported 
to abound iu this phenomenon. From this data Ekman 
concludes that “.... From some reason or other it (dead- 
water) is comparatively seldom met with beyond Scandinavia 
or appears in a less decided manner than in the Norwegian 
Fjords.” . 

Foreign reports give dead-water as occurring off Taimur 
Island on the coast of northern Silesia, also in Kara Sea 
and Bay in the same region, on the Murman coast of north- 
west Russia, as very “ troublesome... .. off the great river 
mouths of South America,’ while off the mouth of the 
Orinoco a ship had to anchor to prevent drifting out of her 
course. ‘Ihis phenomenon is reported from the Gulf of 
Mexico and it has been experienced off the Baffin Bay coast 
of Labrador, while the Saint Lawrence mouth is designated 
by one Norwegian captain as one of the worst regions in the 
world for dead-water. Two circumstantial accounts are 
cited for this phenomenon off the mouth of Fraser River 
and another near Vancouver Island, in which localities it 
bears the familiar name used by Ekman. There are two 
reports of its occurrence in the mouth of the Congo, one 
for the mouth of the Loire River, and two for the Garonne 
River and the basin of Arcachon near Bordeaux. 

‘These last instances, however, are not of such pronounced 
dead-water as in the following report of its oceurrence not 
merely in the Mediterranean but between the island of 
Cerigo and the southern part of Greece. ‘his very circum- 
stantial account is, because of its pertinence to the Myth, 
given verbatim :— 

“On January 2, 1858, we were between Cape Matapan 
aud Cerigo and sailed eastward for the Archipelago. The 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 299 


wind was W.N.W., a gentle breeze and water quite smooth. 
We had all sails set and made about 34 knots. At 
10 a.m., when we were about 12 naut. miles 8.W. of Cerigo, 
the brig no longer answered her helm and began to go up 
northward to the wind. We worked the helm but to no 
avail. We backed the yards and shivered the braces and 
made all conceivable manceuvres, but the ship only turned 
a little and went back again. The little wind we had, 
seemed to be the same as before, and there were many ships 
in company both to port and starboard of us, which sailed 
away, whilst we were lying as if at anchor. Yet there was 
one sail about 3 miles to port of us in the same predicament. 

“In this manner we lay for 1# hours, when the ship 
began to glide and fall to leeward a little. Wethen got the 
head sails filled and had the aftersails shivering, and without 
any command of the helm the vessel got down into its 
course. The most remarkable thing was, however, that 
when I stood afore, I saw a long stripe stretching from the 
bow far over the water on each side dividing the water into 
two parts. The water around the ship was light gray, but 
ahead of the stripe it was wholly dark. These stripes 
seemed by and by to move aft... . of course it was the ship 
that began to glide slowly onward....and after 5 or 6 
minutes when tle stripes had passed along the ship and had 
left the stern and the rudder, then, at that same moment, 
the ship again answered her helm and made head-way. 
The wind was about the same—W.N.W. by W. a gentle 
breeze. We made 3 knots, but no more, in the afternoon. 

“When we approached Cerigo, the ship was about to get 
into dead-water again, but by working the rudder to and 
fro, we steered again, and after that, we did not feel the 
dead-water any more. 

“The ship, during its long voyage, had become very dirty 
and overgrown with barnacles of 10 or 15 cm. in length, 
which may have had some effect.” 

From Ekman’s quotations from his correspondents as to 
the occurrence of dead-water around Scandinavia, the 
following short excerpts are taken. In perusing them the 
reader is asked to bear in mind the very words of the 
quotations concerning the actions of ships found in the first 
section of this paper. 

The ‘ Fram’ being in dead-water off Taimur Island.... 
“Tt may therefore be supposed that the speed was reduced 
to about a fifth of what it would otherwise have been” : 
and when steam was cut off at 100-150 metres from the 
buoy, the speed was so reduced that the engine had to be 


300 Mr. E. W. Guiger on the 


started to reach it. ‘ Sailing vessels may .. . be seen stuck 
fast in spite of a breeze brisk enough to keep the sails fully 


atrained .:...../. Sometimes it happened that one vessel 
gets into dead-water and another not, though it is impossible 
to discover any reason for this.” “..... we already had 


good speed, when all at once the ship took dead-water.... 
she stopped so quickly that it looked as if she had dropped 
anchor.’ ‘The vessels being becalmed, ‘‘ One of them was 
towed away without any difficulty, while the other, though 
of similar size, got into dead-water, and an extraordinary 
amount of work was required to get this vessel from the 
spot.” Another ship in dead-water drifted back four miles 
with the current “against the direction of the steady fresh 
breeze, although they had all sails set.”’ Another observer 
writes that in dead-water it “.... feels as if something 
were fastened to the ship and holding it back.”’ “In such 
cases, one or more vessels might suddenly lose their steering 
and remain on the spot, while others pass freely through the 
midst of them at a distance as short as two or three ships’ 
length. After a while it was the turn of the other vessels 
to get into dead-water.’” ‘‘ We scarcely glided along and 
were forced to have all sails set, until we were quite near 
our anchorage. Then the dead-water suddenly let go its 
hold. Believe me, they were both in a hurry, the ship and 
the pilot. Braces and falls ran a race together, and we only 
just got the anchor dropped without any misfortune.” “ The 
brig got into dead-water..... The speed was lost, and the 
ship was as if nailed to the spot.” When the dead-water 
let go with the sails drawing, “.... it all at once appeared 
as if the vessel had cut loose from a mooring aft.” An 
8-knot steamer in dead-water “... . according to the pilot’s 
own phrase, liardly moved from the spot.’ 

Other descriptions might be quoted, but, save the one 
now to follow, these are the most typical. The one now to 
to be given, with a sketch showing the appearance of the 
water around the vessel, is from the pen of Kommandor- 
kaptein Joh. Kroepelien of the Norwegian Navy. He 
writes that the ship with all sails set, heeling over rather 
stiffly before a fresh breeze “..... all of a sudden, lost her 
headway without any perceptible external cause, and the 
turning power of the rudder became nil. 

“ We then perceived that the ship had taken dead-water. 
From about amidships aud outwards on both sides and to a 
considerable distance aft sle was surrounded by a mass of 
dead-water, smooth as glass, as if the surface were covered 
with oil. The line between this smooth surface and the 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 301 


water farther out, looked like boiling ‘ rips’ and was quite 
distinct, the outer surface being strongly rippled by the 
breeze. ‘The roar caused by the ‘dead mass of water which, 
clinging to the ship, was dragged along through the water 
outside, was so loud that it “might well have been deemed 
we were in the vicinity of a rapid. | do not remember the 
appearance of the wake, nor, I believe, was there anything 
remarkable about it. The rudder was of no use; we were 
forced to handle the ship by means of the sails and our two 
boats towing from the bow, and thus we proceeded at a 
speed of one or two knots. 

“In this manner we went on for a couple of hours. All 
of a sudden, without any known cause, we were set free from 
the dead-water. The wind had been very steady the whole 
time, and we had constantly endeavored to keep the ship 
in the same course. After being freed from the dead-water 
the ship got headway, and after a while we logged 7 knots, 
going close to the wind.” 

Captain Kroepelien’s sketch is reproduced herein as fig. 8 
(Pl. XVII.). Concerning such an appearance as is here 
shown, Ekman writes: ‘As the boundary waves (to be 
described and explained later) follow tlie vessel, their wave 
crests and wave hollows remain in an invariable position 
relative to the vessel. If the wave motion gives to the water 
at a particular spot a velocity with the vessel, it would 
appear as though a bulk of water were being dragged along 
with her, although it is really always a new mass of water 
which follows the vessel for a short distance. It is exactly 
analogous to a boat sailing before the wind with just the 
same speed as the breaking waves at her side. In the case 
of dead-water, on the other hand, the illusion will be more 
complete, because the vessel moves at a slow velocity, and 
the waves causing the motion of the water are themselves 
not visible.” 

In perusing the foregoing accounts, the reader cannot 
have failed to be struck by the capriciousness of the pheno- 
menon of dead-water, its sudden and seemingly inexplicable 
appearance, its equally sudden aud mysterious disappearance. 
It may cause a ship gradually to lose speed, or suddenly 
be stoppe ‘d still as if ‘ nailed,” “ moored,” or “anchored ” 
the spot. ‘The ship may hepa: re_ali! her speed or ie 
suddenly speed away fas if: mooring had been cut.” 
Again, a ship may fall into dscns water while a near neigh- 
bour but a tew cable lengths away may sail on her course 
without “let or hindrance.” 

The instances just quoted, closely, almost precisely, parallel 


302 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


the accounts from the old writers given in the first part of 
this paper, and there can be no doubt that their phenomena 
were bona jide occurrences of dead-water. One cannot 
wonder then that when a ship was thus checked and an 
Echeneis found, as it was not unlikely to be, sticking to 
rudder or hull, that the fish was deemed the cause of the 
checking of the speed of the vessel, and that the myth grew 
and became widespread. 

Thus far we have been occupied with Ekman’s accounts 
of dead-water, now let us consider his explanation of this 
strange phenomenon. After a study of some 42 accounts 
and descriptious, foreign and domestic, he generalizes as 
follows: “..... IT conclude that dead-water may occur in 
every place where fresh water flows out over the sea, but 
that for some reasou or other it is comparatively seldom 
met with beyond Scandanavia or appears in a less decided 
mauner than in the Norwegian fjords. .. . . Dead-water 
only appears near to coasts, in those places where a suitable 
layer of fresh or brackish water rests upon the heavier sea- 
water. A vessel, moving in such a place at slight or 
moderate speed, may happen to feel the influence of this 
phenomenon ; it is then said that the vessel has ‘ taken 
dead-water,’ or ‘ got into dead-water.’ It is a very trouble- 
some matterindeed. A sailing vessel in this plight generally 
refuses to auswer her helm and becomes unmanageable ; 
steamers, at times sailing vessels also, keep their steerage, 
but nevertheless the dead-water is a great hindrance, causing 
the ship to lose her speed almost entirely. ‘The ‘ Fram,’ for 
instance, so generally capable of making 4°5 knots along the 
Siberian coast when heavily loaded, had her speed reduced 
to about one knot in dead-water.” 

Dead-water then appears to be due to a layer of fresh or 
brackish water resting upon the heavier sea-water. The 
greater the difference between the densities of the two layers 
of water, the stronger of the dead-water. A vessel sailing 
into such an area loses “‘ way,” refuses to obey her helm, 
and becomes unmanageable ; even steamers have difficulty 
in maintaining speed, slow ones being greatly checked and 
at times brought almost to a standstill, while sailing-vessels 
may be completely stopped. This appears to be due to the 
fact that “....the vessel when moving at slow speeds 
geverated large waves in the salt-water fresh-water boundary, 
aud the resistance of tlese speeds was anomalously increased. 
At higher speeds, however, the waves disappeared and the 
resistance was not affected by the fresh-water layer.” 

Kkman tricd many experiments in a large glass tank con- 


Myth of the Ship-holder. 303 


taining a heavy bottom layer of salt water coloured with 
India ink, having on top of it an uncoloured layer of lighter 
fresh water. ‘Through this fresh-water layer he towed with 
a constant or steadily increasing force a small boat model, 
and studied and even photographed the boundary waves set 
up in the fresh-water salt-water boundary. He likewise 
worked out the numerical results ina long series of extended 
and complex mathematical equations, and as a result of his 
experiments and calculations he states that : “‘It is proved 
by the theoretical and experimental investigation above, that 
a vessel moving in such a place creates waves in the boundary 
between tle two water layers, and, that on this account, 
very marked effects on the speed of the vessel will occur ; 
and it will be shown below that from the existence of such 
waves all essential effects and peculiarities of the dead-water 
phenomenon can be very simply explained ....... it will, 
in addition, be shown that the resistance and speed reduction 
due to the wave generation is of just the proper order of 
magnitude to explain the effects of dead-water; so that the 
correctness of the explanation may le regarded as completely 
substantiated ” *. 

Fig. 9 (Pl. XVII.) is copied from Ekman’s photographs 
showing how the retarding boundary wave is created and how 
it affects the vessel. Of these photographs Ekman himself 
writes ; “The most important point, which the photographs 
described above clearly show is that the waves largely in- 
crease in height when the velocity of the boat increased 
toward the critical velocity, but when this is passed, and the 
boat is free from dead-water, the waves disappear.” In this 
connection it should be noted that in (Ekman’s) figures 
A, B, C, the boat is in dead-water with boundary waves 
steadily increasing in size. In ID, however, the velocity of 
the boat has increased beyond the critical velocity and the 
boundary waves have disappeared .... the boat is free from 
or without dead-water. 

Fig. 10 (p. 304) is copied from Ekman from Scott-Russell 
(a distinguished English engineer of the middle of the last 
century) to show the effects of towing a boat in shallow water. 
Ekman uses it to explain the action of the boundary waves 
in dead-water. ‘ At the lower velocity, the boat pushes a 
mass of water before her stem, and at her stern she provokes 
a wave-hollow; her resistance is in consequence increased 


* B. Helland-Hansen, in Sir John Murray and Dr. Johann Hjort’s 
‘The Depths of the Sea’ (1912), corroborated Ekman’s conclusions, and, 
calling this wave a ‘ boundary wave,” says that it ‘may stop a ship so 
that it lies in dead-water hardly able to move at all.” 


304 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the 


just as if she constantly had to rise on an incline. She is 
then ‘in dead-water””’ At the higher velocity on the other 
hand, the boat moves on top of a low hillock of water, 
which she provokes, and she consequently moves on a nearly 
horizontal surface, and meets with little resistance. ; 
As to the modus operandi by which a vessel in dead-water 
regains her speed, Ekman takes the case of a sailing-vessel 
which has taken dead-water because of a drop in the wind, 
“Tf the wind now recovers its initial strength, the only 
effect is that the vessel has her velocity increased a little 
...., but she still lies in dead-water and consumes her 
energy of propulsion upon large boundary waves. Only if 


D5 
the wind freshens still more, so that the propelling force 


Fig. 10. 


ee ee ee 


2 A i 

———<—<—<—<—_—___—_—_———_——__ i 

Gt ee Mee Ree one i Ne SF See 
+i a, “4 
—$—$—$—$—$—$——————————————————————— Fe 


— —————— 
Rr Oe a a a er a a a ew we ee eee ——= 


Diagrams from Scott-Russell, after Ekman. 


A, boat towed at low speed, no disturbance and no marked resistance ; 
B, at the critical speed, boat tending constantly to rise on the 
“solitary wave” and meeting with great resistance; C, boat’s 
speed exceeds the critical velocity, boat rides on top of solitary 
wave and meets with no resistance. 


gets the better of the maximum resistance...., is her 
velocity at once increased....; and the large boundary 
waves simultaneously disappear .... the vessel has got free 
from the dead-water.”’ 

One other explanation and we have finished with Ekman. 
It has been noted repeatedly that vessels in dead-water refuse 
to obey the helm. If now one turns to Capt. Kroepelien’s 
account and to Ekman’s interpretation given on page 301, 
the explanation is apparent. Boat, rudder, and the surface 


Myth of the Ship-holder. . 805 


layer of fresh water are all moving forward at the same rate. 
Little, if any, of the rudder reaches down into the under- 
lying salt water, and hence the vessel loses steerage. 

There is little else to be said concerning Ekman’s claim 
to have explained dead-water.. He had done so in a wonder- 
fully clear and explicit manner. In his paper he refers to 
the Myth of the Echeneis, and notes that the phenomenon 
of dead-water effectually clears it up. So it does, and 
another myth of the ancients is dissipated in thin air under 
the searching investigation of modern science. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


ARLIANUS. 200 a.p. ‘De Natura Animalium,Libri XVII.’: Book L, 
Chapter 36; Book II., Chapter 17. Edited (in Latin) by J. C. 
Schneider. 

AvpROvANDI, Utyssis, 1613. ‘ De Piscibus et de Cetis,’ pp. 335-340, 
Bononie. 

AMBROSE, Saint. ‘Hexameron, Libri Sex, Book V., paragraph 24. 
(Basilize, 1566.) 

Anexicus, BartHotomMEw. 1491. ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus.’ Win- 
chester. John Trevisa, Translator. 

ARISTOTLE. ‘Historia Animalium’ (vol. iv. of complete works, Oxford, 
1910). Book II., 14, 5056, 19-22; Book V., 81, 5574, 31. 
Translated by D’Arcy W. Thompson. 

Bargot, JoHN. 1732. ‘ A Description of the Coasts of South Guinea,’ 
Book II., Chapter XVI., p. 227, of “ A Description of the Coasts 
of North and South Guinea” in Six Books in vol. vy. of Churchill’s 
‘ Collection of Voyages and Travels.’ London. 

Basix, Sarnt. (829-379.) ‘Hexameron,’ Homily VIL., paragraph 56. 

CarDAN, JEROME. 1564. ‘De Subtilitate, Liber Decem’; Operum, p. 117. 
Lugduni. 

CatesBy, Mark. 1754. ‘The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and 
the Bahama Islands,’ vol. ii. London. 

CuBA, JOHANN von. 1636. ‘Hortus Sanitatis,’ Caput 34, p. 78. 

Dampier, WituraM. 1729. ‘A New Voyage Around the World,’ 
pp. 63-64. Vol. II. of Dampier’s ‘ Voyages.’ 

Du Tertre, R. P. 1667. ‘ Histoire Générale des Antilles’; Tome IL., 
L’Histoire Naturelle, pp. 222-223. Paris. 

Exman, V. WatrFrip. 1904. ‘On Dead-Water, paper no. XV. of the 
Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-1896 in Vol. V. 
Scientific Results edited by Fridtjof Nansen. Christiania. 

FaBer, Friepricu. 1829, ‘ Naturgeschichte der Fische Islands,’ p. 116. 
Frankfurt-a.-M. 

ForskAt, Perer. 1775. ‘ Descriptiones Animalium—Piscium—que in 
Itinere Orientale Observavit,’ p.xiv. Edited by Carsten Niebuhr. 
Haunie. 

Fortis, Abbé AtBertro. 1778. ‘ Travels in Dalmatia,’ pp. 260-263, 
325. London. 

Frascatorivus, Hirronymovus. 1550. ‘ Liber I, DeSympathia et Anti- 
pathia Rerum,’ etc., p. 24. Lugduni. 

Grsner, Konrap von, 1558. ‘Historia Animalium,’ Book IIL, 
pp. 410-415. Basel. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 23 


306 On the Myth of the Ship-holder. 


Gitt, Tokopors. 1863. ‘Remarks on the Relations of the Genera 
and other Groups of Cuban Fishes.’ Proceedings Academy of 
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. xiv. pp. 239-240, 

Ginrner, AtBert C. L. 1860. “On the TE tory of Echeneis.” 
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. v. pp. 886- 
402, 

Hasse.quist, Friepricw. 1762. ‘ Reise nach Palaestina in den Jahren 
1749 bis 1752,’ p. 373. ‘Translated by Carl Linnzeus. 

IMPERATO, FERRANTE. 1599. ‘ Historia Naturale,’ p. 697. Venetia. 
JounsTon, Joun. 1657, ‘A History of the Wonderful Things in 
Nature Set Forth in Ten Several Classes,’ p. 301. Londen. 

JoratH. See Achandes, p. 71 of Von Cuba's ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’ 

KrcKERMANN, BarrHotomrw. 1614. ‘ Disputationes Physics in 
Operum Omnium Que Extant,’ Tomus I., column 2006. Geneva. 

Lacéprpr, B. G. E. (M. A. DesmMarest, Editeur.) 1829. ‘ Histoire 
Naturelle des Poissons,’ tome III. pp. 478-490. Paris. . 

Leevat, Francis. 1721. ‘ Voyages et Aveutures,’ vol. i. pp. 122-123. 
Londres. 

Lr Marre, Sieur de. 1695. ‘Les Voyages aux Iles Canaries; Cap- 
Verd, Senegal et Gambie,’ pp. 116-117. Paris. 

Lemnius, Lavinus. 1658. ‘Concerning the Secret Miracles of 
Nature,’ Book III., Chapter 9, pp. 218-219. London. 

LinscHoTen, JAN HuyGEN Van. 1598. ‘ Discourse of Voyages into ye 
Easte and West Indies,’ pp. 89-90. London, 

Livinestonr, Davin. 1858. ‘Missionary Travels and Researches in 
South Africa,’ p. 556. New York. 

Lonicer, ADAM. 1651. ‘Naturalis Historie, Opus Novum in Quo 
Tractatur de Natura,’ etc. Frankfurt. 

Lowe, Richarp Tuomas. 1843. ‘A History of the Fishes of Madeira’ 
(No. ILI.), pp. 77-81. London. 

Massari, Francisco. 1637. ‘ Annotationes,’ cap. 25, pp. 152-156. 
Basiliz. 

Mervara, Perer. “ Liber De Cardinalibus,” folio 99, MS. 

Oprian. 200 4.p. ‘Halieutica,’ Book L, line 223 et seg. Translated 
by John Jones, Oxford, 1722. 

Ovip. ‘ Halieutica,’ verse 99. 

Puiny THE SEconp. ‘ Natural History,’ Book IX., Chapter 41; Book 
32, Chapter 1. Translated by John Bostock and H. T. Riley. 
London. 

Piurarcy. ‘ Miscellanies—Symposiacs, Book II., question 7. Edited 
by A, H. Clough and W. W. Goodwin. 

RaBevais, Francois. 1553, ‘ Pantagruel,’ Book IV., Chapter 62 
Book V., Chapter 29. 

Rocuerort, C. De. 1665. ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Iles Antilles de 
l’Amérique,’ pp. 193-194. Ltotterdam. 

sania BartToLoMEO CrEscENntTIO. 1607. ‘Nautica Mediterranea.’ 

ome. 

RONDELET, GuI~tAuME. 1558, ‘L’Histoire Entiére des Poissons,’ 
pp- 313 and 384-335. Lion. 

Sreap, Davin G. 1906. ‘ Fishes of Australia,’ pp. 190-191. Sydney. 

Worron, Epwarp. 1552. ‘De Differentiis Animalium, Libri Decem,’ 
p- 149. Lutetiz Parisiorum. 


On some Ungual Phalanges. 307 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE XV. 


Fig. 1. Sucking-disk of Remora. After Jordan and Evermann, 1900. 
Fig. 2. Leptecheneis naucrates, After Jordan and Evermann, 1900. 
#iy. 3. Remora brachyptera, After Jordan and Kvermann, 1900. 
Fig. 4, Echeneises adhering to a vessel. After yon Cuba, 1536, 


PuiaTe XVI. 
Fig. 5. Imperato’s “ Echenei, sev Remora,” 1599, the earliest-known 
figure of scientific value. 
Fig. 6. Aldroyandi’s Remora, 1613. 
Fig. 7. Sucking-fish attached to a shark. After Geare. Courtesy of 
‘Scientitic American.’ 


PraTtE XVII. 
Fig. 8. Kommandorkaptein Kroepelien’s sketch of a vessel in “ Dead- 
Water.” After Ekman. 
Fig. 9. Photographs (from the side) of ‘Fram’ model in experimental 
5 tank; fresh water coloured light, salt water dark. A, B, 
and C in dead-water with the towing-force gradually in- 
creasing; D at high speed, without dead-water. 


XXX.—The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by 
Krefft, Spelean Animal vel ‘thylacoleo by Owen, and 
Thylacoleo by Lydekker. By RK. Evneriper, Jnr., 
Director and Curator of the Australian Museum, Syduey, 
New South Wales. 


(Plates XVIIL.-XX.] 


I. Tue Unevat Prarances (Mrzopon avsrrazis) 
or KReErFrFr. 


When a name has crept into print and is in the course of 
time practically forgotten, or overlooked, as the case may 
be, it is only fair to the author thereof to resuscitate it, if 
found to be stable and of value. On the other hand, if 
established under a misconception, aud found to be of no 
value, it were better relegated to the limbo of synonymy, or 
the society of abolished names. 

There are several such names in the early annals of 
Australian Paleontology, and in the present paper I purpose 
dealing with the name Mylodun australis, Kretit, and the 


objects it represents. 
23* 


308 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on 


Mr. Gerard Krefft, a former Curator of the Australian 
Museum, referred to his M, australis on, at least, four 
separate occasions. The first reference I have been able to 
light upon is contained in one of our Museum publications— 
‘Guide to the Australian Fossil Remains exhibited by the 
Trustees of the Australian Museum, and arranged and named 
by Gerard Krefft,’ &c.*, wherein we read :—— 


“Order ENDENTATA. 
“Genus My Lopon ? 


“ Mylodon? australis, Krefft. 


““The presence of some animal, allied to the above extinct 
American genus, is indicated by a single terminal phalanx, 
or nail-bone, with its peculiar protecting bone, partly 
broken” +. This phalanx was obtained from the ossiferous 
deposit of the celebrated Wellington Caves, New South 
Wales. 

The second reference appeared in Krefft’s ‘ Australian 
Vertebrata—Fossil and Recent’ t, as follows :— 


“ EpENTATA.—Sloth Tribe. 
“ MyLopon. 


“ Mylodon? australis,” 


with similar remarks to those already quoted. This phalanx 
must have come into Krefft’s possession between 1867 and 
1870, because there is no mention made of it. in the first 
edition of the ‘ Australian Vertebrata’ §. 

The third reference is of a controversial nature, and is — 
contained in “ A Cuvierian Principle in Palzontology tested 
by evidences of an Extinct Leonine Marsupial (Zhylacoleo 
carnifex), by Professor Owen, &c. Reviewed by Gerard 
Krefit,” &c. ||. Confining our attention to that portion of 


* Pp. 15, 8vo, Sydney, 1870. 

+ Ibid. p. 4. 

t ‘Industrial Progress of New South Wales,’ pt. iii, 1871, p. 715. 

§ Krefft, “ Australian Vertebrata (Recent and Fossil), representing | 
all the Genera known up to the present time. With Notes by Gerar 
Krefft.” Cat. Nat. and Industrial Prods. N.S. Wales, sent to the Paris 
Universal Exhibition of 1867, by the New South Wales Commissioners 
(8vo. Sydney, 1867,—By Authority), pp. 91-110. 5 
|| Krefft, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, pp. 169-182, pls. xi. 
& xii. ’ 


oA 


some Ungual Phalanges. 309 


this paper strictly dealing with the matter under considera- 
tion, we find Mr. Kretft writing as follows :—‘ The claw to 
which I more particularly refer as being that of a ‘ mega- 
theroid animal,’ and which, with its next joint, is deposited 
in the Australian Museum ....is what I stated it to be—- 
‘the ungual or terminal phalanx of a creature allied to 
Mylodon.’ The upper face of the sheath is naturally open ; 
and the next joint is short and thick, like some of the 
phalanges of Professor Owen’s Mylodon.....I only draw 
attention to the probability that there were in olden times, 
as at the present day, small Hdentata as well as large ones ; 
and as I first discovered the presence of fossil edentate 
Monotremes in this country, I may be allowed to say, with 
the evideace before me, that animals allied to the Mylodon 
will yet be found ” *. 

Before proceeding to consider Krefft’s fourth reference it 
is necessary to ascertain what Sir Richard Owen said of 
these terminal phalanges. It appears photographs were sent 
to Owen by Krefft, but how many and whether or no with 
the latter’s Mylodon name attached there is no evidence to 
show. ‘“‘ Amongst the fossils obtained by Professor (A. M.) 
Thomson and Mr. Krefft from the breccia-caves of Welling- 
ton Valley were several ungual phalanges, some of which, 
equalling or surpassing those of a lon, were compressed, 
the vertical exceeding the transverse diameter, and being 
considerable in proportion to the length: these phalanges 
are curved and pointed, but the point is more or less blunted 
or broken, apparently after interment. They support aclaw, 
and in most there are traces more or less plainly discernible 
of a bony sheath ¢ which bound or strengthened the attach- 
meut of the base of the claw.” 

Owen then described the bones separately and continued :— 
“From these specimens may be inferred a speleean animal 
with subcompressed decurved pointed claws, equalling or 
exceeding those of the Lion or liger in size, but supported 
by phalanges resembling those of Thylacinus, Dasyurus, and 
the Opossums in being non-retractile, or wanting the 
characteristic low position of the joint in the sheathed 
claw-bones of placental Felines, but resembling these phal- 
anges, rather than the non-contractile ones of the marsupials 
above mentioned, in the proportion of depth to length and 
breadth.” And finally :—‘‘ No evidence of a Megatheroid 
or other Edentate animal has been found from any cave or 


* Krefft, 27d. pp. 180-181. iy 
t So far as I can gather only one exhibited this. 


310 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on 


fossiliferous deposit in Australia. The shape of the ungual 
phalanges in Kangaroos and Wombats is known. The ungual 
phalanges (‘ Extinet Mammals,’ pl. x. figs. 11-14) are too 
small for Nototherium and Diprotodon, if even one were to 
entertain the idea of those huge Marsupial Herbivora having 
had sheathed, compressed, decuryed, pointed claws like those 
which the phalanges in question plainly bore. These 
phalanges are as much too large for the Thylacinus and 
Sarcophilus *. But there is no other associated Carnivore 
corresponding in size with that of the animal indicated by 
them, save the Thylacoleo.” 

Krefft for the fourth time published his name and had 
figures prepared, the latter having a curious history. It 
appears that Owen, in 1867, proposed to the New South 
Wales Government “a careful and systematie exploration 
of the limestone caves of Wellington Valley,” no doubt led 
thereto by his recollection of the discoveries made at Wel- 
lington by his old friend the Surveyor-General (Sir Thomas 
Livingstone Mitchell), This suggestion was adopted, and 
Krefft was placed in charge of the work; ultimately added 
to it was a similar exploration of the “ Rivers of New South 
Wales.” This exploration dawdled on until the early part 
of 1882, long after Krefft had ceased his connection there- 
with. A full account of all that took place during these 
fifteen years will be found in the N.S. Wales ‘ Votes and 
Proceedings’ +, under the title, ‘‘ Exploration of the Caves 
and Rivers of New South Wales (Minutes, Reports, Corre- 
spondence, Accounts).”? The only portions of any scientific 
value are the reports of Messrs. Thomson and Krefft. In 
the latter’s principal report, dated May 1870, the following 
appeared :— 


“ Order ? 


** Mylodon? australis (Krefft). 


“A distal or ungual phalanx of some unknown animal, 
resembling the same bone of a Mylvdon (the distal phalanx — 
of the pollex). ; 

“The specimen referred to is quite unique, and proves 
the existence in Australia of a large sloth not unlike the 


* Owen, Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262-63, pl. xiii. figs. 11-14. It — 
may be well to state at once, and definitely, that Owen’s “ungual — 
phalanges ” comprised two entirely different types of nail-bones; this — 
will be made abundantly clear in the sequel. 

+ Krefft, ‘ Votes and Proceedings,’ y. 1882, pp. 551-602 (pls. 14 num- 
bered and 17 unnumbered), 


some Ungual Phalanges. 311 


South American genus Mylodon; the size of the bone 
is about ] inch and 2 lines in length. Another much 
smaller distal phalanx, also covered by a ‘hood’ is in the 
collection, but this belongs evidently to either a dog or cat- 
like creature ”’ *. 

Krefft gave three figures of the largest of these phalan- 
geals in one of the numbered plates of the ‘ Caves and Rivers 
Report’ (pl. 14, figs. 7-9). It appears that about 1870 he 
contemplated the publication of a work on ‘ Australian 
Fossil Mammals,’ for which the seventeen numbered plates 
were prepared. But, as he explained elsewhere +, these 
plates “for want of funds were not published at the time,” 
but in 1882 were appended to the Parliamentary “ paper ” 
referred to. 

The MS. relating to these plates is preserved in the 
Mitchell Library, Sydney, and the explanation of figs. 7-9 
reads as follows :—‘ Are distal phalanges or nail-bones of a 
very peculiar animal allied to the American genus Mylodon. 
It is impossible to say what kind of teeth the creature had 
judging from these two bones only. They probably re- 
sembled those of a Wombat.” 

One other reference will complete my knowledge of the 
history of Mylodon (?) australis, Krefft. 

In the ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British 
Museum,’ pt. v. 1887, Mr. R. Lydekker, in the list of 
Thylacoleo remains, records the cast of an ungual phalangeal 
with the remark, “the bone was evidently covered by a 
horny claw, like that of Phalangista” {. Now the point is 
this, the Owen hooded phalangeal of Thylacoleo, is not the 
Lydekker phalangeal of Thylacoleo, but the unsheathel 
bones of both Owen and Krefft are the latter. . 

What Mr. Krefft’s views of the affinity of his fossils may 
have been after September 1872, 1 have no precise means of 
knowing, but I do not suppose any alteration took place, as 
he appears to have been obsessed with the Edentate affinity 
of his fossils, and always maintained his own opinions with 
great pertinacity. 

In the photographs supplied to Prof. Owen and published 
in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1871, Owen’s figs. 11 
and 12 on pl. xiii. are the equivalents of Krefft’s pl. 14, 
figs. 7-9 of the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report.’ in the first instance 
two, and in the second three views of one and the same 


* Krefft, loc. cit. p 558; both are identically the same. 
{ Krefft, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, p. 172. 


t Lydekker, loc. cit. P: 195. 


312 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on 


specimen, still in the Australian Museum. Sir Richard, 
unfortunately, interchanged the numbers of two of his 
illustrations between the letter-press descriptions (p. 262) 
and the figure numbers on his pl. xiii. thus :— 


For pl. xiii., fig. 12 read fig. 13. 
” ” ”» 13 ” ” 12. 


Tn his ‘ Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct 
Mammals of Australia,’ &c. (1877) another interchange was 
made, thus :— 


For pl. x. fig. 11 read pl. ix. fig. 12. 
13. 


” ”? 9 ) 9) 99 


There remains the smaller “ distal phalanx ” referred to 
by Krefft in the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report.’ This specimen 
is 20 mm. long by 14 mm. in breadth, inclusive of the 
sheath or hood, which is complete proximally, but broken 
away towards the distal end of the bone. It is similar in — 
shape to the nail-bone called Mylodon by Krefft, but with a 
greater degree of curvature, and less size. The articular 
surface, just as in that previously referred to, occupies — 
nearly the whole of the proximal end, and is divided into — 
two subarticular surfaces by a median longitudinal ridge 
for adaption to the convexities at the distal end of the 
penultimate phalanx. The tuberous process for the flexor — 
tendon attachment is remarkably prominent and stout in 
comparison to the size of the entire phalanx ; on the plantar 
surface of this tuberosity are the two arterial foramina. 
Krefft considered this to belong “ to either a dog or cat-like 
creature.” 

With this last exception such are the phalanges described — 
by Krefft as Mylodon australis, a supposed Australian — 
Edentate, and referred by Owen to his Thylacoleo carnifex 
by deduction. In considering the affinity of these bones, 
the following general conclusions may, I think, be fairly 
arrived at :— 


1. The law of probabilities is decidedly adverse to Krefft’s — 
view. Had an Jidentate existed in Australia in- 
Post-Tertiary times, some more definite trace would 
have been met with ere this. 

2. A right caleaneum, referred to this genus by Lydekker, 
is all we know of the feet of Yhy/acoleo, and this 
determination is problematical *. 


* Lydekker, loc. cit. p. 195. 


some Ungual Phalanges. 313 


3. The reference of Krefft’s Mylodon phalanges to Thyla- 
coleo on the part of Owen was purely ‘ conjectural ” 
(to use his own expression), but at the same time a 
clever piece of deduction based on his view of the 
carnivorous habits of the ‘*‘ Marsupial Lion.” 

4. If we accept for the time being, the phalanges called 
Mylodon? australis as those of Thylacoleo, such 
acceptance will not in the least strengthen the views 
held either by Owen on the one hand, or Flower and 
his followers on the other, as to the gastronomical 
habits of Thy/acoleo, hooded phalanges occurring 
amongst both herbivorous and carnivorous animals. 

5. As possibly referable to Thylacoleo Owen figured two 
entirely distinct types of ungual phalanges. 


We are now acquainted with the pedal bones of Dipro- 
todon through the researches of Prof. E. C. Stirling, and it 
can be legitimately surmised that those of its second 
cousins Nototherium and Euowenia were similar. None of 
the Macropodidz can put in a claim ; amongst the flesh- 
eaters, Sarcophilus aud Thylacinus,and the Dasyures, with 
the non-marsupial Warrigal, the osteological structure is 
too well known to require comment. 

Finally, in all probability, although “ conjectural ” Owen’s 
view of the nature of the hooded nail (eliminating those 
without a sheath) bones will in the long run prove to be 
correct ; reduction of other genera by elimination supports 
it. If such be the case, then what is the claw referred 
to Thylacoleo by Lydekker? This will be investigated 
inimediately. 

The following is the synonymic bibliography of Krefft’s 
ungual phalanges :— 


Mylodon? australis, Krefft, Guide Austr. Foss. Remains, 
1870, p. 4. 

australis, Krefft, Austr. Vert. Foss. & Recent 
(Industrial Progress of New South Wales), 
Poy b. pi.7 Lb. 

Spelean Animal or Unguiculate Mammal, Owen (pars), 
Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262, 263, pl. xiii. 
figs. 11-12 (non 13, J4). 

Megatheroid Animal, Kreftt, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 
Raitose, p. 180. 

Spelean Animal... . Thylacoleo, Owen, Foss. Remaius 
Extinct Mamm. Austr. i. 1877, pp. 182-183, 
li. pl. ix. figs. 11-12. é 


314 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on 


Mylodon? australis, Krefft, N.S. Wales Votes & Pro- 
ceedings, v. 1882, p. 558, 14th numbered pl., 
figs. 7-9. 


IL. Tue Unevat Paatanx ProvisionaLty CaTALoGuEeD 
AS TuytAcoteo BY LYDEKKER. 


Many years ago a plaster replica of another of Krefft’s 
specimens *, described in MS. as the “ nail-bone of the hind 
foot of a gigantic Phalanger, probably a small Zygomaturus, 
Nototherium, or Diprotodon”’ was forwarded to the Geologi- 
cal Department of the British Museum (Natural History), 
I surmised this might be No. M. 1525 Tf of the ‘ British 
Museum Catalogue of Fossil Mammals,’ part v. (p. 195 
catalogued by Lydekker as “ cast of an ungual phalangeal ” 
provisionally of Zhylacoleo; by correspondence Dr. A. 8. 
Woodward confirmed this. The original bone is preserved 
here and is slightly imperfect ; it is from the Wellington 
Caves, and bears the number A. 13329 (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2). 
It is manifest, if the sheathed nail-bones (‘‘ Mylodon”’) are 
referable to Thylacoleo, following Owen, such an arched, 
laterally compressed and naked bone, one of those spoken 
of by Krefft as “ large nail-bones ... evidently those of a 
Phalanger” {, cannot. One of these§ is probably the 
original of both Owen’s illustrations of his non-sheathed 
Thylacoleo ungual phalangeal. Our collection contains five 
of these bones, four from the Wellington Caves ossiferous 
breccia (Pls. XVIII.—XIX. figs. 2-9), the fifth from Cope’s 
Creek, probably from a thermal mud-spring deposit (Pl. XX. 
figs. ]O-12). These vary much in size and degree of dorsal 
curvature, and for the convenience of description may be 
taken separately. 

Type 1.The phalanx in question || (Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9) 
is highly arched, compressed laterally, the dorsal edge thin, 


sharp (trenchant), the degree of curvature almost equai to 


the quadrant of a circle, the general appearance of the bone 


being decidedly hook-like. ‘I'he proximal end is imperfect, — 
the articular surface and the plantar tuberosity gone; it is 


35 mm. wide, and in thickness 8 mm. 
The second example never seen by Krefft or Owen 


(Pl. XX. figs. 10-12) is a more perfect specimen, one in 


* Krefft, ‘ Caves and Rivers Report,’ pl. 14 (numbered), fig. 12. 
+ Dr. A. S. Woodward informs me this should read 1536. 

t Krefft, doc. czt. pl. 14. (numbered), figs. 11 and 12. 

§ Krefft, loc. cit, MS. description of pl. 14. fig. 11. 

|| Krefft, loc. cit. pl, 14. (numbered), fig. 2. 


some Ungual Phalanges. | 315 


which the proximal articular surfaces, allowing for wear and 
tear, are perfect. The lateral surfaces (at the point of 
disruption in Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9) suddenly bulge outwards 
to form an expanded proximal end with a concave articular 
surface divided by a longitudinal central ridge, and below a 
very strong and comparatively large cushion “for the attach- 
ment of the flexor tendon. Immediately above the centre 
of the tendon tuberosity on either side, are the foramina of 
the digital arteries. The surface of both specimens is pitted 
and roughened. 

Length of complete bone 51 mm.; breadth 45 mm. 
approximately ; thickness 13 mm. 

Type 2.—The phalanges of the second type (Pls. X VIII.- 
XIX. figs. 2-7) differ from those of the first by a greater 
length in proportion to width, a much less arched dorsal edge, 
and a slightly less lateral compression, otherwise the same 
features characterize both. The following are the dimensions 
of the largest :— 

Length 45 mm.; breadth 29 mm.; thickness 11 mm. 

In the sheathed, or hooded terminals of Owen, although 
the nail-bone is co:mpressed laterally (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) the 
dorsal edge is only sharp or trenchant distally, the proximal 
end is truncate-flattened forming an elongately triangular 
surface. The articular surface for union with the distal 
end of the penultimate digit is highly concave, and much 
overhung above, as figured both by Owen and Krefft. The 
sheath is one with the core, or nail-bone, at the proximal 
end around the articular concavity, and along the plantar 
surface as far as it extends; the tuberosity is to some extent 
flattened. ‘The arterial foramina pierce the sheath through 
the plantar surface of the tendon tuberosity, and then 
appear to enter the nail-bone as in the preceding type. 
Immediately below the dorsal truncate surface at the proxi- 
mal end are two other arterial foramina. 

Now, to what type of Marsupial do these ungual phalanges 
(Pls. XVIII.-XX. figs. 2-12) belong? It will be more 
satisfactory to consider Types 1 and 2 separately. Type 1 
(Pls. XIX.-XX. figs. 8-12) is the “‘nail-bone of a gigantic 
Phalanger of Krefft,” but this form appears to have been 
quite unknown to Owen. In the Macropodide the nail- 
bones are elongate, non-trenchant, more or less oval in 
section, and very feebly arched, if at all. The nail-bones of 
the Peramelidze are double, more or less circular, and non- 
treuchant. In the Phascolomyide, or Wombats, these 
terminals are again rounded above, roughly oval in section, 
and not hooked. The nail-bones of the Diprotodontide, 


316 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on 


guided by Prof. E. C. Stirling’s reconstruction of Diprotodon, 
resemble to some extent those of the Kangaroos, plano- 
convex, slightly curved, broad plantar surface, and the 
proximal coneavities occupying the whole articular surface, 
instead of about two-thirds as in Types 1 and 2; moreover, 
the position of the foramina of the plantar artery branches 
is markedly different. What is true of the nail-bones of 
Diprotodon is possibly equally true of those of Nototherium 
and Euowenia. 

There remain the Dasyuridz and Phalangerids. In the 
first, taking the Tasmanian Wolf ( 7hylacinus cynocephalus, 
Harris) as an example, the nail-bones are long, more or less 
oval in section, rapidly decreasing in size from the proximal 
to the pointed distal end. The latter are more particularly 
accentuated in the Tasmanian Devil (Sarcophilus ursinus, 
Harris, Pl. XIX. fig. 14), in which the distal ends of these 
nail-cores are to all intents and purposes, acicular ; hence, 
I dismiss the Dasyuride from consideration. 

This reduces comparison to the Phalangeride, the family 
in which Krefft placed * these remains. The resemblance 
of the large complete specimen (P]. XX. figs. 10-12) from 
Cope’s Creek to similar bones of some members of this 
family is very striking. For the purpose of comparison 
I have selected two, the Great Flying Phalanger (Petauroides 
volans, Kerr) and the Koala, or “ Native Bear” (Phasco- 
larctos cinereus, Goldfuss) +. In the Flying Phalanger it is 
the 4th and 5th digits which terminate in nail-bones so 
remarkably like the Cope’s Creek fossil (Pl. XX. figs. 10-12), 
but in the Koala the resemblance is not so strong (Pl. XIX. 
fig. 13), in consequence of the much greater length in 
proportion to width; this, however, only partially holds 
good for the pollices t. With these facts before me I can 
come to no other conclusion than that the subjects of 
Pls. XIX.-XX. figs. 8-12 are the terminal phalanges of an — 
enormous Phalanger, following Kreflt in this opinion, but 
in a more restricted sense than he employed the term. 

We may now pass to the second type (Pls. XVIII.—XIX. 
figs. 2-7). The twospecimens are Krefft’s ‘ large nail-bones 


* Bearing in mind that Krefft included Diprotodon, &e., in this — 
family. 

t Gus fact in connection with the terminal phalanges, or nail-bones, — 
of the Phalangers in general is very obvious, the stouter and stronger 
build of those of the fore feet, accompanied with a greater degree of — 
curvature. : 

t One of the most noticeable features in Type 1 is the remarkable 
slab-sided, or straight-walled appearance. 


some Ungual Phalanges. 317 


... evidently those of Phalangers,” and one (Pl. XVIII. 
fig.5) is Owen’s 7hylacoleo “ungual phalangeal”’ (his fig. 13) 
and Lydekker’s Thylacoleo “ ungual phalangeal.” By the 
same method of elimination as observed in the case of Type 1, 
I reduce consideration in this instance to the Phalangerid 
alone. There is no greater degree of variation between 
Types 1 and 2 than there is in the forms of the terminals 
of the same foot of many species of Phalangeride. I, there- 
fore, again support Krefft’s views of the affinity of these 
bones, but to what genus of the family the animal possessing 
them was most nearly allied only time can prove. For my 
own part [ am rather in favour of a gigantic Koala. 

The following table explains the relative ideutity of the 
various figures referred to :— 


Owen’s figs. | Owen’s figs. 


Krefft’s figs. | | Pecccnl 

Austr. Foss. Phil. Trans. = | ~~ Extinct Mamm. sags 
Remains. 1871 (1872). of Australia. o* 

EO ean § le) Saale Figs. 8 & 9 


2 

ey. 

aie 8 Pl. xiii. figs. 11 & 12.| Plix. figs. 11 & 12. | Fig. 1. 
1, ? PL. xiii. figs. 13 & 14.) ? Pl.ix. figs. 13 & 14. | ? Figs. 5-7. 
BS hii PC 1s ify Se Res | Figs. 2-4. 


In these notes I have sought to show that :— 

1. Owen figured as the possible ungual phalanges of 
Thylacoleo two entirely distinct nail-bones—a ‘ hooded ” 
form, and an unhooded or unsheathed one; both cannot 
belong to the same kind of animal. 

2. If the hooded bone be accepted for the time being as 
of Thylacolev, then the bone catalogued as “ cast of an ungual 
phalangeal ” by Lydekker cannot possibly be so. 

3. The non-sheathed terminals (‘Types 1] and 2) were never 
claimed by Krefft as appertaining either to his Mylodon 
australis, or to Thylacoleo. 

4. Thylacoleo is regarded by the advocates of its herbi- 
vorous nature as a member of the Phalangeride. If it be 
so, then the phalanges of Types 1 and 2 may, perhaps, be 
those of it. 

5. If the suggestion contained in the last paragraph should 


* This is the original of the replica called by Lydekker Thylacoleo 
(A.M. 13320, B.M. 1526 (36)). 


318 On some Ungual Phalanges, 


prove correct, it follows that the identity of the hooded 
bones (‘‘ My/odon australis ’’) has yet to be discovered. 

The suggestion of an extinct Koala may possibly be not 
so speculative as would at first sight appear when it is 
remembered that Mr. C. W. de Vis described* a portion of 
a fibula that he believed represented “ a progenitor of the 
Koala.” The further discovery of a premaxillary with its 
palatal process was held to strengthen this view. Said 
Mr. de Vis :—* The Koala, or Native Bear, is now one of 
the few types of Australian life which has not been recognized 
as a part of its ancient economy: yet it is one of which no 
one could be surprised to find an ancestral form among the 
past modifications of marsupial structure.” He proposed 
to distinguish the former owner of this fibula by the name 
of Koulemus ingens. Portion of a shoulder-blade was referred 
to another extinct Phalanger (Archizonurus securus). 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Fig. 1. The original of Krefft’s “ungual or terminal phalanx of a 
creature allied to Mylodon,’ with “its peculiar protecting 
bone partly broken.” The original of Krefft’s figs. 7 and 8, 
and Owen’s 1] and 12. Wellington Caves. x 2 diam. 
Fig. 2. Ungual phalange “ equalling or surpassing those of a Lion” 
(Owen). Thisisthe original of Krefft’s fig. 12, and Lydekker’s 
Catalogue (M. 1526 (36)). Wellington Caves. x 2 diam. 
3. Dorsal view of the bone, fig. 2. x 2 diam. 
Fig. 4. Plantar D ” ” The 
5. Another phalange similar to Fig. 2, but with the dorsal surface 
straight, or even a little concave. This is probably the 
original of Owen’s figs. 13, 14. Wellington Caves. X2 diam. 


Fig. 6. Dorsal view of fig. 5. x 2 diam. 
“g. 7. Plantar ,, ee aa } , ‘ 
Fig. 8. Highly compressed ungual phalange with the proximal portion 


broken away. Original of Krefft’s fig. 2. Wellington Caves. 
x 2 diam. 

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of fig. 8. HA 

Fig. 10. Probably the almost perfect condition of an ungual phalange 
similar to that seen in fig. 8. Cope’s Creek. X 2 diam. 

Fig. 11. Plantar view of fig. 10. x 2 diam. 


Fig. 12. Dorsal _,, Ee as ! 
Fig. 13. Phascolarctos cinereus, Goldfuss. Ungual phalanx of the right 
fore foot. 
ig. 14. Sarcophilus ursinus, Harris. Fourth ungual phalanx of right 
fore foot. 


* De Vis, ‘On the Phalangistide of the Post-Tertiary Period in 
Queensland,’ Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, vi. pts. ii. & ili. p. 106. 


On Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 319 


XXXI.— Notes on Myriapoda.—XI1.* A Preliminary List 
for Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachycheteuma 
quartum, sp. n., and Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, 
var.n. By Htupa K. Brape-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., 


L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rev. S. GranAm Brapg- 
BrrKs, M.Sc. 


I. INTRODUCTION. 


A short holiday in Derbyshire at the end of May and 
beginning of June 1918 gave us an opportunity to collect 
some centipedes and millipedes ; and we feel that the results 
are of sufficient interest to warrant the publication of a 
preliminary list for the county, so arranged as to make 
mention of some of the work previously done by other 
collectors as well as to include our own 1918 records. Also, 
in September 1916, we made one excursion from the Stafford- 
shire side to the Derbyshire-Staffordshire boundary near 
Beresford Hall; and, although there was some confusion in 
our minds as to the exact position of the boundary, we have 
incorporated some relevant results of that day’s work in the 
present paper, recording the specimens taken there as from 
* near the R. Dove,’ because we are practically certain that 
these are truly Derbyshire occurrences. If we are in error 
about the county, the animals thus recorded were found close 
to the boundary of the shires, but on the Staffordshire side. 
Two species included under these circumstances in the present 
list, viz. Polydesmus denticulatus and Scolioplanes acuminatus, 
are not otherwise known to us from Derbysliire. 

In several cases of material placed at our disposal by 
Mr. Standen, Mill Dale (Staffordshire) is included in our 
detailed records, because it is coupled as a collecting-ground 
with Dove Dale (Derbyshire) ; but in no case does such an 
occurrence stand alone as a county record. 

In the Diplopoda and Chilopoda (with which this paper 
deals) we now know some thirty-one Derbyshire forms, and 
these are enumerated below :— 


Dretopopa (= Millipedes). 


1. Glomeris marginata (Villers). 
2. G. margmatu perplexa, Latzel. 
3. ulus ligulifer, Latzel & Verhoeff. 


* A previous paper in this series—the fifth—appeared in this Journal, 
May 1917, ser. 8, vol. xix. p. 417. 


320 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


4, I. (Ophiiulus) fallax, Meinert. 
5. I. (Tachypodorulus) albipes, C. LL. Koch. 
6. I. (Cylindrviulus) stlvarum, Meinert. 
7. I. (Cylindroiulus) britannicus, Verhoef. 
8. Schizophyllum sabulosum (Linné), 
9. Trichoblaninus guttulatus (Bosc). 
10, Amsteinia fuscus (Am Stein). 
11, Polydesmus complanatus (Linné). 
12. P. coriaceus, Porat. 
13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch. 
14. Brachydesmus superus mosellanus, Verhoef. 
15. Ophiodesmus albonanus (Latzel). 
16. Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. n. 
17. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoef ). 
18. Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n. 


CuiLopopa (=Centipedes). 


19. Lithobius forficatus (Linné). 

20. L. variegatus, Leach & Brolemann, 
21. L. melanops, Newport. 

22. L. crassipes, L. Koch, 

23. L. duboscqui, Brolemann. 

24. Cryptops hortensis, Leach. 

25. Geophilus carpophagus, Leach. 

26. G. longicornis, Leach. 

27. G. insculptus, Attems. 

28. G. electricus (\.inné). 

29. Brachygeophilus truncorum (Bergsoe & Meinert). 
380. Stigmatogaster subterraneus (Leach). 
31. Scolioplanes acuminatus (Leach), 


The nomenclature in the two classes is difficult, especially — 
the nomenclature of genera and subgenera, and, as there is — 
difference of opinion amongst the leading authorities, it — 
caunot be claimed that there is finality about all the names— 
we have used in the foregoing list, nor by using these do we — 
wish to infer that we have refused to consider the claims to — 
prioiity of others. ‘Lhe fact is that we have not yet had the — 
opportunity to consider all the complicated evidence involved — 
in the question of some of these generic and subgeneric — 
hames. | 
In the detailed records in the second section of this paper — 
other collectors’ names are cited by initials, as follows :— 
Mrs. Furness, A.W. F.; Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson, J.W.S.; 
Mr. R. Standen, R. S.; Mr. C. R. Brown, C. A, Boe 
William Boulsover, W. 2. . 
‘lo each of these we offer our best thanks, ey 
An asterisk indicates that the material forms a art of © 
Mr. R. Standen’s collection. When a record is fullowed by 
the letter G. and a number, the material is so registered at 
the Manciester Museum, The letter J. in biackets, alter a 


_ 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. pat 


‘record, indicates that the identification is that of our friend 
Captain A. Randell Jackson, M.C., M.D., D.Sc., R.A.M.C. 

In the section of the paper which deals with detailed 
records we have introduced a few diagnostic points which 
may be of value to other naturalists. 


Geological Considerations, ete. 


As far as our own 1918 collecting in the county is con- 
cerned, we worked in two areas, both of them predominantly 
limestone (Carboniferous Limestone) regions, The one was 
the Buxton neighbourhood, where Burbage was our centre, 
aud where all our collecting was on the limestone, and the 
other was mostly in the limestone triangle roughly formed by 
Bakewell, Ashford, and Great Longstone; this area is indi- 
cated in the -present paper as “ Bakewell district,” except 
where more explicit details are given—as, for example, 1 in 
describing the occurrence of the new aiipanle: One of us 
i. G. Be. -B.) accompanied the veteran local naturalist and 
antiquarian, Mr. William Boulsover, of Bakewell, on one 
excursion to Manners Wood, which stands ont on a sandstone 
(Yoredale Series) ridge ince ihe town of Bakewell ; the 
collecting done there is clearly indicated in the body of the 
records, but it may be noted that, in one short visit, Lithobius 
-variegatus was taken there, although the writers did not meet 
with it in either of the limestone areas, one near by, on the 
occasion of their 1918 (May-June) collecting. The distri- 
bution of this species, which is the only centipede on our 
British list which is unknown outside the British Isles, is 
extremely interesting, and worthy of careful study, in which 
natural factors, including altitude, vegetation, and geological 
features should certainly be tient into accoune 

It may be added that the junction between the Carboniferous 
Limestone and the Yoredale Rocks in the neighbourhood of 
the Derbyshire—Staffordshire boundary, where we collected in 
September 1916, is near the county boundary in that area, 
the Derbyshire side being the border of an extensive 


limestone region. 


Cave Ilun ting. 


During our stay in the Bakewell district we made one 
excursion through Monsal Dale to Cressbrook with Mr. J. R. 
Widdowson to visit a cave in the limestone at Burymewick, 
but, after all, we were vot successful in finding any 

“myriapods there. Some good results are to be expected from 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 24. 


“ 


322 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


a proper exploration of our English eaves, and this note may 
serve as a reminder to naturalists who visit caves for the 
purpose of studying other branches of science. 


Il. DeTAILED Recorps !. 


Class DIPLOPODA. 
Subclass CuorLo@NATHA. 
Family Glomeride, Leach, 1814. 
Subfamily Gromerr.x, Verhoeff, 1910. 
Genus GLoMERIS, Latreille et Leach. 


1. G. marginata (Villers, 1789). 

10-20 mm. 

This is the common pill-millipede. It is black dorsally, 
but the pleurotergites are edged with white. 

*Cave Dale, R. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3143 ; *Castle- 
tou, R. S., vi./13 ; *Dove Dale, 2. S., J. W. di, Coe 
25/v./16; near the R. Dove, ourselves, 1916; Bakewell 
district, ourselves, 1918; one example, Manners Wood, near 


Bakewell, W. B. & 8. G. B-B., 6/vi./18. 


In addition to the above examples we have examined. 


specimens from Millers Dale which do not appear to be 
typical. In spirit-specimens the dorsal surface of the bod 
exhibits a row of light spots on either side of the middle line, 
due to the fact that the lateral parts of each pleurotergite are 
marked by definite light oval areas. ‘lhe dimensions are the 
same as those of the typical form. We think it inadvisable, 
however, to establish a new variety on the material at our 
disposal until, at any rate, we.llave made a detailed study of 
the English representatives of the genus. 

Seven examples, Millers Dale, &. S., 17/vi./17. 

Types. 1302, Brade-Birks collection. 


2. G. marginata perplexa, Latzel. 

6°D mm. 

At present we think it advisable to treat this form as of 
subspecific rank. Mr. Bagnall says (1) of this animal, “I 
cannot think that it can be a form of marginata, aud connexa 

* The typical length of the species is given in each case as a guide to 


those interested in the group. Where the dimensions are not our own, 
we are indebted to various authors. 


re 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 323 


is unknown in our Islands ; a study of British examples may 
show it to be a distinct species.” 

We have not yet been able to make a careful study of the 
genus Glomeris, but we may add that the animal in question 
is smaller than G. marginata marginata, although it has the 
white edges of the pleurotergites as in that form. Its general 
body-colour is brown, and its dorsal surface is furnished with 
four longitudinal rows of light spots. Two rowsare distinctly 
lateral, while two are close to the median line. ‘These more 
median rows are formed by a pair of spots on each pleuro- 
tergite, which tend to coalesce anteriorly and form a V-shaped 
marking on each segment. These more median rows alone 
are continued on to the last segment. Professor Ribaut has 
recorded the animal (10) under the name of G‘. connera 
perplexa, Latzel ; Dr. Verhoeff, on the other hand, records it 
(13) as G. marginata perplexa, Latzel, and adds a note of 
which the following is a rough translation :—‘ Recent inves- 
tigations have shown me that perplera and marginata belong 
to the same species, but not to connexa ; 1 shall reconsider 
this point more carefully in another paper.” We are not 
familiar with any later note by Verhoeff on this subject. 

*One specimen junior, Castleton, 2. 8., vi./13. 


Family Iulide, Leach (ex p.), 1814. 
(Genus Iuuus (s. |.), Brandt, 1833.) 
Genus IuLus, Brandt. 


3. I. ligulifer, Latzel and Verhoeff. 


Syn. I. scandinavius, Latzel, 


15--35 mm, 
Verhoeff (13) includes this species in the subgenus Mdcero- 


podoiulus. 
The females of this species are very like those of J. fallax. 
The coxite of the second leg of the male, however, bears an 
oval expansion, which serves to characterize I. ligulifer. 
1 g,2 2 %, Buxton district, ourselves, 1918. 


4. I. (Ophiiulus) fallax, Meinert, 1868. 
Syn. I. longabo, C. L, Koch, 1847. 
3 18-32, 2 25-45 mm. Wee 
A fair-sized black julid, very like J. ligulifer, the females 


being practically indistinguishable from those of that species. 
co] 3 5 94% 


324 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


Both animals have an acute caudal process and smooth pro- 
zonites. In J. fallax the legs of the first pair, in the male, 
are sickle-shaped. . 

*1 9 (or J. ligulifer), Cave Dale, R. S, in a recent year 
(J.), G. 3159; both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus 'TACHYPODOIULUS. 
5. 7. albipes (C. L. Koch). 


Syn. ? J, niger, Leach. 
I. transversosulcatus, Am Stein. 


3 22-30, 2 25-35 mm. 

This large black julid is easily distinguishable under the 
microscope by the presence of transverse striz on the pro- 
zonites, to which Am Stein’s name for the species owes its 
origin. This animal iseommon in our islands, 

* 9, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, R. S., 18/viii./13 (7.), 
G. 3154; *¢, 2 , in a collection from Dove and Mill 
Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); 1g, near the R. Dove, our- 
selves, ix./16; Buxton & Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus CYLINDROIULUS, Verhoeff. 
(1894 as a subgenus, 1899 as a genus). 


Prof. Silvestri informs us, in litt., that he considers that 
Cylindroiulus and Diploiulus, Berlese, 1886 (2) are synony- 
mous, the latter having precedence. This conclusion, how- 
ever, does not meet with the approval of all continental 
authorities. 

6. C. silvarum (Meinert). 

Syn. ? I. punctatus, Leach. 


15-25 mm. 
An animal commonly found between the bark and trunk of 
rotting logs. The caudal process is club-shaped. a 

*9, in a collection from Dove and Mill Dales, 2. S., 
21/iv./14 (J.); 19, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; 
both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918; several, 
including “1 g@, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & 
S. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18. 


7. C. britannicus (Verhoeff, 1891). 


Syn. I. frisioides, Verhoeff, 1892. 
J. luscus, Meinert, as used by Bagnall and by ? Jackson. On 
this point see Bagnall’s note (1) and our own (3). 


16-15 mm, 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 325 


An interesting tailless julid. The only known English 
millipede with which this is likely to be confused is CO. frisius, 
Verhoeff, from which it is distinguished by the form of the 
gonopods of the male. Upon dissection, we found that one 
male taken by us at Great Longstone, 1918, belongs to this 
species. ‘This specimen in spirit was 12°35 mm. long. A 
female taken by one of us (S. G. B.-B.) at Burbage Hall, 
27/v./18, is probably referable to this species. 


Genus SCHIZOPHYLLUM. 
8. S. sabulosum (Linné). 
20-46 mm. 


This is a large and handsome julid, marked with two 
bright yellow dorsal stripes running the whole length of the 
body. ° 

*2 9 9, The Winnats, Castleton, R. S., in a recent year 
(J.), G. 3164; numerous, Dove Dale, R. S., J.W.S., C. R. B., 
25/v./16; 1 gd junior, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; 
adults, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Family Protoiulide. 


(Genus BLANIULUS (s. 1.), Gervais, 1836.) 
Genus TRICHOBLANIULUS, Verhoeff. 


Syn. Verhoeff uses the subgeneric name Typhloblaniulus (13), which 
is used as generic by Ribaut (9). 


9. 7’. quttulatus (Bosc). 
Syn. ? Iulus pulchellus, Leach (nec C, L, Koch). 


9-18 mm. 

A common blind blaniulid, which is sometimes a pest in 
potato crops. It is a worm-like form. 

Both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus AMSTEINIA, Verhoeff. 
10, A. fuscus (Am Stein). 
9-16 mm. 


Males of this species are rare; tle present record is, how- 
ever, admissible, as the eyes prove a useful diagnostic cha- 
racter. The ocelli are arranged much the greater number in 
a long single row, the remainder in a small elongated triangle 
with its base against the central partof the row. The animal 


326 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


is often associated with Cylindrotu/us silvarum, and its usual 
habitat is between the bark and trunk of rotting logs. 

Very few specimens (no adult ¢), Bakewell district, our- 
selves, 1918. 


Family Polydesmide, Leach (ex p.), 1814. 
Jenus POLYDESMUS, Latreille, 1802 & 1804. 
11. P. complanatus (Linné). 


13-28°5 mm. 

This large flat-backed millipede is common in the British 
{sles. Its gonopods are distinctive. The genus has twenty 
body-segments. 

*2 gg, The Winnats, Castleton, 2. S., in a recent year 
(J.), G. 3149; *2 gg and juniors, Cave Dale, 2. S., in a 
recent year (J.), G. 3136; *¢ g 2 ?, in a collection from 
Dove and Mill Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (7); fg, near the 
R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell, ourselves, 4/vi./18 ; 
1 3, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. § S. G. B-B., 
6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


12. P. coriaceus, Porat. 


12°5 mm. 

This species is smaller than P. eomplanatus, also the males 
have distinctive gonopods. A male trom Great Longstone 
which we dissected for careful diagnosis was 12°5 mm. long. 

Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch, 1847. 


10-16 mm. 

Again the gonopods of the male are diagnostic. In this 
character we did not find the male recorded below quite 
typical. The slight difference, however, is probably no more 
than an individual peculiarity in the specimen in question. 
On the whole the condition of the gonopod is similar to that 
of the preparation given by Dr. Brélemann in figure 34 in 
the xviith. paper of the ‘ Biospeologica’ series (7). In our 
examp'e the secondary ramus is arched much as that is in the 

’ fig. 34 cited. To adopt the lettering used by Dr. Bié!emann, 
its external appendix (p) is well developed, broad, slightly 
arched, and furnished with a well-marked sharp tooth (7) 
near the base, as in figure 34 (op. cit.). The individual 
difference we have noted (ante) consists in the presence of a 
second small tooth on the internal face of the distal part of — 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire, 327 


the secondary ramus. Tie seminal ramus presents the usual 
features ; the small tootl (y) of the external face is well- 
developed. 

i g (and ? other material), near the R. Dove, ourselves, 
ix./16. 


Genus Bracuypesmvs, C. Heller, 1857, 
Species B, superus, Latzel, 1884. 
14. BL. superus mosellunus, Verloeff, 1891. 
8°5-9 mm. 


The genus to which this animal belongs has nineteen body- 
segments. ‘The present variety, with typical gonopods in the 
male, seems to be the common English form. We have 
dissected specimens from both the localities mentioned below. 
In the garden of Beech House, Great Longstone, we met 
with large numbers of the animal, ~ 

Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus OPHIODESMUS. 
15. OU. albonanus (Latzel). 


Syn. Paradesmus albonanus, Latzel. 

4°5 mm. 

This minute square-backed millipede (our spirit-specimen 
is 4°5 mm. long) will probably prove to be not uncommon in 
Britain. Dr. Brélemann kindly confirmed the species by 
examining a drawing of the gonopod dissected from a speci- 
men collected in another part of the country by our friend 
Mr. Bagnali, who was good enough to send it to us, correctly 
labelled. ‘The example recorded below was adult, being 
furnished with the characteristic gonopods of the species. 
We suspect that the animal occurs in the garden of Asliford 
Vicarage, but we failed to obtain adult males there in spite of 
careful collecting. 

1 g, in the garden of Mrs. Thornhill’s home, Beech House, 


Great Longstone, ourselves, 1918. 


Family Brachycheteumida, Verloeff et Brade-Birks, 
1911, 1918. 


Genus BRACHYCHATEUMA, Verhoeff et Brade-Bitks, 
EOE, USTs: 


Syn. Owing to errors in Verhoeff’s original description we established 
lacksoneuma, 1917, to receive a new species Brachycheteuma 
bradee (Brélemann et Brade-Birks, 1917) (5). In the light 
of new material of the genotypical species, Jacksoneuma 
becomes a synonym of Brachycheteuma. 


328 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


16, B. quartum, Brade-Birks (to be described later in the 
present paper). 
9 7-8 mm. ; 
“While collecting on a slope by the side of the Ashford 
road, close to the town of Bakewell, one of us (7. K, B.-B.) 
came across a specimen of a square-backed millipede which 
we recognized in the field as belonging to the family 
Brachycheteumide. Although we searched earefully not 
only both of us on this, but also one of us on another occasion, 
we failed to collect another example. It became clear upon 
examination with the microscope that this specimen could 
not be referred to any of the three known species ; a deserip- 
tion is therefore given in another part of this paper. 


1 9, near Bakewell, H. K. B.-B., 29/v./18. 


Family Craspedosomide, Verhoeff, 1909. 
Subfamily Crasprposomrvaz, Verhoeff, 1909. 
\Tribe CRASPEDUSOMINT, Verhoeff, 1909, 
Genus PoLyMICRODON, Verhoeff, 1897. 


Subgenus PoLyMr1crovon (s. str.), Verhoeff, 1897. 


17. P. latzeli (Verhoeff, 1891). 


Syn. Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeft, 1891. 
? Atractosoma poly ydesmoides, ‘Leach. 

2 Atractosoma latzeli gallicum, Verhoeff, 1895. 

? Craspedosoma latzeli galliicum, Verhoetf, 1896. 

? Polymicrodon latzeli gallicum, V erhoeft, 1897. 


~ 17-18 mm. 

A flat-backed animal with thirty body-segments. We 
have little doubt that this species should be called P. poly- 
desmordes (Leach), but until the type-specimens of Leach’s’ 
animal are examined it seems unwise for us to make the 
alteration. ‘The characteristic gonopods are figured by 
Verhoeff (12), and those of P. latzeli gallicum, which is 
perhaps a synonym, by Ribaut (11). 

* 4g, Cave Vale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3147. 
We also took specimens almost certainly referable to this 
species in the Bakewell district, 1918, but there were no adult 
males for definite diagnosis. 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 329 


Family Chordeumide, Verhoeff, 1899. 
Subfamily Mrcrocuorpevurya, Verhoeff, 1910. 
Genus CuordEUMELLA, Verlioeff. 
Species C. scutellare, Ribaut, 1913. 


18. C. seutellare bagnall:, Brade-Birks (to be deseribed 

later in the present paper). 

6:0 mm. 

While collecting in the garden of Beech House; Great 
Longstone, one of us found a number of specimens of a small 
millipede of the genus Chordeumella. Upon microscopic 
examination it became evident that this creature cannot be 
referred to the only known British representative of the 
genus, C. scutellare brélemannt, Brade-Birks, although it 
falls into the species C. scutellare. Nevertheless we found 
differences which justify a subspecific name for this animal, 
which is described later in tiis study. 

Numerous males, but no satisfactory females, S. G. B.-B., 
Great Longstone, 1918. 


Class CIUILOPODA. 
Family Lithobiide, Newport, 1844. 
Genus Liruosius, Leach, 1814. 


19. L. forjicatus (Linné, 1758). 

15-32 mm. | 

This large and active brown centipede has more than two 
teeth ou each of the coxw of the maxillipedes. Its seventh 
dorsal plate is not produced posteriorly. The anal lees are 
stout. It is common all over the British Isles, under stones 
and in other damp situations. We have previously (4) 
recorded it for the county, as it was sent to us from Great 
Longstone (1 9, A. W. F., 13/x./15) ; *Dove Dale, R. &., 
iv./12 (.J.), G. 3172 ; *in a collection from Dove and Mill 
Dales, RR. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); near the R. Dove, ourselves, 
ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & 8S. G. B.-B., 
6/vi./18; Burbage Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v./18 ; Buxton and 
Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918. 


20. L. variegatus, Leach et Brélemann, 


20 mm. 
This large and tiuly British variegated centipede has more 


330 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


than two teeth on each of the coxe of the maxillipedes. Its 
seventh dorsal plate has angular projections from each end of 
its posterior border. ‘I'he anal legs are slender. It is often 
to be found under stones in moorland districts. We do not 
seem to have met with it ourselves in the Carboniferous 
Limestone areas of Derbyshire in 1918. 

* 3 2, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, R. S., in a recent 
year (J.), G. 3176; *in a collection from Dove and Mill 
Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); near the R. Dove, ourselves, 
ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B.& S. G. B.-B., 
6/vi./18. 

21. DL. melanops, Newport, 1845. 

Syn. L, glabratus, C. L. Kuch, 1847. 


10-16 mm. 

A species, with numerous ocelli and 2+2 maxillipede- 
teeth, which has definite angular projections from the poste- 
rior borders of its ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth dorsal 
plates. It is not uncommon between the trunk and bark of 
rotting logs. 


Burbage Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v./18. 


22. L. crasstpes, L. Koch, 1862. 
6-9 mm. 


A small active orown centipede, with only twenty antennal 
segments. 

*Dove Dale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3165 5 near 
the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; Manners Wood, near Bake- 
well, V7. B. & S. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, 


ourselves, 1918. 


23. L. dubosequi, Brolemann. 


55-7 mm. 

Another small species, not unlike L. crassipes, but provided 
with only three ocelli on each side of the head in typical 
cases. 

The Vicarage garden, Ashford-in-the-Water, ourselves, 
1918. 


Family Scolopendrida, Newport, 1844. 
Genus Cryprops, Leach, 1814. 


24. C. hortensis, Leach, 1814. 
Syn. C. savignyi, Leach, 1817. 


15-25 mm. 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 331 


A form intermediate in organization between Lithobius and 
Geophilus. 
A tew, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Family Geophilide, Leach, 1814. 
Genus Geopuitus, Leach, 1814. 


25. G. carpophagus, Leach. 


Syn. G. sodalis, Bergsoe et Meinert. 

; G. condylogaster, Latzel, 1880. 

41 mm. 

This is a dark brown species of our well-distributed genus 
Geophilus. The pegs of the anterior ventral plates are 
prominent and the corresponding sockets comparatively 
small. We have not ourselves met with this species in the 
county. 


*Dove Dale, R. S., 21/iv./14 (/.). 


26. G. longrcornis, Leach, 1814. 

Syn G. flavus (De Geer, 1778). 

40 min. 

A detailed examination of examples of this species will 
show that the true peg-and-socket or “ carpophagous”’ struc- 
ture is wanting in the ventral plates of the animal’s body. 
This character is present in all its known English congeners. 

*2 2 2, Castleton, R. S., ix./13 (J.), G. 3135 ; near the 
R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; 1 2 with forty-seven pairs of 
legs, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & S. G. B.-B., 
6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


27. G. insculptus, Attems, 1895. 


Syn. The name “G. proximus” has been used by other authors in 
this country and ourselves to record animals which un- 
doubtedly belong to G. insculptus. The true G. proxrimus, 
C. L. Koch, 1847, is unknown to us. 

25 mm. 

In May and June we found G. inscu/ptus to be a fairly 
common species, and we obtained a good number of speciinens. 
The socket of the anterior ventral plates is large. 

Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918 ; Burbage 
Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27/v.]18. 


28. G. electricus (Linné, 1758). 
45 mm. 
This is an interesting species, not very common in the 


332 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


north of England, but apparently well distributed. The 

specimen recorded below has sixty-nine pairs of legs, and is , 

furnished with typical pores on the coxee of the anal legs. 
1, junior, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus BRACHYGEOPHILUS, Brélemann, 1909. 


29. B. truncorum (Bergsoe et Meinert). 


10-14 mm. 

This is the type of the genus, which resembles Geophilus. 
In Brachygeophilus the sternites are without pore-fields, the 
coxal pores are much reduced, the species are very small, 
and the number of their somites is low and only slightly 
variable (6). In the case of B. truncorum there are three - 
marked depressions on the surface of the anterior ventral 
plates. It is common in the north of England. 

Near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell district, 
ourselves, 1918. 


Genus STIGMATOGASTER, Latzel, 1880. 


30. S. subterraneus (Leach). 


Syn. Himantarium subterraneum (Leach). 


90 mm. 

A large species with a clearly defined central pore-field on 
the anterior ventral plates. 

Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918. 


Genus SCOLIOPLANES, Bergsoe et Meinert, 1866. 


31. S. acuminatus (Leach, 1814). 


20-34 mm. 

This is one of the darker geophilids. The maxillipedes of 
this genus are sufficiently characteristic to distinguish it at — 
a glance from Geophilus. In this species, according to — 
Latzel (8), the male always (in Austria) has thirty-nine © 
pairs of walking-legs ; there were thirty-nine pairs in the — 
example recorded below. It would appear that the female — 
inay have from forty-one to forty-seven pairs, though Latzel — 
only knew them (loc. edt.) with forty-one to forty-three pairs. — 

J 3, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16. 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 333 


III. DescrIPTIONS oF THE ‘’wo NEw MILLIPEDES 
RECORDED ABOVE, WITH NOTES. 


Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. n. 


Dimensions approximately the same as those of the known 
species. Ocelli present, well but irregularly pigmented, few 
in pnumber—three. The other external characters and the 
mouth-parts agreeing with the type of the genus. Male 
unknown. 

Female.—TVhe female presents the usual sexual differences. 

The vulve.—In the “ cyphopodite”’ the chitinization, both 
of the pilose lateral lobes (fig. 1, ea, in) and of the naked 
posterior lobe (pd), is well marked. The posterior lobe is 


Fig. I. 


Brachycheteuma quartum, posterior view of the right vulva. ea, tn, 
external and internal lobes of the “ cyphopodite” ; pl, posterior 
lobe. x 260. H. K. B.-B. del. 


simple in form, and is neither provided with a marked 
median elevation nor with lateral folds of chitin, though, as 
usual, the chitin of the posterior lobe as a whole is stouter 
than that of the rest of the organ. When viewed from 
behind the distal limit of the posterior lobe is almost flat and 
its lateral borders are simple, being convex in profile. From 
the same point of view a strong band of chitin is seen to 
arise from the external edge of the lobe at the height of its 
convexity ; this band passes transversely towards the internal 
edge, and, losing its definition, hardly unites with it. A 


334 Dr. & the Rev, S. Graham Brade-Birks on 


short, proximally directed ridge of the same nature arises 
from a similar position on the internal border of the lobe. 

Hab. Bakewell, wild, in a well-wooded Carboniferous 
Limestone district, under a stone. 

Type. Slides 1275 and 1276, tube 1277, Brade-Birks 
collection. tn 

It seems a convenient opportunity to give a diagnostic key 
to the females of the genus Brachychwteuma, as follows :— 


la. Posterior lobe (of the “ceyphopodite”) lack- 
ing a pair of definite circular thickenings 
OF CHUA oi je oy ards SE ate mn oinin b.5 209 Oo 2. 
14, Posterior lobe furnished with a pair of { Birks. 
detinite circular thickenings of chitin .. 2B. melanops, Brade- 


2a. Posterior lobe with a marked median 


GIGMEENON  o.. e sart chek hs eaten me ob 3. 
2b. Posterior lobe without a inarked median 
BICTBMED Sins dis oan ee i Seg ne B, quartum, nobis. 
3a. Posterior lobe with a small median eleva- 
tion and well-marked lateral folds of [ Brade-Birks, 
QUE oe ac Siew c aae: eee ta nee oe pete B. bagnalli, Verhoelf et 
3 b. Posterior lobe with a large and outwardly 
directed median elevation, but lacking fet Brade-Birks. 
lateral folds ‘of ehitin 34 «cic x suk acca sive BL. bradee, Brélemann 


In the males of the genus it seems probable that develop- 
ment of the telepodite of the anterior gonopods runs parallel 
with the development of the posterior lobe of the ‘ cypho- 
podite” in the vulva of the female. If that is really so, we 
should expect that when examples of the male of B. guartum 
are found, the telepoditic elements of the anterior gonopods 
will be similar to those of B. bradew and LB. bagnalli—perhaps 
slightly less complicated ; we should not expect the complex 
condition of the telepoditic horns found in B. melanops. In 
the species known previously the coxal prolongations of the 
auterior gonopods have been useful diagnostic features, and 
by analogy we should expect them to differ in B. guartum 
from those of the other species and to be simpler in form than 
in any of them, Thus, they should most closely resemble 
the coxal prolongations of B. bagnalli*. The syncoxite of 
the same gonopods appears to be a fairly constant feature, 
and so it is to be expected that in this character and in the 
disposition of the pseudoflagella the male of B. guartum will 
ugree with the other species. 


* The coxal prolongations might, for example, be broader distally and 
less elevated than in ZB. bagnalli. 


Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 335 


Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n. 


Dimensions of the male.—Length 6°0, breadth 0°6 mm. 

Other external characters.—In all essentials these are the 
same as those of C. sculellare lrélemanni, though, perhaps, 
the new variety is rather darker dorsally. 

Modified Appendages of the Male: 

Anterior paragonopods (fig. 2).—These show characters 
intermediate between those of the type of the species and the 
variety C. scutellure brélemanni. ‘The appendages are repre- 
sented by a pair of conical processes, the coxal elements, 


Fig. 3. 


Chordeumella seutellare bagnalli. 


Fig. 2.—Anterior paragonopods, x 260. H. K. B.-B. del. 


Fig. 3.—Sternite and left femorite of the anterior gonopods, x 260. 
H. K. B.-B. del. 


which bear long apical hairs. A definite indentation of the 
internal border of each paragonopod, due to an obtuse-angled 
inward bend of the appendage, corresponds in position to a 
feeble fold in the case of C. scutellare scutellare, The 
shoulder opposite the indentation is developed into a rounded 
pigmented naked pyojection on the external border of the 
limb. This projection is the rudiment of a telepodite, but the 
point of division between telepoditic and coxal elements is 


336 On Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 


nearer obliteration than is the ease in C. seutellare brélemanni. 
Whereas in rélemanni the apices of the telepoditic and coxal 
elements are of about the same elevation, in this new variety 
the telepoditic element falls considerably short of the elevation 
of the coxite. 

Anterior gonopods (fig. 3).—These, again, are intermdiate 
in form between those of the type of the species and brék- 
manni. The sternite is furnished with a median prolongation, 
well developed and tongue-like in shape and siinply rounded 
at its extremity, its distal border being neither emarginate as 
in C, scutellare scutellare, nov drawn out into a definite peak- 
like projection as in C. scutellure brélemannt, 

Posterior gonopods, first pair of legs of the eighth segment, 
postertor paragonopods.—Inu all essentials these agree with 
the corresponding limbs of the type of the species; thus they 
also resemble those of brélemanni. 

Female. Adult unknown, 

Hab. Under wood, on a garden-path, ete., Beech House, 
Great Longstone, 1918. 

Dedication. We have pleasure in naming this variety in 
honour of our friend and colleague Mr. R.S. Bagnall, F.L.S. 
etc., of Blayden-upon-T'yne. 

Types. ‘Vube 1271, slides 1272, 1273, 1274, and 1349, 
Brade-Birks collectiou. 


REFERENCES. 


(1) Bacnaty, R. 8. ‘On some Lancashire Myriapods new to the 
British Fauna.” Lancs. & Ches. Nat.*, July 1917, p. 104. 
(2) BeriEse, A. Acari, Myr., et Scorp. fase. viil., i. (1883). 
(3) Brape-Brexs, Hitpa K. and 8. Granam. “Notes on Myriapoda, 
IV.” Lancs. & Ches. Nat.*, Sept. 1916, p. 141. 
(4) ——. “Notes on Myr. VI.” Ibed.* July 1917, p. 113. 
(5) ——. “Notes on Myr., VIL.” Journ. Zool. Res., Dec. 1917, vol. ii. 
pt. 4, p. 135. 
(6) Brétemann, Henry W. “A propos d'un systéme des Géophilo- 
morphes.” Arch. Zool. Exp, et Gén., Dec. 1909, vol. xliii. no. 3, 
. 803. 
(7) a “ Biospeologica, XVII.” bid. Oct. 1910, vol. xlv. p. 339. 
(8) LatzEL, Roperr. Die Myr. der dster.-ung. Mon. (1880-4), 
(9) Ripaut, H. “Notes Myriapodologiques, 1.” Soc. d’hist. Nat. de 
Toulouse (1905). 
(10) ‘“‘ Myriopodes de la Montagne Noire.” did. 1909, vol. xliu. 
no. 3, p. 142. 
(11) -—. “ Biospeologica, XXVIII” Arch. Zool, Exp. et Gén., Jan. 
1913, vol. 1. no. 8, p. 899. 
(12) Vernorrr, K.W. “Kin Beitrag zur mitteleuropaischen Diplo- 
poden-Fauna.” Berl. ent. Zeitsch. vol. xxxvi. H. 1, 1891, p. 116. 
(13) ——-. Uber Diplopoden.  Tausendfiissler aus Brandenburg u. 
andere Formen aus Ostdeutschland u. Ost.-Ung.,” Mar. 1907. 


* Published under the auspices of the Lancashire and Cheshire Fauna 
Comittee. 


On various Species of the American Genus Astylus, 337 


XXXII.—WNotes on various Species of the American Genus 
Astylus, Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters 
[ Coleoptera]. By Grorage CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. 


CERTAIN species of the Malacoderm genus Astylus, Cast. 
(= Mecoglossa, Solier) exhibit remarkable sexual characters, 
two only of which appear to have been specially noticed by 
authors, viz., the broad, vertical lamella on each side of the 
terminal abdominal segment in ¢ ¢ of A. trifasciatus and 
A. gayi, mentioned by Guérin, and the deeply emarginate, 
bispinose apices of the elytra in 2 9 of A. octopustulatus 
and A, antillarum, observed by Gorham. The presence of 
these and other important external structures, accompanied 
by peculiarities in the g genital armature (visible in many 
dried specimens), has induced me to examine the teemen 
and edeagus (penis-sheath *) of nearly all the species repre- 
sented in the British Museum, or in that of the Hope 
Collection at Oxford. ‘These chitinous structures are noticed 
in detail in the present paper ; and in a number of cases the 
insect itself, owing to uncertainties of identification, is re- 
described, or named, if new. The principal external charac- 
ters observed, apart from the longer antenne or curved tibize 
of the males of certain species, are :—(1) the presence of two 
compressed, subconical, tuberculiform or dentiform promin- 
ences on the metasternum in @ (A. octopustulatus, gorhami, 
&e.) ; (2) the long, spiniform, anterior trochanters in ¢ 
(A. subgriseus) ; (3) the obliquely produced or dentiform 
inner apical angles of one or more of the intermediate joints 
of the anterior tarsi in ¢ (A. antis, splendidus, correptus, and 
converus) ; (4) the posteriorly constricted elytra in ¢ 
(A. correptus) ; (5) the deeply emarginate, bispinose apices 
of the elytra in 9 (A. octopustulatus, gorhami, antillarum, 
&c.); (6) the sinuato-truncated apices of the elytra, with 
sharp or dentiform sutural angle, in 9 (A. quadrilineatus, 
imbricatus, &c.); (7) the elongate, conical, terminal, abdo- 
minal segmentin ¢ (A. sewmaculatus, &c.) ; (8) the laterally 
lamellate terminal abdominal segment, and broadly divided 
fifth ventral segment, in ¢ (A. trifasciatus and gayi); (9) the 
forcipate terminal dorsal segment in ¢ (A. forcipatus). 

The tegmen of the g in many of the species is very 
deeply emarginate or cleft at the apex (A. trifasciatus, &c.) ; 
in others it is feebly emarginate (A. octopustulatus, &c.), 
truncated (A, cyanerythrus, &c.), or simply rounded at the 


* Median lobe of Sharp and Muir. 
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 25 


338 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


tip (A. correptus) ; the margins of the distal portion of this 
organ are usually clothed with long curled hairs. ‘The very 
elongate penis-sheath exhibits a variety of forms: (1) almost 
straight from near the base and simply pointed at the tip 
(A. antis and many other species) ; (2) broad, compressed, 
and obliquely truncate at the tip (A, seamaculatus) ; 
(3) constricted distally, and obliquely truncate and sub- 
securiform at the tip (A. vittaticoll’s); (4) flattened and 
strongly bisinuate as seen in profile (A. trifasciatus and 
gayi). The long membranous sac, containing the true 
intromittent organ, has not been examined: the distal portion 
of it is usually seen protruding from the dorsal surface of 
the penis-sheath at some distance before the apex of the 
latter, and in some cases the exposed part appears to be 
studded with asperities or short bristles*. ‘The terminal 
abdominal segment of the ¢ is separated from the preceding 
segment, on both the ventral and dorsal aspects, by a mem- 
branous space, extending broadly forward along the entire 
length of the fifth ventral segment in A. trifasciatus, sea- 
maculatus, &e., allowing great freedom of movement of this 
portion of the body during copulation. In several species a 
thickened hook-like process has been noticed on the front of 
the first ventral segment in g; butas this structure is almost 
covered by the posterior cox, and cannot be seen till the 
abdomen is detached, no use las been made of it in the 
present paper. 

The genus Astylus extends over the greater part of South 
America, and is particularly well represented at high eleva- 
tions in the Ecuadorean Andes, two species occurring as far 
north as Panama, and two in the Lesser Antilles. The large 
Chilean forms have been placed under a separate genus, 
Mecoglossa, by Solier, a name that might conveniently be 
retained for them, on account of the extraordinary genital 
armature of the ¢, and the cleft terminal ventral segment of 
the 2. Since the publication of the “ Munich ” Catalogue 
of Malacodermata, in 1869, numerous species of Astylus 
have been described or named by Kirsch, Berg, Steinheil, 
Gorham, Bourgeois, and Pic. It is questionable whether 
one of the papers by the last-named author, entitled “ Sur le 
genre Astylus, Cast.” (L’Echange, xvii. pp. 34-36, 1902), 
containing many proposed new names for 8. American forms, — 
unaccompanied by definite descriptions or measurements, and — 
issued solely—as the author states—to secure priority, should 


* The genitalia examined have been dissected by Mr. A. Cant. To 
extract these pieces without injury, it has been found necessary to boil 
the detached abdomen in caustic potash. 


Species of the American Genus Astylus, 339 


be recognized*, These hairy insects are found gregariously 
on flowers in open places, and they bear a certain relation- 
ship to the Palearctic /Henicopus, wanting the peculiar 
structures in the legs of the males so conspicuous in nearly 
all the members of the last-named genus. The two species 
found in abundance by myself in Chiriqui in 1881-83 are still 
the only known representatives of Astylus recorded from 
north of the Isthmus of Panama. 

The forms represented in the British Museum collection 
may be grouped by their structural characters or g armature 


thus :t— 


a, Metasternum without tubercles or dentiform pro- 
cesses in ¢. 
~ a’, Wings fully developed. 

a*, Terminal abdominal segment with broad verti- 
cal lamellw in ¢, the segment itself transverse 
on the ventral aspect; sixth ventral segment 
divided in 9; elytra more or less costate and 
rugosely punctured: dg with bilobed tegmen 
and strongly sinuate penis-sheath : species 
large, Chilean [Mrcoatossa, Sol.].... ..... Nos. 1, 2. 

b?, Terminal abdominal seoment ’ without ‘lamelle, 

conical or narrowed posteriorly in ¢; sixth 

ventral segment divided in 9; elytra not 

costate: dg of A. sexmaculutus with bilobed 

tegmen and broad, obliquely truncate penis- 

SURE OTI crc co-'n-< 0.0, vie: 3a ace 0»; «nS a tg Sle ie Nos. 3, 4. 

ce’, Terminal abdominal segment as in 67; sixth 
ventral segment not divided in 9. 

a’, Elytra not constricted posteriorly in either 
sex, at most obsoletely costate. 

a‘, Elytral apices rounded or obtuse in d 2, 

or (A. vittatus) obliquely truncate in 2. 

a’. $ with bilobed or emarginate tegmen 

and acuminate penis-sheath, the inter- 

mediate joints of anterior tarsi angulate 

at inner apical angle in A. antis and 


_ splendidus. 
. Anterior trochanters simple in ¢ . Nos, 5-22. 
oP. Anterior trochanters long and spini- 
TORN Gia oak ss ae siesta eee . No. 23. 
. ¢ with bluntly rounded or truncated teg- 
men and acuminate penis-sheath .,.... Nos. 24, 25, 
ce’. ¢ with bilobed tegmen and es ote 
dilated penis-sheath Poe ao Heme Hd No. 26, 


* This article is catalogued in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1902, 
p. 140, as “ Notes on proposed n. spp.” but the paper itself is not 
analysed, and the new names are not given. 

t “Males of A. hematostictus, sexpustulatus, convexus, and amabihs not 
dissected, those of A. pallipes, imbricatus, and laticauda, and female of 
A. forcipatus wanting. 

25* 


340 Mr. G. C, Champion on various 


b*, Elytral apices sinuato-truncate and sutural 
angles sharpin ¢ Q*: ¢ with emarginate 
tegmen and acuminate penis-sheath .... No, 27. 
a®, Elytra constricted posteriorly in ¢ , subparallel 
in 9, sharply costate laterally in both sexes : 
3 with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi pro- 
duced at inner apical angle, the tegmen 
rounded at tip, and the penis-sheath acumi- 
WMG avis Uo croc sere es rns men ee ee No. 28. 
d?, Terminal abdominal segment with a long process 
on each side in ¢, the tegmen truncate, and the 
penis-sheath acuminate; elytra bicostate, the 
INNOr -CoBtA PLOMINGNE , m2 ves yw sia ee eens ea Cae No. 29. 
b'. Wings wanting or rudimentary ; elytra not costate: . 
3 with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi produced 
at inner apical angle .............. ate eines No. 30, 
. Metasternum bituberculate or bidentate in ¢ ; elytra 
uni- or bicostate; wings fully developed: ¢ with 
tegmen truncate or feebly emarginate and penis- 
sheath acuminate. 
c’. Elytral apices rounded or truncate in ¢, bispinose 
and deeply emarginate in 9 ..........c0sreeee Nos. 31-36. 
d'. Elytral apices rounded or subtruncate in ¢, sinuato- 
truncate, and with the sutural angles sharp and 
OVELIBPPING | UTD ain ast ox 4 5 Alors x55) ces See Nos. 37-39. 


> 


1. Astylus trifasciatus. 

Dasytes (Astylus) trifasciatus, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48, t. 15. 
figs. 2-2; Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109. 
Mecoglossa rugosa, Solier, in Gay's Hist. Chile, iv. p. 426, t. 10. 
figs. 5-5 g. : 


g. Ventral sutures 1-4 oblique fiom the outer margin to 
median line; segment 1 with a stout hook in the middle at 
the base; segment 5 long, divided into two, widely separated, 
apically convergent lobes, which are broadly subtruncate at 
the tip, the median portion membranous. Terminal segment 
elongate on the dorsal aspect, transverse on the ventral 
aspect, angulate on each side towards the apex beneath, the 
apical portion dilated laterally into a broad, vertical, inwardly 
concave, securiform lobe, aud the apical margin toothed in 
the centre above. ‘Tegmen with moderately long, ciliate, 
feebly curved, lateral lobes, which are subtruneate or bluntly 
rounded at the tip. Penis-sheath very strongly, bisinuately 
curved, tapering at the tip. 

9. Ventral segment 6 abont as long as 5, cleft, and 
separated laterally from the dorsal portion. 

Hab. CHILE. 

Apparently a common species in some parts of Chile. 


* Possibly a variable character in this species, A. guadrilineatus, 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 341 


This insect has extremely rugosely punctured elytra, and two 
more or less distinct costze on the disc ; the first and second 
fasciz are usually connected with the dark sutural stripe, and 
the latter is sometimes dilated at the tip. The females are 
broader than the males, and some of them (labelled with the 
MS. name Mecoglossa intermedia in the Fry collection), from 
Lota, Chillan, &c., have much less coarsely punctate elytra. 
The long hairs on the under surface are cinereous in colour 
in the rugose form, and intermixed with black hairs in the 
smoother examples. The elytral markings are sometimes 
reduced to two spots on the outer part of the disc, the 
anterior one being quite small. Females largely preponderate 
in the long series before me, few of which are labelled with 
any definite locality. 


2. Astylus gayi. 
Dasytes (Astylus) gayii, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48. 


Mecoglossa affinis, Solier, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 427. 
Dasytes porrectus, Buquet, in Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837). 


Hab. Cute, Valparaiso (C. Darwin), Concepcion, San 
Blas, Coquimbo (Mus. Brit.), Araucania (R. UM, Middleton), 

es 

This insect is a smoother, very hairy form of A. trifaseiatus, 
with the elytral markings usually reduced to three angular 
patches along the outer part of the disc and the sutural stripe 
dilated at the base and apex, and the long hairs on the under 
surface entirely or in great part black. The two forms have 
precisely similar g armature, and the smoother females 
alluded to under A. trifasciatus would be equally well placed 
under either of them. 


3. Astylus sexmaculatus. 


Dasytes sexmaculatus, Perty, Del. Anim. art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 15 ; 
Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 96. 
Dasytes pictus, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837). 

g. Ventral segment 1 with a blunt hook in the centre at 
the base; 5 broadly cleft down the middle, the lateral portions 
subtruncate at the tip. ‘Terminal segment long, tubulate, 
narrowing outwards, emarginate laterally at the apex. 
Tegmen with long, spoon-shaped, slightly sinuous lateral 
lobes, which are curved inwards at the tip, and thickly 
fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, compressed, the 


outer portion broadly, obliquely truncate, as seen in profile. 


342 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


9. Ventral segment 5 short, triangular, emarginate, 
6 cleft, shorter than 5. 

Hab. Braziv, Rio de Janeiro (Blanchard, Fry), Sio Paulo 
(Perty), Alto de Serra Paulo (G@. 2. Bryant). 

A long series seen, males prepondcrating, showing searcely 
any variation, except in size. The penis-sheath of the g, 
examined in many specimens, is very different from that of 
any of the allied species dissected, 


4, Astylus hematostictus, sp. 0. 


Elongate, narrow, shining, nigro-pilose above and beneath ; 
nigro-ceeruleous, the head and prothorax greenish, the elytra 
with an oblong spot at the base, thé lateral margins to near 
the middle, a triangular postmedian patch on the disc, and a 
transverse subapical mark, luteous or reddish, the antenna 
testaceous to about the middle; the head and prothorax 
finely, the elytra rather coarsely punctate. Head not much 
developed behind the eyes; antennze moderately long in g, 
short in 2. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides in 
both sexes. Elytra long, subparallel in their basal half. 

6. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 
moderately long, conical, cleft down the middle. 

9. Ventral segment 6 short, divided down the middle. 

Length 6-64, breadth 24-22 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Brazit, Minas Geraes (Mus. Brit.). : 

Described from a pair acquired by the Museum in 1844, 
the g labelled with the MSs. specific name hematostictus. 
An elongate, narrow, metallic insect, with nigro-ceruleous 
elytra, which are each marked with three rather large luteous 
or reddish spots—one basal (oblong), one postmedian (tri- 
angular), and one subapical (transverse). A larger abraded 
? (length 8} mm.), from Puarcatambo, Peru, too imperfect 
to name, differs from the Brazilian insect in having the elytra 
less coarsely punctate, and the three spots transverse, the 
second forming a definite arcuate fascia. A. hematostictus 
seems to be nearest allied to A. sewmaculatus, Perty, from 
which it is separable by its smaller size, narrower form, and 
the differently shaped spots on the elytra. The unique male 
has not been dissected. 


5. Astylus antis. 


Dasytes antis, Perty, Del. Anim. art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 13 (1838) ; 
Cast. Hist. Nat. Coleopt. i. p. 280. 

Dasytes flavofasciatus, Blanch.in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 97, t. 6. 
fig. 10. 

Astylus fasciatus [Germ. in Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123], Sharp and — 
Muir, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond, 1912, pp. 540, 541 (3 genit. armature). 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 343 


3. Anterior tarsi with joints 3 and 4 angulate, and 2 
obliquely dentate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral 
segment 5 broadly, deeply emarginate. Terminal segment 
long, tubulate, narrowing from the base, cleft beneath. 
Tegmen narrowly cleft for a short distance at the apex, 
which is fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath narrowed 
and somewhat acuminate at the tip. 

?. Ventral segment 6 short, undivided, feebly notched at 
the apex. 

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro, Santa Catharina, S40 Paulo, 
Rio Grande, &c.; ParaGuay, Sapucay (W. Foster) ; 
ARGENTINA, Corrientes (sec. Blanchard). 

Of the twenty-five specimens before me, females pre- 
ponderating, five belong to the smaller form with a relatively 
narrow prothorax in both sexes, this latter corresponding to the 
D. flavofasciatus of Blanchard, from Corrientes, Rio Grande, 
Sapucay, &c. A male of each has been dissected, and the 
armature proves to be precisely similar. The broad, com- 
plete, submedian flavous fascia on the elytra separates 
A. antis from A. splendidus. The prothorax and the base 
of the elytra are thickly set with long, erect or projecting, 
black hairs in both of them. The length varies from 
10-16 mm. 


6. Astylus splendidus, 


Dasytes splendidus, Cast. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1832, p. 398; Hist. Nat, 
Coleopt. i. p. 280. 


Aab.. BRaziu (Mus. Oxon.), Rio de Janeiro (Fry). 

This is a large very brilliantly coloured form of A. antis 
with the flavous markings on the elytra reduced to an oblique 
subapical fascia on the outer part of the disc; the fascia, 
however in one of the five examples seen (2 g ¢,3 2 2) 
reaches the suture and is continued along it for a short 
distance forward. The ¢ characters are similar to those of 
A. antis, and the two insects are certainly nothing more than 
forms of one species. Botli occur at Rio de Janeiro, where 
also the smaller and narrower A. flavofasciatus, Blanch., has 
been found. 


7. Astylus aulicus. 


Astylus aulicus, Dej. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1887) ; Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent. 
Fr. 1908, pp. 328, 329. 


3. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate 
6 about as long as 5, undivided, with a narrow, deep, triaugular 


344 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


notch at the apex. ‘Tegmen with two long, widely separated, 
straight lateral lobes, which are fringed with long hairs at 
the tip. Penis-sheath stout, acuminate and slightly up- 
turned at the apex. 

@. Ventral segment shorter than 5, simple. 

Hab, COLOMBIA ; VENEZUELA. 

A common insect in the countries quoted. The typical 
form has a transverse, angulate red patch on the outer part of 
the elytra before the middle, sometimes (var, fenestratus, 
Pic, |]. c.) extending forward along the outer margin and up 
the middle of the dise to the base. Examples also occur 
with a small red spot at the base and one or two others beyond 
the middle. ‘The @-characters are described from three 
specimens dissected many years ago by Dr. Sharp. 


a Astylus rubripennts. 


Dasytes rubripennis, Latr.in Voyage Humboldt, i. p. 178, t. 17. fig. 3. 
Melyris, ( Astylus) rubripennis, Er, in Wiegm. Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii. 
1, p. 84. 

g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 with 
an oblong excavation in the centre at the apex, and the apex 
itself deeply emarginate. ‘'egmen with short, broad lateral 
lobes, the apices of which are obliquely truncate and thickly 
set with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, gradually narrowed 
and slightly curved at the tip. 
‘Hab. ? CotomBia (Mus. Brit.); Peru, Jaen de Bra- 
camorras (l/umboldt and Bonpland). 

Two males in the Museum labelled “ Colombia ” and ac- 
quired in 1844, agree with Latreille’s figure of D. rubripennis 
and Erichson’s subsequent description of the same species. The 
elytia have the reddish portion of the surface more extended 
than in’ A, bonplandi, leaving a broad, posteriorly angulate 
space at the base (enclosing an oval or oblong reddish patch), 
a small spot on the disc towards the apex, and the sutural 
and apical margins black. The very different ¢-armature 
shows that the two insects are distinct. 


9. Aslylus bonplandi. 


Melytris (Astylus) bonplandi, Er. in Wiegm. Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii. 
1, p. 84 (1847). 

Dasytes rubripennis, var., Latr. in Voy. Humboldt, i. p. 178, t. 17. 
fig. 4. 

Astylus bonplandi, Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 212. 


3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 un- 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 345 


divided, with a small, deep, triangular notch at the tip. Teg- 
men with rather broad, long, lateral lobes, which are angularly 
dilated at the apex within, the apices clothed with black hairs. 
Penis-sheath almost straight from near the base, abruptly 
narrowed at the tip, the marrow apical portion slightly 
thickened distally. 

?. Ventral segment 6 simple, about as long as 5. 

Hab, Ecuavor (Buckley), Chillalocha, Loja (Bourgeois), 
San Lucas, Quito (ex coll. Fry), ? Guayaquil (Rosenberg) ; 
Peru, Jaen de Bracamorras (Humboldt and Bonpland), 
Moyabamba (ea coll. Fry), Nauta ; Bonivia. 

To judge from tle labels on the numerous examples before 
me, two or more species are confused in collections under the 
name A. bonplandi, after the elimination of A. rubripennis ; 
and it is doubtful if much reliance can be placed on some of 
the Ecuador locality tickets, as it is scarcely likely that an 
insect ranges from the sea-level at Guayaquil to the elevated 
region of Quito. A moderately large, black, thickly nigro- 
pilose * form ; the elytra red, with a common scutellar patch, 
an oblong patch at the shoulder (these markings sometimes 
coalescent posteriorly), two transversely-placed spots at the 
middle of the dise (often confluent and reaching the suture), 
a large spot below them, the sutural and apical margins, and 
the outer margin in part, black. In one or two examples 
the upper surface has a faint metallic tinge. 


10. Astylus ceruleotinctus, sp. 1. 


Moderately elongate, shining, nigio-pilose ; nigro-czru- 
leous, sometimes with a greenish lustre, the basal joints of 
the antenne rufo-maculate ; the elytra with an oval, poste- 
riorly acuminate spot at the base, two transversely-placed 
patches before the middle (the inner one subtriangular or 
oval, and sometimes coalescent with the basal spot, the outer 
one extending forward along the outer margin to the shoulder), 
and a large, anteriorly subtruncate, complete or incomplete 
annulus before the apex, flavescent or red. Head small, 
somewhat deeply inserted into the prothorax, closely, finely 
punctate, hollowed in the middle between the eyes, the latter 
not very prominent; antennz moderately long in g, shorter 
in 2. Prothorax transverse, finely punctured, the margins 
strongly reflexed. Elytra rather broad, rounded at the apex, 
closely, somewhat coarsely punctate, sometimes with a faint 
costa on the inner part of the disc. Legs slender. 


if Several examples in the Fry collection are completely abraded 
above. 


346 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


g. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, 
clett down the middle to near the apex, leaving a narrow 
membranous space exposed. Tegmen with long, narrowly 
separated lateral lobes, which are somewliat spoon-shaped 
and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath rather slender, the 
outer portion straight, narrowly produced at the apex, the 
latter rounded. 

?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple. 

Length 8-11, breadth 4-5 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab, CotomstA, Bogota; VENEZUELA; PERU. 

Fifteen examples, including five males. A less robust, 
smaller insect than A. bonplandi, the ‘surface constantly 
metallic, the elytral markings somewhat different, the sub- 
apical annulus always well defined, the legs more slender; 
the ¢ with the sixth ventral segment almost divided down 
the middle, and the lateral lobes of the tegmen undilated at 
tlie tip. Some of the specimens seen, both in the British 
Museum and in the Hope Collection at Oxford, are ticketed 
A. (Dasytes) bonplandi or A. rubripennis, Latr. ; the three 
at Oxford are without locality-label. 


11. Astylus nigrolimbatus, sp. n. 


Moderately elongate, somewhat robust, shining, nigro- 
pilose ; nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the antenne 
rufo-maculate ; the elytra with a space at the base (enclosing 
a transverse reddish spot), the suture thence to the tip, a 
triangular or transverse patch at about the middle of the disc 
(reaching the suture in one specimen), a rounded or sub- 
triangular patch below this,a patch at the apex, and the 
outer margin entirely of the ground-colour, the rest of their - 
surface orange-yellow. Head, antenne, and prothorax much 
as in A. cwruleotinctus, and the elytra similarly sculptured. 

g. Ventral segment 1 hooked in the centre in front, 
5 deeply, semicircularly emarginate, 6 long, conical, with an - 
elongate-triangular notch at the tip, without trace of median 
division. ‘legmen with long, flattened lateral lobes, which 
are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath 
almost straight, somewhat abruptly narrowed at the apex, 
the protruding membranous sac studded with minute points, 

9. Ventral segment 6 short, simple. 

Length 73-94, breadth 33-43 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Ecuapor (ew coll. Fry: 2); Peru [type] (ea coll. 
Pry: a: 2), 

Three males and two females. This insect resembles the 
smaller examples of A. bonplandt, from which it is separable 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 347 


by the transverse reddish basal spot and the entirely bluish- 
black outer margin of the elytra. The ¢ has a similarly un- 
divided sixth ventral segment; but the lateral lobes of tlie 
tegmen are shaped much as in the same sex of A.ceruleotinctus, 
which has an incompletely cleft sixth ventral segment in 3. 
The above-mentioned colour differences also distinguish 
A. nigrolimbatus from the last-named insect, the outer limb 
of the elytra being partly flavescent or red in all the speci- 
mens of A. bonplandi and A. ceruleotinctus before me. 


12. Asty/us bourgeoisi. 


Astylus bourgeoisi, Kirsch, Abhand]. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89, 
no. 4, p. 1], t. 1. fig. 20; Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 212. 

Astylus bisseaguttatus, Gorh. in Whymper’s Great Andes, Suppl. App. 
pp. 52, 53, fig. (1891). : 

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arecuato-emarginate, 6 sub- 
triangular, suleate down the middle, notched at the tip. 
Tegmen narrow, with long, compressed, subcontiguous lateral 
lobes, which are ciliate and somewhat rounded at the tip. 
Penis-sheath with the outer portion almost straight, sulcate 
on the ventral aspect, abruptly narrowed at the apex. 

Q?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple. 

Hab, CoLoMBIA (ex coll, Sharp), Tuquerres (sec. Kirsch) ; 
Ecuapbor, Quito, Cayambe, Mindo, Machachi, &c. 

This variable insect is common at high elevations (8000- 
10,000 ft.) in Ecuador, many localities being given for it by 
Bourgeois and Gorham, who figure similar well-marked 
examples. The latter have on each elytron a patch at the 
base, two transversely placed, oblong spots towards the 
middle, and a large anuulus before the apex, flavescent or 
red, these markings being sometimes reduced to small spots, 
three of which represent the broken-up annulus. The inner 
submedian juxta-sutural spot is rarely wanting, and the elytra 
themselves are coarsely punctured, Two dissimilarly 
coloured males have been dissected, showing no variation in 
the armature. 


13. Astylus rivett. 
Astylus riveti, Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 213. 


Moderately elongate, shining, pilose, the hairs on the 
upper surface mostly black, with shorter decumbent greyish 
hairs intermixed, those on the under surface and legs 
cinereous ; xneous, the basal joints of the antenne, entirely 
or in part, and the others at the extreme base, rufous; the 


348 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


elytra greenish, uigro-ceruleous, or black, with an elongate 
streak at the middle of the base, two or three shorter streaks 
(including one near the outer margin) below this, and a large 
irregular annulus before the apex, all sometimes coalescent 
or partly obsolete, flavescent or rufo-testaceous ; the head, 
prothorax, and scutellum closely, finely punctate, the elytra 
foveolato-punctate, with minute punctures in the narrow 
interspaces. Head small, the anterior portion short; antenue 
moderately long in ¢, shorter in 9. Prothorax transverse, 
rounded at the sides in both sexes. Elytra snbparallel to 
about the middle, the humeri tumid, the apical margin finely 
crenulate. 

g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about 
as long as the lateral portions of 5, without groove, deeply, 
triangularly notched at the tip. Tegmen with long, com- 
pressed, narrowly separated, lateral lobes, which are rounded 
and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath pointed at the 
tip. 

Fee 6-7, breadth 23-34 mm. (¢ ¢.) 

Hab, Ecuanor, Tioloma, alt. 4263 metres (sec. Bourgeois : 
type), Cafiar (Rosenberg ex coll. Fry: 2). 

The above description is taken from four males and one 
female from Cafiar, which vary greatly in the development 
of the elytral markings. “A. riveti, Bourg., from Tioloma, 
based on a single example ( ? ?), seems to belong to the same 
species. The elytra in the insect before me are more coarsely 
punctured than in the allied A. bourgeoisi, Kirsch (=bissea- 
guttatus, Gorli.), a common species in the Andes of Ecuador, 
and equally variable in colour, In one example ( ¢) of the 
present insect the markings are entirely wanting on the basal 
half of the elytra, and in another ( ?) the elytra (as in the 
type of A. rivet’) are rufo-testaceous, with the sutural and 
outer margins, and four irregular angular patches black. 


14. Astylus sexpustulatus, sp. n. 


Moderately elongate, shining, the elytra duller, sparsely 
nigro-pilose ; nigro-eneous, the basal joints of the antenne 
partly red, the elytra black, each with six sharply defined 
orange-yellow spots—one, transverse, rather large, at the 
base, one small, beneath the humeral callus (not visible from 
above), one oblong, subquadrate, lateral, at about the basal 
third, one, small, oval, near the suture, before the middle, 
one, oblique, on the outer part of the disc, beyond the middle, 
and one, rather large, triangular, near the apex; the head and 
prothorax closely, finely, the elytra very coarsely, punctured. 


Speeies of the American Genus Astylus. 349 


Head rather small; antenne short in both sexes. Prothorax 
transverse, rounded at the sides. Elytra moderately long, 
without coste ; the apices, ¢ ¢, rather narrow, rounded, 
feebly denticulate. | 

3. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub- 
conical, moderately long. 

Length 53-6, breadth 21-2} mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Ecuavor (Rosenberg). 

One pair. Smaller than A. bourgeotsi, Kirsch (=bissca- 
guttatus, Gorh.), the head narrower, the antenne much 
shorter, the elytral markings very different, the six orange- 
yellow spots (one of which is 1o0t visible from above) 
precisely similar in the two specimens seen. ‘The male, 
not dissected, doubtless has a bilobed tegmen. 


15. Astylus sexguitatus. 


Astylus sexguttatus, Kirsch, Abhandl, Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89, 
no, 4, p. 11, t. 1. fig. 20. 


g. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate, 
6 grooved down the middle. Tegmen with long, narrowly 
separated, rather broad lobes, which are ciliate at the tip. 
Penis-sheath attenuate, the apical portion beyond the aperture 
narrow. 

Hab. COLOMBIA, Popayan and Jambalo (sec. Kirsch). 

‘There is a g¢ of this species in the Museum received in 
1855, labelled with the MS. name A. bimaculatus, Clit., and 
as from Guatemala, the locality being certainly incorrect. 
A brilliant, nigro-czsruleous insect, with six sharply defined 
flavous spots on each elytron, arranged 1, 2,2, 1. A. mi- 
chaelis?, Pic (1908), from Theresopolis, Brazil, seems to be 
more nearly allied to A. seaguitatus than to A. sewmaculatus, 
Perty, with which it is compared by its describer, 


16. Astylus luteogutiatus, sp. n. 


Moderately elongate, narrow and subparallel-sided (¢), or 
broader (2), shining, pilose, the hairs on the under surface 
and legs cinereous; greenisli-zneous, the elytra and ventral 
surface often nigro-ceruleous, the latter with a spot at the 
base, two others along the sides (the anterior one sometimes 
obsolete), another, transverse, before the apex, and sometimes 
two additional spots along the disc near the suture orange- 
yellow or rufous, the basal joints of the antenne rufo- 
maculate ; sparsely, finely, the elytra moderately coarsely 
punctate. Head rather narrow, well developed behind the 


350 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


eyes; antenue moderately long in g@, shorter in @?.  Pro- 
thorax transverse, rounded at the sides in @, narrowed 
anteriorly in 2. Elytra moderately long, the apices some- 
what produced. 

é- Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub- 
conical, ‘Tegmen with long, somewhat spoon-shaped, lateral 
lobes, their apices flavo-ciliate. Penis-sheath almost straight, 
subacuminate at apex. 

Length 6-7, breadth 22-34 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Ecuapor, Loja (Rosenberg), Macas (Buckley) ; 
PERU (ex colls. Murray and Fry: type). 

Fifteen examples, ten of which are from Peru, females 
preponderating, three out of the four from Loja having two 
additional reddish spots on the disc of the elytra near the 
suture. Recognizable by the metallic green or bluish elytra, 
with sharply-defined orange spots, the two near the suture 
evanescent, and the two submarginal ones often very small or 
wanting. A. luteoguttatus is allied to the Colombian A. sea- 
guttatus, Kirsch, differing from the latter in its much smaller 
size, less robust build, shorter elytra, &c. A. latemaculatus, 
Pic, from Peru, seems to be the nearest ally amongst those 
indicated by him in 1902. 


17. Astylus luteicauda, sp. n. 


Moderately elongate, shining, pilose ; nigro-eneous, green- 
ish or eneous, the antenne wholly or in part, the apices of 
the elytra, the tibiee (except at the base), and tarsi testaceous 
or rufo-testaceous ; the head and prothorax rather sparsely, 
the elytra very coaisely, punctate. Head elongated behind 
the eyes, and depressed in the middle between them, narrow 
in ?, broader in g; antennee long and rather slender in g, 
short in 9. Prothorax transverse, broad and with the sides 
rounded in g, rapidly narrowed from near the base in 2. 
KElytra subparallel, sometimes with an indication of a faint 
costa on the disc, the apical margin obsoletely crenulate. 

g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 coni- 
eal, notched at the tip. ‘’egmen with long, compressed 
lateral lobes, which are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the tip. 
Penis-sheath straight, pointed at the apex. 

Length 5-6, breadth 22-24 mm. (¢ ?.) 

fab. Ecuapor, Loja and Zaragura (Rosenberg ew coll. 
Fry). 

Tiree females and two males. This insect must be nearly 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 351 


related to, and perhaps a form of, the Peruvian A. nigro- 
femoralis, Pic*, which is said to have the elytra luteo- 
trilineate at the base and luteo-maculate at the apex. ‘The 
last-named species is compared by him with A. pallipes, 
Kirsch, from Keuador. ‘The longer head (especially in ? ), 
rufo-testaceous tibiz and tarsi, less coarsely punctured elytra, 
&e., separate A. luteicauda from A. riveti, Bourg. in all its 
varieties. ‘The g-armature is very similar in the two forms. 
A, (Dasytes) xvanthurus, Blauch., trom Maldonado, also has 
a yellowish tip to the elytra. 


18. Astylus variegatus. 

Dasytes variegatus, Germ. Ins. Spec. nov. p. 77 (1824) ; Cast. Hist. 
Nat. Col. i. p. 280*; Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97 *. 

Astylus variegatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii, p. 109 *. 

Astylus variegatus, Germ., var. notatus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 36 
(1902) °. 

? Astylus atromaculatus, Blanch., var. revoili, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. 
pp. 35, 36 (1902) °. 


Var. Larger, the lead and prothorax black, the elytra 
reddish, with the black median patch curving downwards 
posteriorly and coalescent with the sutural stripe; all the 
tibiz more or less curved in @. 

g. Anterior and intermediate tibize curved. Ventral 
segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, undivided, 
deeply, triangularly notched at tip. ‘Tegmen with very 
long, somewhat spoon-shaped lateral lobes, which are flavo- 
ciliate along their lower margin and at the apex. Penis- 
sheath stout, acuminate at apex. 

9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse. 

Hab. Brazit ***’, Rio de Janeiro**®, Minas Geraes, 
Pernambuco, Sao Paulo, Rio Grande; PARAGUAY, Sapucay 
(W. Foster); ARGENTINA, Corrientes’. ; 

Apparently an abundant insect in many parts of Brazil, 
especially about Rio de Janeiro, and often found gregariously 
on flowers. ‘The larger and darker form (? revoil’, Pic) has 
the lateral lobes of the g-tegmen rounded at the tip (not 
incurved and truncate as in A. atromaculatus), and shaped as 
in A. vartegatus, ‘The head and prothorax are usually 
metallic in the latter. The subapical spot on the elytra is 
sometimes obsolete, sometimes (var. nofatus) united with the 
one on the opposite elytron into a common transverse patch, 


* Mélanges exot.-entom. xii. p. 8 (Jan. 1915). 


352 Mr. G,. ©, Champion on various 


19. Astylus atromaculatus. 


Dasytes atromaculatus, Blanch, in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97, t. 6. 
fig. 10. 

Malad atromaculatus, Blanch., var. 12-maculatus, Pic, L’Echange, 
xvii. p. 36 (1902). 

¢. Anterior and intermediate tibie curved, Ventral 
segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about as broad as 
long, deeply, triangularly notched at tip. Tegmen with long, 
broad lateral lobes, which are incurved at the apex within, 
subtruncate or blunt at the tip, and flavo-ciliate along their 
lower and apical margins, Penis-sheath stout, acuminate at 
apex. 

9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse. 

Hab. ARGENTINA (O. W. Thomas), Mendoza, Catamarca 
(Mus. Brit.), Tucuman (ea coll. Sharp); Bourvia (Mus. 
Ouwon.). 

A close ally of A. variegatus, but differing from it in 
having the prothorax densely clothed with adpressed cinereous 
hairs (in addition to the long, erect, bristly, black hairs) at 
the sides and down the middle, the cinereous pubescence 
extending over the greater part of the dorsum in the 
Tucuman examples; the median and postmedian black 
patches on the dise of each elytron oblique and less rounded, 
the median patch more or less constricted at the middle and 
sometimes divided into two spots (the six spots being 
arranged 2, 2, 1, L==var. 12-macul:tus, Pic) ; the tegmen of 
¢ with ineurved more or less truncate lateral lobes. Living 
examples of this insect have been captured at Durban and 
Pretoria, doubtless introduced with hay during the Boer War. 
Blanchard gave no locality * for A. atromaculatus, but states 
that d’Orbigny found it in profusion on flowering lianas on 
the borders of woods, ‘I'he Bolivian example in the Oxford 
Museum is labelled ‘ nigricollis Hope.” 


20. Astylus lineatus. 


Anobium lineatum, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 627° 

Melyris lineatus, Oliv. Ent. ii. 21, t. 1. fig. 67. 

Dasytes lineatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 281°; Blanch. in Voyage 
d’Orbigny, p. 98+. 

Astylus lineatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109 °. 


g. Anterior and intermediate tibiz feebly curved. Ven- 
tral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, broader 


* The “ Munich” Catalogue incorrectly gives Brazil. 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 353 


than long, truncate at the tip. Tegmen with very long, 
rather marrow, lateral lobes, which are slightly incurved and 
rounded at the apex, their lower and apical margins flavo- 
ciliate. Penis-sheath drawn out into a rather long slender 
point, which is thickened at the tip. 

Hab. Braziu'*, Rio Janeiro’ (d’ Orbigny*, C. Darwin, 
Fry, &c.). 

A common insect in Brazil. The long series examined 
shows scarcely any variation in the peculiar elytral markings, 
The type in the Banksian collection is a male. 


21. Astylus vittatus. 


Astylus vittatus, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. iii. 1, pp. 127, 330, 

t. 7. fig. 9 (excl. example from Venezuela). 

Astylus vittatus, Gorh., var. chiriquensis, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom. 

xi, p. 7 (Jan. 1915), 

g. Elytra rounded at the apex. Ventral segment 5 
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 moderately long, subconical, 
smooth, grooved down the middle posteriorly, and feebly 
notched at the tip. ‘legmen bifurcate at apex, excavate at 
the tip above, the apical portion clothed with long, curled, 
blackish hairs. Penis-sheath acuminate at tip. 

@?. Elytra obliquely subtruncate at the apex. 

Hab, PANAMA, Chiriqui. 

Found in abundance in Chiriqui. The variety has the 
flavous or reddish stripes (juxta-sutural and discal) on the 
elytra coalescent anteriorly, and the inner costa well defined. 
The metasternum is without tubercles in @. The sexes 
were not identified by Gorham. The unarmed apices of 
the elytra in 9 separate A. vittatus from various similarly 
coloured forms, 


22. Astylus pallipes. 


Astylus pallipes, Kirsch, Abbandl. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89, no, 4, 
p. ll, t. 7. fig. 22. 
~ Hab. Ecuapor, Quito (ea coll. Murray), Loma de Canam- 
ballo [type]. 

A female example from Quito, in the Museum, from the 
Fry collection, is evidently referable to this species. It is 
black, with the antenne in great part, the tibiae (except at 
the base), and tarsi testaceous; the elytra flavescent, with 
the suture, outer margin, two lines on the disc, and the tip 
black, the surface very coarsely punctured. 

Ann, & Mag. N, list. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 26 


354 Mr, G. C. Champion on various 


23. Astylus subgriseus. 
Astylus subgriseus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902). 


3. Moderately elongate, shining, thickly clothed with 
rather long, adpressed, cinereous pubescence intermixed on 
the upper surface with long, erect, black, bristly hairs; 
nigro-wneous or nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the 
antenne: partly red, the elytra with three narrow luteous 
stripes—one near the suture and extending along it at the 
tip, one running down the disc to the middle, and narrowing 
from the base, and one marginal, complete; the head and 
prothorax closely, very finely punctate, with coarser punc- 
tures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured. Head well 
developed behind the eyes; antenne moderately long. 
Prothorax a little broader than long, strongly rounded 
at the sides, and much narrowed behind. Elytra moderately 
elongate, subparallel, somewhat abruptly and obliquely 
narrowed at the tip, the apices narrow, the sutural angles 
sharp. Legs long; anterior and intermediate tibize curved ; 
anterior trochanters drawn out into a long, blunt, spiniform 
process, which is finely denticulate beneath. Vential seg- 
ment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 elongate, subconical. 
Tegmen with very long lateral lobes, which are subtruncate, 
slightly incurved, and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath 
abruptly acuminate at apex. 

Length 62-7, breadth 25-3 mm. 

Hab. Braz [type], Pernambuco (Gounelle). 

Two males, each with the genital armature protruding. 
They are provisionally referred to the imperfectly described 
A. subgriseus, Pic, from Brazil, which is said to have three 
yellowish vittee on the elytra, the one on the disc not reaching 
beyond the middle, and the suture black. It is the only 
species of the genus known to me with a long spiniform 
process extending outward from the anterior ‘trochanters 


in 6. 


24. Astylus cyanerythrus. 
Dasytes cyanerythrus, Perty, Del. Anim. artic. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. 
fig. 14}. 
Dasytes bifasciatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 280%. 
Dasytes rubrofasciatus, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97°. 


3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about 
as long as broad, membranous in the middle at the base, 
triangularly notched at the apex. Tegmen broad, the outer 
portion comparatively short, bluntly rounded, unemarginate, 


Species of the American Genus Astylus, 355 


and fringed with long hairs at the tip. Penis-sheath stout, 
abruptly acuminate and hooked at the apex. 

?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple. 

Hab. Brazii*?, Rio de Janeiro *, Santa Catharina, Bahia. 

The seventeen examples of A. cyanerythrus before me 
(13 ¢? 2,44), belonging to the British Museum, or to 
the Hope Collection at Oxford, vary greatly in size (length 
47-10, breadth 23-5} mm.), and to some extent in colour. 
The two black patches on the dise of the prothorax are often 
transversely confluent, and the dark coloration sometimes 
extends over the whole dorsum, or leaves the basal margin 
only red; and the reddish submedian and subapical fasciz on 
the elytra are very narrow in some examples, and not con- 
nected along the suture, differing in this respect from Perty’s 
figure. ‘Three of the specimens at Oxford are labelled with 
the MSS. names annulatus, K., longicornis, K., and speciosus 
respectively. A normal large ¢ (speciosus in Mus. Oxon.) 
has been dissected for examination of the mouth-parts and 
genital armature. It is possible that the smaller, darker, and 
more opaque form, also from Rio de Janeiro, may prove to 
be distinct? The synonymy quoted refers to the larger 
Insect, 

25. Astylus jatahyensis. 
Astylus jatahyensis, Pic, L’Kchange, xvii. p. 35 (1902). 


Astylus jatahyensis, var. armitaget, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom., xii. 
p- 8 (Jan. 1915). 


Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining, the elytra 
duller, clothed with erect, black bristly hairs intermixed with 
scattered cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under 
surface long, cinereous ; black, the antenne in great part, 
the prothorax with the entire margin, the elytra with the 
sutural and outer margins and a narrow !-shaped streak 
running down the middle of the dise to near the apex, the 
coxe, and legs (the tarsi, posterior femora, and posterior 
tibie in part excepted) testaceous; the head closely, the 
prothorax rather sparsely punctured, the elytra irregularly 
asperato-punclate, with the interspaces alutaceous. Head 
rather short and broad, arcuately impressed in front ; antenne 
moderately long. Protlhorax transversely convex, hollowed 
in the middle at the base, shallowly sulcate posteriorly, 
Elytra not very long, parallel, with or without two feeble 
cost on the disc, the apices narrow, rounded. 

3. Ventral segment 5 feebly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short, 
triangularly notched at apex. Tegmen truncate at tip. 
Penis-sheath acuminate. 

26* 


356 _ Mr. G. C, Champion on various 


Var, The elytra testaceous, with two blackish, abbreviated 
or interrupted streaks, one near the suture, the other sub- 
marginal (var. armitaget, Pic). 

Length 43-5}, breadth 2-22 mm. (¢.) 

Hab. Brazi, Jatahy in Goyas (Gounelle), S&o Paulo 
(ex coll. Fry). 

Pic’s type, to judge from the brief note about it, would 
appear to want the narrow !-shaped streak extending down 
the disc of each elytron, conspicuous in the two males from 
Jatahy before me. The variety, represented by two examples 
from Sao Paulo in the Fry Collection, agrees with his brief 
diagnosis of A, armitage?. 


26. Astylus vittaticollis. 


Dasytes vittaticollis, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 98 (1843). 
? Melyris quadriteniata, Er, Archiy fiir Naturg. xiii. 1, p. 84 (1847). 


g. Antenne rather slender, elongate, much longer than 
in 2. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 
moderately long, subconical, with a narrow, deep, triangular 
noteh at tip. Tegmen with long lateral lobes, which are 
rounded and clothed with long hairs at the apex. Penis- 
sheath, as seen in profile, obliquely dilated and subsecuriform 
at tip. 

9. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 shaped very 
much asin ¢@. 

Hab. Bourvia (Mus. Brit.: 8 2), Chuquisaca [type] ; 
? CHILE (Germain, ex coll. Fry: 3 2). 

Very like the variable A. guadrilineatus, Germ., but with 
much more finely punctured elytra, the apices without tooth 
at the sutural angle in either sex ; the prothorax (in fresh 
specimens) with a line down the middle and a space along 
the sides closely cinereo-pubescent, much as in A. atro- 
maculatus, Blanch. ; the antenne long and slenderin @, with 
the basal joints only testaceous ; the genital armature very 
different. 

Five specimens are before me, including a pair from 
Bolivia, a pair labelled ‘ Chile” (a locality requiring con- 
firmation), and a g, belonging to the Oxford Museum, 
labelled * guadrivittatus, Chevr., Andes.” ° Melyris quadri- 
teniala, ir., from Peru, may be based upon a slightly worn 
example of the present species, the definition “ elytris apice 
integris, crebre punctatis, subrugulosis” agreeing with 
A, vittatecollis. roo 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 357 


27. Astylus quadrilineatus. 


Dasytes quadrilineatus, Germ. Ins, Spec. nov. p. 76 (1825)'; Blanch. 
in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 987; Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 2813, 


6. Antenne wholly or in part rufo-testaceous, moderately 
long, considerably longer than in 2. Klytra more or less 
sinuate at the tip, and with the sutural angles almost as 
acuteasin 2. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 
6 barely as long as 5, subconical, feebly notched at tip. 
Tegmen more or less emarginate or bilobed, and clothed with 
long blackish hairs at apex. Penis-sheath gradually nar- 
rowed or acuminate at tip. 

2. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 short. 

Hab. BRAziIL**, Santa Catharina (ea coll. Fry: 9), Rio 
Grande; Uruauay, Maldonado’, Monte Video (C. Darwin) ; 
ARGENTINA (OU. W. Thomas), Santa Fé and Bahia Blanea 
(C. Darwin), Buenos Ayres*; PATAGONIA ”. 

A variable insect, if the specimens before me all belong to 
one species. The reddish or flavescent marginal and dis- 
coidal vitte of the elytra are sometimes coalescent at the 
tip and the discoidal one may be reduced to a narrow incom- 
plete line. Four males have been dissected, showing some 
variation in the form of the tegmen, which in a large example 
from Buenos Ayres has a short lobe on each side at tip. 
Two small males from Monte Video, with the sutural angles 
of the elytra obtuse and the tegmen rounded at apex, may 
belong to a different species? The length varies from 
6-9 mm. ‘The general colour may be bluish-green, green, 
nigro-ceruleous, or brassy. 


28. Astylus correptus, sp. n. 


Elongate, moderately broad, shining, nigro-pilose, with 
short, adpressed, cinereous | hairs intermixed ; black, the 
elytra (the humeri, basal portion of the suture, and apical 
margin excepted) brown ; closely, minutely, the elytra finely, 
irregularly punctate. Head hollowed on each side anteriorly ; 
antenne strongly serrate, short in ¢, a little longer in @. 
Prothorax broader than long, narrowed anteriorly in both 
sexes, hollowed in the middle at the base. LElytra long, 
costate laterally to near the apex, and obsoletely bicostate on 
the dise ; in ¢ somewhat rounded at the sides, and with the 
apical portion narrow and considerably produced; in 9 sub- 
parallel to near the tip, and with the humeri much swollen. 

¢. Anterior tarsi with joints 2 and 8 obliquely dentate 
and 4 angulate, and the intermediate tarsi with joint 3 


358 Mr. G. C, Champion on various 


dentate and 4 angulate at the inner apical angle. Ventral 
segment 5 arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical. Tegmen flattened, 
simple, narrow, rounded and entire at the tip. Penis-sheath 
slender, the outer portion straight, abruptly pointed at the 
apex. 
Length 94-103, breadth 4,5 mm. (0 2.) 
Hab. Coromsta [ 2 ] and VENEZUELA [3d] (lus. Brit.). 
One pair, acquired by the Museum in 1844, the ¢ bearing 
an inapplicable MS. name. ‘The dissimilarity in the shape 
of the elytra in the two sexes, the elytra themselves being 
sharply costate laterally in both of them, the peculiarly 
formed anterior and intermediate tarsi of the ¢ (suggestive 
of the Palearctic genus Henicopus), and the simple, narrow 
tegmen in the same sex, are characters of insufficient import- 
ance to remove A. correptus from Astylus. The g, which 
must be taken as the type, has the facies of an Omophlus. 


29. Astylus forcipatus, sp. n. 


Moderately elongate, narrow, feebly shining, clothed with 
long, erect, bristly hairs intermixed with adpressed, scattered, 
cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under surface long, 
cinereous ; black, with a faint brassy tinge, the antennae, 
tibiz, and tarsi testaceous; the elytra flavous, each with two 
broad vittee extending from the base to the apical declivity 
(one dorsal, the other submarginal), and a spot before the 
apex, black ; closely, finely, the dark portions of the elytra 
rugulosely, punctate, the punctures on the flavous portions 
conspicuous, and uniseriately arranged within the dorsal and 
marginal ridges. Head broad, the eyes large, prominent ; 
antenne moderately long. Prothorax transverse, narrowed 
anteriorly, canaliculate on the disc. Hlytra parallel, bicostate, 
the inner costa stout, the submarginal one narrow, the apices 
obtuse. 

3. Terminal dorsal segment of abdomen with a long, 
stout, flattened, slightly sinuate process on each side, which 
is blunt at the tip and clothed with very long blackish hairs, 
Ventral segment 5 shallowly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short, 
deeply, triangularly excised. ‘legmen narrow, truneate at 
the apex. Penis-sheath flattened, acuminate and somewhat 
spoon-shaped at the tip. 

Length 43-53, breadth 13-2 mm. 

Hab. BraAziu (ea coll. Fry). 


‘Two males, injured by pinning, and both having the 


genital armature extruded. A small, narrow, parallel-sided 


me. 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 359 


insect ; the elytra flavous, with two broad vitte (discoidal 
and submarginal), and a spot before the apex, black ; the 
antenne, tibia, and tarsi testaceous; the terminal dorsal 
abdominal segment with a lone process on each side. 
A. forctpatus is not unlike the insect here identified as 
A, jatahyensis, Pic, and is somewhat similarly coloured— 
except that the prothorax is wholly black and the subapical 
spot on the elytra is testaceous (instead of black)—differing 
from the latter in having a rougher, less convex prothorax, 
a stout costa on the disc of the elytra, &c.* 


30. Astylus convewus, sp. n. 


Elongate oval, rather convex, very shining, sparsely pilose ; 
metallic blue, the basal joints of the antenne in great part 
rufo-testaceous, the elytra testaceous, with the suture narrowly 
and two broad stripes on the dise (united posteriorly in one 
specimen) ceruleous, the legs black; the lead closely, finely, 
the prothorax sparsely, somewhat coarsely, and the elytra 
very coarsely, punctate. Head rather broad; antenne (¢) 
long and comparatively stout, the joints longer than broad, 
in ? alittleshorter. Prothorax transverse, ample, rounded at 
the sides, the margins strongly reflexed. Elytra moderately 
long, somewhat acuminate at tip, without trace of coste, the 
humeri obtuse. Wings wanting. Legs moderately elongate. 

6. Anterior tarsi with joint 2 drawn out into an oblique 
tooth, and 3 angulate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral 
segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 short, notched at 
tip. Penis-sheath drawn out into a long point at apex. 

Length 5-53, breadth 2 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab, Peru, Chanchamayo (Thamm). 

One male and two females. A rather convex, apterous, 
metallic-blue insect, with testaceous, ceruleo-bilineate elytra. 
Not unlike A. padllipes, Kirsch, from Ecuador, but more 
convex, the antennz longer and stouter, the prothorax more 
ample and with strongly reflexed margins, the humeral callus 
obsolete, the legs black, the wings (so far as can be geen 
without opening the elytra) wanting. This species may 
have to be removed from Astylus. The long antenne, &c., 
separate A. convewus from the Chilean genus Arthrobrachus. 


* In the Fry Collection there is a damaged ¢ of anallied larger form 
from La Paz, Bolivia, with entirely testaceous legs, the abdominal pro- 
cesses wanting, &c. It cannot be referred to A. boliviensis or exclama- 
tionts, Pic, from the same country. 


360 Mr, G. C. Champion on various 


31. Astylus eurvidens, sp. n. 


Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black, bristly 
hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes- 
cence, the vestiture of the Jegs and under surface cinereous ; 
black, the basal joints of the antenne partly red, the elytra 
with an oblong streak at the base, the outer margin to near 
the tip, and two stripes on the disc (one near the suture, 
abbreviated anteriorly, the other abbreviated behind and 
placed a little exterior to the basal patch, with which it is 
sometimes connected anteriorly), the sutural and marginal 
stripes transversely coalescent just before the apex, flavous 
or luteous; the head and prothorax densely, finely punctate, 
the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra 
roughly punctured. Head small, subrostrate, the eyes large ; 
antenne short;serrate, joints 7-10 about as broad as long, 
in g, transverse in ?. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. 
Elytra long, subparallel, costate from the humeral callus to 
near the apex, and also with an anteriorly evanescent costa 
on the disc ; the apices in ¢ distinctly sinuate and with the 
sutural angle sharply produced, in 2 very deeply emarginate, 
with the sutural and outer angles each produced into a long 
curved tooth, those at the sutural angles overlapping, the 
outer one very strongly arcuate. , 

3. Metasternum with two compressed, conical, tubereuli- 
form prominences in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, subcylindrical (with the 
dorsal portion forming a long tube, which is cleft laterally at 
the tip). Tegmen feebly bifureate at tip, deeply suleate at 
the apex above, the apical portion thickly clothed with long, 
curled, blackish hairs. Penis-sheath sharply pointed, curved 
upward at the tip. 

Length 7-84, breadth 23-3 mm. (¢ 2.). 

Hab, VENEZUELA, Merida (Rosenberg: g 9); ? PERU 
(ex Deyrolle: g). 

Three males and four females, the Peruvian habitat re- 
quiring confirmation, Extremely like A. vittatus, Gorh., 
from Chiriqui, but easily separable therefrom by the sexual 
characters: the g with two compressed tubercles on the 
metasternum and the terminal abdominal segment elongated 
and subcylindrical ; the @ with a very long tooth on each 
side of the apical emargination, the outer tooth arcuate, the 
inner one overlapping the corresponding tooth on the opposite 
elytron. 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 361 


32. Astylus antillarum. 
Astylus antillarum, Gorh. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 328, t. 27. fig. 7 (¢). 


3. Metasternum with two, curved, outwardly-directed, 
dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle 
behind, Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 
6 long, compressed (subcylindrical as seen in profile with 
the terminal dorsal segment). 

flab. ANTILLES, St. Vincent. 

Described from a single pair—the ¢ now in the British 
Museum, the ¢ having passed into Pic’s collection, from that 
of Gorham. The ¢ has the apices of the elytra deeply 
excised, as in the same sex of the allied forms. The spots 
are too red in the published figure. 


33. Astylus gorhami. 
6. Astytus gorhami, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom., xii, p. 8 (Jan. 1915), 


Klongate, moderately shining, clothed with long, erect, 
black bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine, ad- 
pressed, cinereous pubescence, the latter somewhat con- 
*spicuous along the elytral suture in 9, tle vestiture of the 
legs and under surface long, cinereous ; black, the antennal 
joints more or less rufescent externally or at their base, the 
elytra each with a pyriform patch on the dise at the base, a 
mesially-constricted, apically widened, elongate streak on 
the dise below this, a subquadrate patch near the tip, and 
the outer margin in great part, orange-yellow ; the head and 
prothorax densely, finely punctate, the latter with coarser, 
punctures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured, smoother 
in the depressed juxta-sutural areain 9. Head long, narrow, 
subrostrate ; antenne short, joints 7-10 transverse in ?. 
Prothorax about as long as broad, narrowed anteriorly. 
Elytra long, sharply margined, costate laterally from the 
humeral callus to the common transverse apical depression, 
and with a faint costa on the disc also, the space between 
this aud the suture and another within the outer ridge longi- 
tudinally depressed, conspicuously so in 2; the apices blunt 
‘or subtruncate in g,:aud deeply semicircularly excavate (the 
sutural and outer angles thus appearing sharply dentate) 
in 9. 

3. Metasternum with two compressed, curved, outwardly 
directed dentilorm processes arising from a tumid space in 
the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 as long as 3 and 4 


362 Mr. G. C. Champion on various 


united, very deeply emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen 
slightly dilated and simply bifurcate at the tip, the apex set 
with numerous long, projecting, blackish hairs. Penis- 
sheath acuminate, curved upward at tip. 

9. Ventral segment 5 triangularly emarginate at tip, 
6 short. 

Length 74-8, breadth 3-33 mm. (¢ ¢.) 

Hab, ANTILLES, St. Vincent (HM. H/. Smith, Lansdown 
Guilding), and Union Island in the Grenadines (H. H. 
Smith). 

Redescribed from five males and four females belongin 
to the British Museum or to the Hope Collection at Oxford: 
including a ¢ from St. Vincent found by Lansdown Guilding 
and a 9 from Union Island, the others unlabelled, but all 
probably from St. Vincent. The specimen from the 
Grenadines, labelled A. antillarum, var. ?, by Gorham, was 
not mentioned by him in bis description of that species. It 
is strange that there should be two such closely allied forms 
in a sinmall island like St. Vincent, but there is nothing inter- 
mediate in the series of A. gorhami before me, A. antillarum 
having the elytra spotted much as in A. octopustulatus. 
The emarginate, bidentate apices of the elytra is a character 
peculiar to the 2 of these three insects, all of which have a 
bituberculate metasternum in @. 


34. Astylus amabilis. 
? Astylus amabilis, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902). . 


Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black bristly 
hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes- 
cence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface cinereous ; 
black, the basal joints of the antenne partly or almost 
entirely red, the elytra with a broad or moderately broad 
stripe extending down the dise to the apical depression, a 
transverse subapical patch, and the outer margin to near the 
apex, these markings sometimes coalescent posteriorly, 
flavous or orange-yellow; the head and prothorax closely, 
finely, the elytra roughly, punctured. Head small; antenne 
short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Elytra long, sub- 
parallel, costate laterally from the humeral callus, and with 
an indication of a faint costa on the disc; the apices in g 
feebly subtruncate or rounded, in ? deeply emarginate, with 
the sutural angle drawn out into a long, narrow, nearly — 
straight tooth and the outer angle into a shorter acutely 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. 363 


triangular one, the sutural tooth slightly overlapping the one 
on the opposite elytron. 

3. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercules 
in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato- 
emarginate, 6 elongate, compressed. 

Length 63-8, breadth 21-31 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Couompts (ex coll, Fry), Magdalena (Mus. Brit.). 

Mneniand form of the’ Antillean A. gorhami, Pic, the 
markings on the disc of the elytra united into an Hioat 
straight vitta, the tooth at the sutural angle in the ? elongated 
and longer fhan the outer one, which “is also more acute, 
Three males and two females seen, one female bearing the 
MS. name Dasytes spinosus, Guér., and one male, ex Deyrolle, 
labelled D. amabilis, Dej. The apices of the elytra are 
truncate in two of the males and rounded in the third. This 
insect seems to be referable to the species briefly alluded to 
by Pic under the name A. amabilis: he describes the elytra 
as having a complete pale discal band and a narrow black 
tip. His type, from Colombia, was also obtained from 
Deyrolle, and under the same MS. name. 


35. Astylus octopustulatus. 


Astylus octopustulatus, Gorh, Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. ili. 1, p. 330, 
t. 12. fig. 25 (3). 


6. Hlytra truncate at apex. Metasternum with the small 
dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle 
behind. Ventral segment 5 very deeply emarginate, 6 long, 
compressed. ‘Tegmen simply bifurcate and clothed with 
long, projecting, blackish hairs at tip, Penis-sheath drawn 
out into a long point at the apex. 

@. Elytra decply emarginate at apex, the sutural and 
outer angles sharply dentate. 

Hab. PANAMA, Chiriqui. 

Gorham correctly identified the sexes of this insect, but he 
overlooked the metasternal dentiform prominences of the @, 
which are wanting in the same sex of his A, vittatus. 


36. Astylus lebasi, sp. n. 
Dasytes lebasii, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p, 124 (1837). 
Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with long, erect, black, 


bristly hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous 
pubescence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface 


364 Mr. G. GC. Champion on various 


cinereous ; black, the basal joints of the antenne red, the 
elytra each with four longitudinally arranged spots on the 
dise—one at the base, acuminate-oval, one, oblong or slightly 
oblique, one, rounded or subtriangular, and one, transverse, 
subapical, the anterior two sometimes coalescent—and the 
outer margin to near the apex, flavous or orange-yellow ; 
the head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra roughly, 
panctured. Head small, the eyes rather large; antenne 
short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Hlytra long, sub- 
parallel, sharply costate from the humeral callus downward, 
and also feebly costate on the dise ; the apices in g feebly 
truncate or rounded, in 2? more or less emarginate, and with 
the sutural and outer angles dentiform, 

3. Metasternum with two small, compressed, subcon- 
tiguous tubercles in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 
deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen 
simply bifereate and clothed with long, projecting blackish 
hairs at the tip. Penis-sheatlh drawn out into a long, slender 
point at the apex. 

Length 54-6, breadth 27;-23 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. CoromBra (Mus. Brit.), Carthagena (Dejean Cat.) ; 
VENEZUELA (ew coll. Fry). 

Described from eiglt examples, four of each sex. The 
teeth at the apex of the elytra in 2 vary in length, and the 
first aud second spots on the disc are confluent in two of the 
specimens of that sex before me. This is the undescribed 
smaller Colombian form alluded to by Gorham in his deserip- 
tion of A, octopustulatus. There is nothing intermediate in 
the long series of the latter examined, and the present 
insect may be distinguished from it by the elongated first 
and second spots on the dise of the elytra, approaching 
A. gorhami in this respect. The genital armature is very 
similar. A. lebasi is not mentioned by Pic in any of his 
various scattered papers on Astylus. 


37. Astylus hamatilis, sp. n. 


Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with erect, black 
bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine adpressed 
cinereous pubescence, which is denser on the prothorax and 
elytral suture of 2, the vestiture of the legs and under 
surface cinereous; black, the basal joints of the antenne 
partly red, the elytra each with four lengitudinally-arranged. 
marks on the dise—one, pyriform, at the base, one, angulate 
or A-shaped, one, rounded or subtriangular (connected out- 


Species of the American Genus Astylus. | 365 


wardly in one specimen with the angular mark), and one, 
transverse, subapical—and the outer margin to near the apex, 
orange-yellow, the head and prothorax closely, finely punctate, 
the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra 
roughly punctured. Head narrow; antennz short, joints 
7-10 transverse in 9.  Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. 
Elytra long, subparallel, costate laterally from the humeral 
callus to the apical declivity, and with an anteriorly evane- 
scent costa on the disc; the apices narrow and rounded or 
subtruncate in g, a little wider, feebly emarginate, and with 
the sutural angle angularly dilated inwards so as to overlap 
the one on the opposite elytron, in @. . 

6. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercles in 
the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato- 
emarginate, 6 long, compressed (subcylindrical as seen in 
profile with the terminal dorsal segment). Tegmen narrow, 
subtruncate at tip, which is slightly hollowed dorsally and 
clothed with Jong blackish hairs. Penis-sheath drawn out 
into a slender, feebly curved point. 

Length 64-63, breadth 23-22 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab, VENEZUELA (ex coll. Fry). 

Three mals and one female, varying a little in the develop- 
ment of the elytral maikings, two of them. being coalescent 
in one specimen. Near A. octopustulatus, Gorh., the spots 
differently shaped, the second one on each elytron hooked, 
~ the tooth at the outer angle in the ? reduced to a feeble 
angulation, the dentiform sutural angle directed inwards and 
overlapping the one on the opposite wing-case. 


38. Astylus imbricatus, sp. n. 


?. Black, the elytra with three rather broad flavous vitte, 
the two on the disc connected anteriorly, the sutural and 
marginal ones broadly coalescent before the tip (leaving the 
apical margin narrowly black), and the median one slightly 
constricted posteriorly ; the apices of the elytra sinuato- 
truncate, the sutural angle sharp and overlapping the one on 
the opposite wing-case; the elytral bicostate and iather 
coarsely punctate. 

Length 52, breadth 2 mm. 

Hab, VeNeZzUELA (ex col/, Fry). 

One female. Smaller and narrower than the smallest 
example of A. vittatus, var. chiriquensts, the apices of the 
elytra truncate, with inwardly produced, acute, overlapping 


366 On-vartous Species of the American Genus Astylus. 


sutural angles. The male probably has tubercles on the 
metasternum, these being present in the same sex of the 
nearly allied A. curvidens. The Venezuelan insect referred — 
by Gorham to his A. vitfatus may belong here? 


39. Astylus laticauda, sp. n. 


¢. Black, the elytra with an oblong spot at the base, a 
small spot on the dise at about one-third from the tip, a 
transverse patch midway between the latter and the apical 
margin, and the outer margin to about the middle, orange- 
-ellow; the elytra bicostate, the apices broadly sinuato- — 
truncate, with the sutural angle produced inwardly into a 
rather long tooth and the outer angle rounded; the other 
characters as in the same sex of A. gorhami, A. antillarum, 
lebasi, &e. 

Length 7, breadth 3 mm. 

Hab. VENEZUELA (ew coll. Fry). 

One worn female, too different to be included under any of 
the allied forms as a colour-variety (the third spot on the — 
elytra small and the second wanting altogether), owing to 
the broadly sinuato-truncate apices of the elytra and the 
inwardly-produced dentiform sutural angles. 


Alphabetical list of species and varieties of Astylus 
enumerated in the present paper: the synonyms and varietal 
hames are printed in italics, and the numbers of the species 
are placed in brackets after tlicir respective names, an 
asterisk indicating the new forms :— 


affinis (2). 
amabilis, 34. 
annulatus (24). 
antillarum, 32. 
autis, 5. 

armitagei (25). 
atromaculatus, 19, 
aulicus, 7. 
bifasciatus (24). 


bisse guttatus (12). 


bonplandi, 9. 
bourgeoisi, 12. 


*ceruleotinctus, 10, 


chiriquensis (21). 
*convexus, 50. 
*correptus, 28. 
*curvidens, 31. 


cyanerythrus, 24. 
12-maculatus (19). 
fasciatus (5). 
Jenestratus (7). 
Jlavofasciatus (5). 
*forcipatus, 29. 
gayi, 2. 
gorhaii, 33. 
*hematostictus, 4. 
*hamatilis, 37. 
*jmbricatus, 38. 
in/ermedius (1). 
jatahyensis, 25. 
*laticauda, 39. 
*lebasi, 36. 
lineatus, 20. 
longicornis (24). 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 367 


*luteicauda, 17. 

*luteoguttatus, 16. 
nigricollis (19). 

¥nigrolimbatus, 11. 
notatus (18). 
octopustulatus, 35, 
pallipes, 22. 

pretus (3). 
porrectus (2). 
quadrilineatus, 27. 
quadriteniatus (26). 
quadrivittatus (26). 
revoili (18). 
riveti, 13. 
rubripennis, 8. 


rubripennis (9). 
rubrofasciatus (24). 
rugosus (1). 
sexguttatus, 15. 
sexmuaculatus, 3. 
*sexpustulatus, 14. 
spectosus (24). 
spinosus (34). 
splendidus, 6. 
subgriseus, 25. 
trifasciatus, L, 
variegatus, 18. 
vittaticollis, 26. 
vittatus, 21. 


Horsell, Aug, 1918. 


XXXITI.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio- 
dactula.—Part IV. The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and 
fEpycerine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. 


As in the previous papers of this series published in the 
‘Annals’ for June, August, and September of this year, the 
pagination subjoined to the specific headings refers to my 
treatise on the Cutaneous Glands of the Ruminants printed 
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910. 


Subfamily ?epvycrv# (olim Cervicaprine). 
Genus Pega. 
Pelea capreolus, Bechst. (p. 911). 


A second specinien of this species, which came into my 
hands since 1910, enables me to confirm in every particular 
the characters of the genus, based on external features, which 
I pointed out in that year. 

Since this specimen, like the first, had no tracewf inguinal 
glands, I think it may be assumed that Owen’s statement as 
to their presence was false. 

The only fact I have to add to my original description is 
that the false hoofs on both the fore and hind feet are 
* united across the middle line. 


Genus Exvrorracus, Gray. 
Eleotragus arundinum, Bodd. 
In 1910 I was not in a position to incorporate an account 


368 Mr, R. I. Pocock on some 


of this species in my paper. The examination, however, of 
an adult female specimen in 1911 revealed some interesting 
features connected especially with the rhinarium anc ; 
inguinal glands. he: 

The rhinarium (fig. 1, ©), as in all the Reduncinz, has a_ 
narrow philtrum, but it "recalls that of Pel/eain the backward 
extension of its upper surface a long way beyond the poste- 4 
rior angle of the nostrils. This area of it, however, is not so_ 
inflated as in Pelea, F 


. Extremity of penis of Kobus defassa from the left side. 
The same of Eedunca redunca. 

Rhinarfum of Eleotragus arundinum from the right side. x 4. ‘ 
. The same of Redunca redunca from the front. xX 4. ty 
. The same from above. xX 2. 
’ The same from the left side. X $- 


Mason. 


As in Pelea, there is no trace of preorbital glands, as 
Owen stated. In the feet the interdigital web is naked, as 
in Pelea, but there is no trace of pedal glands, and the false 


naked skin. The feet, indeed, resemble those of Adenoi 
and of most examples of Redunea. - 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 369 


Owen correctly recorded the presence of inguinal glands 
in this species, but gave no particulars. They are, as a 
matter of fact, peculiar. On each side of the mamme, 
which are arranged in a quadrilateral, and rather far out 
from them, is a large orifice opening backwards and inwards, 
not outwards, and this leads into a pouch about 8 inches 
deep which runs obliquely forwards and outwards along the 
depression between the thigh and the abdomen, The area 
round the mamme and the glands is naked, and the secre- 
tion of the glands has a starchy smell, like flour-paste. 

For information as to the structure of the penis, see under 
Redunca (q. v. infra). 


On the strength of the information regarding the rhinarium 
and inguinal glands I gave him in 1914, Mr. Lydekker 
(Cat. Ung. Mamm. ii. p. 203) granted subgeneric rank to 
Eleotragus. But, as I pointed out to him at the time, the 
characters which distinguish the type-species of Eleotragus 
from that of Redunca (olim Cervicapra) are quite sufficient 
for generic admission. ‘The structure of the rhinarium 
affiliates Eleotragus with Pelea, aud distinguishes it from 
Redunca. On the other hand, the absence of pedal glands 
and the presence of inguinal glands show affinity to Re. 
dunca aud departure from Pelea. In the direction of the 
inguinal glands and in the presence of only a single pair, 
representing the shallow anterior pair of Redunca, Eleotragus 
is distinct from that genus. 


Genus Repunca (olim Cervicapra) *, 
Redunca redunea, Pall. (p. 918), 


A male example of this species from the Sudan (G, Blaine), 
and probably referable to the race described as cottoni, re- 
sembles in every particular, so far as the characters under 
discussion are concerned, the examples of the typical race of 
the species from Senegambia which I described in 1910. 

The rhinarium (fig. 1, D, E, F), viewed from the front, has 
a convex upper margin ; the nostrils are about as widely 
separated as in Hleotragus, and, as in that genus, there is 
scarcely a trace of naked skin below them ; the philtrum is 
as wide above as the internarial septum, narrow inferiorly, 
and expands slightly where it passes into the gum of the 
upper lip; it is mesially grooved up to the level of the lower 


* On the evidence supplied by Palmer, I follow Lydekker in adopting 
Redunca tor Cervicapra, the latter being a synonym of Antilope. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 97 


370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


border of the nostril, but there is no depression on the 
antero-superior surface of the rhinarium ; the posterior edge 
of the upper surface of the latter is only slightly angular, 
the hairs of the muzzle extending in a nearly straight line 
across between the posterior angles of the nostrils. It is in 
this respect that the rhinarium differs so markedly from 
that of Lleotragus. 

There is a bare patch of skin below the ear *. 

Of the two pairs of inguinal glands, the anterior consists 
on each side of a wide but shallow pouch, and the posterior 
of a subcylindrical but dilatable pouch about 2 inches deep, 
the yellow secretion having a starchy smell. , 

Of the pedal glands no vestige remains; on the fore foot 
the-false hoofs are united at the base, on “the hind foot they 
are separated by a narrow strip of naked skin. 

The glans penis (fig. 1, B) is slightly thickened towards 
the extremity, then ‘gradually narrowed to a blunt point; _ 
the urethral canal is produced into a short slender tube 
overlapping the tip of the penis to a small extent. This 
penis is very like that of Eleotragus arundinum described 
and figured by Lénnberg (Ark. Zool, Stockholm, (5) v. 
no. 10, p. 6, fig. 5, 1909), except that the urethral process 
appears to be a little longer. 


Genus ApENoTA, Gray. 


Adenota kob, Erxl. (p. 915). 


I have nothing to add to the description of this species 
published in 1910 ; but it is important to recapitulate the 
characters upon which the genus should be sustained, 4 
although Mr. Lydekker regarded it merely as a subgenus of 
Kobus. 

It resembles Kobus in the structure of the rhinarium — 
(q. v. infra) and in possessing a tufted instead of a bushy 
tai! like that of Pelea and Redunca. It differs from Kobus — 
in having a preorbital gland, consisting of a thickened area — 
of skin, and a single pair of inguinal glands. In one of | 
the specimens described in 1910 I recorded the presence of | 
an additional vestigial or rudimentary inguinal gland, lying 
far out away from the mamme, on the right side. 


* This patch was absent in the two examples of the typical race of 
this species described in 1910, This statement was evidently overlooked 
by Mr. Lydekker in 1914, when he cited the presence of this patch as 
one of the features distinguishing Redunca trom Kobus. The naked 
patch is not glandular, but consists of very thin skin. Its function is 
unknown, - 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 371 


gland clearly represents one of the anterior pair present in 
Redunca. ‘This very interesting fact shows that in Adenota 
representatives of the posterior pair of inguinal glands seen 
in Redunca are retained, whereas Lleotragus retains the 
homologues of the anterior pair of Redunca. 


Genus Konus, Smith. 


Kobus defassa; Riippell (p. 916). 


In 1910 I was unable to publish reliable information as to 
the cutaneous glands of any species of the genus Kodus, 
having only the dried skin of the head of K. defassa and 
dried fect of K. marie for examination. Since that date I 
have been able to examine an adult male and female of 
K. defassa and an adult male hybrid between K. defassa and 
K. ellipsiprymnus. 

Preorbital gland.—Although I was unable in 1910 to 
discover a trace of this gland on the dried head-skin of 
K. defassa, I suggested the probability of the existence of a 
gland resembling that of Adenota kob. This suggestion, 
however, very clearly furnished no _ justification for 
Mr. Lydekker stating, on my authority, that rudimentary 
face-glands are present in the genus (Cat. Ung. Mamm. 
pp. 199 & 225, 1914). Fresh material proved my guess to 
be erroneous. Kobus resembles Eleotragus and Redunca in 
having no preorbital glands, as Owen long ago stated. 

The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) was described by Mr. Ly- 
dekker as “normal.” .By this epithet he clearly meant 
unlike that of Pelea and KEleotragus. But, as a matter of 
fact, there are certain features about the rhinarium of 
Kobus which, according to my conception, are distinctly 
abnormal in the sense that, within the limits of the Reduncine, 
they are peculiar to the genera Kobus and Adenota, the 
rhinarium which most nearly approaches the normal in the 
Reduncine being found in Redunca. In Kobus the anterior 
surface of the rhinarium is bilobate, owing to the presence 
* of a wide median depression up which the median groove of 
the philtrum extends as high as the summit of the anterior 
portion of the nares. ‘There is also a wide area of naked 
skin passing beueath the nostrils to their posterior extremity 
laterally. Finally, on the dorsal side the hair of the summit 
of the muzzle encroaches as an angular field to a point 
nearly on a level with the anterior extremities of the nostrils, 
and on each side of this field the upper rim of the nostrils is 


elevated. The encroachment of this hair gives a biconvex 
vf I 


372 Mr. R. I. Poeock on some 


aspect to the upper edge of the rhinarium from the front 
aspect, the corresponding edge in Redunca being evenly 
convex from side to side. A rhinarium of this structure is 
found only in Kobus and Adenota within the limits of the 
Reduncine. 

Inguinal glands are absent, as Owen stated, and there is no 
trace of pedal glands. 


A. Rhinarium of Kobus defassa from the front. i. 
B. The same from above. 


The extremity of the penis (fig. 1, A) is much more > 
bulbous than in Redunca, with a downbent rounded apex, 
and the urethral canal is of unusual length, recalling that 
of Ovis in the extent to which it overlaps the end of the 
penis. The figures of the penis of this genus published by 
Loénnberg (Nova Acta R. Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. pl. ii. fig. pa 
1904) and by Gerhardt (Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi. 
p. 153, 1906) represent the urethral prolongation as curling 
up on the left side of the termination of the glans 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 373 


closely applied to it. It is also much shorter than in the 
specimen I examined. 


By the characters described in this paper the genera of 
Reduncine may be distinguished as follows :— 


1. a. Rhinarium swollen above and extending 
back far beyond posterior angle of nostrils. Pelea, Eleotragus. 
a’. Rhinarium otherwise. 

6. Rhinarium not deeply and widely grooved 
in front, extending as a narrow strip 
below nostrils laterally; its posterior 
border nearly straight between the 
SUS HEDIS arcs Sa eee eo Gel a seis, ac eS Redunca. 

b'. Rhinarium deeply grooved in front, a 
wide naked strip below nostrils late- 
rally; its posterior border acutely an- 
gular between the nostrils............ Adenota, Kobus. 


Soa. Preorbital gland absent ............+.. Pelea, Eleotragus, 
Redunca, Kobus. 
a’. Preorbital gland a thickened area of skin.. Adenota. 


3. a. Inguinal glands absent ................ Pelea, Kobus. 
a’. Inguinal glands present. 
b. Two pairs of inguinal glands .......... Redunea. 


b'. One pair of inguinal glands. 
c. Anterior pair of inguinal glands of Re- 
dunca retained as long anteriorly 
Mwerted Pouches 2). ig 60 oa. jem 5 ahi Eleotragus. 
c'. Posterior pair of inguinal glands of 
Redunca retained as short inwardly 


directed pouches............550s0% Adenota. 
4, a. Pedal glands retained as flask-shaped sacs 
with short duct and small orifice ...... Pelea, 
@. Pedal glandsaborted ......... 0.6.2.2 Elevtragus, Redunea, 


Adenota, Kobus. 
5. a. Penis with urethral tube short, slightly 


surpassing attenuated end of glans .... Lleotrugus, Redunca. 
a'. Penis with urethral tube very long, far 
surpassing bulbous end of glans ...... Kobus, 


Subfamily Merrcerinz*. 
Genus Aipyceros, Sund. 


Aipyceros melampus, Licht. (p. 918). 


The feet of a specimen of this species from British Kast 
Africa, brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous, enables 


* T instituted this subfamily under this name in 1910; but Lydekker, 
while adopting the group in 1914 (Cat. Ung. Mamm. iii. p. 4), emended 
the title to Apycerotinz, but quite unwarrantably, ASpycerine being, I 
believe, correctly formed and having the advantage of brevity. 


374 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the 


me to confirm my description of the metatarsal glands and 
to substantiate the correctness of my supposition as to the 
structure of the fore feet, published in 1910. The fore feet 
are exactly like the hind feet, except for the absence of the 
metacarpal glands. Pedal glands are absent. A piece of 
the skin of the inguinal region of the same specimen showed 
two pairs of mamme, but no trace of inguinal glands, thus 
agreeing with the dried skins in the British Museum. 
Hence it may be concluded that Owen’s statement that 
inguinal glands are present in the genus is erroneous; and 
since he affirmed at the same time the existence of large 
preorbital glands, which, according to universal testimony, 
are absent, it seems obvious that the specimen he examined 
did not belong to the genus #pyceros at all, but was 
probably some large form of Gazella. 


XXXI1V.— Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhino- 
lophidee and Megadermatide. By KNUD ANDERSEN. 


[AT the request of Dr. Knud Andersen, who expects to be 
absent from his scientific work for some time, the following 
diagnoses are published, mostly in the form of extracts from 
the synopses of species prepared by him for the second 
volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Chiroptera,’ 

By this method the exact relationship of the species to 
their nearest allies is readily seen, together with the cha- 
racters distinguishing them. 

The groups” in which tie species of Hhinolophus are 
placed are those recognized (though under different names) 
in Dr. Andersen’s “ List of the Species and Subspecies of the 
Genus Rhinolophus” *, 1905.—O. T.] 


Genus I HINOLOPHUS. 


Rh. megaphyllus group. (Called simplex group in the 
‘Annals’ paper, 1905.) 


a’. Connecting process higher posteriorly than 
anteriorly (at junction with sella). 
a*, Ears louger, 165-21 mm, (inner margin). 
General size larger; forearm 40-49 mm. 
a*. Nose-leaves larger: breadth of sella at 
base 2°5-3 mm., of horseshoe 9 10%. 


Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 31D 


Constriction at middle of sella always 
distinct. 
6°, Nose-leaves smaller: breadth of sella at 
base 2-23 mm., of horseshoe 7°7-9. 
Constriction of sella often obsolescent. 
c+, Lancet cuneate or subcuneate. 
ad‘, Lancet hastate or subhastate (constric- 
tion of sella obsolescent or absent). 
e’. Nasal swellings 5°2-5°5 mm.; c-m* * 
Me orale cx Sia stark» ped an SR ae borneensis 
f°. Nasal swellings 4:9-5:°2 mm.; em? 
6°2-6:7. Lancet peculiarly short- 
ened (probably nearest hastate), 
looking as if broader at base than 
long. Forearm 40-405 mm. (S. 
Ae ee aA ee ee ee os Haters javanicus, sp. N. 
6°, Ears shorter, 15-16°5 mm. on inner margin. 
General size smaller; forearm 37-39 mm. 
c®, Connecting process as usual. Nasal 
swellings 46-48 mm.; c-m’* 6°3-6°5. 
Forearm 38-39, (Madura.).......... madurensis, Sp. U. 
d®, Connecting process rather more pro- 
nounced than usual. Nasal swellings 
4:3 mm.; e-m* 5°9-6'3. (Luzon.) .... virgo. 
b'. Connecting process broadly rounded off, as 
low posteriorly as anteriorly (at junction with 
sella). Sella distinctly expanded at middle, 
narrower at base than across expansions, 
constriction (at or above middle) very distinct. 
ce’. Forearm 46 mm.; tibia 20. Sella broader. 
(Bandon, Lower Siam.).......:0...20:: robinsont, sp. 0. 
d’*, Forearm 40-44 mm.; tibia 16-17. Sella 
narrower. (Pulo Tioman; P. Pemangil.) /loss?, sp. n, 


Types :— 

javanicus. Female. B.M. no. 9.1. 5.174. Original num- 
ber 1655. Collected 18th March, 1908, by G. C. Short- 
ridge at Pangandaran, Dirk de Fries Bay, S. Java. 
Presented by W. H. Balston. 

madurensts. Female. B.M. no. 10.4.7.9. Original num- 
ber 2164. Collected 4th November, 1909, by G. C. 
Shortridge at Soemenep, E. Madura. Presented by 
Oldfield Thomas. 

robinsont. Female. B.M. no. 18. 8.2.1. Original num- 
ber 527/13. From Kao Nawng, Bandon, Lower Siam, 
13th June, 1913. Presented by the Federated Malay 
States Museum. 

klossi. Female. B.M.no.18.8.2.2. From Pulo Pemangil, 
June 1915. Presented by the Federated Malay States 
Museum. 


* c-m*=front of canine to back of m?, 


376 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the 


Rh. pusillus group. (Called lepidus group in 1905.) 


a, Connecting process like an erect (nearly equi- 
lateral) triangle, its front margin practically 
straight (uon-concaye). 
a’. Smaller; forearm 33°5-48 mm. ....,..... ( pusillus subgroup.) 
a, Skull and teeth larger; skull to front of . 
canine 16°5~18'7 mm.; cond.—can.* 14:4- 
16-9; mandible 11-13-2; c-m36:2-7'5.. (depidus series.) 
a®, Base of fur of back paler, contrasting 
with the darker tips .......:-s200% lepidus. 
ce‘, Skull and teeth averaging larger; 
total length to front of canine 16'8- 
18:7 mm.; cond.-can. 15-169; c- 
m®> 66-75. Forearm 38-425. 
(Upper Burma.) si i665 66s is bias: l. shortridget, subsp.n. 
6°. Fur of back uniform from base to.tip . refulgens. 
Ff 4. Sella subacute, its tip forming an 
equilateral triangle in front view. 
(Sumatray sie A. a ee 7. cuneatus, subsp. n. 
6*, Skull and teeth smaller; skull to front 
of canine 15°3-16°7 mm.; cond.-can. 
13°5-14°8; mandible 98-11; c-m*5'5-6'4. (pusillus series.) 


(Fur of back pale at base. Sella conspicuously constricted at middle, 
. markedly narrower at tip than at base.) 
a’, Smaller, with relatively shorter tibia 
and smaller foot. Skull 15°3-16 mm. ; 
cond,-can. 13°5-14:'2; forearm 35°5- 
39:7 ; tibia 14-16; foot (c. u.) 7-8. 
a‘, Canines, p' and p; unmodified; ps 
sometimes external, but generally 
half or wholly in row. Forearm 


OED-O9 FTN asia bin a oinis os 'e%s oe ale blythi, sp. n. 
a’, Fur conspicuously pale above and ; 
below. (Kumaon.) .......... b. blythi. 
6°. Fur conspicuously darker above [subsp. n. 


and below. (DarjilingtoChina.) 0. szechwanus, 
b*, Canines much heavier than in a‘; p' 
and ps; conspicuously reduced in 
size; ps generally external. General 
size as in a’, 


TehIpAld) oes a sso uaniienGge ae perditus, sp. 0. 
d’, Teeth not larger than usual; e-m’ 
55-57 mm.; c-m, 65°8-61. 
(Middle Liu-Kiu; Okinawa.) .. pumilus. 
6°, Larger, with relatively longer tibia and 
larger foot. Tibia 166-17°5 mm. 
(Japan.) | .:9 ds Se aay ee cornutus. 
b'. Larger; forearm 445-515 mm......... (acuminatus subgroup.) 
b, Connecting process like an erect anteriorly 
curved horn, its front margin conspicuously 
CONCEVO 2.4... 50- ss condone) +e ee (garoensis subgroup.) 


* cond.—can.=length of skull from condyle to front of canine. 


Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 317 


a’, Smaller. Skull, length to canine 15-152 
OT ee ee rs ean garoensis. 
b'. Larger. Skull, length to canine 16°4-18 
mm., c-m® 63-7 ; forearm 39-40, 
c?, Smaller. Skull, length to canine 16-4— 
17 mm., condyle to canine 14°6-15°3, 
mandible 11:2-11°7, c-m* 6°3-6:7 ; fore- 
arm 39-39°5. (North Central Island, 
PRAGA REISATES. ) 9 3.35 0.2 0's « 0:0 ww-0 aie! anion Samulus, sp. 0. 
ad’, Larger. Skull, length to canine 18 mm, 
(Port Blair, S. Andamans.) .......... cognatus. 


Types :— 

lepidus shortridget. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.1. Original 
number 4015. Collected 12th October, 1913, at Pagan, 
R. Irrawaddy, Burma, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented 
by the Bombay Natural History Society. A large 
series examined. Also one from Kindat, Chindwin. 

refulgens cuneatus. Male. B.M. no. 7.1.9.3. From 
Sukaranda, Deli, Sumatra. Collected by Dr. H. Dolirn. 
Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa. Paratype in 
Genoa Museum. 

blythi. Female. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.2. Original number 
3879. Collected 23rd October, 1913, at Almora, 
Kumaon, 5500’, by C. M. Crump. Presented by the 
Bombay Natural History Society. 

blythi scechwanus. Female. B.M. no. 13.1. 26.2.  Col- 
lected at Chung-King, Sze-chwan, 27th Sept., 1912, and 
presented by Mr. W. R. Brown. Other specimens trom 
Darjiling, ‘Taho, Burma, Yunnan, other localities in 

Sze-chwan, and Foochow. 

perditus. Female. B.M. no. 5, 11. 3.15. From Ishigaki, 
southern Liu-Kiu. Purchased of Alan Owston, 

famulus. Female. B.M. no. 9. 4.4.8. From North Cen- 
tral Island, Andamans. Presented by the Indian 
Museum, Calcutta. 


Rh. hipposideros group. (midas group, 1905.) 
Rh. hipposideros—synopsis of subspecies :— 


a. Infraorbital bridge linear (very rarely some- 
PERN MSAMIRMIOELY So a(s oc ae ct oles weld rede minimus, hipposi- 
b, Infraorbital bridge broadened. [deros, & minutus, 
d'. Infraorbital bridge as a rule somewhat, 
though not often much broadened. Size 
about as in minimus. Forearm of type 
375mm, Skull, length to front of canine 
15:5, condyle to canine 15:8, c-m’* 56, 
(Corsica and Sardinia.) .......... aattiel ee majort, subsp. n. 


378 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the 


e’. Infraorbital bridge nearly always much 
broadened. 
a®, ps; nearly always present. Size as Aippo- 
sideros. (Gilgit to Cyprus.) .......-+. midas, 
b?. ps nearly always absent. Size as mini- 
mus. Forearm of type 87 mm. Skull, 
length to front of canine 15°38, condyle 
to canine 13°6, c-m'® 55. (Morocco.) ..  escalere, subsp. n. 


Types :— 
majori. Male. B.M. no. 6.4. 14.3. Patrimonio, N. Cor- 
sica. Collected and presented by Dr, C. I. Forsyth 
Major. 
escalere. Female. B.M.uo. 10.11.24. 2. Ha-ha, Mogador, 
Moroceo. Collected by M. de la Escalera. Presented 
by Oldfield Thomas. 


Rh, luctus group. — (philippinensis group, 1905.) 


ce. Smaller; skull to front of canine less than 
25 mm.; forearm 42°5-44. 
ce’, Ears shorter; from base of inner margin 
20-23mm. Nose-leaves smaller; breadth 
of horseshoe 95-10. Fur dark. Skull 
smaller and narrower, to front of canine 
20°5-22; mandible 13°8-15; across m* 
7°2-7'8. Forearm 42°5-50. 
a*. Considerably smaller. (Borneo.) ...... sedulus, 
b*. Considerably larger; canine to m® 8:4— 
85mm. ; forearm 485-50. Infraorbital 
canal longer. (Malay Peninsula.) .... edaa, sp. n. 
Pcierd WAPper set. ©. ak clon secon sais iene Bike trifoliatus, niasensis, 
d. Larger; skull to front of canine more than [solitarius. 
25 mm.; forearm 57-75'5. ; 
e. Ear shorter, 28-30°5 mm.; forearm 57-63.. beddomet, 
e?. Averaging smaller ; c-m° 9°7 mm. ; fore- 
arm ‘Gi: {Oeyloti.) <2 5 acct see eee b. sobrinus, subsp. n. 
f*. Averaging larger; c-m* 10:2-10'8 mm. ; 
forearm 595-63. (Indian Pensinsula.) 6. beddomet, 
f'. Ear longer, 34-389 mm. ; forearm 63°5-75°5. 
go’. Mar amaller swe: . os. dee sce semeahs morio. 
c*, ars averaging smaller. Colour gene- 
rally darker. (Malay Peninsula.) .. m. morio. 
d’, Ears averaging larger. Colour gene- 
rally lighter. (Borneo.) ..e.sssseees 2 foetidus, subsp. n. 


Types :— 
edax. Female. B.M. no, 7.4.18.1. Singapore. Col- 
lected and presented by H. N. Ridley. 
beddomei sobrinus. Female. B.M.no. 18.8.3.3. Original 
number 1137. Collected at Kala Oya, N.C.P., Ceylon, 


Families Rhinolophide and Megadermatide. 379 


by Major E. W. Mayor, Presented by the Bombay 
Natural History Society. 

morto fetidus. B.M. no. 89.1. 8.4. Baram, E. Sarawak. 
Collected by Dr. Charles Hose. 


euryotis group. (arcuatus group, 1905.) 


a. No special moditication of hairing of posterior 
Ocal Shays. osu aoe Wes! fw aids. AO ee a euryotis subgroup. 
6, Median (intercellular) portion of posterior leaf 
clothed with long, semi-rigid, densely set 
IRAE NG) Dare hongielel hand eke Ree ereaghi subgroup. 
a*. Posterior connecting process unmodified ; 
hairs of posterior leaf bushy, not specially 
EIEN cosine ite seit tem hates vie a's tea oe canuti. 
6°. Posterior connecting process practically 
absent ; hair of posterior leaf arranged in 
a conical tuft pointing towards posterior 
face of sella. 
a, P; and p' not smaller than usual; ears 


longer; forearm 48°5mm. (Madura.).. plosus, sp, n. 
6°, P; rudimentary or wanting, p’ reduced ; 
ears smaller .......... dataiictaicl wens & ax creaghi. 


Type of Lt. pilosus:—Male. B.M. no. 10. 4.7. 5. Original 
number 2162. Collected at Marengan, Soemenep, E. 
Madura, Java, 4th November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge. 
Presented by Oidfield Thomas. 


Ascllia tridens diluta, subsp. n. 


Like A. tridens tridens, but averaging larger, and colour 
of fur conspicuously paler. 

Forearm 52°2 mm. 

Skull: length to foot of canine 18°7; cond.—can. 16°6 ; 
c—m® 7 ; c—m; T°. 

Hab. (of type). El Golea, Algerian Sahara. Other speci- 
mens from Biskra. 

Type. Female. B.M. no, 12.11.14. 2. Original num- 
ber 42. Collected 16th May, 1912, by Dr. H. Hartert. Pre- 
sented by Lord Rothschild. 


Genus HIPPOSIDEROS. 
H. bicolor group. 


a. P, comparatively large, from 3 to practically 
the full antero-posterior length of pu, its cusp 
always reaching above middle of cusp of pa; 
internasal septum thick or even pear-shaped 
(thicker posteriorly). 


380 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the 


a’. Smaller forms. Skull, cond.-can. 13-15:1 
mm., c-m® 5-6; forearm 34-42°5. 
@. Smallest. Skull, cond -can. 13-13'8 mm., 
c-m 6-55; forearm 34-40°2. 
a, Forearm 34-36'7 mm. (India, Burma, 
Borned2) ose ates cia ielote Pa sees te ae cineraceus, 
b°. Forearm 57-402 mm. (Philippines.) — anticola. 
6*. Larger. Skull, cond.—can. 13°8-16:1mm., 
c-m® 55-6; forearm 37-42°5, 
c’, Skull somewhat narrower in front; 
across canines 3*5-3°7 mm. 
a‘. Decidedly paler. Forearm 37-42 
mm. (Sumatra, Java.).......... bicolor. 
b‘. Decidedly darker. 
a’, Skull averaging smaller, cond.— 
can. 13-146 mm. Forearm 
38-41'8. (Ceram, New Guinea, 


Port Albany.) iis ove. tiem Sian albanensis. 

&, Skull averaging longer, cond.— 
can. 15°1 mm, Forearm 40-42. [subsp. n. 
(Bier Eady s..:.laiziaihs ststiha ales le albanensis sevus, 


d®, Skull somewhat broaderin front; across 
canines 4-4'1 mm. Forearm 38°8-42°5. 
(Waban .-5 cn 55 ian hag nicobarule. 
6’, Larger forms. Skull, cond.-can. 15-16:7 
mm., c~m’ 6-68. Forearm 38°5-46:2. 
e?, Nose-leaves broader than usual, Horse- 
shoe 58 mm., sella 5°2. Forearm 40°5. 
(OGRE cass vexingn tote ssa piverse Ere pomona, sp. 0. 
d?, Nose-leaves not broader than usual. 
Horseshoe 4'5-5'5 mm., sella 3:7-4°8 ..  gentilis, sp. n. 
e*, Smaller. Skull, cond.-can. 15-155 
mm., c-m* 6-62; forearm 38°5-41'5. 
(Masuri, Burma, Pegu.) .......... g. gentilis. 
J°®. Medium. Cond.-can. 15°7-16°3 mm., 
c-m® 6'2-6°7 ; forearm 40-462. 
ct, Smaller: forearm 40-43mm. (Siam, 


Pokson). 255 asn.s dence epee g. sinensis, subsp. n. 
d‘, Larger: forearm 42-46°2mm. (Ma- 
Iay Peninanls:) 2b. eR oe gy. atrox, subsp. n. 


g’. Largest. Cond.=can, 16-167 mm., 
c-m* 65-68; forearm 448-46, (Nias, 
Magen d..2oss ae ark tea ara te oe g. major, subsp. n. 

b. P, small, from a little less than 3 to about > 
the length (ant. post.) of »,, its cusp below, 
or at most at the middle of the cusp of p,; 
internasal septum very thin, narrowing into 

a sharp edge posteriorly. 
c’. Forearm less than 44 mm.; c-m* below 6. 

Nose-leaves smaller. 

ce’. Smaller. Forearm 35-37°3 mm. Ears 


shorter. (Ceylon and S. India.) ...... atratus. 
d*, Larger. Forearm 385-43 mm. Ears 
larger. (Indian Peninsula.).......... Sulvus. 


h®, Colour of fur averaging darker. (In- 
dian Peninsula as far north as Nasik.) f. fulvus. 


Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide, 381 


7, Colour of fur paler. (Kathiawar, 


Cutch, Sind, Rajputana.).......... f. pallidus, subsp. n. 
d', Forearm 46 mm.; c-m* 6°8. Nose-leaves 
larger,6X8 mm. (Selangor.) .......... nequam, 3p. D. 
Types :— 


albanensis sevus. Female. B.M. no. 99.12, 4.12. From 
Key Is. Purchased of Rolle. | 

pomona. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.4. Original number 
2605. Collected by G. C. Shortridge at Haleri, N. 
Coorg, 15th February, 1913. Presented by the Bombay 
Natural History Society. 

gentilis, Male. B.M. no. 93.11.15.2. From Thayetmyo, 
Burma. Presented by Lieut. E. Y. Watson. 

- g. sinensis, B.M. no. 92.2.1. 3. From Foo-chow, Fo-kien. 

Presented by J. de La Touche, Esq. 

g-arov. Female. B.M. no. 1.3.9.4. From Semangko 
Gap, Selangor, 2800’. Presented by A. L. Butler, lisq. 

g-major, Male. B.M. no. 94.1.7.6. From Bua-Bua, 
Engano Island. Collected by Dr. E. Modigliani, 
Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa. 

fulvus pallidus. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.5. Original 
number 1636. Collected at Junagadh, Kathiawar, 
21st Sept., 1912, by C. A. Crump. Presented by the 
Bombay Natural History Society. 

nequam. Male. B.M. no. 85.8. 1.369. From Klang, 
Selangor. Collected by W. Davison. Presented by 
A. O. Hume. 


Hi, diadema group. 


A. Skull in front of sagittal crest concave ; meso- 
pterygoid space broader, palatine angle broadly 
rounded off; lateral vertical ridges of 


posterior leaf obsolescent ...........00005 diadema subsection. 
MISE sia wee W sted dened. 0. oma eee demissus, 
aa a Face ood o's ste Feed + le CRN diadema. 
a’, Averaging smaller: c-m* 113-136 mm. 
Three supplementary leaves. [tus. 
@. Forearm 73-82°5 mm............... d. oceanites, d. pulla- 


6°, Forearm 76-87°5 mm. 
ce‘. Ears not larger than usual: length 
27-28'5 mm., breadth 26-26°5. 
a’. Colour more brownish above and 
menonta: | (ey is:).*. tase d. custos, subsp. n. 
&. Colour powdered with greyish 
above and still greyer below.... d. griseus. 
d‘, Ears larger: length about 30 mm., 
breadth 28°5-20°8. 
e®, Skull and dentition weaker: c-m* 
about 123mm. (Celebes.)....  d. speculator,subsp.n. 


382 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the 
dad’, Skull and dentition heavier: c—m° 

18°2-13°6 mm. © (Gilolo.) ...... d. euotis. 
B. Skull in front of sagittal crest convex or flat- 
tened ; mesopterygoid space narrower; pala- 
tine angle acute or subacute ; upper border of 


posterior leaf trilobate ; lateral vertical ridges 
lankadiva subsection. 


STPONG ccs rcccccccccsesesacieeesecseenes 
ce. Larger. (Gsylon.) 2... sins cs cst tomo lankadiva. 
d, Smaller. * (Indian Peninsula.)............ indus, sp. N. 


e'’. Skull larger, length to front of canine 
29°8-32'2 mm. ; c-m* 125-135. General 
ae dark brown or grey-brown. 
. External dimensions averaging smaller : 
forearm 77-84:5 mm. 
&, General colour above dark brown, 
base of hairs not white. (Kanara.) imdus indus. 
f*. General colour above ‘grey-brown, 2 . 
base of hairs white. (E Mysore.) 7%, mzatus, subsp. n. 
d, External dimensions larger: forearm : 
82-88 mm. Colour as f*. (Hoshan- 
PAbSU, SRUPOF.) iw . os wteiiin ss spies 7. unitus, subsp. n. 
ee Skull smaller, to front of canine °28°5- ; 
28'8 mm.; c-m® 11°5-11:1. General 
colour above slaty, with white bases to — 
hairs, (Bellary.) ........ b iateere pias schistaceus, Sp. D. 


Types :— 

H, diadema custos. Male. B.M. no. 10. 3. 1. 27. Original 
number 850. Collected July 1909 at Ara, Key Island, 
by W. Stalker. New Guinea Expedition. 

d. speculator. Female. B.M.no.97.1.3.20. ° From Kalao, 
S. Celebes. Collected by A. Everett. 

indus. Female. B.M. no, 12.11. 28. 20. Original num- 
ber 1109. Collected at Gersoppa, Kanara, 19th May, 
1912, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay 
Natural History Society. 

i. miatus. Male. B.M. no. 13. 4.11.19. Original num- 
ber 1747. Collected 18th September, 1912, at Kolar, 
E. Mysore, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the 
Bombay Natuwal History Society. 

t. unitus. Female. B.M. no. 12. 11. 29.20. Original 
number 1201. Collected 25th April, 1912, at Mundra, 
Saugor, C.P., 1600', by C. A. Crump. Prisanied by 
the Bombay Natural "History Society. 

schistaceus. Male. B.M. no. 13. 4. 10. 3. Original num- 
ber 1462. Collected 26th July, 1912, at Vijayanagar, 
Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay 
Natural History Society. . 


Families Rhinolophides and Megadermatide. 383 


L, speorts group. 
The subspecies of speoris :— 


a. Skull, length to foot of canines 19-20:3 mm. 
(average of 108 specimens 19°7 mm.) ; fore- 
arm 49°8-54 (average 52). (Ceylon, Kanara, 
Bombay, Khandeish, Mysore.) ............ 8. speoris, 
b, Skull, length 18-19°8 mm. (average of 84 
specimens 18'8 mm.); forearm 45°8-51:5 
(average 49:4), (Bellary.) .......0:s00e08 8. pulchellus, subsp. n. 


Type of H. s. pulchellus:—Female. B.M. uo, 13. 4. 10. 13. 
Original number 1473. Collected 27th July, 1912, at 
Vijayanagar, Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented 
by the Bombay Natural History Society. 


H. calearatus group. 


HH. cupidus, sp. 0. 


Nearly allied to H. calcaratus, but with teeth considerably 
smaller, canine to m? 7°3-7°5 mm. as compared with 8°2-8°3 
in calcaratus. Forearm in the immature type 46°25 in an 
adult from Jobi [sland 49:2. 

Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 97. 12.6.4. From 
Eaga, British New Guinea. Collected by A. 8. Anthony. 
Presented by Lord Rothschild. 


Genus MEGADERMA. 


Subspecies of A/. spasma :— 


a*, Tibia averaging shorter, 27-28 mm. (Celebes, 
MLE ATIUEAS: Jill as; sled os ays sp aialain sya’ pv oe SE M., s. spasma. 
6?. Tibia averaging longer, 28°5-33°5 mm. 
a*®, Length of skull 24-4-26°3 mm. ; lower jaw 
169-18; c-m° 9:5-10. Forearm 54—-58°5. 
(Java, Kangean, Sumatra, Borneo.) .... 8. trefolium. 
6. As trifolium, but averaging perceptibly 
larger, Forearm 55-61'5 mm, (Malay 
Peninsula, S. Tenasserim.) ............ s. medium, subsp. n. 
c. Maximum of size in the species ; lower jaw 
17°8-19 mm.; cm’ 10-10°8. Forearm 
62-638. (Lower Chindwin.)............ 8. majus, subsp. n, 
d. As trifolium, but more delicately built ; 
lower jaw 166-173 mm.; zygomatic 
breadth of skull 13°7-143 mm. (against 
14:3-15°5). Forearm 53:°5-56°5. (Siam, 
RTS Ty Megha css x) so yea d's Cateye nics sone 8, mus, subsp. n, 


384 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and 


e. Much like ¢rifolium, but with narrower skull ; 
zygomatic breadth 13:8-148 mm. Fore- 


arm 54-58°5. (Indian Peninsula.) ...... 3. horsfield. 
f. Ass. horsfieldi, but averaging smaller exter- 

nally. Forearm 52-565 mm. .......... 8. ceylonense, subsp. 0. 
Types :— 


M. s. medium. Female. B.M. no. 96.4. 15.1. From 
Singapore. Collected and presented by H. N. Ridley... _ 

s.majus. Female. B.M. no, 18. 8.3.6. Original number 
5354. Collected at Kin, Lower Chindwin, by G. C. 
Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay Natural History 
Society. 

s. minus. B.M. no. 78. 6.17.42. From Camboja.  Pre- 
sented by M. Pierre. 

s. ceylonense. Male. B.M. no. 18, 8.3.7. Original num- 
ber 1317. Collected at Trincomalee by Major E. W. 
Mayor. Presented by the Bombay Natural History 
Society. 


XXXV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXXX. 
By T. D. A. Cockeret, University of Colorado. 


Nylocopa collaris, Lepeletier. 

g. Sandakan, Borneo (Baker). 

This is the form which Lepeletier described from Java as 
X. dejeanii. His collaris was based on females, doubtless of © 
more than one race, but it may be restricted to the Malayan 
form, with Sumatra as the type locality. 


Xylocopa collaris penangensis, subsp. n. 


3. (Type.)—Similar to the Philippine X. fuliginata, 
Pérez, in having the light hair covering first and basal two- 
fifths of second segments of the abdomen, the lower margin 
straight. Otherwise it is like X. collaris, with pale hair on 
thorax above, except a narrow band along anterior edge of 
scutellum. The metathorax has black hair. In the colour 
of the hair on legs and apex of abdomen it resembles 
X. collaris var. bryanti, Ckll., from Java, but the wings are 
not darker than in typical collaris. The thorax dorsally is_ 
very faintly greenish. The pleura has pale hair on upper 
part and black on the lower. The insect is a little smaller — 
than typical collaris. 


Records of Bees. 385 


? .—Differs from YX. fuliginata in being smaller (anterior 
wing 16°5 mm.), with the wings darker and_ brilliantly 
violet, and the thorax anteriorly with a band of white hair. 
The white thoracic band is narrower and less conspicuous 
than in collaris, and sends only a small and feeble extension 
to the pleura. 

Island of Penang (Baker). 


Mesotrichia bombiformis (Smith). 


Manila, Philippine Is., Jan. 1, 1918 (McGregor). 
The wings are much greener apically than in one from 
Los Banos. 


Mesotrichia confusa viridissima, subsp. n. 


2. (Type.)—Larger, anterior wing 23 mm.; anterior 
and posterior wings brilliant bluish green. 

6 .—Yellow hair of thorax above brighter ; second sub- 
marginal cell a little longer. 

Island of Penang (Baker), 

Pérez cites various localities for confusa; Singapore may 
be designated as the type locality. I have both sexes from 
Singapore, collected by Baker. The shorter wings of the 
females are violaceous, apically obscure green, Exactly the 
same thing, determined as confusa by Maidl, was received 
from the Berlin Museum, labelled “ Sikhim (Bingham).” 
It is unfortunate that some assistant at the Berlin Museum 
put “Sikhim ” labels on numerous bees which never came 
from that region. 

A specimen of M, confusa from Trong, Siam (Adéoiz), is 
intermediate between the type and viridissima, having the 
long wings of the latter, but with some violaceous colour, 
though they are mainly green. It is certainly nearest to 
viridissima. 


Trigona geissleri, Friese. 

I have a male from Sintang, North Borneo ; and a couple 
of workers collected at Singapore by Baker appear to 
belong to the same species. It is a black insect, with 
broad abdomen ; legs black, but trochanters red or reddish ; 
scape clear ferruginous ; front and mesothorax polished. 
It has some resemblance to T. canifrons and T. leviceps, 
but is clearly distinct. The Bornean male has the flagellum 
black, but in the Singapore workers it is ferruginous, more 
or less dusky above. The Singapore insect should perhaps 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 28 


386 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and 


be separated, but we should first see Bornean workers. 
I have not seen any publication of 7. geissleri, but it may 
have appeared in Germany since the mails from that country 
to America were discontinued. 


Trigona pallidicincta, sp. n. 


¢ .—Length nearly 9 mm. 

Head and thorax black, the clypeus, supraclypeal area, 
labrum, mandibles, upper border of prothorax, tubercles, 
and tegule pale ferruginous; antenne black, scape red at 
extreme base; sides of face covered with appressed greyish- 
white hair; vertex with long dark fuscous hair; thorax 
with short pale hair at sides, but dorsally it is mainly 
fuscous; scutellum with a pale (tegumentary) patch poste- 
riorly, and middle of metathorax suffusedly reddened ; 
front not polished, except a triangular area in front of ocelli; 
mesothorax shining, with three impressed lines, the lateral 
ones deep. Wings hyaline, faintly reddish, stigma ferrugi- 
nous, nervures fuscous. Legs very pale reddish basally, 
otherwise dark brown. Abdomen brown, darker apically ; 
basin of first segment, and its broad apical margin, pale 
testaceous, the light colour sharply defined ; base of third 
segment broadly pallid. 

Singapore (Baker). 

Resembles T. castanea, Bingham, but the wings are quite 
differently coloured. ‘There is a rather strong superficial 
resemblance to the African T. conradti, Fr. 


Trigona melanotricha, sp. n. 


Worker.—Length about 7°5 mm. 

Black, very robust, with rather long and coarse black 
hair ; head broad ; clypeus and mandibles obscure reddish ; 
hair of face dark, the sides with thin appressed brown hair ; 
front polished and shining; cheeks with thin brown pile; 
scape in front and flagellum beneath dull red, third antennal 
joint entirely bright ferruginous ; mesothorax and scutellum 
shining; tegule dark reddish. Wings hyaline, basally 
orange-fulvous, nervures aud stigma clear ferruginous; 
trausverse-cubital nervures obsolete. Legs black, with 
coarse black hair; hind tibia very broad, fringed with very — 
long black hair. Abdomen short and broad, shining, obscure — 
reddish basally. ; 

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9222). 

Related to 7. erythrostoma, Cam., but quite distinct. 


Records of Bees. 387 


Trigona rufibasalis, sp. 0. 

Worker.—Length a little over 6 mm. 

Rather slender, but the head broad. Black, with the 
mandibles dull red at apex, and tarsi red at apex; face with 
very thin greyish pile; front polished and shining ; scape 
bright ferrugimous ; flagellum dark, reddish at extreme 
base, and red beneath at apex ; mesothorax shining, without 
distinct impressed lines; hair of thorax above black but 
scanty; tegule piceous. Anterior wings with the basal half 
orange-ferruginous, the apical field clear; hind wings dusky 
throughout. Hind tibiz not very broad for the genus. 
Abdomen shining black, venter with bands of black hair. 

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9225). 

Somewhat related to T. collina, Sm., and T. vidua, Lep., 
but the wings are differently coloured, and the head and 
thorax are shining. 


The ahove species of Trigona were received from Prof. C. 
F. Baker, with others from Sandakan, Borneo, and Singa- 
pore. ‘The following key separates and records all the 
species represented in the series :— 


Clear ferruginous. (Sandakan.) .......... melina, Gribodo. 
At least the thorax or abdomen dark ........ ; 
1. Mesothorax red, sometimes dark............ 2. 
Mesothorax pure black .................- 3. 
2. Face pale or red up tolevelofantenne. (San- 
RMN eek ens oc we gels nace s « ada apicalis, Smith. 


Only clypeus red. (Sandakan and Singapore, 
the malar space a little shorter in the Singa- 


ree NIE, 2) b5.5 5 2 2). 015s) S)d0) o)el he ofahen ae ambusta, Ckll. 
3. Tegule clear testaceous; abdomen brownish. : 
RURASIOEC Dh ota an ails 3: «ofa #,= ale dina rca Tae pallidicincta, Ckll. 
Pee PATEED sles pic ice Sa 2 tn we eee ae « 4. 
4. Large species, with reddish clypeus, and wings 
basally orange-fulvous. (Sandakan.)...... melanotricha, Ck. 


Smaller; or if rather large, clypeus black .... 
5. Scape black, except at extreme base; larger 
REO asia vps ass Bric nS apihas «eds 


Scape ferruginous; smaller species.......... 7. 

6. Wings dilute fuliginous. (Singapore.) .... tama, CkIl.- 
Wings not fuliginous. (Sandakan.) ........ busara, Ckll. 

7. Wings strongly reddened basally, apically 

Memeetion. (ORUGRKAN.) 5200.6 cece cenes rufibasalis, Okll. 

few erevish lyaline ......626scesaceneee eae. 

8, Larger; abdomen broad. (Singapore.) .... getssleri, Friese. 
Smaller; abdomen narrow. (Singapore.).... valdexi, Ckll. 


Megachile penangensis, sp. 0. 


? .—Length about 11 mm. ' 
Face below level of antennz with black hair, front and 


388 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and 


vertex with red hair, lower part of cheeks with white hair ; 
thorax above and first abdominal segment with very bright 
red hair, thorax beneath with thin white hair; second 
abdominal segment with a narrow fulvous band, but rest of 
abdomen black and bandless ; ventral scopa white, black on 
last two segments; antenne black; mandibles quadri- 
dentate; legs black, with pale hair, red on inner side of 
tarsi and of anterior and middle tibie ; tegule red. Wings 
deep fuliginous, hyaline basally. | 

Island of Penang (Baker, 9277). 

Very close to M. schauinslandi, Alfken, and at first sight 
appearing identical, but certainly distinct by the much more 
closely and finely punctured abdomen. Prof. Baker sends 
me Hawaiian M. schauinslandi, determined by Friese as 
M. umbripennis, Smith, and this synonymy seems correct. 
M. penangensis nearly agrees with the description of umbri- 
pennis, but lacks the white hair-bands at sides of abdomen. 
Also from Penang comes Megachile conjuncta, Sm. (Baker, 
9273). 


Megachile facetula, sp. n. 


2 .—Length about 1] mm. 

Rather slender; black, including antennz and legs, but 
tegule ferruginous ; front, vertex, broad oblique bands from 
prothorax to below wings, and narrow sides of mesothorax, 
with bright ferruginous hair; lower margin of clypeus 
bituberculate in middle; mesothorax and scutellum very 
coarsely and densely rugosopunctate ; ventral scopa white, 
black on last segment. Abdomen dorsally strongly punc- 
tured, segments 1-4 with lateral short bands of white hair, 
fifth with a narrow entire band. Wings basally hyaline, 
but otherwise dark fuliginous, splendidly iridescent, with 
purple colours. 

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9278). 

This looks like M. faceta, Bingham, and is closely allied, 
differing by the narrower cheeks (from upper part of eyes to 
occipital margin much less than diameter of eye), sculpture 
of thorax not so coarse, and abdomen without metallic 
colours. Also from Sandakan comes M. atrata fulvipennis 
(Smith). 


Megachile ramera, sp. u. 


2 .—Length about 14 mm. 

Robust ; black, including antennz, legs, and tegule; 
ventral scopa very bright ferruginous, white at extreme 
base; face, front, and vertex with black hair, a httle white 


Records of Bees. 389 


about bases of antennz and at each side of upper end of 
clypeus ; cheeks with white hair; mandibles strongly keeled 
externally, the cutting-edge very long; clypeus broadly 
emarginate, the emargination crenulate, and with a median 
denticle; supraclypeal area flattened, polished and sparsely 
punctured in middle; clypeus rather closely punctured, with 
a smooth median line on upper part; thorax at sides, 
beneath, and metathorax with long white hair, but black 
hair in middle of mesopleura; mesothorax shining, strongly 
but not very densely punctured, appearing bare, but with 
short black hair, the lateral margins with white hair ; 
scutellum with black hair, but a thin band of white between 
it and mesothorax. Wings dusky, nervures dark fuscous ; 
tibial spurs ferruginous. Legs with mainly pale hair, 
ferruginous on inner side of the broadened hind basitarsi. 
Abdomen broad, with beautiful green and purple colours; 
hind margins of segments with narrow bright ferruginous 
hair-bands. 

Singapore (Baker, 9274). 

A beautiful species; closely related to the Australian 
M. pictiventris, Sm., but readily known by the red abdo- 
minal bands and the wholly black hair of front. Also from 
Singapore comes a female M. subrixator, Ckll. (Baker, 
9275). 

Megachile subignita, sp. n. 

? .—Length about 13°5 mm. 

. Not very robust; black, including antenne and legs, 
tegule red; ventral scopa white at base, pale ferruginous in 
middle, black on last two segments; lower margin of 
clypeus gently arched, simple; clypeus densely punctured, 
with a smooth median line; front and sides of face with 
ferruginous hair, vertex with thin fuscous hair, lower part 
of cheeks with white; sides of mesothorax and scutellum, 
tubercles, upper part of pleura, and metathorax with long 
bright ferruginous hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining, 
strongly but not densely punctured, with thin fuivous hair 
on disc. Wings reddish dusky, nervures ferruginous, the 
outer ones becoming fuscous. Legs with pale hair; tibial 
spurs ferruginous ; hind basitarsi not very broad, their inner 
side with red hair. Abdomen finely punctured, with greenish 
tints; hind margins of segments with narrow pale red hair- 
bands, sides of first segment heavily tufted with bright 
ferruginous hair. 

Singapore (Baker, 9276). 

In Friese’s tables runs nearest to MZ. penetrata, Sm., but 
that is much larger, and otherwise different. 


390 Bibliographical Notice. 


Paracolletes metallicus (Smith). 
Males. Waipara, New Zealand, Nov. 21 (Brittin). 


Halictus aerarius, Smith. 
Males from Kobe, Japan (Baker). 


} Chelynia elegans (Cresson). 
Estes Park Village, Colorado, June (Hazel Andrews). 


Osmia pentstemonis, Cockerell. 


Peaceful Valley, Colorado, at flowers of Pentstemon, 
July 5 (Cockerell). 


Osmia hendersoni, Cockerell. 
Tolland, Colorado. 


» BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., G.C.S.I, 
Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady Hooker. 
{ With nine] Portraits and Illustrations. By Leonarp Huxey, 
author of ‘Life and Letters of T. H. Huxley,’ ete. London: 
John Murray, 1918. 2vols. 8vo. i., pp. xi, 546; ii., vii, 569. 
36s. net. i 


Amonest the methods of writing a biography there are two which 
are pre-eminent—one, the strictly chronological, which leads the 
reader along as the subject lived, and enables him to trace the in- 
fluences which moulded the life as they occurred, and the other, 
which may be termed the episodical method—by describing certain 
episodes of the life, and treating them fully, disregarding any over- 
lapping of dates. The present work is largely on the second plan, 
probably wisely chosen, but having the disadvantage of rendering 
the sequence of dates at times somewhat difficult to follow. 

Born in 1817 at Halesworth, Suffolk, of parents and grandparents 
of Norfolk birth, and having a botanical atmosphere from his 
early days, the future Sir Joseph Hooker passed his boyhood, 
University career, and early training in Glasgow. Four years on 
H.M.S. ‘ Erebus’ in Antarctic Seas were followed by service on the ~ 
Geological Survey as botanist, and then came a still more important 
journey in India, particularly amongst the Himalayas in Sikkim. 
Here his work was so thorough that, besides his large collection of 
plants and seeds, the map of Sikkim which he plotted proved of 
invaluable help to the British military expedition of 1903. 


Bibliographical Notice. 391 


Ten years as assistant to his father, the Director of the Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, were followed by twenty more as Director, 
and then by twenty-six of busy scientific labours unshackled by 
the claims of official administration, until that December day in 
1911 when he was laid to rest beside his father in the churchyard 
on Kew Green, a veteran of 94 years, full of honours, with a 
splendid record of work. 

His published works are proof of the power he possessed of 
pursuing his purposed path, in spite of absorbing official duties 
as head of the great national botanie institution, which owes so 
much to the two Hookers. 

Where so much was accomplished it is hard to select for mention, 
but we may instance the six quarto volumes on the material 
brought home from the Southern Seas, ‘ Flora Antarctica,’ ‘ Flora 
Nove Zealandiz,’ and ‘ Flora lasmaniz,’ 1844-60. Here we have 
not merely an enumeration of the plants, but in the ‘ Flora ‘T'as- 
manie ’ we find a luminous exposition of distribution in space and 
time prefixed to the enumeration. His ‘Himalayan Journals,’ 
1854, form a fascinating record of his travels and captivity in that 
region. A faculty he possessed in singularly large measure, of 
methodizing facts and putting them into a convincing and lucid 
form, even on a small scale, and we note how he rapidly seized the 
important characters of plants and so described them, that his 
writings are readily utilized. 

His masterly survey of Arctic plants (1861) shows how keen 
he was on questions of distribution, and his account of the plants 
of the Galapagos Islands (1849), both in the Linnean Society’s 
‘Transactions,’ confirm this statement. 

With Dr. Thomas Thomson (1817-78) he essayed a ‘Flora Indica,’ 
1855, but the experience gained in producing the single volume issued 
showed him that a work conceived on that scale was impossible of 
production. ‘The Flora of British India,’ therefore, was planned 
on a more modest scale, and with other Indian botanists to help 
by undertaking assigned portions. The soundness of this pro- 
cedure was proved by the finishing of this enumeration in seven 
octavo volumes, 1872-1897, an event marked by the striking and 
presentation of a gold medal by the Linnean Society in 1898. 

The ‘Genera Plantarum,’ 1862-83, which was worked up chiefly 
from material at Kew, in conjunction with George Bentham, was a 
monumental production, in which both of those distinguished 
phytographers contributed their ripe experience; it differed from 
its predecessors by being based upon actual examination of authen- 
ticated specimens or actual types, and was not merely literary com- 
pilation. The last big work on which Hooker started to engage 
was that termed ‘ Index Kewensis,’ which occupied thirteen years 
_and a half from first to last. It was due to Charles Darwin, who 
induced Sir Joseph Hooker to get the work undertaken; he 
approved the plan submitted by the actual compiler, and acted as 
the channel by which the needful funds were received from 
Mrs. Darwin. As the work progressed aud became available for 


392 Bibliographical Notice. 


reference, Hooker’s interest in it increased, and finally he went 
through the MS. to revise the geographical notes and read the 
proofs. Unluckily Mr. Darwin himself died within three months 
of the undertaking being put in hand. Aa 

With this activity in botanical publication, Hooker’s influence in 
other directions must not be overlooked. He was Darwin’s confi- 
dant for fifteen years before evolution was brought before the scien- 
tific world in July 1858. He spent five years as President of the 
Royal Society, 1873-78, with its consequent numerous committees, 
and served on the Council of the Linnean Society almost uninter- 
ruptedly from 1846 to 1884, and was Vice-President from 1861 to 
1876 and 1882 to 1884, though he declined the Presidency in 1886, 
after his retirement from Kew. 

Such is a rapid outline of Hooker’s life, which is treated in detail 
in the two volumes before us. Mr. Leonard Huxley is well 
qualified as the biographer, being the eldest son of Prof. T, H. Huxley, 
F.R.S., Hooker’s intimate friend, and, although it is not declared, 
is the godson mentioned on page 59 of the second volume. With 
the material already arranged by Lady Hooker, the connecting text 
became manageable, otherwise the bulk available might have 
proved insuperable. 

Many portraits are extant, in various media; that reproduced 
as the frontispiece to the first volume is, perhaps, the least satis- 
factory, Hooker himself pronouncing it ‘ lackadaisical,” the very 
word the present writer had always applied to it. 

In so long a work it is not surprising that slips occur—some due 
to the printer, but not all. Here are a few, which should be 
corrected in a second issue. The “8S. J. Klotzsch” mentioned in 
the note in vol. i. p. 25 was Johann Friedrich Klotzsch (1805-60). 
The name “ Osmanthus” on page 367 of the same volume must be 
meant for “Osmothamnus,.” What was the date of the letter 
cited? Jt must have been after 1882, when Rhododendron antho- 
pogon was printed in the ‘Flora of British India,’ with Osmo- 
thamnus fragrans and O. pallidus as synonyms, 

In the second volume, on page 247, line 23, the name should 
read Maingay, and p. 447, Vougeotit and Mnium ; while such slips as 
‘« slpendid ” and “ Penquins ” are simple press errors. 

There are two Cunninghams curiously confused in the Index, ii. 
p. 527; in vol. ii, David Douglas Cunningham (1843-1914) is re- 
ferred to on p. 427, note, but his brother Robert Oliver Cunningham 
(1841-1918) on p. 80, and 101, note. 

We close the volumes, which have recalled the memory of many 
vanished botanists, with gratitude to the writers whose labours 
have done so much to place on permanent record the great and 
strong personality which Hooker’s surviving contemporaries must — 
always remember with pleasure. It was indeed their good fortune 
to have been associated with so commanding a figure. B. D.dae 


AY 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 11. NOVEMBER 1918. 


XXXVI.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily 
Pyraustine. By Sir Gores F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., 
&e. : 

(Concluded from p. 196.] 


Genus PronEA will stand as Type 
y 'e 
Hepa. Wubn, Verz, pi 35) (L827)i. fn cnceccsedeanie sane aseetine fulvalis. 


(1h) Hapalia bifossata, sp. n. 


Antenne of male laminate with ridge of scales above ; fore wing 
with depressed streaks beyond the cell ‘above and below vein 6. 

¢. Head and thorax pale red-brown; abdomen whitish with 
diffused brown bands except at base leaving whitish segmental 
lines; frons with white lines at sides; palpi red-brown, white at 
base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface sae abdomen wiiite tinged 
with ochreous brown, the fore tibie with dark brown hau at 
extremity. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown, the costal 
and terminal areas broadly suffused with red-brown and the latter 
irrorated with darker brown, the costal edge dark brown to the 
postmedial line, then whitish with two minute dark spots on it; 
antemedial line red-brown, oblique to submedian fold and incurved 
below vein 1; a brown point in the cell towards extremity and 
obliquely curved discoidal striga; the depressed streaks beyond 
the cell whitish; postmedial line dark brown, slightly incurved 
below costa, then excurved and minutely waved to below vein 3 
where it is retracted to below end of cell, exeurved below sub- 
median fold; a terminal series of minute dark spots, rather bar- 
shaped below vein 4; cilia dark brown, chequered with whitish at 


Ann. & May. N. Hist. 8.9. Vel, ii. Za 


394 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


tips. Hind wing white, the inner area tinged with red-brown, the 
terminal area suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a blackish point 
at lower angle of cell ; postmedial line brown, exeurved from discal 
fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a terminal series of minute 
dark spots to vein 1; cilia red-brown with white tips to submedian 
fold, then wholly white ; the underside white with the costal area 
tinged with red-brown, black points at the angles of cell, the post- 
medial line black, punctiform, and extending to vein 1. 

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Hzxp. 


20 mm. 


(17) Hapatia lobibasalis, sp. n. 


Antenne of male laminate with ridge of scales above; hind 
wing with the costa lobed near base. 

¢. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdomen 
white slightly suffused with red-brown; palpi dark red-brown, 
white in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white slightly suffused with red-brown. Fore 
wing whitish suffused with red-brown, the costa darker brown ; 
a faint oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; postmedial line 
brown, waved, excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique ; a terminal 
series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; cilia with a brown 
line at middle. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown; a 
terminal series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; the under- 
side with indistinct curved brown postmedial line from costa to 
vein 2. 

Hab. Ectapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 g type. Hap. 
20 mm. . 


(4a) Hapalia magnifovealis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; frons with white 
lines at sides; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white tinged with yellow, the fore tibiz orange- 
yellow in front. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costal area more 
fulvous orange, the terminal area rather narrowly suffused with 
red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to sub- 
median fold; antemedial line indistinct, orange, very oblique ; the 
fovea beyond the cell large, white with a brownish white boss in 
it ; postmedial line orange, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to 
below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a punctiform red- 
brown terminal line from below apex to submedian fold slightly 
defined on inner side by orange; cilia fulvous orange, whitish at 
tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the cell and costal area to near 
apex and the inner area white; an orange postmedial line from 
vein 5 to submedian fold; the terminal area narrowly suffused 
with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to 


Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 395 


vein 2; a dark brown terminal line from apex to submedian fold ; 
cilia orange-yellow with a deeper orange line through them and 
some whitish at tips to submedian fold, then white tinged with 
yellow. 

Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 18 mm. 


(156) Hapalia endotrichialis, sp. n. 


S$. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; palpi with the 
basal joint white ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen at base 
with some white. Fore wing orange-yellow; a faint brownish 
antemedial line, oblique to median nervure, then erect; minute 
reddish brown spots in the cell towards extremity and on disco- 
cellulars ; postmedial line reddish brown, excurved and slightly 
waved to below vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell and 
waved to inner margin; a fine dark brown terminal line. Hind 
wing orange-yellow ; postmedial line brown, arising at vein 6, 
oblique to vein 2, then slightly incurved and ending at submedian 
told; a fine dark brown terminal line except towards tornus. 

Hab. Formosa (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 28 mm. 


(24a) Hapalia glaucostigmalis, sp. n. 


2. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen greyish suffused with 
red-brown ; antennz red-brown; palpi red-brown, white below to 
near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen white mixed with red-brown, the fore legs red-brown, 
white on inner side. Fore wing rufous, the inner area paler ; 
small obliquely placed dark brown spots in the cell, in submedian 
fold, and on inner margin; a small grey-white spot in middle of 
cell and discoidal lunule defined by dark brown; postmedial line 
dark brown, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then oblique and 
slightly sinuous ; a brown subterminal shade. Hind wing ochreous 
white; an indistinct curved brown postmedial line; a slight 
terminal brown shade from apex to vein 2; cilia whitish. 

Hab. Cotomepta, Rio Derg, 1 2 type. Herp. 24 mm. 


(346) Hapalia nigristriatalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with red-brown, 
the last darker towards extremity ; palpi suffused with red-brown 
below, white above ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with red- 
brown, the inner half whiter to beyond middle, the terminal area 
broadly suffused with red-brown;,a rather diffused red-brown 
fascia through the cell ; the veins beyond the cell slightly streaked 
with red-brown and veins 7, 6 streaked with black defined below 
by white streaks towards termen ; five black points on terminal 


29* 


396 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


part of costa which is white ; some blackish scales on lower disco- 
cellular; a terminal series of minute blackish points on an ochreous 
white line ; cilia dark brown, chequered with white at tips. Hind 
wing white, the termen narrowly suffused with red-brown to sub- 
median fold; a terminal series of black points to vein 2; cilia 
white. 

Hab. Cotompia, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. Hap. 


22 mm. 


(85a) Hapalia tristigmalis, sp. n. 


Head white tinged with cupreous brown; thorax pale cupreous 
brown; abdomen whitish banded with dark brown except towards 
base; antennz dark brown ringed with white; frons with white 
lines at sides; palpi dark brown, white in front towards base and 
with some white at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo- 
men white mixed with some black-brown, the fore tibie black- 
brown, the tarsi ringed with black. Fore wing whitish suffused 
with cupreous brown with a slight purplish gloss, the costal edge 
black with alternating white marks towards apex; a curved black 
antemedial line, defined on inner side by white and with a small 
triangular creamy white spot beyond it below the costa; a small 
conical creamy white spot defined by black except above in upper 
part of cell towards extremity; a sinuous black line defined on 
outer side by white from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a 
creamy white postmedial patch defined by black from costa to 
vein 5, its outer edge angled outwards at vein 6, then reduced to a 
bar; cilia creamy white, chequered with brown at base and with 
brown line at middle. Hind wing white faintly tinged with 
brown ; slight dark spots in upper part of cell towards extremity 
and at upper angle; a faint brown postmedial line, incurved between 
discal and submedian folds ; the terminal area suffused with pale 
purplish brown except towards tornus; cilia chequered with brown 
at base and with brown line at middle to vein 2; the underside 
with black spots in the cell near base and before and at end of cell, 
a postmedial series of black spots, incurved at discal fold and ex- 
curved above inner margin. 

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 4 3, 2 2 
type, Bonda (H. H. Smith),1 3,12. Hap. 18 mm. 


(36 a) Hapalia distictalis, sp. n. 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark cupreous brown; palpi 
white below to near tips ; pectus, legs, and base of ventral surface 
of abdomen with some white, the tarsi creamy white. Fore wing 
dark cupreous brown; a faint oblique dark antemedial line; a 
small triangular creamy white spot defined by blackish except 
above in upper part of cell towards extremity ; a faint sinuous dark 
line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a postmedial 


Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 397 


ereamy white bar defined by blackish between veins 8 and 4, its 
outer edge slightly angled outwards at veins 6 and 5; cilia white 
at tips with some brown scales mixed. Hind wing dark cupreous 
brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; a faint slightly sinuous dark 
postmedial line from vein 4 to tornus; cilia white at tips; the 
underside with waved dark postmedial line, incurved at discal fold ; 
both wings with white line at base of cilia. 

Hab. Cotompta, Don Amo (H. H. Smith),'1 Q type, Bonda 
(4. H. Smith),1 9. Exp. 20-22 mm. 


(36d) Hapalia flavipartalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax yellow mixed with red-brown, the frons 
whitish, the antenn whitish tinged with brown; palpi red-brown, 
white below towards base and with some whitish at tips; abdomen 
white mixed with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen white, the fore tibiwe yellowish, the mid femora with 
minute brown spot at extremity. Fore wing with the basal half 
orange-yellow, the base suffused with red-brown, the terminal area 
red-brown ; an oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; a brown 
annulus in middle of cell ; a curved brown medial line confluent with 
the inner side of a reddish brown discoidal spot defined by dark 
brown and with dark brown striga in centre, the spot confluent 
on outer side with the browr terminal area; a conical orange- 
yellow postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by dark 
brown and its inner edge confluent with the yellow basal area at 
costa; cilia white at tips from below apex to vein 4 and with some 
white at submedian interspace. Hind wing white, tinged with 
red-brown except the cell and costal area to beyond middle; the 
cilia white; the underside white, the terminal area tinged with 
brown to vein 2. 


Hab. Cotomsta, Choko, R. Siato, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 20 mm. 


(386) Hapalia umbriferalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax rufous, some white on vertex of head and 
on metathorax behind; abdomen dark red-brown with white 
segmental lines; palpi with some white at base; pectus, legs, and 
ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with rufous, the femora, 
tibiz, and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing rufous suffused 
with dark brown, the costal area bright rufous except towards base, 
with three small black spots on the costa towards apex; antemedial 
line black-brown, angled outwards below costa, excurved below the 
cell and angled inwards above inner margin, defined on inner side 
by whitish below the cell; a small black annulus in upper part of 
middle of cell and discoidal figure-of-eight shaped mark, its upper 
and lower parts filled in with rufous, the rufous from costa ex- 
tending into the cell before it; postmedial line black-brown defined 


398 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


on outer side by whitish, strong and obliquely downeurved to 
vein 6, then excurved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is 
retracted to below angle of cell and bent outwards below submedian 
fold ; a terminal series of minute black spots with whitish striz 
between them; cilia dark red-brown, whitish at tips. Hind wing 
red-brown, rather darker at termen on which there is a series of 
minute blackish points; cilia white at tips; the underside pale 
rufous slightly irrorated with dark brown, a minute black spot in 
middle of cell and small spots at the angles, postmedial line black, 
maculate, excurved to below vein 3, then retracted and ending in a 
small spot below vein 2, a terminal series of black points to vein 2 
and some dark brown at submedian fold. 

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Exp. 
22 mm. 


(50 6) Hapalia conisanalis, sp. n. 


@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with some 
greyish, the last with white segmental lines except towards base ; 
frons with white lines at sides ; palpi rufous, white at base; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown. 
Fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown and thickly irrorated 
with dark brown, the terminal area rather more strongly suffused 
with red-brown ; antemedial line rather diffused, brown, slightly 
waved; a minute brown spot in upper part of cell towards extre- 
mity and discoidal striga; a brown shade beyond the cell from 
costa to vein 2; postmedial line brown, minutely waved, excurved 
from below costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell; 
a rather punctiform dark brown terminal line to submedian fold ; 
cilia with a brown line through them, the tips whitish. Hind 
wing whitish suffused with red-brown and irrorated with dark 
brown ; postmedial line indistinct, brown, slightly excurved from 
discal fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a rather punctiform dark 
terminal line to 2; cilia witha brownish line near base and the tips 
whitish to vein 2, then wholly whitish. 

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Shiré Valley, Mwanza R. (Weave), 1 9 
type, Mt. Mlange (eave), 1 29. Hyxp. 20 mm. 


(10la) Hapalia lunilinealis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous, the genital tufts white ; 
palpi below towards base and pectus in front white; tarsi white 
tinged with rufous. Fore wing rufous; antemedial line indistinct, 
brown, oblique, and slightly sinuous to vein 1, then incurved; a 
slight dark discoidal lunule; postmedial line formed by minute 
dark lunules, excurved from below costa to below vein 3, then 
retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner margin; a brown 
terminal line; cilia whitish tinged with rufous and with brown 
line near base. Hind wing whitish tinged with rufous; a curved 


Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 399 


postmedial series of brown points on veins 5 to 2; a red-brown 
terminal line and line near base of cilia to vein 2. 

Hab. Ecvavor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 6 3 type. Exp. 
28 mm. 


(104e) Hapalia rubritactalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow tinged with 
rufous ; palpi rufous, the basal joint white ; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous ; a faint 
diffused brownish antemedial line from subcostal nervure to inner 
margin ; a small brownish spot in upper part of cell towards extre- 
mity and discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, diffused, 
brownish, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell 
and erect to inner margin, slightly defined on outer side by yellow ; 
the costal area yellower towards apex. Hind wing ochreous yellow 
suffused with rufous, the inner margin whitish ; postmedial line 
brownish defined on outer side by diffused yellow, erect to vein 2 
towards termen, then retracted and again erect to termen above 
tornus; the terminal area suffused with rufous to vein 1, leaving 
some yellow on termen; cilia white. 

Hab. “Germ. E. Arrica,” Ruaha R., Kilossa Rd. (eave), 1 ¢ 
type. Lxp. 20 mm. 


(127b) Hapalia carbonifusalis, sp. n. 


Head fuscous brown mixed with some ochreous ; thorax fuscous 
brown ; abdomen greyish suffused with fuscous brown; antennze 
fuscous brown; palpi black-brown with some white below ; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey suffused with fuscous 
brown, the fore tibiz with black band at extremity. Fore wing 
fuscous brown mixed with grey-white; antemedial line blackish, 
oblique to median nervure, then erect; a slight white discoidal 
lunule defined by fuscous brown; postmedial line rather diffused 
blackish, slightly excurved at vein 7, and bent outwards between 
veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner 
margin; a blackish terminal line ; cilia chequered with blackish at 
tips. Hind wing fuscous brown tinged with grey. 

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 3 ¢, 3 Q type. 
Exp. 16-20 mm. 


(127d) Hapalta conistolalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with grey- 
white; antenne dark brown; palpi black-brown; fore tibie at 
extremity and the tarsi banded black and white. Fore wing 
thickly irrorated with dark brown and grey-white ; antemedial line 
black, slightly waved, oblique to submedian fold, then erect; a 
small rather diffused blackish spot in middle of cell; a small white 


400 Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


discoidal lunule irrorated with brown and defined at sides by black ; 
postmedial line black, excurved at vein 7 and between veins 5 and 3, 
then retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian 
fold ; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia white mixed with 
brown. Hind wing grey-brown irrorated with fuscous; a dark 
terminal line except towards tornus ; cilia white mixed with brown 
and with brown line at middle. 

Hab. N. Nicerta, Zingeru(Simpson),1 g type, Minna ( Macefie), 
1 ¢. Exp. 20 mm. 


(127 e) Hapalia pulverulenta, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey-white ; 
abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown ; frons with white lines at 
sides; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with red-brown. 
Fore wing reddish brown mixed with some white ; a brown ante- 
medial line in submedian interspace, angled outwards to a slight 
spot at submedian fold; slight brown spots at middle of cell and 
on discocellulars; postmedial line formed by small brown spots, 
defined on outer side by slight white marks and with some white 
before it at discal fold, excurved from discal fold to vein 3, then 
ineurved; a terminal series of minute blackish spots. Hind wing 
pale reddish brown ; a terminal series of black points to vein 2; 
cilia white tinged with red-brown. Underside of fore wing grey- 
brown, the costal area white to near apex ; hind wing white. 

Hab. Crytox, Ambalangoda (Jlackwood, Green, Pole), 3 3 
type. Hap. 20-22 mm. 


(1284) Hapalia poliostolalis, sp. n. 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown with a leaden gloss, 
the last with white segmental lines; palpi white below; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. 
Fore wing grey-brown with a leaden gloss; a faint erect brown 
antemedial line; a faint dark discoidal bar; postmedial line rather 
diffused dark brown, very slightly waved, excurved from costa to 
below vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect to inner 
margin ; cilia white tinged with brown, with dark line near base 
and slight spots near tips. Hind wing grey-brown with a leaden 
gloss, the cilia white with a dark line near base; the underside 
white mixed with brown, obliquely placed small black spots at the 
angles of cell, a curved punctiform dark postmedial line, and 
terminal series of black points. 

Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman), 1 2 type. Hap. 


16 mm. 


Pyralidee of the Subfumily Pyraustine. 401 


(la) Pyrausta pectinalis, sp. n. 


Antenne of male bipectinate with long fine branches to two- 
thirds length. 

3S. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen whitish suffused 
with red-brown; antenne ringed with black towards base; palpi 
black-brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore cox dark 
brown towards base, the femora and tibiz suffused with red-brown. 
Fore wing glossy red-brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; cilia with 
pale line at base and some whitish at tips. Hind wing glossy red- 
brown ; a faint dark mark at upper angle of cell; cilia with some 
whitish at tips; the underside whitish tinged with red-brown, a 
faint rather diffused brown postmedial line from costa to vein 4. 

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 ¢ type. xp. 26 mm. 


(816) Pyrausta fulviflavalis, sp. n. 


2. Head whitish tinged with fulvous ; thorax fulvous ; abdomen 
whitish suffused with fulvous; palpi rufous, white below; throat 
white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale rufous, 
the mid tibize on outer side and all the tarsi white. Fore wing 
fulvous, the costal edge brown to middle, then white ; antemedial 
line indistinct, brown, oblique and waved to above vein 1 and 
angled inwards above inner margin; a brown point in upper part 
of middle of cell and curved discoidal striga ; a diffused brown spot 
beyond lower angle of cell ; postmedial line brown, dentate, oblique 
to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and incurved above inner margin ; 
cilia rufous. Hind wing semihyaline whitish tinged with. orange- 
yellow, the terminal area orange-yellow to submedian fold, angled 
inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell; a curved series of slight 
red-brown lIunules on veins 4, 3, 2; a red-brown terminal line and 
the cilia rufuus from below apex to vein 2. 

Hab. ArGentTIna, Puerto Aguirre (Betton), 1 Q type. Exp. 


32 mm. 


(88a) Pyrausta violascens, sp. n. 


Q. Head and tegule fulvous ; thorax very pale purplish; abdo- 
men white with a violaceous grey tinge; palpi rufous, white below 
towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white 
faintly tinged with brown. Fore wing very pale purplish, the 
costal area fulvous to beyond middle; a faint oblique brownish 
antemedial line ; a small fulvous spot in the cell towards extremity 
and discoidal bar; a faint brownish postmedial line, excurved and 
slightly waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below 
angle of cell and oblique to inner margin; cilia whitish. Hind 
wing very pale purplish, the inner area whitish; a faint brownish 


402 Sir G, F. Hampson on new 


postmedial line, excurved and slightly waved between veins 5 and 2, 
where it terminates ; cilia whitish. 
Hab. Goupv Coast, Kumasi (Sanders), 1 2 type. Exp. 28 mm. 


(55a) Pyrausta fulvilinealis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax white mixed with some fulvous ; abdomen 
white; antenne pale fulvous; frons with black bars at sides; 
palpi fulvous mixed with some blackish, white below towards base ; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora 
red-brown above, the tibie black on inner side and the tarsi ringed 
with black. Fore wing creamy white, the costal area tinged with 
fulvous and the costal edge black-brown to end of cell; antemedial 
line fulvous, oblique, slightly excurved below costa ; a small fulvous 
spot in the cell towards extremity and discoidal lunule defined by 
fulvous; postmedial line fulvous, interrupted, angled outwards 
below costa, then incurved to vein 5 where it is interrupted, oblique 
to vein 2, then represented by a bar below angle of cell and oblique 
line from vein 2 to inner margin ; subterminal line fulvous, rather 
interrupted, oblique to vein 5, excurved between veins 5 and 4, and 
angled inwards at vein 2 to near the postmedial line; the costa 
fulvous towards apex; a fine fulvous terminal line. Hind wing 
creamy white; a fulvous discoidal bar; postmedial line fulvous, 
slightly bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and 
obsolete to lower angle of cell, then oblique to inner margin; sub- 
terminal line fulvous, slightly excurved between veins 6 and 2 and 
ending at tornus; a fine fulvous terminal line and slight line near 
base of cilia. 

Hab. Ucanna, Mbale-Kumi Rd. (Weave), 1 ¢ type. Luxp. 


32 mm, 


(58a) Pyrausta distictalis, sp. n. 


3d. Head and thorax whitish suffused with fulvous ; abdomen 
creamy white faintly tinged with rufous ; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen creamy white, the fore legs tinged with rufous, 
the femora, tibize, and base of tarsi blackish above. Fore wing 
very pale yellow, the base suffused with fulvous, the costal edge 
blackish ; a minute black spot in the cell towards extremity and 
another at lower angle. Hind wing uniform very pale yellow. 
Underside of fore wing tinged with brown except on inner area. 

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mianje (Neave), 2 d type. zp. 
24 mm. 


(6l¢) Pyrausta leucoplacalis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax cupreous brown with some white on meta- 
thorax ; abdomen white indistinctly banded with cupreous brown ; 
antennz whitish tinged with cupreous brown ; sides of frons and 


Pyralidze of the Subfumily Pyraustine, 403 


palpi black-brown, the latter white below; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surtace of abdomen white, the fore femora and tibiz suffused with 
cupreous brown and the mid tibiz with cupreous brown spots at 
extremity. Fore wing cupreous brown, an ochreous white fascia 
below costa from the antemedial to beyond the postmedial line ; 
antemedial line dark brown defined on inner side by ochreous 
white, arising at median nervure and slightly angled outwards 
above inner margin, an ochreous white patch beyond it at inner 
margin; a small semihyaline white spot in middle of cell and 
discoidal spot defined by dark brown except above where it is con- 
fluent with the subcostal fascia; postmedial line dark brown, waved 
and defined on outer side by a waved ochreous white band, with a 
semihyaline white patch before it beyond the cell and spots below 
veins 4, 3, 2, excurved from costa to vein 4, then oblique; a narrow 
terminal ochreous white band and a terminal series of small brown 
spots to vein 2; cilia white. Hind wing semihyaline white to the 
postmedial line, then ochreous white; small black-brown subbasal 
spots below the cell and above inner margin ; a black discoidal bar ; 
postmedial line black-brown, arising below costa, curved and waved 
between veins 5 and 2, where it is retracted, then sinuous to inner 
margin ; a wedge-shaped cupreous brown subterminal patch with 
waved edges from below costa to vein 3, then a rather diffused 
interrupted sinuous line ; a terminal series of small brown spots to 
vein 2; cilia white. 

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 2 3 type. 
Exp. 26 mm. 


(1036) Pyrausta «anthyalinalis, sp. n. 


Q. Head and thorax pale yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen 
pale yellow; frons with blackish bars at sides; palpi black-brown 
above and white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo- 
men white, the legs tinged with yellow, the fore legs with dark 
brown mark at foro tibial joint. Fore wing pale yellow, thinly 
scaled, the costal area tinged with rufous and the costal edge dark 
brown to the postmedial line; antemedial line brown, slightly 
curved; adark brown discoidal lunule; postmedial line dark brown, 
eurved inwards and obsolescent between veins 5 and 2 and slightly 
excurved above inner margin; a terminal series of brown stri« 
from apex to vein 4. Hind wing pale yellow, thinly scaled; a 
brown discoidal striga ; i postmedial line brow n, curved inwards and 
obsolescent between veins 5 and 2. 

Hab. Ecuapor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 3 ¢ type. 
Exp. 24 mm. 


(1066) Pyrausta microdontalis, sp. n. 


®. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen 
white faintly tinged with brown; palpi red-brown, white below ; 


404 : Sir G. F. Hampson on new 


pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs 
and mid femora streaked with brown. Fore wing whitish suffused 
with pale reddish brown and slightly irrorated with fuscous; a 
curved blackish antemedial line ; a black discoidal bar ; postmedial 
line blackish, curved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is 
retracted to below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a faint 
rather diffused dentate brown subterminal line; a fine black 
terminal line; cilia whitish at tips. Hind wing whitish suffused 
with pale reddish brown and irrorated with fuscous, the inner 
margin white ; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial line 
rather diffused blackish, waved to vein 2, then retracted to below 
angle of cell and ending at tornus; a blackish subterminal shade 
with slightly waved outer edge to vein 2, then oblique; a fine 
black terminal line; cilia with dark line near base, the tips white. 

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala 
(Neave), 1 9 type. Kup. 20 mm. 


(107 6) Pyrausta pulvereiumbralis, sp. n. 


3. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen 
whitish suffused with red-brown and with white segmental lines 
towards extremity, the anal tuft tinged with rufous; palpi white 
below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
white slightly tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous tinged 
with rufous, irrorated with brown from before the antemedial to 
beyond the postmedial line except on costal area, the medial area 
whitish except towards costa; antemedial line fulvous yellow with 
a brownish line on it, curved; a small brown spot defined by 
fulvous yellow in upper part of cell towards extremity and brown 
discoidal bar defined by fulvous yellow; an oblique brown shade 
from beyond upper angle of cell to inner margin beyond the post- 
medial line, which is fulvous yellow with a brownish line on it, 
excurved from vein 7 to 5, then rather oblique to vein 3, then bent 
inwards to lower angle of cell, then again rather oblique and bent 
outwards to inner margin, a brown shade with waved outer edge 
beyond it from below costa to vein 3; a curved rather diffused 
fulvous yellow subterminal line, arising below the costa; cilia 
white with a faint ochreous brown line at middle. Hind wing 
white ; a brownish postmedial line, bent inwards at vein 2, then 
oblique to tornus ; a brownish subterminal line. 

Hab, Anyssryta, Diré Daroua (Kristensen), 1 do type. Exp. 
24 mm. 


(107 e) Pyrausta fulvitinctalis, sp. n. 


2. Head and thorax fulvous; abdomen red-brown with fine 
white segmental lines on medial segments ; antenne dark brown ; 
frons with white lines at sides; palpi yellow with a fulvous tinge; 
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with 


~ Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 405 


rufous. Fore wing red-brown, suffused with fulvous to middle 
and on costal area to apex; a faint dark antemedial Jine, oblique to 
submedian fold, then inwardly oblique; postmedial line dark, 
oblique towards costa, then excurved and minutely waved to vein 3, 
slightly angled inwards at vein 2 and erect to inner margin ; a fine 
dark brown terminal line ; cilia with a fine pale line at base followed 
by a brown line. Hind wing red-brown; an indistinct curved 
dark postmedial line; a dark brown terminal line; cilia with a fine 
pale line at base followed by a brown line; the underside paler, the 
costal area ochreous white to the postmedial line. 

Hab. Ecuapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 2 type. Exp. 
20 mm. 


(1086) Pyrausta xanthocepsalis, sp. n. 


3. Head yellow tinged with rufous; antennez, thorax, and 
abdomen glossy fuscous brown; palpi dark brown, yellowish above 
and white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and 
ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing 
glossy fuscous brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a diffused 
whitish spot in end of cell; postmedial line whitish, somewhat 
dilated at costa, incurved at discal fold, excurved to vein 3, then 
_ retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian 
fold ; a terminal series of slight black points and fine white line at 
base of cilia. Hind wing pale brown with a slight cupreous tinge ; 
cilia with a fine white line at base followed by a brown line, the 
tips with some whitish. 

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (H. H. Smith), 2 3 type, Godman- 
Salvin Coll., Guadalajara (Goldsmith),1 g. Exp. 20 mm. 


(1136) Pyrausta infuscalis, sp. n. 


Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark reddish brown; palpi 
dark brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. 
Fore wing dark reddish brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a 
faint dark antemedial line, oblique towards costa and defined on 
outer side by whitish below the cell; postmedial line indistinct, 
rather diffused dark brown slightly defined on outer side by whitish, 
somewhat angled outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold, 
excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect 
to inner margin; a terminal series of small rather triangular 
blackish spots ; cilia whitish mixed with brown. Hind wing pale 
reddish brown, the costal area whitish to beyond middle; cilia 
whitish with a brown line near base ; the underside whitish mixed 
with brown, a dark postmedial line excurved below vein 7 and 
between veins 5 and 2. 

Hab. Stxutm (Moller), 1 2 type. Herp. 20 mm 


406 On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 


(139) Pyrausta auricinctalis, sp. n. 


d. Head and tegule orange-yellow, the latter with some dark 
brown dorsally ; thorax dark brown mixed with yellow; abdomen 
dark purplish brown, the two terminal segments orange-yellow, the 
genital tufts paler yellow ; antennz brown, orange-yellow towards 
base; pectus and legs yellowish tinged with brown. Fore wing 
dark purple-brown ; the base orange-yellow ; the costal edge orange- 
yellow to a medial orange-yellow band from costa to above vein 1, 
rounded below, the costa beyond it orange-yellow; an orange- 
yellow terminal band with curved inner edge; cilia orange-yellow 
at base, whitish at tips. Hind wing dark purplish brown; an orange- 
vellow terminal band, the inner edge slightly incurved at submedian 
fold ; cilia orange-yellow, whitish at tips. 

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala 
(Neave), 1 5 type. Exp. 18 mm. ) 


(8a) Pegostoma subterminalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with reddish 
brown; antennje brown; palpi dark brown, white below; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with dark — 
brown. Fore wing white, the basal area and costal area to apex 
tinged with red-brown; a red-brown subterminal band, its inner 
edge incurved below vein 5 and slightly angled outwards above 
vein 1; cilia pale red-brown. Hind wing pale red-brown. Under- 
side white suffused with red-brown. 

Hab. OranceE R. Corony, Bloemfontein (Eckersley), 1 3 type. 
Exp. 16 mm. 


(4a) Noctuelia anartalis, sp. n. 


2. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with some 
white ; antenne dark brown; palpi dark brown, the basal joint 
white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed 
with dark brown. Fore wing red-brown mixed with white and 
slightly irrorated with dark brown; an oblique black-brown line 
defined on inner side by white from upper part of cell towards 
extremity to inner margin; some diffused blackish beyond upper 
angle of cell; postmedial line white defined on inner side by a fine 
slightly dentate black-brown line, incurved below vein 4 and 
slightly angled outwards below submedian fold ; a diffused sinuous 
whitish subterminal band indented by a wedge-shaped dark mark | 
from termen above vein 1; cilia white with a brown line near base 
and some brown at tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the costal 
area white; some dark brown irroration along vein 1; a narrow 
red-brown terminal band, ending in a point at submedian fold, its 
inner edge slightly waved; cilia brown, white at tips. Underside 


On the Synonymy of some Furopean Diplopods. 407 


of fore wing white, tinged with yellow on disk, the costal area 
irrorated with red-brown ; hind wing orange-yellow, the costal area 
white, irrorated with red-brown except towards base, the terminal 
band formed by red-brown irroration. 

Hab. E. Turkestan (Avinof’), 1 2 type. Hap. 22 mm. 


(7a) Noctuelia josialis, sp. n. 


3. Head and tegule orange-yellow, the latter with black-brown 
patches at tips glossed with blue, with orange-yellow stripes at 
sides and the patagia with some orange-yellow scales; abdomen 
black-brown with a cupreous gloss and orange-yellow subdorsal 
stripes, the genital tufts white; antenne black: frons with black 
patch ; palpi black, the basal joint and base of 2nd joint yellow; 
femora whitish tinged with brown; ventral surface of abdomen 
with white stripe except at extremity. Fore wing black-brown 
with a cupreous gloss; an orange-yellow fascia along median 
nervure to near termen where its extremity is rounded; an orange- 
yellow streak on inner margin. Hind wing black-brown with a 
cupreous gloss; a broad orange-yellow stripe in and below the cell 
to near termen, extending to inner margin at base and narrowing 
somewhat with its lower edge oblique beyond the cell. 

Hab. Venezurna, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type. 
Ep. 30 millim. 


XXXVII.—On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods 
(Myriapoda), with Special Reference to Three Leachian 
Species. By Ricuarp 8. BaGnat, F.L.S. 


One of the drawbacks to students of British Myriapods 
undoubtedly lies in the unsatisfactory state of the nomenclature. 
When one remembers that, amongst the Diplopods, there 
“re SO Many instances of two (or more) species being so closely 
related as to be practically indistinguishable, except by a 
dissection and study of the male, one at once realizes how 
difficult it must be for a discoverer of a species so closely 
allied to one already known to decide which of the two was 
the one described by an older naturalist at a time when 
present-day methods were not used. 

A case in point: Drachyiulus pusillus, a graceful little 
Julid with a pair of yellowish stripes down the back, was 
described by Leach from Edinburgh and London more than 
a hundred years ago. In recent years Verhoeff showed that 
there were two species, externally alike but abundantly 


408 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the 


distinct in the structure of the male gonopods etc., describing 
one of them as new under the name of Brachydulus littoralis, 
The dissection of male examples, however, from an abun- 
dance of British material proves that all our examples are 
‘referable to Verhoeff’s species. Surely, by deduction, one 
must refer the British material to Leach’s species, and so 
sink Verhoefi’s name asasynonym. And, further, another 
name must be found for the pusillus of Verhoef (non Leach). 

The present memoir is an attempt to show my deductions 
as to the true synonymy of three of Leach’s species, from 
which it will be seen that new names will have to be found 
for Craspedosoma rawlinsi, Verhoeft (non Leach), and 
Brachyiulus pusillus, Verhoeff (non Leach). As existing 
names (now sunk as synonyms) may be found applicable, I 
leave this question to more capable hands. I have, however, 
suggested a new name for Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non 
Verhoeff), the issue in this instance not being complicated 
by old synonymy. 


Of four of Leach’s memoirs on Myriapods containing 
practically the same subject-matter, I have perused the 
following :— 


Leach, W. E. 1814-15. “A Tabular View of the Ex- 
ternal Characters of Four Classes of Animals, which Linné 
arranged under Insecta ; with the Distribution of the Genera 
composing Three of these Classes into Orders &c., and 
Descriptions of several new Genera and Species.” In Trans. 
Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xi. (1815) pp. 306-400 (Class II. 
Myriapoda, pp. 376-386). 

Leach, W. E. 1817. ‘The Characters of the Genera of 
the Class Myriapoda, with Descriptions of some Species.” 
In the ‘ Zoologieal Miscellany,’ iii. pp. 36-45 (with 10 
plates). 


The following extract is from the first of these references :— 


[p. 379] “Spec. 7. Julus pusillus. 


“ J. Segmento ultimo submucranato, corpore cinerascente 
nigro aut fusco-brunneo lineis duabus rufescentibus. ~ 

“ Long. Corp. 5 ad 6 lin. 

“Habitat prope Edinburgum sub lapidibus ; in Battersea 
fields, Londinum prope, inter graninum radices. 

“* Copulatione observavi. 


DR fat Mace 


Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 409 
[p. 380] 


“8. Corpus rufescens lateribus lineaque longitudinale 
dorsali fuseus brunneis, 

* Dorsum lincis fortioribus exaratis, distantibus rectis sub- 
inaequalibus. Antenne fusce articulis dilutis, Pedes lutes- 
centes, 


“ Gen. 3. CRASPEDOSOMA.T 


[ Footnote] ‘TThis genus was proposed by my much lamented 
friend Richard Rawlins, Hsq., who discovered the first species. 

“Corpus lineare, depressum, segmentis lateraliter com- 
pressis, marginatis, Antenne articulo secundo tertio breviore. 


“ *® Segmentis latertbus medio prominulis. 


Spec. 1. Craspedosoma Rawlinsii. 


““C. dorso fusco-brunneo lineis quatuor punctorum albi- 
dorum, ventre pedibusque rufescentibus. 

“© Long. Corp. 7 lin. 

“ Falitat inter muscos et sub lapidibus propre. Edin- 
burgum vulgatissima. Detexit R. Rawlins cujus nomen 
gerit. 


“8 Segmentis lateribus postice productis. 


“Spee. 2. Craspedosoma polydesmoides. 
“C. dorso rufo griseo, ventre pallido, pedibus rufescentibus 
basi pallidis, angulo segmentorum postico setigero. 
? 8 co) I 5D 
“ Habitat in Danmonid prope Plymouth, sub lapidibus 
Pais I ? l 
passim. Detexit Dom Montagu. 
“Corpus rufo-griseum, pedibus pallidioribus. Dorsum 
linea longitudinaliter impressum. Segmenta valdé promi- 
§ 8 I 
nentia angulo antico rotundato ; postico retrorsum producto, 
setifero seta conicaé albé. Facies saturate rufo-grisea. Oculi 
atri, Antennee rufo-griseee sub-pilosule. Venter pallidus, 


albidus. Pedes rufescentes, basi pallidi.” [End ofp. 380. ] 


Brachyiulus pusillus (Leach), non Verhoeff. 
Syn. Brachyiulus (Microbrachyiulus) littcralis, Verhoef. 
Julus pusillus, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soe, Lond. xi. p. 379 ; 
1817, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 35. 


In 1917 I brought forward B. (Alicrobrachytulus) littoralis, 
Verhoeff, as British on the strength of a large number of 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 30 


410 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the 


examples found at Ainsdale, near Southport, in April 1916, 
which were kindly identified by Brélemann. Since then I 
have taken examples of the same species in the Forth Area 
of Scotland, in the counties of Northumberland and Durham, 
both inland and on the coast, and in other localities, including 
the South Coast at Swanage. In every case expert examina- 
tions of the males were made by Mr. and Mrs. Brade-Birks, 
proving the species to be Verhoeff’s littoralis. 

Leach described J. pusillus from Edinburgh and London, 
and as I have secured material from one of these localities, 
and no British examples as yet dissected have been found to 
be referable to pustllus as diagnosed by Verhoeff, one is 
forced to the conclusion that when he demonstrated that there 
were two allied species, Verhoeff unfortunately gave the 
name Jittoralis to what was in reality Leach’s species. I may 
lave the opportunity this winter of going into the question . 
of how far Verhoeft followed previous continental authors as 
regards B. pusillus ; in any case, a new name must be found 
for B. pusillus of Verhoeff (non Leach), but as the names 
boleti, Am Stein (1857) and stuxbergii, Fanzago (1875), are 
given as synonyms of pusdl/us by Latzel, and might be 
referable to either species, I dare not go further in the matter 
just now. 


Craspedosoma rawlinsti, Leach. 


Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, non Attems. 

Craspedosoma rawlinsii, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xi, 
p- 880; 1817, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 36, pl. exxxiv. figs. 1-5. 

Craspedosoma raulinsii, Samouelle, 1819, The Entomologist’s 
Useful Compendium, p. 114. 

Craspedosoma rawlinsit, var. stmile, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent. 
Zeitsch, xxxvi. pp. 129-180. 

Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, 1910, Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf. 
Freunde, no. 1, pp. 19-62, figs. 


Verhoeff first described his simile in 1891 as a variety of 
vrawlinsii, but later raised it to specific rank, and in 1910 
(reference above cited) he reviewed the genus Craspedosoma 
(pp. 30-55) and gave the tables of his subdivisions, species, 
and subspecies. That the species he regards as rawlinsid 
and simile are well characterized is distinctly demonstrated, 
but here again I contend that Verhoeft’s species should be 
referred to the species Leach described. 

In 1912 I sent Verhoeff specimens of Craspedosoma from 
Gibside, County Durham, which he returned as C. simile and 


MA 


a eee 


—— 
*¥ 


‘ 
wr 


i 


Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 411 


C. simile rhenanum, and as such I recorded them *. Examples 
identified by Ellingsen from Norway (a large series) were 
all referred to simile (and subspecies and varieties thereof ) 
by Verhoeff (Zool. Anz. xxxix. pp. 499-511, May 1912), 
whilst the C. rawinsii recorded trom Holland in moles’ 
nests by Father Heselhaus, S.J. (Tijdsehrift voor Ent. Ivi. 
1913, p. 240), was later (/. c. Ivii. 1914, p. 80) referred by 
Verhoeff to simile. It therefore seems that no examples of 
what he regards to be rawlinsii have been examined by 
Verhoetf from our faunal area, all so named being referred to 
simile, and until the reverse is proved I consider it distinctly 
advisable to regard Verhoefi’s simz/e as a synonym of raw- 
Ainsti, Leach. In the meantime, it is to be hoped that more 
British examples may be secured for study. 

Thus a new name is necessary for the rawlinsi of Verhoeft 
(non Leach), but as Latzel gives the names marmoratum, 
C. K. (1847), and gibbosum, Am Stein (1857), as synonyms, 
it would not be wise to suggest a new name without further 
research. 


Craspedosoma leachi (nom. nov.), Bagn. 


Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non Verhoeff), 1895, Sitz. k. 
Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl. civ. pp. 75-76, 


A species allied to mutabile, Latz. When Attems described 
it he was aware of Verhoeff’s var. s¢mle of rawlinsit, but the 
raising of this form to speciiic rank rendered it necessary to 
give another name to Attems’s species. 


Polymicrodon polydesmoides (Leach). 
Syn. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoeft ). 


Craspedosoma polydesmoides, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn, Soe, 
Lond. xi. p. 880; 1817, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 86, pl. cxxxiv. 
figs. 6-9 ; Samouelle, 1819, The Entomologist’s Useful Com- 
pendium, p. 114, 

Atractosoma polydesmoides of later British authors. 

Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. xxxvi. 
pp. 127-128, figs. 4-6. : 

Polymicrodon latzeli, Verhoeff, 1897, Berlin. Archiv. f. Natur- 
gesch. i. pp. 129-138; 1912, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. North- 
umberland & Durham, n. s., iv. pp. 159-166, pl. x. figs, 4-7. 

Also Polymicrodon latzeli of recent authors. 


Atractosoma latzeli was described by Verhoeff in 1891 
from the south of England, his description being based upon 
* “Brief Records of Chetechylene vesuviana, Newp., and other Myrio- 


pods new to the British Fauna,’ The Zoologist, July 1912. 
30 


412 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


a solitary poorly preserved male example, and six years later 
the same author instituted the genus Po/ymicrodon for that 
species. In 1911 I submitted numerous examples of P, lat- 
_ celi to Verhoeff from the north of England, who (1912) wrote 
at some length upon this material. Nowhere have I seen 
any attempt to show how Jatzedi differs from Leach’s species 
polydesmoides, described somewhat over a hundred years ago 
(and figured) from South Devon, of which Samouelle says 
‘inhabits Devonshire under stones. It is common all along 
the borders of Dartmoor and on the southern coast. It was 
once taken by Dr. Leach in the garden of the British 
Museum.” 

I have twice stated that there appeared to be two allied 
species, referring the commoner to Jatzeli and the rarer to 
polydesmoides ; but in recent years I have made a closer 
study of the Diplopoda, and I am convinced that the so-regarded 
rarer species is in reality the later larval stages of latzel. 

Verhoeff states (1912, p. 165) that the occurrence of 
P. latzeli in the north of England is very noteworthy from 
the zoogeographical point of view ‘ since this is the first time 
that a Craspedosomid of ‘ Atractosoma-habit’ has been 
recorded from the northern region affected by the Ice Age. 
This is by far the most northerly record for any such Craspe- 
dosomid.” Asa matter of fact, the species is not uncommon in 
Scotland and is one of the commonest Diplopods in the 
northern counties of England ; it is probably as common in 
the midlands and the south, where I have collected it in 
North and South Devon, Bath, Oxford, Swanage, Ports- 
mouth, Isle of Wight, and in the London district. 

I see no grounds whatever for the retention of the name | 
latzeli, which I consider must fall as a synonym of poly- 
desmoides. 


XXXVITI.—New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 
By Louis B. Provrt, F.E.S. 


Family Zygenide. 
1. Caprima chrysosoma. 
? —31 mm. 
Head and body orange-ochreous ; antennal shaft blackish, 
with blue irroration (tips lost); tarsi blue-blackish on 
upper side; tibial spurs almost entirely atrophied. 


Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 413 


Fore wing long and narrow, more recalling Aphanto- 
cephala, or even Docleopsis, than Caprima; SC* wanting, 
R’ just stalked, DC acutely inangled; black, irrorated with 
blue ; a small ochre-yellow patch at base, produced on the 


_Space between costal edge and vein C to a length of nearly 


2mm. ; a narrow ochre-yellow streak from SC at 4 or5 mm, 
from base, running very obliquely in direction of termen 
but not quite reaching SM’, 

Hind wing black with blue irroration ; abdominal margin 
ochre-yellow for a width of over 1 mm. At termen appear- 
ing to widen on account of some yellow irroration, 

Underside similar, but in part with stronger blue and 
purple reflections, the yellow markings somewhat extended, 
the fore wing with some additional yellow scales in and 
distally to the posterior angle of the cell and at distal end of 
abdominal margin. 

Aru Is., March-May 1916 (W. J. C. Frost). 


Family Geometridae. 
Subfam. Srerrwivnz. 


2. Semeopus subtranslucens. 


?..—33 mm. 

Head and body nearly concolorous with wings; anteunal 
joints not projecting ; ciliation fully as long as diameter 
of shaft ; pectus not densely hairy. 

Fore wing with apex acute, termen rather irregularly 
suberenulate; proximal areole ample, distal minute, SC? 
arising well down -on the stalk of SC*~’; subdiaphanous 
whitish, with slight pink reflections and with some some- 
what olivaceous* irroration; costal margin and_ base 
olivaceous *; markings olivaceous *, antemedian line before 
one-third, excurved in cell and in submedian area; cell- 
mark ocelloid ; median line dentate, from five-eightlis costa, 
oblique outwards to SC’, somewhat incurved between the 
radials and strongly behind middle, reaching hind margin 
about middle; a duplicating line just beyond the median 
commences about R’, feeble at first but becoming distinct 
and thickening, almost connected with median by olivaceous 
shading in posterior part ; postmedian line dentate, placed 
midway between this and termen or slightly nearer the 


* “ Buff with a tinge of olive” would perhaps better describe this 
shade. 


414 ; Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


latter, very oblique outwards between SC* and SC’, where 
it is acutely angulated, incurved and thickened ints two 
spots between the radials and again (though less strongly) 
behind M’*; terminal line olivaceous , accompanied by tri- 
anzular interneural dots (pointing proximad). 

Hind w ing with termen irregular, deutate, the teeth at 
R' and R* longest and sharpest ; R* very shortly stalked, 
M' arising rather nearer R? ; irroration in proximal half in 
part fuscous ; first line wanting; cell-spot round, black, 
without pale centre; the other markings corresponding to 
those of fore wing. 

Underside paler ; fore wing with costal margin somewhat 
olivaceous ; both wings with cell-spot ocelloid, median and 
postmedian and terminal markings nearly as above. 

Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith). 

Rither recalls S. trygodata, Warr. (Nov. Zool, xi, 36), 
but distinguishable by the relatively long antennal ciliation 
and longer teeth of termen of hind wing, as well as by the 
venition, These two species together with “ Trygodes” 
pertumna, Schaus, so far bridge over the supposed gap 
between Semeopus and Trygodes that I doubt whether the 
latter can be regarded as more than a section. 


3. Anisodes (Brachycola) clandestina, 


6 .—32 mm. 

Structure of antenna, palpus, legs, areole, étec. , approxi- 
mately as in absconditaria ; palpus with second joint 
beneath perhaps clearer whitish and more appressed-scaled ; 
abdoniinal cavity enormously developed, the sternal tuft 
less developed. Smaller, wings shorter, irroration fairly 
strong, purple-reddish (in absconditaria extremely weak, 
browner), underside more strongly marked, including some 
rather noticeable pink irroration at middle of costa of hind 
wing. 

Khasis, type in coll. Joicey; 1 g in coll. L. B. Prout 
(genitalia examined by Rev.C. R. N. Burrows). Pundaloya, 
Ceylon (coll. Tring Mus.). Penang and Gunong Ijau 


(coll. Tring Mus.)—ocelloid form of central spot persisting’ 


(in type giving place to puunctiform),—Larut Hill, Perak, 
4360 ft., 21st April, 1898 (S. S. Flower), 1 9; Singapore 
(41. N. Ridley), a good series; Sarawak, 1 3 2 (Wallace) 
(coll. Brit. Mus.). 

This is essentially the obrinaria of Hampson’s ‘Fauna 
of British ludia, Moths,’ iii. p. 446, although, on account of 


Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 415 


shortage of material and preponderance of 2? ? in the 
British Museum collection at that time, he mixed in some 
very heterogenous elements. A. obrinaria, Gn.=caligata, 
Walk.=similaria, Walk., and A. pallida (bon. sp.?) belong 
to the typical section Anisodes and have no areole. A. o4li- 
viaria, Walk.=:suspicaria, Suell., to the section Perizera, 
Meyr. (nec Hamps.), also with no areole, but with hind 
femur tufted. 

I should have considered this a local form—more rufes- 
cent—of niveopuncta, Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv. p. 48), but the 
genitalia show that it has reached full specific rank. In 
niveopuncta the uncus is more long and slender, the valves 
very different, the penis has a very distinct cornutus (or 
perhaps bunch of cornuti), and there is a better developed 
pair of hair-brushes on the 4th (?) abdominal segment. 


4. Flavinia allogaster. 

3 .—30 mm. 

Closely similar to cireumdata, Maassen (Stiibel’s Reisen, 
Lep. pp. 101, 150, t. iv. f. 22). Abdomen with a pale dorsal 
line as in alcidamea, Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1890, 
p- 498). 

Fore wing with the apical black border broadened, its 
proximal edge on the upper surface at R' being over 4 mm. 
from the apex, at R* fully 3 mm. from termen, on the 
under surface very slightly less broad; black on hind 
margin slightly broadened. 

Hind wing with the black distal border above less narrowed 
between R‘ and M’. 

Peru, without more exact locality. Type in coll. Joicey 
(ex Schaus) ; three in coll. Brit. Mus. from the same source, 
mixed with true circumdata. 


Family Drepanide. 
5, Cyclidia substigmaria, Hbn. 


It hag been unaccountably overlooked that this species was 
described and figured by Hiibner (‘ Zutriige,’ iii. 29, figs. 519- 
520) from “ China,” i. e. no doubt 8. China, and represents 
unmistakably the form later described by Walker (List Lep. 
Ins. xxiv. 1121) from Hong Kong as “ Abraxas”? capitata, 
though the last-named author neglects to describe the 
underside. The common Indian race, which has for so long 
passed as substigmaria (see, for instance, Hampson’s ‘ Fauna 


416 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


of British India, Moths,’ vol. i. pp. 327, 328, fig. 225, 
Strand in Seitz ‘ Macrolepidoptera,’ vol. ii. p. 196, pl. 23/f), 
therefore remains without a name and I propose to call it 
Cyclidia substigmaria superstigmaria, subsp. nov. Ground- 
colour whitish, markings fawn-brownish, always more or 
less shadowy, subtornal spots at inner margin of fore wing 
well defined, cell-spot of hind wing above black. 

Dharmsala, Kulu, Sikkim, Burma, etc.; type ¢ (Dar- 
jeeling, ex coll. Lidderdale) in coll. Joicey. 

From Vrianatong, Tibet, comes a greyer, more suffused 
race, with the cell-spot of the hind wing above generally 
less deep black than in the form superstigmaria, the sub- 
tornal brown markings of fore wing not, or scarcely, more 
strongly developed than the posterior end of the line which 
precedes them proximally. I name this substigmaria inter- 
media, subsp. nov. . Type in coll. Joicey. 

Typical substigmaria from China and Formosa (also, in 
Tring Museum, from Tonkin) is very similar to subsp. 
intermedia, but less dark grey, the cell-spot of the hind wing 
above still weaker, the subterminal dots generally connected 
by stronger grey shading, the subtornal markings of the 
fore wing frequently confluent with the preceding line so as 
to form a brownish pyramid, the cell-spots generally less 
intensely black. 

The Japanese representative, nigralbata, Warr. (Nov. Zool. 
xxi. p. 401), may possibly be a separate species, though most 
collections have mixed it with “‘ capitata”’ (i. e., substigmaria 
substigmaria), not even recognising the marked distinctions 
as racial. 


Family Arctiidae. 
Suhfam. Lrrnostavz. 
6. Caprimima esthla. 


S 2? .—31-32 mm. 

Similar to C. calida, Walk., but larger. The yellow on 
patagia and tegulz more extended. 

Fore wing with the yellow area broad, the black at base 
rather broad, especially in the 2, where it curves outwards 
along costal margin, the black costal margin in middle very 
narrow in 2, wantingin @. 

Hind wing rather more produced in tornal region than in 
calida, the black along abdominal margin broad, at apex 
moderately broad, at distal margin between M’ and tornus, 
on the other hand, quite narrow (recalling isabelle, Rothsch.) ; 


cs we A 


Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 417 


apical area wanting the “ cupreous-red’’ cloud which in 
calida is always present beneath and generally also above. 
Goodenough I., 2500-4000 ft., Apr. 1913 (A. S. Meek). 
Type ¢,2 2 2 in coll. Joicey. Also in Tring Museum. 
Possibly a local form of calida, though very different 
from Hampson’s “ ab, 1.” 


Subfam. ArerrinZe. 
7. Heliactinidia tornensis. 


3 .—30 mm. 

Similar to chiguinda, Druce. 

Fore wing slightly more rounded, rather blacker brown ; 
streak behind cell longer, crossing base of M*; outer band 
broader, not indented at posterior extremity of cell. 

Hind wing without the black costal area ; the streaks on 


submedian fold and in abdominal area wanting. 


Torné, Cauca Valley, Colombia, August 1907. Type in 
eoll. Juicey. 


Family Hypside. 


8. Pheyorisia bisignibasis. 

9? .—53 mm. 

Head and thorax above black ; face marked with white 
at lower extremity, occiput and front of thorax narrowly 
marked with white; breast and palpus beneath (to near 
end of second joint) orange ; abdomen orange with narrow 
black anterior rings; legs orange marked with black, tarsi 
mostly black ; antennal joints not projecting. 

Fore wing light reddish orange, along costal and hind 
margms narrowly and tregularly black; a small black 
patch at base, with its outer edge convex and containing 
a pure white basal spot, close to costa; apical region black, 
its boundary rather straight from proximal end of areole in 
direction of tornus but narrowly interrupted at submedian 
fold, followed by a black subtornal and a small whitish 
tornal spot between SC* and M* placed in the apical patch 
near its proximal edge, slightly broader than in agaristoides, 
Bdy., but proximally indented in the middle; fringe spotted 
and tipped with white. 

Hind wing searcely more reddish ; a black distal border 
about as im agaristoides. 

Underside similar, fore wing without white tornal spot. 

Tanga, German EH. Africa, february. Type in coll. Joicey. 


418 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and 


9. Phegorista trialbata, 


& .—85 mm. 

Akin to agaristoides, differing as follows :—Palpus with 
third joint shorter ; second joint beneath narrowly marked 
with white (in agaristoides less narrowly with orange). 

Fore wing above with the oblique streak behind cell larger 
and narrower, piukish white; a small Jong-oval pinkish- 
white spot in. front of it, beyond middle of cell ; subapical 
patch white, as in some agaristoides, but considerably 
broader and somewhat longer, reaching vein M?, its distal 
edge irregularly curved; no supplementary spot on sub- 
median fold ; fringe not white at apex. 

- Hind wing with the border narrower than in agaristoides ; 
orange ground-colour less reddish than in most agaristoides. 
Fore wing beneath orange as far as the black apical area, 
only with the costal margin narrowly black. 

Uganda (E. S. Gledhill). Type in coll. Joicey. 


XXXIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXXI. 
By T. D. A. Cocxererty, University of Colorado. 


Augochlora (Odontochlora) lyoni, sp. n. 


? .—Length about 8°5 mm., anterior wing 6. 

Robust, black, with strong metallic tints as follows: 
clypeus (which is smooth, with well-separated large punc- 
tures) green in middle and purplish at sides ; cheeks blue- 
green next to orbits, otherwise purplish; region on each 
side of antennze obscurely purplish; vertex greenish ; 
tubercles bright green; mesothorax with disc obscurely 
green, margins purple; scutellum greenish ; postscutellum 
and area of metathorax purple; mesopleura dark purple 
edged with blue; first abdominal segment suffused sub- 
laterally with bright green and purple; second with similar 
colours, but less distinct, the remaining segments black. 
Flagellum ferruginous beneath ; front dull and granular ; 
ocelli not enlarged; process of labrum broadly truncate, 
slightly bigibbous; mesothorax densely punctured, except 
the posterior middle, where the punctures are sparse on a 
shining ground; area of metathorax with numerous very 
fine more or less wrinkled strie; posterior face with no 


ae 


ae a 


Records of Bees. 419 


sharp margin; tegule reddish. Wings dusky, stigma and 
nervures pale yellowish brown; first r. n. meeting second 
t.-c. Legs reddish piceous, with pale pubescence; hind 
spur simple. Abdomen shining, thinly hairy, with very 
small punctures; first dorsal segment with a low tubercle 
on middle of dise ; first ventral segment with a long slender 
spine ; last dorsal segment with fuscous hair. 

San Julian, Venezuela, July 19, 1900 (MM. W. Lyon, Jr.). 
U.S. Nat. Museum. 

Nearest to the Mexican A. zophodes (Halictus zophodes, 
Vachal), but distinguished by the smooth and shining 
surface of clypeus, with well-separated punctures. Tie 
tubercle on the first dorsal segment of abdomen recalls the 
Australian Halictus mirandus, Cll. 


Agapostemon viequesensis, sp. 0. 


? —Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 6. 

liead and thorax brilliant bluish green ; lower margin of 
elypeus broadly black ; labruin and mandibles red, the latter 
black subapically ; sides of face and front suffused with 
purple-blue ; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath, but the 
last joint bright ferruginous on both sides ; ; ely peus and 
supracly peal area shining ; mesothorax dull, minutely granu- 
lar ; scutellum rather yellowish green, shining, somewhat 
bigibbous ; area of metathorax purple, poorly defined, with 
obscure rugze; posterior truncation bright green, with a 
sharp edge; tegule light ferruginous. Wings dusky 
hyaline, stigma clear honey-colour ; ; second s.m. receiving 
first r. n. a considerable distance from its end. Legs light 
ferruginous, with pale yellowish hair, that on outer sides 
of tibize more or less fuscous. Abdomen mainly yellowish 
green, with blue-purple shades on apical half, but the first 
three segments have transverse median bands of reddish 
brown, where the surface is not metallic ; bases of segments 
with pale tomentum ; venter mainly pale fulvous. 

Vieques Island, Porto Rico, West Indies, Feb. 1899 
(Aug. Buseck). U.S. Nat. Museum. 

In Vachal’s table it runs out at 14, and it is scarcely to 
be compared with any described species. The extreme 
bases of the abdominal segments are testaceous, but the 
apical margins sliding over them are not noticeably dis- 
coloured, 


Neocorynura discolor (Smith). 


Augochlora tisiphone, Gribodo, is a synonym. Smith’s 


420 Mr. T. D. A, Cockerell—Descriptions and 


type was from Oajaca, and Gribodo’s was marked 
**Oajuca? ” (sic). 

The following species are now. recorded from new 

localities :— 

Augochlora radians (Vachal). Cacao, Trece Aguas, Alta 
Vera Paz, Guatemala, April 25 (Schwarz and Barber). 
This is probably the same as the so-called A. vesta from 
Mexico in the British Museum, but it is not true 
vesta. 

A. fervida, Smith. Tlahualilo, Durango, Mexico, at 
peach blossoms (4. W. Morrill). 

A, illustris (Vachal). Colombia, from C. F. Baker 
collection. 

A. phemonoé (Schrottky). Sapucay, Paraguay, March 
(W. T. Foster). 

A. nigrocyanea, Ckll. Tampico, Tamaulipas, Mexico, 
Dec. 6 (F. C. Bishopp). 

A. esox (Vachal), Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama, Jan. 18 
(Aug. Busck). 

A, seminigra, Ck\l. Cordoba, Mexico, Jan. 20 (Ff. Knab). 

The A. nigrocyanea females from Tampico are variable ; 

one has strong purple tints on apical part of abdomen, 
which the other lacks ; the latter has the mesothorax black. 


Xenoglossa howardi, sp. n. 


3. (Type.)—Length about 12 mm., anterior wing 9. 

Black, including the clypeus and antenne; mandibles 
fulvous apically, bidentate, but with a slight notch on inner 
side indicating the rudiment of a third tooth; labrum brown 
at sides, covered with appressed pale hair; maxillary palpi | 
5-jointed ; hair of head long and creamy white, with some 
fuscous hairs on vertex and below antenne ; hair of thorax 
above clear reddish fulvous, without black ; a large patch 
on middle of mesopleura, and tubercles, with dark fuscous 
hair; tegule ferruginous. Wings dusky. Legs black, the 
spurs stramineous, and tarsi at apex ferruginous ; hair of 
iniddle and posterior tibiz and tarsi dark brown, but the 
femora and anterior legs with pale hair. Abdomen shining 
black, minutely punctured, hind margins of segments 2 to 4 
suffusedly reddened; no hair-bands, but base of second 
segment at sides with thin greyish hair; venter with thin 
whitish hair. 

? .—Length about 12°5 mm. 

Similar to the male, but’ all the legs with dark brown 


Records of Bees. 421 


hair ; dark brown hair on sides of thorax more extensive ; 
second and third abdominal segments with a thin transverse 
band of greyish tomentum, not conspicuous. — - 

Type (male) from the Federal District, Mexico (J. R. 
Inda, 56). U.S. Nat. Museum. Female from Oaxaca, 
Mexico, Sept. 18 (LZ. O. Howard). 

Related to X. assimilis (Smith), but without the black 
patch of hair on thorax above in female. The male antennz 
are formed as in X. pruinosa (Say). The species belongs 
to the subgenus Peponapis of Robertson, though differing 
from his type-species in the black clypeus of male and 
reluction of pale hair on female abdomen. 


Allodape candida, Smith. 


9.—Mkonumbi, near Lamu, Tana River, E. Africa, 
Sept. 1892 (Chanler Exped.). 

This differs slightly from Smith’s description, and from a 
specimen from Abyssinia, sent by Gribodo, in that the hght 
band on clypeus is not at all widened at the lower end. 


Leptergatis globulifera, sp. u. 

‘g.—Length 6-6°5 mm. 

Black, with the long flagellum dull ferruginous beneath, 
teculz rufo-piceous, legs more or less suffused with reddish, 
the tarsi and tibie at apex ferruginous. 

Close to L. armata (Smith), differing thus: scape dark ; 
ocelli closer together ; clypeus and labrum entirely black, 
mandibles mainly dark reddish ; tegule darker ; abdominal 
hair-bands Jess distinct; wings a little more dusky. The 
hind legs are practically as in L. armata. The co-type has 
the mandibles paler, with a large pale yellowish spot, beyond 
which they are ferruginous. 

Venezuela; type from Aroa, Dec. 12, 1910 (M. A. 
Carriker). U.S. Nat. Museum. Another is from Lagunita 
de Aroa, 2000 ft. alt. (Md. A. Carriker). 


Prosopis holomelena, sp. n. 


?.—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5. 

Entirely black, without light markings; robust, with no 
depression between first and second dorsal abdominal seg- 
ments ; clypeus long, dull, the punctures very indistinct ; 
apical part of flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; punc- 
tures of mesothorax and scutellum excessively minute, the 


422 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and 


surface between them microscopically rugulose ; area of 
metathorax with irregular ruge; tegule black. ee 
slightly dusky, stigma and nervures very dark ; second s 
long ; recurrent nervures meeting the trarisvestuns pee 
tibie and tarsi with some pale hair. Abdomen shining, 
impunctate, the surface with a delicate microscopical 
tessellation. 

Buitenzorg, Java, March 10, 1909 (Bryant and Palmer). 
U.S. Nat. Museum. 

Nearest to P. impunctata, Friese, but easily separated by 
the entirely black face. 


Prosopis coroicensis, sp. n. 

3d .—Length about 7°5 mm., anterior wing 6:2. 

Black, robust, without yellow markings on thorax or legs ; 
face long, eyes very long; clypeus (except a narrow dark | 
stripe on each side), large supraclypeal mark (rounded 
above), lateral face-marks (extending along orbital margins 
halfway up front, where they end obtusely, shaped like feet 
on tip-toe, with very long tapering toes), all bright chrome- 
yellow ; antennz piceous; scape very short; mandibles 
stout, suffused with reddish; front dull, very densely and 
finely punctured ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with very 
large well-separated punctures; mesopleure with large 
sparse punctures ; area of metathorax with coarse transverse 
and longitudinal ridges; posterior truncation very coarsely 
sculptured, flat, with well-defined margins ; tegulz piceous. 
Wings deep fuliginous ; first r.n. joining first s.m. con- 
siderably: before its end. legs more or less reddish, the 
anterior tibize dusky ferruginous in front. Abdomen 
shining, without hair-bands; first two segments quite 
strongly punctured, third with minute punctures ; first 
ventral segment emarginate at apex. 

Coroico, Yungas, Bolivia, May 1, 1899. U.S. Nat. 
Museum. No collector’s name is given. 

By the venation this resembles P. petroselini, Schrottky, 
but it is easily separated by the fuliginous wings and other 
characters. 


Prosopis tricolor, Schrottky. 


2 .—Differs from the male thus: clypeus with an elongate- 
cuneiform rufo-fuscous mark on each side ; antennz entirely 
ferruginous; yellow band on prothorax interrupted in 


Records of Bees. 423 


middle ; marks at bases of tibiz cream-colour. Schrottky 
only described the male. 

San Bernardino, Paraguay, Oct. 21 (K. Fiebrig). U.S. 
Nat. Museum. 


Prosopis flavohumeralis, sp. nu. 


? .—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5. 

Black, with yellow markings ; mandibles ferruginous ; 
labrum black ; ; clypeus yellow except narrow lower margin 
and a stripe on each side, failing above ; supraclypeal mark 
broadly subtriangular, while above it, on front, are two 
narrow yellow marks close together; lateral face-marks 
extending nearly to summit of eye, where they are broadly 
but very “obliquely truncate, and diverge a little from the 
orbital margin; scape and flagellum. dusky ferruginous 
beneath, darker above ; front very densely and minutely 
punctured, vertex more coarsely ; tubercles and the sharp 
projecting anterior lateral angles of prothorax yellow, but 
no other yellow on thorax; mesothorax and scutellum 
perfectly dull and coarsely punctured; area of metathorax 
with raised lines in the form of a square, but without the 
sculpture, except a microscopical cancellation all over; 
posterior truncation distinct; tegule with a yellow spot. 
Wings dusky ; recurrent nervures meeting transverso- 
cubitals ; marginal cell broad (deep). Legs with anterior 
tibiz yellow in front, the others at base; tarsi more or less 
reddish. Abdomen shining, without hair-bands; first seg- 
ment distinctly though minutely punctured, second and 
third extremely sparsely and indistinctly. 

San Bernardino, Paraguay (KA. Fiebrig). U.S. Nat. 
- Museum. 

In Schrottky’s tables of Paraguay species this runs to 
P. itapuensis, Sky., but differs by the dusky wings and spots 
on angles of prothorax. It seems to closely resemble 
P. lychnis, Vachal, differing in the punctuation of the 
abdomen. 


Prosopis howardiella, sp. n. 


6 .—Length about 3:5 mm. 

Head all black except a large obtusely trilobed (the sides 
concave) pale yellow patch on clypeus; scape black ; 
fiagellum thick, ferruginous beneath ; thorax entirely black ; 
mesothorax and scutellum with sparse very minute punctures 
on a microscopically tessellate surface; area of metathorax 


424 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and 


large, with a few small irregular basal plicz, and a median 
raised line continuous to hind margin; posterior truncation 
of metathorax not clearly defined as usual, its upper lateral 
corners not defined at all, but its upper middle separated 
by a short ridge from the basal area, while an oblique 
ciliated ridge limits it on each side; abdomen impunctate, 
microscopically transversely lineolate, first segment nar- 
rowed. Wings clear, very faintly dusky apically ; recurrent 
nervures ending a little before the transverso-cubitals ; 
second submarginal cell nearly square, its inner and outer 
sides parallel; bases of tibiz, and anterior tibiz in front, 
cream-colour ; tarsi pale ferruginous. 

Oaxaca, Mexico, April 30 (L. O. Howard). U.S. National 
Museum. 

Looks like some small Pemphredonid wasp, but is a true 
bee, with many plumose hairs on body. It is more or less 
related to Vachal’s P. recisa, P. puerula, P. fissa, &c., but 
much smaller and very distinct. 


Prosopis subgrisea, sp. n. 


9? .—Length about 7 mm., anterior wing 5°3. 

Black, with yellowish-white or brownish-white markings ; 
mandibles and labrum black ; clypeus long, black, the lower 
margin suffusedly reddish, but with a cream-coloured stripe 
running down its middle (not quite reaching upper end), 
not quite so broad as the area on either side ; supraclypeal 
mark small, réundish; lateral face-marks linear, extending 
along orbital margins nearly halfway up front; scape 
and base of flagellum ferruginous, rest of flagellum black 
above and faintly reddish below; front appearing granular ; 
upper part of prothorax with linear light margin, and greater 
‘part of tubercles light ; a light band covering anterior half 
of scutellum, a band on postscutellum, and axillz light ; 
mesothorax dull, coarsely punctured; area of metathorax 
with coarse ruge ; posterior truncation and sides of meta- 
thorax densely covered with pale grey tomentum ; pleura 
sparsely punctured; tegule with a light spot. Wings 
brownish hyaline, with the costal field, including marginal 
cell and beyond, fuliginous ; hind tibie with rather more 
than basal half white. Abdomen dullish, the punctures 
excessively minute and close; first and second segments 
with yellowish-white marginal hair-bands, third to fifth with 
hind margins obscurely pallid ; apex with dark fuscous 
hair. 


Records of Bees. 425 


San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. U.S. National Museum, 
From the Ashmead collection ; no doubt collected by C. H. 
. T. Townsend. 

Resembles P. mexicana, Cresson, but easily separated by 
the linear lateral face-marks, and other characters. It is 
evidently closely allied to P. maculipennis, Smith, known 
only in the male, but that has yellow markings and the 
first abdominal segment rather strongly punctured. 


Prosopis knabi, sp. n. 


& .—Length about 3°75 mm., anterior wing 3. 

Black, with yellow markings ; scape black, broadly red 
at end, and largely in front; flagellum entirely bright 
ferruginous, a little darker above; clypeus entirely, sub- 
triangular supraclypeal mark (broader than long), and lateral 
face-marks ail light yellowish, the latter ending obtusely on 
orbital margin about halfway up front (former practically 
as in P. episcopalis, Ckll.) ; pale marks of thorax confined 
to tubercles and a broadly interrupted line on prothorax 
above ; tegule testaceous, hyaline in front, with a yellow 
spot ; mesothorax closely and strongly punctured, scutellum 
rather more sparsely, the surface between the punctures 
smooth ; base of metathorax ,with strong longitudinal and 
transverse rug, but the sculpture is mainly and essentially 
transverse ; whole sides of thorax strongly punctured, the 
metathorax at sides bare (without grey tomentum) ; knees, 
anterior tibiz (except a large patch behind), middle and 
hind tibie very broadly at base and narrowly at apex, and 
the tarsi all pale yellow. Wings clear; stigma and nervures 
sepia ; first recurrent nervure joining first submarginal cell 
a short distance before its end. Abdomen appearing im- 
punctate under a lens, but the microscope shows minute 
punctures on first segment. 

Champerico, Guatemala, Aug. 4, 1905 (Frederick Knad). 
U.S. National Museum. 

This minute species recalls some of those of the United 
States, such as P. modesta, Say, but it will be readily 
known:by the red flagellum and transverse rug at base of 
metathorax. 

The following localities are new :— 

Prosopis mexicana, Cresson. Tampico, Mexico, Dec. 15 

(E. A. Schwarz) ; Frontera, Mexico. 
Prosopis azteca, Cresson. San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico 
(L. O. Howard). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. dl 


426 On some Fishes from the Shari River. 


XL.— On some Fishes from the Shari River, with neers 


of Two new Species. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.R. 
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


M. A. Baupon, Administrator of the Ubanghi-Shari Colony, 
French Equatorial Africa, has kindly sent me, for the British 
Museum, a little series of small fishes from the Shari River, 
containing examples of two species not included in Dr. Pelle- 
grin’s excellent book ‘Les Poissons du Bassin du Tchad,’ 
and of two others that are undescribed. : 

The genus Barbus, as yet unknown from that Basin, is 
represented by two species: B. pleuropholis, Blgr., pre- 
viously recorded from the Congo, the Aruwimi, and the 
Uelle, and B. baudoni, sp.n. ‘The Cyprinodonts belong to 
two species: Haplochilus aculicaudatus, Pellegr., and 
H. hutereaui, Bigr., the latter recently discovered in the 
Uelle. Other species are Anabas petheric’, Gthr., Tilapia 
melanopleura, A. Dum., E/eotris nana, Blgr.*, and Ander- 
sonia brevior, sp. n., belonging to a very remarkable genus 
of Silurid, of which a single species was known: A, leptura, 
Blgr., from the Upper Nile and the Bahu-el-Gebel. 


Barbus baudoni. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? to 32 times in 
total length. Snout rounded, shorter than the eye, which is 2% 
times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth 
small, terminal, with thin lips; no barbels. Dorsal III 8, 
equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal, border 
very feebly concave; last simple ray not enlarged, not 
serrated, a little shorter than head. Anal III 5, not reaching 
caudal. Pectoral about 2 length of head, not reaching 
ventral; base of latter below middle of dorsal. Caudal 
peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales radiately striated, 
23-24%, 2 between lateral line and veutral, 8 round caudal 


peduncle. Yellowish brown above, silvery beneath ; a band 
of crowded black dots from the gill-opening to the base of 
the caudal ; on this band, three round black spots, the first 
just in front of the dorsal, the second just behind the latter, 


* These specimens connect the Nile fish with Z. uellensis, Blgr., 
which is probably not entitled to stand as a distinct species. 


On new South-American Batrachians. 427 


the third at the base of the caudal; a fourth black spot 
above the anterior rays of the anal. 
Total length 30 mm. 
Allied to B, trispilomimus, Blgr., from the Ogowe and 
Lower Congo. 


ca 


Andersonia pellegrint, 
Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head 


6 times. Head 1} times as long as broad; snout obtusely 
pointed, as long as postocular part of head, 3 times as long 
as diameter of eye, whicli is 2 interorbital width. Maxillary 
barbel twice as long as inner mandibular, and 2 length of 
head. Median occipital process 34 times as long as broad, 
narrower than and 1} times the length of the laterals. 
Dorsal I 6, twice as distant from end of snout as from caudal, 
first ray as long as head. Anal 9. Pectoral 2 length of 
head. Caudal peduncle a litile more than } of the total 
length. 24 dorsal and 21 ventral scutes, the last 9 on 
caudal peduncle. Greyisi above, with four rather indistinet 
dark bars across the back; dorsal blackish in the distal 
third, 

Total length 42 mm. 

Closely allied to A. leptura, Blgr. Distinguished by the 
smaller eye and the different proportions ot the occipital 
processes, : 

Named in honour of the distinguished author of the 
‘ Poissons du Bassin du Tehad.’ 


XLL— Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Phyllobates kingsburyt. 


Head slightly longer than broad. Snout rounded-sub- 
truncate, projecting beyond the mouth, as long as the orbit ; 
loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than 
the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; 
tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye, 3 to 4 
fimes its distance from the latter. Fingers moderate, first 


and second equal, or first slightly the longer; disks rather 
. 31% 


428 Mr, G. A. Boulenger on new 


small; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent. Tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of 
head and body. ‘Toes moderate, perfectly free, the disks 
larger than those of the fingers but smaller than the tym- 
panum ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent ; two small 
metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round; an oblique 
fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin of upper parts 
finely shagreened, of lower parts smooth. Brown above, 
with a paler dorso-lateral streak ; a black streak round the 
snout, continued, as a broad band, on the side of the body ; 
usually a white streak along the upper lip, continued along 
the body to the groin, edged below, on the body, by a black 
streak or seiies of spots; limbs brown, with dark brown 
spots, arm and thigh lighter, with a dark brown streak in 
front and behind ; lower parts white, uniform on throat and 
breast mottled with greyish brown. 

From snout to vent 28 millim. 

Four specimens from El Topo, Rio Pastaza, Eastern 
Ecuador, altitude 4200 feet ; from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s 
collection, 1912. 

Named in pious memory of my late Attendant, Frederick 
Kingsbury, killed in action in Palestine, Feb. 25, 1918. 


Dendrobates ranoides. 


Head slightly longer than broad. Snout truncate, very 
feebly projecting beyond the mouth, longer than the eye; 
loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than 
the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; 
tympanum very distinct, 3 the diameter of the eye, 3 times 
iis distance from the latter. Fingers rather slender, first 
and second equal; disks small, not much wider than the 
finger ; subarticular tubercles very indistinct. Tibio-tarsal 
articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head 
and body. ‘Toes slender, perfectly free, the disks larger than 
those of the fingers but only about half the diameter of the 
tympanum; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; two 
small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round ; a curved 
fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin granulate, 
finely on the upper parts and belly, more coarsely on the 
sides. Reddish brown above, marbled with dark brown on 
the head and back and with blackish cross-bars on the limbs ; 
a pale dorso-lateral streak; a black streak round the snout, 
continued, as a broad band, on the temple and along the side 


South-American Batrachians. 499 


of the body ; tympanum reddish brown; lower parts white 
with numerous small black spots and vermiculations. 

From snout to vent 22 mm. 

A single specimen from Villavicencio, Quatiquia River, 
Colombia, altitude 400 feet. Presented by the Wellcome 
Bureau of Scientific Research. 


FAlylodes roseus. 


Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in 
short transverse series considerably behind the choanee. 
Head as long as broad ; snout rounded, not projecting beyond 
the mouth ; canthus rostralis indistinct ; loreal region very 
oblique, concave ; nostril twice as far from the eye as from 
the tip of the snout ; interorbital space as broad as the upper 
eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers moderate, first a little 
shorter than second ; disks large, a little broader than long ; 
snbarticular tubercles moderate. Tuibio-tarsal articulation 
reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head and body. 
Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks as large as those of the 
fingers ; subarticular tubercles small, feebly prominent; a 
single metatarsal tubercle, rather large and prominent. Skin 
smooth above, granular on the belly; three subconical 
tubercles on the upper eyelid. Grey above, with dark brown 
variegations; loreal region dark brown; a white streak on 
the canthus rostralis and on the edge of the upper eyelid, and 
a broader, dark-edged one from the eye to halfway down the 
side of the body ; dark oblique bars on the sides of the head 
and body and on the limbs ; upper eyelids and sides of body 
with deep pink spots; groin, sides of thigh, lower surface 
of arm, forearm, and tibia, and upper surface of tarsus and 
metatarsus deep pink ; throat, belly, and lower surface of 
thighs grey, marbled with brown. 

From snout to vent 27 mm. 

A single specimen from Andagoya, Choco, Colombia. 
Presented by Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell in 1916. 


Hylodes trachyblepharis. 


Tongue oval, entire or slightly nicked behind. Vomerine 
teeth in small groups just behind the choane. Head as long 
as broad; snout rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth ; 
canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region oblique, concave ; 
nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital 
space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half 


430 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first a little 
shorter than second ; disks rather large, round, smaller than 
the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles rather small, feebly 
prominent. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the nostril or 
the tip of the snout; tibia 12 times in length of head and 
body. ‘Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks a little smaller 
than those of the fingers; subarticular tubercles small, feebly 
prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, rather large 
and prominent, outer round and small. Upper parts with 
small glands, belly granular; upper eyelids with several 
subconical tubercles. Brown above, back and sides of head 
yellowish ; a >—<-shaped black marking behind the back 
of the head, the antero-lateral branches of which extend to 
the eyes ; a dark canthal streak, and two dark bars from the 
eye to the edge of the mouth; an oblique dark temporal 
streak ; limbs with dark cross-bars ; sides of thighs deep 
pink ; lower parts, throat, and breast fincly speckled with 
brown. 

From snout to vent 20 mm. 

Three specimens from El Topo, Rio Pastaza. E. Keuador, 
4200 ft.; from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s collection, 1912. 


L-ptedactylus hololius. 


Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teth 
in long, slightly oblique series behind the choane, not 
extending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders 
of the latter. Head as long as broad; snout rounded, 
scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis 
indistinct; loreal region oblique, slightly concave; nostril 
equidistant- from the eye and from the tip of the -snout; 
interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum 
very distinct, half the diameter of theeye. Fingers moderate, 
obtuse, first a little shorter than second;  subarticular 
tubercles rather large and very prominent. Tubio-tarsal 
articulation reaching the eye; tibia a little less than half 
the length from snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly 
free, not margined ; subarticular tubercles moderately large, 
very prominent; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, 
outer round ; no tarsal fold. Skin pertectly smooth; no 
dorsc-lateral fold. Pale brown above, with dark brown 
spois; a dark cross-bar between the eyes, followed by a 
rhombic spot; a ,a-shaped dark marking between the 


shoulders ; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bands ; 
lower parts white. 


South-American Batrachians. 431 


From snout to vent 26 mm. 
A single specimen from Pebas, R. Marafion, Peru ; from 
the collection of Mr. J. J. Mounsey, 1913. 


Leptodactylus diptychus. 


Tongue oval, rather strongly nicked behind. Vomerine 
teeth in long transverse series behind the choane, not ex- 
tending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders of 
the latter. Headas long as broad ; snout rounded, projecting 
considerably beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis indistinct ; 
loreal region oblique, slightly concave; nostril a little nearer 
the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space a little 
narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, 
two-thirds the diameter of theeye. Fingers moderate, obtuse, 
first much longer than second; subarticular tubercles large 
and very prominent. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching 
between the eye and the nostril; tibia half the length from 
snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly free, not 
margined; subarticular tubercles rather large, very pro- 
minent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval and about half 
as long as the inner toe, outer round and very small; a tarsal 
fold. Skin smooth above, with small warts on the sides of 
the body ; a glandular fold above and behind the tympanum 
and another, narrow but prominent, from behind the upper 
eyelid to the hip; throat and belly smooth, with a groove 
defining a ventral disk; lower surface of thighs granulate. 
Greyish brown above, the dorso-lateral folds lighter; tym- 
panum reddish brown; a dark brown canthal streak ; 
temporal fold edged with blackish; lips with dark brown 
spots; a brown bar between the eyes and a A-shaped marking 
between the shoulders; limbs with narrow dark brown cross- 
bars ; a white streak, edged on both sides with dark brown, 
along the back of the thighs ; lower parts white. 

From snout to vent 44 mm. 

A single specimen from the Andes of Venezuela. 


Leptodactylus laticeps. 


Tongue roundish, entire. Vomerine teeth in very long, 
slightly curved transverse series behind the choane, extending 
outwards to below the centre of the latter. Head much 
broader than long, much depressed ; snout broadly rounded, 
scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis 


indistinct ; loreal region very oblique, slightly concave; 


432 On new South= American Batrachians. 


nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; tympanum 
very distinct, nearly as large as the eye. Fingers rather 
short, very obtuse, first much longer than second; subarticular 
tubercles large and very prominent. Tibio-tarsal articulation 
reaching the posterior border of the eye ; tibia 2} times in 
length from snout to vent. Toes rather short, obtuse, 
perfectly free, not margined ; subarticular tubercles small, 
prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner elliptic and two- 
thirds the length of the inner toe, outer round; no tarsal 
fold. Skin smooth; no folds on the back. Pale brown 
above, with large roundish black spots on the back and sides 
and on the upper surface of the head; five very regular 
vertical black bars on each side of the head, traversing the 
mouth, separated by narrower whitish bars; tympanum 
blackish, whitish in the centre; limbs with black cross-bars ; 
whitish beneath, spotted with black. 

From snout to vent 85 mm. 

A single specimen from Santa Fé, Argentina, received 
from Mr. Falkland Ricketts in 1898. 


Hyla leptoscelis. 


Tongue circular, entire and slightly free behind. Vomerine 
teeth on a level with the posterior borders of the very large 
choane, in slightly curved oblique series forming a chevron 
pointing forwards. Head as long as broad, very strongly 
depressed ; snout rounded, not projecting, as long as the eye ; 
canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region very oblique, feebly 
concave; nostril near the tip of the snout; interorbital 
space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum 
distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fiugers moderate, 
with moderately large disks, outer with a slight rudiment of 
web; no projecting rudiment of pollex, Hind limb extremely 
slender ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching a little beyond the 
tip of the snout; tibia eight times as long as broad, 3 the 
length of head and body. Toes 3 webbed ; a feeble tarsal 
fold. Skin smooth, granular on the belly and under the 
thighs ; heel with a pointed dermal appendage, which is half 
as long as the eye. Yellowish above, with purplish-brown 
markings ; a large spot on the snout, two V-shaped bands 
between the eyes, two cross-bars on the back, a V-shaped 


band on the sacral region, and angular cross-bars on the 
limbs. 


From snout to vent 26 mm. j 
A single specimen from Lago do Jachy, above Sao Paolo 


On some Sawflies from the Australian Region. 433 


de Clinenca, R. Solimoens, Brazil; from the collection of 
Mr. J. J. Mounsey, 1913. 


FTylella ocellata. 


Tongue circular, entire, and slightly free behind. Head 
broader than long, very strongly depressed ; snout rounded, 
not projecting, as long as the eye, which is obliquely turned 
forward ; no canthus rostralis, loreal region feebly concave ; 
nostril near the tip of the snout ; interorbital space broader 
than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, ? the diameter of 
the eye. Fingers rather long, with moderately large disks, 
outer one-fourth webbed. Hind-limb very slender; tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia 
seven times as long as broad, 2 the length of head and body. 
Toes 3 webbed. Skin smooth, belly granular. Violet-biue 
above (in spirit), with round white spots, which are small 
and crowded on the sides of the head and on the limbs and 
large and scattered, and surrounded by a blackish ring, on 
the back ; the blue colour forms a very narrow band on the 
thigh ; upper lip with a white edge; sides and. lower parts 
white. 

From snout to vent 29 mm. 

A single specimen from Huancabamba, H. Peru, above 
3000 feet (coll. H. Boettger, 1912). 


XLIT.— Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the 
Australian Region. By 8. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects, 
U.S. Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C. 


TuIs short paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of 
Forest Insects, United States Bureau of Entomology, contains 
the descriptions of four new species of sawflies. One of these 
species is especially interesting, because it represents a new 
genus which is the basis of a new subfamily. 

The material upon which this paper is based was submitted 
for study by the British Museum (Natural History), and all 
the types will be returned to that institution. 


Xiphydria obtusiventris, sp. n. 


In Konow’s table of Xiphydria this runs to fumicornis, 
Konow, but it differs from the description of that species in 


434 Mr. S. A. Roliwer on some 


a number of ways and does not seem to be closely allied. 
The unusual short ovipositor and ninth tergite cause the 
abdomen to be rounded, not tapering, apically, and gives 
this new species a distinctive appearance. ; 

Female.-—Length to end of abdomen 8 mm.; anterior 
margin of clypeus rounded, medianly depressed, but with a 
median protuberance, which at first sight gives the impression 
that there is a small median tooth ; malar space about half 
as long as the width of mandibles at the base; surface of 
clypeus with dorsad-ventrad striz ; face and fronit reticulate ; 
middle fovea small, indistinct ; ocelli in a low triangle, the 
postocellar line longer than the ocellar line; vertex and 
posterior orbits finely aciculate ; antenne distinctly tapering 
apically, 18-jointed, the third joint distinctly longer than 
fourth but not as long as 4 plus 5; pedicellum not half as 
long as third joint; scape subequal in length with third 
joint ; proscutum broad, well defined by foveolate notauli, 
but the median longitudinal furrow is feeble; surface of 
scutum and prescutum reticulate, with a more sparsely sculp- 
tured area at the anterior middle of prescutum and lateral 
middle of scutum; scutellum finely granular anteriorly, 
smooth and shining posteriorly; sides of pronotum granular, 
but with many longitudinal raised lines in addition; anterior 
part of mesepisternum reticulate, the posterior portion smooth, 
polished ; abdomen finely granular, but the depressed apical 
margins of the tergites are almost without sculpture ; ninth 
tergite short, rounded apically, giving the end of the abdomen 
somewhat the same appearance as in Oryssus; ovipositor 
broad ; straight above, obtusely pointed apically and tapering 
from a broad base, not extending much beyond the apical 
margin of tergites; legs normal ; venation usual, the intra- 
radius joins the radius about one-fourth the length of the 
intraradius from the end of the second cubital. Black ; 
antenne and legs ferruginous ; wings hyaline, with a faint 
yellowish tinge; venation pale brown, stigma dark brown ; 
mandibles and sheath piceous. 

Type-locality. Kuranda, N. Queensland, Australia. 

Described from a single female collected May 3-June 2, 
1913, by R. E. Turner at an altitude of 1100 ft. 

Type. British Museum (Natural History). 


ZENARGINZ, Subfam. nov. 


Based on the genus Zenarge described below, and belongs 
to the family Argide, where it may be readily separated 
from either of the subfamilies by the following key :— 


Sawflies from the Australian Region. 435 


Subfamilies of Argide. 


Anal yein complete and separate for its entire length ; 

first and second anal cells separated by an oblique 

interanal vein ; anella and recurrentella wanting. Zenarygine. 
Anal vein either partly or entirely wanting ; first anal 

cell wanting or small and separated from the 

second by the submedian vein; anella and re- 


eurrentella present... .. 2 ss dors ciarenasth re oy 1. 
1, Intercosta present ............ Reo. Ee does, , Avome; 
Intercosta wanting ......... ois) ot a aL Tee Sterictiphorine. 


The Argids, largely because of their three-jointed an- 
tenn, have long been considered as a distinct group, but 
most classifications have failed to show any relationship 
between them and such groups as the Perreyiidse, Loboceride, 
or Pterygophoride. A study of these four families shows, 
however, that they have much in common, and it is not 
unlikely that they had a common origin and are phylo- 
genetically closely allied. The subfamily Zenargine adds 
some evidence to this assumption, because it las certain 
characters which suggest an affinity with the Perreyiidee and 
certain others which suggest Loboceride. The venation in 
the Zenargine is different from all other sawflies. The 
‘anterior wing probably represents a generalized Argid, 
because, with the exception of the complete anal vein, it 
presents nothing remarkable. The apex of the radial cell 
and the form of the radial and cubital cells, especially at the 
base, however, suggest Loboceras. The hind wing is much 
more specialized than the hind wing of the Argids, because 
of the loss of anella and recurrentella, and is not unlike 
Perreyia. The shape and foveolation of the head is not 
typical of the Argids, but recalls more the head of some of 
the Perreyiidee. 

In MacGillivray’s classification the genus Zenarge runs to 
the subfamily Lophyrine, but it has but little in common 
with this group, and docs not even resemble it closely in 
venation. 


ZENARGE, gen. nov. 


Genotype. Zenarge turneri, Rohwer. 

Clypeus long, the dorsad-ventrad length nearly half as 
great as the apical width, the anterior margin rounded 
laterally and emarginate mediauly, the dorsal margin com- 
posed of three sections, the lateral sections half the length of 
the median section, the entire dorsal margin sharply detiued ; 


436 * Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some 


labrum short, nearly truncate apically; malar space about 
one-third as long as the width of mandibles at base ; inner 
niargin of eyes slightly converging towards the clypeus, the 
area between them wider than high and the distance between 
them at the clypeus greater than the length of the eye ; ocelli 
in a low triangle, the posterior ones distinctly in front of the 
supraorbital line ; width of posterior orbits about two-thirds 
the cephal-caudad length of eye ; antennee 3-jointed, the third 
thickened apically in female, but nearly of a uniform thick- 
ness in male; pronotum well developed laterally ; prescutum 
well defined and with a faint median longitudinal depression ; 
anterior margin of the scutellum subangulate, the posterior 
marzin rounded, the surface convex ; first parapteron present, 
but in specimens in which the prono!um fits close it is con- 
cealed by a lobe-like projection of the pronotum ; sternauli 
present but not sharply defined; mesepimeron large, with a 
cephal-caudad suture at about the middle; second pleural 
suture straight; third pleural suture straight ; the metepi- 
sternum and metepimeron of equal height ; propodeal spiracle 
large, elongate-oval, and placed near. the base on the dorsal 
surface; metascutellum distinct ; metapostnotum much re- 
duced, hardly visible ; propodeum completely chitinized and 
without a median suture ; abdomen cylindrical ; ninth tergite 
not especially large laterally ; cerci distinct ; sheath with 
the lower margin much thickened, the ventral surface sculp- 
tured and with some long hair; basitarsi distinctly shorter 
than the following joints ; claws simple; intermediate tibize 
armed with a pair of spines at the apical third; posterior 
tibiee armed with a single spine at the apical third ; costal 
cell rather narrow; intercostal vein present; radial cell 
without a cross-vein or a distinct appendage, pointed at apex ; 
three closed cubital cells, the second and third each receiving 
a recurrent near the base; basal vein joining the subcosta a 
short distance before the origin of the cubitus, longer than 
the first recurrent, therefore not parallel with it ; first dis- 
coidal cell similar in outline to that of Caloptilia ; nervulus 
received at about its length from the basal vein ; anal vein 
coniplete, the first and second anal cells very much the same 
as in Hseudosiobla ; radiellan cell without an appendage ; 
one closed cubitellan cell; recurrentella wanting ; anella 
wanting. 


Zenarge turnert, sp. n. 


Female.—I\.ength 10 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
arcuately emarginate medianly ; supraclypeal area convex, 


Sawflies from the Australian Region. 437 


triangular in outline; median fovea rather large, deep, with 
sloping walls, nearly circular in outline ; antennal furrows 
very poorly defined but present ; ocellar basin shallow, rather 
large, triangular in outline but only poorly limited below ; 
postocellar line distinctly shorter than the ocellocular line, 
subequal with the ocelloccipital line; postocellar furrow 
present; postocellar area poorly limited laterally, much wider 
than long ; head shining, front with rather spare punctures ; 
thorax shining, with small scattered punctures ; stigma three 
times as long as wide, of nearly uniform width for basal 
two-thirds, then gradually tapering to metacarpus; third 
cubital cell narrowed above, the third intercubitus subequal 
in length with the third abcissa of the radius; abdomen 
shining ; sheath seen from the side with the apex rounded. 
Black ; clypeus, labrum, mandibles (except tips), face, inner 
orbits narrowly above antenne, posterior orbits, margin 
(aiiterior, posterior, and lateral) of pronotum, tegule, apical 
two-thirds of scutellum, metascutellum, a broad band of 
mesoepisternum, and metepisternum yellowish white; abdo- 
men ferruginous, propodeum and apical two tergites black ; 
Jegs black, four anterior coxe, trochanters, apices of femora, 
entire tibie, and tarsi yellowish white ; hind coxse except a 
large spot on upper lateral surface, trochanters, basal fourth 
of hind tibiz, and four apical joints of hind tarsi yellowish 
white ; wings subliyaline, venation including stigma dark 
brown. 

Male.—Length 9mm. Agrees very well with the cha- 
racters given for the female; differs in colour from the 
female in having the mesosternum ferruginous, in having all 
of the black of the legs (except hind tibiew and basitarsus) 
replaced by ferruginous ; apex of abdomen black ; tergites 
with distinct punctures which become so close on the basal 
segments that the surface is coriaceous; hypopygidium very 
deeply arcuately emarginate apically. 

Type-locality. Killara, Sydney, N. S. Wales, Australia. 

Described from two females (one type) and one male 
collected at an altitude of 400 feet on August 17, 1913, by 
R. EeTurner, after whom the species is named. 

Type and allotype. British Museum (Natural History). 

Paratype. U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus ANCYLONEURA, Cameron. 


The genus Ancyloneura, Cameron, belongs to the tribe 
Euriini, and falls close to Neoeurys, Rohwer, but may be 


438 Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some 


separated from the last-mentioned genus by the obsolete 
antennal furrows and by having the hind basitarsus shorter 
than the following joints. 

The species which belong here have not been fully described, 
and seem to be closely related. The following key, which is 
based on literature, may aid in distinguishing the forms 
described :— 


Key to the Species. 
Hind femora black; antenns 15-jointed (Kirby’s 


igure)’. »-.;inpis acke ae ers MarR arid ee nigripes (Smith). 
Hind femora reddish ; antenne with less than 15 
jonta |. swash eee crm he Besos nigra 'e wa att i. 
1. Markings of the fore legs “sordid white” ; 
antenne 13-jointed. (Aru.) .........06. varipes, Cameron. 
Markings of the fore legs ferruginous; an- 
tennie 12-jointed. (New Guinea.) ...... wollastont, Rohwer. 


Ancyloneura wollastoni, sp. un. 


In the absence of the first intercubitus this species differs 
from the recognized generic characters, but in all other ways 
it agrees with my notes and with the description. 

Female.—Length 4°55 mm. Shining, without apparent 
sculpture; median fovea rather deep, elongate, linear; post- 
ocellar line slightly shorter than the ocelloccipital line; post- 
ocellar area not defined anteriorly and defined laterally by 
vather broad depressions ; antenne 12-jointed, the third 
joint slightly longer than the fourth and fifth ; from the 
third joint the joints gradually decrease in length until the 
eleventh, which is subequal in length with the twelfth ; 
eleventh joint a little more than twice as wide as long; 
stigma about three times as long as greatest width, angulate 
near base and tapering to a narrow apex ; first intereubitus 
wanting ; third cubital cell as long on the radius as the 
combined first and second; second recurrent about two- 
thirds the length of the second intercubitus from the base of 
the third cubital cell; sheath concealed ; lower apical margin 
of lancets with regular rounded teeth. Black ; apical part 
of femora (more extensively on posterior pair), anterior tibia, 
base of anterior tarsi, basal two-thirds of intermediate tibiz, 
and basal half of hind tibiz ferruginous; wings brown 
apically, hyaline basally ; venation dark brown. 

Type-locality. Iwaka River, New Guinea. 

Described {rom one female, collected February 1911 by 
A. F. R. Wollaston. 

Type. British Museum (Natural History). 


Sawflies from the Australian Region. 439 


Genus PoLycLonvus, Kirby. 


In ‘Genera Insectorum,’ fase. xxix. 1905, p. 40, Konow 
places the genus Po/yclonus, Kirby, asa synonym of Ancylo- 
neura, Cameron. ‘This seems to the author to be wrong, and 
as very little is known concerning the genus the tollowing 
nots, taken from specimens in the British Museum, and 
made in 1909, may be of value :— 

“A female of Polyclonus atratus, Kirby (genotype), from 
Melborne, Victoria, ‘C. F. 8. 00, No. 1164,’ proves the genus 
is a good one. It may be briefly described thus: Length 
5 mm. ; expanse 12°5 mm, Clypeus truncate ; malar space 
very narrow, practically wanting ; antennal furrows indis- 
tinct but complete; a distinct furrow from the anterior 
ocellus to between bases of antenne ; head strongly granular ; 
antenna wanting beyond 12th joint, each joint beyond the 
second with a ramus like Pterygophorus ; scutum and scu- 
teilum shining, sparsely punctured; tarsal claws simple ; 
venation like Perreyia (fig. 80, plate 39, Proc. U.S. Nat. 
Maus. vol. 29, 1906), except that the third cubital receives the 
second recurrent and the third cubital cell is longer than the 
second, Black; labrum, mandibles, tibia, and tarsi pallid ; 
wings hyaline, iridescent; venation black.” 

From these characters and others gained from an incom- 
plete generic syuopsis the author is of the opinion that the 
genus belongs to the tribe Kuriini, where it is easily distin- 
guished by the ramose antennz of both sexes. 


Neoeurys tasmanica, sp. n. 


This new species is closely allied to metallica, but may be 
separated by narrower sheath, darker stigma, and shorter 
distance between the second recurrent and second intercubitus. 

Female—Length 5 mm. Antennal furrows complete to 
occiput ; middle fovea shallow, wedge-shaped ; postocellar 
furrow wanting ; postocellar line subequal with the ocell- 
ocular line; antennz 13-jointed, the third joint but slightly 
longer than the fourth; scape but slightly longer than the 
pedicellum ; sculpture of the head fine and close; stigma 
slightly angled at base, then regularly tapering to apex; 
second recurrent received by the third cubital cell half the 
length of the second intercubitus from the base of the cell ; 
prescutum and scutum medianly finely granular and some- 
what opaque; sides of the scutam and seutellum shining ; 
mesepisternum with small rather close punctures ; sheath 


440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


slightly concave above, rounded apically, and tapering to the 
rather narrow base. Blue-black, with a faint bronzy tinge to 
head ; palpi, apices of anterior femora, and all of the tibiz 
rufo-ferruginous ; wings dusky hyaline, venation (including 
stigma) dark brown. 

Male—Length 3 mm. The male assigned here agrees 
closely ; the middle fovea is somewhat deeper and the apices 
of all the femora are pale; the lower margin of the stigma is 
pale, and the second recurrent joins the third cubital cell 
somewhat further from the base. Hypopygidium narrow and 
truncate apically, 

Type-locality. Tasmania. 

Described from one female (type) collected on the summit 
of Mt. Wellington, 1904, by A. M. Lea, and one male (allo- 
type) from Haglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania, Feb. 12- 
Mar. 3, 1913, collected by R. K. Turner. 

Type and allotype. Collection British Museum (Natural 
History). } 


XLITI.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio- 
dactyla.—Part V. The Tragelaphine. By R. 1. Pocock, 
F.R.S. 


Subfamily TraezraPHinz. 


The only fresh material available'in 1910 for examination 
of the cutaneous glands of this group belonged to the genera 
Tetraceros, Boselaphus, and Tragelaphus. For the rest 
dependence had to be placed upon the inspection of dried 
skins and living examples, which yielded unsatisfactory 
results, Since that year additional material of those genera, 
as well as fresh examples of Strepsiceros, Limnotragus, and 
Taurotragus, have come into my hands, and these have 
enabled me to clear up some doubtful points. 


Genus Terraceros, Leach. 


Tetraceros quadricornis, Blainy. (p. 921). 


I have nothing to add to my description of the glands of 
this species published in 1910, except to say that an adult 
female had the glands of the false hoofs of the hind legs as 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 441 


well developed as in the male. Their secretion had a 
decidedly pungent and unpleasantly musteline odour, 

The rhinarium is well developed and “ bovine.’ From 
the anterior aspect the upper margin is strongly convex and 
the area beneath the nostrils is mesially grooved and very 
wide—wider, in fact, than the area above those orifices—and 
visible to a considerable extent in profile view. From the 
dorsal side the anterior margin is convexly truneated, and 
the posterior margin is straight between the posterior angles 
of the nostrils, the hair of the nose not extending for wards 


beyond that Ine. 


Genus Bosetarnuus, Blainv. 
Boselaphus tragocamelus, Pall. (p. 926). 


In a male example the preorbital gland had a much 
shallower pit than in the female described in 1910, and was 
without definite lids. The gland itself, moreover, was not 
regularly heart-shaped, but was longer than thick and of 
irregular form. 

The rhinarium (fig. 1, A, B,C) is large and “bovine,” 
closely resembling that of Tetracer os, but more protuberant 
in front, and, beneath the nostrils, laterally and with a 
wider internarial septum. On its dorsal side the hair 
advances a little way between the nostrils, so that the poste- 
rior border of the rbinarium is concave. 

In 1910 I briefly described the glandular nature of the 
skin between the false hoofs of the hind feet in the female. 
The same feature is present in the mele where the skin 
between the widely separated false hools is elothed with 
longish hair, is very thick and glandular, and mesiall 
folded. In the fore foot there is no trace of the gland, the 
false hoofs being larger and the hair restricted to the narrow 
area between them. ‘Ihis gland (fig. 3, B) on the hind foot 
of Boselaphus clearly represents an earlier stage of the 
evolutiou of the pair of pouch-like glands present in Teéra- 
ceros. The presence of similar glands in Taurotragus and 
Strepsiceros (cf. infra) serves to “link Boselaphus with the 
African Tragelaphines, aud refutes, if refutation be needed, 
Kiitimeyer’s claim that Boselaphus belougs to a different 
group. 

Inguinal glands ave absent and there are two pairs of 
mame. 

The penis (fig. 1, D, E) agrees, generally speaking, with 
the sketch and description published by Gerhardt (op. cit. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vel. ii. a 


442 


A 


B 
C 
D 
aD) 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


eee 
SOItC = 


x . 


TVs 


. Rhinarium of Boselaphus tragocamelus from the front. xX 3. 
. The same from above. 


. The same from below. 


. The extremity of the penis of B. tragocamelus from below. 
. The same from the left side. 


Eternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 443 


p. 153). It ends in an elongated subovate portion defined 
by a shallow constriction. The urethral canal, however, 
reaches the extremity of this, lying rather upon its right 
than on its left side. 


Genus TraceLaruus, Blainv. 
Tragelaphus scriptus, Pall., and its subspecies (p. 929). 


The only specialized cutaneous glands which occur in this 
species and ‘its numerous alfiliated forms, of which sylvaticus 
is the commonest in our Zoological Gardens, are the inguinals, 
which, according to my examination of a large number of 
specimens, are invariably present as a pair of small pouches 
lying far out in front of the four teats, the orifice being in 
the fold between the thigh and the abdomen. The only 
other genera of Tragelaphines which possess these are 
Limnotragus and Strepsiceros. As inall the African Trage- 
laphines preorbital and interdigital pedal glands are absent. 
The glands between the false hoofs of the hind legs, found 
in Tetraceros, Boselaphus, Strepsiceros, and Taurotragus are 
also absent. 

The rhinarium is variable with respect to the width of the 
area between the edge of the lower lip and the nostrils. 
Sometimes there is a definite narrow philtrum as in Strepst- 
ceros and adult examples of Taurotragus, but not infrequently 
the hair of the upper lip does not encroach so far towards 
the middle line, leaving a broader irregularly shaped naked 
space. This variation may be a matter of age, or it may 
prove to havearacial significance. Otherwise the rhinarium 
seems to resemble that of TYaurotragus and Strepsiceros, 
except that the posterior edge between the angles of the 
nostrils is straight from side to side. 

The penis, as described and figured by Lénnberg (Ark. 
Zool. Stockholm, (5) v. no. 10, p. 7, fig. 6, 1909), is distally 
attenuated, with a terminal sigmoid flexure, the urethral 
canal not being prolonged beyond the tip of the glans penis. 


Genus Limnorracus, Scl. & Poc.* 
Limnotragus spekei, Scl. (p. 930). 
Examples of the two races graius and selousi resemble 


* Although this genus is of very doubtful value, it may be explained 
that, at the request of Mr. Thomas, who in 1900 was compelled by ill- 
health to abandon temporarily all zoological work, I took his place in 
the completion of vol. iy. of the ‘ Book of Antelopes.’ Strictly speaking, 
therefore, although the matter is of no great moment, this generic name 
should be aseribed to Sclater and myself. 


444 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


Tragelaphus with respect to the eutaneous glands, the 
inguinals being present and similarly placed and the glands 
between the false hoofs absent, 

The rhinarium also is like that of Tragelaphus, except that 
the area between the nostrils and the edge of the lower lip 
is usually at all events wider, It is as wide as the inter- 
narial septum in a specimen of se/ousi and wider in an 
example of gratus. I have never seen it narrower, as 1s 
sometimes the case in Tragelaphus. Limnotragus appears 
merely to differ from Trayelaphus in the length of the hoots 
and the nakedness of the posterior surface of the pastern 
aud fetlock. But,as Meinertzhagen has pointed out (P.Z. 3. 
1916, i. p. 377), there is sometimes a patch of hair in the 
middle of the pastern between the false hoofs and the hovis 
themselves. But in two examples which came together 
from the Congo to the Zoological Gardens the feet of the 


male were naked behind, while those of the female had the 
patch iu question. 


Genus Srrerpstceros, H. Smith. 


Strepsiceros strepsiceros, Pall. (p. 931). 


The fresh earcase of a hornless male, three or four months 
old, from South Africa, is all the material of this species 1 
have seen. 

The rhinarium has ‘a narrow grooved philtrum and the 
hair upoa the upperside of the nose spreads forwards some 
distance between the nostrils. Otherwise the rhinarium 
resembles that of Tragelaphus. 

There is no trace of preorbital gland. 

Inguinal glands also are abseut. Possibly their absence in 
this specimen was due to immaturity, since both Owen and 
Ogilby agree as to their presence in»the species. When 
preseut they probably resemble in size and position those of 
S. imberbis, ot Tragelaphus, and Limnotragus. 

Pedal glands of the interdigital type are absent, but upon 
the hind feet there are glands associated with the widely 
separated false hoofs as in Taurotragus. On the inner side of 
each false hoof there is a fringe of long black hair growing 
fiom a glandular thickening of the skin, the secretion of 
which is discharged amongst the roots of the hairs and intoa 
hairless cleft between the thickening and the false hoof. 
The skin of the middle of the area between the false hoofs — 
is clothed with short hair and is thin and not specially glan- 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 445 


dular, On the fore feet no such fringes exist, the false 
hoofs being small, close together, and overlapping *. 
Fam 


Strepsiceros imberbis, Blyth. 


Of this species I have seen one fresh specimen, an imma- 
ture castrated male from Somaliland, and the feet and 
inguinal area of an a:lult female from British Kast Africa, 
kindly brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous. 

These specimens resemble in nearly every particular the 
example of S. strepsiceros, above described. The upperside of 
tine rhinarium, however, was not overgrown with hair to quite 
the same extent, and there was a “single pair of inguinal 
glands, each consisting of a narrow sack 2 inches deep, with 
a small circular orifice, and lying far out in advance of the 
two pairs of mammre, as in Trayelaphus and Limnotrayus. 

The glands close to the false hoofs (fig. 3, D) of the hind 
feet were exactly as described in S, strepsiceros, aud on the 
fore feet the false hoofs were smaller than on the hind feet 
and separated by a narrow strip of naked skin, horny ia 
one of the specimens. 

The penis of the castrated male was very small and simple, 
with a bluntly rounded termination. ‘The uretlral canal 
was not produced beyond the end of the glans. 

Strepsiceros has hitherto been distinguished from Trage- 
laphus merely by small differences in the horns of very little 
systematic value. Particularly satisfactory, therefore, is the 
discovery of the difference between the two genera supplic ret 
by the glands adjoining the posterior false hoofs. 


Genus Taurorracus, Wagn. 
Taurotragus oryx, Pall. (p. 932). 


To the description of the cutaneous glands of this species 
published in 1910 1 have to make one important addition. 
‘his is the presence of glauds close to the false hoofs of the 
hind legs, precisely resembling those described above under 
Sirepsiceros. ‘hese are as well developed in a call one day 
old as in the adult, and they are the only specialized cuta- 
neous glands present in the genus, so far as my observations 
vo (fig. 3, A, C). I have never succeeded in finding a trace 
of the prevrbital gland described by Mr. W. L. Sclater, 
and am compelied to disbelieve in its existence. 

The rhinarium (tig. 2, A, B, C) in the adult is not “ bovine,’ 


%* Nyala angasi resembles Stepsiceros and differs from Trayelaphus in 
possessing the glandular fringes by the false hoofs of the hind legs. 


446 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


like that of Boselaphus. It is much less protuberant both in 
front of and beneath the nostrils laterally, and the septum 
between the expanded nostrils is narrower. Beneath the 
nostrils in front the rhinarium spreads somewhat to right 


A. Rhinarium of Tauretragus oryx from the front. 
} The same from above. 

©. The same from the side. 

D. Extremity of penis of 7. oryx from the left side. 
EK. The same from below, 


and left, being nearly as broad here as just above the 
nostrils ; but beneath this it rapidly narrows to form a 
mesially grooved pliltrum which is about as wide as half the 
internarial septum. ‘The upper edge from the front view is 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 447 


lightly convex ; the posterior edge from above is lightly 
concave, the hairs of the upper side of the nose spreading 


ie) 
we 
U, ie rN 


= ae OF 


A. Transverse section through the false hoofs and glands of the hind 
foot of Taurotragus ory. 

B. The same of Boselaphus tragocamelus. 

C. Lower view of hind foot of Taurotragus or YX, showing the glandular 
fringes encircling the false hoofs on the inner side. 

D. The same of Strepsiceros imberbis. 


forwards a little in advance of the posterior notch of the 
nostrils. 
The width of the philtrum appears to vary sometimes 


448 = External Characters of Ruminant dw odgety ler 


with age in an interesting manner. -Thusiin-aycalf one day. 
old it is wider than in the adult, being ‘abont.three- founths, 
the width of the internarial septum, whereas in a foetus 
about three months developed the naked area beneath the 
nostrils is very broad, broader ,even than in the adult 
Boselaphus, giving the rhinarium (a strictly bovine appear- 
ance, ‘This suggests that the bovine type of Thine is 
the primitive type in the Ruminantia,*. ¥ 

As I recorded in 1910, inguinal gtends-and inter ital y 
pedal glands are absent, but the hind fey’ poses glam ular 
thickenings of the skin surmounted by a friige of black 
hairs (fig. 3, A, C) precisely as in Strepsiceros. |)» 

The penis (fig. 2, D, E) of an old male has an elongated, 
undulating, attenuated terminal portion, much longer than 
in Boselaphus, and, as in that genus and others belonging to 
the Tragelaphinz in which this organ has been described, 
the urethral canal is not produced beyond the tip of the 
glans. ) ; 


The points of interest connected with the characters 


above enumerated may be summarized as follows :— + 
(1) Preorbital gland present.......... ......  Tetraceros, Boselaphus. 
oa | ees, A. y Tragelaphus (Limno- 


trigus), Nyala, Strep- 
stceros, Taurotragus. 


(2) Inguinal glands present ..... ......++:- Tragelaphus (Limno- 
tragus), Strepsiceros 
(?alwaysin thelatter). 

Pe. eee obvi soins shames Tetraceros, Boselaphus, 
Taurctragus. 


” 


(3) Glands between posterior false hoofsabsent. Trayelaphus  (Limne- 


tragus). 
present. 
Consisting "of definite pockets within 
faine hoOls Spe. «cic ope Tetraceros. 
Consisting of a thickening of the skin 
only. 
Thickened skin extending across fet- 
lade Wie). als 22 cei ee Doselaphus. 


Thickened skin restricted to area close 
tu false hoofs and surmounted by 
fringe of bairs........ tithe tee . Nyala, Strepsiceros, 
Laurotragus. 


* It may be added that in the foetal specimen above alluded to the 
facial vibrissee were well developed, consisting of short scattered 
mystacials and submentals, a row of superciliaries and suboculars, an 
upper and a lower genal tuft arising from the white spots on the cheelc 
and interramals. It is singular that the Artiodactyla and the Carnivora 
are the only orders of mammals known to me which possess as a primi- 
tive character two genal tufts—an upper and a lower—on each cheek. 


44g 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


(NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 12. DECEMBER 1918. 


XLIV.—On some Heternal Characters of Ruminant Artio- 
dactyla.— Part VI. The Bovine. By RK. 1. Pocock, 
F.R.S. 


Subfamily Bovis. 


I retain this subfamily as a matter of convenience only, 
being unacquainted with a single character of importance by 
which it may be distinguished from the Tragelaphine. On 
the other hand, close affiliation between the two is attested 
by a large number of common characters. Indeed, Anoa 
depressicornis, the most primitive form of Bovine, quite 
commonly shows the typically Tragelaphine white spots and 
patches on the face, throat, and feet, which must be regarded 
as strong evidence of near affinity with the Tragelaphine 
stock, as I pointed out in 1910. 

For close upon a century there has been great divergence 
of opinion regarding the status of the groups into which the 
species of the Bovine naturally fall. In 1827 Hamilton 
Smith split up the Linnzan genus Bos into a number of sub- 
genera—Bison, Bibos, etc. By Gray, who added Poephagus 
to the series, these were granted generic rank. In this 
opinion he was followed by Riitimeyer, and more recently by 
Matschie. English authors, like Blanford, Flower, and 
Lydekker, on the contrary, retained the genus Bos in a 
-comprehensive sense, giviug subordinate rank to the others. 
In 1910 I followed that course, being unable to find evidence 
from the characters I was then working at for defining the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 9. Vol. ii. 33 


450 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


alleged genera and subgenera. Since that year, however, 
study of certain other external features—notably the rhina- 
rium and penis—have supplied additional characters to those 
derived from the skull, horns, tail, distribution of hair, and 
outward form, which, I think, justify Gray’s claim that the 
groups are worthy of generic recognition. Probably other 
characters bearing out this view w ill come to hight with the 
examination of further material, 

So far as the cutaneous glands are concerned, the genera 
have the following mainly negative features in common :— 

Preorbital glands, as in all African Tragelaphines, are 
absent. 

Inguinal glands are invariably absent, as in the Trage- 
laphine genera 7aurotraqus, Boselaphus, and Tetraceros. 

Pedal glands of the ‘interdigital type are also invariably 
absent, as in all Tragelaplines. 

Glands ou the false hoofs are absent, as in Tragelaphus. 

‘T'wo pairs of mamme are present, as in all 'Tragelaphines. 


Genus Bos, Linn. 
Bos, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 1758: type, taurus. 


Rhinarium (figs. 1, A, B; 3, C) large ; viewed from the 
front its upper margin is evenly convex from side to side 
and the median area below the line of the widely separated. 
expanded nostrils is wider than the internarial septum 
throughout its extent, the hairs of the upper lip extending 
inwards. neither beneath the nostrils above nor along the 
edge of the upper lip below; above the edge of the lip there 
runs upwards a short shallow median groove, which is 
present in all genera, and thus disproves Lydekker’s state- 
ment (Cat. Ung. in Brit. Mus. i. p. 11, 1912) that the 
rhinarium in the Bovimee is undivided. A few scattered 
hairs arise from the rhinarium inferiorly, and its surface is 
sculpiured and reticulated, The anterior portion of its 
dorsal surface is exposed to a varying degree in accordance 
with the extent to which the hair of the upper side of the 
muzzle spreads forwards betweeu the nostrils; but the naked 
upper edge of the nostrils is always of considerable width 
aud depth, and not narrowed as in Bison and Poephagus. 
The extension of the hair between the nostrils above varies 
according to the breed, being greater, for instance, in British 
park cattle (B. taurus) than in Indian humped cattle (B. in- — 
dicus) ; but intergradation between these two forms seems — 


to be supplied by “other breeds of B. taurus. 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 451 


' The penis of B. taurus, as figured by Garrod (Proce, Zool. 
Soc. 1877, p. 10, fig. 19) is well known.. It ends in an 
ovately rounded knob or cushion, on the lower side of which 
the orifice of the urethra terminates without running out 
into a definite tubular prolongation. In B. indicus (fig. 4, 


B, C) the penis is of a similar type. 


cS 7 

—_= eA Ne et: =_ = 2 
SZ SNIP 
= cae 


v 


am ap A 


A. Rhinarium of zebu (Bos indicus) from above. X 3, 
B. The same from the front. 


The only existing members of this genus, as here recorded, 
are the numerous domesticated breeds of cattle referred to 
B. taurus and B. indicus. Apart from these there are a 


certain number of extinct species, of which the aurochs 
33* 


452 ; Mr. R. I. Pocock on some 


(B. primigenius) is the best-known form. In domesticated 
cattle the skull is so variable in structure that it would 


ne Lu 
So > 


ny 

~A 1 rik 
aS, / 
LG) « 


A. Rhinarium of American bison (Bison bison) from the front. X 3. 

B. The same from the side. 7 

C, The same of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis) from the * 
side, , ns ; “4 


require the ‘examination of a long series of specimens to — 
formulate a generic diagnosis based upon cranial characters. 


“are? 


errs Ts 


ee 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 453 


But the success of such an undertaking would be doubtful, 
seeing that the skulls of some domesticated breeds differ 
more from aurochs-like breeds than the latter differ from 
other genera of Bovine. To this variability is probably to 


») \ ! a 
a) V NY | 

NG ANN 
DY MA x) Ue 
SVU 


A. Rhinarium of yak (Poephagus grunniens) from the front. x 2, 
B. The same from the side. 
C. The same of zebu (Bos indicus). xX i. 


be attributed in a great measure the prevalent admission of 
subgeneric rank to the groups into which the existing species 
of Bovine fall. The ears are no less variable in size and 
shape than the skull and horns, even in closely related 
breeds. 


454 Mr. R. T. Pocock on some 


Genus Binos, Hodgson. 


Bibos, Hodgson, Journ, Asiatic Soe. Bengal, vi. p. 499 (1837): type, 


gaurus, IL. Smith. 


Gaveus, Wodgson, op. cit. xvi. p. 706 (1847): type, frontalis. 
Gaw‘bos, Uribos, Bubalibos, Heude, Mém. Hist. Nat. Chin. y. pt. i. 


p. 3 (1901): types (now selected) respectively laosiensis, platycerus, 
annamiticus, Heude, 


The rhinarium of the two forms I have examined—namely, 
frontalis, which is almost certainly a domesticated breed of 
B. gaurus, aud banteng—oes not differ in any important 


Vig. 4. 


a 
SS 


or 
ee F 


A. End of penis of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis?) from 
the left side. 
B. The same of zebu (Bos indicus). 
©. The same from below. 
D. The same of banteng (Bibos banteng) from left side. 
1. The same of gayal (Bibos, frontalis) from below, 
F. The same of American bison (Bison bison) from the side. 
G. The same from below. 


respects from that of Bos, although the dorsal surface seems 
to be less overgrown with hair than even in B. indicus. The 
hair encroaches only to a slight extent between the posterior 
angles of the nostrils, so that the posterior border of the 
upper side is lightly concave. This feature may, however, 
prove to be variable. In the feet the interungual integument 
is naked as in Bos, not hairy as in Bison. 

The penis (fig. 4, D, E) in both the above-mentioned 
species differs from that of Bos in that the urethral canal is 


Eternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 455 


produced into a short tube free from the termimal cushion- 
like thickening of the glans, asin Poephagus (cf. infra). 
5 Do pb] 


Genus Bison, H. Smith. 


Bison, HW. Smith, Griffiths, An, King. v. p. 373 (1827): type, bison, 
Linn. 

Bonasus, Wagner, Schreb. Siiug., Suppl. iv. p. 515 (1844): type, 
bonasus, Linn. 


The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) differs from that of Bos and 
Bibos in being more overgrown with hair both above and in 
front. In front the hair of the upper lip spreads towards 
the middle line along the lower margin of the nostrils and 
even penetrates the inner portion of those orifices. Hence 
at this level the rhinarium is not wider than the internarial 
septum. Inferiorly, however, it expands, and is broad where 
it passes into the edge of the upper lip. Dorsally the hair 
of the nose spreads over the upper surface of the rhinarium 
almost to its anterior margin, leaving a comparatively narrow 
naked rim bordering the nostrils above, so that from the 
anterior aspect the upper edge of the rhinarium does not 
present the evenly convex upper margin seen in Bos and 
Bibos. 

The feet also differ from those of the two last-mentioned 
genera in having the interungual web overgrown with hair, 
which is sometimes stuck together with secretion. This 
hairy clothing has been observed in two pure-bred specimens, 
male and female, which died at different seasons of the year, 
Hence it may be inferred that the growth of hair on this 
part of the foot is not a seasonal character, as it appears to 
be in some of the Caprine Ruminants—e. g., Ammotragus 
lervia aud Ovis musimon*. 

The penis (fig. 4, F, G), like that of Bos, has no free 
prolongation of the urethral canal. 

Although I have cited Bonasus as a synonym of Bison, it 
must be explained that that course is justified mainly by 
inference, since I have had no opportunity of examining 
fresh material of the Huropean species, B. bonasus, which is 


* Some of the American bisons that have been imported into England 
as pure-bred stock appear from the higher carriage of the head, higher 
quarters, longer horns, and other points to have taurus-blood in their 
veins, They are hybrids known as cattaloes in the United States. One 
of these had the interungual integument of the hind feet naked as in 
Bos taurus, whereas the ‘interungual skin of the fore feet was covered 
with a growth of short hairs, being intermediate in this respect between 
the naked condition seen in B. taurus and the long-haired condition seen 
in Bison bison, 


456 * Mr. R. I, Poeock on some 


a very distinet species from its American ally B. bison, and 
so far as external appearance is concerned, especially as 
regards the higher, flatter hind-quarters, serves to connect 
the type of Bison with Bos. Nothing is known of its feet or 
penis. Nevertheless, judging from living examples, the 
rhinarium seems to be shaped like that of Bison bison. 


Genus Porrnacus, Gray. 


Poephagus, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 153 (18453); id. Cat. Ung. 
Brit. Mus. p. 39 (1852): type and only species, grunniens, Linn, 


The rhinarium (fig. 3, A, B) is low and depressed and the 
whole of the upper surface is covered with short hair except 
for a comparatively narrow strip running along the upper 
margin of the nostrils. Beneath the inner edges of the 
nostrils in front the rhinarium is a little wider than the 
internarial septum, but the lower portion of its anterior 
surface is largely overgrown by the hairs of the upper lip, 
which encroach towards the middle line, leaving a median 
naked philtrum which is narrower than the internarial 
septum. Jn this last-mentioned particular the rhinarium of 
Poephagus differs from that of all other genera of Bovine. 

The penis, as recorded by Lonnberg (Ark. Zool. Stockholm, 
(5) v. no. 10, 1909), has a short tubular urethral prolonga- 
tion free from the terminal glandular thickening, apparently 
exactly as in Bibos frontalis and banteng. 


Genus Anoa, H. Smith. 


Anoa, H. Smith, Griffiths, Anim. King. v. pp. 355, 827, as subgenus of 
Antilope + type, depressicornis, H. Smith, 

Bubalus, id. op. cit. p. 871: type, bubalis (=bubalus, Linn.). 

Buffelus, Riitimeyer, Verb. Ges. Basel, (2) iv. p. 384 (1865): type, 
now selected, bubalus, Linn. (=/ndicus, Riit.). 

Probubalus, id. loc. cit.; type depressicornis (=celebensis, Niit.). 


The rhinarium of the two very distinct species I have 
examined—namely, depressicornis and bubalis—seems to 
resemble that of Bos and Bibos in all essential characters, 
exlibiting a large naked dorsal area and a nearly parallel- 
sided area below the level of the nostrils in front, which is 
wider than the internarial septum. 

The feet have the interungual integument naked. 
The penis I have not examined, but according to Lénnberg 
(Nova Acta Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. p. 60, pl. ii. fig. 16, 1908) 
there is no definite tubular urethral prolongation in A. de- 
pressicornis. Wis figure, nevertheless, suggests the presence 


— 


External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 457: 


of a short urethral process. The statement, however, must 
be accepted in preference to the figure. 


Genus Syncerus, Hodgson. 
- Syncerus, Hodgson, Journ, Asiat, Soc. Bengal, xvi. pt. 2, p. 709 (1847): 
type, brachyceros, Gray, 
Planiceros, Gray, Cat. Rum. Brit. Mus. p. 10 (1872), as subgenus of 
Bubalus: type, planiceros, Blyth (=centralis, Gray). 
Synceros, id. op. cit. p. 12, "as subgenus of Bubalus: type, caffer, 
Sparm. 


Apart from the shape of the head, horns, and the size of 
the ears, I am not acquainted with any important external 
characters by which the African buffaloes may be distin- 
guished from their Asiatic allies. My examination, how- 
ever, 1s restricted to one example—a young bull—of S. caffer 
e@quinoctialis? In this specimen the penis was thinner than 
in other Bovines, and there was no trace of a tubular pro- 
longation of the urethral canal free from the terminal 
thickening of the glans (fig.4, A). A side view of the large 
rhinarium is shown in fig. 2, 


Riitimever long ago pomted out some of the cranial 
differences between the African and Asiatic buffaloes, and, 
admitting them as distinct genera, adopted the name Bu- 
balus for the former and introduced Buffelus for the latter. 
For no very good reasons, apparently, he severed the anoa 
(A. depressicornis) from the Asiatic forms and proposed 
Probubalus for its reception. ; 

In 1901 Loénnberg (K. Sveuska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv. 
no. 3) adopted Riitimeyer’s opinion as to the generic status 
of the two types of buffalo, and backed it by the addition of 
other cranial features. At the same time he showed that 
the anoa falls into line with the big buffaloes of India, the 
link between the two being supplied by mindorensis. He 
followed Riitimeyer also in the matter of nomenclature, 
with the exception that Probubalus lapsed as a synonym of 
Buffelus.. Nevertheless, in 1903 (N. Acta Soc. Upsal. (3) 
Xx. pp. 55-61) Lonnberg writes on the soft anatomy of 
Anoaas if it were a genus apart from other Asiatic buffaloes. 
he reason for this course is not clear. 

In 1911 Hollister (P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxiv. p. 191) 
adopted the views of Ktitimeyer and Lénnberg regarding the 
buffaloes of Africa and India, without, however, being aware, 
so far as can be judged, of their publications upon this 
subject. Not possessing a skull of depressicornis for exami- 
nation, he left Anoa alone, adopting the name Budbalus for 


4583  Lxternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 


the Asiatic forms and Syncerus for the African. In this 
matter he was perfectly correct, if Anoa be left out of con- 
sideration. But if, as seems to be the case, depressicornis is 
not generically, or even subgenerically, distinguishable from 
bubalis, the name Anoad must supersede Bubalus for the 
Asiatic buffaloes by virtue of page priority. 

In view of the distinguishing cranial characters between 
the African and Asiatic buffaloes pointed out by the above- 
quoted authors, it seems impossible to escape from the 
conclusion that the two groups deserve generic separation. 
From lack of material for examination I am unable to add 
any new external features to those that have been already 
published, Hollister’s statement, however, that the ears of 
African buffaloes (Syncerus) are distinguished from those 
of Asiatic buffaloes (Anoa) by being heavily fringed is not 
always true. ‘lhe ears, nevertheless, as I pointed out in 
1912 (‘ Field, Aug., p. 396), are very different in shape, 
those of the Asiatic buffaloes being narrower aud much 
more pointed than of their African allies. 


Setting aside the characters derived from the shape of the 
head, the horns, the height of the withers, the length and 
bushiness of the tail, the distribution of hair on the body, 
and others that have been made use of by previous workers 
who have adopted subgeneric or generic titles for the Bovine 
groups, the incidence of the external features to which 
attention has been particularly directed in this paper to 
support the generic recognition of these groups may be 
briefly summarized as follows :— 


(1) a. Rhinarium reduced inferiorly by the en- 
croachment of the hair of the lower half 
of the upper lip to form a distinct phil- 
trum which is narrower than the inter- 
narial septum; its upper surface over- 
grown with short hair up to the anterior 
inargin, leaving a narrow naked rim above 
the nosttils wi. 0.0 6 anid eae ee eee Poephagus. 
b. Rhinarium very wide inferiurly above the 
edge of the upper lip, wider than the inter- 
narial septum, and forming no distinct 
philtrum; the hairsof the muzzle spread- 
ing inwards beneath the nostrils and 
entering the inner angles of those orifices, 
reducing the width of the rhinariam at 
this level; its upper surface covered with 
hair almost to the anterior edge, so that 
only a narrow naked rim borders the 
nostrils above, 5 v2.de >. oc peewee Bison. 


‘Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial ITymenoptera. = 459 


‘ce. Rhinarium large and naked, everywhere 
wide below the level of the nostrils in 
front, its dorsal surface overgrown poste- 
riorly between the nostrils to a varying 

. extent, but never sufficiently to reduce 
the upper edge of the nostrils to a narrow 


MPEGS URN ores gigs oa} « Si) 5! vida stand ....+ Bos, Bibos, Anoa, 
Syncerus. 
(2) a. Feet with the interungual integument 
RYSRCOMT DY WAGD: AIT... 7 000: 0+ pha anlage Bison. 
b. Feet with the interungual integument 
ROU ¥ cil a wales vos ohn pi be eee eres ok | SOD ila Een mn 
gus, Anoa, Syn- 
cerus, 


(3) a. Penis with a short tubular urethral pro- 
cess free for a short distance from the 


terminal thickening of the glans........ Bubos, Poephagus. 
b. Penis without tubular urethral process .. Bos, Bison, Anoa, 
Syncerus. 


XLY. — Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXVI. On 
new African Plilanthine. By Rownann EK. Turner, 
F.Z.8., F.ES. 


Philanthus fossulatus, sp. n. 


Q. Nigra; clypeo, mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, facie usque ad 
emarginationem oculorum, fronte macula, femoribus anticis 
subtus, femoribusque intermediis macula parva apicali flavis ; 
pronoto margine postico, callis humeralibus, tegulis, mesopleuris 
antice, postscutello, tergito primo macula utrinque, secundo 
fascia obliqua utrinqgne, tertio, quarto quintoque fascia apicall, 
sexto macula magna utrinque, sternitis 3-5 fascia undulata 
antice bisinuata, secundo fascia lata postice emarginata, sexto 
fere toto, tibiis tarsisque albidis ; flagello, coxis, trochanteribus, 
femoribus, segmentis abdominalibus primo, secundo, sextoque, 
tertio apice quintoque basi ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, 
stigmate costaque testuceis, 

Long. 10 mm, 


2. Clypeus very broadly rounded anteriorly, with a few 
scattered and shallow punctures ; antenne inserted nearer 
to the eyes than to each other, the front between them 
distinctly swollen. Front very closely and finely punctured- 
rugulose, the vertex much more strongly punctured. 
Antenne not very stout; second joint of the flagellum 
slender at the base, gradually thickened to the apex, about 


460 Mr. R. E. ‘Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera: 


as long as the third and fourth joints combined, third joint 
a little broader at the apex than long. Ocelli in a broad 
triangle, the posterior pair fully half as far again from each 
other as from the eyes. Pronotum as broad as the meso- 
notum, smooth and shining, the mesonotum shining, with 
large and rather sparse punctures ; scutellum and_post- 
scutelluam shining, the former with a few small punctures. 
Tergites shining, rather closely covered with large and very 
deep punctures, on the fourth tergite the punctures become 
sparser and shallow at the apex, those on the fifth tergite 
are small and seattered, sixth tergite almost smooth ; 
sternites shallowly and sparsely punctured. Median seg- 
ment finely and closely punctured; the basal triangular 
area large, covering almost all the dorsal surface, smooth 
aud shining with a well-marked median sulcus and without 
marginal carine. Cubitus of the hind wing interstitial 
with the transverse median nervure, the fore wings with a 
small fuscous cloud at the extreme apex. 

Hab. Bohotle, Somaliland (A. F. Appleton). 

Easily distinguished by the very coarse puncturation of 
the tergites. Nearly allied to the group of P. venustus, 
Rossi. 


Philanthus flagellurius, sp. n. 

°. Nigra; mandihulis, apice excepto, clypeo, facie infra antennis 
tegulisque macula basali pallide flavis; tibiis tarsisque anticis 
femoribusque anticis infra flavo-testaceis ; tibiis tarsisque inter- 
mediis  posticisque, femoribusque intermediis posticisque apice 
extremo testaceis ; abdomine rufo-testaceo, basi flavescente ; alis 
fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo ; antennis crassis- - 
simis. 

Long. 12 mm, 


2. Clypeus rounded at the apex, shining, shallowly and 
very sparsely punctured; front very finely and closely 
longitudinally rugulose, vertex. punctured, the punctures 
more or less confluent transversely ; posterior ocelli as far 
from each other as from the eyes. Antennz very stout ; 
second joint of the flagellum rapidly broadened from the 
hase, almost as broad at the apex as long, scarcely longer 
than the third joint ; the third to tenth joints broader than 
long. Mesonotum and mesopleure closely and rather 
coarsely punctured, scutellum and _ postscutellum more 
closely and finely punctured ; median segment irregularly — 
rugulose on the sides and on the apical slope; the triangular 
dorsal area rugose, margined by distinct grooves. ‘The two 


Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 461 


basal tergites subopaque, without distinct punctures ; the 
apical tergites shining, with a few small and scattered 
punctures ; sternites shining, sparsely but more strongly 
punctured ; the second sternite smooth, except at the apex. 
Cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the 
transverse median neryure, 

Hab. Usangu District, German East Africa, 3500 to 
4500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Lilongwe District, 
Central Angoniland, 4000 to 5000 ft. (S. A. Neave), 
May 28-June 2, 1910. 

Somewhat resembles P. dolosus, Kohl, but is easily dis- 
tinguished by the very stout flagellum and the sculpture of 
the scutellum and median segment, 


'Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér. 


Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér. Iconogr. regn. anim. iii., Insect. p. 448 
(1845). 

Philanthus consimilis, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 349 
(1891). ¢ Q. 

Philanthus reticulatus, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., 
Zool. ii. p. 270 (1910), 


Hab. The whole Ethopian region. 
A very variable species in colour; the yellow markings 


on the scutellum and postscutellum are usually obsolete, as 
in Guérin’s description. 


Philanthus nigrohirtus, sp. n. 


9. Nigra, mandibulis macula basali, clypeo, facie, macula parva 
pone oculos, vertice macula obliqua utrinque oculos attingente, 
pronoto margine postico, tegulis, callis humeralibus macula 
parva, mesopleuris antice, scutello, postscutello, femoribus anticis 
intus, tibiisque supra flavis; abdomine fulvo-flavidulo, seemento 
primo basi nigro; fronte inter antennas dense nigro-hirsuto ; 
alis fuscis. 

¢. Femine similis; fronte supra antennis bimaculata (sepe 
transverse fasciata), vertice immaculato, scutello postscutelloque 
nigris, nonnunquam flavo-maculatis, clypeo apice macula minuta 
nigra. 

Long., 9 12 mm., g 10 mm, 


@?. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, very 
sparsely-punctured, with a long black hair springing from 
each puncture ; front very closely and finely punctured, 
with delicate longitudinal striw, and rather thickly clothed 
with long black hairs, which are especially dense between 
the antenne ; vertex shining, rather closely punctured ; the 


462 My, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Tymenoptera. 


ocelli in an almost equilateral triangle, the posterior pair 
almost as far from each other as from the eyes. Antenne 
stout, the second joint of the flagellum not as long as the 
third and fourth combined, the fourth as broad as long. 
Pronotum smooth; mesonotum shining, closely punctured, 
more closely anteriorly than posteriorly, clothed with black 
hairs ; scutellum and postscutellum almost smooth, pleurz 
closely punctured. Median segment closely and_ finely 
punctured, the sulci defining the basal area almost obsolete, 
a broad longitudinal depre-sion on the middle of the dorsal 
surface not quite extending to the base. Abdomen smooth 
aud shining, sixth tergite delicately longitudinally striated ; 
sternites sparsely punctured. Fore metatarsus with seven 
spines. Cubitus of the hind wing originating distinctly 
beyond the transverse median nervure. ; 

¢. The sculpture throughout rather stronger than in the 
female, scutellum sparsely punctured, median segment 
finely punctured-rugose ; tergites smooth and shining, the 
seventh tergite with large scattered punctures. Fourth 
joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than broad. 
Distance between the eyes on the vertex about equal to the 
length of flagellar joints 2-4. 

Hab. Mt. Kokaujero, 8.W. of Elgon, Uganda Protectorate, 
6400 ft. (S. A. Neave), August 1911; Ruwenzori, 7000- 
8000 ft. (Scott Elliot). ; 

Males with the black pubescence somewhat shorter are in 
the collection from Ankole—Toro Border, E. of Lake George 
(S.A, Neave), October 1911 ; Nandi Escarpment, 5800 ft. 
(S. A. Neave), May 1911 ; and Uchwezi Forest, British HK. 
Africa (S. A. Neave), March 1912. 


Philanthus niyrohirtus, subsp. calvus, subsp. n. 


Specimens of both sexes from the Luangwa Valley, N.E. 
Rhodesia, are without the long black hairs on the head and 
thorax, but do not differ appreciably otherwise. For this 
form I suggest the above subspecific pame. The female is 
without yellow marks on the vertex. This approaches 
P. stecki, Schulz, but the eyes are a little further apart on 
the vertex, the posterior ocelli in stecki being distinctly 
uearer to the eyes than to each other. Specimens apparently 
not distinct specifically from calvus from W. Africa 
(Gambia, Gold Coast, Togo, and N. Nigeria) often have 
eight spines on the fore metatarsus. These seem to be 
distinct from P. camerunensis, Yullgr., in which the posterior 


Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossorial [Tymenoptera, 463 


ocelli are much further from the eyes than from each other 
and the clypeus more narrowly rounded. 


Phiianthus loeflingii, Dahlb. 


Philanthus loeflingit, Dahlb, Hymen. Europ. i. p. 495 (1845). 9. 
Philanthus tnnominatus, Bingh, Ann, & Mag, Hist. (8) x. p. 212 
(1902). 


Hab. The whole Ethiopian region from Harar and the 
Gambia to Natal. 


Philanthus triangulum, Fabr. 
Vespa triangulum, Faby. Entom. Syst. p. 373 (1775). 
Crabro diadema, Faby, Spec: Intect. i. p. 471 (1781). 
Philanthus frontahs, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p, 509 
(1857). 


Hab. The whole Ethiopian region. 


Philanthus histrio, Fabr. 
Philanthus histrio, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 301 (1804). 
Philanthus formosus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iy. p.471 (1856), ¢. 
Philanthus flavolineatus, Cameron, Sjdstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., 
Zool. ii. p. 271 (1910). 
Philanthus trichocephalus, Cam. Ann, Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 146 (1910), 


Hab. Ki. Africa from Harar to Natal; Angola. 


Philanthus ugandicus, Magy. 
Philanthus ugandicus, Magy. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xiv. p. 188 
1908). @. 
Piilanthes piltfrons, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., 
Zool, ii. p. 271 (1910). ¢. 

Hab. F. Africa, Transvaal to Harar. 

I think that these, although differing much in colour, are 
only sexes of one species; but in specimens from Mombasa 
the males are coloured as the females, with the abdomen 
wholly testaceous red on the second and third tergites and a 
yellow spot on each side of the first tergite, the fourth and 
fifth tergites are marked with black at the base. ‘This 
appears to be the usual colouring of the species from Harar to 
Johannesburg. I have seen no females with the colouring 
of P. pilifrons, but several males from the Nandi plateau 
and Usanga. Philanthus limatus, Bingh., is allied to this 
species, but not identical. 


164 Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 


Philanthus strigulosus, sp. n. 


2. Nigra; clypeo, facie, macula curvata inter antennas, fascia 
transversa frontali, orbitis externis anguste tegulisque flavis ; 
tergitis primo macula magna utrinque,secundo, apice excepto, 
tertioque lateribus fulvo-ferrugineis; tergitis quarto quintoque 
lateribus anguste, sternitis 2-5, basi nigris, femoribus postieis 
apice, anticis intermediisque fere totis, tibiis tarsisque flavo- 
testaceis; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice leviter infuscatis, venis 
fulvis. 

¢. Femine similis ; fascia frontali latissima ; tergito quarto etiam 
fulvo-ferrugineo, apice in medio nigro, sexto lateribus flavo- 
maculato, 

Long., 2 18 mm., ¢ 17 mm, 


2. Clypeus broadly rounded anteriorly, sparsely and 
shallowly punctured ; front between the antenne convex, 
very finely and closely punctured, the front above the 
antenne very finely and closely longitudinally striated, 
punctured between the striz ; vertex shining, coarsely, but 
not closely punctured; ocelli in a broad triangle, the 
posterior pair a little further from the eyes than from each 
other; pubescence dark fulvous on the front, black on the 
vertex and thorax ; second joint of the flagellum as long as 
the third and fourth combined, eaeh of the two latter a 
little longer than broad. Pronotum closely punctured ; 
mesonotum: closely and strongly punctured anteriorly, much 
more sparsely in the middle and at the apex ; scutellum 
shining, coarsely but sparsely punctured; postscutellum 
more closely punctured. ‘Triangular area of the median 
segment very coarsely obliquely striate-rugose, margined by 
a very broad smooth and shining space; the sides and apex 
of the segment very closely, but not coarsely, punctured 
rugulose. Tergites rather sparsely punctured; the sixth 
tergite very delicately longitudinally striolate towards the 
apex; sternites with very sparse large punctures. Basal 
joint of the fore tarsi with eight spines on the outer margin. 
Cubitus of the hind wing originating a little beyond the 
transverse median nervure. 

3g. Clypeus, face, vertex, mesonotum, and scutellum much 
more closely punctured than in the female. A bunch of 
long black hairs springing from just above the base of the 
mandibles on each side and reaching more than halfway to 
the middle of the margin of the clypeus. The two basal 
tergites more closely punctured than the others; seventh 
tergite coarsely but sparsely punctured. 

Hab. Near Johannesburg, Transvaal (A. J. Cholmley); 


Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossortal Hymenoptera. — 465 


Basutoland, between Matsekuwa and Mafeteng (R. Craw- 
shay), March 30, 1902. 

In the sculpture this approaches P. rugosus, Koh), which 
I have not seen, but is a larger species, very differently 
coloured. There are only seven spines on the fore tarsus 
of the female in rugusus, instead of eight, and the clypeus of 
the male rugosus is armed with three small teeth, which are 
absent in strigulosus. There is also no mention in Kohl’s 
description of the tufts of long hairs near the base of the 
mandibles. The puncturation of the second and third 
tergites of the female is as close as on the first, though the 
punctures are smaller. 


Cerceris bagandarum, sp. 0. 


Q. Nigra; capite ferrugineo, fascia lata frontali nigra; clypeo, 
facie, carina interantennali, tergitisque primo, basi nigro, 
secundoque flavis; pronoto, mesonoto lateribus anguste, tegulis, 
pleuris, scutello, postscutello, segmento mediano, tergito sexto 
basi, sternitis primo dimidio apicali, sextoque, pedibusque 
ferrugineis; coxis supra, femoribusque posticis supra nigris; 
alis flavo-hyalinis, apice late infuscatis, venis testaceis; clypeo 
apice porrectu; mesopleuris subtuberculatis; sternito secundo 
area elevata basali nulla. 

¢. Femine similis; pleuris nigris, segmento mediano nigro macula 
magna ferruginea utrinque, sternitis secundo, sexto, septimoque, 
tergitisque sexto septimoque ferrugineis ; tergitis tertio, quarto 
quintoque fascia angusta transversa angulis apicalibus flava; 
alis subhyalinis, haud flavescentibus; clypeo haud- porrecto 
apice angustato et obtuse tridentato; mesopleuris haud tuber- 
culatis. 

Long., 2 16 mm., ¢ 11 mm. 


2. Mandibles with a large tiiangular tooth on the inner 
margin at about one-third from the apex. Clypeus 
gradually raised from near the base, strongly convex and 
porrect at the apex, but without a free lamina. Antenne 
inserted about half as far again from the anterior ocellus 
as from the base of the clypeus; iuterantennal carina strong ; 
second joint of flagellum about two and a half times as long 
as the first. Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from the 
eyes as from each other and as far from the hind margin of 
the head as from the eyes. Clypeus aad face subopaque 
almost impunctate, front and vertex closely punctured- 
rugose; thorax and median segment more coarsely punc- 
tured-rugose ; mesopleure with a small tubercle ; triangular 
basal area of the median segment strongly and regularly 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 34 


466 Mr. R. i. Turner on Fossorial [1ymenoptera. 


transversely striate, the str’ very feebly arched. Abdomen 
almost smooth, finely aciculate, the basal segment distinetly 
broader than long, with a few scattered punctures; sixth 
tergite strongly narrowed from the base to near the middle, 
thence narrowly produced with almost parallel sides and 
narrowly rounded at the apex. Sixth sternite deeply tri- 
angularly emarginate at the apex, with tufts of golden hairs 
springing from just beneath the apical angles, the sixth 
tergite margined laterally with golden hairs, springing from 
beneath the segment. 

3. Mandibles with a blunt ill-defined tooth near the 
middle of the inner margin; clypeus and front minutely 
punctured, sparsely clothed with short sericeous pubescence ; 
the clypeus longer than broad, narrowed anteriorly, the | 
apical margin with three obtuse teeth. Antenne inserted 
nearly as far from the base of the clypeus as from the 
anterior ocellus ; second joint of the flagellum twice as long 
as the first. First tergite broader than long; sixth sternite 
with an acute spine and a tuft of long golden hairs at the 
apical angles ; seventh sternite shallowly emarginate at the 
APEX ; seventh ter rgite parallel-sided, truncate at the apex, 
half as long again as broad. 

Hab. Katu “River, near Hoima-Kampala Road, Uganda 
Protectorate, 3500 tt. (S. A. Neave), December 29-381, 1911, 
2 2 9; Siroko River, near W. foot of Mt. Elgon, 3600 ft. 
Uganda Protectorate (S. A. Neave), Aug. 12-14, 1911,1¢. 

Very near C. diodoata, Schlett., though differing much 
in colour, The structural points in both sexes correspond 
closely, but the striation of the basal area of the median 
segment is more oblique in diodonta and the puncturation 
of the second tergite is quite distinct, not obsolete as in the 
present species; the second tergite is also broader in 
diodonta, being rather sharply broadened just behind the 
base. 


Cerceris sodalis, sp. n. 


9 &. Very close to C. bagandarum and practically identi- 
cal with that species in the structure, colour, and sculpture of 
the head, thorax, and median segment, the female, however, 
has the posterior margin of the pronotum and the post- 
scutellum yellow. The colour of the abdomen is ferruginous 
in both sexes, the sternites at the base and the middle of the 
second tergite black ; the first tergite with a narrow apical 
band, second very broadly at the sides and narrowly at the 
apex, tergites 3-5 in the female and 3-6 in the male rather 


Mr. R. i. Turner on Fossorial Tymenoptera. 467 


less broadly at the sites and narrowly at the apex yellow. 
The sixth tergite of the female is very narrow at the apex, 
more so than in bagandarum, and the second tergite is more 
distinctly punctured iu both sexes than in that species, 
though less closely than in divdonta. The second tergite of 
the female is broader than in bagandarum, though scarcely 
as broad as in diodonia. 

Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British E. Africa 
(Ff. G. Hamilton), May 1912; Marsabit, British E. Africa 
(C, A. Neave), October 1911; east shore of Victoria Nyanza, 
near Karungu (S. 4. Neave), April 1911; Kibwezi, British 
Ii. Africa, 3000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April 1911.. 

It is quite possible that this and bagandarum may prove 
to be a subspecies of diodunta, but they are quite easily 
distinguished, and until large collections are available may 
conveniently stand as distinct species. C. severini, Kohl, 
is also very near in structure. 


Cerceris bicolor, Sm. 


Cerceris bicolor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no, 52 (1856). 92. 
Cerceris fossor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no. 54 (1856). ¢. 


Cerceris andersoni, sp. 0. 

@. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, flagello, articulis apicalibus 
supra infumatis, tegulis, segmento abdominali sexto, pedibusque, 
coxis exceptis, ferrugineis ; clypei lamina macula magna, carina 
inter antennas ad clypei basin, facie fascia lata longitudinali 
utrinque, postseutello, tergitis primo, tertio, quarto quintoque 
fascia angusta apicali, sternitoque tertio macula transversa 
apicali utringue flavis; alis sordide hyalinis, apice cellulaque 
radiali infuscatis, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo ; clypeo lamina 
porrecta libera; mesopleuris haud tuberculatis ; sternito secundo 
area basali elevata nulla. 

Long. 10 mm. 


9. Clypeus with a porrect lamina, free from near the 
base, the lamina coarsely punctured at the sides, the apical 
margin very shallowly and broadiy emarginate and nearly 
equal to the distance. from the base of the clypeus to the 
apex of the laniina; the clypeus below the lamina smooth 
and shiving, truncate at the apex. Autenn inserted about 
twice as far from the anterior ocellus as from the base of the 
clypeus, the second joint of the flagellum less than half as 
long again as the third. Inner orbits of the eyes almost 
parallel ; posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from 
each other. Face sparsely punctured; head and thorax 

34* 


468 Mr. 8S. H. Haughton on a new 


very closely rugosely punctured, the postscutellum more 
sparsely punctured ; pronotum about two-thirds as long as 
the scutellum. Median segment rugosely punctured; the 
basal area triangular, almost equilateral, obliquely striated, 
with a median longitudinal groove, the apex irregularly 
transversely striated. Tergites strongly but not closely 
punctured, first tergite broader at the apex than long ; 
pygidial area rnugulose, elongate, fully twice as long as its 
greatest breadth, and more than three times as long as its 
apical breadth, the apex subtruncate. Second sternite 
shining, sparsely punctured, 

Hab. Eastern edge of forest of Aberdare Mountains, 
7300 ft. (T. J. Anderson), February 1911. 

This belongs to the group of the European C. labiata, 
and is rather closely related to that species, but is not 
very near any other Ethiopian species. The interantennal 
carina is less elevated than in /abiata, and is flattened to- 
wards the base of the elypeus. Two females from Mlanje 
Plateau, Nyasaland, 6500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December 1912, 
have the postscutellum black and the lamina of the clypeus 
much reduced in size. These may represent a subspecies, 
but I cannot regard them as specifically distinct. 


XLVI.—A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South 
Africa. By 8. H. Havueuton, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant 


Director, South African Museum. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the South African Museum.) 


Thecodontosaurus minor, sp. 0. 


The specimens forming the type of this new form were 
presented to the South African Museum by the late Dr. M. 
Ricono. ‘They cousist of a left tibia, a cervical vertebra, 
and a portion of the left ilium. 

Left Tibia.—The tibia is 109 mm. long. ‘The proximal 
articular surface is 81 mm. long and 18 mm. broad. This 
surface for the most part slopes obliquely backwards and 
laterally, the inner border being convex from front to back 
and higher in front than behind. The tuberositas tibie is 
almost the highest point of the bone; it is prolonged ante- 
riorly and turned slightly outwards. ‘The lateral condyle is 


Dinosaur from South Africa. 469° 


strongly developed. Below the head the shaft thins rapidly 
until at its middle it has an antero-posterior thickness of 
12 mm. and a width of 10 mm. Thence it thickens towards 
the distal end. ‘he anterior face is flat, with a prominent 
edge on the lateral side and a rounded edge medially. The 
outer sharp edge is continued down to the anterior distal 
process. ‘lhe posterior border of the shaft is rounded. 

The distal surface is trapezoidal in form. The inner ante- 
rior border is 20°5 mm. long, the posterior outer border 
16 mm. long, while the posterior inner border is 12 mm. long. 
The anterior process lies 7 mm. above the posterior process. 
Between the two on the outer surface of the bone 1s a shallow 
groove. 

Cervical Vertebra.—The length of the body is 31 mm. 
The anterior articular surface is slightly larger than the 
posterior. Both are considerably higher than broad. The 
body is pronouncedly amphiccelous. There is a prominent 
median ventral keel, sharper in its anterior half. The whole 
body is strongly compressed laterally, having a width at the 
middle of 5 mm. and at the anterior end of 8mm. The 
canal has a height and breadth anteriorly each of 5 mm. 
The ends of the zygapophyses are missing. Tle dorsal spine 
was low and fairly long, with a somewhat convex upper 
border. 

Ischium.—A portion of what is probably the left ischium is 
preserved, including the proximal articular surface. The 
bone is bent strongly backwards, more so than in T’hecodonto- 
saurus antiquus as figured by von Huene, so that the ischium 
must have been directed very strongly backwards. At the 
broken distal end the bone is 12 mm. thick and 6°5 mm. 
broad. The inner border of the proximal surface is straight, 
the lateral border has a prominent outward projection, the 
maximum width of the surface being 9 mm. 

The nature of the tibia and the ischium mark these remains 
off from the Plateosauride, and place them among the Theco- 
dontosauride. They indicate a member of this family 
smaller than any hitherto described from South Africa, and 

which cannot be exactly identified with any Kuropean 
species. I propose, therefore, to give it a new specific name, 
*Thecodontosaurus minor. 

Type. S.A.M. Cat. no. 3451. 

Locality. Pitsing, Maclear, C.P. Cutting in road to 
Naude’s Nek. 

Horizon. Red Beds, just below halfway from base, 


470 The Re-discovery of Cylindroiulus parisiorum. 


XLVII.— Notes on Myriapoda.—XI1V. The Re-discovery of 
Cylindroiulus parisiorum (Brélemann et Verhoef’). By 
Hinpa K. Rrape-Birks, M.Sec., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P., 
M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8. GraHAM BrADE-Birxs, M.Sc. 


Wr: hope to deal before very long with some centipede and 
millipede material from the English Midlands, but we think 
tlle present brief note advisable, owing to the exceptional 
interest of the species it records, . 

Mr. 8. Priest, F.G.S., with Mr. and Mrs. F. J. Epps (all 
members of the Dartford Naturalists’ Field Club) visited 
Upper Arley, Worcestershire, on 22. vii. 1918, and took a 
number of millipedes and centipedes between the bark and 
trunk of fallen timber in a meadow next to the churchyard 
there. This material, which was kindly submitted to us by 
the collectors, included a species of Julus (s. 1.), which upon 
dissection we found to be referable to Cylindroiulus parisi- 
orum (Brélemann et Verhoeff, 1896). 


Anterior and posterior gonopods in profile. x 100. H.K. B.-B. del. 


We sent our drawing of the gonopods to M. le Dr. Henry 
W. Brélemann, who agrees with our diagnosis, and informs us, 
in litt., that nobody appears to have identified the species 
since its first description (1). Thus some doubt had arisen 
in Dr. Brélemann’s mind as to the validity of the species, — 
The English rediscovery of the animal is therefore of some 
Importance, 

Externally C. parisiorum is practically indistinguishable 


On the Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron. 471 


from C, britannicus, Verhoeff, and C. fris’us, Verhocff, both 
of which are not uncommon English species. However, 
the gonopods, which are figured by Brélemann and Verhoef 
(loc. cit.), are quite definite diagnostic characters, and so 
there is no doubt about the record. Our material bears these 


numbers :-—1379, 1380, 1381, 1382, Brade-Birks collection. 


REFERENCE, 

(1) Brotemann, H. W., and C. W. Vernorrr. “ Matériaux pour 
servir & une faune des Myriapodes de France.” Feuille des 
Jeunes Naturalistes, Sept. 1896, no. 311, pp. 214 et seg., with 10 
text-tigs. 


XLVITI.—WNote on the Pectoral Fin of Kusthenopteron. 
By Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS. 


THE pectoral fin of Eusthenopleron was figured and described 
for the first time by Whiteaves (comp. J. F. Whiteaves, 
1889, p. 87, & pl. v. fig. 5), whose description was improved 
by Traquair (comp. R. H. ‘Traquair, 1890, p.-19), Two 
other specimens of the same fin were figured by A. S. Wood- 
ward (1898, p. 25) and W. Patten (1912, p. 391). 

During my stay in London this year the pectoral fin in 
the British Museum specimen P. 6796 of Husthenopteron, 
figured by A. 8S. Woodward (whose figure was republished 
by E. S. Goodiich in 1902, pl. xvi. fig. 1), was somewhat 
newly prepared by Mr. F. O. Barlow. I give here a new 
figure of it (comp. text-fig. 1) and a brief description. 

The pectoral fin in our specimen is composed (1) of an 
axis, (2) of preaxial radials, and (3) of postaxial processes. 

The axis consists of four pieces. The first or basal piece is 
situated behind the displaced cleithrum, of which the inferior 
edge lies near to its superior edge in the specimen, It is not 
possible to decide whether this elongated and somewhat 
obscure bony matter is to be identified wholly with the basal 
piece of the fin, or whether it does not comprise also the 
coraco-scapular ossification. Should this latter be the case, 
then the front edge of the postradial process of the basal 
would mark the limit between the basal and coraco-scapula. 

The second piece of the axis is expanded and slightly 
bifureated posteriorly. The third piece is somewhat longer 
than the second and expanded still more posteriorly, where it 
has not only a large postaxial process, but is also more 


distinctly bifurcated. 


- 


472 Dr. Branislav Petronievies on the 


Fig. 1. 


Pectoral lin of Lusthenopteron, British Museum specimen P, 6796. _ 
Nat. size. 


cl, cleithrum ; cose., the possible coraco-scapula; J.azt., the first axono 
or the basal; 2.aat., second axonost; 3.aaz., third axonost; 4, 
fourth axonost; J.pra.r., first preaxial radial; IZpra.r., sec 
preaxial radial; IZ/.pra.r., third preaxial radial; pa.pr., poste 
process ; dermal rays are represented by lines. 


Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron. 4.73; 


Finally, the fonrth piece of the axis is somewhat con- 
stricted in the middle, and quite distinctly bifurcated poste- 
riorly (a feature not marked in the figure of A.S. Woodward, 
i8€8). When looked at with a magnifying-glass, these two 
posterior branches seem to continue in two separate ossifica- 
tions, so that the composition of this fourth axonost of two 
separate parts is not improbable, although not to be affirmed 
with certainty, the separating line between the two being 
perhaps due to a crack. One sees also with the magnifying- 
glass the clear attachment of a dermal ray to the left of these 
two bifurcations, while a fragment of somewhat crushed bony 
matter attached to the right bifurcation also probably represents 
dermal rays. 

There are three preaxial radials in our specimen. The 
uppermost radial is attached to one of the two articulating 
surfaces of the basal axonost; it is bent inwards in the 
middle and constricted posteriorly. The new preparation 
shows the attachment of the dermal rays to this radial very 
clearly. ‘he second radial, attached to the smaller of the 
two articulating surfaces of the second axonost, is also con- 
stricted posteriorly, but not sufficiently preserved in its poste- 
rior part. The third radial, better preserved than the second, 
is constricted in the middle, but the limit of its posterior part 
is indeterminable. It is attached to the smaller of the two 
articulating bifurcations of the third axonost. 

There are only two postaxial processes in our specimen, and 
no postaxial radials at all. he first process is a large pro- 
longation of the basal axonost (this prolongation is not well 
visible in the figure of A. S. Woodward, 1898), and the 
second a prolongation of the third axonost, while the second 
and the fourth axonosts are devoid of similar processes (on 
the left side of the second axonost some bony matter is visible 
in our specimen, but it is evidently a crushed scale). 

Having finished the description of the fin in question, I 
will add some remarks concerning the problem of the origin 
of the tetrapod limb. The resemblance of the internal skeleton 
of the pectoral (and also of the pelvic) fin in Husthenopteron 
to the internal skeleton in the tetrapod limb has been empha- 
sized by several authors (by Patten, Watson, Broom, Gregory), 
and Watson especially has tried to point out in detail the 
homologies of both (comp. Watson, 1913, p. 25 seg. and 
figs. 1 & 2). But his restoration of the pectoral fin of 
Eusthenopteron (1. ¢. tig. 2) is wrong, inasmuch as he takes 
no account of the posterior bifureation of the fourth axonost 
(in this respect the restoration of Broom, 1913, p. 460, fig. 1, 
is more accurate) and represents the postaxial process of the 


A474 Dr. Branislav Petronievics on the 


basal axonost as a separate postaxial radial (in this respect 
the restoration of Broom is exact). 

Now I consider the posterior bifurcation of the fourth 
axonost in our specimen as of exceptional importance for the 
question of homologies, As the pelvic fin of Husthenopteron 
is far more reduced than its pectoral fin (comp. fig. 1 of 
pl. xvi. in Goodrich, 1902, which shows that there is no 
fourth axonost in the pelvic fin—British Museum specimen 
P. 6794—and no postaxial processes) , we must infer that the 
paired fins of Husthenopteron represent a stage far in advance 
of that stage of the paired fins in its ancestors, which was 
the starting-point for the evolution of the paired limbs in the 
primitive ancestors of the ‘Tetrapoda*. If this inference is 
a right one, then it is not improbable that the posterior 
bifurcation of the fourth axonost in our specimen is a remnant 
of a more primitive stage when the fourth axonost was com- 
posed of two separate ossifications, the paired fins of Hustheno- 
pteron being evidently the reduced archipterygium-type of 
Gegenbaur (a resemblance recognized by Woodward, Tra- 
quair, and others). So that we have to conclude from this 
evolution that the axis of the tetrapod limb runs along the 
humerus, ulna, ulnare, and between the fourth and fifth finger F 
(comp. text-fig. 2, in which some further hypothetical homo- 
lugies have been indicated). This conclusion, as one sees, 


* This conclusion is confirmed also by the skull, which in Eustheno- 
pteron is simpler than in the more primitive Osteolepide, whose paired 
fius are also less reduced (comp. the tins of Meyalichthys figured by 
Ed. D. Wellburn in his paper On the Genus Megalichthys,” in Proce. 
Yorkshire Geol. & Polytechnic Soc. vol. xiv., 1900). I may add in this 
connexion that the skull of Osteolepis may be considered to approach 
nearer to the Stegocephalian skull than is shown by the restoration of 
Pander (comp. Chr. H. Pander, ‘ Ueber die Saurodipterinen, &c.,’ 1860, 
pl. i. figs. 8 & 9), lately reproduced by Gregory (comp. Gregory, 1915, 
tig. 2, A, B). Pander’s restoration was founded on the specimen of 
Osteolepis microleidotus figured by him in pl. i. fig. 1 ; but tig. 4 on the 
same plate represents a specimen in which all the three characteristic 
bones of the Stegocephalian skull (supratemporal, intertemporal, post- 
orbital) are present. 

+ The pectoral fin of Savripterus taylori (figured and restored by 
Gregory, 1915, plate iv. and fig. 9) does not militate against this supposi- 
tion. This fin, less reduced than that of Lusthenopteron, has three 
elements attached to the third axonost, so that these three elements may 
correspond with the three digits on the ulnar side of the tetrapod limb. 
As the two outer of these three elements have almost the same length, 
it may well be supposed that the axis runs between the two (and not 
along the outer one alone, as Gregory hypothetically supposes—comp. 
Gregory, 1915, p. 360). I should mention that the first to emphasize 
the resemblance of the Suripterus-fin with the tetrapod limb was its 
discoverer, James Hall himseli (comp. J. Hall, ‘Geology of New York, 
part iv, 1843, p. 282). 


| Pectoral Fin of Busthenopteron. 475 


does not entirely confirm the theory of Gegenbaur, according 
to which the tetrapod limb is derived from a reduced uniserial 
archipterygium (comp. Gegenbaur, 1898, p. 520), but never- 
theless it is more in conformity with this theory than with 
the other (also advocated by Watson), which takes a reduced 
biserial archipterygium for the base of the tetrapod limb. 


Fig. 2. 


The internal skeleton of the Pectoral Fin of Zusthenopteron, showing 
homologies with the tetrapod limb. Nat. size. 


hu., humerus; w., ulna; r., radius; u/., ulnare ; p., pisiform; ca., three 
distal carpalia; J—V., digits; ax., axis of the tetrapod limb, 


In conclusion, I desire to express my thanks to Dr. Smith 
Woodward for the loan of the new preparation and for 
- valuable help. 


LITERATURE, 


1. J. F. Wurreaves. “Illustrations of the Fossil Fishes of the Devonian 
Rocks of Canada,” in Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vi. 1889, 
p. 77 seq. (on Eusthenopteron, p. 78 seq.). 

2. R. H. Traquair. ‘Notes on the Devonian Fishes of Scaumenac 
Bay and Campelltown in Canada,” in Geol. Mag. vol. vii. 1890, 
p. 15 seq. (on Lusthenopieron, p. 18 seq.). 


476 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and 


3. A. S. Woopwarp. ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes ‘in the British 
Museum,’ pt. ii. 1891 (on ‘Eusthenopteron, p. 361 seg.). 

4, ——. ‘ Vertebrate Paleontology,’ 1898 (on heuenaipesr on, p. 25 seq. 
& 76 seq.). 

5. E.S. Gebdies cu. “On the Pelvic Girdle and Fin of Eusthenopteron,” _ 
in Quart. Journ. Mier. Soe. vol. xlv. 1902, p. 311 seg. ; 

6. ——. “Cyclostomes and Fishes,” Part IX: Vertebrata Craniata of 
Sir Ray Lankester's ‘ A Treatise of Zoology,’ 1909. 

7. L. Hussaxor. ‘“ Notes on Devonic Fishes from Scaumenae Bay, 
Quebec,” New York State Museum, Bulletin 156, 1912, p. 127 seq. 
(on Eusthenopteron, p. 131 seq.). 

8 W.Patren. ‘The Evolution of the Vertebrates and their Kin,’ 1912 
(on Lusthenopteron, p. 391). 

9, W. K. Gregory. “ Present Status of the Problem of the Origin of 
the Tetrapoda, with special reference to the Skull and Paired 
Limbs,” in Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. vol. xxvi. 1915, p. 317 seq. (on 
Eusthenopter on, p. 358 seg. & p. 364). 

10. C. GeaunBaur. ‘Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere,’ i. Bd., 
1898. 

11. D. M.S. Watson. “On the Primitive Tetrapod Limb,” in ‘ Anato- 
mischer Anzeiger,’ vol. xliv. 1913, pp. 24-27. 

12. R. Broom. “On the Origin of the Cheiropterygium,” in Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. xxxii. 1913, pp. 459-464. 


¢ 


XLIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXX XII. 
By T. D. A. Cocxrretx, University of Colorado. 


Exomalopsis mellipes, Cresson. 


The male, not before known, has been collected by H. H. 
Hyde at Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Baker coll., 1785). 
lt runs in Friese’s table of males to E. planiceps, Sm., but 
is larger, with red legs. 


Exomalopsis vincentana, Cockerell. 


The male, previously unknown, was collected by H. H. — 
Smith on the windward side of St. Vincent. It is hardly 
5 mm. long, and there is much black hair on mesothorax, 
scutellum, and legs. It is nearest to H. globosa, but dis- 
tinguished at once by the ochreous-yellow tarsi. 

There is a series of small Exomalopsis (including Antho-— 
phorula), which are superficially similar and easily confused. 
They may be separated by the following table, based ou 
females :— 


Second abdominal segment with oblique 
stripes of light hair at sides, but no apical 
band. 7). eee >in 0 (0's ® tye ie eae ee eee 


Lecords of Bees. AT7 


Second abdominal segment with an apical 
UP =DANGS <2 2.cth accel eothed oy hol ee ee of 
1. Dise of scutellum with black hair .......... ies: (Fabr.). 
Disc of scutellum with fulvous hair 


2. Basitarsus with much black hair .......... ulohella, Cresson. 
Mositarsus wien palehair  ... 6.5. .essveee similis, Cresson. 
3. Second segment of abdomen with a narrow 
apical band of snow-white hair...... ceeee. verbesine, Ckll, 
Second segment with a broad band.......... 4, 
4. Abdominal hair-bands clear w hite; eyes 
RMI Oe eg dita e ahs Sitss oid clewidtee Wee Oe chlorina, sp. 0. 
Abdominal bands greyish or yellowish; eyes 
PERERESRE CLM tc ratct ore sta ttorarcie at Ohacerota a cian store ekcfels 5. 
5. Hind legs with much black hair............ 6. 
Hind legs with hair mainly or nearly all pale ; 
species of Anthophorulaj ........ceeeeeee Ce 
6. Flagellum ferruginous. beneath, abdomen 
ROH STMM ON et Serer Mopar atest rics oh iecnusle so nitens, Ckll. 
Flagellum dark coffee-brown beneath ...... albovittata, sp. n. 
7. Tegule rufo-testaceous; stigma larger, pale 
NR cits ola sie inl ciw'e, g's bos 0 oe terana, Friese. 
Tegule dark; stigma smaller .............. 8 


8, Dise of mesothorax polished and smooth .... coquilletti, Ashmead. 
Dise of mesothorax punctured .............. morgant, Ckll. 


Ezomalopsis albovittata, sp. u. 


¢ .—Length nearly 7 mm. 

Closely allied to the Californian F. nitens, but less robust ; 
flagellum dark ; hair of face pure white ; disc of mesothorax 
with fine but distinct punctures; hair of scutellum shorter 
and greyish instead of yellowish; hair on base of first 
abdominal segment pure white, apex of first segment with 
only a rather small patch of white hair on each side. The 
loose scopa of hind tibize and tarsi is black behind (above) 
and white in front; the wings are dusky, and the tegule 
are piceous. 

Oaxaca, Mexico (Crawford). U.S. Nat. Museum. 

There is some resemblance to Leptergatis globulifera, but- 
the front is smooth and shining in the Hzomalopsis, Genel 
punctured in the Lepteryatis. 


Exomalopsis chlorina, sp. n. 


? .—Length about 6 mm. 

Eyes bluish green; hair at sides of face dense and pure 
white; flagellum red beneath, dark above ; hair of thorax 
white ; tegulz rufo-piceous; wings clear, stigma and nervures 
pale amber ; stigma much smaller than in ZL. tevana ; bands 
on abdominal segments 2-5 broad and pure white ; scopa 
of hind legs on outer side white, blackish at base of tibia, 


478 Mr. LT. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and 


dark fuseous on inner side of basitarsi ; mesothorax very — 
distinctly punctured ; tarsi red at apex. 

Las Cruces, New Mexico, at flowers of Spheralcea in 
earden of my house, Aug. 24 (Cockerell). 

I had confused this with Z. éexana, lut, having received 
a topotype of the latter, I find it is quite distinct. 


Exomalopsts thermalis, sp. u. 


9 —Lenegth about 9 mm. 

Very robust, black; hair of head and thorax long and 
white, with a slight creamy tint; head very broad; eyes 
olive-green ; labrum black ; mandibles chestuut-red in 
middle; clypeus flattened, shining, sparsely punctured ; 
flagellum chestnut-red beneath; mesothorax closely and 
strongly punctured; scutellum shining, with very fine 
punctures ; tegule bright rufo-fulvous. Wings yellowish, 
the large stigma and the nervures clear ferruginous ; small 
joints of tarsi red ; lair on inner side of tarsi ferruginous ; 
middle tibize with short fuscous hair on outer side beyond 
middle; middle basitarsi with long white hair on outer side ; 
scopa of hind legs long and plumose, largely black on outer 
side, that on basitarsus of three colours—black, white, and 
red. Abdomen very broad, with a glaucous tint; first two 
segments closely punctured as far as the narrow arched pale 
lair-band, beyond that smooth and shining, the second 
segment with excessively minute punctures ; segments 3 to5 
with broad bands of yellowish tomentum, the fifth broadly 
fringed with fuscous hair apically. 

Aguascalientes, Mexico, Dec. 1, 1909 (F. C. Bishopp). 
U.S. Nat. Museum. , 


Exomalopsis crucis, sp. n. 


? .—Length about 8°5 mm. 

Closely aliied to the last, differing thus : scape more or 
less reddish, especially at base ; flagellum pale ferruginous 
beneath ; labrum clear red, with pale reddish hair ; hair of 
thorax above strongly tinged with yellowish; scutellum 
closely and very distinctly punctured; first abdominal 
segment reddish basally. 

Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (H. H. Hyde ; Baker coll., 
1785). U.S. Nat. Museum. 

These two species are related to EH. mellipes, Cress, — 
(which has red legs) ; and more especially to BE. frederici, — 
Ckll., which has the tarsi, and tibie at apex, ferruginous—at — 


= 


Records of Bees. 479 


least, in the male (female unknown). I questioned whether 
E. thermalis might be the female of frederici, but the fine 
short pile on basal part of third abdominal segment in 
thermalis is pale greyish ochreous, in frederici it is black. 
The hind spurs of thermalis and crucis are strongly curved 
at end, as in frederici. A second specimen of ZL. crucis 
comes from San Juan Allende, Mexico, Nov. 29 (C. H. T. 
Townsend). 


Leplergatis globulifera, Cockerell. 


The female, not before known, was taken by M. A. 
Carriker at Aroa, Venezuela, Dec. 12, 1910. It is much 
like L. armata, Sm., but has redder anteune. From the 
female alone, 1 should have regarded the insect as a local 
race of urmata. 


Tetrapedia diversipes, Klug. 


Manaos, Brazil (Miss H. B. Merrill); San Bernardino, 
Paraguay (XK. Fiebrig). 


Nomada calloptera, sp. n. 


6 .—Length about 10°5 mm.; expanse about 18°5. 

liead and thorax black, densely punctured, with long and 
abundaut pale fulvous hair; lower corners of face broadly 
(with a sharply pointed extension upward along orbit), 
broad band along lower margin of clypeus, base of the 
simple mandibles, labrum (which is not dentate) and the 
rather stout scape in front, all yellow; eyes pale grey; 
flagellum thick, simple, black above (except the sutures), 
ferruginous beneath; third antennal joint brighter red, 
about half as long as fourth; scutellum bigibbous, very 
coarsely punctured; tubercles red and polished, but no other 
light marks on thoiax ; tegule red. Wings clear, the apex 
fuscous ; stigma clear bright ferruginous, nervures fuscous ; 
b. nu. goimg a short distance basad of t.-m.; first and second 
t.-c. nervures convex outwardly. Legs red, anterior tibic 
with an apical yellow spot ; middle trochanters black above, 
with a red spot, and highly polished ; middle femora black 
beneath basally ; hind femora black behind except at apex. 
Abdomen red with rather pale yellow markings, hind mar- 
gins of first three segments broadly fuscous, first segment 
with more than basal half black, and small yellow marks 
sublaterally ; second segment black at base, and with a very 
large yellow patch (not pointed mesad) on each side ; third 


480 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and 


with a very broadly interrupted yellow band, excavated 
behind sublaterally; fourth to sixth with yellow bands, 
interrupted by a red spot on each side ; apical plate broad, 
notched ; venter red with yellow bands. 

Tokyo, Japan, April 12, 1909 (Sasaki). U.S. Nat. 
Museum. It is also labelled Yamada. 

In the table of Palearctic species it runs near N. manni, 
Moraw., differing by the black scutellum. It is quite dis- 
tinct from all those described from Japan. It is a large 
species of Nomada, s. str. 


Nomada pyrifera, sp. 0. 


2 .— Length about 10 mm. 

Head and thorax red with black markings, closely punc- 
tured, the hair white ; labrum pale yellow, with no distinct 
tooth; malar space pale yellowish ; mandibles simple, red, 
black at apex; lower part of clypeus, and lower part of 
supraclypeal area, suffusedly yellowish; middle of front, 
extending to occiput, black, and cheeks black with a broad 
red band behind eyes ; antenne entirely red, long, reaching 
to base of abdomen; third joint scarcely half as long as 
fourth (this at once separates it from the superficially 
similar N. japonica, Sm.); mesothorax with three black 
bands, confluent in front; scutellum strongly elevated, 
entirely red; area of metathorax black in middle and red 
sublaterally ; pleura nearly all red; no yellow on thorax ; 
tegule pale red. Wings clear, dilute fuscous at apex; 
stigma ferruginous ; nervures fuscous ; b. n. going far basad 
of t.-m.; second s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. about 
middle. Legs bright ferruginous, hind femora with a black 
stripe behind. Abdomen smooth and polished, ferruginous ; 
basal half of first segment black, second segment with a very 
large pyriform (pointed mesad) spot on each side; fourth 
and fifth segments with yellow bands, failing laterally ; 
venter with broad yellow bands. 

Japan (presumably Tokyo), May (Sasaki). U.S. Nat. 
Museum. 

This also runs near N. manni in the Palearctic fauna, but 
is readily distinguished by the pattern of abdomen and the 
red scutellum. Sasaki collected two males, of different 
species, which looked like N. pyrifera. One I have described 
as N. calloptera, as it differs from pyrifera in the colour of 
the stigma and the basal nervure going less basad ; the other, 
collected at ‘’okyo in April, I suppose to be the true male 
of pyrifera. It is unfortunately in very bad condition, but 


Records of Bees. 481 


the following characters can be made out : mandibles largely 
yellow ; face densely covered with white hair ; scape swollen, 
yellow in front ; mesothorax all black ; tubercles yellow ; 
scutellum with yellowish or reddish spots ; metathorax and 
pleura all black ; venation and colour of stigma as in pyri- 
fera; first abdominal segment with basal half black, apical 
half red, and two large yellow spots, not far apart, on the 
red ; second segment with pyriform marks larger, meeting 
in the middle line; segments 3 to 6 with entire yellow 
bands ; apical plate feebly notched; ~ venter with yellow 


bands. 
Andrena melanospila, sp. 0. 


? .—Length 10 mm. 

Black, the head and thorax with copious moderately long 
hair, dull white on face, cheeks, and pleura, pale fulvous on 
occiput and dorsum of thorax (brightest on scutellum), but 
black on mesothorax posteriorly, aud on front and vertex ; 
malar space linear; process of Jabrum rather narrow, 
obtuse; clypeus brightly polished, with sparse small punc- 
tures ; facial fovez broad, dark brown, not extending below 
level of antenne ; antenne dark; third joint much longer 
than fourth, but not quite as long as fourth and fifth; 
mesothorax dull and granular, shining posteriorly ; seutellum 
shining, without evident punctures; area of metathorax 
dull and finely granular; tegule piceous. Wings dusky, 
the large stigma and nervures dull reddish; b. n. meeting 
t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly beyond 
middle ; scopa of hind tibiz white in front and black behind. 
Abdomen dull, uct punctured; second segment depressed 
scarcely a fourth; hind margins of segments 2 to 4 with 
narrow pure white hair-bands; caudal fimbria purplish 
black. 

Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee). U.S. Nat. Museum. 

In the Palearctic fauna this falls near to A. denticulata 
(Kirby), from which it is easily separated by the narrow 
white abdominal bands and the black and white hair of hind 
tibiee. It is not like any of the species described by Strand 
from T’singtau. The abdominal bands are as in A. wilkella, 
but that has an entirely different clypeus. 


Andrena delicatula, sp. n. 
3 .—Length 8 mm. 
Black, superficially exactly like 4. albicrus, but runuing 
in tables of Paleearctic species to A. lapponica, which is a 
Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 35 


482 Mr. O. Thomas on 


larger insect. Hair of head and thorax long and white, 
very faintly yellowish on scutellum, a little blackish hair at 
sides of face ; mandibles long and curved ; process of labrum 
weakly bilobed ; clypeus dull, covered with long white hair ; 
antennee entirely dark ; third joint about equal to fourth ; 
mesothorax and area of metathorax dull and granular; 
tegule piceous, reddish posteriorly. Wings slightly dusky ; 
the large stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ; b. n. falling 
some distance short of t.-m.; second s.m. broad, receiving 
first r.n.at middle. Legs black, tarsi reddish at apex. 
Abdomen shining, not punctured, segments 2 to 4 with thin 
white hair-bands at sides only ; apex emarginate. 

Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee, 121). U.S. Nat. Museum, 

The abdomen has little of the long loose hair so con- 
spicuous in A. albicrus. Among the Japanese species, this 
falls nearest to A. precociformis, Ckll., which is larger, with 
shining clypens and chestnut-red stigma. The cheeks are 
broader and flatter in A. delicatula. From Soochow also 
comes Nomia chalybeata, Smith (N. Gist Gee, 140). 


* Agapostemon cockerelli, Crawford. 


Longmont, Colorado, Sept. 7, 1918 (Cockerell). New to 
Colorado. 


Colleies sieverti, Cockerell. 
Gregory Canyon, Boulder, Colorado, July 13 (Cockerell). 


Trigona ruficrus corvina, Cockerell. 


Chagres River, Panama Canal Zone, Oct. 9, 1917, “ chew- 
ing on the leaves of young citrus plants ”” (Harold Morrison). 


L.—A new Species of Kligmodontia from Catamarea. 
By ULDFIELD ‘| HOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


‘THE British Museum has recently received a small collection 
of mammals from Chumbicha, Catamarea, collected by Sr. Ki. 
Budin, aud among them there occur specimens of thie 
following new species :— 


. 


a new Species of Eligmodontia. 483 


Eligmodontia marica, sp. n. 


Size smaller than in other species. Fur soft and fine, hairs 
of back about 7 mm. in length. General colour above pale 
sandy buff, darker along the back, paler on the sides where it 
is nearly “pinkish buff.’ Whole of under surface pure 
sharply defined white, all the hairs, even laterally, white to 
their bases. Middle of face and crown darker buffy like 
the back, area between eyes and ears, and a patch above each 
eye paler like the sides, Kars large, the usual piebald 
arrangement of their colour strongly marked; a whitish patch 
at base of proectote, middle part of proectote nearly black, 
termina! part and whole of metentote greyish buffy, the fine 
hairs along the edge white. Limbs wholly white, the buffy 
body-colour not or scarcely encroaching on the white of the 
upper arms; palms and soles with the structure characteristic 
of Lligmodontia, but the hairy covering quite thinly spread. 
Tail longer than head and body, dull buffy above, whitish 
below, the contrast not so marked as it is in the southern 
species. 

Skull markedly smaller than that of the other species, 
especially as compared with that of the forms geographically 
nearest. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 65 mm.; tail 93; hind foot 20; 
ear 15. 

Skull: greatest length 21°4; zygomatic breadth 12; 
nasals 8; interorbital breadth 3°8; breadth of brain-case 11 ; 
palatilar length 9°33; palatal foramina 4°53 upper molar 
series 3°0. 

Hab. Chumbicha, Catamarca. Alt. 600 m. 

Type. Young adult male. B.M.no.18.11.11.1. Original 
number 311. Collected 30th July, 1918. Presented by 
Oldfield ‘Thomas. 

This beautiful little mouse is the smallest species of the 
genus and is readily distinguishable by size from 2. hirtipes 
and morent, occurring north and south of it respectively. 
EE. typus, with which the Bahia Blanca elegans is always 
assumed to be synonymous, is also larger, and the belly-hairs 
are broadly slaty at base. ‘Lhe more southern Z. morgant has 
a proportionally shorter tail. , 

Sr. Budin says of H. marica :—“<'This pretty mouse has 
been the one which has most pleased and interested me of all 
the rodents. It was caught among the prickly pears 
[‘ pencas’] in one place only, in a space some Py square 

30* 


484 Mr. O. Thomas on 


metres in area, where I obtained four specimens, but saw 
none anywhere else, and it is evidently very rare.” 


[As an indication of the extent to which our British 
National Museum has participated in the general advance in 
the systematic knowledge of Mammalia, and the corresponding 
accumulation of typical specimens, I may perhaps be per- 
mitted to record that, so far as I am able to calculate, this 
is the two-thousandth mammal to which, as the official 
mammalogist of the Museum, I have had occasion to give a 
name. And many hundreds more have been described and 
named by other workers. The vastness of the collection— 
especially of types—indicated by these figures is due mainly 
to the patriotism of our countrymen all over the world, many 
of whom have been proud and pleased to contribute to their 
National Museum merely because it is the National Museum, 
without pay or return, and often in climates where mere 
existence is a burden. 

Having possessed for forty years the great privilege of 
_ working on this wonderful collection, I feel I cannot too 
strongly express my appreciation of the generosity and public 
spirit shown by its many contributors—whether those who at 
home have provided funds for making expeditions, or abroad 
have made collections to be added to the National treasures. 

My own share in the woik, carried on as it has been under 
the most favourable conditions, has been a continuous pleasure. 
And in appreciation of one important element in this pleasure, 
the sympathetic and ever-ready help of my wife, I have 
given to this attractive little animal the above specific name. ] 


LI.—Two new Forms of Leggada. 
By OLprieLp THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Leggada bella sybilla, subsp. n. 


Near L. b. induta, but witly much shorter fur. 

Hairs of back about 4°0-4'5 mm. in length. General 
colour buffy, not so bright as in induta, and broadly darkened — 
on the back, the flanks clear buffy. Belly pure sharply’ 
defined white. A very small subauial white spot. Hands 
and feet white. ‘ail pale greyish above, white below. 


Two new Forms of Leggada. 485 


Skull about as in ¢nduta, smaller than in minutoides, 
slightly larger than in maréea, Posterior nares of normal 
shape. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 55 mm.; tail 46 ; hind foot 13. 

Skull: greatest length 18; condylo-incisive length 16°3 ; 
nasals 6°8; breadth of brain-case 8°5; palatal foramina 4 ; 
upper molar series 3°0. 

Hab. Benguella, Angola. Type from the Usolo River. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 5.5.9. 70. Original 
number 7. Collected 18th July, 1904, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. 
Seven specimens. 

The type of sybilla was captured at the same time of year 
as that of induta, so that the difference in the fur is not 
seasonal. Dr. Ansorge also obtained examples of this pretty 
mouse in November and December. In ZL. b. marica the 
molars are only 2°6 mm. in length. 


Leggada paulina, sp. n. 


Intermediate between the two West-African species 
L. museulotdes and setulosa. 

Size markedly less than in setulosa, rather greater than in 
musculoides. General colour greyish mouse-colour above, 
with a wash of drabby or buffy along the cheeks, shoulders, 
and flanks. Under surtace pure white, not so sharply defined 
as in musculoides. HKars small, as in muscu/vides. Torearms 
tinged with buffy, legs greyish; hands and feet white. Tail 
so thinly haired as to appear naked to the unaided eye, the 
fine hairs brown above, whitish below; the scales brown 
throughout. 

Skull intermediate between those of setulosa and musculvides. 
Brain-case rounded, not so flattened as in musculotdes. 
Masseteric knob of zygomatic plate near its anterior border. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 67 mm.; tail 48; hind foot 13:7; 
ear 9°95. 

Skull: greatest length 18:2; condylo-incisive length 16°5 ; 
zygomatic breadth 9; nasals 6°7; interorbital breadth 3°6 ; 
breadth of brain-case 84; palatilar length 7-9; palatal 
foramina 3°9 ; upper molar series 3. 

Hab. Bitye, Ja River, 8.6. Cameroons. 2000’. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 1. 24.27. Original 
number 694, Collected 15th September, 1913, by Mr. G. L. 
Bates. 

Though evidently allied to L. musculoides, of which it may 


486 Mr. W. LL. Distant on the 


be a Cameroons representative, this mouse is distinguishable 
by its larger skull and darker coloration, in which latter it 
nearly resembles the common Cameroons i. setulosa, in whose 
company it was captured, and for whose young it might 
readily be mistaken. 


LI1.—Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal 
Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant. 


[Continued from p. 270.] 


Astacops tigrinus, sp. 0. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium pale ochraceous ; 
antennee black, basal joint ochraceous ; apices of the stylated 
eyes black ; body beneath pale ochraceous with prominent 
transverse, somewhat broad, black fasciz, the most promi- 
nent bei: g at the anterior margins of the meso- and 
metasterna, and at the posterior margins of the abdominal 
segments, there is also a small black spot on each side of the 
anterior marginal area of the prosternum and a central black 
longitudinal fascia on tle apical abdominal segment; legs 
black, anterior and intermediate femora (excluding bases), 
apical third of posterior femora, and extreme bases of tibize 
ochraceous ; tarsi mostly black; antenne with the second 
and fourth joints subequal in length, each a little longer 
than third; seutellum transversely subeunvex on basal area, 
centrally thence to apex strongly carinate ; membrane black, 
apical margin pale and passing the abdominal apex. 

Long. 12 mm. 

Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindoro Is'and, Baco River 
(J. J. Mounsey). 


Scopia-tes nigripes. 


Scopiastes nigripes, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 538 (1901). 
Astacops melampus, Bergr. Phil. Journ, Sci. xiii. p. 57 (1918). 


Hab. Queensland. 


Macropes simoni, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, seutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; 
anteune piceous, apical joint black ; hemelytra pale creamy 
yellow, clavus brown, vein outside clavus also brown, nearly 


hynchotal Family Ly geeide. 487 


apical half of corium black; membrane with the base 
black, and with a large discal spot fuscous with the veins 
black ; antennee with the first and second joints subequal in 
length, each a little shorter than fourth ; rostrum passing 
the anterior cox ; pronotum with the anterior lobe smooth, 
shining, black, punctate anteriorly and laterally, with two 
finely impressed central longitudinal lines, posterior lobe 
more opaque and thickly punctate, anterior lobe not promi- 
nently broadened asin M. philippinensis, Dist., but gradually 
somewhat convexly narrowed to apex ; membrane reaching 
or very slightly passing the anterior margin of the apical 
abdominal segment; scutellum centrally, longitudinally 
carinate. 

Var. Abdomen beneath and the legs brownish ochraceous. 

Long. 5-54 min. 

Hab, Philippine Islands (HZ. Simon). 

A species readily distinguished from M. philippinensis, 
Dist., by its small size and structure of the pronotum, &e. 
Bergroth has recently described another small species, M. 
lacertosus, from tie same habitat, but, as he states “ pro- 
notum in the male with the greatest width before the middle ” 
an.| with different colour-inarkings to the “ elytra,” it cannot 
be confused with his specific creation. 


Dinomachus marshall, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. 
p- 473 (1901). 

Bergroth, my constant but by no means infallible critic, 
has recently (Medd. Mus. Zool. Afd., Gottenborg, p. 6, 
1914) referred to my very short and quite misleading 
“description of the genus.” He states that I have ‘‘ omitted 
the most important character of D. marshalli, viz., the 
extraordinary length of the rostrum, which reaches the 
middle of the abdomen.” As I had only an imperfect 
specimen before me when I wrote my description (I described 
the imperfect condition of the antenneze), | could not describe 
a mutilated rostrum. However, tew regard Bergroth’s 
auimadversions too seriously. 

ddd. Hab. Mashonaland ; Salsbury (Marshall). Mozam- 
bique; Bazi River, Zululand (Bell-Marley and Warren). 
Transvaal; Lydenburg (Krantz); Natal; Durban (Bell- 
Marley)—Brit. Mus. 

In the above series the length varies from 8 to 114 mm. 

I have already described species of Dinomachus from the 
Oriental Region, and I now add another two species from 


Australia. 


488 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


Dinomachus kuranda, sp. n. 


Head black with a basal spot between the ocelli and 
the ap -x of the central lobe ochraceous ; pronotum ochra- 
ceous, somewhat thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate; narrow 
lateral and anterior margins, a slender central longitadinal 
earination, and two similar but oblique carinations on 
posterior Jobe dull ochraceous; scutellum very coarsely 
darkly punctate, a central longitudinal carination on pos- 
terior half, which apically bifurcates on each side, ochraceous ; 
corium ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate, the 
lateral margins very narrowly ochraceous, apical angles 
ochraceois with a small black spot; membrane bronzy 
brown ; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type; legs 
very pale” ochraceous, subapical areas of the femora and 
annulations to the tibie and tarsi castaneous ; antennge 
jale ochraceous, apex of the second joint and nearly the 
whole of the third and fourth joints pale brownish, second 
joint much the longest, third and fourth joints almost sub- 
equal in length, first joint distinctly passing apex of head ; 
rostrum imperfectly seen in carded type. 

Long. 7 mm. 


Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). 


Dinomachus doddi, sp. n. 


Head castaneous, coarsely punctate, apex of central lobe 
and a central longitudinal line between ocelli ochraceous ; 
pronotum ochraceous, somewhat darkly punctate, a broad, 
subanterior, transverse fascia, two central longitudinal spots 
at base, and a submarginal ]ine on posterior lobe castaneous; 
scutellum castaneous, coarsely punctate, a central longi- 
tudinal carinate line obliquely branching on each side of 
apex castaneous ; corium ochraceous, coarsely punctate, its 
extreme apical margin piceous ; membrane pale bronzy ; 
body beneath castaneous; rostrum, coxee, legs, disk, apex 
aud segmental marginal spots to abdomen beneath ochra- 
ceous ; rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe; 
sternum very coarsely punctate; antennee ochraceous, apices 
of the first, second, and third joints and nearly the whole of 
fourth joint pale castaneous, second joint longest, third a 
little longer than fourth ; pronotum with a central longi- 
tudinal carinate line and with the subanterior transverse 
fascia slightly globose aud very sparingly punctate. 

Long. 8 mm, 

Hab, Queensland ; Kuranda (fF, P. Dodd). 


Rhynchotal Family ly geide. 489 


Masoas transvaaliensis, Dist. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 
Xvill. p. 290 (1906). ; 


The type of this species was from the Transvaal (Pretoria) ; 
the Brit. Mus. now contains two other specimens from 
Angola which are slightly larger, measuring in length 
4+mm. The type has only a dimension of 34mm. 


Oxycarenus collaris, Muls. & Rey. Aun. Soc. Lin. Lyon, 
1852, p. 102; Oshan, Verz. Pal. Hem. Bd. 1, Heteropt. 
p- 300 (1906). 


This Palearctic species, as hitherto understood, must now 
be also included in the Oriental fauna, as the British Museum 
has recently received specimens from the Agricultural Col- 
lege, Poona. It was found “infesting in large numbers 
the capsules of the safflower plant grown in Poona” 
(Harold Mann). 


Maruthas bicolor. 
Maruthas bicolor, Dist. Nov. Caledon. 1, L. iv. p. 379, pl. xi. fig. 5 
(1914). 
Oxycarenus bicoloratus, Bergr. Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 73 (1918). 


Hab. New Caledonia. 


Clerada apicicornis, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur I’Ile de la 
Réunion, Ins. p. 28, pl. xx. fig. 8 (1862). 


This very widely distributed species can now be recorded 
from Queensland ; Kuranda (#. P. Dodd). 


Pamera tricolorata, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; corium dark cas- 
taneous ; apex of scutellum and lateral marginal area of 
corium to beyond middle ochraceous, on apical area of 
corium two pale ochraceous or greyish spots in transverse 
series, in some specimens these spots are united and in 
others they are practically absent; membrane brownish 
ochraceous ; body be:.eath and legs black ; apices of femora, 
basal areas of intermediate and posterior femora, and the 
whole .of the tibiz and tarsi ochraceous ; antenuz piceous, 
second joint paler, fourth joint with basal half pale ochra- 
ceous, second joint a little longest, third and fourth almost 
subequal in length; a:terior lobe of pronotum with a distinct 
anterior collar, convex, a little longer than posterior lobe 
but narrower, the posterior lobe somewhat coarsely punctate; 
scutellum centrally longitudinally carinate, the carination 


490 Mr. W. L. Distant on the 


bifureate towards base; corium, excluding lateral marginal 
area, more or less thickly punctate ; membrane not passing 
abdominal apex; rostrum reaching or slightly passing 
anterior Coxe. 

Long. 6-7 mm. 

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (June-July, R. HE. Turner; 
April, F. P. Dodd). Adelaide River (J. J. Walker). Tenim- 
ber Island (W. Doherty). 


Pamera vincta, Say. 


This very widely distributed species has now been received 
from Queensland (Townsville), where it was taken by 


Mr. F. P. Dodd. 


AUSTROPAMERA, gen. nov. 


Head long, anteocular portion about as long as postocular, 
but the anteocular portion acuminately apically produced ; 


eyes moderately prominent ; ocelli situate a little behind a 


line between the posterior margins of the eyes; autenue 
inserted a little in front of eyes, first joint about as long 


as head, second longest; pronotum with a narrow anterior ~ 


collar about as long as broad at base, strongly laterally 
sinuate, the anterior lobe subglobose and shorter than the 
posterior lobe; rostrum slightly passing the anterior coxe, 
first joint not reaching base of head; scutellum about as 
broad at base as long, obliquely trausversely ridged ; corium 
elongate: membrane reaching abdominal apex; anterior 
femora strongly incrassated ; body beneath with the apical 
lateral angle of the posterior abdomiual segment moderately 
acute. 

Allied to the Orental genus Pamerana, Dist., from which 
it differs by the non-spinnous antenniferous tubercles, the 
much louger postocular area of the head, &c. 


Austropamera turneri, sp. 0. 


Head and pronotum black, posterior pronotal area strongly 
punctate ; ocelli red; antennz dull ochraceous, apices of the 
first and second joints, the whole of third, and about basal 
half of fourth joint black, basal joint about as long as head, 
second longest ; scutellum black, centrally, obliquely trans- 
versely testaceously ridged; corium dull ochraceous, clayus 
aud outer claval area darkly punctate, a broad, transverse, 
black fascia beyond middle and the apical areas black ; 
membrane dull black; head beneath and sternum black ; 


Rhyncltctal Family Lygeide. 491 


abdomen dull dark castaneous, with an ochraceous lateral 
marginal spot a little beyond middle ; rostrum and anterior 
legs castaneous, exireme femoral apices and bases of tarsi 
ochraceous ; anterior an‘l posterior legs ochraceous, apices of 
femora castaneous ; other structural characters as in generic 
diagnosis. 

Long. 7} mm. 

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda, 1-100 feet (R. E. Turner, 
May and June). 


ARRIANOIDES, gen. nov. 


Head elongate, alout as long as breadth between eyes, 
narrowed towards apex; eyes not projecting beyond the 
pronotal angles ; first joint of antenne distinctly passing apex 
of head; pronotum about as long as broad, transversely 
impressed at middle, the lateral margins very slightly am- 
pliately produced, moderately narrowe: | from bases to anterior 
margin, anterior lobe moderately convex ; scutellum about 
as long as broad at base, its apex linearly acute, the disk 
broadly foveate; corium about twice as long as_ broad ; 
membrane reaching the abdominal apex; anterior femora 
moderately incrassated and spined beneath on apical area; 
ro-trum imperfectly seen in carded specimen. 

Allied to Arrianus, Dist., and Teutates Dist. 


Arrianoides australis, sp. n. 


Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and disk of 
corium black; posterior pronotal lobe, claval area, and 
extreme lateral margins to corium more or less castaneous ; : 
a large white spot on apical area of pronotum, the extreme 
apex of which is castaneous; extreme lateral margins and 
basal angles of pronotum and apical spot to clavus pale 
castaneous or ochr raceous ; body beneath (imperfectly seen in _ 
carded specimen) with the sternum black and the abdomen 
dark testaceous; antennz ochraceous, first joint passing 
apex of head, second longest, third longer than fourth ; 
anterior lobe of pronotum convex and almost impunctate, 
posterior lobe distinctly punctate, a somewhat obscure central 
longitudiial impression neither reaching an'erior nor pos- 
terior margins; Claval area distinctly punctate ; femora pale 
castaneous ; tibia and tarsi ochrace ‘ous ; membrane bronzy- 
brown. Other structural characters as in generic diagnosis. 
Long. 5 mm. 


Hab. Queensland; Townsville (F. P. Dodd). 


492 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 


Poeantius lineatus. 


Poeantius lineatus, Stil, En. Wem. iv. p. 162 (1874). 
Poeantius brevicollis, Bredd. Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1907, p. 207. 


This widely distributed species may now also be recorded 
from Australia. Queensland; Townsville (/. P. Dod), 


Naudarensia rolandi, sp. 1 


Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum glossy 
black ; posterior pronotal lobe and corium more piceous ; 
basal angles of pronotum, narrow lateral margins, and two 
spots on apical areas of corium dull greyish ochraceous ; 
body beneath shining black ; femora shining black, their 
apices and the tibiz and tar-i oclraceous, apices of tibiz and 
tarsi black; antenne dull ochraceous, second and fourth 
joints longest, and almost subequal in length, the apical 
jont piceous, first joint not reaching apex of head; pronotum 
about as long as broad at base, transversely constricted 
behind middle; head an1 anterior lobe of pronotum glabrous, 
posterior pronotal lobe thickly coarsely punct ite ; membrane 
reaching apex of penultimate abdominal segment ; corium 
sparingly coirsely punctate; rostrum not quite reaching 
the intermediate cox; tibiz finely spinulose; anterior tibiez 
moderately dilated at apices. 

Long. 53 mm. 

Hab. S.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. E. Turner). 


This genus was hitherto only known from Continental 
India. 


Daerlac nigricans, sp. n. 


Black ; apical angular area to corium and posterior half 
of counexivum ochraceous ; body beneath imperfectly seen in 
carded specimen; membrane fuscous brown; antenne with 
the first joint passing apex of head, second, third, and fourth 
joints almost subequal in length ; head above thickly, finely 
punctate, obliquely directed from near eyes to apex; pro- 
notum longer than broad, anterior lobe globose, and thickly 
punctate, about twice as long as posterior lobe, from which 
it is deeply transversely separated ; ; posterior margin 
slightly concave ; mtr about as long as broad at base, 
its extreme apex ochraceous; clavus coarsely punctate ; 
corium more finely punctate; anterior femora strongly 
globose, posterior femora moderately incrassated, inter- 
mediate femora less prominently incrassate. 

Long. 84-9 mm. 


Hab. NS. Wales, Sydney (J. J. Walker). 


493 


INDEX to VOL. II. ’ 


ABANUS, new species of, 269, 
Acanthosaura, new species of, 162, 
Acontia, new species of, 74. 
Aizoryx, characters of the 
genus, 221. 
Aithalotus, new species of, 173. 
Agapostemon, new species of, 419. 
Albanyaria, characters of the new 
genus, 258, 
Alcides, new species of, 154. 
Amphipyra, new species of, 67. 
Anwa, new subspecies of, 232. 
Anarmodia, new species of, 193. 
Ancyloneura, new species of, 438. 
Andersen, K., on new bats of the 
families Rhinolophidz and Mega- 
dermatide, 374. 
Andrena, new species of, 481. 
Anisodes, new species of, 414. 
Anus, new species of, 76. 
Aphanus, new species of, 262. 
Argiva, new species of, 82. 
Arrianoides, characters of the new 
genus, 491. 
Artiodactyla, on some external cha- 
racters of ruminant, 125, 214, 367, 
Asellia, new species of, 379. 
Astacops, new species of, 486, 
Asteroidea, notes on, 103. 
Astylus, notes on species of, 337. 
Augochlora, new species of, 418. 
Austrohelcon, characters of the new 
genus, 166, 
Austropamera, characters of the new 
genus, 490, 
Autochloris, new species of, 226, 
Azochis, new species of, 183. 
Bagnall, R. §., on the synonymy of 
some Kuropean Diplopods, 407. 


new 


Bastilla, characters of the new 
genus, 78. 

Baylis, H. A., on Dicroccelium lan- 
ceatum, 111. 

Bertula, new species of, 92. 

Bibliographical notices, report on 
Cetacea stranded on the British 
coasts during 1917, 179; life and 
letters of Sir J. D. Hooker, 390. 

Birds, new, 122. 

Blenina, new species of, 69. 

Beeotarcha, new species of, 194, 

Bomolocha, new species of, 93. 

Bosbequius, new species of, 260. 

Boulenger, G. A., on the varieties of 
the lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén., 
158; on a new lizard from 
Yunnan, 162; on the races and 
variation of the edible frog, 241 ; 
on some fishes from the Shari 
river, 426; on new 8.-American 
batrachians, 427. 

Brachycheteuma, new species of, 
333, 

Braconidz, on the, in the B.M., 163. 

Brade-Birks, H. K., notes on Myria- 
poda, 319, 470. 

Brevipecten, new species of, 88, 

Broom, R., on the genus Lysoro- 
phus, 282. 

Brulleia, new species of, 171. 

Bryozoa, new, 96. 

Czenocoris, new species of, 176, 

Calamochrous, new species of, 194... 

Calliphlycta, characters of the new 
genus, 190. 

Calohelcon, characters of the new 
genus, 165. 

Capnodes, new species of, 89. 


494 


Caprima, new species of, 412. 
Caprimima, new species of, 416, 
Carea, new species of, 73. 
Cariona, characters of 
genus, 83. 
Cat, on the occurrence of Dicro- 
ceelium lanceatum in the, 111. 
Cephalophus, new species of, 161, 
Cerceris, new species of, 465, 
Cerynea, new species of, 68. 
Chalciope, new species of, 80. 
Champion, G. C., notes on various 
species of the American genus 
Astylus, 337. 
Characoma, new species of, 68. 
Chloridea, new species of, 65. 
Chlorippe, new species of, 231. 
Chordeumella, new variety of, 335. 
Chrostosoma, new species of, 227. 
Chubb, C., on new South-American 
birds, 122. 
Cocidophora, new species of, 184. 
Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and 
records of bees, 384, 418, 476. 
Coleoptera, new, 152. 
Cosmosoma, new species of, 228, 
Crocidophora, new species of, 185. 
Daerlac, new species of, 492. 
Demodex, on four new species of, 
145. 
Dendromus, new species of, 59. 
Dichropogon, characters of the new 
genus, 124, 
Dicrocceelium lanceatum, occurrence 
of, in the cat, 111. 
Dieuches, new species of, 266. 
Dinomachus, new species of, 488. 
Diomea, new species of, 89. 
Dipodillus, new species of, 60. 
Distant, W. L., on the rhynchotal 
family Lygeide, 173, 257, 486. 
Draceenura, new species of, 94. 
Dysgonia, new species of, 78. 
Echeneis, studies in, 271. 
Eligmodontia, new species of, 482. 
Ercheia, new species of, 77. 
Erebus, new species of, 84. 
Erinaceus, new subspecies of, 212. 
Etheridge, R., on some ungual pha- 
langes, 307. 
Eumonodia, new species of, 75. 
Eusthenopteron, note on, 471. 
Euxoa, new species of, 66. 
Evergestis, new species of, 183. 
Exomalopsis, new species of, 477, 


the new 


INDEX. 


Exopamera, characters of the new 
genus, 257. 

Fisher, W. K., notes on Asteroidea, 
103. 

Vishes, eggs of, 114; studies in, 271; . 
notes on, 426, 471. 

Flavinia, new species of, 415. 

Tcenus, new species of, 200. 

Trederickena, characters of the new 
genus, 123. 

Gadirtha, new species of, 70. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 180. 

Gerbillus, new species of, 63, 146, 

Germalus, new species of, 178. 

Gilchrist, J. D. F., on the eges and 
ee ee of the pilot fish, 
114. 

Globcsusa, characters of the new 
genus, 91, 

Gouatas, new species of, 270. 

Gonopionea, new species of, 195. 

Graptostethus, new species of, 175. 

Gudger, EK. W., on the myth of the 
ship-holder, 271. 

Gymnelia, new species of, 228. 

Gymnoscelus, new species of, 169. 

Hampson, Sir G. F’., on new Pyra- 
lide, 181, 393. 

Hapalia, new species of, 393. 

Haughton, 8. H., on anew Dinosaur 
from South Africa, 468. 

Helcon, new species of, 172. 

Heliactinidia, new species of, 417. 

Hesperidz, new species of, 225. 

Heterocera, new, 65. 

Hipposideros, new species of, 383. 

Hirst, 8., on four new species of the 
genus Demodex, 145; on a new 
jumping mite from the Mendip 
Hills, 213. 

Hymenoptera, new, 197, 384, 418, 
459, 476. 

Hypztra, new species of, 80, 

Kaye, W. J., on new ‘species of 
Syntomide, Nymphalide, and 
Hesperidee, 225. 

Lachnophoroides, new species of, 
262. 

Leggada, new species of, 484. 

Lepidoptera, new, 412. 

Lepralia, new species of, 96. 

Leptergatis, new species of, 421, 

Liopasia, new species of, 191. 

Lophoruza, new species of, 67. 


INDEX, 


Loxostege, new species of, 189. 

l.ygeeus, new species of, 174, 257, 

Lysorophus, note on genus, 253, 

M‘Intosh, Prof., notes from the 
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An- 
drews, 1. 

Mackenzizena, characters of the new 
venus, 125, 

Macropes, new species 
486. 

Mammals, new, 59, 119, 146, 151, 
203, 211, 374, 468, 482, 484. 

Marshall, G. A. K., nutes on Alcides, 
Schouh., 152. 

Maurilia, new species of, 71. 

Maxaphanus, characters of the new 
genus, 265. 

Megachile, new species of, 387. 

Megadermatidze, on new species of, 
374. 

Megalohelcon, characters of the new 
genus, 163, 

Megastes, new species of, 181. 

Mesothen, new species of, 229, 

Mesotrichia, new subspecies of, 385. 

Metadieuches, characters of the new 
genus, 267. 

Meta-ia, new species of, 195. 

Metochus, new species of, 265. 

Mylodon australis, on the ungual 
phalanges termed, 307, 

Myotomys, characters of the new 
genus, 206. 

Myriapoda, notes on, 319, 407. 

Nanorchestes, new species of, 213. 

Naudarensia, new species of, 492. 

Neoeurys, new species of, 439, 

Noctuelia, new species of, 406, 

Nomada, new species of, 479. 

Nymphalidie, new species of, 225, 

Omphisa, new species of, 182. 

Ophiops elegans, new varieties of, 
158. 

Oreesia, new species of, 90. 

Otomyina, on a revised classification 
of the, 203. 

Otomys, new subspecies of, 208. 

Pamera, new species of, 489. 

Parotomys, characters of the new 
genus, 205, 

Patula, new species of, 88. 

Pegostoma, new species of, 406. 

Petronievics, B., on the pectoral fin 
of Eusthenopteron, 471. 

Pheegorista, new species of, 417. 


of, 177, 


495 


Pheia, new species of, 227. 

Philanthus, new species of, 459, 

Pocock, R. I., on some external 
characters of ruminant Artio- 
dactyla, 125, 214, 367, 440, 449. 

Poeautius, new species of, 268. 

Poliolema, characters of the new 
genus, 124. 

Polyzrammodes, new species of, 185, 

Prodorcas, characters of the new 
genus, 130. 

Prosopis, new species of, 421. 

Prout, L. B., on new Lepidoptera, 
412, 

Psara, new species of, 187. 

Pseudoconopophaga, characters of the 
new genus, 122. 

Pseudodiptera, characters of the new 
venus, 229, 

Pseudofoenus, new species of, 197. 

Pseudosarbia, new species of, 230. 

Pyralide, new, 181, 393. 

Pyrausta, new species of, 401. 

Pyrrhobaphus, new species of, 176. 

Rana esculeuta, on the races and 
variation of, 241. 

Remora, on studies in, 271. 

Reptiles, new, 158, 162, 241, 427. 

Rhectosomia, new species of, 188. 

Rhinolophidz, on new species of, 
374. 

Rhopias, new species of, 124. 

Rhynchota, new, 173, 257, 486. 

Breen ars new species of, 228, 


Rohwer, 8. A., on some sawflies from 
the Australian region, 433, 
Saurita, new species of, 226. 
Sawflies, notes on, 433. 
Selepa, new species of, 69. 
Semzeopus, new species of, 413, 
Sericia, new species of, 90. 
Sowerby, A. de C., notes upon the 
Sika-Deer of North China, 119. 
Stictoptera, new species of, 68, 
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new species of 
Indo-Malayan Heterocera, 65. 
Syntomide, new genera and species 
of, 225. 
Taterillus, new species of, 150, : 
Thebanus, new species of, 261. 
Thecodontosaurus, new species of, 
468. 
Thomas, O., on new forms of Den- 
dromus, Dipcdillus, and Gerbillus, 


496 


59; on new species of Gerbillus 
and Taterillus, 146; on a pew 
Duiker from Zanzibar, 151; ona 
revised classification of the Oto- 
myine, 203; on the Hedgehog of 
Palestine and Asia Minor, 211; 
on a new species of Eligmodontia 
from Catamarca, 482; on two new 
forms of Leggada, 484. 

Tigridania, characters of the new 
genus, 225, 

Trichiohelcon, characters of the new 
genus, 168. 

Trigona, new species of, 386. 

Turner, R. E., Braconide in the 


INDEX. 


B.M., 163; new Australian hy- 
menoplera of the family Evaniide, 
197; on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 
459. 

Waters, A. W., on some Mediterra- 
nean Bryozoa, 96. 

Wilkara, characters of the new 
genus, 92. 

Xenoglossa, new species of, 420. 

Xiphydria, new species of, "433. 

Xylocopa, new subspecies ‘of, 584. 

Zenarge, characters of the new 
genus, 435, 

Zenargine, characters “of the new 
subiamily, 434, 


END OF THE SECOND VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RRD LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


. —————— 
ant) Pa 

eS 
La 


Huth, London. 


Ann 4 Mag Nat, Hist. 5.9 Vol MPLt. 


BE. 
iit se 


pas 


co 


A.HW. & W.C.M.del. 


MINTOSH. 


= 4 ’ 
: fin 
: 
. 
, 
) 
° 
al 
; 
b 
4 
pa 
ne 
é 


—. ~At 
° * 

aT 

Dy 
‘ 

a 

, 
, 


any 
th 


Ni (( “ Ms Wifes 
iA 


f i . ‘ " SS \ 
=n Lech 


AH.W.& W.C.M ael Huth, Landon. 


on 
Sy, 


— 
Ss es 
Sey 
= <d 
<>, 


my ! a 
eas “oe 
ae Se 


Vai 


' 
{ 
i 


ie 


\ 
‘ lead 
4 ’ 


i 


ie 


enn 
poeta 


AHW.&W.CM del Huth, London. 
HM. .C.M. del. 


A.H.W. & W.C.M. del. 


sven 


COCs ee 


ki GLEE, 


si 
re 


Huth, London 


i) 


Ann dé Mag Nat Hist. S.9Vol IPL. 


Fe tt 


Ie if Rane ts 
SN cae EL 


i | AR 
= is \ Hie 


* 
” C 


Pan 
Sr aK. 
f i + F018 oS 


/ . Af 
Lat f/ 


= 
AL 


} A.H.W. & W.CM.del. Huth,London. 


IVAMPLM. 


¥ 
. 


Fe 
S 
; 
Ss 
K 
3. 


CRETE 


ee, 


g 


Tae ere 


Huth, London. 


A.W. & W.C_M. del. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. I. Pl. VIL 


——-.-- 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. IX. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S..9. Vol. I. PX. 


Vol. IL. PLXL. 


—— Sacculus 


25 


WATERS, Ann aad Mag. Nat. Hist. S--9. Vol. If; Pl.. XIT 


t 


ivece Urco 


gee} 
pe ee 
(geee| eeeclocce 


10! 


A. W. Waters. del. 
MEDITERRANEAN BRYOZOA. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. I. Pl. XTII. 


FISHER. 


PRK 


= 


4 
ie 


+5 


vs 
% 


~* 
yA 


Bin 


Type of Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher), 


ae 


BAYLIS. 


Anno Mag. Not. List: S. 9. Vol. IT. Pl. XIV. 


Licrocelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum. 


inn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. X 
GUDGER. y : 


is fe ale 


EM ZA 


~ —_ = 
—— 2 


sO UC 


aie \ 


GUDGER, 


SecliyS animali cetaccise lor forma il rorfo 


ECHENE! , SEV REMORA , PESCE 
con la parte fopvana della tefl fiattaccad va- 


aes 
scr Ht NY. 


Ann. 


& Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 9. Vol. LT Pl. XVI. 


Fie. 5. 


Sannin as a hse: 
Aili ea — —— 


Fie. 6 


“suo pie 2p neoduyy OW Y 


+3UDGER. 


Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. 


Fic. 8, 


ew ==" 


XVIT. 


a 


A 


i] 


ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XVIII 


ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XIX 


ETHERIDGE. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. II. Pl. XX 


_—- 


EANDING SEcT JUL 2 - 1968 


OH The Annals & mavazine of 
ft natural history 

A6 ) 
ser.9 
7.3 


Biclogieal 


Senals ~ 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET. 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


4 so7 wat 
gies . : Gr Og 3 
: fo. A 
. * 7 
a 3 - - 
. . 
A os 
aun : - ’ a4 ae 
$ 7 Z < : R - - ' =o 7 
= a es Bs 7 
o«- , ~~ - . - - ¥ = hd .: : : a 


4 eter. see 
et bot Pwr owe 


Pe eN rn 
Pie Fe ees ere 
way 


bates a 
el oe hee 
te eee) 
fekee Wad wo. age ‘nk 


2 OCEANS SNES Beef 
ey i ee 


ee Te ee \ 

oo} seeprwe det emnge Ok Peers ae Ere § 

SAN Pe ent a" Sent ty. St ketene y+ ee yrwse < 
lege 
lee kek eater ha 

ee ews bee ene yh Cee wedi 
he hk ee eee ee Le ee ee ee ee 


BAe ROHR HOE EE OH ET Bes 
- Gee Wwe yi eey + NOY & lone a te 
7 


sheer ee 
puet bw 


Seok 
vee 


ere Sawsirrosee one . 

pegs bok Oe ot EAU 9 Rye ST iP 

er Se ‘ewe <3 

2 VPP 28 OS a ¥ 
pee 


+ oe WA Be 


CERCA NIRA OT ar agata 


ue 
‘e 


Be pa 2 fa Nhe te cota 
FPR din eee 
oes Ae 


ates ah ge Ne Porn